🏠 > 🏛️ > AN-q   
pic for POJ
+

Aṅguttara Nikāya (AN)

Numbered collection (of suttas)

Eleven Nipāta's (books), thousands of suttas.



AN 1 all suttas

pic for AN


(derived from B. Sujato 2018/12)

Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Rūpādi-vagga: Sights, etc.: AN 1.1-

1. Rūpādi-vagga 1. Sights, etc.

AN 1.1 (nothing occupies man’s mind like sight of a woman)

1 1
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekarūpampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthirūpaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single sight that occupies a man’s mind like the sight of a woman.
Itthirūpaṃ, bhikkhave, purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The sight of a woman occupies a man’s mind.”


AN 1.2 (...sound of a woman)

2 2
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekasaddampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthisaddo. “monks, I do not see a single sound that occupies a man’s mind like the sound of a woman.
Itthisaddo, bhikkhave, purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The sound of a woman occupies a man’s mind.”


AN 1.3 (...scent of a woman)

3 3
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekagandhampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthigandho. “monks, I do not see a single smell that occupies a man’s mind like the smell of a woman.
Itthigandho, bhikkhave, purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The smell of a woman occupies a man’s mind.”


AN 1.4 (...taste of a woman)

4 4
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekarasampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthiraso. “monks, I do not see a single taste that occupies a man’s mind like the taste of a woman.
Itthiraso, bhikkhave, purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The taste of a woman occupies a man’s mind.”


AN 1.5 (...touch of a woman)

5 5
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekaphoṭṭhabbampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthiphoṭṭhabbo. “monks, I do not see a single touch that occupies a man’s mind like the touch of a woman.
Itthiphoṭṭhabbo, bhikkhave, purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The touch of a woman occupies a man’s mind.”


AN 1.6 (...sight of a man)

6 6
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekarūpampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, purisarūpaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single sight that occupies a woman’s mind like the sight of a man.
Purisarūpaṃ, bhikkhave, itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The sight of a man occupies a woman’s mind.”


AN 1.7 (...sound of a man)

7 7
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekasaddampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, purisasaddo. “monks, I do not see a single sound that occupies a woman’s mind like the sound of a man.
Purisasaddo, bhikkhave, itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The sound of a man occupies the mind of a woman.”


AN 1.8 (...scent of a man)

8 8
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekagandhampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, purisagandho. “monks, I do not see a single smell that occupies a woman’s mind like the smell of a man.
Purisagandho, bhikkhave, itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The smell of a man occupies the mind of a woman.”


AN 1.9 (...taste of a man)

9 9
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekarasampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, purisaraso. “monks, I do not see a single taste that occupies a woman’s mind like the taste of a man.
Purisaraso, bhikkhave, itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The taste of a man occupies the mind of a woman.”


AN 1.10 (...touch of a man)

10 10
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekaphoṭṭhabbampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, purisaphoṭṭhabbo. “monks, I do not see a single touch that occupies a woman’s mind like the touch of a man.
Purisaphoṭṭhabbo, bhikkhave, itthiyā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī”ti. The touch of a man occupies a woman’s mind.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Nīvaraṇa-p-pahāna-vagga: Giving Up the Hindrances: AN 1.11-

2. Nīvaraṇa-p-pahāna-vagga 2. Giving Up the Hindrances

AN 1.11 (subha-nimitta sign of beauty →kāma‍)

“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando uppajjati uppanno vā “monks, I do not see a single [bad] Dharma that gives rise to sensual desire, or,
kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, when it has arisen, makes it increase and grow like
subhanimittaṃ. the sign of beauty.

Subhanimittaṃ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasi karoto When the mind does not trace the source of the sign of beauty,
anuppanno ceva kāmacchando uppajjati uppanno ca sensual desire arises,
kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. and once arisen it increases and grows.”


AN 1.12

12 12
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā byāpādo uppajjati uppanno vā byāpādo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭighanimittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single [bad] Dharma that gives rise to ill will, or, when it has arisen, makes it increase and grow like the sign of irritation.
Paṭighanimittaṃ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva byāpādo uppajjati uppanno ca byāpādo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. When the mind does not trace the source of the sign of irritation, ill will arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.”


AN 1.13

13 13
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṃ vā thinamiddhaṃ uppajjati uppannaṃ vā thinamiddhaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, arati tandī vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single [bad] Dharma that gives rise to dullness and drowsiness, or, when they have arisen, makes them increase and grow like discontent, sloth, yawning, sleepiness after eating, and mental sluggishness.
Līnacittassa, bhikkhave, anuppannañceva thinamiddhaṃ uppajjati uppannañca thinamiddhaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. When you have a sluggish mind, dullness and drowsiness arise, and once arisen they increase and grow.”


AN 1.14

14 14
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ uppajjati uppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cetaso avūpasamo. “monks, I do not see a single [bad] Dharma that gives rise to restlessness and remorse, or, when they have arisen, makes them increase and grow like an unsettled mind.
Avūpasantacittassa, bhikkhave, anuppannañceva uddhaccakukkuccaṃ uppajjati uppannañca uddhaccakukkuccaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. When you have no peace of mind, restlessness and remorse arise, and once arisen they increase and grow.”


AN 1.15

15 15
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā vā vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single [bad] Dharma that gives rise to doubt, or, when it has arisen, makes it increase and grow like the mind that doesn’t trace the source [of things].
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā ca vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. When the mind does not trace the source [of things], doubt arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.”


AN 1.16

16 16
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando nuppajjati uppanno vā kāmacchando pahīyati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asubhanimittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that prevents sensual desire from arising, or, when it has arisen, abandons it like the sign of ugliness.
Asubhanimittaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva kāmacchando nuppajjati uppanno ca kāmacchando pahīyatī”ti. When the mind traces the source of the sign of ugliness, sensual desire does not arise, or, if it’s already arisen, it’s given up.”


AN 1.17

17 17
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā byāpādo nuppajjati uppanno vā byāpādo pahīyati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mettā cetovimutti. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that prevents ill will from arising, or, when it has arisen, abandons it like the heart’s release byfriendly-kindness.
Mettaṃ, bhikkhave, cetovimuttiṃ yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva byāpādo nuppajjati uppanno ca byāpādo pahīyatī”ti. When the mind traces the source of the heart’s release by friendly-kindness, ill will does not arise, or, if it’s already arisen, it’s given up.”


AN 1.18

18 18
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṃ vā thinamiddhaṃ nuppajjati uppannaṃ vā thinamiddhaṃ pahīyati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ārambhadhātu nikkamadhātu parakkamadhātu. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that prevents dullness and drowsiness from arising, or, when they have arisen, by which they are given up like the elements of initiative, persistence, and vigor.
Āraddhavīriyassa, bhikkhave, anuppannañceva thinamiddhaṃ nuppajjati uppannañca thinamiddhaṃ pahīyatī”ti. When you’re energetic, dullness and drowsiness do not arise, or, if they’ve already arisen, they’re given up.”


AN 1.19

19 19
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ nuppajjati uppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīyati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cetaso vūpasamo. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that prevents restlessness and remorse from arising, or, when they have arisen, by which they are given up like peace of mind.
Vūpasantacittassa, bhikkhave, anuppannañceva uddhaccakukkuccaṃ nuppajjati uppannañca uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīyatī”ti. When your mind is peaceful, restlessness and remorse do not arise, or, if they’ve already arisen, they’re given up.”


AN 1.20

20 20
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā vicikicchā nuppajjati uppannā vā vicikicchā pahīyati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, yonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that prevents doubt from arising, or, when it has arisen, gives it up like the mind that traces the source [of things].
Yoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva vicikicchā nuppajjati uppannā ca vicikicchā pahīyatī”ti. When the mind traces the source [of things], doubt does not arise, or, if it’s already arisen, it’s given up.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – A-kammaniya-vagga: not-useful: AN 1.21-

3. A-kammaniya-vagga 3. Useless

AN 1.21

21 21
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ abhāvitaṃ akammaniyaṃ hoti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not developed like this, is as useless as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, abhāvitaṃ akammaniyaṃ hotī”ti. An undeveloped mind is useless.”


AN 1.22

22 22
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ kammaniyaṃ hoti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is developed like this, is as workable as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ kammaniyaṃ hotī”ti. A developed mind is workable.”


AN 1.23

23 23
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ abhāvitaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not developed like this, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, abhāvitaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. An undeveloped mind is very harmful.”


AN 1.24

24 24
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is developed like this, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A developed mind is very beneficial.”


AN 1.25

25 25
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ abhāvitaṃ apātubhūtaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not developed, with such untapped potential, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, abhāvitaṃ apātubhūtaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. An undeveloped mind, with untapped potential, is very harmful.”


AN 1.26

26 26
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ pātubhūtaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is developed, with its potential realized, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ pātubhūtaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A developed mind, with its potential realized, is very beneficial.”


AN 1.27

27 27
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ abhāvitaṃ abahulīkataṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not developed and cultivated, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, abhāvitaṃ abahulīkataṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. An undeveloped and uncultivated mind is very harmful.”


AN 1.28

28 28
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is developed and cultivated, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A developed and cultivated mind is very beneficial.”


AN 1.29

29 29
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ abhāvitaṃ abahulīkataṃ dukkhādhivahaṃ hoti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not developed and cultivated, brings such suffering as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, abhāvitaṃ abahulīkataṃ dukkhādhivahaṃ hotī”ti. An undeveloped and uncultivated mind brings suffering.”


AN 1.30

30 30
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ sukhādhivahaṃ hoti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is developed and cultivated, brings such happiness as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ sukhādhivahaṃ hotī”ti. A developed and cultivated mind brings happiness.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – A-danta-vagga: Un-tamed: AN 1.31-

4. A-danta-vagga 4. Wild

AN 1.31

31 31
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ adantaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not tamed, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, adantaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A wild mind is very harmful.”


AN 1.32

32 32
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ dantaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is tamed, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, dantaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A tamed mind is very beneficial.”


AN 1.33

33 33
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ aguttaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not guarded, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, aguttaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. An unguarded mind is very harmful.”


AN 1.34

34 34
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ guttaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is guarded, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, guttaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A guarded mind is very beneficial.”


AN 1.35

35 35
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ arakkhitaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not protected, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, arakkhitaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. An unprotected mind is very harmful.”


AN 1.36

36 36
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ rakkhitaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is protected, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, rakkhitaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A protected mind is very beneficial.”


AN 1.37

37 37
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ asaṃvutaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it’s not restrained, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, asaṃvutaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. An unrestrained mind is very harmful.”


AN 1.38

38 38
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ saṃvutaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is restrained, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃvutaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A restrained mind is very beneficial.”


AN 1.39

39 39
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ adantaṃ aguttaṃ arakkhitaṃ asaṃvutaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is not tamed, guarded, protected and restrained, is so very harmful as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, adantaṃ aguttaṃ arakkhitaṃ asaṃvutaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. An untamed, unguarded, unprotected, and unrestrained mind is very harmful.”


AN 1.40

40 40
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ rakkhitaṃ saṃvutaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that, when it is tamed, guarded, protected and restrained, is so very beneficial as the mind.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, dantaṃ guttaṃ rakkhitaṃ saṃvutaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. A tamed, guarded, protected, and restrained mind is very beneficial.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Paṇihitaaccha-vagga: A Spike: AN 1.41-

5. Paṇihitaaccha-vagga 5. A Spike

AN 1.41

41 41
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sālisūkaṃ vā yavasūkaṃ vā micchāpaṇihitaṃ hatthena vā pādena vā akkantaṃ hatthaṃ vā pādaṃ vā bhecchati lohitaṃ vā uppādessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “monks, suppose a spike of rice or barley was pointing the wrong way. If you trod on it with hand or foot, there’s no way it could break the skin and produce blood.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Micchāpaṇihitattā, bhikkhave, sūkassa. Because the spike is pointing the wrong way.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu micchāpaṇihitena cittena avijjaṃ bhecchati, vijjaṃ uppādessati, nibbānaṃ sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. In the same way, a monk whose mind is pointing the wrong way cannot break ignorance, produce knowledge, and realize nirvana.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Micchāpaṇihitattā, bhikkhave, cittassā”ti. Because their mind is pointing the wrong way.”


AN 1.42

42 42
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sālisūkaṃ vā yavasūkaṃ vā sammāpaṇihitaṃ hatthena vā pādena vā akkantaṃ hatthaṃ vā pādaṃ vā bhecchati lohitaṃ vā uppādessatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. “monks, suppose a spike of rice or barley was pointing the right way. If you trod on it with hand or foot, it may well break the skin and produce blood.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Sammāpaṇihitattā, bhikkhave, sūkassa. Because the spike is pointing the right way.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu sammāpaṇihitena cittena avijjaṃ bhecchati, vijjaṃ uppādessati, nibbānaṃ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. In the same way, a monk whose mind is pointing the right way can break ignorance, produce knowledge, and realize nirvana.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Sammāpaṇihitattā, bhikkhave, cittassā”ti. Because the mind is pointing the right way.”


AN 1.43

43 43
“Idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ paduṭṭhacittaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: “monks, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person whose mind is corrupted, I understand:
‘imamhi ce ayaṃ samaye puggalo kālaṃ kareyya, yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye’. ‘If this person were to die right now, they would be cast down to hell.’
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Cittaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, paduṭṭhaṃ. Because their mind is corrupted.
Cetopadosahetu pana, bhikkhave, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī”ti. Depravity of mind is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”


AN 1.44

44 44
“Idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ pasannacittaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: “monks, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person whose mind is confident, I understand:
‘imamhi ce ayaṃ samaye puggalo kālaṃ kareyya, yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’. ‘If this person were to die right now, they would be raised up to heaven.’
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Cittaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, pasannaṃ. Because their mind is clear.
Cetopasādahetu pana, bhikkhave, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī”ti. Clarity of mind is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”


AN 1.45

45 45
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado āvilo luḷito kalalībhūto tattha cakkhumā puriso tīre ṭhito na passeyya sippisambukampi sakkharakaṭhalampi macchagumbampi carantampi tiṭṭhantampi. “Suppose, monks, there was a lake that was cloudy, murky, and muddy. A person with good eyesight standing on the bank would not see the mussel shells, gravel and pebbles, and schools of fish swimming about or staying still.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Āvilattā, bhikkhave, udakassa. Because the water is clouded.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu āvilena cittena attatthaṃ vā ñassati paratthaṃ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ñassati uttariṃ vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. In the same way, that a monk whose mind is clouded would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones: this is not possible.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Āvilattā, bhikkhave, cittassā”ti. Because their mind is clouded.”


AN 1.46

46 46
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado accho vippasanno anāvilo tattha cakkhumā puriso tīre ṭhito passeyya sippisambukampi sakkharakaṭhalampi macchagumbampi carantampi tiṭṭhantampi. “Suppose, monks, there was a lake that was transparent, clear, and unclouded. A person with good eyesight standing on the bank would see the mussel shells, gravel and pebbles, and schools of fish swimming about or staying still.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Anāvilattā, bhikkhave, udakassa. Because the water is unclouded.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu anāvilena cittena attatthaṃ vā ñassati paratthaṃ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ñassati uttariṃ vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. In the same way, that a monk whose mind is not clouded would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones: this is possible.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Anāvilattā, bhikkhave, cittassā”ti. Because their mind is unclouded.”


AN 1.47

47 47
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici rukkhajātānaṃ phandano tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati yadidaṃ mudutāya ceva kammaññatāya ca. “Just as, monks, the papra is said to be the best kind of tree in terms of its pliability and workability,
Evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nāññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ mudu ca hoti kammaññañca yathayidaṃ cittaṃ. so too, I do not see a single Dharma that’s as pliable and workable as the mind, when it is developed and cultivated.
Cittaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ mudu ca hoti kammaññañca hotī”ti. A mind that is developed and cultivated is pliable and workable.”


AN 1.48

48 48
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ yathayidaṃ cittaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that’s as quick to change as the mind.
Yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, upamāpi na sukarā yāva lahuparivattaṃ cittan”ti. So much so that it’s not easy to give a simile for how quickly the mind changes.”


AN 1.49

49 49
“Pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “This mind, monks, is radiant.
Tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhan”ti. But it’s corrupted by passing corruptions.”


AN 1.50

50 50
“Pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “This mind, monks, is radiant.
Tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi vippamuttan”ti. And it is freed from passing corruptions.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

end of section [1..5.. - Paṇihitaaccha-vagga: A Spike: AN 1.41-]
+

§ – Accharāsaṅghāta-vagga: Fingersnap: AN 1.51-

6. Accharāsaṅghāta-vagga 6. Fingersnap

AN 1.51

51 51
“Pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “This mind, monks, is radiant.
Tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ. But it is corrupted by passing corruptions.
Taṃ assutavā puthujjano yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. An uneducated ordinary person does not truly understand this.
Tasmā ‘assutavato puthujjanassa cittabhāvanā natthī’ti vadāmī”ti. So I say that ‘the uneducated ordinary person has no development of the mind’.”


AN 1.52

52 52
“Pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ. “This mind, monks, is radiant.
Tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi vippamuttaṃ. And it is freed from passing corruptions.
Taṃ sutavā ariyasāvako yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. An educated noble-one's-disciple truly understands this.
Tasmā ‘sutavato ariyasāvakassa cittabhāvanā atthī’ti vadāmī”ti. So I say that ‘the educated noble-one's-disciple has development of the mind’.”


AN 1.53 (cultivate metta for fingersnap of jhāna)

53 53
“Accharāsaṅghātamattampi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettācittaṃ āsevati; “If, monks, a monk cultivates a mind of friendly-kindness even for the time of a finger snap,
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: they’re called
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati’. a monk who does not lack jhāna, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain.
Ko pana vādo ye naṃ bahulīkarontī”ti. How much more so those who make much of it!”


AN 1.54 (develop metta for fingersnap of jhāna)

54 54
“Accharāsaṅghātamattampi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettācittaṃ bhāveti; “If, monks, a monk develops a mind of friendly-kindness even for the time of a finger snap,
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: they’re called
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati’. a monk who does not lack jhāna, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain.
Ko pana vādo ye naṃ bahulīkarontī”ti. How much more so those who make much of it!”


AN 1.55 (pay attention to metta for fingersnap of jhāna)

55 55
“Accharāsaṅghātamattampi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettācittaṃ manasi karoti; “If, monks, a monk focuses on a mind of friendly-kindness even for the time of a finger snap,
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: they’re called
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro amoghaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati’. a monk who does not lack jhāna, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain.
Ko pana vādo ye naṃ bahulīkarontī”ti. How much more so those who make much of it!”


AN 1.56

56 56
“Ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā akusalā akusalabhāgiyā akusalapakkhikā, sabbe te manopubbaṅgamā. “monks, whatever qualities are unskillful, part of the unskillful, on the side of the unskillful, all of them are preceded by the mind.
Mano tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppajjati, anvadeva akusalā dhammā”ti. Mind arises first, and unskillful Dharmas follow right behind.”


AN 1.57

57 57
“Ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā kusalā kusalabhāgiyā kusalapakkhikā, sabbe te manopubbaṅgamā. “monks, whatever qualities are skillful, part of the skillful, on the side of the skillful, all of them are preceded by the mind.
Mano tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppajjati, anvadeva kusalā dhammā”ti. Mind arises first, and skillful Dharmas follow right behind.”


AN 1.58

58 58
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, pamādo. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like negligence.
Pamattassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you’re negligent, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.59

59 59
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appamādo. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like assiduity.
Appamattassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you’re assiduous, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.60

60 60
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kosajjaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like laziness.
Kusītassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you’re lazy, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Vīriy-ārambhādi-vagga: Arousing Energy: AN 1.61-

7. Vīriy-ārambhādi-vagga 7. Arousing vigor

AN 1.61

61 61
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, vīriyārambho. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like arousing vigor.
Āraddhavīriyassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you’re energetic, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.62

62 62
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mahicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like having many wishes.
Mahicchassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you have many wishes, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.63

63 63
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like having few wishes.
Appicchassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you have few wishes, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.64

64 64
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like discontent.
Asantuṭṭhassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you’re discontented, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.65

65 65
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, santuṭṭhitā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like contentment.
Santuṭṭhassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you’re contented, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.66

66 66
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like improper attention.
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you attend improperly, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.67

67 67
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, yonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like proper attention.
Yoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you attend properly, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.68

68 68
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asampajaññaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like lack of lucid-discerning.
Asampajānassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you lack lucid-discerning, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.69

69 69
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, sampajaññaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like lucid-discerning.
Sampajānassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you have lucid-discerning, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.70

70 70
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, pāpamittatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like bad friends.
Pāpamittassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you have bad friends, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Kalyāṇa-mittādi-vagga: Good Friends: AN 1.71-

8. Kalyāṇa-mittādi-vagga 8. Good Friends

AN 1.71

71 71
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like good friends.
Kalyāṇamittassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you have good friends, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.72

72 72
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, anuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like pursuing bad habits and not good habits.
Anuyogā, bhikkhave, akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you pursue bad habits and not good habits, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.73

73 73
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, anuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like pursuing good habits and not bad habits.
Anuyogā, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you pursue good habits and not bad habits, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”


AN 1.74

74 74
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā bojjhaṅgā nuppajjanti uppannā vā bojjhaṅgā na bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that prevents the awakening factors from arising, or, if they’ve already arisen, prevents them from being developed to perfection like improper attention.
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva bojjhaṅgā nuppajjanti uppannā ca bojjhaṅgā na bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchantī”ti. When you attend improperly, the awakening factors don’t arise, or, if they’ve already arisen, they’re not developed to perfection.”


AN 1.75

75 75
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā bojjhaṅgā uppajjanti uppannā vā bojjhaṅgā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, yonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to the awakening factors, or, if they’ve already arisen, develops them to perfection like proper attention.
Yoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva bojjhaṅgā uppajjanti uppannā ca bojjhaṅgā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchantī”ti. When you attend properly, the awakening factors arise, or, if they’ve already arisen, they’re developed to perfection.”


AN 1.76

76 76
“Appamattikā esā, bhikkhave, parihāni yadidaṃ ñātiparihāni. “Loss of relatives, monks, is a small thing.
Etaṃ patikiṭṭhaṃ, bhikkhave, parihānīnaṃ yadidaṃ paññāparihānī”ti. Wisdom is the worst thing to lose.”


AN 1.77

77 77
“Appamattikā esā, bhikkhave, vuddhi yadidaṃ ñātivuddhi. “Growth of relatives, monks, is a small thing.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, vuddhīnaṃ yadidaṃ paññāvuddhi. Wisdom is the best thing to grow.
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘paññāvuddhiyā vaddhissāmā’ti. ‘We will grow in wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 1.78

78 78
“Appamattikā esā, bhikkhave, parihāni yadidaṃ bhogaparihāni. “Loss of wealth, monks, is a small thing.
Etaṃ patikiṭṭhaṃ, bhikkhave, parihānīnaṃ yadidaṃ paññāparihānī”ti. Wisdom is the worst thing to lose.”


AN 1.79

79 79
“Appamattikā esā, bhikkhave, vuddhi yadidaṃ bhogavuddhi. “Growth of wealth, monks, is a small thing.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, vuddhīnaṃ yadidaṃ paññāvuddhi. Wisdom is the best thing to grow.
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘paññāvuddhiyā vaddhissāmā’ti. ‘We will grow in wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 1.80

80 80
“Appamattikā esā, bhikkhave, parihāni yadidaṃ yasoparihāni. “Loss of fame, monks, is a small thing.
Etaṃ patikiṭṭhaṃ, bhikkhave, parihānīnaṃ yadidaṃ paññāparihānī”ti. Wisdom is the worst thing to lose.”


AN 1.81

81 81
“Appamattikā esā, bhikkhave, vuddhi yadidaṃ yasovuddhi. “Growth of fame, monks, is a small thing.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, vuddhīnaṃ yadidaṃ paññāvuddhi. Wisdom is the best thing to grow.
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘paññāvuddhiyā vaddhissāmā’ti. ‘We will grow in wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Pamādādi-vagga: Negligence: AN 1.82-

9. Pamādādi-vagga 9. Negligence

AN 1.82

82 82
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, pamādo. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as negligence.
Pamādo, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Negligence is very harmful.”


AN 1.83

83 83
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appamādo. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as assiduity.
Appamādo, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. assiduity is very beneficial.”


AN 1.84

84 84
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kosajjaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as laziness.
Kosajjaṃ, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Laziness is very harmful.”


AN 1.85

85 85
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, vīriyārambho. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as arousing vigor.
Vīriyārambho, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Arousing vigor is very beneficial.”


AN 1.86

86 86
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mahicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as having many wishes.
Mahicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having many wishes is very harmful.”


AN 1.87

87 87
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as having few wishes.
Appicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having few wishes is very beneficial.”


AN 1.88

88 88
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as discontent.
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”


AN 1.89

89 89
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, santuṭṭhitā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as contentment.
Santuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Contentment is very beneficial.”


AN 1.90

90 90
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as improper attention.
Ayonisomanasikāro, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Improper attention is very harmful.”


AN 1.91

91 91
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso—manasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as proper attention.
Yonisomanasikāro, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Proper attention is very beneficial.”


AN 1.92

92 92
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asampajaññaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as lack of lucid-discerning.
Asampajaññaṃ, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Lack of lucid-discerning is very harmful.”


AN 1.93

93 93
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, sampajaññaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as lucid-discerning.
Sampajaññaṃ, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. lucid-discerning is very beneficial.”


AN 1.94

94 94
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, pāpamittatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as bad friends.
Pāpamittatā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Bad friends are very harmful.”


AN 1.95

95 95
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as good friends.
Kalyāṇamittatā, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Good friends are very beneficial.”


AN 1.96

96 96
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, anuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as pursuing bad habits and not good habits.
Anuyogo, bhikkhave, akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Pursuing bad habits and not good habits is very harmful.”


AN 1.97

97 97
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, anuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as pursuing good habits and not bad habits.
Anuyogo, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Pursuing good habits and not bad habits is very beneficial.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

end of section [1..9.. - Pamādādi-vagga: Negligence: AN 1.82-]
+

§ – Dutiya-pamādādi-vagga: Negligence (2nd): AN 1.98-

10. Dutiya-pamādādi-vagga 10. Negligence (2nd)

AN 1.98

98 98
“Ajjhattikaṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, pamādo. “Taking into account interior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very harmful as negligence.
Pamādo, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Negligence is very harmful.”


AN 1.99

99 99
“Ajjhattikaṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appamādo. “Taking into account interior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very beneficial as assiduity.
Appamādo, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. assiduity is very beneficial.”


AN 1.100

100 100
“Ajjhattikaṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kosajjaṃ. “Taking into account interior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very harmful as laziness.
Kosajjaṃ, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Laziness is very harmful.”


AN 1.101

101 101
“Ajjhattikaṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, vīriyārambho. “Taking into account interior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very beneficial as arousing vigor.
Vīriyārambho, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Arousing vigor is very beneficial.”


AN 1.102

102–​109 102–109
“Ajjhattikaṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mahicchatā … pe … appicchatā … asantuṭṭhitā … santuṭṭhitā … ayonisomanasikāro … yonisomanasikāro … asampajaññaṃ … sampajaññaṃ … dvādasamaṃ. “Taking into account interior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very harmful as having many wishes … having few wishes … discontent … contentment … improper attention … proper attention … lack of lucid-discerning … lucid-discerning …

AN 1.110

110 110
“Bāhiraṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, pāpamittatā. “Taking into account exterior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very harmful as bad friends.
Pāpamittatā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Bad friends are very harmful.”


AN 1.111

111 111
“Bāhiraṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā. “Taking into account exterior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very beneficial as good friends.
Kalyāṇamittatā, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Good friends are very beneficial.”


AN 1.112

112 112
“Ajjhattikaṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, anuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “Taking into account interior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very harmful as pursuing bad habits and not good habits.
Anuyogo, bhikkhave, akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Pursuing bad habits and not good habits is very harmful.”


AN 1.113

113 113
“Ajjhattikaṃ, bhikkhave, aṅganti karitvā nāññaṃ ekaṅgampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, anuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “Taking into account interior factors, monks, I do not see a single one that is so very beneficial as pursuing good habits and not bad habits.
Anuyogo, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Pursuing good habits and not bad habits is very beneficial.”


AN 1.114

114 114
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, pamādo. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma like negligence.
Pamādo, bhikkhave, saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattatī”ti. Negligence leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.”


AN 1.115

115 115
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appamādo. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma like assiduity.
Appamādo, bhikkhave, saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattatī”ti. assiduity leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.”


AN 1.116

116 116
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kosajjaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma like laziness.
Kosajjaṃ, bhikkhave, saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattatī”ti. Laziness leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.”


AN 1.117

117 117
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, vīriyārambho. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma like arousing vigor.
Vīriyārambho, bhikkhave, saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattatī”ti. Arousing vigor leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.”


AN 1.118

118–​128 118–​128
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mahicchatā … pe … appicchatā … asantuṭṭhitā … santuṭṭhitā … ayonisomanasikāro … yonisomanasikāro … asampajaññaṃ … sampajaññaṃ … pāpamittatā … kalyāṇamittatā … anuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma like having many wishes … having few wishes … discontent … contentment … improper attention … proper attention … lack of lucid-discerning … lucid-discerning … bad friends … good friends … pursuing bad habits, not good habits.
Anuyogo, bhikkhave, akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattatī”ti. Pursuing bad habits and not good habits leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.”


AN 1.129

129 129
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, anuyogo kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma like pursuing good habits and not bad habits.
Anuyogo, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattatī”ti. Pursuing good habits and not bad habits leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma”


AN 1.130

130 130
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū adhammaṃ dhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain what is not the Dharma as the Dharma are acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. They make much bad karma and make the true Dharma disappear.”


AN 1.131

131 131
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṃ adhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain what is the Dharma as not the Dharma are acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. They make much bad karma and make the true Dharma disappear.”


AN 1.132

132–​139 132–139
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū avinayaṃ vinayoti dīpenti … pe … vinayaṃ avinayoti dīpenti … pe … abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … apaññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … paññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti; “Those monks who explain non-Vinaya as Vinaya … Vinaya as non-Vinaya … what was not spoken and stated by the Realized One as spoken and stated by the Realized One … what was spoken and stated by the Realized One as not spoken and stated by the Realized One … what was not practiced by the Realized One as practiced by the Realized One … what was practiced by the Realized One as not practiced by the Realized One … what was not prescribed by the Realized One as prescribed by the Realized One … what was prescribed by the Realized One as not prescribed by the Realized One …
te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. are acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. They make much bad karma and make the true Dharma disappear.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

end of section [1..10.. - Dutiya-pamādādi-vagga: Negligence (2nd): AN 1.98-]
+

§ – A-dhamma-vagga: Not Dharma: AN 1.140-

11. A-dhamma-vagga 11. Not the Dharma

AN 1.140

140 140
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū adhammaṃ adhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain what is not the Dharma as not the Dharma are acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. They make much merit and make the true Dharma continue.”


AN 1.141

141 141
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṃ dhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain what is the Dharma as the Dharma are acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. They make much merit and make the true Dharma continue.”


AN 1.142

142–​149 142–149
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū avinayaṃ avinayoti dīpenti … pe … vinayaṃ vinayoti dīpenti … pe … abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … apaññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti … pe … paññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti; “Those monks who explain non-Vinaya as non-Vinaya … Vinaya as Vinaya … what was not spoken and stated by the Realized One as not spoken and stated by the Realized One … what was spoken and stated by the Realized One as spoken and stated by the Realized One … what was not practiced by the Realized One as not practiced by the Realized One … what was practiced by the Realized One as practiced by the Realized One … what was not prescribed by the Realized One as not prescribed by the Realized One … what was prescribed by the Realized One as prescribed by the Realized One …
te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. are acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. They make much merit and make the true Dharma continue.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Anāpatti-vagga: Non-offense: AN 1.50-

12. Anāpatti-vagga 12. Non-offense

AN 1.150

150 150
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāpattiṃ āpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain non-offense as offense are acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. They make much bad karma and make the true Dharma disappear.”


AN 1.151

151 151
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain offense as non-offense are acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. Those monks make much bad karma and make the true Dharma disappear.”


AN 1.152

152–​159 152–​159
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū lahukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpenti … pe … garukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpenti … pe … duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti … pe … aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti … pe … sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti dīpenti … pe … anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpenti … pe … sappaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ appaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti … pe … appaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ sappaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “Those monks who explain a light offense as a serious offense … a serious offense as a light offense … an offense committed with corrupt intention as an offense not committed with corrupt intention … an offense not committed with corrupt intention as an offense committed with corrupt intention … an offense requiring rehabilitation as an offense not requiring rehabilitation … an offense not requiring rehabilitation as an offense requiring rehabilitation … an offense with redress as an offense without redress … an offense without redress as an offense with redress … are acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. Those monks make much bad karma and make the true Dharma disappear.”


AN 1.160

160 160
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain non-offense as non-offense are acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. They make much merit and make the true Dharma continue.”


AN 1.161

161 161
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āpattiṃ āpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, those monks who explain offense as offense are acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. They make much merit and make the true Dharma continue.”


AN 1.162

162–​169 162–169
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū lahukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpenti … garukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpenti … duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti … aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti … sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpenti … anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti dīpenti … sappaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ sappaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti … appaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ appaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti; “Those monks who explain a light offense as a light offense … a serious offense as a serious offense … an offense committed with corrupt intention as an offense committed with corrupt intention … an offense not committed with corrupt intention as an offense not committed with corrupt intention … an offense requiring rehabilitation as an offense requiring rehabilitation … an offense not requiring rehabilitation as an offense not requiring rehabilitation … an offense with redress as an offense with redress … an offense without redress as an offense without redress …
te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. are acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people, of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. They make much merit and make the true Dharma continue.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Eka-puggala-vagga: One Person: AN 1.170-

13. Eka-puggala-vagga 13. One Person

AN 1.170

170 170
“Ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “One person, monks, arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of compassion for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Katamo ekapuggalo? What one person?
Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. This is the one person, monks, who arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of compassion for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”

AN 1.171

171 171
“Ekapuggalassa, bhikkhave, pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. “The appearance of one person, monks, is rare in the world.
Katamassa ekapuggalassa? What one person?
Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti. This is the one person, monks, whose appearance is rare in the world.”

AN 1.172

172 172
“Ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati acchariyamanusso. “One person, monks, arises in the world who is an incredible human being.
Katamo ekapuggalo? What one person?
Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati acchariyamanusso”ti. This is the one person, monks, who arises in the world who is an incredible human being.”

AN 1.173

173 173
“Ekapuggalassa, bhikkhave, kālakiriyā bahuno janassa anutappā hoti. “The death of one person, monks, is regretted by many people.
Katamassa ekapuggalassa? What one person?
Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalassa kālakiriyā bahuno janassa anutappā hotī”ti. This is the one person, monks, whose death is regretted by many people.”

AN 1.174

174 174
“Ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati adutiyo asahāyo appaṭimo appaṭisamo appaṭibhāgo appaṭipuggalo asamo asamasamo dvipadānaṃ aggo. “One person, monks, arises in the world unique, without peer or counterpart, incomparable, matchless, unrivaled, unequaled, without equal, the best of bipeds.
Katamo ekapuggalo? What one person?
Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati adutiyo asahāyo appaṭimo appaṭisamo appaṭibhāgo appaṭipuggalo asamo asamasamo dvipadānaṃ aggo”ti. This is the one person, monks, who arises in the world unique, without peer or counterpart, incomparable, matchless, unrivaled, unequaled, without equal, the best of bipeds.”

AN 1.175

175–​186 175–​186
“Ekapuggalassa, bhikkhave, pātubhāvā mahato cakkhussa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato obhāsassa pātubhāvo hoti, channaṃ anuttariyānaṃ pātubhāvo hoti, catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ sacchikiriyā hoti, anekadhātupaṭivedho hoti, nānādhātupaṭivedho hoti, vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, arahattaphalasacchikiriyā hoti. “With the appearance of one person, monks, there is the appearance of a great eye, a great light, a great radiance, and the six unsurpassable things; the realization of the four kinds of textual analysis; the penetration of many and diverse elements; the realization of the fruit of knowledge and freedom; the realization of the fruits of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, and perfection.
Katamassa ekapuggalassa? What one person?
Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalassa pātubhāvā mahato cakkhussa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato obhāsassa pātubhāvo hoti, channaṃ anuttariyānaṃ pātubhāvo hoti, catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ sacchikiriyā hoti, anekadhātupaṭivedho hoti, nānādhātupaṭivedho hoti, vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, arahattaphalasacchikiriyā hotī”ti. This is the one person whose appearance brings the appearance of a great eye, a great light, a great radiance, and the six unsurpassable things; the realization of the four kinds of textual analysis; the penetration of many and diverse elements; the realization of the fruit of knowledge and release; the realization of the fruits of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, and perfection.”

AN 1.187

187 187
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekapuggalampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ sammadeva anuppavatteti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, sāriputto. “monks, I do not see a single other person who rightly keeps rolling the supreme Wheel of Dhamma that was rolled forth by the Realized One like Sāriputta.
Sāriputto, bhikkhave, tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ sammadeva anuppavattetī”ti. Sāriputta rightly keeps rolling the supreme Wheel of Dhamma that was rolled forth by the Realized One.


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Paṭhama-vagga: First: AN 1.188-

14. Paṭhama-vagga 14. First

AN 1.188

188–​197 188–​197
“Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ rattaññūnaṃ yadidaṃ aññāsikoṇḍañño. (1) “The foremost of my monk disciples in seniority is Aññākoṇḍañña.


… Mahāpaññānaṃ yadidaṃ sāriputto. (2) … with great wisdom is Sāriputta.


… Iddhimantānaṃ yadidaṃ mahāmoggallāno. (3) … with psychic power is Mahāmoggallāna.


… Dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākassapo. (4) … who advocate austerities is Mahākassapa.


… Dibbacakkhukānaṃ yadidaṃ anuruddho. (5) … with clairvoyance is Anuruddha.


… Uccākulikānaṃ yadidaṃ bhaddiyo kāḷigodhāya putto. (6) … from eminent families is Bhaddiya Kāḷigodhāyaputta.


… Mañjussarānaṃ yadidaṃ lakuṇḍaka bhaddiyo. (7) … with a charming voice is Lakuṇṭaka Bhaddiya.


… Sīhanādikānaṃ yadidaṃ piṇḍolabhāradvājo. (8) … with a lion’s roar is Piṇḍolabhāradvāja.


… Dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ puṇṇo mantāṇiputto. (9) … who speak on the Dharma is Puṇṇa Mantāṇiputta.


… Saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajantānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākaccāno”ti. (10) … who explain in detail the meaning of a brief statement is Mahākaccāna.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Dutiya-vagga: Second: AN 1.198

15. Dutiya-vagga 15. Second

AN 1.198

198–​208 198–​208
“Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimminantānaṃ yadidaṃ cūḷapanthako. (1) “The foremost of my monk disciples in creating a mind-made body is Cūḷapanthaka.


… Cetovivaṭṭakusalānaṃ yadidaṃ cūḷapanthako. (2) … who are skilled in the evolution of consciousness is Cūḷapanthaka.


… Saññāvivaṭṭakusalānaṃ yadidaṃ mahāpanthako. (3) … who are skilled in the evolution of perception is Mahāpanthaka.


… Araṇavihārīnaṃ yadidaṃ subhūti. (4) … who live without conflict is Subhūti.


… Dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ yadidaṃ subhūti. (5) … who are worthy of a teacher’s offering is Subhūti.


… Āraññakānaṃ yadidaṃ revato khadiravaniyo. (6) … who stay in the wilderness is Revata of the Acacia Wood.


… Jhāyīnaṃ yadidaṃ kaṅkhārevato. (7) … who practice jhāna is Kaṅkhārevata.


… Āraddhavīriyānaṃ yadidaṃ soṇo koḷiviso. (8) … who are energetic is Soṇa Koḷivisa.


… Kalyāṇavākkaraṇānaṃ yadidaṃ soṇo kuṭikaṇṇo. (9) … who are good speakers is Soṇa Kuṭikaṇṇa.


… Lābhīnaṃ yadidaṃ sīvali. (10) … who receive many possessions is Sīvali.


… Saddhādhimuttānaṃ yadidaṃ vakkalī”ti. (11) … who are strong in justifiable-trust is Vakkalī.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Tatiya-vagga: Third: AN 1.209-

16. Tatiya-vagga 16. Third

AN 1.209

209–​218 209–​218
“Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhākāmānaṃ yadidaṃ rāhulo. (1) “The foremost of my monk disciples who want to train is Rāhula.


… Saddhāpabbajitānaṃ yadidaṃ raṭṭhapālo. (2) … who went forth out of justifiable-trust is Raṭṭhapāla.


… Paṭhamaṃ salākaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ yadidaṃ kuṇḍadhāno. (3) … who are the first to pick up a ballot slip is Kuṇḍadhāna.


… Paṭibhānavantānaṃ yadidaṃ vaṅgīso. (4) … who are eloquent poets is Vaṅgīsa.


… Samantapāsādikānaṃ yadidaṃ upaseno vaṅgantaputto. (5) … who are impressive all around is Upasena Vaṅgantaputta.


… Senāsanapaññāpakānaṃ yadidaṃ dabbo mallaputto. (6) … who assign lodgings is Dabba Mallaputta.


… devatānaṃ piyamanāpānaṃ yadidaṃ pilindavaccho. (7) … who are beloved of the deities is Pilindavaccha.


… Khippābhiññānaṃ yadidaṃ bāhiyo dārucīriyo. (8) … with swift insight is Bāhiya Dārucīriya.


… Cittakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ kumārakassapo. (9) … with brilliant speech is Kumārakassapa.


… Paṭisambhidāpattānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākoṭṭhito”ti. (10) … who have attained the methods of textual analysis is Mahākoṭṭhita.


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Catuttha-vagga: Fourth: AN 1.219

17. Catuttha-vagga 17. Fourth

AN 1.219

219–​234 219–​234
“Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahussutānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando. (1) “The foremost of my monk disciples who are very learned is Ānanda.


… Satimantānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando. (2) … with a good memory is Ānanda.


… Gatimantānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando. (3) … with an extensive range is Ānanda.


… Dhitimantānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando. (4) … in retention is Ānanda.


… Upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando. (5) … as a personal attendant is Ānanda.


… Mahāparisānaṃ yadidaṃ uruvelakassapo. (6) … with a large following is Uruvelakassapa.


… Kulappasādakānaṃ yadidaṃ kāḷudāyī. (7) … who inspire lay families is Kāḷudāyī.


… Appābādhānaṃ yadidaṃ bākulo. (8) … with good health is Bakkula.


… Pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantānaṃ yadidaṃ sobhito. (9) … who recollect past lives is Sobhita.


… Vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upāli. (10) … who have memorized the Vinaya is Upāli.


… Bhikkhunovādakānaṃ yadidaṃ nandako. (11) … who advise the nuns is Nandaka.


… Indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ yadidaṃ nando. (12) … who guard the sense doors is Nanda.


… Bhikkhuovādakānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākappino. (13) … who advise the monks is Mahākappina.


… Tejodhātukusalānaṃ yadidaṃ sāgato. (14) … who are skilled in the fire element is Sāgata.


… Paṭibhāneyyakānaṃ yadidaṃ rādho. (15) … who inspire eloquent Dharmas is Rādha.


… Lūkhacīvaradharānaṃ yadidaṃ mogharājā”ti. (16) … who wear coarse robes is Mogharāja.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Pañcama-vagga: Fifth: AN 1.235-

18. Pañcama-vagga 18. Fifth

AN 1.235

235–​247 235–​247
“Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvikānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ rattaññūnaṃ yadidaṃ mahāpajāpatigotamī. (1) “The foremost of my nun disciples in seniority is Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī.


… Mahāpaññānaṃ yadidaṃ khemā. (2) … with great wisdom is Khemā.


… Iddhimantīnaṃ yadidaṃ uppalavaṇṇā. (3) … with psychic power is Uppalavaṇṇā.


… Vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ paṭācārā. (4) … who have memorized the Vinaya is Paṭācārā.


… Dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammadinnā. (5) … who speak on the Dharma is Dhammadinnā.


… Jhāyīnaṃ yadidaṃ nandā. (6) … who practice jhāna is Nandā.


… Āraddhavīriyānaṃ yadidaṃ soṇā. (7) … who are energetic is Soṇā.


… Dibbacakkhukānaṃ yadidaṃ bakulā. (8) … with clairvoyance is Sakulā.


… Khippābhiññānaṃ yadidaṃ bhaddā kuṇḍalakesā. (9) … with swift insight is Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā.


… Pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantīnaṃ yadidaṃ bhaddā kāpilānī. (10) … who recollect past lives is Bhaddā Kāpilānī.


… Mahābhiññāpattānaṃ yadidaṃ bhaddakaccānā. (11) … who have attained great insight is Bhaddakaccānā.


… Lūkhacīvaradharānaṃ yadidaṃ kisāgotamī. (12) … who wear coarse robes is Kisāgotamī.


… Saddhādhimuttānaṃ yadidaṃ siṅgālakamātā”ti. (13) … who are strong in justifiable-trust is Siṅgālakamātā.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Chaṭṭha-vagga: Sixth: AN 1.248-

19. Chaṭṭha-vagga 19. Sixth

AN 1.248

248–​257 248–​257
“Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ upāsakānaṃ paṭhamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchantānaṃ yadidaṃ tapussabhallikā vāṇijā. (1) “The foremost of my laymen in first going for refuge are the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika.


… Dāyakānaṃ yadidaṃ sudatto gahapati anāthapiṇḍiko. (2) … as a donor is the householder Sudatta Anāthapiṇḍika.


… Dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ citto gahapati macchikāsaṇḍiko. (3) … who speak on the Dharma is the householder Citta Macchikāsaṇḍika.


… Catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi parisaṃ saṅgaṇhantānaṃ yadidaṃ hatthako āḷavako. (4) … who attract a following by the four ways of being inclusive is Hatthaka Āḷavaka.


… Paṇītadāyakānaṃ yadidaṃ mahānāmo sakko. (5) … who donate good things is Mahānāma Sakka.


… Manāpadāyakānaṃ yadidaṃ uggo gahapati vesāliko. (6) … who donate nice things is the householder Ugga of Vesālī.


… Saṅghupaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ hatthigāmako uggato gahapati. (7) … who attend on the Saṅgha is the householder Uggata of Hatthi Village.


… Aveccappasannānaṃ yadidaṃ sūrambaṭṭho. (8) … who have experiential confidence is Sūrambaṭṭha.


… Puggalappasannānaṃ yadidaṃ jīvako komārabhacco. (9) … who have confidence in a person is Jīvaka Komārabhacca.


… Vissāsakānaṃ yadidaṃ nakulapitā gahapatī”ti. (10) … who are intimate is the householder Nakula’s father.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Sattama-vagga: Seventh: AN 1.258-

20. Sattama-vagga 20. Seventh

AN 1.258

258–​267 258–​267
“Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvikānaṃ upāsikānaṃ paṭhamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchantīnaṃ yadidaṃ sujātā seniyadhītā. (1) “The foremost of my laywomen in first going for refuge is Sujātā Seniyadhītā.


… Dāyikānaṃ yadidaṃ visākhā migāramātā. (2) … as a donor is Visākhā, Migāra’s mother.


… Bahussutānaṃ yadidaṃ khujjuttarā. (3) … who are very learned is Khujjuttarā.


… Mettāvihārīnaṃ yadidaṃ sāmāvatī. (4) … who dwell infriendly-kindness is Sāmāvatī.


… Jhāyīnaṃ yadidaṃ uttarānandamātā. (5) … who practice jhāna is Uttarānandamātā.


… Paṇītadāyikānaṃ yadidaṃ suppavāsā koliyadhītā. (6) … who give good things is Suppavāsā Koliyadhītā.


… Gilānupaṭṭhākīnaṃ yadidaṃ suppiyā upāsikā. (7) … who care for the sick is the laywoman Suppiyā.


… Aveccappasannānaṃ yadidaṃ kātiyānī. (8) … who have the experiential confidence is Kātiyānī.


… Vissāsikānaṃ yadidaṃ nakulamātā gahapatānī. (9) … who are intimate is the householder Nakula’s mother.


… Anussavappasannānaṃ yadidaṃ kāḷī upāsikā kuraragharikā”ti. (10) … whose confidence is based on oral transmission is the laywoman Kāḷī of Kuraraghara.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Paṭhama-vagga: First: AN 1.268-

21. Paṭhama-vagga 21. First

AN 1.268

268 268
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to take any condition as permanent. That is not possible.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to take some condition as permanent. That is possible.”

AN 1.269

269 269
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṃ sukhato upagaccheyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to take any condition as pleasant.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano kañci saṅkhāraṃ sukhato upagaccheyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to take some condition as pleasant.”

AN 1.270

270 270
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci dhammaṃ attato upagaccheyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to take anything as self.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano kañci dhammaṃ attato upagaccheyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to take something as self.”

AN 1.271

271 271
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to murder their mother.
Ṭhānañca kho, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to murder their mother.”

AN 1.272

272 272
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo pitaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to murder their father.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano pitaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to murder their father.”

AN 1.273

273 273
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo arahantaṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to murder a perfected one.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano arahantaṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to murder a perfected one.”

AN 1.274

274 274
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo tathāgatassa paduṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to injure a Realized One with malicious intent.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano tathāgatassa paduṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to injure a Realized One with malicious intent.”

AN 1.275

275 275
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo saṅghaṃ bhindeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to cause a schism in the Saṅgha.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano saṅghaṃ bhindeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to cause a schism in the Saṅgha.”

AN 1.276

276 276
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo aññaṃ satthāraṃ uddiseyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a person accomplished in view to acknowledge another teacher.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puthujjano aññaṃ satthāraṃ uddiseyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an ordinary person to acknowledge another teacher.”

AN 1.277

277 277
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for two perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas to arise in the same solar system at the same time.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā ekova arahaṃ sammāsambuddho uppajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for just one perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, to arise in one solar system.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Dutiya-vagga: Second: AN 1.278-

22. Dutiya-vagga 22. Second

AN 1.278

278 278
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve rājāno cakkavattī apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for two wheel-turning monarchs to arise in the same solar system at the same time.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā eko rājā cakkavattī uppajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for just one wheel-turning monarch to arise in one solar system.”

AN 1.279

279 279
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ itthī arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddho. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a woman to be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.
Ṭhānañca kho, etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puriso arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddho. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for a man to be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.”

AN 1.280

280 280
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ itthī rājā assa cakkavattī. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a woman to be a wheel-turning monarch.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puriso rājā assa cakkavattī. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for a man to be a wheel-turning monarch.”

AN 1.281

281–​283 281–​283
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ itthī sakkattaṃ kāreyya … pe … mārattaṃ kāreyya … pe … brahmattaṃ kāreyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a woman to perform the role of Sakka, Māra, or Brahmā.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ puriso sakkattaṃ kāreyya … pe … mārattaṃ kāreyya … pe … brahmattaṃ kāreyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for a man to perform the role of Sakka, Māra, or Brahmā.”

AN 1.284

284 284
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ kāyaduccaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a likable, desirable, agreeable result to come from bad bodily conduct.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ kāyaduccaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable result to come from bad bodily conduct.”

AN 1.285

285–​286 285–​286
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ vacīduccaritassa … pe … yaṃ manoduccaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for a likable, desirable, agreeable result to come from bad verbal … bad mental conduct.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ manoduccaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for an unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable result to come from bad verbal … bad mental conduct.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Tatiya-vagga: Third: AN 1.287-

23. Tatiya-vagga 23. Third

AN 1.287

287 287
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ kāyasucaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for an unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable result to come from good bodily conduct.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ kāyasucaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for a likable, desirable, agreeable result to come from good bodily conduct.”

AN 1.288

288–​289 288–​289
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ vacīsucaritassa … pe … manosucaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen for an unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable result to come from good verbal or mental conduct.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ manosucaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible for a likable, desirable, agreeable result to come from good verbal or mental conduct.”

AN 1.290

290 290
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ kāyaduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in bad bodily conduct, could for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ kāyaduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible that someone who has engaged in bad bodily conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”

AN 1.291

291–​292 291–​292
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ vacīduccaritasamaṅgī … pe … yaṃ manoduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in bad verbal or mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ manoduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible that someone who has engaged in bad verbal or mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”

AN 1.293

293 293
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ kāyasucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in good bodily conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a place of loss, the underworld, a lower realm, hell.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ kāyasucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible that someone who has engaged in good bodily conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”

AN 1.294

294–​295 294–​295
“Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ vacīsucaritasamaṅgī … pe … yaṃ manosucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “It is impossible, monks, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in good verbal or mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ manosucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. But it is possible that someone who has engaged in good verbal or mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, heavenly realm.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Paṭhama-vagga: First: AN 1.296-

24. Paṭhama-vagga 24. First

AN 1.296

296 296
“Eka-dhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. “one Dharma, monks, when developed and cultivated, leads solely to disenchantment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and nirvana.
Katamo Eka-dhammo? What one Dharma?
Buddhānussati. Recollection of the Buddha.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattatī”ti. This one Dharma, when developed and cultivated, leads solely to disenchantment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and nirvana.”

AN 1.297

297–​305 297–​305
“Eka-dhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. “one Dharma, monks, when developed and cultivated leads solely to disenchantment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and nirvana.
Katamo Eka-dhammo? What one Dharma?
Dhammānussati … pe … saṅghānussati … sīlānussati … cāgānussati … devatānussati … ānāpānassati … maraṇassati … kāyagatāsati … upasamānussati. Recollection of the Dharma … Recollection of the Saṅgha … Recollection of ethical conduct … Recollection of generosity … Recollection of the deities … rememberfulness of breathing … rememberfulness of death … body-immersed remembering … Recollection of peace.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattatī”ti. This one Dharma, when developed and cultivated, leads solely to disenchantment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and nirvana.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Dutiya-vagga: Second: AN 1.306-

25. Dutiya-vagga 25. Second

AN 1.306

306 306
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or, when they have arisen, makes them increase and grow like wrong view.
Micchādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī”ti. When you have wrong view, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”

AN 1.307

307 307
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or, when they have arisen, makes them increase and grow like right view.
Sammādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī”ti. When you have right view, unarisen skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”

AN 1.308

308 308
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā nuppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to unskillful Dharmas, or makes skillful Dharmas decline like wrong view.
Micchādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā nuppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you have wrong view, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”

AN 1.309

309 309
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā akusalā dhammā nuppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to skillful Dharmas, or makes unskillful Dharmas decline like right view.
Sammādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā nuppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you have right view, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”

AN 1.310

310 310
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā micchādiṭṭhi uppajjati uppannā vā micchādiṭṭhi pavaḍḍhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to wrong view, and once arisen, makes it grow like improper attention.
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva micchādiṭṭhi uppajjati uppannā ca micchādiṭṭhi pavaḍḍhatī”ti. When you attend improperly, wrong view arises, and once arisen it grows.”

AN 1.311

311 311
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā sammādiṭṭhi uppajjati uppannā vā sammādiṭṭhi pavaḍḍhati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, yonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that gives rise to right view, or, once it has already arisen, makes it grow like proper attention.
Yoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva sammādiṭṭhi uppajjati uppannā ca sammādiṭṭhi pavaḍḍhatī”ti. When you attend properly, right view arises, and skillful Dharmas grow.”

AN 1.312

312 312
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that causes sentient beings to be reborn, when their body breaks up, after death, in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell like wrong view.
Micchādiṭṭhiyā, bhikkhave, samannāgatā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjantī”ti. It is because they have wrong view that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”

AN 1.313

313 313
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that causes sentient beings to be reborn, when their body breaks up, after death, in a good place, a heavenly realm like right view.
Sammādiṭṭhiyā, bhikkhave, samannāgatā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjantī”ti. It is because they have right view that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”

AN 1.314

314 314
“Micchādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yañca vacīkammaṃ … pe … yañca manokammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā aniṭṭhāya akantāya amanāpāya ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. “monks, when an individual has wrong view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and co-activities all lead to what is unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable, harmful, and suffering.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā. Because their view is bad.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nimbabījaṃ vā kosātakibījaṃ vā tittakālābubījaṃ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṃ yañceva pathavirasaṃ upādiyati yañca āporasaṃ upādiyati sabbaṃ taṃ tittakattāya kaṭukattāya asātattāya saṃvattati. Suppose a seed of neem, angled gourd, or bitter gourd was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its bitter, acerbic, and unpleasant taste.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Bījañhissa, bhikkhave, pāpakaṃ. Because the seed is bad.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhikassa purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yañca vacīkammaṃ … pe … yañca manokammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā aniṭṭhāya akantāya amanāpāya ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. In the same way, when an individual has wrong view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and co-activities all lead to what is unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable, harmful, and suffering.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā”ti. Because their view is bad.”

AN 1.315

315 315
“Sammādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yañca vacīkammaṃ … pe … yañca manokammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. “monks, when an individual has right view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and co-activities all lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, beneficial, and pleasant.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, bhaddikā. Because their view is good.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ucchubījaṃ vā sālibījaṃ vā muddikābījaṃ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṃ yañceva pathavirasaṃ upādiyati yañca āporasaṃ upādiyati sabbaṃ taṃ madhurattāya sātattāya asecanakattāya saṃvattati. Suppose a seed of sugar cane, fine rice, or grape was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its sweet, pleasant, and delicious taste.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Bījaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, bhaddakaṃ. Because the seed is good.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhikassa purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yañca vacīkammaṃ … pe … yañca manokammaṃ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṃ samādinnaṃ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. In the same way, when an individual has right view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and co-activities all lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, beneficial, and pleasant.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, bhaddikā”ti. Because their view is good.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

end of section [1..25.. - Dutiya-vagga: Second: AN 1.306-]
+

§ – Tatiya-vagga: Third: AN 1.316-

26. Tatiya-vagga 26. Third

AN 1.316

316 316
“Ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanaahitāya bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “One person, monks, arises in the world for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Katamo ekapuggalo? What one person?
Micchādiṭṭhiko hoti viparītadassano. Someone with wrong view, whose perspective is distorted.
So bahujanaṃ saddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā asaddhamme patiṭṭhāpeti. They draw many people away from the true Dharma and establish them in false Dharmas.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanaahitāya bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānan”ti. This is one person who arises in the world for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.”

AN 1.317

317 317
“Ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “One person, monks, arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Katamo ekapuggalo? What one person?
Sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano. Someone with right view, whose perspective is undistorted.
So bahujanaṃ asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā saddhamme patiṭṭhāpeti. They draw many people away from false Dharmas and establish them in the true Dharma.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalo loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. This is one person who arises in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”

AN 1.318

318 318
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very blameworthy as wrong view.
Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, mahāsāvajjānī”ti. Wrong view is the most blameworthy thing of all.”

AN 1.319

319 319
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekapuggalampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ bahujanaahitāya paṭipanno bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, makkhali moghapuriso. “monks, I do not see a single other person who acts for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of many people, of gods and humans like that foolish man, Makkhali.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṃ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṃ macchānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; Just as a trap set at the mouth of a river would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish,
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, makkhali moghapuriso manussakhippaṃ maññe loke uppanno bahūnaṃ sattānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāyā”ti. so too that foolish man, Makkhali, is a trap for humans, it seems to me. He has arisen in the world for the harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster of many beings.”

AN 1.320

320 320
“Durakkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo ca samādapeti yañca samādapeti yo ca samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati sabbe te bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavanti. “monks, the one who encourages someone in a poorly explained Dharma and training, the one who they encourage, and the one who practices accordingly all make much bad karma.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Durakkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is poorly explained.”

AN 1.321

321 321
“Svākkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo ca samādapeti yañca samādapeti yo ca samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati sabbe te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. “monks, the one who encourages someone in a well explained Dharma and training, the one who they encourage, and the one who practices accordingly all make much merit.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Svākkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is well explained.”

AN 1.322

322 322
“Durakkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye dāyakena mattā jānitabbā, no paṭiggāhakena. “monks, in a poorly explained Dharma and training, the donor should know moderation, not the recipient.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Durakkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is poorly explained.”

AN 1.323

323 323
“Svākkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye paṭiggāhakena mattā jānitabbā, no dāyakena. “monks, in a well explained Dharma and training, the recipient should know moderation, not the donor.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Svākkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is well explained.”

AN 1.324

324 324
“Durakkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo āraddhavīriyo so dukkhaṃ viharati. “monks, in a poorly explained Dharma and training an energetic person lives in suffering.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Durakkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is poorly explained.”

AN 1.325

325 325
“Svākkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo kusīto so dukkhaṃ viharati. “monks, in a well explained Dharma and training a lazy person lives in suffering.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Svākkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is well explained.”

AN 1.326

326 326
“Durakkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo kusīto so sukhaṃ viharati. “monks, in a poorly explained Dharma and training a lazy person lives happily.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Durakkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is poorly explained.”

AN 1.327

327 327
“Svākkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo āraddhavīriyo so sukhaṃ viharati. “monks, in a well explained Dharma and training an energetic person lives happily.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Svākkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti. Because the Dharma is well explained.”

AN 1.328

328 328
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, appamattakopi gūtho duggandho hoti; Just as, monks, even a tiny bit of fecal matter still stinks,
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, appamattakampi bhavaṃ na vaṇṇemi, antamaso accharāsaṅghātamattampi”. so too I don’t approve of even a tiny bit of continued existence, not even for the length of a finger snap.”

AN 1.329

329 329
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, appamattakampi muttaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti … appamattakopi kheḷo duggandho hoti … appamattakopi pubbo duggandho hoti … appamattakampi lohitaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti; “Just as even a tiny bit of urine, or spit, or pus, or blood still stinks,
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, appamattakampi bhavaṃ na vaṇṇemi, antamaso accharāsaṅghātamattampi”. so too I don’t approve of even a tiny bit of continued existence, not even for the length of a finger snap.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

end of section [1..26.. - Tatiya-vagga: Third: AN 1.316-]
+

§ – Catuttha-vagga: Fourth: AN 1.333-

27. Catuttha-vagga 27. Fourth

AN 1.333

333 333
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, appamattakaṃ imasmiṃ jambudīpe ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇirāmaṇeyyakaṃ; “Just as, monks, in India the delightful parks, woods, meadows, and lotus ponds are few,
atha kho etadeva bahutaraṃ yadidaṃ ukkūlavikūlaṃ nadīviduggaṃ khāṇukaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṃ pabbatavisamaṃ; while the hilly terrain, inaccessible riverlands, stumps and thorns, and rugged mountains are many;
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye thalajā, atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye odakā. so too the sentient beings born on land are few, while those born in water are many.

AN 1.334

334 334
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye manussesu paccājāyanti; … so too the sentient beings reborn as humans are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye aññatra manussehi paccājāyanti. while those not reborn as humans are many.


… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti; … so too the sentient beings reborn in civilized countries are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti aviññātāresu milakkhesu. while those reborn in the borderlands, among barbarian tribes, are many.

AN 1.335

335 335
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye paññavanto ajaḷā aneḷamūgā paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṃ; … so too the sentient beings who are wise, bright, clever, and able to distinguish the well said from the poorly said are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye duppaññā jaḷā eḷamūgā na paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṃ. while the sentient beings who are witless, dull, stupid, and unable to distinguish the well said from the poorly said are many.

AN 1.336

336 336
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye ariyena paññācakkhunā samannāgatā; … so too the sentient beings who have the noble eye of wisdom are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye avijjāgatā sammūḷhā. while those who are ignorant and confused are many.

AN 1.337

337 337
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye labhanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya; … so too the sentient beings who get to see a Realized One are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye na labhanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. while those who don’t get to see a Realized One are many.

AN 1.338

338 338
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye labhanti tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya; … so too the sentient beings who get to hear the Dharma and training proclaimed by a Realized One are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye na labhanti tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya. while those sentient beings who don’t get to hear the Dharma and training proclaimed by a Realized One are many.

AN 1.339

339 339
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye sutvā dhammaṃ dhārenti; … so too the sentient beings who remember the Dharmas they hear are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye sutvā dhammaṃ na dhārenti. while those who don’t remember the Dharmas are many.

AN 1.340

340 340
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhanti; … so too the sentient beings who examine the meaning of the Dharmas they have memorized are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. while those who don’t examine the meaning of the Dharmas are many.

AN 1.341

341 341
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjanti; … so too the sentient beings who understand the meaning and the Dharma and practice accordingly are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṃ na paṭipajjanti. while those who understand the meaning and the Dharma but don’t practice accordingly are many.

AN 1.342

342 342
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye saṃvejaniyesu ṭhānesu saṃvijjanti; … so too the sentient beings inspired by inspiring places are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye saṃvejaniyesu ṭhānesu na saṃvijjanti. while those who are uninspired are many.

AN 1.343

343 343
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye saṃviggā yoniso padahanti; … so too the sentient beings who, being inspired, strive effectively are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye saṃviggā yoniso na padahanti. while those who, even though inspired, don’t strive effectively are many.

AN 1.344

344 344
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye vavassaggārammaṇaṃ karitvā labhanti samādhiṃ labhanti cittassekaggataṃ; … so too the sentient beings who, relying on letting go, gain undistractible-lucidity, gain unification of mind are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye vavassaggārammaṇaṃ karitvā na labhanti samādhiṃ na labhanti cittassekaggataṃ. while those who don’t gain undistractible-lucidity, don’t gain unification of mind relying on letting go are many.

AN 1.345

345 345
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye annaggarasaggānaṃ lābhino; … so too the sentient beings who get the best food and flavors are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye annaggarasaggānaṃ na lābhino, uñchena kapālābhatena yāpenti. while those who don’t get the best food and flavors, but get by with scraps in an alms bowl are many.

AN 1.346

346 346
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa lābhino; … so too the sentient beings who get the essence of the meaning, the essence of the Dharma, and the essence of freedom are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa na lābhino. while the sentient beings who don’t get the essence of the meaning, the essence of the Dharma, and the essence of freedom are many.
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa lābhino bhavissāmā’ti. ‘We will get the essence of the meaning, the essence of the Dharma, the essence of freedom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”

AN 1.347

347–​349 347–​349
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, appamattakaṃ imasmiṃ jambudīpe ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇirāmaṇeyyakaṃ; “Just as, monks, in India the delightful parks, woods, meadows, and lotus ponds are few,
atha kho etadeva bahutaraṃ yadidaṃ ukkūlavikūlaṃ nadīviduggaṃ khāṇukaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṃ pabbatavisamaṃ. while the hilly terrain, inaccessible riverlands, stumps and thorns, and rugged mountains are many;
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye manussā cutā manussesu paccājāyanti, atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye manussā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … pe … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pe … pettivisaye paccājāyanti”. so too, those who die as humans and are reborn as humans are few, while those who die as humans and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.350

350–​352 350–​352
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye manussā cutā devesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die as humans and are reborn as gods are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye manussā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die as humans and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.353

353–​355 353–​355
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye devā cutā devesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die as gods and are reborn as gods are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye devā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die as gods and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.356

356–​358 356–​358
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye devā cutā manussesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die as gods and are reborn as humans are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye devā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die as gods and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.359

359–​361 359–​361
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye nirayā cutā manussesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die in hell and are reborn as humans are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye nirayā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die in hell and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.362

362–​364 362–​364
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye nirayā cutā devesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die in hell and are reborn as gods are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye nirayā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die in hell and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.365

365–​367 365–​367
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye tiracchānayoniyā cutā manussesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die as animals and are reborn as humans are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye tiracchānayoniyā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die as animals and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.368

368–​370 368–​370
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye tiracchānayoniyā cutā devesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die as animals and are reborn as gods are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye tiracchānayoniyā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die as animals and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.371

371–​373 371–​373
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye pettivisayā cutā manussesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die as ghosts and are reborn as humans are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye pettivisayā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyanti. while those who die as ghosts and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”

AN 1.374

374–​377 374–​377
… Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye pettivisayā cutā devesu paccājāyanti; “… the sentient beings who die as ghosts and are reborn as gods are few,
atha kho eteva sattā bahutarā ye pettivisayā cutā niraye paccājāyanti … tiracchānayoniyā paccājāyanti … pettivisaye paccājāyan”ti. while those who die as ghosts and are reborn in hell, or the animal realm, or the ghost realm are many.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

end of section [1..27.. - Catuttha-vagga: Fourth: AN 1.333-]
+

§ – Pasāda-kara-dhamma-vagga: Inspirational dhamma: AN 1.378-

28. Pasāda-kara-dhamma-vagga 28. Inspirational

AN 1.378

378–​393 378–​393
“Addhamidaṃ, bhikkhave, lābhānaṃ yadidaṃ āraññikattaṃ … pe … piṇḍapātikattaṃ … paṃsukūlikattaṃ … tecīvarikattaṃ … dhammakathikattaṃ … vinayadharattaṃ … bāhusaccaṃ … thāvareyyaṃ … ākappasampadā … parivārasampadā … mahāparivāratā … kolaputti … vaṇṇapokkharatā … kalyāṇavākkaraṇatā … appicchatā … appābādhatā”ti. “monks, this is definitely something worth having, that is, living in the wilderness … eating only alms-food … wearing rag robes … having just three robes … instructing Dhamma … memorizing the Vinaya … being very learned … being respected … being well-presented … having a following … having a large following … coming from a good family … being handsome … being a good speaker … having few wishes … having good health.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Aparaaccharāsaṅghāta-vagga: Another Chapter on a Finger Snap: AN 1.394-

29. Aparaaccharāsaṅghāta-vagga 29. Another Chapter on a Finger Snap

AN 1.394 (develop first jhānaj1🌘for fingersnap of jhāna)

394 394
“Accharāsaṅghātamattampi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: “If, monks, a monk develops the first jhāna, even for the time of a finger snap, they are called
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati, satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati’. a monk who does not lack jhāna, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain.
Ko pana vādo ye naṃ bahulīkarontī”ti. How much more so those who make much of it!”

AN 1.395 (develop second jhānaj2🌗for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.396 (develop third jhānaj3🌖for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.397 (develop fourth jhānaj4🌕for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.398 (develop metta1.🤝🤗for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.399 (develop karuna2.👐😊️for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.400 (develop mudita3.😊for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.401 (develop upekkha4.🛆👁️for fingersnap of jhāna)

395–​401 395–​401
“Accharāsaṅghātamattampi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti … pe … mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ bhāveti … pe … karuṇaṃ cetovimuttiṃ bhāveti … pe … muditaṃ cetovimuttiṃ bhāveti … pe … upekkhaṃ cetovimuttiṃ bhāveti … pe …. “If, monks, a monk develops the second … third … or fourth jhāna … or the heart’s release byfriendly-kindness … or the heart’s release by compassion … or the heart’s release by rejoicing … or the heart’s release by equanimous-observation, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.402 (develop4sp🐘1/4 kāya anupassana for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.403 (develop4sp🐘2/4 vedana anupassana for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.404 (develop4sp🐘3/4 citta anupassana for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.405 (develop4sp🐘4/4 Dhamma anupassana for fingersnap of jhāna)

402–​405 402–​405
Kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ … pe … If a monk lives continuously seeing the body as a body truly is …
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati … If a monk lives continuously seeing sensations as sensations truly are …
citte cittānupassī viharati … If a monk lives continuously seeing the mind as a mind truly is …
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. If a monk lives continuously seeing the Dharma as Dharma truly is …—ardent, lucidly-discerning, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.406 (develop right effort 1/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.407 (develop right effort 2/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.408 (develop right effort 3/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.409 (develop right effort 4/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

406–​409 406–​409
Anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; If they generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful Dharmas don’t arise, even for the time of a finger snap …
uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. If they generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful Dharmas that have arisen are given up, even for the time of a finger snap …
Anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; If they generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas that have not arisen do arise, even for the time of a finger snap …
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. If they generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are fulfilled by development, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.410 (develop4ip 🌕⚡iddhi-pāda 1/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.411 (develop4ip 🌕⚡iddhi-pāda 2/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.412 (develop4ip 🌕⚡iddhi-pāda 3/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.413 (develop4ip 🌕⚡iddhi-pāda 4/4 for fingersnap of jhāna)

410–​413 410–​413
Chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti … vīriyasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti … cittasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti … vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti …. If they develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to enthusiasm, and active effort … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to vigor, and active effort … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to mental development, and active effort … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to inquiry, and active effort, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.414 (develop1👌️indriya/faculty for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.415 (develop2🏹indriya/faculty for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.416 (develop3🐘indriya/faculty for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.417 (develop4🌄indriya/faculty for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.418 (develop5👁indriya/faculty for fingersnap of jhāna)

414–​418 414–​418
Saddhindriyaṃ bhāveti … vīriyindriyaṃ bhāveti … satindriyaṃ bhāveti … samādhindriyaṃ bhāveti … paññindriyaṃ bhāveti …. If they develop the faculty of justifiable-trust … the faculty of vigor … the faculty of rememberfulness … the faculty of undistractible-lucidity … the faculty of wisdom, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.419 (develop1👌️bala/power for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.420 (develop2🏹bala/power for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.421 (develop3🐘bala/power for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.422 (develop4🌄bala/power for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.423 (develop5👁bala/power for fingersnap of jhāna)

419–​423 419–​423
Saddhābalaṃ bhāveti … vīriyabalaṃ bhāveti … satibalaṃ bhāveti … samādhibalaṃ bhāveti … paññābalaṃ bhāveti …. If they develop the power of justifiable-trust … the power of vigor … the power of rememberfulness … the power of undistractible-lucidity … the power of wisdom, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.424 (develop1🐘sam-bojjhanga/awakening factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.425 (develop2💭🕵️sam-bojjhanga/awakening factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.426 (develop3🏹sam-bojjhanga/awakening factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.427 (develop4😁sam-bojjhanga/awakening factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.428 (develop5🌊sam-bojjhanga/awakening factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.429 (develop6🌄sam-bojjhanga/awakening factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.430 (develop7🛆👁sam-bojjhanga/awakening factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

424–​430 424–​430
Satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti …. If they develop the awakening factor of rememberfulness … the awakening factor of investigation of dharmas … the awakening factor of vigor … the awakening factor of mental-joy … the awakening factor of pacification … the awakening factor of undistractible-lucidity … the awakening factor of equanimous-observation, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.431 (develop1👁noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.432 (develop2💭noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.433 (develop3💬noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.434 (develop4🏃noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.435 (develop5👑noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.436 (develop6🏹noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.437 (develop7🐘noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.438 (develop8🌄noble 8fold factor for fingersnap of jhāna)

431–​438 431–​438
Sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti … sammāsaṅkappaṃ bhāveti … sammāvācaṃ bhāveti … sammākammantaṃ bhāveti … sammāājīvaṃ bhāveti … sammāvāyāmaṃ bhāveti … sammāsatiṃ bhāveti … sammāsamādhiṃ bhāveti …. If they develop right view … right thought … right speech … right action … right livelihood … right effort … right rememberfulness … right undistractible-lucidity, even for the time of a finger snap …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.439 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana1/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.440 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana2/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.441 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana3/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.442 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana4/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.443 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana5/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.444 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana6/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.445 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana7/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.446 (develop8 abhi-bh-āyatana8/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

439–​446 439–​446
Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. Perceiving form internally, they see visions externally, limited, both pretty and ugly.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
… ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. Perceiving form internally, they see visions externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
… ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. Not perceiving form internally, they see visions externally, limited, both pretty and ugly.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
… ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. Not perceiving form internally, they see visions externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
… ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Not perceiving form internally, they see visions externally that are blue, with blue color, blue hue, and blue tint.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
… ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Not perceiving form internally, they see visions externally that are yellow, with yellow color, yellow hue, and yellow tint.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
… ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Not perceiving form internally, they see visions externally that are red, with red color, red hue, and red tint.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
… ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Not perceiving form internally, they see visions externally that are white, with white color, white hue, and white tint.
Tāni abhibhuyya: Having mastered this, they are aware that:
‘jānāmi passāmī’ti— ‘I know and see.’
evaṃsaññī hoti.
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.447 (develop8 vimokkha1/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.448 (develop8 vimokkha2/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.449 (develop8 vimokkha3/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.450 (develop8 vimokkha4/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.451 (develop8 vimokkha5/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.452 (develop8 vimokkha6/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.453 (develop8 vimokkha7/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.454 (develop8 vimokkha8/8 for fingersnap of jhāna)

447–​454 447–​454
Rūpī rūpāni passati … ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati … subhanteva adhimutto hoti … sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati …. Having form, they see visions … not perceiving form internally, they see visions externally … they’re focused only on beauty … going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space … going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness … going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness … going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception … going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.455 (develop 10 kasinas 1/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.456 (develop 10 kasinas 2/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.457 (develop 10 kasinas 3/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.458 (develop 10 kasinas 4/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.459 (develop 10 kasinas 5/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.460 (develop 10 kasinas 6/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.461 (develop 10 kasinas 7/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.462 (develop 10 kasinas 8/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.463 (develop 10 kasinas 9/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.464 (develop 10 kasinas 10/10 for fingersnap of jhāna)

455–​464 455–​464
Pathavikasiṇaṃ bhāveti … āpokasiṇaṃ bhāveti … tejokasiṇaṃ bhāveti … vāyokasiṇaṃ bhāveti … nīlakasiṇaṃ bhāveti … pītakasiṇaṃ bhāveti … lohitakasiṇaṃ bhāveti … odātakasiṇaṃ bhāveti … ākāsakasiṇaṃ bhāveti … viññāṇakasiṇaṃ bhāveti …. () They develop the meditation on universal earth … the meditation on universal water … the meditation on universal fire … the meditation on universal air … the meditation on universal blue … the meditation on universal yellow … the meditation on universal red … the meditation on universal white … the meditation on universal space … the meditation on universal consciousness …
(expand as in AN 1.394)

end of section [1..29.. - Aparaaccharāsaṅghāta-vagga: Another Chapter on a Finger Snap: AN 1.394-]
+

(ten perceptions to develop AN 7.49)

465–​474 465–​474
(expand each of 10 as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.465 (asubha/foulness for fingersnap of jhāna)

Asubhasaññaṃ bhāveti … They develop the perception of ugliness …

AN 1.466 (death for fingersnap of jhāna)

maraṇasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of death …

AN 1.467 (repulsive food for fingersnap of jhāna)

āhāre paṭikūlasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of the repulsiveness of food …

AN 1.468 (dissatisfaction with world for fingersnap of jhāna)

sabbaloke anabhiratisaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world …

AN 1.469 (impermanence for fingersnap of jhāna)

aniccasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of impermanence …

AN 1.470 (suffering in impermanence for fingersnap of jhāna)

anicce dukkhasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of suffering in impermanence …

AN 1.471 (not self in suffering for fingersnap of jhāna)

dukkhe anattasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of not-self in suffering …

AN 1.472 (abandoning for fingersnap of jhāna)

pahānasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of giving up …

AN 1.473 (dispassion for fingersnap of jhāna)

virāgasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of fading away …

AN 1.474 (cessation for fingersnap of jhāna)

nirodhasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of cessation …

(expand as in AN 1.394)

+

(ten perceptions to develop)

475–​484 475–​484
(expand each of 10 as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.475 (impermanence for fingersnap of jhāna)

Aniccasaññaṃ bhāveti … They develop the perception of impermanence …

AN 1.476 (not self for fingersnap of jhāna)

anattasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of not-self …

AN 1.477 (death for fingersnap of jhāna)

maraṇasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of death …

AN 1.478 (repulsive food for fingersnap of jhāna)

āhāre paṭikūlasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of the repulsiveness of food …

AN 1.479 (dissatisfied with world for fingersnap of jhāna)

sabbaloke anabhiratisaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world …

AN 1.480 (💀☠️ Skeleton for fingersnap of jhāna)

aṭṭhikasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of a skeleton …

AN 1.481 (🐛🧟 worm-infested for fingersnap of jhāna)

puḷavakasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of the worm-infested corpse …

AN 1.482 (🧟black-and-blue-[corpse] for fingersnap of jhāna)

vinīlakasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of the livid corpse …

AN 1.483 (🕸️🧟 fissured-[corpse] for fingersnap of jhāna)

vicchiddakasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of the split open corpse …

AN 1.484 (🧟 bloated-[corpse] for fingersnap of jhāna)

uddhumātakasaññaṃ bhāveti … the perception of the bloated corpse …

(expand as in AN 1.394)

+

(ten recollections to develop: first 6 from AN 6.10)

485–​494 485–​494
(expand each of 10 as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.485 (recall Buddha for fingersnap of jhāna)

Buddhānussatiṃ bhāveti … They develop the recollection of the Buddha …

AN 1.486 (recall Dhamma for fingersnap of jhāna)

dhammānussatiṃ bhāveti … the recollection of the Dharma …

AN 1.487 (recall Sangha for fingersnap of jhāna)

saṅghānussatiṃ bhāveti … the recollection of the Saṅgha …

AN 1.488 (recall sīla for fingersnap of jhāna)

sīlānussatiṃ bhāveti … the recollection of ethical conduct …

AN 1.489 (recall generosity for fingersnap of jhāna)

cāgānussatiṃ bhāveti … the recollection of generosity …

AN 1.490 (recall devas for fingersnap of jhāna)

devatānussatiṃ bhāveti … the recollection of the deities …

AN 1.491 (breath meditation16🌬️😤‍for fingersnap of jhāna)

ānāpānassatiṃ bhāveti … rememberfulness of breathing …

AN 1.492 (maraṇa-s-sati 💀for fingersnap of jhāna)

maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti … the recollection of death …

AN 1.493 (kāya-gatā-sati 🏃‍for fingersnap of jhāna)

kāyagatāsatiṃ bhāveti … body-immersed remembering …

AN 1.494 (recall peace for fingersnap of jhāna)

upasamānussatiṃ bhāveti … the recollection of peace …”

(expand as in AN 1.394)

+

(5ind🖐️, 5bal👊️ combined with first jhāna)

495–​534 495–​534
(expand each of 10 as in AN 1.394)
Paṭhamajjhānasahagataṃ saddhindriyaṃ bhāveti … They develop the faculty of justifiable-trust together with the first jhāna …
vīriyindriyaṃ bhāveti … the faculty of vigor …
satindriyaṃ bhāveti … the faculty of rememberfulness …
samādhindriyaṃ bhāveti … the faculty of undistractible-lucidity …
paññindriyaṃ bhāveti … the faculty of wisdom …
saddhābalaṃ bhāveti … the power of justifiable-trust …
vīriyabalaṃ bhāveti … the power of vigor …
satibalaṃ bhāveti … the power of rememberfulness …
samādhibalaṃ bhāveti … the power of undistractible-lucidity …
paññābalaṃ bhāveti … the power of wisdom together with the first jhāna …

AN 1.495 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.496 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.497 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.498 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.499 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.500 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.501 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.502 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.503 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.504 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.505 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.506 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.507 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.508 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.509 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.510 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.511 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.512 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.513 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.514 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.515 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.516 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.517 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.518 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.519 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.520 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.521 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.522 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.523 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.524 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.525 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.526 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.527 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.528 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.529 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.530 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.531 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.532 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.533 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.534 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

(expand as in AN 1.394)

+

(permutations combined with finger snap jhāna)

535–​574 535–​574
(expand each of 10 as in AN 1.394)

AN 1.535 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.536 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.537 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.538 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.539 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.540 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.541 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.542 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.543 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.544 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.545 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.546 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.547 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.548 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.549 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.550 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.551 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.552 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.553 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.554 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.555 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.556 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.557 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.558 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.559 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.560 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.561 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.562 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.563 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.564 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.565 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.566 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.567 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.568 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.569 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.570 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.571 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.572 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.573 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

AN 1.574 (develop [permutation] for fingersnap of jhāna)

Dutiyajjhānasahagataṃ … pe … Together with the second jhāna …
tatiyajjhānasahagataṃ … pe … the third jhāna …
catutthajjhānasahagataṃ … pe … the fourth jhāna …
mettāsahagataṃ … pe … friendly-kindness …
karuṇāsahagataṃ … pe … compassion …
muditāsahagataṃ … pe … rejoicing …
upekkhāsahagataṃ saddhindriyaṃ bhāveti … They develop the faculty of justifiable-trust together with equanimous-observation …
vīriyindriyaṃ bhāveti … They develop the faculty of vigor …
satindriyaṃ bhāveti … the faculty of rememberfulness …
samādhindriyaṃ bhāveti … the faculty of undistractible-lucidity …
paññindriyaṃ bhāveti … the faculty of wisdom …
saddhābalaṃ bhāveti … the power of justifiable-trust …
vīriyabalaṃ bhāveti … the power of vigor …
satibalaṃ bhāveti … the power of rememberfulness …
samādhibalaṃ bhāveti … the power of undistractible-lucidity …
paññābalaṃ bhāveti. the power of wisdom …


Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: That monk is called
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati’. a monk who does not lack jhāna, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain.
Ko pana vādo ye naṃ bahulīkarontī”ti. How much more so those who make much of it!”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

+

§ – Kāya-gatā-sati-vagga: body-immersed remembering: AN 1.575-615

30. Kāyagatāsativagga 30. body-immersed remembering

AN 1.575

575 575
“Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo cetasā phuṭo antogadhā tassa kunnadiyo yā kāci samuddaṅgamā; “monks, anyone who brings into their mind the great ocean includes all of the streams that run into it.
evamevaṃ, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci kāyagatā sati bhāvitā bahulīkatā antogadhā tassa kusalā dhammā ye keci vijjābhāgiyā”ti. In the same way, anyone who has developed and cultivated body-immersed remembering includes all of the skillful Dharmas that play a part in realization.”

AN 1.576

576–​582 576–​582
“Eka-dhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato mahato saṃvegāya saṃvattati … mahato atthāya saṃvattati … mahato yogakkhemāya saṃvattati … satisampajaññāya saṃvattati … ñāṇadassanappaṭilābhāya saṃvattati … diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati … vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati. “one Dharma, monks, when developed and cultivated leads to great inspiration… great benefit … great sanctuary … rememberfulness and awareness … gaining knowledge and vision … pleasureful meditation in the present life … the realization of the fruit of knowledge and freedom.
Katamo Eka-dhammo? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatā sati. body-immersed remembering.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato mahato saṃvegāya saṃvattati … mahato atthāya saṃvattati … mahato yogakkhemāya saṃvattati … satisampajaññāya saṃvattati … ñāṇadassanappaṭilābhāya saṃvattati … diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati … vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattatī”ti. This one Dharma, when developed and cultivated, leads to great inspiration… great benefit … great sanctuary … rememberfulness and awareness … gaining knowledge and vision … a happy abiding in the present life … the realization of the fruit of knowledge and freedom.”

AN 1.583

583 583
“Eka-dhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate “When one ☸Dharma, monks, is developed and cultivated
kāyopi passambhati, cittampi passambhati, the body and mind become pacified,
vitakka-vicārā-pi vūpasammanti, thinking and considering settle down,
kevalāpi vijjābhāgiyā dhammā and all of the ☸Dharmas that play a part in realization
Bhāvanā-pāripūriṃ gacchanti. are developed to perfection.
Katamasmiṃ Eka-dhamme? What one ☸Dharma?
Kāya-gatāya satiyā. body-immersed remembering.

Imasmiṃ kho, bhikkhave, eka-dhamme bhāvite bahulīkate When this one ☸Dharma is developed and cultivated,
kāyopi passambhati, cittampi passambhati, the body and mind become pacified,
Vitakka-vicārāpi vūpasammanti, thinking and considering settle down,
kevalāpi vijjābhāgiyā dhammā and all of the ☸Dharmas that play a part in realization
bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchantī”ti. are developed to perfection.”


AN 1.584

584 584
“Eka-dhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā nuppajjanti, uppannā ca akusalā dhammā pahīyanti. “When one Dharma, monks, is developed and cultivated, unskillful Dharmas do not arise, and, if they’ve already arisen, they are given up.
Katamasmiṃ Eka-dhamme? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatāya satiyā. body-immersed remembering.
Imasmiṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhamme bhāvite bahulīkate anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā nuppajjanti, uppannā ca akusalā dhammā pahīyantī”ti. When this one Dharma is developed and cultivated, unskillful Dharmas do not arise, and, if they’ve already arisen, they are given up.”

AN 1.585

585 585
“Eka-dhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti, uppannā ca kusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti. “When one Dharma, monks, is developed and cultivated, skillful Dharmas arise, and, once they’ve arisen, they increase and grow.
Katamasmiṃ Eka-dhamme? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatāya satiyā. body-immersed remembering.
Imasmiṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhamme bhāvite bahulīkate anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti, uppannā ca kusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī”ti. When this one Dharma is developed and cultivated, skillful Dharmas arise, and, once they’ve arisen, they increase and grow.”

AN 1.586

586 586
“Eka-dhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati, asmimāno pahīyati, anusayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti, saṃyojanā pahīyanti. “When one Dharma, monks, is developed and cultivated, ignorance is given up, knowledge arises, the conceit ‘I am’ is given up, the underlying tendencies are uprooted, and the fetters are given up.
Katamasmiṃ Eka-dhamme? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatāya satiyā. body-immersed remembering.
Imasmiṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhamme bhāvite bahulīkate avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati, asmimāno pahīyati, anusayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti, saṃyojanā pahīyantī”ti. When this one Dharma is developed and cultivated, ignorance is given up, knowledge arises, the conceit ‘I am’ is given up, the underlying tendencies are uprooted, and the fetters are given up.”

AN 1.587

587–​588 587–​588
“Ekadhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato paññāpabhedāya saṃvattati … anupādāparinibbānāya saṃvattati. “one Dharma, monks, when developed and cultivated leads to demolition by wisdom … to nirvana by not grasping.
Katamo Eka-dhammo? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatā sati. body-immersed remembering.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato paññāpabhedāya saṃvattati … anupādāparinibbānāya saṃvattatī”ti. This one Dharma, monks, when developed and cultivated leads to demolition by wisdom … to nirvana by not grasping.”

AN 1.589

589–​591 589–​591
“Eka-dhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate anekadhātupaṭivedho hoti … nānādhātupaṭivedho hoti … anekadhātupaṭisambhidā hoti. “When one Dharma is developed and cultivated there is the penetration of the many and diverse elements, the analysis of many elements.
Katamasmiṃ Eka-dhamme? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatāya satiyā. body-immersed remembering.
Imasmiṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhamme bhāvite bahulīkate anekadhātupaṭivedho hoti … nānādhātupaṭivedho hoti … anekadhātupaṭisambhidā hotī”ti. When this one Dharma is developed and cultivated there is the penetration of the many and diverse elements, the analysis of many elements.”

AN 1.592

592–​595 592–​595
“Eka-dhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati … sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati … anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati … arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati. “one Dharma, monks, when developed and cultivated leads to the realization of the fruit of stream-entry … once-return … non-return … perfection.
Katamo Eka-dhammo? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatā sati. body-immersed remembering.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati … sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati … anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati … arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattatī”ti. This one Dharma, when developed and cultivated, leads to the realization of the fruit of stream-entry … once-return … non-return … perfection.”

AN 1.596

596–​615 596–​615
“Eka-dhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato paññāpaṭilābhāya saṃvattati … paññāvuddhiyā saṃvattati … paññāvepullāya saṃvattati … mahāpaññatāya saṃvattati … puthupaññatāya saṃvattati … vipulapaññatāya saṃvattati … gambhīrapaññatāya saṃvattati … asāmantapaññatāya saṃvattati … bhūripaññatāya saṃvattati … paññābāhullāya saṃvattati … sīghapaññatāya saṃvattati … lahupaññatāya saṃvattati … hāsapaññatāya saṃvattati … javanapaññatāya saṃvattati … tikkhapaññatāya saṃvattati … nibbedhikapaññatāya saṃvattati. “one Dharma, monks, when developed and cultivated, leads to the getting of wisdom … the growth of wisdom … the increase of wisdom … to great wisdom … to widespread wisdom … to abundant wisdom … to deep wisdom … to extraordinary wisdom … to vast wisdom … to much wisdom … to fast wisdom … to light wisdom … to laughing wisdom … to swift wisdom … to sharp wisdom … to penetrating wisdom.
Katamo Eka-dhammo? What one Dharma?
Kāyagatā sati. body-immersed remembering.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, Eka-dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato paññāpaṭilābhāya saṃvattati … paññāvuddhiyā saṃvattati … paññāvepullāya saṃvattati … mahāpaññatāya saṃvattati … puthupaññatāya saṃvattati … vipulapaññatāya saṃvattati … gambhīrapaññatāya saṃvattati … asāmantapaññatāya saṃvattati … bhūripaññatāya saṃvattati … paññābāhullāya saṃvattati … sīghapaññatāya saṃvattati … lahupaññatāya saṃvattati … hāsapaññatāya saṃvattati … javanapaññatāya saṃvattati … tikkhapaññatāya saṃvattati … nibbedhikapaññatāya saṃvattatī”ti. This one Dharma, when developed and cultivated, leads to the getting of wisdom … the growth of wisdom … the increase of wisdom … to great wisdom … to widespread wisdom … to abundant wisdom … to deep wisdom … to extraordinary wisdom … to vast wisdom … to much wisdom … to fast wisdom … to light wisdom … to laughing wisdom … to swift wisdom … to sharp wisdom … to penetrating wisdom.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 1 Numbered Discourses 1

end of section [1..30.. - Kāya-gatā-sati-vagga: body-immersed remembering: AN 1.575-615]
+

§ – Amata-vagga: The Deathless: AN 1.616-627

31. Amatavagga 31. The Deathless

AN 1.616

616 616
“Amataṃ te, bhikkhave, na paribhuñjanti ye kāyagatāsatiṃ na paribhuñjanti. “monks, those who don’t enjoy body-immersed remembering don’t enjoy the deathless.
Amataṃ te, bhikkhave, paribhuñjanti ye kāyagatāsatiṃ paribhuñjantī”ti. Those who enjoy body-immersed remembering enjoy the deathless.”

AN 1.617

617 617
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, aparibhuttaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati aparibhuttā. “monks, those who haven’t enjoyed body-immersed remembering haven’t enjoyed the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, paribhuttaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati paribhuttā”ti. Those who have enjoyed body-immersed remembering have enjoyed the deathless.”

AN 1.618

618 618
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, parihīnaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati parihīnā. “monks, those who have lost body-immersed remembering have lost the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, aparihīnaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati aparihīnā”ti. Those who haven’t lost body-immersed remembering haven’t lost the deathless.”

AN 1.619

619 619
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, viraddhaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati viraddhā. “monks, those who have missed out on body-immersed remembering have missed out on the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, āraddhaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati āraddhā”ti. Those who have undertaken body-immersed remembering have not missed out on the deathless.”

AN 1.620

620 620
“Amataṃ te, bhikkhave, pamādiṃsu ye kāyagatāsatiṃ pamādiṃsu. “monks, those who have neglected body-immersed remembering have neglected the deathless.
Amataṃ te, bhikkhave, na pamādiṃsu ye kāyagatāsatiṃ na pamādiṃsu”. Those who have not neglected body-immersed remembering have not neglected the deathless.”

AN 1.621

621 621
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, pamuṭṭhaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati pamuṭṭhā. “monks, those who have forgotten body-immersed remembering have forgotten the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, appamuṭṭhaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati appamuṭṭhā”ti. Those who haven’t forgotten body-immersed remembering haven’t forgotten the deathless.”

AN 1.622

622 622
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, anāsevitaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati anāsevitā. “monks, those who haven’t cultivated body-immersed remembering haven’t cultivated the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, āsevitaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati āsevitā”ti. Those who have cultivated body-immersed remembering have cultivated the deathless.”

AN 1.623

623 623
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, abhāvitaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati abhāvitā. “monks, those who haven’t developed body-immersed remembering haven’t developed the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati bhāvitā”ti. Those who have developed body-immersed remembering have developed the deathless.”

AN 1.624

624 624
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, abahulīkataṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati abahulīkatā. “monks, those who haven’t practiced body-immersed remembering haven’t practiced the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, bahulīkataṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati bahulīkatā”ti. Those who have practiced body-immersed remembering have practiced the deathless.”

AN 1.625

625 625
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, anabhiññātaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati anabhiññātā. “monks, those who haven’t had insight into body-immersed remembering haven’t had insight into the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, abhiññātaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati abhiññātā”ti. Those who have had insight into body-immersed remembering have had insight into the deathless.”

AN 1.626

626 626
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, apariññātaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati apariññātā. “monks, those who haven’t completely understood body-immersed remembering haven’t completely understood the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, pariññātaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati pariññātā”ti. Those who have completely understood body-immersed remembering have completely understood the deathless.”

AN 1.627

627 627
“Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, asacchikataṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati asacchikatā. “monks, those who haven’t realized body-immersed remembering haven’t realized the deathless.
Amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, sacchikataṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati sacchikatā”ti. Those who have realized body-immersed remembering have realized the deathless.”
( … ) ( … )


Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Satisfied, the monks were happy with what the Buddha said.


Ekakanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā. The Book of the Ones is finished.


AN 2 all 479 suttas

. .
pic for AN


(CST pāḷi) (derived from B. Sujato 2018/12)
Aṅguttara Nikāya 2 Numbered Discourses 2


+

§ – AN 2 vagga 1. Kamma-karaṇa: Punishments

1. Kamma-karaṇa-vagga 1. Chapter on Punishments
AN 2..1.. - AN 2 vagga 1. Kamma-karaṇa: Punishments
    AN 2.1 - AN 2.1 vajja: flaws
    AN 2.2 - AN 2.2 padhāna: exertion
    AN 2.3 - AN 2.3 tapanīya: mortifying
    AN 2.4 - AN 2.4 a-tapanīya: not mortifying
    AN 2.5 - AN 2.5 upaññāta: learned for myself
    AN 2.6 - AN 2.6 Saṃyojana: fetters
    AN 2.7 - AN 2.7 kaṇha: dark
    AN 2.8 - AN 2.8 sukka: bright
    AN 2.9 - AN 2.9 cariya: behavior
    AN 2.10 - AN 2.10 Vassūpanāyika: entering rainy season

AN 2.1 vajja: flaws

1. Vajjasutta 1. Flaws
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, vajjāni. “There are, monks, these two flaws.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Diṭṭhadhammikañca vajjaṃ samparāyikañca vajjaṃ. The flaw apparent in the present life, and the flaw to do with lives to come.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, diṭṭhadhammikaṃ vajjaṃ? What is the flaw apparent in the present life?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco passati coraṃ āgucāriṃ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārente; It’s when someone sees that kings have arrested a bandit, a criminal, and subjected them to various punishments—
kasāhipi tāḷente, vettehipi tāḷente, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷente, hatthampi chindante, pādampi chindante, hatthapādampi chindante, kaṇṇampi chindante, nāsampi chindante, kaṇṇanāsampi chindante, bilaṅgathālikampi karonte, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonte, rāhumukhampi karonte, jotimālikampi karonte, hatthapajjotikampi karonte, erakavattikampi karonte, cīrakavāsikampi karonte, eṇeyyakampi karonte, baḷisamaṃsikampi karonte, kahāpaṇikampi karonte, khārāpatacchikampi karonte, palighaparivattikampi karonte, palālapīṭhakampi karonte, tattenapi telena osiñcante, sunakhehipi khādāpente, jīvantampi sūle uttāsente, asināpi sīsaṃ chindante. whipping, caning, and clubbing; cutting off hands or feet, or both; cutting off ears or nose, or both; the ‘porridge pot’, the ‘shell-shave’, the ‘demon’s mouth’, the ‘garland of fire’, the ‘burning hand’, the ‘grass blades’, the ‘bark dress’, the ‘antelope’, the ‘meat hook’, the ‘coins’, the ‘acid pickle’, the ‘twisting bar’, the ‘straw mat’; being splashed with hot oil, being fed to the dogs, being impaled alive, and being beheaded.


Tassa evaṃ hoti: It occurs to them:
‘yathārūpānaṃ kho pāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ hetu coraṃ āgucāriṃ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārenti; ‘If I were to commit the kinds of bad deeds for which the kings arrested that bandit, that criminal,
kasāhipi tāḷenti, vettehipi tāḷenti, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷenti, hatthampi chindanti, pādampi chindanti, hatthapādampi chindanti, kaṇṇampi chindanti, nāsampi chindanti, kaṇṇanāsampi chindanti, bilaṅgathālikampi karonti, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonti, rāhumukhampi karonti, jotimālikampi karonti, hatthapajjotikampi karonti, erakavattikampi karonti, cīrakavāsikampi karonti, eṇeyyakampi karonti, baḷisamaṃsikampi karonti, kahāpaṇikampi karonti, khārāpatacchikampi karonti, palighaparivattikampi karonti, palālapīṭhakampi karonti, tattenapi telena osiñcanti, sunakhehipi khādāpenti, jīvantampi sūle uttāsenti, asināpi sīsaṃ chindanti.
Ahañceva kho pana evarūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ kareyyaṃ, mampi rājāno gahetvā evarūpā vividhā kammakāraṇā kāreyyuṃ; the rulers would arrest me and subject me to the same punishments.
kasāhipi tāḷeyyuṃ … pe … asināpi sīsaṃ chindeyyun’ti.
So diṭṭhadhammikassa vajjassa bhīto na paresaṃ pābhataṃ vilumpanto carati. Afraid of the flaw apparent in the present life, they do not steal the belongings of others.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhadhammikaṃ vajjaṃ. This is called the flaw apparent in the present life.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, samparāyikaṃ vajjaṃ? What is the flaw to do with lives to come?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when someone reflects:
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pana pāpako dukkho vipāko abhisamparāyaṃ, vacīduccaritassa pāpako dukkho vipāko abhisamparāyaṃ, manoduccaritassa pāpako dukkho vipāko abhisamparāyaṃ. ‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in the next life.
Ahañceva kho pana kāyena duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, vācāya duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, manasā duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ. If I conduct myself badly,
Kiñca taṃ yāhaṃ na kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyan’ti. then, when my body breaks up, after death, won’t I be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell?’
So samparāyikassa vajjassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Afraid of the flaw to do with lives to come, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samparāyikaṃ vajjaṃ. This is called the flaw to do with lives to come.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve vajjāni. These are the two flaws.
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘diṭṭhadhammikassa vajjassa bhāyissāma, samparāyikassa vajjassa bhāyissāma, vajjabhīruno bhavissāma vajjabhayadassāvino’ti. ‘We will fear the flaw apparent in the present life, and we will fear the flaw to do with lives to come. We will fear flaws, seeing the danger in flaws.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.
Vajjabhīruno, bhikkhave, vajjabhayadassāvino etaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ yaṃ parimuccissati sabbavajjehī”ti. If you fear flaws, seeing the danger in flaws, you can expect to be freed from all flaws.”


AN 2.2 padhāna: exertion

2. Padhānasutta 2. Endeavor
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, padhānāni durabhisambhavāni lokasmiṃ. “These two endeavors are challenging in the world.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Yañca gihīnaṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasataṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānuppadānatthaṃ padhānaṃ, yañca agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitānaṃ sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggatthaṃ padhānaṃ. The endeavor of laypeople staying in a home to provide robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And the endeavor of those gone forth from the lay life to homelessness to let go of all attachments.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve padhānāni durabhisambhavāni lokasmiṃ. These are the two endeavors that are challenging in the world.


Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ padhānānaṃ yadidaṃ sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggatthaṃ padhānaṃ. The better of these two endeavors is the effort to let go of all attachments.
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggatthaṃ padhānaṃ padahissāmā’ti. ‘We shall endeavor to let go of all attachments.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 2.3 tapanīya: mortifying

3. Tapanīyasutta 3. Mortifying
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanīyā. “These two dharmas, monks, are mortifying.
Katame dve? What two?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa kāyaduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyasucaritaṃ; It’s when someone has done bad things and not done good things, by way of body, speech, and mind.
vacīduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti vacīsucaritaṃ;
manoduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manosucaritaṃ.
So ‘kāyaduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ‘akataṃ me kāyasucaritan’ti tappati; Thinking, ‘I’ve done bad things by way of body, speech, and mind’, they’re mortified. Thinking, ‘I haven’t done good things by way of body, speech, and mind’, they’re mortified.
‘vacīduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ‘akataṃ me vacīsucaritan’ti tappati;
‘manoduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ‘akataṃ me manosucaritan’ti tappati.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā tapanīyā”ti. These are the two dharmas that are mortifying.”


AN 2.4 a-tapanīya: not mortifying

4. Atapanīyasutta 4. Not Mortifying
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā atapanīyā. “These two dharmas, monks, are not mortifying.
Katame dve? What two?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa kāyasucaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyaduccaritaṃ; It’s when someone has done good things and not done bad things, by way of body, speech, and mind.
vacīsucaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti vacīduccaritaṃ;
manosucaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manoduccaritaṃ.
So ‘kāyasucaritaṃ me katan’ti na tappati, ‘akataṃ me kāyaduccaritan’ti na tappati; Thinking, ‘I’ve done good things by way of body, speech, and mind’, they’re not mortified. Thinking, ‘I haven’t done bad things by way of body, speech, and mind’, they’re not mortified.
‘vacīsucaritaṃ me katan’ti na tappati, ‘akataṃ me vacīduccaritan’ti na tappati;
‘manosucaritaṃ me katan’ti na tappati, ‘akataṃ me manoduccaritan’ti na tappati.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā atapanīyā”ti. These are the two dharmas that are not mortifying.”


+

AN 2.5 upaññāta: learned for myself

(2024 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍)
“Dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ— “monks, I have learned these two dharmas for myself—
yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, 1) to never be content with [my current realization of] skillful Dharmas,
yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ. 2) and unrelenting exertion.
Appaṭivānī sudāhaṃ, bhikkhave, padahāmi: Relentlessly, I exerted myself [,thinking]:

(refrain 1: relentless)

‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, Gladly, [let only the] skin and tendons and bones remain;
sarīre upa-s-sussatu maṃsa-lohitaṃ, [let the] body’s flesh-&-blood waste away.
yaṃ taṃ purisa-thāmena purisa-vīriyena But whatever manly-strength, manly-vigor
purisa-parakkamena pattabbaṃ And manly-courage can-attain,
na taṃ a-pāpuṇitvā [as long as] that has not yet been attained,
vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’ti. my vigor shall not lessen.
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, appamādādhigatā sambodhi, It was through assiduity that I achieved awakening,
appamādādhigato anuttaro yogakkhemo. and through assiduity that I achieved the supreme sanctuary.
Tumhe cepi, bhikkhave, appaṭivānaṃ padaheyyātha: If you are also relentless [,thinking]:
0 0
0 0
15 15
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā vā vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single [bad] Dharma that gives rise to doubt, or, when it has arisen, makes it increase and grow like the mind that doesn’t trace the source [of things].
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā ca vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. When the mind does not trace the source [of things], doubt arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.”
0 0

tumhepi, bhikkhave, nacirasseva— You too will soon [realize]
yass'-atthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, the goal for which people from good families rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness;
tad-anuttaraṃ—brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life.
sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatha. You will live having attained [the goal] with your own insight.

(refrain 3: train like this)

Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘appaṭivānaṃ padahissāma. ‘We will relentlessly exert ourselves [, thinking]:
0 0
0 0
15 15
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā vā vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro. “monks, I do not see a single [bad] Dharma that gives rise to doubt, or, when it has arisen, makes it increase and grow like the mind that doesn’t trace the source [of things].
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā ca vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. When the mind does not trace the source [of things], doubt arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.”
0 0


Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 2.6 Saṃyojana: fetters

6. Saṃyojanasutta 6. Fetters
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Yā ca saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassitā, yā ca saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu nibbidānupassitā. Seeing things that are prone to being fettered as gratifying, and seeing things that are prone to being fettered as boring.
Saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassī viharanto rāgaṃ na pajahati, dosaṃ na pajahati, mohaṃ na pajahati. When you keep seeing things that are prone to being fettered as gratifying, you don’t give up greed, hate, and delusion.
Rāgaṃ appahāya, dosaṃ appahāya, mohaṃ appahāya na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. When these are not given up, you’re not freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress.
Na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. You’re not freed from suffering, I say.


Saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu nibbidānupassī viharanto rāgaṃ pajahati, dosaṃ pajahati, mohaṃ pajahati. When you keep seeing things that are prone to being fettered as boring, you give up greed, hate, and delusion.
Rāgaṃ pahāya, dosaṃ pahāya, mohaṃ pahāya, parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. When these are given up, you’re freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress.
Parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. You’re freed from suffering, I say.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”


AN 2.7 kaṇha: dark

7. Kaṇhasutta 7. Dark
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā kaṇhā. “These two dharmas, monks, are dark.
Katame dve? What two?
Ahirikañca anottappañca. Lack of conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā kaṇhā”ti. These are the two dharmas that are dark.”


AN 2.8 sukka: bright

8. Sukkasutta 8. Bright
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sukkā. “These two dharmas, monks, are bright.
Katame dve? What two?
Hirī ca ottappañca. Conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā sukkā”ti. These are the two dharmas that are bright.”


AN 2.9 cariya: behavior

9. Cariyasutta 9. Behavior
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sukkā lokaṃ pālenti. “These two bright things, monks, protect the world.
Katame dve? What two?
Hirī ca ottappañca. Conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ na pāleyyuṃ, nayidha paññāyetha mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṃ dārāti vā. If these two bright things did not protect the world, there would be no recognition of the status of mother, aunts, or wives and partners of teachers and respected people.
Sambhedaṃ loko agamissa, yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. The world would become promiscuous, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and dogs and jackals.
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, ime dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti tasmā paññāyati mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṃ dārāti vā”ti. But because the two bright things protect the world, there is recognition of the status of mother, aunts, and wives and partners of teachers and respected people.”


AN 2.10 Vassūpanāyika: entering rainy season

10. Vassūpanāyikasutta 10. Entering the Rainy Season
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, vassūpanāyikā. “There are, monks, these two entries to the rainy season.
Katamā dve? What two?
Purimikā ca pacchimikā ca. Earlier and later.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve vassūpanāyikā”ti. These are the two entries to the rainy season.”


end of section [2..1.. - AN 2 vagga 1. Kamma-karaṇa: Punishments]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 2. Adhi-karaṇa: Issues

2. Adhi-karaṇa-vagga 2. Chapter on Issues


AN 2.11

11 11
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “There are, monks, these two powers.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Paṭisaṅkhānabalañca bhāvanābalañca. The power of reflection and the power of development.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ? And what, monks, is the power of reflection?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when someone reflects:
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, vacīduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, manoduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañcā’ti. ‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in both this life and the next.’
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ. This is called the power of reflection.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ. And what, monks, is the power of development?
Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ bhāvanābalaṃ sekhānametaṃ balaṃ. In this context, the power of development is the power of the trainees.
Sekhañhi so, bhikkhave, balaṃ āgamma rāgaṃ pajahati, dosaṃ pajahati, mohaṃ pajahati. For when you rely on the power of a trainee, you give up greed, hate, and delusion.
Rāgaṃ pahāya, dosaṃ pahāya, mohaṃ pahāya yaṃ akusalaṃ na taṃ karoti, yaṃ pāpaṃ na taṃ sevati. Then you don’t do anything unskillful, or practice anything bad.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ. This is called the power of development.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve balānī”ti. These are the two powers.”

AN 2.12

12 12
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “There are, monks, these two powers.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Paṭisaṅkhānabalañca bhāvanābalañca. The power of reflection and the power of development.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ? And what, monks, is the power of reflection?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when someone reflects:
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, vacīduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, manoduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañcā’ti. ‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in both this life and the next.’
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ. This is called the power of reflection.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ? And what, monks, is the power of development?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vosaggapariṇāmiṃ, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vosaggapariṇāmiṃ. It’s when a monk develops the awakening factors of rememberfulness, investigation of dharmas, energy, rapture, pacification, undistractible-lucidity, and equanimity, which rely on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripen as letting go.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ. This is called the power of development.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve balānī”ti. These are the two powers.”

AN 2.13

13 13
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “There are, monks, these two powers.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Paṭisaṅkhānabalañca bhāvanābalañca. The power of reflection and the power of development.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ? And what, monks, is the power of reflection?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when someone reflects:
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, vacīduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, manoduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañcā’ti. ‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in both this life and the next.’
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ. This is called the power of reflection.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ? And what, monks, is the power of development?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi, vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third jhāna, where they meditate with equanimity, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure.’
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and rememberfulness.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ. This is called the power of development.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve balānī”ti. These are the two powers.”

AN 2.14

14 14
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa dhammadesanā. “There are, monks, these two ways of teaching the Dhamma.
Katamā dve? What two?
Saṅkhittena ca vitthārena ca. In brief and in detail.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve tathāgatassa dhammadesanā”ti. These are two ways of teaching the Dhamma.”

AN 2.15

15 15
“Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe āpanno ca bhikkhu codako ca bhikkhu na sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati tasmetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: “monks, in a disciplinary issue, if neither the offending monk nor the accusing monk carefully self-reflects, you can expect that issue
‘dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṃvattissati, bhikkhū ca na phāsuṃ viharissantī’ti. will lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the monks won’t live comfortably.
Yasmiñca kho, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe āpanno ca bhikkhu codako ca bhikkhu sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati tasmetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: But in a disciplinary issue, if both the offending monk and the accusing monk carefully self-reflect, you can expect that issue
‘na dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṃvattissati, bhikkhū ca phāsuṃ viharissantī’ti. won’t lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the monks will live comfortably.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, āpanno bhikkhu sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati? And how, monks, does an offending monk carefully self-reflect?
Idha, bhikkhave, āpanno bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: An offending monk reflects:
‘ahaṃ kho akusalaṃ āpanno kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. ‘I have committed a certain unskillful offense with the body.
Maṃ so bhikkhu addasa akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. That monk saw me do this.
No ce ahaṃ akusalaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena, na maṃ so bhikkhu passeyya akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. If I hadn’t committed that offense, they wouldn’t have seen me.
Yasmā ca kho, ahaṃ akusalaṃ āpanno kañcideva desaṃ kāyena, tasmā maṃ so bhikkhu addasa akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. But since I did commit that offense, they did see me.
Disvā ca pana maṃ so bhikkhu akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena anattamano ahosi. When they saw me, they were upset,
Anattamano samāno anattamanavacanaṃ maṃ so bhikkhu avaca. and they voiced their unhappiness to me.
Anattamanavacanāhaṃ tena bhikkhunā vutto samāno anattamano ahosiṃ. Then I also got upset,
Anattamano samāno paresaṃ ārocesiṃ. so I told others.
Iti mameva tattha accayo accagamā suṅkadāyakaṃva bhaṇḍasmin’ti. So the transgression is mine alone, like someone who owes customs duty on their goods.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, āpanno bhikkhu sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati. That’s how, monks, an offending monk carefully self-reflects.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, codako bhikkhu sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati? And how, monks, does an accusing monk carefully self-reflect?
Idha, bhikkhave, codako bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: An accusing monk reflects:
‘ayaṃ kho bhikkhu akusalaṃ āpanno kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. ‘This monk has committed a certain unskillful offense with the body.
Ahaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ addasaṃ akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. I saw them do that.
No ce ayaṃ bhikkhu akusalaṃ āpajjeyya kañcideva desaṃ kāyena, nāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ passeyyaṃ akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. If they hadn’t committed that offense, I wouldn’t have seen them.
Yasmā ca kho, ayaṃ bhikkhu akusalaṃ āpanno kañcideva desaṃ kāyena, tasmā ahaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ addasaṃ akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena. But since they did commit that offense, I did see them.
Disvā ca panāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ akusalaṃ āpajjamānaṃ kañcideva desaṃ kāyena anattamano ahosiṃ. When I saw them, I was upset,
Anattamano samāno anattamanavacanāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ avacaṃ. and I voiced my unhappiness to them.
Anattamanavacanāyaṃ bhikkhu mayā vutto samāno anattamano ahosi. Then they also got upset,
Anattamano samāno paresaṃ ārocesi. so they told others.
Iti mameva tattha accayo accagamā suṅkadāyakaṃva bhaṇḍasmin’ti. So the transgression is mine alone, like someone who owes customs duty on their goods.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, codako bhikkhu sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati. That’s how, monks, an accusing monk carefully self-reflects.


Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe āpanno ca bhikkhu codako ca bhikkhu na sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati tasmetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe pāṭikaṅkhaṃ dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṃvattissati, bhikkhū ca na phāsuṃ viharissantīti. In a disciplinary issue, if neither the offending monk nor the accusing monk carefully self-reflects, you can expect that issue will lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the monks won’t live comfortably.
Yasmiñca kho, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe āpanno ca bhikkhu codako ca bhikkhu sādhukaṃ attanāva attānaṃ paccavekkhati tasmetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe pāṭikaṅkhaṃ na dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṃvattissati, bhikkhū ca phāsuṃ viharissantī”ti. But in a disciplinary issue, if both the offending monk and the accusing monk carefully self-reflect, you can expect that issue won’t lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the monks will live comfortably.”

AN 2.16

16 16
Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī”ti? “What is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell?”
“Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu kho, brāhmaṇa, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī”ti. “non-Dharmic and immoral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”


“Ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī”ti? “What is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”
“Dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, brāhmaṇa, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī”ti. “Dharmic and moral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama. “Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. As if he was righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with good eyes can see what’s there, Master Gotama has made the Dharma clear in many ways.
Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṃghañca. I go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

AN 2.17

17 17
Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then the brahmin Jāṇussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī”ti? “What is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell?”
“Katattā ca, brāhmaṇa, akatattā ca. “What they’ve done and what they’ve not done.
Evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī”ti. That’s why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”
“Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī”ti? “But what is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”
“Katattā ca, brāhmaṇa, akatattā ca. “What they’ve done and what they’ve not done.
Evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī”ti. That’s why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”
“Na kho ahaṃ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmi. “I don’t understand the meaning of what Master Gotama has said in brief, without explaining the details.
Sādhu me bhavaṃ gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ahaṃ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājāneyyan”ti. Master Gotama, please teach me this matter in detail so I can understand the meaning.”
“Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. “Well then, brahmin, listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bho”ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. “Yes sir,” Jāṇussoṇi replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekaccassa kāyaduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyasucaritaṃ; “Firstly, brahmin, someone has done bad things and not done good things by way of body, speech, and mind.
vacīduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti vacīsucaritaṃ;
manoduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manosucaritaṃ.
Evaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, katattā ca akatattā ca evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. So what they’ve done and what they’ve not done is why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekaccassa kāyasucaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyaduccaritaṃ; Furthermore, brahmin, someone has done good things and not done bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
vacīsucaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti vacīduccaritaṃ;
manosucaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manoduccaritaṃ.
Evaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, katattā ca akatattā ca evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī”ti. So what they’ve done and what they’ve not done is why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. “Excellent, Master Gotama! … From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

AN 2.18

18 18
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“ekaṃsenāhaṃ, ānanda, akaraṇīyaṃ vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritan”ti. “Ānanda, I absolutely say that you should not do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.”
“Yamidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā ekaṃsena akaraṇīyaṃ akkhātaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ tasmiṃ akaraṇīye kayiramāne ko ādīnavo pāṭikaṅkho”ti? “But, sir, if someone does these things that should not be done, what drawbacks should they expect?”
“Yamidaṃ, ānanda, mayā ekaṃsena akaraṇīyaṃ akkhātaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ tasmiṃ akaraṇīye kayiramāne ayaṃ ādīnavo pāṭikaṅkho— “They should expect these drawbacks.
attāpi attānaṃ upavadati, They blame themselves.
anuvicca viññū garahanti, After examination, sensible people criticize them.
pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, They get a bad reputation.
sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, They feel lost when they die.
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. And when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Yamidaṃ, ānanda, mayā ekaṃsena akaraṇīyaṃ akkhātaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ tasmiṃ akaraṇīye kayiramāne ayaṃ ādīnavo pāṭikaṅkho”ti. These are the drawbacks they should expect.”


“Ekaṃsenāhaṃ, ānanda, karaṇīyaṃ vadāmi kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritan”ti. “Ānanda, I absolutely say that you should do good things by way of body, speech, and mind.”
“Yamidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā ekaṃsena karaṇīyaṃ akkhātaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ tasmiṃ karaṇīye kayiramāne ko ānisaṃso pāṭikaṅkho”ti? “But, sir, if someone does these things that should be done, what benefits should they expect?”
“Yamidaṃ, ānanda, mayā ekaṃsena karaṇīyaṃ akkhātaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ tasmiṃ karaṇīye kayiramāne ayaṃ ānisaṃso pāṭikaṅkho— “They should expect these benefits.
attāpi attānaṃ na upavadati, They don’t blame themselves.
anuvicca viññū pasaṃsanti, After examination, sensible people praise them.
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, They get a good reputation.
asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, They don’t feel lost when they die.
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. And when the body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Yamidaṃ, ānanda, mayā ekaṃsena karaṇīyaṃ akkhātaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ tasmiṃ karaṇīye kayiramāne ayaṃ ānisaṃso pāṭikaṅkho”ti. These are the benefits they should expect.”

AN 2.19

19 19
“Akusalaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahatha. “monks, give up the unskillful.
Sakkā, bhikkhave, akusalaṃ pajahituṃ. It is possible to give up the unskillful.
No cedaṃ, bhikkhave, sakkā abhavissa akusalaṃ pajahituṃ, nāhaṃ evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: If it wasn’t possible, I wouldn’t say:
‘akusalaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahathā’ti. ‘Give up the unskillful.’
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, sakkā akusalaṃ pajahituṃ tasmāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: But it is possible, and so I say:
‘akusalaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahathā’ti. ‘Give up the unskillful.’
Akusalañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, pahīnaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvatteyya nāhaṃ evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: And if giving up the unskillful led to harm and suffering, I would not say:
‘akusalaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahathā’ti. ‘Give up the unskillful.’
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, akusalaṃ pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati tasmāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: But giving up the unskillful leads to welfare and happiness, so I say:
‘akusalaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahathā’”ti. ‘Give up the unskillful.’


“Kusalaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha. monks, develop the skillful.
Sakkā, bhikkhave, kusalaṃ bhāvetuṃ. It is possible to develop the skillful.
No cedaṃ, bhikkhave, sakkā abhavissa kusalaṃ bhāvetuṃ, nāhaṃ evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: If it wasn’t possible, I wouldn’t say:
‘kusalaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvethā’ti. ‘Develop the skillful.’
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, sakkā kusalaṃ bhāvetuṃ tasmāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: But it is possible, and so I say:
‘kusalaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvethā’ti. ‘Develop the skillful.’
Kusalañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvatteyya, nāhaṃ evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: If developing the skillful led to harm and suffering I wouldn’t say:
‘kusalaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvethā’ti. ‘Develop the skillful.’
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, kusalaṃ bhāvitaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati tasmāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: But developing the skillful leads to welfare and happiness, so I say:
‘kusalaṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvethā’”ti. ‘Develop the skillful.’”

AN 2.20

20 20
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti. “Monks, these two dharmas, lead to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.
Katame dve? What two?
Dunnikkhittañca padabyañjanaṃ attho ca dunnīto. (1) The words and phrases are misplaced, and the meaning is misinterpreted.
Dunnikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyañjanassa atthopi dunnayo hoti. (2) When the words and phrases are misplaced, the meaning is misinterpreted.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattantī”ti. These two dharmas lead to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.


“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. These two dharmas lead to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.
Katame dve? What two?
Sunikkhittañca padabyañjanaṃ attho ca sunīto. (1) The words and phrases are well organized, and the meaning is correctly interpreted.
Sunikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyañjanassa atthopi sunayo hoti. (2) When the words and phrases are well organized, the meaning is correctly interpreted.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī”ti. These two dharmas lead to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.”


end of section [2..2.. - AN 2 vagga 2. Adhi-karaṇa: Issues]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 3. Fools 3. Bālavagga

AN 2.21

21 21
“Dveme, bhikkhave, bālā. “monks, there are two fools.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca accayaṃ accayato na passati, yo ca accayaṃ desentassa yathādhammaṃ nappaṭiggaṇhāti. One who doesn’t recognize when they’ve made a mistake. And one who doesn’t properly accept the confession of someone who’s made a mistake.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve bālāti. These are the two fools.


Dveme, bhikkhave, paṇḍitā. There are two who are astute.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca accayaṃ accayato passati, yo ca accayaṃ desentassa yathādhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. One who recognizes when they’ve made a mistake. And one who properly accepts the confession of someone who’s made a mistake.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paṇḍitā”ti. These are the two who are astute.”

AN 2.22

22 22
“Dveme, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhanti. “monks, these two misrepresent the Realized One.
Katame dve? What two?
Duṭṭho vā dosantaro, saddho vā duggahitena. One who is hateful and hides it, and one whose faith is mistaken.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhantī”ti. These two misrepresent the Realized One.”

AN 2.23

23 23
“Dveme, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhanti. “monks, these two misrepresent the Realized One.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, yo ca bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti. One who explains what was not spoken by the Realized One as spoken by him. And one who explains what was spoken by the Realized One as not spoken by him.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhantīti. These two misrepresent the Realized One.


Dveme, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ nābbhācikkhanti. These two don’t misrepresent the Realized One.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, yo ca bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti. One who explains what was not spoken by the Realized One as not spoken by him. And one who explains what was spoken by the Realized One as spoken by him.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve tathāgataṃ nābbhācikkhantī”ti. These two don’t misrepresent the Realized One.”

AN 2.24

24 24
“Dveme, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhanti. “monks, these two misrepresent the Realized One.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca neyyatthaṃ suttantaṃ nītattho suttantoti dīpeti, yo ca nītatthaṃ suttantaṃ neyyattho suttantoti dīpeti. One who explains a discourse in need of interpretation as a discourse whose meaning is explicit. And one who explains a discourse whose meaning is explicit as a discourse in need of interpretation.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhantī”ti. These two misrepresent the Realized One.”

AN 2.25

25 25
“Dveme, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ nābbhācikkhanti. “These two don’t misrepresent the Realized One.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca neyyatthaṃ suttantaṃ neyyattho suttantoti dīpeti, yo ca nītatthaṃ suttantaṃ nītattho suttantoti dīpeti. One who explains a discourse in need of interpretation as a discourse in need of interpretation. And one who explains a discourse whose meaning is explicit as a discourse whose meaning is explicit.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve tathāgataṃ nābbhācikkhantī”ti. These two don’t misrepresent the Realized One.”

AN 2.26

26 26
“Paṭicchannakammantassa, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññatarā gati pāṭikaṅkhā— “monks, when you hide your misdeeds, you can expect one of two destinies:
nirayo vā tiracchānayoni vāti. hell or the animal realm.


Appaṭicchannakammantassa, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññatarā gati pāṭikaṅkhā— When you don’t hide your misdeeds, you can expect one of two destinies:
devā vā manussā vā”ti. as a god or a human.”

AN 2.27

27 27
“Micchādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññatarā gati pāṭikaṅkhā— “monks, when you have wrong view, you can expect one of two destinies:
nirayo vā tiracchānayoni vā”ti. hell or the animal realm.”

AN 2.28

28 28
“Sammādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññatarā gati pāṭikaṅkhā— “monks, when you have right view, you can expect one of two destinies:
devā vā manussā vā”ti. as a god or a human.”

AN 2.29

29 29
“Dussīlassa, bhikkhave, dve paṭiggāhā— “There are two places waiting to receive an unethical person:
nirayo vā tiracchānayoni vā. hell and the animal realm.


Sīlavato, bhikkhave, dve paṭiggāhā— There are two places waiting to receive an ethical person:
devā vā manussā vā”ti. the realms of gods and humans.”

AN 2.30

30 30
“Dvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, atthavase sampassamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevāmi. “monks, I see two reasons to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.
Katame dve? What two?
Attano ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ sampassamāno, pacchimañca janataṃ anukampamāno. Seeing a happy life for oneself in the present, and having compassion for future generations.
Ime kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dve atthavase sampassamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevāmī”ti. I see two reasons to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.”

+

AN 2.31

31 31
“Dve me, bhikkhave, dhammā vijjābhāgiyā. “These two dharmas play a part in realization.
Katame dve? What two?
Samatho ca vipassanā ca. Serenity and discernment.
Samatho, bhikkhave, bhāvito kamatthamanubhoti? What is the benefit of developing serenity?
Cittaṃ bhāvīyati. The mind is developed.
Cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ kamatthamanubhoti? What is the benefit of developing the mind?
Yo rāgo so pahīyati. Greed is given up.
Vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? What is the benefit of developing discernment?
Paññā bhāvīyati. Wisdom is developed.
Paññā bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? What is the benefit of developing wisdom?
Yā avijjā sā pahīyati. Ignorance is given up.
Rāgupakkiliṭṭhaṃ vā, bhikkhave, cittaṃ na vimuccati, avijjupakkiliṭṭhā vā paññā na bhāvīyati. The mind contaminated by greed is not free; and wisdom contaminated by ignorance does not grow.
Iti kho, bhikkhave, rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, avijjāvirāgā paññāvimuttī”ti. In this way, freedom of heart comes from the fading away of greed, while freedom by wisdom comes from the fading away of ignorance.”

Ṭhānissaro Bhikkhu‍ AN 2.31 ceto-vimutti and pañña-vimutti

cst4 AN 2.32 (thanissaro Trans.)
♦ 32. “dve me, bhikkhave, dhammā "These two qualities
vijjābhāgiyā. have a share in clear knowing.
katame dve? Which two?
samatho ca vipassanā ca. pacifiedlity & insight.

samatho, bhikkhave, bhāvito "When pacifiedlity is developed,
kamattha manubhoti? what purpose does it serve?
cittaṃ bhāvīyati. The mind is developed.
cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ And when the mind is developed,
kamatthamanubhoti? what purpose does it serve?
yo rāgo so pahīyati. Passion is abandoned.

vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā "When insight is developed,
kamatthamanubhoti? what purpose does it serve?
paññā bhāvīyati. Discernment is developed.
paññā bhāvitā And when discernment is developed,
kamatthamanubhoti? what purpose does it serve?
yā avijjā sā pahīyati. Ignorance is abandoned.

rāg'-upakkiliṭṭhaṃ vā, bhikkhave, "Defiled by passion,
cittaṃ na vimuccati, the mind is not released.
avijj'-upakkiliṭṭhā vā paññā bhāvīyati. Defiled by ignorance,
iti kho, bhikkhave, discernment does not develop.
rāga-virāgā ceto-vimutti, Thus from the fading of passion is there awareness-release.
avijjā-virāgā paññā-vimuttī”ti. From the fading of ignorance is there discernment-release."


end of section [2..3.. - AN 2 vagga 3. Fools 3. Bālavagga]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 4. Peaceful Mind 4. Samacittavagga

AN 2.32

32 32
“Asappurisabhūmiñca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi sappurisabhūmiñca. “monks, I will teach you the level of the bad person and the level of the good person.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha. bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Katamā ca, bhikkhave, asappurisabhūmi? “What is the level of the bad person?
Asappuriso, bhikkhave, akataññū hoti akatavedī. The bad person is ungrateful and thankless,
Asabbhi hetaṃ, bhikkhave, upaññātaṃ yadidaṃ akataññutā akataveditā. for the wicked only know how to be ungrateful and thankless.
Kevalā esā, bhikkhave, asappurisabhūmi yadidaṃ akataññutā akataveditā. () It is totally the level of a bad person to be ungrateful and thankless.
Sappuriso ca kho, bhikkhave, kataññū hoti katavedī. The good person is grateful and thankful,
Sabbhi hetaṃ, bhikkhave, upaññātaṃ yadidaṃ kataññutā kataveditā. for the virtuous only know how to be grateful and thankful.
Kevalā esā, bhikkhave, sappurisabhūmi yadidaṃ kataññutā kataveditā”ti. It is totally the level of a good person to be grateful and thankful.”

AN 2.33

33 33
“Dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, na suppatikāraṃ vadāmi. “monks, I say that these two people cannot easily be repaid.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Mātu ca pitu ca. Mother and father.
Ekena, bhikkhave, aṃsena mātaraṃ parihareyya, ekena aṃsena pitaraṃ parihareyya vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī so ca nesaṃ ucchādanaparimaddananhāpanasambāhanena. You would not have done enough to repay your mother and father even if you were to carry your mother around on one shoulder, and your father on the other, and if you lived like this for a hundred years, and if you were to anoint, massage, bathe, and rub them;
Te ca tattheva muttakarīsaṃ cajeyyuṃ, na tveva, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ kataṃ vā hoti paṭikataṃ vā. and even if they were to defecate and urinate right there.
Imissā ca, bhikkhave, mahāpathaviyā pahūtarattaratanāya mātāpitaro issarādhipacce rajje patiṭṭhāpeyya, na tveva, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ kataṃ vā hoti paṭikataṃ vā. Even if you were to establish your mother and father as supreme monarchs of this great earth, abounding in the seven treasures, you would still not have done enough to repay them.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro puttānaṃ āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāro. Parents are very helpful to their children, they raise them, nurture them, and show them the world.
Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro assaddhe saddhāsampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti, dussīle sīlasampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti, maccharī cāgasampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti, duppaññe paññāsampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti, ettāvatā kho, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ katañca hoti paṭikatañcā”ti. But you have done enough, more than enough, to repay them if you encourage, settle, and ground unfaithful parents in faith, unethical parents in ethical conduct, stingy parents in generosity, or ignorant parents in wisdom.”

AN 2.34

34 34
Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“kiṃvādī bhavaṃ gotamo kimakkhāyī”ti? “What does Master Gotama teach? What does he explain?”
“Kiriyavādī cāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, akiriyavādī cā”ti. “Brahmin, I teach action and inaction.”
“Yathākathaṃ pana bhavaṃ gotamo kiriyavādī ca akiriyavādī cā”ti? “But in what way does Master Gotama teach action and inaction?”


“Akiriyaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa, anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi. “I teach inaction regarding bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of unskillful things.
Kiriyañca kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa, anekavihitānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ kiriyaṃ vadāmi. I teach action regarding good bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of skillful things.
Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kiriyavādī ca akiriyavādī cā”ti. This is the kind of action and inaction that I teach.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. “Excellent, Master Gotama! … From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

AN 2.35

35 35
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
“kati nu kho, bhante, loke dakkhiṇeyyā, kattha ca dānaṃ dātabban”ti? “How many kinds of people in the world are worthy of a teacher’s offering? And where should a gift be given?”
“Dve kho, gahapati, loke dakkhiṇeyyā— “Householder, there are two kinds of people in the world who are worthy of a teacher’s offering:
sekho ca asekho ca. the trainee and the master.
Ime kho, gahapati, dve loke dakkhiṇeyyā, ettha ca dānaṃ dātabban”ti. These are two kinds of people in the world who are worthy of a teacher’s offering, and that’s where you should give a gift.”


Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā: Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say:


“Sekho asekho ca imasmiṃ loke, “In this world, the trainee and the master,
Āhuneyyā yajamānānaṃ honti; are worthy of the offerings of those who sponsor sacrifices.
Te ujjubhūtā kāyena, They are upright in body,
Vācāya uda cetasā; speech, and mind.
Khettaṃ taṃ yajamānānaṃ, This is the field for sponsors of sacrifice—
Ettha dinnaṃ mahapphalan”ti. what’s given here is very fruitful.”


AN 2.36

36 36
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi: There Sāriputta addressed the monks:
“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. “Reverends, monks!”
“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. “Reverend,” they replied.
Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca: Sāriputta said this:
“ajjhattasaṃyojanañca, āvuso, puggalaṃ desessāmi bahiddhāsaṃyojanañca. “I will teach you about a person fettered internally and one fettered externally.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. “Yes, reverend,” they replied.
Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca: Sāriputta said this:


“Katamo cāvuso, ajjhattasaṃyojano puggalo? “Who is a person fettered internally?
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s a monk who is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and accomplished in appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in one of the orders of gods.
So tato cuto āgāmī hoti, āgantā itthattaṃ. When they pass away from there, they’re a returner, who comes back to this state of existence.
Ayaṃ vuccati, āvuso, ajjhattasaṃyojano puggalo āgāmī hoti, āgantā itthattaṃ. This is called a person who is fettered internally, a returner, who comes back to this state of existence.


Katamo cāvuso, bahiddhāsaṃyojano puggalo? Who is a person fettered externally?
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s a monk who is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and accomplished in appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. They enter and remain in a certain peaceful state of freed mind.
So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in one of the orders of gods.
So tato cuto anāgāmī hoti, anāgantā itthattaṃ. When they pass away from there, they’re a non-returner, not coming back to this state of existence.
Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, bahiddhāsaṃyojano puggalo anāgāmī hoti, anāgantā itthattaṃ. This is called a person who is fettered externally, a non-returner, who does not come back to this state of existence.


Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Furthermore, a monk is ethical … they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So kāmānaṃyeva nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. They simply practice for disenchantment, dispassion, and cessation regarding sensual pleasures.
So bhavānaṃyeva nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. They simply practice for disenchantment, dispassion, and cessation regarding future lives.
So taṇhākkhayāya paṭipanno hoti. They practice for the ending of craving.
So lobhakkhayāya paṭipanno hoti. They practice for the ending of greed.
So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in one of the orders of gods.
So tato cuto anāgāmī hoti, anāgantā itthattaṃ. When they pass away from there, they are non-returners, not coming back to this state of existence.
Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, bahiddhāsaṃyojano puggalo anāgāmī hoti, anāgantā itthattan”ti. This is called a person who is fettered externally, a non-returner, who does not come back to this state of existence.”


Atha kho sambahulā samacittā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: Then several peaceful-minded deities went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha:
“eso, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde bhikkhūnaṃ ajjhattasaṃyojanañca puggalaṃ deseti bahiddhāsaṃyojanañca. “Sir, Venerable Sāriputta is in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother, where he is teaching the monks about a person with internal fetters and one with external fetters.
Haṭṭhā, bhante, parisā. The assembly is overjoyed!
Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. Sir, please go to Venerable Sāriputta out of compassion.”
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. The Buddha consented in silence.
Atha kho bhagavā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evamevaṃ—jetavane antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde āyasmato sāriputtassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Then the Buddha, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother, in front of Sāriputta.
Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. He sat on the seat spread out.
Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Sāriputta bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said to him:


“Idha, sāriputta, sambahulā samacittā devatā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, sāriputta, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ: “Just now, Sāriputta, several peaceful-minded deities came up to me, bowed, and stood to one side. Those deities said to me:
‘eso, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde bhikkhūnaṃ ajjhattasaṃyojanañca puggalaṃ deseti bahiddhāsaṃyojanañca. ‘Sir, Venerable Sāriputta is in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother, where he is teaching the monks about a person with internal fetters and one with external fetters.
Haṭṭhā, bhante, parisā. The assembly is overjoyed!
Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yena āyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’ti. Sir, please go to Venerable Sāriputta out of compassion.’
Tā kho pana, sāriputta, devatā dasapi hutvā vīsampi hutvā tiṃsampi hutvā cattālīsampi hutvā paññāsampi hutvā saṭṭhipi hutvā āraggakoṭinitudanamattepi tiṭṭhanti, na ca aññamaññaṃ byābādhenti. Those deities, though they number ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, or sixty, can stand on the point of a needle without bumping up against each other.
Siyā kho pana, sāriputta, evamassa: Sāriputta, you might think:
‘tattha nūna tāsaṃ devatānaṃ tathā cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ yena tā devatā dasapi hutvā vīsampi hutvā tiṃsampi hutvā cattālīsampi hutvā paññāsampi hutvā saṭṭhipi hutvā āraggakoṭinitudanamattepi tiṭṭhanti na ca aññamaññaṃ byābādhentī’ti. ‘Surely those deities, since so many of them can stand on the point of a needle without bumping up against each other, must have developed their minds in that place.’
Na kho panetaṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. But you should not see it like this.
Idheva kho, sāriputta, tāsaṃ devatānaṃ tathā cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ, yena tā devatā dasapi hutvā … pe … na ca aññamaññaṃ byābādhenti. It was right here that those deities developed their minds.
Tasmātiha, sāriputta, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘santindriyā bhavissāma santamānasā’ti. ‘We shall have peaceful faculties and peaceful minds.’
Evañhi vo, sāriputta, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.
‘Santindriyānañhi vo, sāriputta, santamānasānaṃ santaṃyeva kāyakammaṃ bhavissati santaṃ vacīkammaṃ santaṃ manokammaṃ. When your faculties and mind are peaceful, your acts of body, speech, and mind will be peaceful, thinking:
Santaṃyeva upahāraṃ upaharissāma sabrahmacārīsū’ti. ‘We shall present the gift of peace to our spiritual companions.’
‘Evañhi vo, sāriputta, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.
Anassuṃ kho, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā ye imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ nāssosun’”ti. Those wanderers who follow other paths, Sāriputta, who have not heard this exposition of the Dharma are lost.”

end of section [2.36 - AN 2.36]

AN 2.37

37 37
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā mahākaccāno varaṇāyaṃ viharati bhaddasāritīre. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying at Varaṇā, on the bank of the Kaddama Lake.
Atha kho ārāmadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākaccānena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then the brahmin Ārāmadaṇḍa went up to Mahākaccāna, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ārāmadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna:
“ko nu kho, bho kaccāna, hetu ko paccayo yena khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatikāpi gahapatikehi vivadantī”ti? “What is the cause, Master Kaccāna, what is the reason why aristocrats fight with aristocrats, brahmins fight with brahmins, and householders fight with householders?”
“Kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānahetu kho, brāhmaṇa, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatikāpi gahapatikehi vivadantī”ti. “It is because of their insistence on sensual desire, their attachment, greed, and obsession, that aristocrats fight with aristocrats, brahmins fight with brahmins, and householders fight with householders.”


“Ko pana, bho kaccāna, hetu ko paccayo yena samaṇāpi samaṇehi vivadantī”ti? “What is the cause, Master Kaccāna, what is the reason why ascetics fight with ascetics?”
“Diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānahetu kho, brāhmaṇa, samaṇāpi samaṇehi vivadantī”ti. “It is because of their insistence on views, their attachment, greed, and obsession, that ascetics fight with ascetics.”


“Atthi pana, bho kaccāna, koci lokasmiṃ yo imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto”ti? “Master Kaccāna, is there anyone in the world who has gone beyond the insistence on sensual desire and the insistence on views?”
“Atthi, brāhmaṇa, lokasmiṃ yo imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto”ti. “There is, brahmin.”


“Ko pana so, bho kaccāna, lokasmiṃ yo imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto”ti? “Who in the world has gone beyond the insistence on sensual desire and the insistence on views?”
“Atthi, brāhmaṇa, puratthimesu janapadesu sāvatthī nāma nagaraṃ. “In the eastern lands there is a city called Sāvatthī.
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. There the Blessed One is now staying, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
So hi, brāhmaṇa, bhagavā imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto”ti. He, brahmin, has gone beyond the insistence on sensual desire and the insistence on views.”


Evaṃ vutte, ārāmadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi: When this was said, the brahmin Ārāmadaṇḍa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and spoke these words of inspiration three times:


“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. “Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!


Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!


Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!


Yo hi so bhagavā imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṃ samatikkanto”ti. He who has gone beyond the insistence on sensual desire and the insistence on views.


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho kaccāna, abhikkantaṃ, bho kaccāna. Excellent, Master Kaccāna! Excellent!
Seyyathāpi, bho kaccāna, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya; andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhotā kaccānena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with good eyes can see what’s there, Master Kaccāna has made the Dharma clear in many ways.
Esāhaṃ, bho kaccāna, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. I go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ kaccāno dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Kaccāna remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

AN 2.38

38 38
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṃ viharati gundāvane. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove.
Atha kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākaccānena saddhiṃ … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca: Then the brahmin Kandarāyana went up to Mahākaccāna, and exchanged greetings with him … He sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna:
“sutaṃ metaṃ, bho kaccāna, ‘na samaṇo kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. “I have heard, Master Kaccāna, that the ascetic Kaccāna doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat.
Tayidaṃ, bho kaccāna, tatheva? And this is indeed the case,
Na hi bhavaṃ kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. for the ascetic Kaccāna does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat.
Tayidaṃ, bho kaccāna, na sampannamevā”ti. This is not appropriate, Master Kaccāna.”


“Atthi, brāhmaṇa, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena vuddhabhūmi ca akkhātā daharabhūmi ca. “There is the stage of an elder and the stage of youth as explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Vuddho cepi, brāhmaṇa, hoti āsītiko vā nāvutiko vā vassasatiko vā jātiyā, so ca kāme paribhuñjati kāmamajjhāvasati kāmapariḷāhena pariḍayhati kāmavitakkehi khajjati kāmapariyesanāya ussuko. If an elder, though eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old, still dwells in the midst of sensual pleasures, enjoying them, consumed by thoughts of them, burning with fever for them, and eagerly seeking more,
Atha kho so bālo na therotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. they are reckoned as a child, not a senior.
Daharo cepi, brāhmaṇa, hoti yuvā susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā. If a youth, young, black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life,
So ca na kāme paribhuñjati na kāmamajjhāvasati, na kāmapariḷāhena pariḍayhati, na kāmavitakkehi khajjati, na kāmapariyesanāya ussuko. does not dwell in the midst of sensual pleasures, enjoying them, consumed by thoughts of them, burning with fever for them, and eagerly seeking more,
Atha kho so paṇḍito therotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī”ti. they are reckoned as astute, a senior.”


Evaṃ vutte, kandarāyano brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā daharānaṃ sataṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde sirasā vandati: When this was said, the brahmin Kandarāyana got up from his seat, placed his robe over one shoulder, and bowed with his head at the feet of the young monks, saying:
“vuddhā bhavanto, vuddhabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitā. “The masters are elders, at the stage of the elder;
Daharā mayaṃ, daharabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitā”ti. we are youths, at the stage of youth.


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho kaccāna … pe … upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ kaccāno dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. Excellent, Master Kaccāna! … From this day forth, may Master Kaccāna remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

AN 2.39

39 39
“Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye corā balavanto honti, rājāno tasmiṃ samaye dubbalā honti. “At a time when bandits are strong, kings are weak.
Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye rañño na phāsu hoti atiyātuṃ vā niyyātuṃ vā paccantime vā janapade anusaññātuṃ. Then the king is not at ease when going out or coming back or when touring the provinces.
Brāhmaṇagahapatikānampi tasmiṃ samaye na phāsu hoti atiyātuṃ vā niyyātuṃ vā bāhirāni vā kammantāni paṭivekkhituṃ. The brahmins and householders, likewise, are not at ease when going out or coming back, or when inspecting their business activities.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ samaye pāpabhikkhū balavanto honti, pesalā bhikkhū tasmiṃ samaye dubbalā honti. In the same way, at a time when bad monks are strong, good-hearted monks are weak.
Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye pesalā bhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṃghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti paccantime vā janapade acchanti. Then the good-hearted monks continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they stay in the borderlands.
Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. This is for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of many people, of gods and humans.


Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye rājāno balavanto honti, corā tasmiṃ samaye dubbalā honti. At a time when kings are strong, bandits are weak.
Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye rañño phāsu hoti atiyātuṃ vā niyyātuṃ vā paccantime vā janapade anusaññātuṃ. Then the king is at ease when going out or coming back or when inspecting the provinces.
Brāhmaṇagahapatikānampi tasmiṃ samaye phāsu hoti atiyātuṃ vā niyyātuṃ vā bāhirāni vā kammantāni paṭivekkhituṃ. The brahmins and householders, likewise, are at ease when going out or coming back, or when inspecting their business activities.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ samaye pesalā bhikkhū balavanto honti, pāpabhikkhū tasmiṃ samaye dubbalā honti. In the same way, at a time when good-hearted monks are strong, bad monks are weak.
Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye pāpabhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṃghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti, yena vā pana tena pakkamanti. Then the bad monks continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they leave for some place or other.
Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. This is for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”

AN 2.40

40 40
“Dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipattiṃ na vaṇṇemi, gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā. “monks, I don’t praise wrong practice for these two, for laypeople and renunciates.
Gihī vā, bhikkhave, pabbajito vā micchāpaṭipanno micchāpaṭipattādhikaraṇahetu na ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ. Because of wrong practice, neither laypeople nor renunciates succeed in completing the procedure of the skillful teaching.


Dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipattiṃ vaṇṇemi, gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā. I praise right practice for these two, for laypeople and renunciates.
Gihī vā, bhikkhave, pabbajito vā sammāpaṭipanno sammāpaṭipattādhikaraṇahetu ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalan”ti. Because of right practice, both laypeople and renunciates succeed in completing the procedure of the skillful teaching.”

AN 2.41

41 41
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū duggahitehi suttantehi byañjanappatirūpakehi atthañca dhammañca paṭibāhanti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, by memorizing the discourses incorrectly, taking only a semblance of the phrasing, some monks shut out the meaning and the Dharma. They act for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of many people, of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpenti. They make much bad karma and make the true Dharma disappear.


Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū suggahitehi suttantehi byañjanappatirūpakehi atthañca dhammañca anulomenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. But by memorizing the discourses well, not taking only a semblance of the phrasing, some monks reinforce the meaning and the Dharma. They act for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people, of gods and humans.
Bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. They make much merit and make the true Dharma continue.”


end of section [2..4.. - AN 2 vagga 4. Peaceful Mind 4. Samacittavagga]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 5. Assemblies 5. Parisavagga

42 42
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Uttānā ca parisā gambhīrā ca parisā. A shallow assembly and a deep assembly.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, uttānā parisā? And what is a shallow assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū uddhatā honti unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā pākatindriyā. An assembly where the monks are restless, insolent, fickle, gossipy, loose-tongued, unrememberful, lacking lucid-discerning and undistractible-lucidity, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, uttānā parisā. This is called a shallow assembly.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, gambhīrā parisā? And what is a deep assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū anuddhatā honti anunnaḷā acapalā amukharā avikiṇṇavācā upaṭṭhitassatī sampajānā samāhitā ekaggacittā saṃvutindriyā. An assembly where the monks are not restless, insolent, fickle, gossipy, or loose-tongued, but have established rememberfulness, lucid-discerning, undistractible-lucidity, unified minds, and restrained faculties.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, gambhīrā parisā. This is called a deep assembly.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ gambhīrā parisā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the deep assembly.”

AN 2.43

43 43
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Vaggā ca parisā samaggā ca parisā. A divided assembly and a harmonious assembly.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, vaggā parisā? And what is a divided assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti. An assembly where the monks argue, quarrel, and fight, continually wounding each other with barbed words.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vaggā parisā. This is called a divided assembly.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samaggā parisā? And what is a harmonious assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti. An assembly where the monks live in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, blending like milk and water, and regarding each other with kindly eyes.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samaggā parisā. This is called a harmonious assembly.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ samaggā parisā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the harmonious assembly.”

AN 2.44

44 44
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Anaggavatī ca parisā aggavatī ca parisā. An assembly of the worst and an assembly of the best.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, anaggavatī parisā? And what is an assembly of the worst?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ therā bhikkhū bāhulikā honti sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. An assembly where the senior monks are indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Those who come after follow their example.
Sāpi hoti bāhulikā sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. They too become indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, anaggavatī parisā. This is called an assembly of the worst.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, aggavatī parisā? And what is an assembly of the best?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ therā bhikkhū na bāhulikā honti na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā, paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. An assembly where the senior monks are not indulgent or slack, nor are they backsliders; instead, they take the lead in seclusion, rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Those who come after follow their example.
Sāpi hoti na bāhulikā na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā, paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. They too are not indulgent or slack, nor are they backsliders; instead, they take the lead in seclusion, rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, aggavatī parisā. This is called an assembly of the best.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ aggavatī parisā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the assembly of the best.”

AN 2.45

45 45
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Anariyā ca parisā ariyā ca parisā. An ignoble assembly and a noble assembly.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, anariyā parisā? And what is an ignoble assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti. An assembly where the monks don’t truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, anariyā parisā. This is called an ignoble assembly.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ariyā parisā? And what is a noble assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti. An assembly where the monks truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyā parisā. This is called a noble assembly.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ ariyā parisā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the noble assembly.”

AN 2.46

46 46
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Parisākasaṭo ca parisāmaṇḍo ca. An assembly of the dregs and an assembly of the cream.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, parisākasaṭo? And what is an assembly of the dregs?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū chandāgatiṃ gacchanti, dosāgatiṃ gacchanti, mohāgatiṃ gacchanti, bhayāgatiṃ gacchanti. An assembly where the monks make decisions prejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, parisākasaṭo. This is called an assembly of the dregs.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, parisāmaṇḍo? And what is an assembly of the cream?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū na chandāgatiṃ gacchanti, na dosāgatiṃ gacchanti, na mohāgatiṃ gacchanti, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchanti. An assembly where the monks make decisions unprejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, parisāmaṇḍo. This is called an assembly of the cream.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ parisāmaṇḍo”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the assembly of the cream.”

AN 2.47

47 47
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Okkācitavinītā parisā nopaṭipucchāvinītā, paṭipucchāvinītā parisā nookkācitavinītā. An assembly educated in fancy talk, not in questioning, and an assembly educated in questioning, not in fancy talk.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, okkācitavinītā parisā nopaṭipucchāvinītā? And what is an assembly educated in fancy talk, not in questioning?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatāpaṭisaṃyuttā tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsanti na sotaṃ odahanti na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññanti. It is an assembly where, when discourses spoken by the Realized One—deep, profound, transcendent, dealing with emptiness—are being recited the monks do not want to listen. They don’t pay attention or apply their minds to understand them, nor do they think those Dharmas are worth learning and memorizing.
Ye pana te suttantā kavitā kāveyyā cittakkharā cittabyañjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā tesu bhaññamānesu sussūsanti sotaṃ odahanti aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññanti, te ca taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā na ceva aññamaññaṃ paṭipucchanti na ca paṭivicaranti: But when discourses composed by poets—poetry, with fancy words and phrases, composed by outsiders or spoken by disciples—are being recited the monks do want to listen. They pay attention and apply their minds to understand them, and they think those Dharmas are worth learning and memorizing. But when they’ve learned those Dharmas they don’t question or examine each other, saying:
‘idaṃ kathaṃ, imassa ko attho’ti? ‘Why does it say this? What does that mean?’
Te avivaṭañceva na vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca na uttānīkaronti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ na paṭivinodenti. So they don’t clarify what is unclear, or reveal what is obscure, or dispel doubt regarding the many doubtful matters.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, okkācitavinītā parisā no paṭipucchāvinītā. This is called an assembly educated in fancy talk, not in questioning.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, paṭipucchāvinītā parisā nookkācitavinītā? And what is an assembly educated in questioning, not in fancy talk?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū ye te suttantā kavitā kāveyyā cittakkharā cittabyañjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsanti na sotaṃ odahanti na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññanti. It is an assembly where, when discourses composed by poets—poetry, with fancy words and phrases, composed by outsiders or spoken by disciples—are being recited the monks do not want to listen. They don’t pay attention or apply their minds to understand them, nor do they think those Dharmas are worth learning and memorizing.
Ye pana te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatāpaṭisaṃyuttā tesu bhaññamānesu sussūsanti sotaṃ odahanti aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, te ca dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññanti. But when discourses spoken by the Realized One—deep, profound, transcendent, dealing with emptiness—are being recited the monks do want to listen. They pay attention and apply their minds to understand them, and they think those Dharmas are worth learning and memorizing.
Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā aññamaññaṃ paṭipucchanti paṭivicaranti: And when they’ve learned those Dharmas they question and examine each other, saying:
‘idaṃ kathaṃ, imassa ko attho’ti? ‘Why does it say this? What does that mean?’
Te avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānīkaronti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. So they clarify what is unclear, reveal what is obscure, and dispel doubt regarding the many doubtful matters.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭipucchāvinītā parisā nookkācitavinītā. This is called an assembly educated in questioning, not in fancy talk.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ paṭipucchāvinītā parisā nookkācitavinītā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the assembly educated in questioning, not in fancy talk.”

AN 2.48

48 48
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisagaru parisā no saddhammagaru, saddhammagaru parisā no āmisagaru. An assembly that values material things, not the true Dharma, and an assembly that values the true Dharma, not material things.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, āmisagaru parisā no saddhammagaru? And what is an assembly that values material things, not the true Dharma?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū gihīnaṃ odātavasanānaṃ sammukhā aññamaññassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti: It is an assembly where the monks praise each other in front of the white-clothed laypeople, saying:
‘asuko bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto, asuko paññāvimutto, asuko kāyasakkhī, asuko diṭṭhippatto, asuko saddhāvimutto, asuko dhammānusārī, asuko saddhānusārī, asuko sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo, asuko dussīlo pāpadhammo’ti. ‘The monk so-and-so is freed both ways; so-and-so is freed by wisdom; so-and-so is a direct witness; so-and-so is attained to view; so-and-so is freed by faith; so-and-so is a follower of the Dharmas; so-and-so is a follower by faith; so-and-so is ethical, of good character; so-and-so is unethical, of bad character.’
Te tena lābhaṃ labhanti. In this way they get material things.
Te taṃ lābhaṃ labhitvā gathitā mucchitā ajjhopannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. And when they get these things, they use them tied, stupefied, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, āmisagaru parisā no saddhammagaru. This is called an assembly that values material things, not the true Dharma.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, saddhammagaru parisā noāmisagaru? And what is an assembly that values the true Dharma, not material things?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū gihīnaṃ odātavasanānaṃ sammukhā aññamaññassa vaṇṇaṃ na bhāsanti: It is an assembly where the monks don’t praise each other in front of the white-clothed laypeople, saying:
‘asuko bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto, asuko paññāvimutto, asuko kāyasakkhī, asuko diṭṭhippatto, asuko saddhāvimutto, asuko dhammānusārī, asuko saddhānusārī, asuko sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo, asuko dussīlo pāpadhammo’ti. ‘The monk so-and-so is freed both ways; so-and-so is freed by wisdom; so-and-so is a direct witness; so-and-so is attained to view; so-and-so is freed by faith; so-and-so is a follower of the Dharmas; so-and-so is a follower by faith; so-and-so is ethical, of good character; so-and-so is unethical, of bad character.’
Te tena lābhaṃ labhanti. In this way they get material things.
Te taṃ lābhaṃ labhitvā agathitā amucchitā anajjhosannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. And when they get these things, they use them untied, unstupefied, unattached, seeing the drawbacks, and understanding the escape.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhammagaru parisā noāmisagaru. This is called an assembly that values the true Dharma, not material things.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ saddhammagaru parisā noāmisagarū”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the assembly that values the true Dharma, not material things.”

AN 2.49

49 49
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Visamā ca parisā samā ca parisā. An unjust assembly and a just assembly.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, visamā parisā? And what is an unjust assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ adhammakammāni pavattanti dhammakammāni nappavattanti, avinayakammāni pavattanti vinayakammāni nappavattanti, adhammakammāni dippanti dhammakammāni na dippanti, avinayakammāni dippanti vinayakammāni na dippanti. An assembly where legal acts against the Dharma proceed, while legal acts in line with the Dharma don’t proceed. Legal acts against the training proceed, while legal acts in line with the training don’t proceed. Legal acts against the Dharma are explained, while legal acts in line with the Dharma aren’t explained. Legal acts against the training are explained, while legal acts in line with the training aren’t explained.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, visamā parisā. () This is called an unjust assembly.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samā parisā? And what is a just assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ dhammakammāni pavattanti adhammakammāni nappavattanti, vinayakammāni pavattanti avinayakammāni nappavattanti, dhammakammāni dippanti adhammakammāni na dippanti, vinayakammāni dippanti avinayakammāni na dippanti. An assembly where legal acts in line with the Dharma proceed, while legal acts against the Dharma don’t proceed. Legal acts in line with the training proceed, while legal acts against the training don’t proceed. Legal acts in line with the Dharma are explained, while legal acts against the Dharma aren’t explained. Legal acts in line with the training are explained, while legal acts against the training aren’t explained.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samā parisā. () This is called a just assembly.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ samā parisā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the just assembly.”

AN 2.50

50 50
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Adhammikā ca parisā dhammikā ca parisā … pe … imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. An non-Dharmic assembly and a Dharmic assembly …
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammikā parisā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the Dharmic assembly.”

AN 2.51

51 51
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, parisā. “There are, monks, these two assemblies.
Katamā dve? What two?
Adhammavādinī ca parisā dhammavādinī ca parisā. An assembly with non-Dharmic speech, and an assembly with Dharmic speech.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, adhammavādinī parisā? And what is an assembly with non-Dharmic speech?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyanti dhammikaṃ vā adhammikaṃ vā. It is an assembly where the monks take up disciplinary issues, whether legitimate or not.
Te taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyitvā na ceva aññamaññaṃ saññāpenti na ca saññattiṃ upagacchanti, na ca nijjhāpenti na ca nijjhattiṃ upagacchanti. But they don’t persuade each other or allow themselves to be persuaded, nor do they convince each other or allow themselves to be convinced.
Te asaññattibalā anijjhattibalā appaṭinissaggamantino tameva adhikaraṇaṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharanti: Unable to persuade or convince each other, they can’t let go of their opinions. They obstinately stick to that disciplinary issue, insisting that:
‘idameva saccaṃ moghamaññan’ti. ‘This is the only truth, other ideas are stupid.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhammavādinī parisā. This is called an assembly with non-Dharmic speech.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, dhammavādinī parisā? And what is an assembly with Dharmic speech?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyanti dhammikaṃ vā adhammikaṃ vā. It is an assembly where the monks take up disciplinary issues, whether legitimate or not.
Te taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyitvā aññamaññaṃ saññāpenti ceva saññattiñca upagacchanti, nijjhāpenti ceva nijjhattiñca upagacchanti. Then they persuade each other or allow themselves to be persuaded, and they convince each other or allow themselves to be convinced.
Te saññattibalā nijjhattibalā paṭinissaggamantino, na tameva adhikaraṇaṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharanti: Since they are able to persuade and convince each other, they let go of their opinions. They don’t obstinately stick to that disciplinary issue or insist that:
‘idameva saccaṃ moghamaññan’ti. ‘This is the only truth, other ideas are stupid.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammavādinī parisā. This is called an assembly with Dharmic speech.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve parisā. These are the two assemblies.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ parisānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammavādinī parisā”ti. The better of these two assemblies is the assembly with Dharmic speech.”


end of section [2..5.. - AN 2 vagga 5. Assemblies 5. Parisavagga]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 6. Persons

6. Puggalavagga 6. Persons

AN 2.52

52 52
“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā loke uppajjamānā uppajjanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “Two people, monks, arise in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Katame dve? What two?
Tathāgato ca arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, rājā ca cakkavattī. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the wheel-turning monarch.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā loke uppajjamānā uppajjanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. These two people arise in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”

AN 2.53

53 53
“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā loke uppajjamānā uppajjanti acchariyamanussā. “Two people, monks, arise in the world who are incredible human beings.
Katame dve? What two?
Tathāgato ca arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, rājā ca cakkavattī. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the wheel-turning monarch.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā loke uppajjamānā uppajjanti acchariyamanussā”ti. These are the two people who arise in the world who are incredible human beings.”

AN 2.54

54 54
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalānaṃ kālakiriyā bahuno janassa anutappā hoti. “There are two people, monks, whose death is regretted by many people.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Tathāgatassa ca arahato sammāsambuddhassa, rañño ca cakkavattissa. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the wheel-turning monarch.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ kālakiriyā bahuno janassa anutappā hotī”ti. These are the two people, monks, whose death is regretted by many people.”

AN 2.55

55 55
“Dveme, bhikkhave, thūpārahā. “monks, these two are worthy of a monument.
Katame dve? What two?
Tathāgato ca arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, rājā ca cakkavattī. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the wheel-turning monarch.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve thūpārahā”ti. These are the two who are worthy of a monument.”

AN 2.56

56 56
“Dveme, bhikkhave, buddhā. “monks, there are two kinds of Buddhas.
Katame dve? What two?
Tathāgato ca arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, paccekabuddho ca. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the Buddha awakened for themselves.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve buddhā”ti. These are the two kinds of Buddhas.”

AN 2.57

57 57
“Dveme, bhikkhave, asaniyā phalantiyā na santasanti. “These two, monks, are not startled by a crack of thunder.
Katame dve? What two?
Bhikkhu ca khīṇāsavo, hatthājānīyo ca. A monk who has ended defilements; and a thoroughbred elephant.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve asaniyā phalantiyā na santasantī”ti. These are the two who are not startled by a crack of thunder.”

AN 2.58

58 58
“Dveme, bhikkhave, asaniyā phalantiyā na santasanti. “These two, monks, are not startled by a crack of thunder.
Katame dve? What two?
Bhikkhu ca khīṇāsavo, assājānīyo ca. A monk who has ended defilements; and a thoroughbred horse.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve asaniyā phalantiyā na santasantī”ti. These are the two who are not startled by a crack of thunder.”

AN 2.59

59 59
“Dveme, bhikkhave, asaniyā phalantiyā na santasanti. “These two, monks, are not startled by a crack of thunder.
Katame dve? What two?
Bhikkhu ca khīṇāsavo, sīho ca migarājā. A monk who has ended defilements; and a lion, king of beasts.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve asaniyā phalantiyā na santasantī”ti. These are the two who are not startled by a crack of thunder.”

AN 2.60

60 60
“Dveme, bhikkhave, atthavase sampassamānā kiṃpurisā mānusiṃ vācaṃ na bhāsanti. “Fauns see two reasons not to use human speech.
Katame dve? What two?
Mā ca musā bhaṇimhā, mā ca paraṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhimhāti. Thinking: ‘May we not lie, and may we not misrepresent others with falsehoods.’
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve atthavase sampassamānā kiṃpurisā mānusiṃ vācaṃ na bhāsantī”ti. Fauns see two reasons not to use human speech.”

AN 2.61

61 61
“Dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, atitto appaṭivāno mātugāmo kālaṃ karoti. “monks, females die without getting enough of two dharmas.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Methunasamāpattiyā ca vijāyanassa ca. Sexual intercourse and giving birth.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ atitto appaṭivāno mātugāmo kālaṃ karotī”ti. Females die without getting enough of these two dharmas.”

AN 2.62

62 62
“Asantasannivāsañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi santasannivāsañca. “monks, I will teach you about living with bad people and living with good people.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Kathañca, bhikkhave, asantasannivāso hoti, kathañca asanto sannivasanti? “What is it like living with bad people? How do bad people live together?
Idha, bhikkhave, therassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: It’s when a senior monk thinks:
‘theropi maṃ na vadeyya, majjhimopi maṃ na vadeyya, navopi maṃ na vadeyya; ‘No monk, whether senior, middle, or junior, should admonish me;
therampāhaṃ na vadeyyaṃ, majjhimampāhaṃ na vadeyyaṃ, navampāhaṃ na vadeyyaṃ. and I shouldn’t admonish any monk, whether senior, middle, or junior.
Thero cepi maṃ vadeyya ahitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no hitānukampī, noti naṃ vadeyyaṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa nappaṭikareyyaṃ. If a monk—whether senior, middle, or junior—were to admonish me, they wouldn’t be sympathetic, and I’d bother them by saying “No!” And anyway I wouldn’t deal with it even if I saw what I did wrong.’
Majjhimo cepi maṃ vadeyya … pe … navo cepi maṃ vadeyya, ahitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no hitānukampī, noti naṃ vadeyyaṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa nappaṭikareyyaṃ’.
Majjhimassapi bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti … pe … navassapi bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: And a middle or a junior monk also thinks:
‘theropi maṃ na vadeyya, majjhimopi maṃ na vadeyya, navopi maṃ na vadeyya; ‘No monk, whether senior, middle, or junior, should admonish me;
therampāhaṃ na vadeyyaṃ, majjhimampāhaṃ na vadeyyaṃ, navampāhaṃ na vadeyyaṃ. and I shouldn’t admonish any monk, whether senior, middle, or junior.
Thero cepi maṃ vadeyya ahitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no hitānukampī noti naṃ vadeyyaṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa nappaṭikareyyaṃ. If a monk—whether senior, middle, or junior—were to admonish me, they wouldn’t be sympathetic, and I’d bother them by saying “No!” And anyway I wouldn’t deal with it even if I saw what I did wrong.’
Majjhimo cepi maṃ vadeyya … navo cepi maṃ vadeyya ahitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no hitānukampī, noti naṃ vadeyyaṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa nappaṭikareyyaṃ’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asantasannivāso hoti, evañca asanto sannivasanti. That’s what it’s like living with bad people; that’s how bad people live together.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, santasannivāso hoti, kathañca santo sannivasanti? What is it like living with good people? How do good people live together?
Idha, bhikkhave, therassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: It’s when a senior monk thinks:
‘theropi maṃ vadeyya, majjhimopi maṃ vadeyya, navopi maṃ vadeyya; ‘Any monk, whether senior, middle, or junior, should admonish me;
therampāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, majjhimampāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, navampāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ. and I should admonish any monk, whether senior, middle, or junior.
Thero cepi maṃ vadeyya hitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no ahitānukampī, sādhūti naṃ vadeyyaṃ na naṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa paṭikareyyaṃ. If a monk—whether senior, middle, or junior—were to admonish me, they’d be sympathetic, so I wouldn’t bother them, but say “Thank you!” And I’d deal with it when I saw what I did wrong.’
Majjhimo cepi maṃ vadeyya … pe … navo cepi maṃ vadeyya hitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no ahitānukampī, sādhūti naṃ vadeyyaṃ na naṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa paṭikareyyaṃ’.
Majjhimassapi bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti … pe … navassapi bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: And a middle or a junior monk also thinks:
‘theropi maṃ vadeyya, majjhimopi maṃ vadeyya, navopi maṃ vadeyya; ‘Any monk, whether senior, middle, or junior, may admonish me;
therampāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, majjhimampāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, navampāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ. and I’ll admonish any monk, whether senior, middle, or junior.
Thero cepi maṃ vadeyya hitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no ahitānukampī, sādhūti naṃ vadeyyaṃ na naṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa paṭikareyyaṃ. If a monk—whether senior, middle, or junior—were to admonish me, they’d be sympathetic, so I wouldn’t bother them, but say “Thank you!” And I’d deal with it when I saw what I did wrong.’
Majjhimo cepi maṃ vadeyya … pe … navo cepi maṃ vadeyya hitānukampī maṃ vadeyya no ahitānukampī, sādhūti naṃ vadeyyaṃ na naṃ viheṭheyyaṃ passampissa paṭikareyyaṃ’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, santasannivāso hoti, evañca santo sannivasantī”ti. That’s what it’s like living with good people; that’s how good people live together.”

AN 2.63

63 63
“Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe ubhato vacīsaṃsāro diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi ajjhattaṃ avūpasantaṃ hoti, tasmetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: “In a disciplinary issue, when the tale-bearing on both sides—with contempt for each other’s views, resentful, bitter, and exasperated—is not settled internally, you can expect that this disciplinary issue will be
‘dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṃvattissati, bhikkhū ca na phāsuṃ viharissanti’. long, fractious, and troublesome, and the monks won’t live comfortably.


Yasmiñca kho, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe ubhato vacīsaṃsāro diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi ajjhattaṃ suvūpasantaṃ hoti, tasmetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhikaraṇe pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: In a disciplinary issue, when the tale-bearing on both sides—with contempt for each other’s views, resentful, bitter, and exasperated—is well settled internally, you can expect that this disciplinary issue
‘na dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṃvattissati, bhikkhū ca phāsuṃ viharissantī’”ti. won’t lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the monks will live comfortably.”


end of section [2..6.. - AN 2 vagga 6. Persons]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 7 sukha: Happiness

7. Sukhavagga 7. Happiness

AN 2..7.. - AN 2 vagga 7 sukha: Happiness
    AN 2.64 - AN 2.64 lay vs. ordained
    AN 2.65 - AN 2.65 kāma 5kg vs. nekkhamma j1🌘
    AN 2.66 - AN 2.66 clinging vs. no clinging
    AN 2.67 - AN 2.67 with Āsava‍ vs. without
    AN 2.68 - AN 2.68 carnal 5kg vs. non-carnal 4j🌕
    AN 2.69 - AN 2.69 noble vs. ignoble
    AN 2.70 - AN 2.70 kāya vs. cetasika, mental better
    AN 2.71 - AN 2.71 with pīti = j2🌗, without = j3🌖
    AN 2.72 - AN 2.72 sāta j2🌗 vs. upekkha j3🌖 (see samādhi in 3 ways, AN 9.33)
    AN 2.73 - AN 2.73 with samādhi vs. without
    AN 2.74 - AN 2.74 relying on pīti vs. without
    AN 2.75 - AN 2.75 relies on sāta vs. upekkha
    AN 2.76 - AN 2.76 relies on form vs. formless

AN 2.64 lay vs. ordained

64 64
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Gihisukhañca pabbajitasukhañca. The happiness of laypeople, and the happiness of renunciates.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ pabbajitasukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is the happiness of renunciates.”

AN 2.65 kāma5kgvs. nekkhammaj1🌘

65 65
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Kāmasukhañca nekkhammasukhañca. Sensual happiness and the happiness of renunciation.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhammasukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is the happiness of renunciation.”

AN 2.66 clinging vs. no clinging

66 66
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Upadhisukhañca nirupadhisukhañca. The happiness of attachments, and the happiness of no attachments.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ nirupadhisukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is the happiness of no attachments.”

AN 2.67 withĀsava‍vs. without

67 67
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Sāsavasukhañca anāsavasukhañca. The happiness of defilements and the happiness of no defilements.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ anāsavasukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is the happiness of no defilements.”

AN 2.68 carnal5kgvs. non-carnal4j🌕

68 68
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Sāmisañca sukhaṃ nirāmisañca sukhaṃ. Carnal happiness and spiritual happiness.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ nirāmisaṃ sukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is spiritual happiness.”

AN 2.69 noble vs. ignoble

69 69
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Ariyasukhañca anariyasukhañca. Noble happiness and ignoble happiness.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ ariyasukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is noble happiness.”

AN 2.70 kāya vs. cetasika, mental better

70 70
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Kāyikañca sukhaṃ cetasikañca sukhaṃ. Physical happiness and mental happiness.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is mental happiness.”

AN 2.71 with pīti =j2🌗, without =j3🌖

71 71
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Sappītikañca sukhaṃ nippītikañca sukhaṃ. Happiness with rapture and happiness free of rapture.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ nippītikaṃ sukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is happiness free of rapture.”

AN 2.72 sātaj2🌗vs. upekkhaj3🌖(seesamādhi in 3 ways,AN9.33)

72 72
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Sātasukhañca upekkhāsukhañca. The happiness of pleasure and the happiness of equanimity.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ upekkhāsukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is the happiness of equanimity.”

AN 2.73 with samādhi vs. without

73 73
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Samādhisukhañca asamādhisukhañca. The happiness of undistractible-lucidity and the happiness without undistractible-lucidity.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ samādhisukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is the happiness of undistractible-lucidity.”

AN 2.74 relying on pīti vs. without

74 74
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Sappītikārammaṇañca sukhaṃ nippītikārammaṇañca sukhaṃ. Happiness that relies on rapture and happiness that relies on freedom from rapture.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ nippītikārammaṇaṃ sukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is happiness that relies on freedom from rapture.”

AN 2.75 relies on sāta vs. upekkha

75 75
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Sātārammaṇañca sukhaṃ upekkhārammaṇañca sukhaṃ. Happiness that relies on pleasure and happiness that relies on equanimity.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ upekkhārammaṇaṃ sukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is happiness that relies on equanimity.”

AN 2.76 relies on form vs. formless

76 76
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, sukhāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of happiness.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Rūpārammaṇañca sukhaṃ arūpārammaṇañca sukhaṃ. Happiness that relies on form and happiness that relies on the formless.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve sukhāni. These are the two kinds of happiness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sukhānaṃ yadidaṃ arūpārammaṇaṃ sukhan”ti. The better of these two kinds of happiness is happiness that relies on the formless.”


end of section [2..7.. - AN 2 vagga 7 sukha: Happiness]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 8 sa-nimitta: With a sign

8. Sanimittavagga 8. With a Precursor

AN 2.77

77 77
“Sanimittā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no animittā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with a precursor, not without a precursor.
Tasseva nimittassa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that precursor, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.78

78 78
“Sanidānā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no anidānā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with a source, not without a source.
Tasseva nidānassa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that source, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.79

79 79
“Sahetukā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no ahetukā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with a cause, not without a cause.
Tasseva hetussa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that cause, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.80

80 80
“Sasaṅkhārā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no asaṅkhārā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with conditions, not without conditions.
Tesaṃyeva saṅkhārānaṃ pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up those conditions, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.81

81 81
“Sappaccayā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no appaccayā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with a reason, not without a reason.
Tasseva paccayassa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that reason, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.82

82 82
“Sarūpā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no arūpā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with form, not without form.
Tasseva rūpassa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that form, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.83

83 83
“Savedanā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no avedanā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with feeling, not without feeling.
Tassāyeva vedanāya pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that feeling, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.84

84 84
“Sasaññā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no asaññā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with perception, not without perception.
Tassāyeva saññāya pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that perception, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.85

85 85
“Saviññāṇā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no aviññāṇā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with consciousness, not without consciousness.
Tasseva viññāṇassa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that consciousness, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”

AN 2.86

86 86
“Saṅkhatārammaṇā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no asaṅkhatārammaṇā. “Bad, unskillful Dharmas, monks, arise with a conditioned basis, not without a conditioned basis.
Tasseva saṅkhatassa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti. By giving up that conditioned basis, those bad, unskillful Dharmas do not occur.”


+

§ – AN 2 vagga 9 Dharmas

9. Dhammavagga 9. dharma

AN 2.87

87 87
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Cetovimutti ca paññāvimutti ca. Freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.88

88 88
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Paggāho ca avikkhepo ca. Making an effort, and not being scattered.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.89

89 89
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Nāmañca rūpañca. Name and form.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.90

90 90
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Vijjā ca vimutti ca. Knowledge and freedom.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.91

91 91
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Bhavadiṭṭhi ca vibhavadiṭṭhi ca. Views favoring continued existence and views favoring ending existence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.92

92 92
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Ahirikañca anottappañca. Lack of conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.93

93 93
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Hirī ca ottappañca. Conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.94

94 94
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Dovacassatā ca pāpamittatā ca. Being hard to admonish and having bad friends.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.95

95 95
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Sovacassatā ca kalyāṇamittatā ca. Being easy to admonish and having good friends.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.96

96 96
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Dhātukusalatā ca manasikārakusalatā ca. Skill in the elements and skill in attention.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”

AN 2.97

97 97
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are, monks, these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Āpattikusalatā ca āpattivuṭṭhānakusalatā ca. Skill in offenses and skill in rehabilitation from offenses.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”


end of section [2..9.. - AN 2 vagga 9 Dharmas]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 10. Fools

10. Bālavagga 10. Fools

AN 2.98

98 98
“Dveme, bhikkhave, bālā. “monks, there are two fools.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca anāgataṃ bhāraṃ vahati, yo ca āgataṃ bhāraṃ na vahati. One who takes responsibility for what has not come to pass, and one who doesn’t take responsibility for what has come to pass.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve bālā”ti. These are the two fools.”

AN 2.99

99 99
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paṇḍitā. “There are two who are astute.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca anāgataṃ bhāraṃ na vahati, yo ca āgataṃ bhāraṃ vahati. One who doesn’t take responsibility for what has not come to pass, and one who does take responsibility for what has come to pass.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paṇḍitā”ti. These are the two who are astute.”

AN 2.100

100 100
“Dveme, bhikkhave, bālā. “monks, there are two fools.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca akappiye kappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye akappiyasaññī. One who perceives what is unallowable as allowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as unallowable.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve bālā”ti. These are the two fools.”

AN 2.101

101 101
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paṇḍitā. “There are two who are astute.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca akappiye akappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye kappiyasaññī. One who perceives what is unallowable as unallowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as allowable.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paṇḍitā”ti. These are the two who are astute.”

AN 2.102

102 102
“Dveme, bhikkhave, bālā. “monks, there are two fools.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca anāpattiyā āpattisaññī, yo ca āpattiyā anāpattisaññī. One who perceives a non-offense as an offense, and one who perceives an offense as a non-offense.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve bālā”ti. These are the two fools.”

AN 2.103

103 103
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paṇḍitā. “There are two who are astute.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca anāpattiyā anāpattisaññī, yo ca āpattiyā āpattisaññī. One who perceives a non-offense as a non-offense, and one who perceives an offense as an offense.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paṇḍitā”ti. These are the two who are astute.”

AN 2.104

104 104
“Dveme, bhikkhave, bālā. “monks, there are two fools.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca adhamme dhammasaññī, yo ca dhamme adhammasaññī. One who perceives what is not the Dharma as the Dharma, and one who perceives the Dharma as not the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve bālā”ti. These are the two fools.”

AN 2.105

105 105
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paṇḍitā. “There are two who are astute.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca dhamme dhammasaññī, yo ca adhamme adhammasaññī. One who perceives the Dharma as the Dharma, and one who perceives what is not the Dharma as not the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paṇḍitā”ti. These are the two who are astute.”

AN 2.106

106 106
“Dveme, bhikkhave, bālā. “monks, there are two fools.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca avinaye vinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye avinayasaññī. One who perceives what is not the training as the training, and one who perceives what is the training as not the training.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve bālā”ti. These are the two fools.”

AN 2.107

107 107
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paṇḍitā. “There are two who are astute.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca avinaye avinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye vinayasaññī. One who perceives what is not the training as not the training, and one who perceives what is the training as the training.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paṇḍitā”ti. These are the two who are astute.”

AN 2.108

108 108
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca na kukkuccāyitabbaṃ kukkuccāyati, yo ca kukkuccāyitabbaṃ na kukkuccāyati. One who is remorseful over something they shouldn’t be, and one who isn’t remorseful over something they should be.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements grow.”

AN 2.109

109 109
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā na vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements don’t grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca na kukkuccāyitabbaṃ na kukkuccāyati, yo ca kukkuccāyitabbaṃ kukkuccāyati. One who isn’t remorseful over something they shouldn’t be, and one who is remorseful over something they should be.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā na vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements don’t grow.”

AN 2.110

110 110
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca akappiye kappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye akappiyasaññī. One who perceives what is unallowable as allowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as unallowable.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements grow.”

AN 2.111

111 111
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā na vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements don’t grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca akappiye akappiyasaññī, yo ca kappiye kappiyasaññī. One who perceives what is unallowable as unallowable, and one who perceives what is allowable as allowable.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā na vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements don’t grow.”

AN 2.112

112 112
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca āpattiyā anāpattisaññī, yo ca anāpattiyā āpattisaññī. One who perceives an offense as a non-offense, and one who perceives a non-offense as an offense.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements grow.”

AN 2.113

113 113
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā na vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements don’t grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca āpattiyā āpattisaññī, yo ca anāpattiyā anāpattisaññī. One who perceives an offense as an offense, and one who perceives a non-offense as a non-offense.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā na vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements don’t grow.”

AN 2.114

114 114
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca adhamme dhammasaññī, yo ca dhamme adhammasaññī. One who perceives what is not the Dharma as the Dharma, and one who perceives the Dharma as not the Dharma.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements grow.”

AN 2.115

115 115
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā na vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements don’t grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca dhamme dhammasaññī, yo ca adhamme adhammasaññī. One who perceives the Dharma as the Dharma, and one who perceives what is not the Dharma as not the Dharma.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā na vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements don’t grow.”

AN 2.116

116 116
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca avinaye vinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye avinayasaññī. One who perceives what is not the training as the training, and one who perceives what is the training as not the training.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements grow.”

AN 2.117

117 117
“Dvinnaṃ, bhikkhave, āsavā na vaḍḍhanti. “For these two, defilements don’t grow.
Katamesaṃ dvinnaṃ? What two?
Yo ca avinaye avinayasaññī, yo ca vinaye vinayasaññī. One who perceives what is not the training as not the training, and one who perceives what is the training as the training.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ āsavā na vaḍḍhantī”ti. These are the two whose defilements don’t grow.”


end of section [2..10.. - AN 2 vagga 10. Fools]
+

§ – AN 2 vagga 11. Hopes That Are Hard to Give Up

11. Āsāduppajahavagga 11. Hopes That Are Hard to Give Up

AN 2.118

118 118
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, āsā duppajahā. “These two hopes are hard to give up.
Katamā dve? What two?
Lābhāsā ca jīvitāsā ca. The hope for wealth and the hope for long life.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve āsā duppajahā”ti. These are two hopes that are hard to give up.”

AN 2.119

119 119
“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. “These two people are rare in the world.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca pubbakārī, yo ca kataññū katavedī. One who takes the initiative, and one who is grateful and thankful.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā dullabhā lokasmin”ti. These are the two people who are rare in the world.”

AN 2.120

120 120
“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. “These two people are rare in the world.
Katame dve? What two?
Titto ca tappetā ca. One who is satisfied, and one who satisfies others.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā dullabhā lokasmin”ti. These are the two people who are rare in the world.”

AN 2.121

121 121
“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā duttappayā. “These two people are hard to satisfy in the world.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca laddhaṃ laddhaṃ nikkhipati, yo ca laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vissajjeti. One who continually hoards wealth, and one who continually wastes wealth.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā duttappayā”ti. These are the two people who are hard to satisfy in the world.”

AN 2.122

122 122
“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā sutappayā. “These two people are easy to satisfy in the world.
Katame dve? What two?
Yo ca laddhaṃ laddhaṃ na nikkhipati, yo ca laddhaṃ laddhaṃ na vissajjeti. One who does not continually hoard wealth, and one who does not continually waste wealth.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā sutappayā”ti. These are the two people who are easy to satisfy in the world.”

AN 2.123

123 123
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā rāgassa uppādāya. “There are two conditions for the arising of greed.
Katame dve? What two?
Subhanimittañca ayoniso ca manasikāro. The aspect of beauty and improper attention.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā rāgassa uppādāyā”ti. These are the two conditions for the arising of greed.”

AN 2.124

124 124
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā dosassa uppādāya. “There are two conditions for the arising of hate.
Katame dve? What two?
Paṭighanimittañca ayoniso ca manasikāro. The aspect of repulsion and improper attention.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā dosassa uppādāyā”ti. These are the two conditions for the arising of hate.”

AN 2.125

125 125
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā micchādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya. “There are two conditions for the arising of wrong view.
Katame dve? What two?
Parato ca ghoso ayoniso ca manasikāro. The words of another and improper attention.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā micchādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyā”ti. These are the two conditions for the arising of wrong view.”

AN 2.126

126 126
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya. “There are two conditions for the arising of right view.
Katame dve? What two?
Parato ca ghoso, yoniso ca manasikāro. The words of another and proper attention.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyā”ti. These are the two conditions for the arising of right view.”

AN 2.127

127 127
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, āpattiyo. “There are these two offenses.
Katamā dve? What two?
Lahukā ca āpatti, garukā ca āpatti. A light offense and a serious offense.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve āpattiyo”ti. These are the two offenses.”

AN 2.128

128 128
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, āpattiyo. “There are these two offenses.
Katamā dve? What two?
Duṭṭhullā ca āpatti, aduṭṭhullā ca āpatti. An offense with corrupt intention and an offense without corrupt intention.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve āpattiyo”ti. These are the two offenses.”

AN 2.129

129 129
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, āpattiyo. “There are these two offenses.
Katamā dve? What two?
Sāvasesā ca āpatti, anavasesā ca āpatti. An offense requiring rehabilitation and an offense not requiring rehabilitation.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve āpattiyo”ti. These are the two offenses.”


end of section [2..11.. - AN 2 vagga 11. Hopes That Are Hard to Give Up]

§ – AN 2 vagga 12. Aspiration

12. Āyācanavagga 12. Aspiration


130 130
“Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ sammā āyācamāno āyāceyya: “A faithful monk would rightly aspire:
‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yadidaṃ sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna.”


131 131
“Saddhā, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī evaṃ sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya: “A faithful nun would rightly aspire:
‘tādisī homi yādisī khemā ca bhikkhunī uppalavaṇṇā cā’ti. ‘May I be like the nuns Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ yadidaṃ khemā ca bhikkhunī uppalavaṇṇā cā”ti. These are a standard and a measure for my nun disciples, that is, the nuns Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā.”


132 132
“Saddho, bhikkhave, upāsako evaṃ sammā āyācamāno āyāceyya: “A faithful layman would rightly aspire:
‘tādiso homi yādiso citto ca gahapati hatthako ca āḷavako’ti. ‘May I be like the householder Citta and Hatthaka of Aḷavī!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvakānaṃ upāsakānaṃ yadidaṃ citto ca gahapati hatthako ca āḷavako”ti. These are a standard and a measure for my male lay followers, that is, the householder Citta and Hatthaka of Aḷavī.”


133 133
“Saddhā, bhikkhave, upāsikā evaṃ sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya: “A faithful laywoman would rightly aspire:
‘tādisī homi yādisī khujjuttarā ca upāsikā veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca nandamātā’ti. ‘May I be like the laywomen Khujjuttarā and Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānaṃ upāsikānaṃ yadidaṃ khujjuttarā ca upāsikā veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca nandamātā”ti. These are a standard and a measure for my female lay disciples, that is, the laywomen Khujjuttarā and Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother.”


134 134
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person has two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, Without examining or scrutinizing, they praise those deserving of criticism
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. and they criticize those deserving of praise.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti. When a foolish, incompetent bad person has these two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.


Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person has two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, After examining and scrutinizing, they criticize those deserving of criticism
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. and they praise those deserving of praise.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person has these two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


135 135
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person has two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, Without examining or scrutinizing, they arouse faith in things that are dubious,
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti. and they don’t arouse faith in things that are inspiring.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti. When a foolish, incompetent bad person has these two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.


Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person has two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti, After examining or scrutinizing, they don’t arouse faith in things that are dubious,
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti. and they do arouse faith in things that are inspiring.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person has these two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


136 136
“Dvīsu, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person acts wrongly toward two people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamesu dvīsu? What two?
Mātari ca pitari ca. Mother and father.
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti. When a foolish, incompetent bad person acts wrongly toward these two people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.


Dvīsu, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person acts rightly toward two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamesu dvīsu? What two?
Mātari ca pitari ca. Mother and father.
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person acts rightly toward these two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


137 137
“Dvīsu, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person acts wrongly toward two people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamesu dvīsu? What two?
Tathāgate ca tathāgatasāvake ca. The Realized One and a disciple of the Realized One.
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti. When a foolish, incompetent bad person acts wrongly toward these people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.


Dvīsu, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person acts rightly toward two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamesu dvīsu? What two?
Tathāgate ca tathāgatasāvake ca. The Realized One and a disciple of the Realized One.
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person acts rightly toward these two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


138 138
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Sacittavodānañca na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Cleaning your own mind, and not grasping at anything in the world.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”


139 139
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Kodho ca upanāho ca. Anger and hostility.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”


140 140
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Kodhavinayo ca upanāhavinayo ca. Dispelling anger and dispelling hostility.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”


end of section [2..12.. - AN 2 vagga 12. Aspiration]

§ – AN 2 vagga 13. Giving

13. Dānavagga 13. Giving


141 141
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, dānāni. “There are these two gifts.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Āmisadānañca dhammadānañca. A gift of material things and a gift of the Dharma.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve dānāni. These are the two gifts.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ dānānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammadānan”ti. The better of these two gifts is the gift of the Dharma.”


142 142
“Dveme, bhikkhave, yāgā. “There are these two offerings.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisayāgo ca dhammayāgo ca. An offering of material things and an offering of the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve yāgā. These are the two offerings.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ yāgānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammayāgo”ti. The better of these two offerings is an offering of the Dharma.”


143 143
“Dveme, bhikkhave, cāgā. “There are these two acts of generosity.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisacāgo ca dhammacāgo ca. Generosity with material things and generosity with the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve cāgā. These are the two acts of generosity.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ cāgānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammacāgo”ti. The better of these two acts of generosity is generosity with the Dharma.”


144 144
“Dveme, bhikkhave, pariccāgā. “There are these two donations.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisapariccāgo ca dhammapariccāgo ca. Donation of material things and donation of the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve pariccāgā. These are the two donations.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ pariccāgānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammapariccāgo”ti. The better of these two donations is a donation of the Dharma.”


145 145
“Dveme, bhikkhave, bhogā. “There are these two riches.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisabhogo ca dhammabhogo ca. Riches in material things and riches in the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve bhogā. These are the two riches.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ bhogānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammabhogo”ti. The better of these two riches is riches in the Dharma.”


146 146
“Dveme, bhikkhave, sambhogā. “There are these two kinds of enjoyment.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisasambhogo ca dhammasambhogo ca. Enjoyment of material things and enjoyment of the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve sambhogā. These are the two kinds of enjoyment.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sambhogānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammasambhogo”ti. The better of these two kinds of enjoyment is the enjoyment of the Dharma.”


147 147
“Dveme, bhikkhave, saṃvibhāgā. “There are these two kinds of sharing.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisasaṃvibhāgo ca dhammasaṃvibhāgo ca. Sharing material things and sharing the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve saṃvibhāgā. These are the two kinds of sharing.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ saṃvibhāgānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammasaṃvibhāgo”ti. The better of these two kinds of sharing is sharing the Dharma.”


148 148
“Dveme, bhikkhave, saṅgahā. “There are these two kinds of inclusion.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisasaṅgaho ca dhammasaṅgaho ca. Inclusion in material things and inclusion in the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve saṅgahā. These are the two kinds of inclusion.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ saṅgahānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammasaṅgaho”ti. The better of these two kinds of inclusion is inclusion in the Dharma.”


149 149
“Dveme, bhikkhave, anuggahā. “There are these two kinds of support.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisānuggaho ca dhammānuggaho ca. Support in material things and support in the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve anuggahā. These are the two kinds of support.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ anuggahānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammānuggaho”ti. The better of these two kinds of support is support in the Dharma.”


150 150
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, anukampā. “There are these two kinds of sympathy.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisānukampā ca dhammānukampā ca. Sympathy in material things and sympathy in the Dharma.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve anukampā. These are the two kinds of sympathy.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ anukampānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammānukampā”ti. The better of these two kinds of sympathy is sympathy in the Dharma.”


end of section [2..13.. - AN 2 vagga 13. Giving]

§ – AN 2 vagga 14. Welcome

14. Santhāravagga 14. Welcome


151 151
“Dveme, bhikkhave, santhārā. “There are these two kinds of welcome.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisasanthāro ca dhammasanthāro ca. Welcome in material things and welcome in the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve santhārā. These are the two kinds of welcome.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ santhārānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammasanthāro”ti. The better of these two kinds of welcome is the welcome in the Dharma.”


152 152
“Dveme, bhikkhave, paṭisanthārā. “There are these two kinds of hospitality.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisapaṭisanthāro ca dhammapaṭisanthāro ca. Hospitality in material things and hospitality in the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paṭisanthārā. These are the two kinds of hospitality.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ paṭisanthārānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammapaṭisanthāro”ti. The better of these two kinds of hospitality is hospitality in the Dharma.”


153 153
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, esanā. “There are these two quests.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisesanā ca dhammesanā ca. The quest for material things and the quest for the Dharma.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve esanā. These are the two quests.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ esanānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammesanā”ti. The better of these two quests is the quest for the Dharma.”


154 154
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, pariyesanā. “There are these two searches.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisapariyesanā ca dhammapariyesanā ca. The search for material things and the search for the Dharma.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve pariyesanā. These are the two searches.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ pariyesanānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammapariyesanā”ti. The better of these two searches is the search for the Dharma.”


155 155
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, pariyeṭṭhiyo. “There are these two kinds of seeking.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisapariyeṭṭhi ca dhammapariyeṭṭhi ca. Seeking for material things and seeking for the Dharma.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve pariyeṭṭhiyo. These are the two kinds of seeking.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ pariyeṭṭhīnaṃ yadidaṃ dhammapariyeṭṭhī”ti. The better of these two kinds of seeking is seeking for the Dharma.”


156 156
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, pūjā. “There are these two kinds of worship.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisapūjā ca dhammapūjā ca. Worship of material things and worship of the Dharma.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve pūjā. These are the two kinds of worship.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ pūjānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammapūjā”ti. The better of these two kinds of worship is worship of the Dharma.”


157 157
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, ātitheyyāni. “There are these two ways of serving guests.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Āmisātitheyyañca dhammātitheyyañca. Serving guests with material things and serving guests with the Dharma.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve ātitheyyāni. These are the two ways of serving guests.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ ātitheyyānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammātitheyyan”ti. The better of these two ways of serving guests is to serve them with the Dharma.”


158 158
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, iddhiyo. “There are, monks, these two successes.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisiddhi ca dhammiddhi ca. Success in material things and success in the Dharma.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve iddhiyo. These are the two successes.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ iddhīnaṃ yadidaṃ dhammiddhī”ti. The better of these two successes is success in the Dharma.”


159 159
“Dvemā, bhikkhave, vuddhiyo. “There are, monks, these two kinds of growth.
Katamā dve? What two?
Āmisavuddhi ca dhammavuddhi ca. Growth in material things and growth in the Dharma.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve vuddhiyo. These are the two kinds of growth.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ vuddhīnaṃ yadidaṃ dhammavuddhī”ti. The better of these two kinds of growth is growth in the Dharma.”


160 160
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, ratanāni. “There are these two treasures.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Āmisaratanañca dhammaratanañca. The treasure of material things and the treasure of the Dharma.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve ratanāni. These are the two treasures.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ ratanānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammaratanan”ti. The better of these two treasures is the treasure of the Dharma.”


161 161
“Dveme, bhikkhave, sannicayā. “There are these two kinds of accumulation.
Katame dve? What two?
Āmisasannicayo ca dhammasannicayo ca. Accumulation of material things and accumulation of the Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve sannicayā. These are the two kinds of accumulation.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sannicayānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammasannicayo”ti. The better of these two kinds of accumulation is the accumulation of the Dharma.”


162 162
“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, vepullāni. “There are, monks, these two kinds of increase.
Katamāni dve? What two?
Āmisavepullañca dhammavepullañca. Increase in material things and increase in the Dharma.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve vepullāni. These are the two kinds of increase.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vepullānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammavepullan”ti. The better of these two kinds of increase is increase in the Dharma.”


end of section [2..14.. - AN 2 vagga 14. Welcome]

§ – AN 2 vagga 15. Attainment

15. Samāpattivagga 15. Attainment


163 163
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Samāpattikusalatā ca samāpattivuṭṭhānakusalatā ca. Skill in meditative attainments and skill in emerging from those attainments.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”


164 164
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Ajjavañca maddavañca. Integrity and gentleness.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


165 165
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Khanti ca soraccañca. Patience and gentleness.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


166 166
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Sākhalyañca paṭisanthāro ca. Friendliness and hospitality.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


167 167
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Avihiṃsā ca soceyyañca. Harmlessness and purity.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


168 168
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Indriyesu aguttadvāratā ca bhojane amattaññutā ca. Not guarding the sense doors and eating too much.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


169 169
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Indriyesu guttadvāratā ca bhojane mattaññutā ca. Guarding the sense doors and moderation in eating.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


170 170
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Paṭisaṅkhānabalañca bhāvanābalañca. The power of reflection and the power of development.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


171 171
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Satibalañca samādhibalañca. The power of rememberfulness and the power of undistractible-lucidity.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


172 172
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Samatho ca vipassanā ca. Serenity and discernment.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


173 173
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Sīlavipatti ca diṭṭhivipatti ca. Failure in ethical conduct and failure in view.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


174 174
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Sīlasampadā ca diṭṭhisampadā ca. Accomplishment in ethical conduct and accomplishment in view.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


175 175
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Sīlavisuddhi ca diṭṭhivisuddhi ca. Purification of ethics and purification of view.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


176 176
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Diṭṭhivisuddhi ca yathādiṭṭhissa ca padhānaṃ. Purification of view and making an effort in line with that view.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


177 177
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesu, appaṭivānitā ca padhānasmiṃ. To never be content with skillful Dharmas, and to never stop trying.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


178 178
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Muṭṭhassaccañca asampajaññañca. Lack of rememberfulness and lack of lucid-discerning.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


179 179
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Sati ca sampajaññañca. rememberfulness and lucid-discerning.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”ti. These are the two dharmas.”


end of section [2..15.. - AN 2 vagga 15. Attainment]

§ – AN 2 vagga 16. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Anger

16. Kodhapeyyāla 16. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Anger


180 180
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Kodho ca upanāho ca … makkho ca paḷāso ca … issā ca macchariyañca … māyā ca sāṭheyyañca … ahirikañca anottappañca. Anger and hostility … offensiveness and contempt … envy and stinginess … deceit and deviousness … lack of conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


181–​185 181–​185
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā. “There are these two dharmas.
Katame dve? What two?
Akkodho ca anupanāho ca … amakkho ca apaḷāso ca … anissā ca amacchariyañca … amāyā ca asāṭheyyañca … hirī ca ottappañca. Freedom from anger and hostility … freedom from offensiveness and contempt … freedom from envy and stinginess … freedom from deceit and deviousness … conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā”. These are the two dharmas.”


186–​190 186–​190
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dukkhaṃ viharati. “Anyone who has two dharmas lives in suffering.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Kodhena ca upanāhena ca … makkhena ca paḷāsena ca … issāya ca macchariyena ca … māyāya ca sāṭheyyena ca … ahirikena ca anottappena ca. Anger and hostility … offensiveness and contempt … envy and stinginess … deceit and deviousness … lack of conscience and prudence.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato dukkhaṃ viharati”. Anyone who has these two dharmas lives in suffering.”


191–​195 191–​195
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sukhaṃ viharati. “Anyone who has these two dharmas lives happily.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Akkodhena ca anupanāhena ca … amakkhena ca apaḷāsena ca … anissāya ca amacchariyena ca … amāyāya ca asāṭheyyena ca … hiriyā ca ottappena ca. Freedom from anger and hostility … freedom from offensiveness and contempt … freedom from envy and stinginess … freedom from deceit and deviousness … conscience and prudence.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato sukhaṃ viharati”. Anyone who has these two dharmas lives happily.”


196–​200 196–​200
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. “These two dharmas lead to the decline of a monk trainee.
Katame dve? What two?
Kodho ca upanāho ca … makkho ca paḷāso ca … issā ca macchariyañca … māyā ca sāṭheyyañca … ahirikañca anottappañca. Anger and hostility … offensiveness and contempt … envy and stinginess … deceit and deviousness … lack of conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti”. These two dharmas lead to the decline of a monk trainee.”


201–​205 201–​205
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti. “These two dharmas don’t lead to the decline of a monk trainee.
Katame dve? What two?
Akkodho ca anupanāho ca … amakkho ca apaḷāso ca … anissā ca amacchariyañca … amāyā ca asāṭheyyañca … hirī ca ottappañca. Freedom from anger and hostility … freedom from offensiveness and contempt … freedom from envy and stinginess … freedom from deceit and deviousness … conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti”. These two dharmas don’t lead to the decline of a monk trainee.”


206–​210 206–​210
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “Anyone who has two dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Kodhena ca upanāhena ca … makkhena ca paḷāsena ca … issāya ca macchariyena ca … māyāya ca sāṭheyyena ca … ahirikena ca anottappena ca. Anger and hostility … offensiveness and contempt … envy and stinginess … deceit and deviousness … lack of conscience and prudence.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye”. Anyone who has these two dharmas is cast down to hell.”


211–​215 211–​215
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. “Anyone who has two dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Akkodhena ca anupanāhena ca … amakkhena ca apaḷāsena ca … anissāya ca amacchariyena ca … amāyāya ca asāṭheyyena ca … hiriyā ca ottappena ca. Freedom from anger and hostility … freedom from offensiveness and contempt … freedom from envy and stinginess … freedom from deceit and deviousness … conscience and prudence.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”. Anyone who has these two dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


216–​220 216–​220
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. “When they have two dharmas, some people, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Kodhena ca upanāhena ca … makkhena ca paḷāsena ca … issāya ca macchariyena ca … māyāya ca sāṭheyyena ca … ahirikena ca anottappena ca. Anger and hostility … offensiveness and contempt … envy and stinginess … deceit and deviousness … lack of conscience and prudence.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati”. When they have two dharmas, some people, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.


221–​229 221–​229
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. “When they have two dharmas, some people—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Katamehi dvīhi? What two?
Akkodhena ca anupanāhena ca … amakkhena ca apaḷāsena ca … anissāya ca amacchariyena ca … amāyāya ca asāṭheyyena ca … hiriyā ca ottappena ca. Freedom from anger and hostility … freedom from offensiveness and contempt … freedom from envy and stinginess … freedom from deceit and deviousness … conscience and prudence.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati”. When they have these two dharmas, some people—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.


end of section [2..16.. - AN 2 vagga 16. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Anger]

§ – AN 2 vagga 17. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with the Unskillful

17. Akusalapeyyāla 17. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with the Unskillful


230–279 230–279
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā akusalā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā kusalā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sāvajjā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā anavajjā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā dukkhudrayā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sukhudrayā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā dukkhavipākā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sukhavipākā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sabyābajjhā … dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā abyābajjhā. “These two dharmas are unskillful … are skillful … are blameworthy … are blameless … have suffering as outcome … have happiness as outcome … result in suffering … result in happiness … are hurtful … are not hurtful.
Katame dve? What two?
Akkodho ca anupanāho ca … amakkho ca apaḷāso ca … anissā ca amacchariyañca … amāyā ca asāṭheyyañca … hirī ca ottappañca. Freedom from anger and hostility … freedom from offensiveness and contempt … freedom from envy and stinginess … freedom from deceit and deviousness … conscience and prudence.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā abyābajjhā”ti. (1–50.) These are the two dharmas that are not hurtful.”


§ – AN 2 vagga 18. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with the Training

18. Vinayapeyyāla 18. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with the Training


280 280
“Dveme, bhikkhave, atthavase paṭicca tathāgatena sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. “For two reasons the Realized One laid down training rules for his disciples.
Katame dve? What two?
Saṃghasuṭṭhutāya saṃghaphāsutāya … dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya, pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ verānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ verānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ vajjānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ vajjānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ bhayānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ bhayānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya … gihīnaṃ anukampāya, pāpicchānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pakkhupacchedāya … appasannānaṃ pasādāya, pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya … saddhammaṭṭhitiyā vinayānuggahāya. For the well-being and comfort of the Saṅgha … For keeping difficult persons in check and for the comfort of good-hearted monks … For restraining defilements that affect the present life and protecting against defilements that affect lives to come … For restraining threats to the present life and protecting against threats to lives to come … For restraining flaws that affect the present life and protecting against flaws that affect lives to come … For restraining hazards that affect the present life and protecting against hazards that affect lives to come … For restraining unskillful Dharmas that affect the present life and protecting against unskillful Dharmas that affect lives to come … Out of sympathy for laypeople and for breaking up factions of monks with wicked desires … For inspiring confidence in those without it, and increasing confidence in those who have it … For the continuation of the true Dharma and the support of the training.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve atthavase paṭicca tathāgatena sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattan”ti. These are the two reasons why the Realized One laid down training rules for his disciples.”


281–​309 281–​309
“Dveme, bhikkhave, atthavase paṭicca tathāgatena sāvakānaṃ pātimokkhaṃ paññattaṃ … pe … pātimokkhuddeso paññatto … pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṃ paññattaṃ … pavāraṇā paññattā … pavāraṇaṭṭhapanaṃ paññattaṃ … tajjanīyakammaṃ paññattaṃ … niyassakammaṃ paññattaṃ … pabbājanīyakammaṃ paññattaṃ … paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paññattaṃ … ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paññattaṃ … parivāsadānaṃ paññattaṃ … mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ paññattaṃ … mānattadānaṃ paññattaṃ … abbhānaṃ paññattaṃ … osāraṇīyaṃ paññattaṃ … nissāraṇīyaṃ paññattaṃ … upasampadā paññattā … ñattikammaṃ paññattaṃ … ñattidutiyakammaṃ paññattaṃ … ñatticatutthakammaṃ paññattaṃ … apaññatte paññattaṃ … paññatte anupaññattaṃ … sammukhāvinayo paññatto … sativinayo paññatto … amūḷhavinayo paññatto … paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ paññattaṃ … yebhuyyasikā paññattā … tassapāpiyasikā paññattā … tiṇavatthārako paññatto. “For two reasons the Realized One laid down for his disciples the monastic code … the recitation of the monastic code … the suspension of the recitation of the monastic code … the invitation to admonish … the setting aside of the invitation to admonish … the disciplinary act of censure … placing under dependence … banishment … reconciliation … debarment … probation … being sent back to the beginning … penance … reinstatement … restoration … removal … ordination … an act with a motion … an act with a motion and one announcement … an act with a motion and three announcements … laying down what was not previously laid down … amending what was laid down … the settling of a disciplinary matter in the presence of those concerned … the settling of a disciplinary matter by accurate recollection … the settling of a disciplinary matter due to recovery from madness … the settling of a disciplinary matter due to the acknowledgement of the offense … the settling of a disciplinary matter by the decision of a majority … the settling of a disciplinary matter by a verdict of aggravated misconduct … the settling of a disciplinary matter by covering over with grass.
Katame dve? What two?
Saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya … dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya, pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ verānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ verānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ vajjānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ vajjānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ bhayānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ bhayānaṃ paṭighātāya … diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya … gihīnaṃ anukampāya, pāpicchānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pakkhupacchedāya … appasannānaṃ pasādāya, pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya … saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, vinayānuggahāya. For the well-being and comfort of the Saṅgha … For keeping difficult persons in check and for the comfort of good-hearted monks … For restraining defilements that affect the present life and protecting against defilements that affect lives to come … For restraining threats to the present life and protecting against threats to lives to come … For restraining flaws that affect the present life and protecting against flaws that affect lives to come … For restraining hazards that affect the present life and protecting against hazards that affect lives to come … For restraining unskillful Dharmas that affect the present life and protecting against unskillful Dharmas that affect lives to come … Out of sympathy for laypeople and for breaking up factions of monks with wicked desires … For inspiring confidence in those without it, and increasing confidence in those who have it … For the continuation of the true Dharma and the support of the training.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve atthavase paṭicca tathāgatena sāvakānaṃ tiṇavatthārako paññatto”ti. (11–300.) These are the two reasons why the Realized One laid down the settlement of a disciplinary matter by covering over with grass for his disciples.”


§ – AN 2 vagga 19. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed

19. Rāgapeyyāla 19. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed


310–​321 310–​321
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya dve dhammā bhāvetabbā. “For insight into greed, two dharmas should be developed.
Katame dve? What two?
Samatho ca vipassanā ca. Serenity and discernment.
Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime dve dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. (1) For insight into greed, these two dharmas should be developed.”


“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya … parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya dve dhammā bhāvetabbā … pe … (2–10.) “For the complete understanding … finishing … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … letting go of greed, two dharmas should be developed.”


322–​479 322–​479
“Dosassa … pe … mohassa … kodhassa … upanāhassa … makkhassa … paḷāsassa … issāya … macchariyassa … māyāya … sāṭheyyassa … thambhassa … sārambhassa … mānassa … atimānassa … madassa … pamādassa … abhiññāya … pariññāya … parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya dve dhammā bhāvetabbā. “Of hate … delusion … anger … hostility … offensiveness … contempt … envy … stinginess … deceit … deviousness … obstinacy … aggression … conceit … arrogance … vanity … negligence … for insight … complete understanding … finishing … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … letting go … two dharmas should be developed.
Katame dve? What two?
Samatho ca vipassanā ca. Serenity and discernment.
Pamādassa, bhikkhave, paṭinissaggāya ime dve dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. For the letting go of negligence, these two dharmas should be developed.”


Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Satisfied, the monks were happy with what the Buddha said.


Dukanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā. The Book of the Twos is finished.


AN 3 all suttas

. .
pic for AN


+

§ – AN 3 vagga 1 Bāla: Fools

(cst4) (derived from B. Sujato 2018/12)
Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3


1. Bālavagga 1. Fools

AN 3.1 Bhaya: Perils

1. Bhayasutta 1. Perils
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Yāni kānici, bhikkhave, bhayāni uppajjanti sabbāni tāni bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. “Whatever dangers there are, all come from the foolish, not from the astute.
Ye keci upaddavā uppajjanti sabbe te bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. Whatever perils there are, all come from the foolish, not from the astute.
Ye keci upasaggā uppajjanti sabbe te bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. Whatever hazards there are, all come from the foolish, not from the astute.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, naḷāgārā vā tiṇāgārā vā aggi mutto kūṭāgārānipi ḍahati ullittāvalittāni nivātāni phusitaggaḷāni pihitavātapānāni; It’s like a fire that spreads from a hut made of reeds or grass, and burns down even a bungalow, plastered inside and out, draft-free, with latches fastened and windows shuttered.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici bhayāni uppajjanti sabbāni tāni bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. In the same way, whatever dangers there are, all come from the foolish, not from the astute.
Ye keci upaddavā uppajjanti sabbe te bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. Whatever perils there are, all come from the foolish, not from the astute.
Ye keci upasaggā uppajjanti sabbe te bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. Whatever hazards there are, all come from the foolish, not from the astute.


Iti kho, bhikkhave, sappaṭibhayo bālo, appaṭibhayo paṇḍito. So, the fool is dangerous, but the astute person is safe.
Saupaddavo bālo, anupaddavo paṇḍito. The fool is perilous, but the astute person is not.
Saupasaggo bālo, anupasaggo paṇḍito. The fool is hazardous, but the astute person is not.
Natthi, bhikkhave, paṇḍitato bhayaṃ, natthi paṇḍitato upaddavo, natthi paṇḍitato upasaggo. There’s no danger, peril, or hazard that comes from the astute.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo te tayo dhamme abhinivajjetvā, yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo te tayo dhamme samādāya vattissāmā’ti. ‘We will reject the three things by which a fool is known, and we will undertake and follow the three things by which an astute person is known.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.2 Lakkhaṇa: Characteristics

2. Lakkhaṇasutta 2. Characteristics
“Kammalakkhaṇo, bhikkhave, bālo, kammalakkhaṇo paṇḍito, apadānasobhanī paññāti. “A fool is characterized by their deeds; an astute person is characterized by their deeds. And wisdom is evident in its outcome.
Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. A fool is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena. Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. These are the three things by which a fool is known.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. An astute person is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena. Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. These are the three things by which an astute person is known.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo te tayo dhamme abhinivajjetvā, yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo te tayo dhamme samādāya vattissāmā’ti. ‘We will reject the three things by which a fool is known, and we will undertake and follow the three things by which an astute person is known.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.3 Cintī: Thinking

3. Cintīsutta 3. Thinking
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni. “There are these three characteristics, signs, and manifestations of a fool.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca hoti dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca. A fool thinks poorly, speaks poorly, and acts poorly.
No cedaṃ, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca abhavissa dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca, kena naṃ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṃ: If a fool didn’t think poorly, speak poorly, and act poorly, then how would the astute know of them:
‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’ti? ‘This fellow is a fool, a bad person’?
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca hoti dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca tasmā naṃ paṇḍitā jānanti: But since a fool does think poorly, speak poorly, and act poorly, then the astute do know of them:
‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’ti. ‘This fellow is a fool, a bad person’.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni. These are the three characteristics, signs, and manifestations of a fool.


Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānāni. There are these three characteristics, signs, and manifestations of an astute person.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca hoti subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca. An astute person thinks well, speaks well, and acts well.
No cedaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca abhavissa subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca, kena naṃ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṃ: If an astute person didn’t think well, speak well, and act well, then how would the astute know of them:
‘paṇḍito ayaṃ bhavaṃ sappuriso’ti? ‘This fellow is astute, a good person’?
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca hoti subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca tasmā naṃ paṇḍitā jānanti: But since an astute person does think well, speak well, and act well, then the astute do know of them:
‘paṇḍito ayaṃ bhavaṃ sappuriso’ti. ‘This fellow is astute, a good person’.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānāni. These are the three characteristics, signs, and manifestations of an astute person.
Tasmātiha … pe …. So you should train …”


AN 3.4 Accaya: Transgression

4. Accayasutta 4. Transgression
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. “A fool is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Accayaṃ accayato na passati, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ nappaṭikaroti, parassa kho pana accayaṃ desentassa yathādhammaṃ nappaṭiggaṇhāti. They don’t recognize when they’ve made a mistake. When they do recognize it they don’t deal with it properly. And when someone else confesses a mistake to them, they don’t accept it properly.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. These are the three things by which a fool is known.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. An astute person is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Accayaṃ accayato passati, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti, parassa kho pana accayaṃ desentassa yathādhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. They recognize when they’ve made a mistake. When they recognize it they deal with it properly. And when someone else confesses a mistake to them, they accept it properly.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. These are the three things by which an astute person is known.
Tasmātiha … pe …. So you should train …”


AN 3.5 Ayoniso: Improper

5. Ayonisosutta 5. Improper
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. “A fool is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Ayoniso pañhaṃ kattā hoti, ayoniso pañhaṃ vissajjetā hoti, parassa kho pana yoniso pañhaṃ vissajjitaṃ parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi siliṭṭhehi upagatehi nābbhanumoditā hoti. They ask a question improperly. They answer a question improperly. And when someone else answers a question properly—with well-rounded, coherent, and relevant words and phrases—they disagree with it.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. These are the three things by which a fool is known.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. An astute person is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Yoniso pañhaṃ kattā hoti, yoniso pañhaṃ vissajjetā hoti, parassa kho pana yoniso pañhaṃ vissajjitaṃ parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi siliṭṭhehi upagatehi abbhanumoditā hoti. They ask a question properly. They answer a question properly. And when someone else answers a question properly—with well-rounded, coherent, and relevant words and phrases—they agree with it.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. These are the three things by which an astute person is known.
Tasmātiha … pe …. So you should train …”


AN 3.6 Akusala: Unskillful

6. Akusalasutta 6. Unskillful
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. “A fool is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Akusalena kāyakammena, akusalena vacīkammena, akusalena manokammena. Unskillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. These are the three things by which a fool is known.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. An astute person is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kusalena kāyakammena, kusalena vacīkammena, kusalena manokammena. Skillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. These are the three things by which an astute person is known.
Tasmātiha … pe …. So you should train …”


AN 3.7 Sāvajja: Blameworthy

7. Sāvajjasutta 7. Blameworthy
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. “A fool is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena … pe … anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena … pe …. Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. … An astute person is known by blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”


AN 3.8 Sabyābajjha: Hurtful

8. Sabyābajjhasutta 8. Hurtful
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. “A fool is known by three things.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Sabyābajjhena kāyakammena, sabyābajjhena vacīkammena, sabyābajjhena manokammena … pe … abyābajjhena kāyakammena, abyābajjhena vacīkammena, abyābajjhena manokammena. Hurtful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. … An astute person is known by kind deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.
Imehi, kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo. These are the three things by which an astute person is known.”


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo te tayo dhamme abhinivajjetvā, yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo te tayo dhamme samādāya vattissāmā’ti. ‘We will reject the three qualities by which a fool is known, and we will undertake and follow the three qualities by which an astute person is known.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.9 Khata: Broken

9. Khatasutta 9. Broken
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent, bad person has three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena. Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. When a foolish, incompetent bad person has these three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person has three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena. Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person has these three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


AN 3.10 Mala: Stains

10. Malasutta 10. Stains
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato tayo male appahāya yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “Anyone who has three qualities, and has not given up three stains, is cast down to hell.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Dussīlo ca hoti, dussīlyamalañcassa appahīnaṃ hoti; They’re unethical, and haven’t given up the stain of immorality.
issukī ca hoti, issāmalañcassa appahīnaṃ hoti; They’re envious, and haven’t given up the stain of envy.
maccharī ca hoti, maccheramalañcassa appahīnaṃ hoti. They’re stingy, and haven’t given up the stain of stinginess.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato ime tayo male appahāya yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Anyone who has these three qualities, and has not given up these three stains, is cast down to hell.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato tayo male pahāya yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Anyone who has three qualities, and has given up three stains, is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Sīlavā ca hoti, dussīlyamalañcassa pahīnaṃ hoti; They’re ethical, and have given up the stain of immorality.
anissukī ca hoti, issāmalañcassa pahīnaṃ hoti; They’re not envious, and have given up the stain of envy.
amaccharī ca hoti, maccheramalañcassa pahīnaṃ hoti. They’re not stingy, and have given up the stain of stinginess.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato ime tayo male pahāya yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Anyone who has these three qualities, and has given up these three stains, is raised up to heaven.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..1.. - AN 3 vagga 1 Bāla: Fools]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 2 Rathakāra: The Chariot-maker

2. Rathakāravagga 2. The Chariot-maker

AN 3.11 Ñāta: Well-known

11. Ñātasutta 11. Well-known
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ñāto bhikkhu bahujanaahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanadukkhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, a well-known monk who has three qualities is acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Ananulomike kāyakamme samādapeti, ananulomike vacīkamme samādapeti, ananulomikesu dhammesu samādapeti. They encourage deeds of body and speech, as well as dharmas, that don’t reinforce good qualities.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato ñāto bhikkhu bahujanaahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanadukkhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. A well-known monk who has these three qualities is acting for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ñāto bhikkhu bahujanahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. A well-known monk who has three qualities is acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Anulomike kāyakamme samādapeti, anulomike vacīkamme samādapeti, anulomikesu dhammesu samādapeti. They encourage deeds of body and speech, as well as dharmas, that reinforce good qualities.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato ñāto bhikkhu bahujanahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. A well-known monk who has these three qualities is acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”


AN 3.12 Sāraṇīya: Commemoration

12. Sāraṇīyasutta 12. Commemoration
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyāni bhavanti. “An anointed king should commemorate three places as long as he lives.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, padese rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto jāto hoti. The place he was born.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ hoti. This is the first place.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ padese rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto hoti. The place he was anointed as king.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ hoti. This is the second place.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ padese rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati. The place where he won victory in battle, establishing himself as foremost in battle.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ hoti. This is the third place.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyāni bhavanti. These are the three places an anointed king should commemorate as long as he lives.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīṇimāni bhikkhussa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyāni bhavanti. In the same way, a monk should commemorate three places as long as they live.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, padese bhikkhu kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti. The place where the monk shaved off their hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ bhikkhussa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ hoti. This is the first place.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ padese bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. The place where the monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ bhikkhussa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ hoti. This is the second place.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ padese bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. The place where the monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ bhikkhussa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ hoti. This is the third place.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi bhikkhussa yāvajīvaṃ sāraṇīyāni bhavantī”ti. These are the three places a monk should commemorate as long as they live.”


AN 3.13 Āsaṃsa: Hopes

13. Āsaṃsasutta 13. Hopes
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three kinds of people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Nirāso, āsaṃso, vigatāso. The hopeless, the hopeful, and the one who has done away with hope.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave puggalo nirāso? And what, monks, is a hopeless person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. It’s when some person is reborn in a low family—a family of outcastes, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or waste-collectors—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find.
So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, chronically ill—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrances, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting.
So suṇāti: They hear this:
‘itthannāmo kira khattiyo khattiyehi khattiyābhisekena abhisitto’ti. ‘They say the warrior-nobles have anointed the warrior-noble named so-and-so as king.’
Tassa na evaṃ hoti: It never occurs to them:
‘kudāssu nāma mampi khattiyā khattiyābhisekena abhisiñcissantī’ti. ‘Oh, when will the warrior-nobles anoint me too as king?’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo nirāso. This is called a hopeless person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo āsaṃso? And what, monks, is a hopeful person?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto hoti ābhiseko anabhisitto acalappatto. It’s when some person is the eldest son of an anointed king. He has not yet been anointed, but is eligible, and has been confirmed in the succession.
So suṇāti: He hears this:
‘itthannāmo kira khattiyo khattiyehi khattiyābhisekena abhisitto’ti. ‘They say that the warrior-nobles have anointed the warrior-noble named so-and-so as king.’
Tassa evaṃ hoti: It occurs to him:
‘kudāssu nāma mampi khattiyā khattiyābhisekena abhisiñcissantī’ti. ‘Oh, when will the warrior-nobles anoint me too as king?’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo āsaṃso. This is called a hopeful person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo vigatāso? And what, monks, is a person who has done away with hope?
Idha, bhikkhave, rājā hoti khattiyo muddhāvasitto. It’s when a king has been anointed.
So suṇāti: He hears this:
‘itthannāmo kira khattiyo khattiyehi khattiyābhisekena abhisitto’ti. ‘They say that the warrior-nobles have anointed the warrior-noble named so-and-so as king.’
Tassa na evaṃ hoti: It never occurs to him:
‘kudāssu nāma mampi khattiyā khattiyābhisekena abhisiñcissantī’ti. ‘Oh, when will the warrior-nobles anoint me too as king?’
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Yā hissa, bhikkhave, pubbe anabhisittassa abhisekāsā sā paṭippassaddhā. Because the former hope he had to be anointed has now died down.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo vigatāso. This is called a person who has done away with hope.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three kinds of people found in the world.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsu. In the same way, these three kinds of people are found among the monks.
Katame tayo? What three?
Nirāso, āsaṃso, vigatāso. The hopeless, the hopeful, and the one who has done away with hope.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo nirāso? And what, monks, is a hopeless person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto. It’s when some person is unethical, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, corrupt, and depraved.
So suṇāti: They hear this:
‘itthannāmo kira bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. ‘They say that the monk named so-and-so has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
Tassa na evaṃ hoti: It never occurs to them:
‘kudāssu nāma ahampi āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissāmī’ti. ‘Oh, when will I too realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo nirāso. This is called a hopeless person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo āsaṃso? And what, monks, is a hopeful person?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo. It’s when a monk is ethical, of good character.
So suṇāti: They hear this:
‘itthannāmo kira bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. ‘They say that the monk named so-and-so has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
Tassa evaṃ hoti: It occurs to them:
‘kudāssu nāma ahampi āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissāmī’ti. ‘Oh, when will I too realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo āsaṃso. This is called a hopeful person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo vigatāso? And what, monks, is a person who has done away with hope?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti khīṇāsavo. It’s when a monk is a perfected one, who has ended all asinine-inclinations.
So suṇāti: They hear this:
‘itthannāmo kira bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. ‘They say that the monk named so-and-so has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
Tassa na evaṃ hoti: It never occurs to them:
‘kudāssu nāma ahampi āsavānaṃ khayā … pe … sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissāmī’ti. ‘Oh, when will I too realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Yā hissa, bhikkhave, pubbe avimuttassa vimuttāsā sā paṭippassaddhā. Because the former hope he had to be freed has now died down.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo vigatāso. This is called a person who has done away with hope.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsū”ti. These are the three people found among the monks.”


end of section [3.13 - AN 3.13 Āsaṃsa: Hopes]

AN 3.14 Cakkavatti: The Wheel-turning Monarch

14. Cakkavattisutta 14. The Wheel-turning Monarch
“Yopi so, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā sopi na arājakaṃ cakkaṃ vattetī”ti. “monks, even a wheel-turning monarch, a just and Dharmic king, does not wield power without having their own king.”
Evaṃ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, one of the monks asked the Buddha:
“ko pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa dhammikassa dhammarañño rājā”ti? “But who is the king of the wheel-turning monarch, the just and Dharmic king?”
“Dhammo, bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca: “It is dharma, monk,” said the Buddha.
“idha, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṃyeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati antojanasmiṃ. “Monk, a wheel-turning monarch provides just protection and security for his court, relying only on dharma—honoring, respecting, and venerating dharma, having dharma as his flag, banner, and authority.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṃyeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati khattiyesu, anuyantesu, balakāyasmiṃ, brāhmaṇagahapatikesu, negamajānapadesu, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu, migapakkhīsu. He provides just protection and security for his warrior-nobles, vassals, troops, brahmins and householders, people of town and country, ascetics and brahmins, beasts and birds.
Sa kho so bhikkhu rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṃyeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā antojanasmiṃ, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā khattiyesu … pe … anuyantesu, balakāyasmiṃ, brāhmaṇagahapatikesu, negamajānapadesu, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu, migapakkhīsu, dhammeneva cakkaṃ vatteti. When he has done this, he wields power only in a Dharmic manner.
Taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā. And this power cannot be undermined by any human enemy.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṃyeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati kāyakammasmiṃ: In the same way, monk, a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, a just and Dharmic king, provides just protection and security regarding bodily actions, relying only on dharma—honoring, respecting, and venerating dharma, having dharma as his flag, banner, and authority.
‘evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ na sevitabban’ti. ‘This kind of bodily action should be cultivated. This kind of bodily action should not be cultivated.’


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṃyeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati vacīkammasmiṃ: Furthermore, a Realized One … provides just protection and security regarding verbal actions, saying:
‘evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ na sevitabban’ti … pe … manokammasmiṃ: ‘This kind of verbal action should be cultivated. This kind of verbal action should not be cultivated.’ … And regarding mental actions:
‘evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ na sevitabban’ti. ‘This kind of mental action should be cultivated. This kind of mental action should not be cultivated.’


Sa kho so, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṃyeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā kāyakammasmiṃ, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā vacīkammasmiṃ, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā manokammasmiṃ, dhammeneva anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti. And when a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha has provided just protection and security regarding actions of body, speech, and mind, he rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma.
Taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”


AN 3.15 Sacetana: Pacetana

15. Sacetanasutta 15. Pacetana
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā ahosi sacetano nāma. “Once upon a time there was a king named Pacetana.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā sacetano rathakāraṃ āmantesi: Then King Pacetana addressed his chariot-maker:
‘ito me, samma rathakāra, channaṃ māsānaṃ accayena saṅgāmo bhavissati. ‘In six month’s time, my good chariot-maker, there will be a battle.
Sakkhissasi me, samma rathakāra, navaṃ cakkayugaṃ kātun’ti? Are you able to make me a new pair of wheels?’
‘Sakkomi, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, rathakāro rañño sacetanassa paccassosi. ‘I can, Your Majesty,’ replied the chariot-maker.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, rathakāro chahi māsehi chārattūnehi ekaṃ cakkaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Then, when it was six days less than six months later, the chariot-maker had finished one wheel.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā sacetano rathakāraṃ āmantesi: Then King Pacetana addressed his chariot-maker:
‘ito me, samma rathakāra, channaṃ divasānaṃ accayena saṅgāmo bhavissati, niṭṭhitaṃ navaṃ cakkayugan’ti? ‘In six day’s time there will be a battle. Is my new pair of wheels finished?’
‘Imehi kho, deva, chahi māsehi chārattūnehi ekaṃ cakkaṃ niṭṭhitan’ti. ‘Now that it is six days less than six months, Your Majesty, I have finished one wheel.’
‘Sakkhissasi pana me, samma rathakāra, imehi chahi divasehi dutiyaṃ cakkaṃ niṭṭhāpetun’ti? ‘Are you able to finish the second wheel in these six days?’
‘Sakkomi, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, rathakāro chahi divasehi dutiyaṃ cakkaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā navaṃ cakkayugaṃ ādāya yena rājā sacetano tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ sacetanaṃ etadavoca: Saying, ‘I can, Your Majesty,’ the chariot-maker finished the second wheel in six days. Taking the pair of wheels he went up to King Pacetana, and said this to the king:
‘idaṃ te, deva, navaṃ cakkayugaṃ niṭṭhitan’ti. ‘Your Majesty, these are your two new wheels, finished.’
‘Yañca te idaṃ, samma rathakāra, cakkaṃ chahi māsehi niṭṭhitaṃ chārattūnehi yañca te idaṃ cakkaṃ chahi divasehi niṭṭhitaṃ, imesaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ? ‘But, my good chariot-maker, what is the difference between the wheel that was finished in six days less than six months, and the wheel finished in just six days?
Nesāhaṃ kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ passāmī’ti. Because I can’t see any difference between them.’
‘Atthesaṃ, deva, nānākaraṇaṃ. ‘But, Your Majesty, there is a difference.
Passatu devo nānākaraṇan’ti. See now what it is.’


Atha kho, bhikkhave, rathakāro yaṃ taṃ cakkaṃ chahi divasehi niṭṭhitaṃ taṃ pavattesi. Then the chariot-maker rolled forth the wheel that had been finished in six days.
Taṃ pavattitaṃ samānaṃ yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati tāvatikaṃ gantvā ciṅgulāyitvā bhūmiyaṃ papati. It rolled as far as the original impetus took it, then wobbled and fell down.
Yaṃ pana taṃ cakkaṃ chahi māsehi niṭṭhitaṃ chārattūnehi taṃ pavattesi. Then he rolled forth the wheel that had been finished in six days less than six months.
Taṃ pavattitaṃ samānaṃ yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati tāvatikaṃ gantvā akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsi. It rolled as far as the original impetus took it, then stood still as if fixed to an axle.


‘Ko nu kho, samma rathakāra, hetu ko paccayo yamidaṃ cakkaṃ chahi divasehi niṭṭhitaṃ taṃ pavattitaṃ samānaṃ yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati tāvatikaṃ gantvā ciṅgulāyitvā bhūmiyaṃ papati? ‘But what is the cause, my good chariot-maker, what is the reason why the wheel that was finished in six days wobbled and fell,
Ko pana, samma rathakāra, hetu ko paccayo yamidaṃ cakkaṃ chahi māsehi niṭṭhitaṃ chārattūnehi taṃ pavattitaṃ samānaṃ yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati tāvatikaṃ gantvā akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsī’ti? while the one that was finished in six days less than six months stood still as if fixed to an axle?’
‘Yamidaṃ, deva, cakkaṃ chahi divasehi niṭṭhitaṃ tassa nemipi savaṅkā sadosā sakasāvā, arāpi savaṅkā sadosā sakasāvā, nābhipi savaṅkā sadosā sakasāvā. ‘The wheel that was finished in six days, Your Majesty, is crooked, flawed, and defective in rim, spoke, and hub.
Taṃ nemiyāpi savaṅkattā sadosattā sakasāvattā, arānampi savaṅkattā sadosattā sakasāvattā, nābhiyāpi savaṅkattā sadosattā sakasāvattā pavattitaṃ samānaṃ yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati tāvatikaṃ gantvā ciṅgulāyitvā bhūmiyaṃ papati. That’s why it wobbled and fell.
Yaṃ pana taṃ, deva, cakkaṃ chahi māsehi niṭṭhitaṃ chārattūnehi tassa nemipi avaṅkā adosā akasāvā, arāpi avaṅkā adosā akasāvā, nābhipi avaṅkā adosā akasāvā. The wheel that was finished in six days less than six months, Your Majesty, is not crooked, flawed, and defective in rim, spoke, and hub.
Taṃ nemiyāpi avaṅkattā adosattā akasāvattā, arānampi avaṅkattā adosattā akasāvattā, nābhiyāpi avaṅkattā adosattā akasāvattā pavattitaṃ samānaṃ yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati tāvatikaṃ gantvā akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsī’ti. That’s why it stood still as if fixed to an axle.’


Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa: Now, monks, you might think:
‘añño nūna tena samayena so rathakāro ahosī’ti. ‘Surely that chariot-maker must have been someone else at that time?’
Na kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. But you should not see it like that.
Ahaṃ tena samayena so rathakāro ahosiṃ. I myself was the chariot-maker at that time.
Tadāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kusalo dāruvaṅkānaṃ dārudosānaṃ dārukasāvānaṃ. Then I was an expert in the crooks, flaws, and defects of wood.
Etarahi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kusalo kāyavaṅkānaṃ kāyadosānaṃ kāyakasāvānaṃ, kusalo vacīvaṅkānaṃ vacīdosānaṃ vacīkasāvānaṃ, kusalo manovaṅkānaṃ manodosānaṃ manokasāvānaṃ. Now that I am a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, I am an expert in the crooks, flaws, and defects of actions by body, speech, and mind.
Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā kāyavaṅko appahīno kāyadoso kāyakasāvo, vacīvaṅko appahīno vacīdoso vacīkasāvo, manovaṅko appahīno manodoso manokasāvo, evaṃ papatitā te, bhikkhave, imasmā dhammavinayā, seyyathāpi taṃ cakkaṃ chahi divasehi niṭṭhitaṃ. Whatever monk or nun has not given up the crooks, flaws, and defects of body, speech, and mind has fallen from The Dharma and training, just like the wheel that was finished in six days.


Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā kāyavaṅko pahīno kāyadoso kāyakasāvo, vacīvaṅko pahīno vacīdoso vacīkasāvo, manovaṅko pahīno manodoso manokasāvo, evaṃ patiṭṭhitā te, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, seyyathāpi taṃ cakkaṃ chahi māsehi niṭṭhitaṃ chārattūnehi. Whatever monk or nun has given up the crooks, flaws, and defects of body, speech, and mind is established in The Dharma and training, just like the wheel that was finished in six days less than six months.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘kāyavaṅkaṃ pajahissāma kāyadosaṃ kāyakasāvaṃ, vacīvaṅkaṃ pajahissāma vacīdosaṃ vacīkasāvaṃ, manovaṅkaṃ pajahissāma manodosaṃ manokasāvan’ti. ‘We will give up the crooks, flaws, and defects of body, speech, and mind.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


+

AN 3.16 Apaṇṇaka: Guaranteed

(2025 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍)
    AN 3.16 - AN 3.16 Apaṇṇaka: Guaranteed
        AN 3.16.1 - (guard sense doors)
        AN 3.16.2 - (eats in moderation)
        AN 3.16.3 - (devotion to wakefulness)

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu “monks, when a monk has [these] three Dharmas
apaṇṇakapaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, their practice is guaranteed,
yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṃ khayāya. and they have laid the groundwork for ending the asinine-inclinations.


Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti. It’s when a monk guards the sense doors, eats in moderation, and is dedicated to wakefulness.


§16.1 – (guard sense doors)

pic for POJ
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? And how does a monk guard the sense doors?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu When


cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā the eye sees form,
na nimittaggāhī hoti he does not grab on to its (nimitta) sign,
nānubyañjanaggāhī. he does not grab on to its features.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ Because if he did not restrain the eye-faculty,
abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, avarice, distress, and evil unskillful Dharmas would invade his mind.
[Avarice and distress is a reference to the five hindrances 5niv⛅.]
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, Therefore the monk practices restraint.
rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, He protects the eye-faculty.
cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. He undertakes the restraint of the eye-faculty.


Sotena saddaṃ sutvā … When they hear a sound with their ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … When they smell an odor with their nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … When they taste a flavor with their tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … When they feel a touch with their body …


manasā dhammaṃ viññāya When the mind cognizes dharma [mind-objects],
na nimittaggāhī hoti he does not grab on to its (nimitta) sign,
nānubyañjanaggāhī, he does not grab on to its features.
yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ Because if he did not restrain the mind-faculty,
abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, avarice, distress, and evil unskillful Dharmas would invade his mind.
[Avarice and distress is a reference to the five hindrances 5niv⛅.]
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, Therefore the monk practices restraint.
rakkhati manindriyaṃ, He protects the mind-faculty.
manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. He undertakes the restraint of the mind-faculty.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti. That’s how a monk guards the sense doors.


§16.2 – (eats in moderation)

pic for POJ
Kathañ-ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu How does a monk
bhojane mattaññū hoti? eat in moderation?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Here a monk
paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti: reflects carefully on the food he feeds on: It’s
‘neva davāya 'not for amusement,
na madāya not for intoxication,
na maṇḍanāya not for beautification,
na vibhūsanāya, not for attractiveness.
yāva-deva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya He eats only for this body's maintenance and nourishment,
vihiṃs-ūparatiyā To avoid harm [from under eating],
brahmacariy-ānuggahāya, for assisting the holy life,
iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, to end old sensations [of hunger],
navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, To prevent new sensations [from overeating],
yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca to be healthy, blameless, and
Phāsu-vihāro cā’ti. live in comfort.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu This is how a monk
bhojane mattaññū hoti. eats in moderation.


+

§16.3 – (devotion to wakefulness)

pic for POJ
Kathañ-ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu And how is a monk
jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti? devoted to wakefulness?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Here, a monk

(sunrise to sunset, 6am to 6pm)

divasaṃ during the day time
caṅkamena nisajjāya does walking and sitting [meditation],
āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, purifying the mind of obstructive Dharmas.

(first watch of night, 6pm to 10pm)

rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ On the first watch of the night, he
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you attend improperly, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”
0 0

(middle watch of night, 10pm to 2am)

rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ On the middle watch of the night,
dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti he lies down on his right side in the lion posture,
pāde pādaṃ accādhāya with one foot over the other foot,
sato sampajāno remembering [and applying Dharma], lucidly-discerning,
uṭṭhāna-saññaṃ manasi karitvā, Focusing on the perception [of the time when he wants] to rise.

(last watch of night, 2am to 6am)

rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ On the last watch of the night,
Pacc-uṭṭhāya he rises and
Ayoniso, bhikkhave, manasi karoto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca kusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you attend improperly, unskillful Dharmas arise and skillful Dharmas decline.”
0 0
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu This is how a monk
jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti. is devoted to wakefulness.


Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu “Monks, when a monk has these three Dharmas
apaṇṇakapaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, their practice is guaranteed,
yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṃ khayāyā”ti. and they have laid the groundwork for ending the asinine-inclinations.


end of section [3.16 - AN 3.16 Apaṇṇaka: Guaranteed]

AN 3.17 Attabyābādha: Hurting Yourself

17. Attabyābādhasutta 17. Hurting Yourself
“Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā attabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, parabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti. “These three things, monks, lead to hurting yourself, hurting others, and hurting both.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyaduccaritaṃ, vacīduccaritaṃ, manoduccaritaṃ. Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā attabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, parabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti. These are three things that lead to hurting yourself, hurting others, and hurting both.


Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā nevattabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, na parabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti. These three things, monks, don’t lead to hurting yourself, hurting others, or hurting both.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyasucaritaṃ, vacīsucaritaṃ, manosucaritaṃ. Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā nevattabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, na parabyābādhāyapi saṃvattanti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṃvattantī”ti. These are three things that don’t lead to hurting yourself, hurting others, or hurting both.”


AN 3.18 Devaloka: The Realm of the Gods

18. Devalokasutta 18. The Realm of the Gods
“Sace vo, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ: “monks, if wanderers who follow another path were to ask you:
‘devalokūpapattiyā, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ vussathā’ti? ‘Reverend, do you live the spiritual life with the ascetic Gotama so that you can be reborn in the realm of the gods?’
Nanu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ puṭṭhā aṭṭīyeyyātha harāyeyyātha jiguccheyyāthā”ti? Being questioned like this, wouldn’t you be horrified, repelled, and disgusted?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”
“Iti kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dibbena āyunā aṭṭīyatha harāyatha jigucchatha, dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbenādhipateyyena aṭṭīyatha harāyatha jigucchatha; “So it seems that you are horrified, repelled, and disgusted by divine lifespan, beauty, happiness, fame, and power.
pageva kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhehi kāyaduccaritena aṭṭīyitabbaṃ harāyitabbaṃ jigucchitabbaṃ, vacīduccaritena … manoduccaritena aṭṭīyitabbaṃ harāyitabbaṃ jigucchitabban”ti. How much more then should you be horrified, embarrassed, and disgusted by bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.”


AN 3.19 Paṭhamapāpaṇika: A Shopkeeper (1st)

19. Paṭhamapāpaṇikasutta 19. A Shopkeeper (1st)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko abhabbo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. “monks, a shopkeeper who has three factors is unable to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a shopkeeper doesn’t carefully apply themselves to their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko abhabbo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. A shopkeeper who has these three factors is unable to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. In the same way, a monk who has three factors is unable to acquire more skillful Dharmas or to increase the skillful Dharmas they’ve already acquired.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a monk doesn’t carefully apply themselves to a meditation subject as a basis of undistractible-lucidity in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. A monk who has these three factors is unable to acquire more skillful Dharmas or to increase the skillful Dharmas they’ve already acquired.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko bhabbo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. A shopkeeper who has three factors is able to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sakkaccaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṃ … pe … sāyanhasamayaṃ sakkaccaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a shopkeeper carefully applies themselves to their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko bhabbo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. A shopkeeper who has these three factors is able to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. In the same way, a monk who has three factors is able to acquire more skillful Dharmas or to increase the skillful Dharmas they’ve already acquired.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṃ … pe … sāyanhasamayaṃ sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a monk carefully applies themselves to a meditation subject as a basis of undistractible-lucidity in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātun”ti. A monk who has these three factors is able to acquire more skillful Dharmas or to increase the skillful Dharmas they’ve already acquired.”


AN 3.20 Dutiyapāpaṇika: A Shopkeeper (2nd)

20. Dutiyapāpaṇikasutta 20. A Shopkeeper (2nd)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko nacirasseva mahattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti bhogesu. “monks, a shopkeeper who has three factors soon acquires great and abundant wealth.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko cakkhumā ca hoti vidhuro ca nissayasampanno ca. It’s when a shopkeeper sees clearly, is responsible, and has supporters.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko cakkhumā hoti? And how does a shopkeeper see clearly?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko paṇiyaṃ jānāti: It’s when a shopkeeper knows of a product:
‘idaṃ paṇiyaṃ evaṃ kītaṃ, evaṃ vikkayamānaṃ, ettakaṃ mūlaṃ bhavissati, ettako udayo’ti. ‘This product is bought at this price and is selling at this price. With this much investment, it’ll bring this much profit.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko cakkhumā hoti. That’s how a shopkeeper sees clearly.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko vidhuro hoti? And how is a shopkeeper responsible?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko kusalo hoti paṇiyaṃ ketuñca vikketuñca. It’s when a shopkeeper is an expert in buying and selling products.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko vidhuro hoti. That’s how a shopkeeper is responsible.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko nissayasampanno hoti? And how does a shopkeeper have supporters?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇikaṃ ye te gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā te evaṃ jānanti: It’s when rich, affluent, and wealthy householders or householder’s children know of him:
‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ pāpaṇiko cakkhumā vidhuro ca paṭibalo puttadārañca posetuṃ, amhākañca kālena kālaṃ anuppadātun’ti. ‘This good shopkeeper keeps an eye out and is responsible. They are capable of providing for their wives and children, and paying us back from time to time.’
Te naṃ bhogehi nipatanti: They deposit money with the shopkeeper, saying:
‘ito, samma pāpaṇika, bhoge karitvā puttadārañca posehi, amhākañca kālena kālaṃ anuppadehī’ti. ‘With this, friend shopkeeper, earn money to raise your wives and children, and pay us back from time to time.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko nissayasampanno hoti. That’s how a shopkeeper has supporters.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko nacirasseva mahattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti bhogesu. A shopkeeper who has these three factors soon acquires great and abundant wealth.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti kusalesu dhammesu. In the same way, a monk who has three factors soon acquires great and abundant qualities.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhumā ca hoti vidhuro ca nissayasampanno ca. It’s when a monk sees clearly, is responsible, and has supporters.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhumā hoti? And how does a monk see clearly?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when a monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhumā hoti. That’s how a monk sees clearly.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vidhuro hoti? And how is a monk responsible?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vidhuro hoti. That’s how a monk is responsible.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nissayasampanno hoti? And how does a monk have supporters?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati: It’s when from time to time a monk goes up to those monks who are very learned—knowledgeable in the scriptures, who have memorized the Dharmas, the Vinaya, and the outlines—and asks them questions:
‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ, imassa ko attho’ti? ‘Why, sir, does it say this? What does that mean?’
Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānīkaronti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. Those venerables clarify what is unclear, reveal what is obscure, and dispel doubt regarding the many doubtful matters.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nissayasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk has supporters.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti kusalesu dhammesū”ti. A monk who has these three factors soon acquires great and abundant qualities.


Rathakāravaggo dutiyo.
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito. The first recitation section is finished.


Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..2.. - AN 3 vagga 2 Rathakāra: The Chariot-maker]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 3 Puggala: Persons

3. Puggalavagga 3. Persons

AN 3.21 Samiddha: Samiddha

21. Samiddhasutta 21. Samiddha
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu. Then Venerable Samiddha and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ samiddhaṃ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and Venerable Sāriputta said to Venerable Samiddha:


“Tayome, āvuso samiddha, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Reverend Samiddha, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto. The direct witness, the one attained to view, and the one freed by earned-trust.
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three people found in the world.
Imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Of these three people, who do you believe to be the finest?”


“Tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto. The direct witness, the one attained to view, and the one freed by earned-trust.
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three people found in the world.
Imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ yvāyaṃ puggalo saddhāvimutto, ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Of these three people, I believe the person freed by earned-trust to be finest.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Imassa, āvuso, puggalassa saddhindriyaṃ adhimattan”ti. Because this person’s faculty of earned-trust is outstanding.”


Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ mahākoṭṭhikaṃ etadavoca: Then Sāriputta said to Mahākoṭṭhita:
“tayome, āvuso koṭṭhika, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Reverend Koṭṭhika, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto. The direct witness, the one attained to view, and the one freed by earned-trust.
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three people found in the world.
Imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Of these three people, who do you believe to be the finest?”


“Tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto. The direct witness, the one attained to view, and the one freed by earned-trust.
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three people found in the world.
Imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ yvāyaṃ puggalo kāyasakkhī, ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Of these three people, I believe the direct witness to be finest.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Imassa, āvuso, puggalassa samādhindriyaṃ adhimattan”ti. Because this person’s faculty of undistractible-lucidity is outstanding.”


Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca: Then Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta:
“tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto. The direct witness, the one attained to view, and the one freed by earned-trust.
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three people found in the world.
Imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Of these three people, who do you believe to be the finest?”


“Tayome, āvuso koṭṭhika, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Reverend Koṭṭhika, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto. The direct witness, the one attained to view, and the one freed by earned-trust.
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three people found in the world.
Imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ yvāyaṃ puggalo diṭṭhippatto, ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Of these three people, I believe the person attained to view to be finest.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Imassa, āvuso, puggalassa paññindriyaṃ adhimattan”ti. Because this person’s faculty of wisdom is outstanding.”


Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantañca samiddhaṃ āyasmantañca mahākoṭṭhikaṃ etadavoca: Then Sāriputta said to Samiddha and Mahākoṭṭhita:
“byākataṃ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. “Each of us has spoken from the heart.
Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocessāma. Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and tell him about this.
Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāressāmā”ti. As he answers, so we’ll remember it.”
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. “Yes, reverend,” they replied.
Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Then Sāriputta, Samiddha, and Mahākoṭṭhita went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto yāvatako ahosi āyasmatā ca samiddhena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi. Then Sāriputta told the Buddha of all they had discussed.


“Na khvettha, sāriputta, sukaraṃ ekaṃsena byākātuṃ: “In this matter, Sāriputta, it’s not easy to definitively declare that
‘ayaṃ imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’ti. one of these three people is finest.
Ṭhānañhetaṃ, sāriputta, vijjati yvāyaṃ puggalo saddhāvimutto svāssa arahattāya paṭipanno, yvāyaṃ puggalo kāyasakkhī svāssa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā, yo cāyaṃ puggalo diṭṭhippatto sopassa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā. In some cases, a person who is freed by earned-trust is practicing for perfection, while the direct witness and the one attained to view are once-returners or non-returners.


Na khvettha, sāriputta, sukaraṃ ekaṃsena byākātuṃ: In this matter, it’s not easy to definitively declare that
‘ayaṃ imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’ti. one of these three people is finest.
Ṭhānañhetaṃ, sāriputta, vijjati yvāyaṃ puggalo kāyasakkhī svāssa arahattāya paṭipanno, yvāyaṃ puggalo saddhāvimutto svāssa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā, yo cāyaṃ puggalo diṭṭhippatto sopassa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā. In some cases, a direct witness is practicing for perfection, while the one freed by earned-trust and the one attained to view are once-returners or non-returners.


Na khvettha, sāriputta, sukaraṃ ekaṃsena byākātuṃ: In this matter, it’s not easy to definitively declare that
‘ayaṃ imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’ti. one of these three people is finest.
Ṭhānañhetaṃ, sāriputta, vijjati yvāyaṃ puggalo diṭṭhippatto svāssa arahattāya paṭipanno, yvāyaṃ puggalo saddhāvimutto svāssa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā, yo cāyaṃ puggalo kāyasakkhī sopassa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā. In some cases, one attained to view is practicing for perfection, while the one freed by earned-trust and the direct witness are once-returners or non-returners.


Na khvettha, sāriputta, sukaraṃ ekaṃsena byākātuṃ: In this matter, it’s not easy to definitively declare that
‘ayaṃ imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’”ti. one of these three people is finest.”


end of section [3.21 - AN 3.21 Samiddha: Samiddha]

AN 3.22 Gilāna: Patients

22. Gilānasutta 22. Patients
“Tayome, bhikkhave, gilānā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three patients are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco gilāno labhanto vā sappāyāni bhojanāni alabhanto vā sappāyāni bhojanāni, labhanto vā sappāyāni bhesajjāni alabhanto vā sappāyāni bhesajjāni, labhanto vā patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ alabhanto vā patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ neva vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā. In some cases a patient won’t recover from an illness, regardless of whether or not they get suitable food and medicines, and a capable carer.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco gilāno labhanto vā sappāyāni bhojanāni alabhanto vā sappāyāni bhojanāni, labhanto vā sappāyāni bhesajjāni alabhanto vā sappāyāni bhesajjāni, labhanto vā patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ alabhanto vā patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā. In some cases a patient will recover from an illness, regardless of whether or not they get suitable food and medicines, and a capable carer.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco gilāno labhantova sappāyāni bhojanāni no alabhanto, labhantova sappāyāni bhesajjāni no alabhanto, labhantova patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ no alabhanto vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā. In some cases a patient can recover from an illness, but only if they get suitable food and medicines, and a capable carer, and not if they don’t get these things.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ gilāno labhantova sappāyāni bhojanāni no alabhanto, labhantova sappāyāni bhesajjāni no alabhanto, labhantova patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ no alabhanto vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā, imaṃ kho, bhikkhave, gilānaṃ paṭicca gilānabhattaṃ anuññātaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ anuññātaṃ gilānupaṭṭhāko anuññāto. Now, it’s for the sake of the last patient—who will recover only if they get suitable food and medicines, and a capable carer—that food, medicines, and a carer are prescribed.
Imañca pana, bhikkhave, gilānaṃ paṭicca aññepi gilānā upaṭṭhātabbā. But also, for the sake of this patient, the other patients should be looked after.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo gilānā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three kinds of patients found in the world.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tayome gilānūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. In the same way, these three people similar to patients are found among the monks.
Katame tayo? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo labhanto vā tathāgataṃ dassanāya alabhanto vā tathāgataṃ dassanāya, labhanto vā tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya alabhanto vā tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya neva okkamati niyāmaṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Some people don’t enter the sure path with regards to skillful Dharmas, regardless of whether or not they get to see a Realized One, and to hear The Dharma and training that he proclaims.


Idha, pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo labhanto vā tathāgataṃ dassanāya alabhanto vā tathāgataṃ dassanāya, labhanto vā tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya alabhanto vā tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya okkamati niyāmaṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Some people do enter the sure path with regards to skillful Dharmas, regardless of whether or not they get to see a Realized One, and to hear The Dharma and training that he proclaims.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo labhantova tathāgataṃ dassanāya no alabhanto, labhantova tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya no alabhanto okkamati niyāmaṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Some people can enter the sure path with regards to skillful Dharmas, but only if they get to see a Realized One, and to hear The Dharma and training that he proclaims, and not when they don’t get those things.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo labhantova tathāgataṃ dassanāya no alabhanto, labhantova tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ savanāya no alabhanto okkamati niyāmaṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ, imaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalaṃ paṭicca dhammadesanā anuññātā. Now, it’s for the sake of this last person that Dharma the Dhamma is prescribed, that is, the one who can enter the sure path with regards to skillful Dharmas, but only if they get to see a Realized One, and to hear The Dharma and training that he proclaims.
Imañca pana, bhikkhave, puggalaṃ paṭicca aññesampi dhammo desetabbo. But also, for the sake of this person, the other people should be taught Dhamma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo gilānūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the three people similar to patients found in the world.”


AN 3.23 Saṅkhāra: co-doings

23. Saṅkhārasutta 23. co-doings
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. Firstly, a certain person makes hurtful co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind.
So sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Having made these co-doings, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,
Tamenaṃ sabyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ sabyābajjhā phassā phusanti. where hurtful contacts touch them.
So sabyābajjhehi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno sabyābajjhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayati ekantadukkhaṃ, seyyathāpi sattā nerayikā. Touched by hurtful contacts, they experience hurtful feelings that are exclusively painful—like the beings in hell.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. Furthermore, another person makes pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind.
So abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Having made these co-doings, they are reborn in a pleasing world,
Tamenaṃ abyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ abyābajjhā phassā phusanti. where pleasing contacts touch them.
So abyābajjhehi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno abyābajjhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayati ekantasukhaṃ, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Touched by pleasing contacts, they experience pleasing feelings that are exclusively happy—like the gods replete with glory.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. Furthermore, another person makes both hurtful and pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind.
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṃ upapajjati. Having made these co-doings, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,
Tamenaṃ sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ sabyābajjhāpi abyābajjhāpi phassā phusanti. where hurtful and pleasing contacts touch them.
So sabyābajjhehipi abyābajjhehipi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vedanaṃ vedayati vokiṇṇasukhadukkhaṃ, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Touched by both hurtful and pleasing contacts, they experience both hurtful and pleasing feelings that are a mixture of pleasure and pain—like humans, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the three people found in the world.


AN 3.24 Bahukāra: Very Helpful

24. Bahukārasutta 24. Very Helpful
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā puggalassa bahukārā. monks, these three people are very helpful to another.
Katame tayo? What three?
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalaṃ āgamma puggalo buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti; The person who has enabled you to go for refuge to the Buddha, The Dharma, and the Saṅgha.
ayaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo imassa puggalassa bahukāro. This person is very helpful to another.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ puggalaṃ āgamma puggalo ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; Furthermore, the person who has enabled you to truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
ayaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo imassa puggalassa bahukāro. This person is very helpful to another.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ puggalaṃ āgamma puggalo āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; Furthermore, the person who has enabled you to realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with your own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
ayaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo imassa puggalassa bahukāro. This person is very helpful to another.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā puggalassa bahukārā. These are the three people who are very helpful to another person.


Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, tīhi puggalehi imassa puggalassa natthañño puggalo bahukāroti vadāmi. And I say that there is no-one more helpful to another than these three people.
Imesaṃ pana, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ iminā puggalena na suppatikāraṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammasāmīcikammacīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānuppadānenā”ti. And I also say that it’s not easy to repay these three people by bowing down to them, rising up for them, greeting them with joined palms, and observing proper etiquette for them; or by providing them with robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.”


AN 3.25 Vajirūpama: Like Diamond

25. Vajirūpamasutta 25. Like Diamond
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Arukūpamacitto puggalo, vijjūpamacitto puggalo, vajirūpamacitto puggalo. A person with a mind like an open sore, a person with a mind like lightning, and a person with a mind like diamond.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, arukūpamacitto puggalo? And who has a mind like an open sore?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo It’s someone who is irritable and bad-tempered.
appampi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Even when lightly criticized they lose their temper, becoming annoyed, hostile, and hard-hearted, and they display annoyance, hate, and bitterness.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, duṭṭhāruko kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭito bhiyyoso mattāya āsavaṃ deti; They’re like a festering sore, which, when you hit it with a stick or a stone, discharges even more.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo In the same way, someone is irritable and bad-tempered.
appampi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Even when lightly criticized they lose their temper, becoming annoyed, hostile, and hard-hearted, and they display annoyance, hate, and bitterness.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, arukūpamacitto puggalo. This is called a person with a mind like an open sore.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, vijjūpamacitto puggalo? And who has a mind like lightning?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s someone who truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, cakkhumā puriso rattandhakāratimisāyaṃ vijjantarikāya rūpāni passeyya; They’re like a person with ardent eyes in the dark of the night, who sees by a flash of lightning.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. In the same way, someone truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vijjūpamacitto puggalo. This is called a person with a mind like lightning.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, vajirūpamacitto puggalo? And who has a mind like diamond?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s someone who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, vajirassa natthi kiñci abhejjaṃ maṇi vā pāsāṇo vā; It’s like a diamond, which can’t be cut by anything at all, not even a gem or a stone.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo āsavānaṃ khayā … pe … upasampajja viharati. In the same way, someone realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. …
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vajirūpamacitto puggalo. This is called a person with a mind like diamond.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the three people found in the world.”


AN 3.26 Sevitabba: Associates

26. Sevitabbasutta 26. Associates
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. There is a person you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend.
Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. There is a person you should associate with, accompany, and attend.
Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. There is a person you should associate with, accompany, and attend with honor and respect.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo? Who is the person you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo hīno hoti sīlena samādhinā paññāya. It’s someone who is inferior in terms of ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo aññatra anuddayā aññatra anukampā. You shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend such a person, except out of kindness and compassion.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo? Who is the person you should associate with, accompany, and attend?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sadiso hoti sīlena samādhinā paññāya. It’s someone who is similar in terms of ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. You should associate with, accompany, and attend such a person.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Sīlasāmaññagatānaṃ sataṃ sīlakathā ca no bhavissati, sā ca no pavattinī bhavissati, sā ca no phāsu bhavissati. Thinking, ‘Since our ethical conduct is similar, we can discuss ethics, the conversation will flow, and we’ll both be at ease.
Samādhisāmaññagatānaṃ sataṃ samādhikathā ca no bhavissati, sā ca no pavattinī bhavissati, sā ca no phāsu bhavissati. Since our undistractible-lucidity is similar, we can discuss undistractible-lucidity, the conversation will flow, and we’ll both be at ease.
Paññāsāmaññagatānaṃ sataṃ paññākathā ca no bhavissati, sā ca no pavattinī bhavissati, sā ca no phāsu bhavissatīti. Since our wisdom is similar, we can discuss wisdom, the conversation will flow, and we’ll both be at ease.’
Tasmā evarūpo puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. That’s why you should associate with, accompany, and attend such a person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo? Who is the person you should associate with, accompany, and attend with honor and respect?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo adhiko hoti sīlena samādhinā paññāya. It’s someone who is superior in terms of ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. You should associate with, accompany, and attend such a person with honor and respect.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Iti aparipūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūressāmi, paripūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmi; Thinking, ‘I’ll fulfill the entire spectrum of ethical conduct I haven’t yet fulfilled, or support with wisdom in every situation the ethical conduct I’ve already fulfilled.
aparipūraṃ vā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūressāmi, paripūraṃ vā samādhikkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmi; I’ll fulfill the entire spectrum of undistractible-lucidity I haven’t yet fulfilled, or support with wisdom in every situation the undistractible-lucidity I’ve already fulfilled.
aparipūraṃ vā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūressāmi, paripūraṃ vā paññākkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmīti. I’ll fulfill the entire spectrum of wisdom I haven’t yet fulfilled, or support with wisdom in every situation the wisdom I’ve already fulfilled.’
Tasmā evarūpo puggalo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. That’s why you should associate with, accompany, and attend this person with honor and respect.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the three people found in the world.”


Nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, “A man who associates with an inferior goes downhill,
Na ca hāyetha kadāci tulyasevī; But associating with an equal, you’ll never decline;
Seṭṭhamupanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, Following the best, you’ll quickly rise up,
Tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā”ti. So you should keep company with people better than you.”


AN 3.27 Jigucchitabba: Offensive

27. Jigucchitabbasutta 27. Offensive
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo jigucchitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. There is a person who you should be disgusted by, and you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend them.
Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo ajjhupekkhitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. There is a person you should regard with equanimous-observation, and you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend them.
Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. There is a person you should associate with, accompany, and attend.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo jigucchitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo? Who is the person you should be disgusted by, and not associate with, accompany, or attend?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto, assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti avassuto kasambujāto. It’s a person who is unethical, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, corrupt, and depraved.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo jigucchitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. You should be disgusted by such a person, and you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend them.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati: Even if you don’t follow the example of such a person, you still get a bad reputation:
‘pāpamitto purisapuggalo pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko’ti. ‘That individual has bad friends, companions, and associates.’
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ahi gūthagato kiñcāpi na daṃsati, atha kho naṃ makkheti; They’re like a snake that’s been living in a pile of dung. Even if it doesn’t bite, it’ll still rub off on you.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kiñcāpi evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati: In the same way, even if you don’t follow the example of such a person, you still get a bad reputation:
‘pāpamitto purisapuggalo pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko’ti. ‘That individual has bad friends, companions, and associates.’
Tasmā evarūpo puggalo jigucchitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. That’s why you should be disgusted by such a person, and you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend them.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo ajjhupekkhitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo? Who is the person you should regard with equanimous-observation, and not associate with, accompany, or attend?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo, It’s a person who is irritable and bad-tempered.
appampi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Even when lightly criticized they lose their temper, becoming annoyed, hostile, and hard-hearted, and they display annoyance, hate, and bitterness.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, duṭṭhāruko kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭito bhiyyoso mattāya āsavaṃ deti; They’re like a festering sore, which, when you hit it with a stick or a stone, discharges even more.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave … pe … In the same way, someone is prone to anger … and bitterness.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, tindukālātaṃ kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭitaṃ bhiyyoso mattāya cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati; They’re like a firebrand of pale-moon ebony, which, when you hit it with a stick or a stone, sizzles and crackles even more.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave … pe … In the same way, someone is prone to anger … and bitterness.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gūthakūpo kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭito bhiyyoso mattāya duggandho hoti; They’re like a sewer, which, when you stir it with a stick or a stone, stinks even more.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo, In the same way, someone is irritable and bad-tempered.
appampi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Even when lightly criticized they lose their temper, becoming annoyed, hostile, and hard-hearted, and they display annoyance, hate, and bitterness.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo ajjhupekkhitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. You should regard such a person with equanimous-observation, and you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend them.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Akkoseyyapi maṃ paribhāseyyapi maṃ anatthampi maṃ kareyyāti. Thinking, ‘They might abuse or insult me, or do me harm.’
Tasmā evarūpo puggalo ajjhupekkhitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. That’s why you should regard such a person with equanimous-observation, and you shouldn’t associate with, accompany, or attend them.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo? Who is the person you should associate with, accompany, and attend?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo. It’s someone who is ethical, of good character.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. You should associate with, accompany, and attend such a person.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati: Even if you don’t follow the example of such a person, you still get a good reputation:
‘kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko’ti. ‘That individual has good friends, companions, and associates.’
Tasmā evarūpo puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo. That’s why you should associate with, accompany, and attend such a person.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the three people found in the world.”


Nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, “A man who associates with an inferior goes downhill,
Na ca hāyetha kadāci tulyasevī; But associating with an equal, you’ll never decline;
Seṭṭhamupanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, Following the best, you’ll quickly rise up,
Tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā”ti. So you should keep company with people better than you.”


AN 3.28 Gūthabhāṇī: Speech like Dung

28. Gūthabhāṇīsutta 28. Speech like Dung
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three kinds of people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Gūthabhāṇī, pupphabhāṇī, madhubhāṇī. One with speech like dung, one with speech like flowers, and one with speech like honey.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo gūthabhāṇī? And who has speech like dung?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho: ‘ehambho purisa, yaṃ jānāsi taṃ vadehī’ti. So ajānaṃ vā āha: ‘jānāmī’ti, jānaṃ vā āha: ‘na jānāmī’ti, apassaṃ vā āha: ‘passāmī’ti, passaṃ vā āha: ‘na passāmī’ti; iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti. It’s someone who is summoned to a council, an assembly, a family meeting, a guild, or to the royal court, and asked to bear witness: ‘Please, mister, say what you know.’ Not knowing, they say ‘I know.’ Knowing, they say ‘I don’t know.’ Not seeing, they say ‘I see.’ And seeing, they say ‘I don’t see.’ So they deliberately lie for the sake of themselves or another, or for some trivial worldly reason.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo gūthabhāṇī. This is called a person with speech like dung.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo pupphabhāṇī? And who has speech like flowers?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho: ‘ehambho purisa, yaṃ pajānāsi taṃ vadehī’ti, so ajānaṃ vā āha: ‘na jānāmī’ti, jānaṃ vā āha: ‘jānāmī’ti, apassaṃ vā āha: ‘na passāmī’ti, passaṃ vā āha: ‘passāmī’ti; iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā na sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti. It’s someone who is summoned to a council, an assembly, a family meeting, a guild, or to the royal court, and asked to bear witness: ‘Please, mister, say what you know.’ Not knowing, they say ‘I don’t know.’ Knowing, they say ‘I know.’ Not seeing, they say ‘I don’t see.’ And seeing, they say ‘I see.’ So they don’t deliberately lie for the sake of themselves or another, or for some trivial worldly reason.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo pupphabhāṇī. This is called a person with speech like flowers.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo madhubhāṇī? And who has speech like honey?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti; It’s someone who gives up harsh speech.
yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. They speak in a way that’s mellow, pleasing to the ear, lovely, going to the heart, polite, likable and agreeable to the people.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo madhubhāṇī. This is called a person with speech like honey.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the three people found in the world.”


AN 3.29 Andha: Blind

29. Andhasutta 29. Blind
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three kinds of people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Andho, ekacakkhu, dvicakkhu. The blind, the one-eyed, and the two-eyed.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo andho? Who is the blind person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tathārūpaṃ cakkhu na hoti yathārūpena cakkhunā anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigaccheyya adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kareyya; It’s someone who doesn’t have the kind of vision that’s needed to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired.
tathārūpampissa cakkhu na hoti yathārūpena cakkhunā kusalākusale dhamme jāneyya, sāvajjānavajje dhamme jāneyya, hīnappaṇīte dhamme jāneyya, kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme jāneyya. Nor do they have the kind of vision that’s needed to know the difference between qualities that are skillful and unskillful, blameworthy and blameless, inferior and superior, and those on the side of dark and bright.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo andho. This is called a blind person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo ekacakkhu? Who is the person with one eye?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tathārūpaṃ cakkhu hoti yathārūpena cakkhunā anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigaccheyya adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kareyya; It’s someone who has the kind of vision that’s needed to acquire more wealth and to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired.
tathārūpaṃ panassa cakkhu na hoti yathārūpena cakkhunā kusalākusale dhamme jāneyya, sāvajjānavajje dhamme jāneyya, hīnappaṇīte dhamme jāneyya, kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme jāneyya. But they don’t have the kind of vision that’s needed to know the difference between qualities that are skillful and unskillful, blameworthy and blameless, inferior and superior, and those on the side of dark and bright.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo ekacakkhu. This is called a one-eyed person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo dvicakkhu? Who is the person with two eyes?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tathārūpaṃ cakkhu hoti yathārūpena cakkhunā anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigaccheyya, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kareyya; It’s someone who has the kind of vision that’s needed to acquire more wealth and to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired.
tathārūpampissa cakkhu hoti yathārūpena cakkhunā kusalākusale dhamme jāneyya; And they have the kind of vision that’s needed to know the difference between skillful and unskillful, blameworthy and blameless, inferior and superior, or qualities on the side of dark and bright.
sāvajjānavajje dhamme jāneyya, hīnappaṇīte dhamme jāneyya, kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme jāneyya.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo dvicakkhu. This is called a two-eyed person.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the three people found in the world.”


Na ceva bhogā tathārūpā, “Neither suitable wealth,
na ca puññāni kubbati; nor merit do they make.
Ubhayattha kaliggāho, They lose on both counts,
andhassa hatacakkhuno. those blind, with ruined eyes.


Athāparāyaṃ akkhāto, And now the one-eyed
Ekacakkhu ca puggalo; person is explained.
Dhammādhammena saṭhoso, By methods good and bad,
Bhogāni pariyesati. that devious person seeks wealth.


Theyyena kūṭakammena, Both by fraudulent, thieving deeds,
musāvādena cūbhayaṃ; and also by lies,
Kusalo hoti saṅghātuṃ, the young man’s expert at piling up money,
kāmabhogī ca mānavo; and enjoying sensual pleasures.
Ito so nirayaṃ gantvā, From here they go to hell—
ekacakkhu vihaññati. the one-eyed person is ruined.


Dvicakkhu pana akkhāto, And now the two-eyed is explained,
seṭṭho purisapuggalo; the best individual.
Dhammaladdhehi bhogehi, Their wealth is properly earned,
uṭṭhānādhigataṃ dhanaṃ. money acquired by their own hard work.


Dadāti seṭṭhasaṅkappo, They give with best of intentions,
abyaggamānaso naro; that peaceful-hearted person.
Upeti bhaddakaṃ ṭhānaṃ, They go to a good place,
yattha gantvā na socati. where there is no sorrow.


Andhañca ekacakkhuñca, The blind and the one-eyed,
ārakā parivajjaye; you should avoid from afar.
Dvicakkhuṃ pana sevetha, But you should keep the two-eyed close,
seṭṭhaṃ purisapuggalan”ti. the best individual.”


AN 3.30 Avakujja: Upside-down

30. Avakujjasutta 30. Upside-down
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These three kinds of people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Avakujjapañño puggalo, ucchaṅgapañño puggalo, puthupañño puggalo. One with upside-down wisdom, one with wisdom on their lap, and one with wide wisdom.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, avakujjapañño puggalo? And who is the person with upside-down wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārāmaṃ gantā hoti abhikkhaṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhammassavanāya. It’s someone who often goes to the monastery to hear The Dharma in the presence of the monks.
Tassa bhikkhū dhammaṃ desenti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsenti. The monks teach them Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
So tasmiṃ āsane nisinno tassā kathāya neva ādiṃ manasi karoti, na majjhaṃ manasi karoti, na pariyosānaṃ manasi karoti; But even while sitting there, that person doesn’t pay attention to the beginning, middle, or end of the discussion.
vuṭṭhitopi tamhā āsanā tassā kathāya neva ādiṃ manasi karoti, na majjhaṃ manasi karoti, na pariyosānaṃ manasi karoti. And when they get up from their seat, they don’t pay attention to the beginning, middle, or end of the discussion.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbho nikujjo tatra udakaṃ āsittaṃ vivaṭṭati, no saṇṭhāti; It’s like when a pot full of water is tipped over, so the water drains out and doesn’t stay.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo ārāmaṃ gantā hoti abhikkhaṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhammassavanāya. In the same way, someone often goes to the monastery to hear The Dharma in the presence of the monks.
Tassa bhikkhū dhammaṃ desenti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsenti. The monks teach them Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
So tasmiṃ āsane nisinno tassā kathāya neva ādiṃ manasi karoti, na majjhaṃ manasi karoti, na pariyosānaṃ manasi karoti; But even while sitting there, that person doesn’t pay attention to the discussion in the beginning, middle, or end.
vuṭṭhitopi tamhā āsanā tassā kathāya neva ādiṃ manasi karoti, na majjhaṃ manasi karoti, na pariyosānaṃ manasi karoti. And when they get up from their seat, they don’t pay attention to the beginning, middle, or end of the discussion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, avakujjapañño puggalo. This is called a person with upside-down wisdom.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ucchaṅgapañño puggalo? And who is the person with wisdom on their lap?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārāmaṃ gantā hoti abhikkhaṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhammassavanāya. It’s someone who often goes to the monastery to hear The Dharma in the presence of the monks.
Tassa bhikkhū dhammaṃ desenti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsenti. The monks teach them Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
So tasmiṃ āsane nisinno tassā kathāya ādimpi manasi karoti, majjhampi manasi karoti, pariyosānampi manasi karoti; While sitting there, that person pays attention to the discussion in the beginning, middle, and end.
vuṭṭhito ca kho tamhā āsanā tassā kathāya neva ādiṃ manasi karoti, na majjhaṃ manasi karoti, na pariyosānaṃ manasi karoti. But when they get up from their seat, they don’t pay attention to the beginning, middle, or end of the discussion.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, purisassa ucchaṅge nānākhajjakāni ākiṇṇāni— It’s like a person who has different kinds of food crammed on their lap—
tilā taṇḍulā modakā badarā. such as sesame, rice, sweets, or jujube—
So tamhā āsanā vuṭṭhahanto satisammosā pakireyya. so that if they get up from the seat without remembering, everything gets scattered.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo ārāmaṃ gantā hoti abhikkhaṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhammassavanāya. In the same way, someone often goes to the monastery to hear The Dharma in the presence of the monks.
Tassa bhikkhū dhammaṃ desenti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsenti. The monks teach them Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
So tasmiṃ āsane nisinno tassā kathāya ādimpi manasi karoti, majjhampi manasi karoti, pariyosānampi manasi karoti; While sitting there, that person pays attention to the discussion in the beginning, middle, and end.
vuṭṭhito ca kho tamhā āsanā tassā kathāya neva ādiṃ manasi karoti, na majjhaṃ manasi karoti, na pariyosānaṃ manasi karoti. But when they get up from their seat, they don’t pay attention to the beginning, middle, or end of the discussion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ucchaṅgapañño puggalo. This is called a person with wisdom on their lap.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puthupañño puggalo? And who is the person with wide wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārāmaṃ gantā hoti abhikkhaṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhammassavanāya. It’s someone who often goes to the monastery to hear The Dharma in the presence of the monks.
Tassa bhikkhū dhammaṃ desenti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsenti. The monks teach them Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
So tasmiṃ āsane nisinno tassā kathāya ādimpi manasi karoti, majjhampi manasi karoti, pariyosānampi manasi karoti; While sitting there, that person pays attention to the discussion in the beginning, middle, and end.
vuṭṭhitopi tamhā āsanā tassā kathāya ādimpi manasi karoti, majjhampi manasi karoti, pariyosānampi manasi karoti. And when they get up from their seat, they continue to pay attention to the beginning, middle, or end of the discussion.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbho ukkujjo tatra udakaṃ āsittaṃ saṇṭhāti no vivaṭṭati; It’s like when a pot full of water is set straight, so the water stays and doesn’t drain out.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo ārāmaṃ gantā hoti abhikkhaṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhammassavanāya. In the same way, someone often goes to the monastery to hear The Dharma in the presence of the monks.
Tassa bhikkhū dhammaṃ desenti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsenti. The monks teach them Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
So tasmiṃ āsane nisinno tassā kathāya ādimpi manasi karoti, majjhampi manasi karoti, pariyosānampi manasi karoti; While sitting there, that person pays attention to the discussion in the beginning, middle, and end.
vuṭṭhitopi tamhā āsanā tassā kathāya ādimpi manasi karoti, majjhampi manasi karoti, pariyosānampi manasi karoti. And when they get up from their seat, they continue to pay attention to the beginning, middle, or end of the discussion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puthupañño puggalo. This is called a person with wide wisdom.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the three kinds of people found in the world.”


Avakujjapañño puriso, “A person with upside-down wisdom,
dummedho avicakkhaṇo; is stupid and inattentive,
Abhikkhaṇampi ce hoti, and even if they frequently
gantā bhikkhūna santike. go into the monks’ presence,


Ādiṃ kathāya majjhañca, such a person can’t learn
pariyosānañca tādiso; the beginning, middle, or end
Uggahetuṃ na sakkoti, of the discussion,
paññā hissa na vijjati. for their wisdom is lacking.


Ucchaṅgapañño puriso, The person with wisdom on their lap
seyyo etena vuccati; is better than that, it’s said;
Abhikkhaṇampi ce hoti, but even if they frequently
gantā bhikkhūna santike. go into the monks’ presence,


Ādiṃ kathāya majjhañca, such a person can only learn
pariyosānañca tādiso; the beginning, middle, and end
Nisinno āsane tasmiṃ, while sitting in that place;
uggahetvāna byañjanaṃ; but they’ve only grasped the phrasing,
Vuṭṭhito nappajānāti, for when they get up their understanding fails,
gahitaṃ hissa mussati. and what they’ve learned is lost.


Puthupañño ca puriso, The person with wide wisdom
seyyo etehi vuccati; is better than that, it’s said;
Abhikkhaṇampi ce hoti, and if they, too, frequently
gantā bhikkhūna santike. go into the monks’ presence,


Ādiṃ kathāya majjhañca, such a person can learn
pariyosānañca tādiso; the beginning, middle, and end
Nisinno āsane tasmiṃ, while sitting in that place;
uggahetvāna byañjanaṃ. and when they’ve grasped the phrasing,


Dhāreti seṭṭhasaṅkappo, they remember it with the best of intentions.
Abyaggamānaso naro; That peaceful-hearted person,
Dhammānudhammappaṭipanno, practicing in line with The Dharma,
Dukkhassantakaro siyā”ti. would make an end of suffering.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..3.. - AN 3 vagga 3 Puggala: Persons]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 4 Devadūta: Messengers of the Gods

4. Devadūtavagga 4. Messengers of the Gods

AN 3.31 Sabrahmaka: With Brahmā

31. Sabrahmakasutta 31. With Brahmā
“Sabrahmakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. “monks, a family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with Brahmā.
Sapubbācariyakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the first teachers.
Sāhuneyyāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with those worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods.
‘Brahmā’ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Brahmā’ is a term for your parents.
‘Pubbācariyā’ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘First teachers’ is a term for your parents.
‘Āhuneyyā’ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods’ is a term for your parents.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro puttānaṃ, āpādakā posakā, imassa lokassa dassetāroti. Parents are very helpful to their children, they raise them, nurture them, and show them the world.”


Brahmāti mātāpitaro, “Parents are Brahmā,
pubbācariyāti vuccare; and ‘first teachers’, it’s said.
Āhuneyyā ca puttānaṃ, They’re worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods from their children,
pajāya anukampakā. for they love their offspring.


Tasmā hi ne namasseyya, Therefore an astute person
sakkareyya ca paṇḍito; would revere them and honor them
Annena atha pānena, with food and drink,
vatthena sayanena ca; clothes and bedding,
Ucchādanena nhāpanena, anointing and bathing,
pādānaṃ dhovanena ca. and by washing their feet.


Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, Because they look after
mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; their parents like this,
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, in this life they’re praised by the astute,
pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. and they depart to rejoice in heaven.”


AN 3.32 Ānanda: With Ānanda

32. Ānandasutta 32. With Ānanda
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:


“Siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; “Could it be, sir, that a monk might gain a state of undistractible-lucidity such that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli;
yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti? and that they’d live having attained the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more?”
“Siyā, ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; “It could be, Ānanda, that a monk gains a state of undistractible-lucidity such that they have no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli;
yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti. and that they’d live having attained the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more.”


“Yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; “But how could this be, sir?”
yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti?


“Idhānanda, bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: “Ānanda, it’s when a monk thinks:
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. ‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvana.’
Evaṃ kho, ānanda, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; That’s how, Ānanda, a monk might gain a state of undistractible-lucidity such that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli;
yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyāti. and that they’d live having achieved the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more.


Idañca pana metaṃ, ānanda, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane puṇṇakapañhe: And Ānanda, this is what I was referring to in ‘The Way to the Beyond’, in ‘The Questions of Puṇṇaka’ when I said:


‘Saṅkhāya lokasmiṃ paroparāni, ‘Having considered the world high and low,
Yassiñjitaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke; they’re not shaken by anything in the world.
Santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, Peaceful, unclouded, untroubled, with no need for hope—
Atāri so jātijaranti brūmī’”ti. they’ve crossed over birth and old age, I declare.’”


AN 3.33 Sāriputta: With Sāriputta

33. Sāriputtasutta 33. With Sāriputta
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“saṅkhittenapi kho ahaṃ, sāriputta, dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ; “Maybe I’ll teach Dhamma in brief,
vitthārenapi kho ahaṃ, sāriputta, dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ; maybe in detail,
saṅkhittavitthārenapi kho ahaṃ, sāriputta, dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ; maybe both in brief and in detail.
aññātāro ca dullabhā”ti. But it’s hard to find anyone who understands.”
“Etassa, bhagavā, kālo, etassa, sugata, kālo “Now is the time, Blessed One! Now is the time, Holy One!
yaṃ bhagavā saṅkhittenapi dhammaṃ deseyya, vitthārenapi dhammaṃ deseyya, saṅkhittavitthārenapi dhammaṃ deseyya. Let the Buddha teach Dhamma in brief, in detail, and both in brief and in detail.
Bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. There will be those who understand The Dharma!”


“Tasmātiha, sāriputta, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: “So, Sāriputta, you should train like this:
‘imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na bhavissanti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na bhavissanti, yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharissāmā’ti. ‘There’ll be no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli; and we’ll live having achieved the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more.’
Evañhi kho, sāriputta, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.


Yato ca kho, sāriputta, bhikkhuno imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati; When a monk has no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli; and they live having attained the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more—
ayaṃ vuccati, sāriputta: they’re called
‘bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṃ, vivattayi saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa’. a monk who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering.
Idañca pana metaṃ, sāriputta, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane udayapañhe: And Sāriputta, this is what I was referring to in ‘The Way to the Beyond’, in ‘The Questions of Udaya’ when I said:


‘Pahānaṃ kāmasaññānaṃ, ‘The abandoning of both
domanassāna cūbhayaṃ; sensual perceptions and aversion;
Thinassa ca panūdanaṃ, the dispelling of dullness,
kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇaṃ. and the cessation of remorse.


Upekkhāsatisaṃsuddhaṃ, Pure equanimous-observation and remembering,
dhammatakkapurejavaṃ; preceded by investigation of dharma—
Aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūmi, This, I declare, is liberation by enlightenment,
avijjāya pabhedanan’”ti. with the smashing of ignorance.’”


AN 3.34 Nidāna: Sources

34. Nidānasutta 34. Sources
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. “monks, there are these three sources that give rise to deeds.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Lobho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, doso nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, moho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya. Greed, hate, and delusion are sources that give rise to deeds.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, lobhapakataṃ kammaṃ lobhajaṃ lobhanidānaṃ lobhasamudayaṃ, yatthassa attabhāvo nibbattati tattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati. Any deed that emerges from greed—born, sourced, and originated from greed—ripens where that new life-form is born.
Yattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, dosapakataṃ kammaṃ dosajaṃ dosanidānaṃ dosasamudayaṃ, yatthassa attabhāvo nibbattati tattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati. Any deed that emerges from hate—born, sourced, and originated from hate—ripens where that new life-form is born.
Yattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mohapakataṃ kammaṃ mohajaṃ mohanidānaṃ mohasamudayaṃ, yatthassa attabhāvo nibbattati tattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati. Any deed that emerges from delusion—born, sourced, and originated from delusion—ripens where that new life-form is born.
Yattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, bījāni akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni sukhette suparikammakatāya bhūmiyā nikkhittāni. Suppose some seeds were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. They’re sown in a well-prepared, productive field,
Devo ca sammādhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. and the heavens provide plenty of rain.
Evassu tāni, bhikkhave, bījāni vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ. Then those seeds would grow, increase, and mature.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ lobhapakataṃ kammaṃ lobhajaṃ lobhanidānaṃ lobhasamudayaṃ, yatthassa attabhāvo nibbattati tattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati. In the same way, any deed that emerges from greed—born, sourced, and originated from greed—ripens where that new life-form is born.
Yattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period.


Yaṃ dosapakataṃ kammaṃ … pe … Any deed that emerges from hate …
yaṃ mohapakataṃ kammaṃ mohajaṃ mohanidānaṃ mohasamudayaṃ, yatthassa attabhāvo nibbattati tattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati. Any deed that emerges from delusion—born, sourced, and originated from delusion—ripens where that new life-form is born.
Yattha taṃ kammaṃ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.


Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. monks, there are these three sources that give rise to deeds.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Alobho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, adoso nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, amoho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya. Contentment, love, and understanding are sources that give rise to deeds.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, alobhapakataṃ kammaṃ alobhajaṃ alobhanidānaṃ alobhasamudayaṃ, lobhe vigate evaṃ taṃ kammaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṅkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ. Any deed that emerges from contentment—born, sourced, and originated from contentment—is given up when greed is done away with. It’s cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, adosapakataṃ kammaṃ adosajaṃ adosanidānaṃ adosasamudayaṃ, dose vigate evaṃ taṃ kammaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṅkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ. Any deed that emerges from love—born, sourced, and originated from love—is abandoned when hate is done away with. It’s cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, amohapakataṃ kammaṃ amohajaṃ amohanidānaṃ amohasamudayaṃ, mohe vigate evaṃ taṃ kammaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṅkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ. Any deed that emerges from understanding—born, sourced, and originated from understanding—is abandoned when delusion is done away with. It’s cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, bījāni akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni. Suppose some seeds were intact, unspoiled, not damaged by wind and sun, fertile, and well-kept.
Tāni puriso agginā ḍaheyya. But someone would burn them with fire,
Agginā ḍahitvā masiṃ kareyya. reduce them to ashes,
Masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. and sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream.
Evassu tāni, bhikkhave, bījāni ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṃkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni. Then those seeds would be cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ alobhapakataṃ kammaṃ alobhajaṃ alobhanidānaṃ alobhasamudayaṃ, lobhe vigate evaṃ taṃ kammaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṃkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ. In the same way, any deed that emerges from contentment—born, sourced, and originated from contentment—is abandoned when greed is done away with. It’s cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.


Yaṃ adosapakataṃ kammaṃ … pe … Any deed that emerges from love …
yaṃ amohapakataṃ kammaṃ amohajaṃ amohanidānaṃ amohasamudayaṃ, mohe vigate evaṃ taṃ kammaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti … pe … Any deed that emerges from understanding—born, sourced, and originated from understanding—is abandoned when delusion is done away with.
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ. It’s cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāyāti. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.”


Lobhajaṃ dosajañceva, “When an ignorant person acts
mohajañcāpaviddasu; out of greed, hate, or delusion,
Yaṃ tena pakataṃ kammaṃ, any deeds they have performed,
appaṃ vā yadi vā bahuṃ; —whether a little or a lot—
Idheva taṃ vedaniyaṃ, are to be experienced right here,
vatthu aññaṃ na vijjati. not in any other place.


Tasmā lobhañca dosañca, So a wise person,
mohajañcāpi viddasu; a monk arousing knowledge
Vijjaṃ uppādayaṃ bhikkhu, of the outcome of greed, hate, and delusion,
sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti. abandons all bad destinations.”


AN 3.35 Hatthaka: With Hatthaka

35. Hatthakasutta 35. With Hatthaka
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati gomagge siṃsapāvane paṇṇasanthare. At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, on a mat of leaves by a cow-path in a grove of Indian Rosewood.
Atha kho hatthako āḷavako jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno addasa bhagavantaṃ gomagge siṃsapāvane paṇṇasanthare nisinnaṃ. Then as Hatthaka of Āḷavī was going for a walk he saw the Buddha sitting on that mat of leaves.
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho hatthako āḷavako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
“kacci, bhante bhagavā, sukhamasayitthā”ti? “Sir, I trust the Buddha slept well?”
“Evaṃ, kumāra, sukhamasayitthaṃ. “Yes, prince, I slept well.
Ye ca pana loke sukhaṃ senti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro”ti. I am one of those who sleep well in the world.”


“Sītā, bhante, hemantikā ratti, antaraṭṭhako himapātasamayo, kharā gokaṇṭakahatā bhūmi, tanuko paṇṇasantharo, viraḷāni rukkhassa pattāni, sītāni kāsāyāni vatthāni, sīto ca verambho vāto vāyati. “The winter nights are cold, sir, and it’s the week of mid-winter, when the snow falls. Rough is the ground trampled under the cows’ hooves, and thin is the mat of leaves. The leaves are sparse on the trees, the ocher robes are cold, and cold blows the north wind.
Atha ca pana bhagavā evamāha: And yet the Buddha says:
‘evaṃ, kumāra, sukhamasayitthaṃ. ‘Yes, prince, I slept well.
Ye ca pana loke sukhaṃ senti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro’”ti. I am one of those who sleep well in the world.’”


“Tena hi, kumāra, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi. Yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. “Well then, prince, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like.
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, kumāra, idhassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā kūṭāgāraṃ ullittāvalittaṃ nivātaṃ phusitaggaḷaṃ pihitavātapānaṃ. What do you think? Take the case of a householder or his son, who lives in a bungalow, plastered inside and out, draft-free, with latches fastened and windows shuttered.
Tatrassa pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhato lohitakūpadhāno; His couch is spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide. It has a canopy above and red pillows at both ends.
telappadīpo cettha jhāyeyya; An oil lamp is burning there,
catasso ca pajāpatiyo manāpāmanāpena paccupaṭṭhitā assu. while his four wives attend to him in all manner of pleasing ways.
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, kumāra, sukhaṃ vā so sayeyya no vā? What do you think, prince, would he sleep well, or not?
Kathaṃ vā te ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”
“Sukhaṃ so, bhante, sayeyya. “He would sleep well, sir.
Ye ca pana loke sukhaṃ senti, so tesaṃ aññataro”ti. Of those who sleep well in the world, he would be one.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, kumāra, “What do you think, prince?
api nu tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā uppajjeyyuṃ rāgajā pariḷāhā kāyikā vā cetasikā vā yehi so rāgajehi pariḷāhehi pariḍayhamāno dukkhaṃ sayeyyā”ti? Is it not possible that a fever born of greed—physical or mental—might arise in that householder or householder’s son, burning him so he sleeps badly?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti. “Yes, sir.”


“Yehi kho so, kumāra, gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā rāgajehi pariḷāhehi pariḍayhamāno dukkhaṃ sayeyya, so rāgo tathāgatassa pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. “The greed that burns that householder or householder’s son, making them sleep badly, has been cut off at the root by the Realized One, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.
Tasmāhaṃ sukhamasayitthaṃ. That’s why I sleep well.


Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, kumāra, What do you think, prince?
api nu tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā uppajjeyyuṃ dosajā pariḷāhā … pe … Is it not possible that a fever born of hate …
mohajā pariḷāhā kāyikā vā cetasikā vā yehi so mohajehi pariḷāhehi pariḍayhamāno dukkhaṃ sayeyyā”ti? or a fever born of delusion—physical or mental—might arise in that householder or householder’s son, burning him so he sleeps badly?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti. “Yes, sir.”


“Ye hi kho so, kumāra, gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā mohajehi pariḷāhehi pariḍayhamāno dukkhaṃ sayeyya, so moho tathāgatassa pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. “The delusion that burns that householder or householder’s son, making them sleep badly, has been cut off at the root by the Realized One, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.
Tasmāhaṃ sukhamasayitthanti. That’s why I sleep well.”


Sabbadā ve sukhaṃ seti, “A brahmin who is fully nirvana'd
brāhmaṇo parinibbuto; always sleeps well.
Yo na limpati kāmesu, Sensual pleasures slide off them,
sītibhūto nirūpadhi. they’re cooled, free of attachments.


Sabbā āsattiyo chetvā, Since they’ve cut off all clinging,
vineyya hadaye daraṃ; and removed the stress from the heart,
Upasanto sukhaṃ seti, the peaceful sleep well,
santiṃ pappuyya cetaso”ti. abiding in peace of mind.”


AN 3.36 Devadūta: Messengers of the Gods

36. Devadūtasutta 36. Messengers of the Gods
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, devadūtāni. “There are, monks, these three messengers of the gods.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati. Firstly, someone does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
So kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā nānābāhāsu gahetvā yamassa rañño dassenti: Then the wardens of hell take them by the arms and present them to King Yama, saying:
‘ayaṃ, deva, puriso amatteyyo apetteyyo asāmañño abrahmañño, na kule jeṭṭhāpacāyī. ‘Your Majesty, this person did not pay due respect to their mother and father, ascetics and brahmins, or honor the elders in the family.
Imassa devo daṇḍaṃ paṇetū’ti. May Your Majesty punish them!’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā paṭhamaṃ devadūtaṃ samanuyuñjati samanugāhati samanubhāsati: Then King Yama pursues, presses, and grills them about the first messenger of the gods.
‘ambho, purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu paṭhamaṃ devadūtaṃ pātubhūtan’ti? ‘Mister, did you not see the first messenger of the gods that appeared among human beings?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘nāddasaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I saw nothing, sir.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā āsītikaṃ vā nāvutikaṃ vā vassasatikaṃ vā jātiyā jiṇṇaṃ gopānasivaṅkaṃ bhoggaṃ daṇḍaparāyaṇaṃ pavedhamānaṃ gacchantaṃ āturaṃ gatayobbanaṃ khaṇḍadantaṃ palitakesaṃ vilūnaṃ khallitasiraṃ valitaṃ tilakāhatagattan’ti? ‘Mister, did you not see among human beings an elderly woman or a man—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as they walk, ailing, past their prime, with teeth broken, hair grey and scanty or bald, skin wrinkled, and limbs blotchy?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘addasaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I saw that, sir.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho, purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— ‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature—
ahampi khomhi jarādhammo jaraṃ anatīto, handāhaṃ kalyāṇaṃ karomi, kāyena vācāya manasā’ti? “I, too, am liable to grow old. I’m not exempt from old age. I’d better do good by way of body, speech, and mind”?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘nāsakkhissaṃ, bhante. Pamādassaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I couldn’t, sir. I was negligent.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho, purisa, pamādatāya na kalyāṇamakāsi kāyena vācāya manasā. ‘Mister, because you were negligent, you didn’t do good by way of body, speech, and mind.
Taggha tvaṃ, ambho purisa, tathā karissanti yathā taṃ pamattaṃ. Indeed, they’ll definitely punish you to fit your negligence.
Taṃ kho pana te etaṃ pāpakammaṃ neva mātarā kataṃ, na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ, na devatāhi kataṃ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ; That bad deed wasn’t done by your mother, father, brother, or sister. It wasn’t done by friends and colleagues, by relatives and kin, by the deities, or by ascetics and brahmins.
atha kho tayāvetaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ, tvaññevetassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedissasī’ti. (1) That bad deed was done by you alone, and you alone will experience the result.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā paṭhamaṃ devadūtaṃ samanuyuñjitvā samanugāhitvā samanubhāsitvā, dutiyaṃ devadūtaṃ samanuyuñjati samanugāhati samanubhāsati: Then King Yama grills them about the second messenger of the gods.
‘ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu dutiyaṃ devadūtaṃ pātubhūtan’ti? ‘Mister, did you not see the second messenger of the gods that appeared among human beings?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘nāddasaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I saw nothing, sir.’
Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷhagilānaṃ, sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ, aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ, aññehi saṃvesiyamānan’ti? ‘Mister, did you not see among human beings a woman or a man, sick, suffering, gravely ill, collapsed in their own urine and feces, being picked up by some and put down by others?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘addasaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I saw that, sir.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi: ‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature—
“ahampi khomhi byādhidhammo byādhiṃ anatīto, handāhaṃ kalyāṇaṃ karomi kāyena vācāya manasā”’ti? “I, too, am liable to become sick. I’m not exempt from sickness. I’d better do good by way of body, speech, and mind”?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘nāsakkhissaṃ, bhante. Pamādassaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I couldn’t, sir. I was negligent.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho purisa, pamādatāya na kalyāṇamakāsi kāyena vācāya manasā. ‘Mister, because you were negligent, you didn’t do good by way of body, speech, and mind.
Taggha tvaṃ, ambho purisa, tathā karissanti yathā taṃ pamattaṃ. Well, they’ll definitely punish you to fit your negligence.
Taṃ kho pana te etaṃ pāpakammaṃ neva mātarā kataṃ, na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ, na devatāhi kataṃ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ; That bad deed wasn’t done by your mother, father, brother, or sister. It wasn’t done by friends and colleagues, by relatives and kin, by the deities, or by ascetics and brahmins.
atha kho tayāvetaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ. Tvaññevetassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedissasī’ti. (2) That bad deed was done by you alone, and you alone will experience the result.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā dutiyaṃ devadūtaṃ samanuyuñjitvā samanugāhitvā samanubhāsitvā, tatiyaṃ devadūtaṃ samanuyuñjati samanugāhati samanubhāsati: Then King Yama grills them about the third messenger of the gods.
‘ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu tatiyaṃ devadūtaṃ pātubhūtan’ti? ‘Mister, did you not see the third messenger of the gods that appeared among human beings?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘nāddasaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I saw nothing, sir.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ekāhamataṃ vā dvīhamataṃ vā tīhamataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakajātan’ti? ‘Mister, did you not see among human beings a woman or a man, dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘addasaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I saw that, sir.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— ‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature—
ahampi khomhi maraṇadhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto, handāhaṃ kalyāṇaṃ karomi kāyena vācāya manasā’ti? “I, too, am liable to die. I’m not exempt from death. I’d better do good by way of body, speech, and mind”?’
So evamāha: They say:
‘nāsakkhissaṃ, bhante. Pamādassaṃ, bhante’ti. ‘I couldn’t, sir. I was negligent.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā evamāha: Then King Yama says:
‘ambho purisa, pamādatāya na kalyāṇamakāsi kāyena vācāya manasā. ‘Mister, because you were negligent, you didn’t do good by way of body, speech, and mind.
Taggha tvaṃ, ambho purisa, tathā karissanti yathā taṃ pamattaṃ. Well, they’ll definitely punish you to fit your negligence.
Taṃ kho pana te etaṃ pāpakammaṃ neva mātarā kataṃ, na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ, na devatāhi kataṃ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ; That bad deed wasn’t done by your mother, father, brother, or sister. It wasn’t done by friends and colleagues, by relatives and kin, by the deities, or by ascetics and brahmins.
atha kho tayāvetaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ. Tvaññevetassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedissasī’”ti. (3) That bad deed was done by you alone, and you alone will experience the result.’


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, yamo rājā tatiyaṃ devadūtaṃ samanuyuñjitvā samanugāhitvā samanubhāsitvā tuṇhī hoti. Then, after grilling them about the third messenger of the gods, King Yama falls silent.
Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā pañcavidhabandhanaṃ nāma kāraṇaṃ karonti. Then the wardens of hell punish them with the five-fold crucifixion.
Tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ hatthe gamenti. Tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ dutiyasmiṃ hatthe gamenti. Tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ pāde gamenti. Tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ dutiyasmiṃ pāde gamenti. Tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ majjhe urasmiṃ gamenti. They drive red-hot stakes through the hands and feet, and another in the middle of the chest.
So tattha dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vediyati, na ca tāva kālaṃ karoti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti. And there they feel painful, intense, severe, acute feelings—but they don’t die until that bad deed is eliminated.


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā saṃvesetvā kudhārīhi tacchanti. Then the wardens of hell thrown them down and hack them with axes. …
So tattha dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vediyati, na ca tāva kālaṃ karoti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti.


Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṃ adhosiraṃ gahetvā vāsīhi tacchanti … pe … They hang them upside-down and hack them with hatchets. …
tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya bhūmiyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi … pe … They harness them to a chariot, and drive them back and forth across burning ground, blazing and glowing. …
tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā mahantaṃ aṅgārapabbataṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āropentipi oropentipi … pe … They make him climb up and down a huge mountain of burning coals, blazing and glowing. …
tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṃ adhosiraṃ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipanti, ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya. () Then the wardens of hell turn them upside down and throw them in a red-hot copper pot, burning, blazing, and glowing.
So tattha pheṇuddehakaṃ paccamāno sakimpi uddhaṃ gacchati, sakimpi adho gacchati, sakimpi tiriyaṃ gacchati. There they’re seared in boiling scum, and they’re swept up and down and round and round.
So tattha dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vediyati, na ca tāva kālaṃ karoti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti. And there they feel painful, intense, severe, acute feelings—but they don’t die until that bad deed is eliminated.
Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā mahāniraye pakkhipanti. Then the wardens of hell toss them into the Great Hell.
So kho pana, bhikkhave, mahānirayo— Now, about that Great Hell:


Catukkaṇṇo catudvāro, ‘Four are its corners, four its doors,
vibhatto bhāgaso mito; divided into measured parts.
Ayopākārapariyanto, Surrounded by an iron wall,
ayasā paṭikujjito. of iron is its roof.


Tassa ayomayā bhūmi, The ground is even made of iron,
Jalitā tejasā yutā; it burns with fierce fire.
Samantā yojanasataṃ, The heat forever radiates
Pharitvā tiṭṭhati sabbadāti. a hundred leagues around.’


Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, yamassa rañño etadahosi: Once upon a time, King Yama thought:
‘ye kira, bho, loke pāpakāni kammāni karonti te evarūpā vividhā kammakāraṇā karīyanti. ‘Those who do such bad deeds in the world receive these many different punishments.
Aho vatāhaṃ manussattaṃ labheyyaṃ, tathāgato ca loke uppajjeyya arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, tañcāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyyaṃ. Oh, I hope I may be reborn as a human being! And that a Realized One—a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha—arises in the world! And that I may pay homage to the Buddha!
So ca me bhagavā dhammaṃ deseyya, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ ājāneyyan’ti. Then the Buddha can teach me Dhamma, so that I may understand his teaching.’
Taṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, na aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sutvā evaṃ vadāmi, api ca kho, bhikkhave, yadeva me sāmaṃ ñātaṃ sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sāmaṃ viditaṃ tadevāhaṃ vadāmīti. Now, I don’t say this because I’ve heard it from some other ascetic or brahmin. I only say it because I’ve known, seen, and realized it for myself.”


Coditā devadūtehi, “Those people who are negligent,
ye pamajjanti māṇavā; when warned by the gods’ messengers:
Te dīgharattaṃ socanti, a long time they sorrow,
hīnakāyūpagā narā. when they go to that wretched place.


Ye ca kho devadūtehi, But those good and peaceful people,
santo sappurisā idha; when warned by the god’s messengers,
Coditā nappamajjanti, never neglect
ariyadhamme kudācanaṃ. The Dharma of the noble ones.


Upādāne bhayaṃ disvā, Seeing the peril in grasping,
jātimaraṇasambhave; the origin of birth and death,
Anupādā vimuccanti, they’re freed by not grasping,
jātimaraṇasaṅkhaye. with the ending of birth and death.


Te appamattā sukhino, Happy, they’ve come to a safe place,
diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā; nirvana'd in this very life.
Sabbaverabhayātītā, They’ve gone beyond all threats and perils,
sabbadukkhaṃ upaccagun”ti. and risen above all suffering.”


end of section [3.36 - AN 3.36 Devadūta: Messengers of the Gods]

AN 3.37 Catumahārāja: The Four Great Kings (1st)

37. Catumahārājasutta 37. The Four Great Kings (1st)
“Aṭṭhamiyaṃ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṃ mahārājānaṃ amaccā pārisajjā imaṃ lokaṃ anuvicaranti: “On the eighth day of the fortnight, monks, the ministers and counselors of the Four Great Kings wander about the world, thinking:
‘kacci bahū manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. ‘Hopefully most humans are paying due respect to their parents, ascetics and brahmins, honoring the elders in their families, observing the sabbath, staying awake, and making merit.’
Cātuddasiṃ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṃ mahārājānaṃ puttā imaṃ lokaṃ anuvicaranti: And on the fourteenth day of the fortnight, the sons of the Four Great Kings wander about the world, thinking:
‘kacci bahū manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. ‘Hopefully most humans are paying due respect to their parents … and making merit.’
Tadahu, bhikkhave, uposathe pannarase cattāro mahārājāno sāmaññeva imaṃ lokaṃ anuvicaranti: And on the fifteenth day sabbath, the Four Great Kings themselves wander about the world, thinking:
‘kacci bahū manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. ‘Hopefully most humans are paying due respect to their parents … and making merit.’


Sace, bhikkhave, appakā honti manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karonti. If only a few humans are paying due respect to their parents … and making merit,
Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sudhammāya sabhāya sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ārocenti: then the Four Great Kings address the gods of the Thirty-Three, seated together in the Hall of Justice:
‘appakā kho, mārisā, manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. ‘Only a few humans are paying due respect to their parents … and making merit.’
Tena kho, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṃsā anattamanā honti: Then the gods of the Thirty-Three are disappointed:
‘dibbā vata, bho, kāyā parihāyissanti, paripūrissanti asurakāyā’ti. ‘The heavenly hosts will dwindle, while the demon hosts will swell!’


Sace pana, bhikkhave, bahū honti manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karonti. But if many humans are paying due respect to their parents … and making merit,
Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sudhammāya sabhāya sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ārocenti: then the Four Great Kings address the gods of the Thirty-Three, seated together in the Hall of Justice:
‘bahū kho, mārisā, manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. ‘Many humans are paying due respect to their parents … and making merit.’
Tena, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti: Then the gods of the Thirty-Three are pleased:
‘dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrissanti, parihāyissanti asurakāyā’ti. ‘The heavenly hosts will swell, while the demon hosts will dwindle!’


Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi: Once upon a time, Sakka, lord of gods, guiding the gods of the Thirty-Three, recited this verse:


‘Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ, ‘Whoever wants to be like me
yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; would observe the sabbath
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,
aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgataṃ; on the fourteenth and the fifteenth days,
Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’


Sā kho panesā, bhikkhave, sakkena devānamindena gāthā duggītā na sugītā dubbhāsitā na subhāsitā. But that verse was poorly sung by Sakka, lord of gods, not well sung; poorly spoken, not well spoken.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Sakko hi, bhikkhave, devānamindo avītarāgo avītadoso avītamoho. Sakka, lord of gods, is not free of greed, hate, and delusion.


Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā brahmacariyo katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṃ vacanāya: But for a monk who is perfected—with asinine-inclinations ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say:


‘Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ, ‘Whoever wants to be like me
yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; would observe the sabbath,
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,
aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgataṃ; on the fourteenth and the fifteenth days,
Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’


Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
So hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho”ti. Because that monk is free of greed, hate, and delusion.”


AN 3.38 Dutiyacatumahārāja: The Four Great Kings (2nd)

38. Dutiyacatumahārājasutta 38. The Four Great Kings (2nd)
“Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṃse anunayamāno tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi: “Once upon a time, monks, Sakka, lord of gods, guiding the gods of the Thirty-Three, recited this verse:


‘Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ, ‘Whoever wants to be like me
yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; would observe the sabbath
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,
aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgataṃ; on the fourteenth and the fifteenth days,
Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’


Sā kho panesā, bhikkhave, sakkena devānamindena gāthā duggītā na sugītā dubbhāsitā na subhāsitā. But that verse was poorly sung by Sakka, lord of gods, not well sung; poorly spoken, not well spoken.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Sakko hi, bhikkhave, devānamindo aparimutto jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, aparimutto dukkhasmāti vadāmi. Because Sakka, lord of gods, is not exempt from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. He is not exempt from suffering, I say.


Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṃ vacanāya: But for a monk who is perfected—with asinine-inclinations ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say:


‘Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ, ‘Whoever wants to be like me
yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; would observe the sabbath,
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,
aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgataṃ; on the fourteenth and the fifteenth days,
Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’


Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
So hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parimutto jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, parimutto dukkhasmāti vadāmī”ti. Because that monk is exempt from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. He is exempt from suffering, I say.”


AN 3.39 Sukhumāla: A Delicate Lifestyle

39. Sukhumālasutta 39. A Delicate Lifestyle
“Sukhumālo ahaṃ, bhikkhave, paramasukhumālo accantasukhumālo. “My lifestyle was delicate, monks, most delicate, extremely delicate.
Mama sudaṃ, bhikkhave, pitu nivesane pokkharaṇiyo kāritā honti. In my father’s house, lotus ponds were made just for me.
Ekattha sudaṃ, bhikkhave, uppalaṃ vappati, ekattha padumaṃ, ekattha puṇḍarīkaṃ, yāvadeva mamatthāya. In some, blue water lilies blossomed, while in others, there were pink or white lotuses, just for my benefit.
Na kho panassāhaṃ, bhikkhave, akāsikaṃ candanaṃ dhāremi. Kāsikaṃ, bhikkhave, su me taṃ veṭhanaṃ hoti, kāsikā kañcukā, kāsikaṃ nivāsanaṃ, kāsiko uttarāsaṅgo. I only used sandalwood from Kāsī, and my turbans, jackets, sarongs, and upper robes also came from Kāsī.
Rattindivaṃ kho pana me su taṃ, bhikkhave, setacchattaṃ dhārīyati: And a white parasol was held over me night and day, with the thought:
‘mā naṃ phusi sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā rajo vā ussāvo vā’ti. ‘Don’t let cold, heat, grass, dust, or damp bother him.’


Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ—eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. I had three stilt longhouses—one for the winter, one for the summer, and one for the rainy season.
So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ orohāmi. I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men.
Yathā kho pana, bhikkhave, aññesaṃ nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa kaṇājakaṃ bhojanaṃ dīyati bilaṅgadutiyaṃ, evamevassu me, bhikkhave, pitu nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa sālimaṃsodano dīyati. While the bondservants, workers, and staff in other houses are given rough gruel with pickles to eat, in my father’s house they eat fine rice with meat.


Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, evarūpāya iddhiyā samannāgatassa evarūpena ca sukhumālena etadahosi: Amid such prosperity and such a delicate lifestyle, I thought:
‘assutavā kho puthujjano attanā jarādhammo samāno jaraṃ anatīto paraṃ jiṇṇaṃ disvā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati attānaṃyeva atisitvā, ahampi khomhi jarādhammo jaraṃ anatīto. ‘When an uneducated ordinary person—who is liable to grow old, not being exempt from old age—sees someone else who is old, they’re horrified, repelled, and disgusted, overlooking the fact that they themselves are in the same situation.
Ahañceva kho pana jarādhammo samāno jaraṃ anatīto paraṃ jiṇṇaṃ disvā aṭṭīyeyyaṃ harāyeyyaṃ jiguccheyyaṃ na metaṃ assa patirūpan’ti. But since I, too, am liable to grow old, it would not be appropriate for me to be horrified, embarrassed, and disgusted, when I see someone else who is old.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, iti paṭisañcikkhato yo yobbane yobbanamado so sabbaso pahīyi. Reflecting like this, I entirely gave up the vanity of youth.


Assutavā kho puthujjano attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhiṃ anatīto paraṃ byādhitaṃ disvā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati attānaṃyeva atisitvā: ‘When an uneducated ordinary person—who is liable to get sick, not being exempt from sickness—sees someone else who is sick, they’re horrified, repelled, and disgusted, overlooking the fact that they themselves are in the same situation.
‘ahampi khomhi byādhidhammo byādhiṃ anatīto, ahañceva kho pana byādhidhammo samāno byādhiṃ anatīto paraṃ byādhikaṃ disvā aṭṭīyeyyaṃ harāyeyyaṃ jiguccheyyaṃ, na metaṃ assa patirūpan’ti. But since I, too, am liable to get sick, it would not be appropriate for me to be horrified, embarrassed, and disgusted, when I see someone else who is sick.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, iti paṭisañcikkhato yo ārogye ārogyamado so sabbaso pahīyi. Reflecting like this, I entirely gave up the vanity of health.


Assutavā kho puthujjano attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇaṃ anatīto paraṃ mataṃ disvā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati attānaṃyeva atisitvā: ‘When an uneducated ordinary person—who is liable to die, not being exempt from death—sees someone else who is dead, they’re horrified, repelled, and disgusted, overlooking the fact that they themselves are in the same situation.
‘ahampi khomhi maraṇadhammo, maraṇaṃ anatīto, ahaṃ ceva kho pana maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇaṃ anatīto paraṃ mataṃ disvā aṭṭīyeyyaṃ harāyeyyaṃ jiguccheyyaṃ, na metaṃ assa patirūpan’ti. But since I, too, am liable to die, it would not be appropriate for me to be horrified, embarrassed, and disgusted, when I see someone else who is dead.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, iti paṭisañcikkhato yo jīvite jīvitamado so sabbaso pahīyīti. Reflecting like this, I entirely gave up the vanity of life.


Tayome, bhikkhave, madā. There are these three vanities.
Katame tayo? What three?
Yobbanamado, ārogyamado, jīvitamado. The vanity of youth, of health, and of life.
Yobbanamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati. Intoxicated with the vanity of youth, an uneducated ordinary person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
So kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Ārogyamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano … pe … Intoxicated with the vanity of health …
jīvitamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati. Intoxicated with the vanity of life, an uneducated ordinary person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
So kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.


Yobbanamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Intoxicated with the vanity of youth, health, or life, a monk rejects the training and returns to a lesser life.”
Ārogyamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu … pe …
jīvitamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattatīti.


Byādhidhammā jarādhammā, “For others, sickness is natural,
atho maraṇadhammino; and so are old age and death.
Yathādhammā tathāsantā, Though this is how their nature is,
jigucchanti puthujjanā. ordinary people feel disgusted.


Ahañce taṃ jiguccheyyaṃ, If I were to be disgusted
evaṃdhammesu pāṇisu; with creatures whose nature is such,
Na metaṃ patirūpassa, it would not be appropriate for me,
mama evaṃ vihārino. since my life is just the same.


Sohaṃ evaṃ viharanto, Living in such a way,
ñatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhiṃ; I understood the reality without attachments.
Ārogye yobbanasmiñca, I mastered all vanities—
jīvitasmiñca ye madā. of health, of youth,


Sabbe made abhibhosmi, and even of life—
Nekkhamme daṭṭhu khemataṃ; seeing safety in renunciation.
Tassa me ahu ussāho, Zeal sprang up in me
Nibbānaṃ abhipassato. as I looked to nirvana.


Nāhaṃ bhabbo etarahi, Now I’m unable
Kāmāni paṭisevituṃ; to indulge in sensual pleasures;
Anivatti bhavissāmi, there’s no turning back,
Brahmacariyaparāyaṇo”ti. until the spiritual life is complete.”


end of section [3.39 - AN 3.39 Sukhumāla: A Delicate Lifestyle]

AN 3.40 Ādhipateyya: In Charge

40. Ādhipateyyasutta 40. In Charge
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, ādhipateyyāni. “There are, monks, these three things to put in charge.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Attādhipateyyaṃ, lokādhipateyyaṃ, dhammādhipateyyaṃ. Putting oneself, the world, or The Dharma in charge.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, attādhipateyyaṃ? And what, monks, is putting oneself in charge?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when a monk has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, and reflects like this:
‘na kho panāhaṃ cīvarahetu agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. ‘I didn’t go forth from the lay life to homelessness for the sake of a robe,
Na piṇḍapātahetu, na senāsanahetu, na itibhavābhavahetu agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. alms-food, lodgings, or rebirth in this or that state.
Api ca khomhi otiṇṇo jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto. But I was swamped by rebirth, old age, and death; by sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. I was swamped by suffering, mired in suffering.
Appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethāti. And I thought, “Hopefully I can find an end to this entire mass of suffering.”
Ahañceva kho pana yādisake kāme ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito tādisake vā kāme pariyeseyyaṃ tato vā pāpiṭṭhatare, na metaṃ patirūpan’ti. But it would not be appropriate for me to seek sensual pleasures like those I abandoned when I went forth, or even worse.’
So iti paṭisañcikkhati: Then they reflect:
‘āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ bhavissati asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggan’ti. ‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, remembering shall be established and lucid, my body shall be pacified and undisturbed, and my mind shall be undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.’
So attānaṃyeva adhipatiṃ karitvā akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Putting themselves in charge, they give up the unskillful and develop the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, attādhipateyyaṃ. This is called putting oneself in charge.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, lokādhipateyyaṃ? And what, monks, is putting the world in charge?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when a monk has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, and reflects like this:
‘na kho panāhaṃ cīvarahetu agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. ‘I didn’t go forth from the lay life to homelessness for the sake of a robe,
Na piṇḍapātahetu, na senāsanahetu, na itibhavābhavahetu agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. alms-food, lodgings, or rebirth in this or that state.
Api ca khomhi otiṇṇo jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto. But I was swamped by rebirth, old age, and death, by sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. I was swamped by suffering, mired in suffering.
Appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. And I thought, “Hopefully I can find an end to this entire mass of suffering.”
Ahañceva kho pana evaṃ pabbajito samāno kāmavitakkaṃ vā vitakkeyyaṃ, byāpādavitakkaṃ vā vitakkeyyaṃ, vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vā vitakkeyyaṃ, mahā kho panāyaṃ lokasannivāso. And now, since I’ve now gone forth, I might have sensual, malicious, or cruel thoughts. But the population of the world is large,
Mahantasmiṃ kho pana lokasannivāse santi samaṇabrāhmaṇā iddhimanto dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduno. and there are ascetics and brahmins who have psychic power—they’re clairvoyant, and can read the minds of others.
Te dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti. They see far without being seen, even by those close; and they understand the minds of others.
Tepi maṃ evaṃ jāneyyuṃ: They would know me:
‘passatha, bho, imaṃ kulaputtaṃ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. “Look at this person from a good family; they’ve gone forth out of earned-trust from the lay life to homelessness, but they’re living mixed up with bad, unskillful Dharmas.”
devatāpi kho santi iddhimantiniyo dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduniyo. And there are deities, too, who have psychic power—they’re clairvoyant, and can read the minds of others.
Tā dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ jānanti. They see far without being seen, even by those close; and they understand the minds of others.
Tāpi maṃ evaṃ jāneyyuṃ: They would know me:
‘passatha, bho, imaṃ kulaputtaṃ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. “Look at this person from a good family; they’ve gone forth out of earned-trust from the lay life to homelessness, but they’re living mixed up with bad, unskillful Dharmas.”
So iti paṭisañcikkhati: Then they reflect:
‘āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ bhavissati asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggan’ti. My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, remembering shall be established and lucid, my body shall be pacified and undisturbed, and my mind shall be undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.’
So lokaṃyeva adhipatiṃ karitvā akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Putting the world in charge, they give up the unskillful and develop the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, lokādhipateyyaṃ. This is called putting the world in charge.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammādhipateyyaṃ? And what, monks, is putting The Dharma in charge?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when a monk has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, and reflects like this:
‘na kho panāhaṃ cīvarahetu agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. ‘I didn’t go forth from the lay life to homelessness for the sake of a robe,
Na piṇḍapātahetu, na senāsanahetu, na itibhavābhavahetu agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. alms-food, lodgings, or rebirth in this or that state.
Api ca khomhi otiṇṇo jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto. But I was swamped by rebirth, old age, and death, by sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. I was swamped by suffering, mired in suffering.
Appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethāti. And I thought, “Hopefully I can find an end to this entire mass of suffering.”
Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. The Dharma is well explained by the Buddha—realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.
Santi kho pana me sabrahmacārī jānaṃ passaṃ viharanti. I have spiritual companions who live knowing and seeing.
Ahañceva kho pana evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajito samāno kusīto vihareyyaṃ pamatto, na metaṃ assa patirūpan’ti. Now that I’ve gone forth in this well explained Dharma and Training, it would not be appropriate for me to live lazy and heedless.’
So iti paṭisañcikkhati: Then they reflect:
‘āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ bhavissati asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggan’ti. ‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, remembering shall be established and lucid, my body shall be pacified and undisturbed, and my mind shall be undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.’
So dhammaṃyeva adhipatiṃ karitvā akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Putting The Dharma in charge, they give up the unskillful and develop the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammādhipateyyaṃ. This is called putting The Dharma in charge.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi ādhipateyyānīti. These are the three things to put in charge.”


Natthi loke raho nāma, “There’s no privacy in the world,
pāpakammaṃ pakubbato; for someone who does bad deeds.
Attā te purisa jānāti, You’ll know for yourself,
saccaṃ vā yadi vā musā. whether you’ve lied or told the truth.


Kalyāṇaṃ vata bho sakkhi, When you witness your good self,
attānaṃ atimaññasi; you despise it;
Yo santaṃ attani pāpaṃ, while you disguise
attānaṃ parigūhasi. your bad self inside yourself.


Passanti devā ca tathāgatā ca, The gods and the Realized One see
Lokasmiṃ bālaṃ visamaṃ carantaṃ; the fool who lives unjustly in the world.
Tasmā hi attādhipateyyako ca, So with yourself in charge, live rememberfully;
Lokādhipo ca nipako ca jhāyī; with the world in charge, be self-disciplined and practice jhāna;
Dhammādhipo ca anudhammacārī, with The Dharma in charge, live in line with that Dharma:
Na hīyati saccaparakkamo muni. a sage who tries for the truth doesn’t deteriorate.


Pasayha māraṃ abhibhuyya antakaṃ, Māra’s destroyed; the terminator’s overcome:
Yo ca phusī jātikkhayaṃ padhānavā; one who strives reaches the end of rebirth.
So tādiso lokavidū sumedho, Poised, clever, knowing the world—
Sabbesu dhammesu atammayo munī”ti. that sage identifies with nothing at all.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..4.. - AN 3 vagga 4 Devadūta: Messengers of the Gods]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 5 Cūḷa: The Lesser Chapter

5. Cūḷavagga 5. The Lesser Chapter

AN 3.41 Sammukhībhāva: Present

41. Sammukhībhāvasutta 41. Present
“Tiṇṇaṃ, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. “monks, when three things are present, an earned-trustful person from a good family makes much merit.
Katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? What three?
Saddhāya, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. When earned-trust is present,
Deyyadhammassa, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. when a gift to give is present,
Dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. and when those worthy of a teacher’s offering are present.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When these three things are present, an earned-trustful person from a good family makes much merit.”


AN 3.42 Tiṭhāna: Three Grounds

42. Tiṭhānasutta 42. Three Grounds
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi saddho pasanno veditabbo. “There are three grounds, monks, by which a person with earned-trust and confidence can be known.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Sīlavantānaṃ dassanakāmo hoti, saddhammaṃ sotukāmo hoti, vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. They like to see ethical people. They like to hear the true Dharma. And they live at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi saddho pasanno veditabbo. These are the three grounds by which a person with earned-trust and confidence can be known.


Dassanakāmo sīlavataṃ, They like to see ethical people;
saddhammaṃ sotumicchati; they want to hear the true Dharma;
Vinaye maccheramalaṃ, they’ve driven out the stain of stinginess:
sa ve saddhoti vuccatī”ti. that’s who’s called a person of earned-trust.”


AN 3.43 Atthavasa: Good Reasons

43. Atthavasasutta 43. Good Reasons
“Tayo, bhikkhave, atthavase sampassamānena alameva paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. “monks, taking three reasons into consideration provides quite enough motivation to teach Dhamma to another.
Katame tayo? What three?
Yo dhammaṃ deseti so atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṃvedī ca. When the teacher understands the meaning and The Dharma.
Yo dhammaṃ suṇāti so atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṃvedī ca. When the audience understands the meaning and The Dharma.
Yo ceva dhammaṃ deseti yo ca dhammaṃ suṇāti ubho atthappaṭisaṃvedino ca honti dhammappaṭisaṃvedino ca. When both the teacher and the audience understand the meaning and The Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo atthavase sampassamānena alameva paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetun”ti. Taking these three reasons into consideration provides quite enough motivation to teach Dhamma to another.”


AN 3.44 Kathāpavatti: When Conversation Flows

44. Kathāpavattisutta 44. When Conversation Flows
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi kathā pavattinī hoti. “In three situations, monks, conversation flows.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Yo dhammaṃ deseti so atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṃvedī ca. When the teacher understands the meaning and The Dharma.
Yo dhammaṃ suṇāti so atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṃvedī ca. When the audience understands the meaning and The Dharma.
Yo ceva dhammaṃ deseti yo ca dhammaṃ suṇāti ubho atthappaṭisaṃvedino ca honti dhammappaṭisaṃvedino ca. When both the teacher and the audience understand the meaning and The Dharma.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi kathā pavattinī hotī”ti. These are the three situations in which conversation flows.”


AN 3.45 Paṇḍita: Wise

45. Paṇḍitasutta 45. Wise
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitapaññattāni sappurisapaññattāni. “monks, these three things are recommended by wise and good people.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Dānaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍitapaññattaṃ sappurisapaññattaṃ. Giving,
Pabbajjā, bhikkhave, paṇḍitapaññattā sappurisapaññattā. going forth,
Mātāpitūnaṃ, bhikkhave, upaṭṭhānaṃ paṇḍitapaññattaṃ sappurisapaññattaṃ. and taking care of your mother and father.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi paṇḍitapaññattāni sappurisapaññattānīti. These are the three things recommended by wise and good people.”


Sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, “The viruous recommend giving,
ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo; harmlessness, restraint, and taming;
Mātāpitu upaṭṭhānaṃ, looking after your mother and father,
santānaṃ brahmacārinaṃ. and peaceful spiritual practitioners.


Sataṃ etāni ṭhānāni, These are the things recommended by the good,
yāni sevetha paṇḍito; which the astute should cultivate.
Ariyo dassanasampanno, A noble one, having vision,
sa lokaṃ bhajate sivan”ti. will enjoy a world of pleasure.”


AN 3.46 Sīlavanta: Ethical

46. Sīlavantasutta 46. Ethical
“Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharanti. “monks, when ethical renunciates are supported by a town or village,
Tattha manussā tīhi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. the people there make much merit in three ways.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kāyena, vācāya, manasā. By way of body, speech, and mind.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharanti. When ethical renunciates are supported by a town or village,
Tattha manussā imehi tīhi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavantī”ti. the people there make much merit in these three ways.”


AN 3.47 Saṅkhatalakkhaṇa: Characteristics of the Conditioned

47. Saṅkhatalakkhaṇasutta 47. Characteristics of the Conditioned
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, saṅkhatassa saṅkhatalakkhaṇāni. “monks, conditioned dharma have these three characteristics.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyati. Arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi saṅkhatassa saṅkhatalakkhaṇānī”ti. These are the three characteristics of conditioned dharma.”


Asaṅkhatalakkhaṇasutta Characteristics of the Unconditioned
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatassa asaṅkhatalakkhaṇāni. “Unconditioned dharma have these three characteristics.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Na uppādo paññāyati, na vayo paññāyati, na ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyati. No arising is evident, no vanishing is evident, and no change while persisting is evident.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi asaṅkhatassa asaṅkhatalakkhaṇānī”ti. These are the three characteristics of unconditioned dharma.”


AN 3.48 Pabbatarāja: The King of Mountains

48. Pabbatarājasutta 48. The King of Mountains
“Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā tīhi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhanti. “monks, great sal trees grow in three ways supported by the Himalayas, the king of mountains.
Katamāhi tīhi? What three?
Sākhāpattapalāsena vaḍḍhanti, tacapapaṭikāya vaḍḍhanti, pheggusārena vaḍḍhanti. The branches, leaves, and foliage; the bark and shoots; and the softwood and heartwood.
Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā imāhi tīhi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhanti. Great sal trees grow in these three ways supported by the Himalayas, the king of mountains.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, saddhaṃ kulapatiṃ nissāya anto jano tīhi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhati. In the same way, a family grows in three ways supported by a family head with earned-trust.
Katamāhi tīhi? What three?
Saddhāya vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, paññāya vaḍḍhati. earned-trust, ethics, and wisdom.
Saddhaṃ, bhikkhave, kulapatiṃ nissāya anto jano imāhi tīhi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhatīti. A family grows in these three ways supported by a family head with earned-trust.”


Yathāpi pabbato selo, “Supported by the mountain crags
araññasmiṃ brahāvane; in the wilds, the formidable forest,
Taṃ rukkhā upanissāya, the tree grows
vaḍḍhante te vanappatī. to become lord of the forest.


Tatheva sīlasampannaṃ, So too, when the family head
saddhaṃ kulapatiṃ idha; is ethical and earned-trustful,
Upanissāya vaḍḍhanti, supported by them, they grow:
puttadārā ca bandhavā; children, partners, and kin,
Amaccā ñātisaṅghā ca, colleagues, relatives,
ye cassa anujīvino. and those dependent for their livelihood.


Tyāssa sīlavato sīlaṃ, Seeing the ethical conduct of the virtuous,
cāgaṃ sucaritāni ca; the generosity and good deeds,
Passamānānukubbanti, those who have discernment
attamatthaṃ vicakkhaṇā. do likewise.


Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, Having practiced The Dharma here,
maggaṃ sugatigāminaṃ; the path that goes to a good place,
Nandino devalokasmiṃ, they delight in the heavenly realm,
modanti kāmakāmino”ti. enjoying all the pleasures they desire.”


AN 3.49 Ātappakaraṇīya: ardent

49. Ātappakaraṇīyasutta 49. ardent
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. “In three situations, monks, you should be ardent.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsanāya ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. You should be ardent to prevent bad, unskillful Dharmas from arising. You should be ardent to give rise to skillful Dharmas. And you should be ardent to endure physical pain—intense, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, life-threatening.
Imehi tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. In these three situations, you should be ardent.


Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsanāya ātappaṃ karoti. It’s a monk who is ardent to prevent bad, unskillful Dharmas from arising. They’re ardent to give rise to skillful Dharmas. And they’re ardent to endure physical pain—intense, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, life-threatening.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ātāpī nipako sato sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. This is called a monk who is ardent, self-disciplined, and rememberful so as to rightly make an end of suffering.”


AN 3.50 Mahācora: A Master Thief

50. Mahācorasutta 50. A Master Thief
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati. “monks, a master thief with three factors breaks into houses, plunders wealth, steals from isolated buildings, and commits highway robbery.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito ca hoti, gahananissito ca hoti, balavanissito ca hoti. A master thief relies on uneven ground, on thick cover, and on powerful individuals.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito hoti? And how does a master thief rely on uneven ground?
Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro nadīviduggaṃ vā nissito hoti pabbatavisamaṃ vā. It’s when a master thief relies on inaccessible riverlands or rugged mountains.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito hoti. That’s how a master thief relies on uneven ground.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, mahācoro gahananissito hoti? And how does a master thief rely on thick cover?
Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro tiṇagahanaṃ vā nissito hoti, rukkhagahanaṃ vā rodhaṃ vā mahāvanasaṇḍaṃ vā. It’s when a master thief relies on thick grass, thick trees, a ridge, or a large dense wood.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro gahananissito hoti. That’s how a master thief relies on thick cover.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti? And how does a master thief rely on powerful individuals?
Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti. It’s when a master thief relies on rulers or their ministers.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘sace maṃ koci kiñci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī’ti. ‘If anyone accuses me of anything, these rulers or their ministers will speak in my defense in the case.’
Sace naṃ koci kiñci āha, tyāssa rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇanti. And that’s exactly what happens.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti. That’s how a master thief relies on powerful individuals.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati. A master thief with these three factors breaks into houses, plunders wealth, steals from isolated buildings, and commits highway robbery.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. In the same way, when a bad monk has three factors, they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito ca hoti gahananissito ca balavanissito ca. A bad monk relies on uneven ground, on thick cover, and on powerful individuals.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito hoti? And how does a bad monk rely on uneven ground?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, visamena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, visamena manokammena samannāgato hoti. It’s when a bad monk has unethical conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito hoti. That’s how a bad monk relies on uneven ground.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu gahananissito hoti? And how does a bad monk rely on thick cover?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato hoti. It’s when a bad monk has wrong view, he’s attached to an extremist view.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu gahananissito hoti. That’s how a bad monk relies on thick cover.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti? And how does a bad monk rely on powerful individuals?
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti. It’s when a bad monk relies on rulers or their ministers.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘sace maṃ koci kiñci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī’ti. ‘If anyone accuses me of anything, these rulers or their ministers will speak in my defense in the case.’
Sace naṃ koci kiñci āha, tyāssa rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇanti. And that’s exactly what happens.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti. That’s how a bad monk relies on powerful individuals.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When a bad monk has these three factors, they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.”


(derived from B. Sujato 2018/12)
Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..5.. - AN 3 vagga 5 Cūḷa: The Lesser Chapter]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 6 Brāhmaṇa: Brahmins

6. Brāhmaṇavagga 6. Brahmins

AN 3.51 Paṭhamadvebrāhmaṇa: Two Brahmins (1st)

51. Paṭhamadvebrāhmaṇasutta 51. Two Brahmins (1st)
Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu. Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; “We brahmins, Master Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old.
te camhā akatakalyāṇā akatakusalā akatabhīruttāṇā. And we haven’t done what is good and skillful, nor have we made a shelter from fear.
Ovadatu no bhavaṃ gotamo, anusāsatu no bhavaṃ gotamo yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. Advise us, Master Gotama, instruct us! It will be for our lasting welfare and happiness.”


“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; “Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior.
te cattha akatakalyāṇā akatakusalā akatabhīruttāṇā. And you haven’t done what is good and skillful, nor have you made a shelter from fear.
Upanīyati kho ayaṃ, brāhmaṇā, loko jarāya byādhinā maraṇena. This world is led on by old age, sickness, and death.
Evaṃ upanīyamāne kho, brāhmaṇā, loke jarāya byādhinā maraṇena, yo idha kāyena saṃyamo vācāya saṃyamo manasā saṃyamo, taṃ tassa petassa tāṇañca leṇañca dīpañca saraṇañca parāyaṇañcāti. But restraint here by way of body, speech, and mind is the shelter, protection, island, refuge, and haven for the departed.”


Upanīyati jīvitamappamāyu, “This life, so very short, is led onward.
Jarūpanītassa na santi tāṇā; There’s no shelter for someone who’s been led on by old age.
Etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno, Seeing this peril in death,
Puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahāni. you should do good deeds that bring happiness.


Yodha kāyena saṃyamo, The restraint practiced here—
Vācāya uda cetasā; of body, speech, and mind—
Taṃ tassa petassa sukhāya hoti, leads the departed to happiness,
Yaṃ jīvamāno pakaroti puññan”ti. as the good deeds done while living.”


AN 3.52 Dutiyadvebrāhmaṇa: Two Brahmins (2nd)

52. Dutiyadvebrāhmaṇasutta 52. Two Brahmins (2nd)
Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, being a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; “We brahmins, Master Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old.
te camhā akatakalyāṇā akatakusalā akatabhīruttāṇā. And we haven’t done what is good and skillful, nor have we made a shelter from fear.
Ovadatu no bhavaṃ gotamo, anusāsatu no bhavaṃ gotamo yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. Advise us, Master Gotama, instruct us! It will be for our lasting welfare and happiness.”


“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; “Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior.
te cattha akatakalyāṇā akatakusalā akatabhīruttāṇā. And you haven’t done what is good and skillful, nor have you made a shelter from fear.
Āditto kho ayaṃ, brāhmaṇā, loko jarāya byādhinā maraṇena. This world is burning with old age, sickness, and death.
Evaṃ āditte kho, brāhmaṇā, loke jarāya byādhinā maraṇena, yo idha kāyena saṃyamo vācāya saṃyamo manasā saṃyamo, taṃ tassa petassa tāṇañca leṇañca dīpañca saraṇañca parāyaṇañcāti. But restraint here by way of body, speech, and mind is the shelter, protection, island, refuge, and haven for the departed.”


Ādittasmiṃ agārasmiṃ, “When your house is on fire,
yaṃ nīharati bhājanaṃ; you rescue the pot
Taṃ tassa hoti atthāya, that’s useful,
no ca yaṃ tattha ḍayhati. not the one that’s burnt.


Evaṃ āditto kho loko, And as the world is on fire
jarāya maraṇena ca; with old age and death,
Nīharetheva dānena, you should rescue by giving,
dinnaṃ hoti sunīhataṃ. for what’s given is rescued.


Yodha kāyena saṃyamo, The restraint practiced here—
Vācāya uda cetasā; of body, speech, and mind—
Taṃ tassa petassa sukhāya hoti, leads the departed to happiness,
Yaṃ jīvamāno pakaroti puññan”ti. as the good deeds done while living.”


AN 3.53 Aññatarabrāhmaṇa: A Certain Brahmin

53. Aññatarabrāhmaṇasutta 53. A Certain Brahmin
Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then a brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:
“‘sandiṭṭhiko dhammo sandiṭṭhiko dhammo’ti, bho gotama, vuccati. “Master Gotama, they speak of ‘a teaching realizable in this very life’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī”ti? In what way is The Dharma realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?”


“Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. “A greedy person, overcome and overwhelmed by greed, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
Rāge pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When greed has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Ratto kho … pe … kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati.
Rāge pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, na manasā duccaritaṃ carati.
Ratto kho … pe … attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.
Rāge pahīne attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
Evampi kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti … pe …. This is how The Dharma is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.


Duṭṭho kho, brāhmaṇa, dosena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. A hateful person, overcome by hate, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
Dose pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When hate has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Evampi kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti … pe …. This, too, is how The Dharma is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.


Mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. A deluded person, overcome by delusion, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
Mohe pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When delusion has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Evaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī”ti. This, too, is how The Dharma is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama. “Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with good eyes can see what’s there, Master Gotama has made The Dharma clear in many ways.
Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. I go for refuge to Master Gotama, to The Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


AN 3.54 Paribbājaka: A Wanderer

54. Paribbājakasutta 54. A Wanderer
Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇaparibbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇaparibbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then a brahmin wanderer went up to the Buddha … Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:
“‘sandiṭṭhiko dhammo sandiṭṭhiko dhammo’ti, bho gotama, vuccati. “Master Gotama, they speak of ‘a teaching realizable in this very life’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī”ti? In what way is The Dharma realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?”


“Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. “A greedy person, overcome by greed, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
Rāge pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When greed has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.


Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati. A greedy person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Rāge pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, na manasā duccaritaṃ carati. When greed has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.


Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. A greedy person doesn’t truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
Rāge pahīne attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. When greed has been given up, they truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
Evampi kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti … pe …. This is how The Dharma is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.


Duṭṭho kho, brāhmaṇa, dosena … pe … A hateful person …
mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. A deluded person, overcome by delusion, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
Mohe pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When delusion has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.


Mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto, kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati. A deluded person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Mohe pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, na manasā duccaritaṃ carati. When delusion has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.


Mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. A deluded person doesn’t truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
Mohe pahīne attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. When delusion has been given up, they truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
Evaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī”ti. This, too, is how The Dharma is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … “Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


AN 3.55 Nibbuta: nirvana'd

55. Nibbutasutta 55. nirvana'd
Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then the brahmin Jāṇussoṇi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
“‘sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānan’ti, bho gotama, vuccati. “Master Gotama, they say that ‘nirvana is realizable in this very life’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ hoti akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opaneyyikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhī”ti? In what way is nirvana realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?”


Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. “A greedy person, overcome by greed, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
Rāge pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When greed has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Evampi kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ hoti. This is how nirvana is realizable in this very life.


Duṭṭho kho, brāhmaṇa … pe … A hateful person …
mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. A deluded person, overcome by delusion, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
Mohe pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When delusion has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Evampi kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ hoti. This, too, is how nirvana is realizable in this very life.


Yato kho ayaṃ, brāhmaṇa, anavasesaṃ rāgakkhayaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, anavasesaṃ dosakkhayaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, anavasesaṃ mohakkhayaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; When you experience the ending of greed, hate, and delusion without anything left over,
evaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ hoti akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opaneyyikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhī”ti. that’s how nirvana is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … “Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


AN 3.56 Paloka: Falling Apart

56. Palokasutta 56. Falling Apart
Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇamahāsālo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then a well-to-do Brahmin went up to the Buddha, and seated to one side he said to him:
“sutaṃ metaṃ, bho gotama, pubbakānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: “Master Gotama, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the teachers of teachers, said:
‘pubbe sudaṃ ayaṃ loko avīci maññe phuṭo ahosi manussehi, kukkuṭasaṃpātikā gāmanigamarājadhāniyo’ti. ‘In the old days this world was as crowded as hell, just full of people. The villages, towns and capital cities were no more than a chicken’s flight apart.’
Ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yenetarahi manussānaṃ khayo hoti, tanuttaṃ paññāyati, gāmāpi agāmā honti, nigamāpi anigamā honti, nagarāpi anagarā honti, janapadāpi ajanapadā hontī”ti? What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why these days human numbers have dwindled, a decline in population is evident, and whole villages, towns, cities, and countries have disappeared?”


“Etarahi, brāhmaṇa, manussā adhammarāgarattā visamalobhābhibhūtā micchādhammaparetā. “These days, brahmin, humans just love illicit desire. They’re overcome by immoral greed, and mired in wrong thoughts.
Te adhammarāgarattā visamalobhābhibhūtā micchādhammaparetā tiṇhāni satthāni gahetvā aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropenti, tena bahū manussā kālaṃ karonti. Taking up sharp knives, they murder each other. And so many people perish.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yenetarahi manussānaṃ khayo hoti, tanuttaṃ paññāyati, gāmāpi agāmā honti, nigamāpi anigamā honti, nagarāpi anagarā honti, janapadāpi ajanapadā honti. This is the cause, this is the reason why these days human numbers have dwindled.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, etarahi manussā adhammarāgarattā visamalobhābhibhūtā micchādhammaparetā. Furthermore, because these days humans just love illicit desire …
Tesaṃ adhammarāgarattānaṃ visamalobhābhibhūtānaṃ micchādhammaparetānaṃ devo na sammādhāraṃ anuppavecchati. the heavens don’t provide enough rain,
Tena dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ setaṭṭhikaṃ salākāvuttaṃ. so there’s famine, a bad harvest, with blighted crops that turn to straw.
Tena bahū manussā kālaṃ karonti. And so many people perish.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yenetarahi manussānaṃ khayo hoti, tanuttaṃ paññāyati, gāmāpi agāmā honti, nigamāpi anigamā honti, nagarāpi anagarā honti, janapadāpi ajanapadā honti. This is the cause, this is the reason why these days human numbers have dwindled.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, etarahi manussā adhammarāgarattā visamalobhābhibhūtā micchādhammaparetā. Furthermore, because these days humans just love illicit desire …
Tesaṃ adhammarāgarattānaṃ visamalobhābhibhūtānaṃ micchādhammaparetānaṃ yakkhā vāḷe amanusse ossajjanti, tena bahū manussā kālaṃ karonti. native spirits let vicious monsters loose. And so many people perish.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yenetarahi manussānaṃ khayo hoti, tanuttaṃ paññāyati, gāmāpi agāmā honti, nigamāpi anigamā honti, nagarāpi anagarā honti, janapadāpi ajanapadā hontī”ti. This is the cause, this is the reason why these days human numbers have dwindled.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … “Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


AN 3.57 Vacchagotta: Vacchagotta

57. Vacchagottasutta 57. Vacchagotta
Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“sutaṃ metaṃ, bho gotama, samaṇo gotamo evamāha: “I have heard, Master Gotama, that the ascetic Gotama says this:
‘mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; ‘Gifts should only be given to me, not to others.
mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; Gifts should only be given to my disciples, not to the disciples of others.
mayhameva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ; Only what is given to me is very fruitful, not what is given to others.
mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalan’ti. Only what is given to my disciples is very fruitful, not what is given to the disciples of others.’
Ye te, bho gotama, evamāhaṃsu ‘samaṇo gotamo evamāha:
“mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ.
Mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ.
Mayhameva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ.
Mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalan”’ti.
Kacci te bhoto gotamassa vuttavādino na ca bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchati? I trust that those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with The Dharma? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?
Anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotaman”ti. For we don’t want to misrepresent Master Gotama.”


“Ye te, vaccha, evamāhaṃsu: “Vaccha, those who say this
‘samaṇo gotamo evamāha:
“mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ … pe …
nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalan”’ti
na me te vuttavādino. Abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ asatā abhūtena. do not repeat what I have said. They misrepresent me with what is false and untrue.
Yo kho, vaccha, paraṃ dānaṃ dadantaṃ vāreti so tiṇṇaṃ antarāyakaro hoti, tiṇṇaṃ pāripanthiko. Anyone who prevents another from giving makes an obstacle and a barrier for three people.
Katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? What three?
Dāyakassa puññantarāyakaro hoti, paṭiggāhakānaṃ lābhantarāyakaro hoti, pubbeva kho panassa attā khato ca hoti upahato ca. The giver is obstructed from making merit. The receiver is obstructed from getting what is offered. And they’ve already broken and damaged themselves.
Yo kho, vaccha, paraṃ dānaṃ dadantaṃ vāreti so imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ antarāyakaro hoti, tiṇṇaṃ pāripanthiko. Anyone who prevents another from giving makes an obstacle and a barrier for these three people.


Ahaṃ kho pana, vaccha, evaṃ vadāmi: Vaccha, this is what I say:
‘ye hi te candanikāya vā oligalle vā pāṇā, tatrapi yo thālidhovanaṃ vā sarāvadhovanaṃ vā chaḍḍeti: ‘You even make merit by tipping out dish-washing water in a cesspool or a sump with living creatures in it, thinking:
“ye tattha pāṇā te tena yāpentū”’ti, tato nidānampāhaṃ, vaccha, puññassa āgamaṃ vadāmi. “May any creatures here be nourished!”’
Ko pana vādo manussabhūte. How much more then for human beings!
Api cāhaṃ, vaccha, sīlavato dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ vadāmi, no tathā dussīlassa, so ca hoti pañcaṅgavippahīno pañcaṅgasamannāgato. However, I say that a gift to an ethical person is more fruitful than one to an unethical person. They’ve given up five factors, and possess five factors.


Katamāni pañcaṅgāni pahīnāni honti? What are the five factors they’ve given up?
Kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti. Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt.
Imāni pañcaṅgāni vippahīnāni honti. These are the five factors they’ve given up.


Katamehi pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato hoti? What are the five factors they possess?
Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti; The entire spectrum of an adept’s ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom.
imehi pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato hoti. These are the five factors they possess.
Iti pañcaṅgavippahīne pañcaṅgasamannāgate dinnaṃ mahapphalanti vadāmīti. I say that a gift to anyone who has given up these five factors and possesses these five factors is very fruitful.”


Iti kaṇhāsu setāsu, “Cows may be black or white,
rohiṇīsu harīsu vā; red or tawny,
Kammāsāsu sarūpāsu, mottled or uniform,
gosu pārevatāsu vā. or pigeon-colored.


Yāsu kāsuci etāsu, but when one is born among them,
danto jāyati puṅgavo; the bull that’s tamed,
Dhorayho balasampanno, —a behemoth, powerful,
kalyāṇajavanikkamo; well-paced in pulling forward—
Tameva bhāre yuñjanti, they yoke the load just to him,
nāssa vaṇṇaṃ parikkhare. regardless of his color.


Evamevaṃ manussesu, So it is for humans,
yasmiṃ kasmiñci jātiye; wherever they may be born,
Khattiye brāhmaṇe vesse, —among warrior-nobles, brahmins, merchants,
sudde caṇḍālapukkuse. workers, or outcasts and scavengers—


Yāsu kāsuci etāsu, one is born among them,
danto jāyati subbato; tamed, true to their vows.
Dhammaṭṭho sīlasampanno, Firm in dharma, accomplished in ethical conduct,
saccavādī hirīmano. truthful, conscientious,


Pahīnajātimaraṇo, they’ve given up birth and death.
brahmacariyassa kevalī; Complete in the spiritual journey,
Pannabhāro visaṃyutto, with burden put down, detached,
katakicco anāsavo. they’ve completed the task and are free of asinine-inclinations.


Pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ, Gone beyond all things,
anupādāya nibbuto; they’re nirvana'd by not grasping.
Tasmiṃyeva viraje khette, In that flawless field,
vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā. a teacher’s offering is abundant.


Bālā ca avijānantā, Fools who don’t understand,
dummedhā assutāvino; —stupid, uneducated—
Bahiddhā denti dānāni, give their gifts to those outside,
na hi sante upāsare. and don’t attend the peaceful ones.


Ye ca sante upāsanti, But those who do attend the peaceful ones,
sappaññe dhīrasammate; —wise, esteemed as sages—
Saddhā ca nesaṃ sugate, and whose earned-trust in the Holy One
mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā. has roots planted deep,


Devalokañca te yanti, they go to the realm of the gods,
kule vā idha jāyare; or are born here in a good family.
Anupubbena nibbānaṃ, Gradually those astute ones
adhigacchanti paṇḍitā”ti. reach nirvana.”


end of section [3.57 - AN 3.57 Vacchagotta: Vacchagotta]

AN 3.58 Tikaṇṇa: Tikaṇṇa

58. Tikaṇṇasutta 58. Tikaṇṇa
Atha kho tikaṇṇo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ … pe … Then Tikaṇṇa the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho tikaṇṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato sammukhā tevijjānaṃ sudaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati: Seated to one side Tikaṇṇa, in front of the Buddha, praised the brahmins who were expert in the three Vedas.
“evampi tevijjā brāhmaṇā, itipi tevijjā brāhmaṇā”ti. “Such are the brahmins, masters of the three Vedic knowledges! Thus are the brahmins, masters of the three Vedic knowledges!”


“Yathā kathaṃ pana, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṃ tevijjaṃ paññāpentī”ti? “But brahmin, how do the brahmins describe a brahmin who is master of the three Vedic knowledges?”
“Idha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā, akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena, ajjhāyako, mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayoti. “Master Gotama, it’s when a brahmin is well born on both his mother’s and father’s side, of pure descent, irrefutable and impeccable in questions of ancestry back to the seventh paternal generation. He recites and remembers the hymns, and is an expert in the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies, ritual, phonology and etymology, and the testament as fifth. He knows philology and grammar, and is well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man.
Evaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṃ tevijjaṃ paññāpentī”ti. That’s how the brahmins describe a brahmin who is master of the three Vedic knowledges.”


“Aññathā kho, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṃ tevijjaṃ paññāpenti, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hotī”ti. “Brahmin, a master of three knowledges according to the brahmins is quite different from a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.”
“Yathā kathaṃ pana, bho gotama, ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hoti? “But Master Gotama, how is one a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one?
Sādhu me bhavaṃ gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hotī”ti. Master Gotama, please teach me this.”
“Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. “Well then, brahmin, listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bho”ti kho tikaṇṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. “Yes sir,” Tikaṇṇa replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. “Brahmin, it’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third jhāna, where they meditate with equanimous-observation, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure.’
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. With the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimous-observation and remembering.


So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi like this—purified, bright, spotless, rid of taints, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they extend it toward recollection of past lives.
So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ—ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ. Tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world evolving, many eons of the world contracting and evolving. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details.
Ayamassa paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā hoti; This is the first knowledge that they attain.
avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ignorance is destroyed and knowledge has arisen; darkness is destroyed and light has arisen, as happens for a meditator who is assiduous, ardent, and resolute.


So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi like this—purified, bright, spotless, rid of taints, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they extend it toward knowledge of the death and rebirth of sentient beings.
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā … pe … manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings, alas, did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.
Ayamassa dutiyā vijjā adhigatā hoti; This is the second knowledge that they attain.
avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ignorance is destroyed and knowledge has arisen; darkness is destroyed and light has arisen, as happens for a meditator who is assiduous, ardent, and resolute.


So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi like this—purified, bright, spotless, rid of taints, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they extend it toward knowledge of the ending of asinine-inclinations.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
‘ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. They truly understand: ‘These are asinine-inclinations’ … ‘This is the origin of asinine-inclinations’ … ‘This is the cessation of asinine-inclinations’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of asinine-inclinations’.
Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati; Knowing and seeing like this, their mind is freed from the asinine-inclinations of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.
vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. When they’re freed, they know they’re freed.
‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. They understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’
Ayamassa tatiyā vijjā adhigatā hoti; This is the third knowledge that they attain.
avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharatoti. Ignorance is destroyed and knowledge has arisen; darkness is destroyed, and light has arisen, as happens for a meditator who is assiduous, ardent, and resolute.”


Anuccāvacasīlassa, “For someone whose ethical conduct doesn’t waver,
nipakassa ca jhāyino; who is self-disciplined, practicing jhāna;
Cittaṃ yassa vasībhūtaṃ, whose mind is mastered,
ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ. unified, serene.


Taṃ ve tamonudaṃ dhīraṃ, That wise one dispels the darkness,
tevijjaṃ maccuhāyinaṃ; master of the three knowledges, destroyer of death.
Hitaṃ devamanussānaṃ, For the welfare of gods and humans,
āhu sabbappahāyinaṃ. he’s given up everything, they say.


Tīhi vijjāhi sampannaṃ, Accomplished in the three knowledges,
asammūḷhavihārinaṃ; living without confusion,
Buddhaṃ antimadehinaṃ, bearing the final body,
taṃ namassanti gotamaṃ. they revere the awakened Gotama.


Pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedī, Who knows their past lives,
saggāpāyañca passati; and sees heaven and places of loss,
Atho jātikkhayaṃ patto, and has attained the end of rebirth,
abhiññāvosito muni. that sage has perfect insight.


Etāhi tīhi vijjāhi, It’s because of these three knowledges
tevijjo hoti brāhmaṇo; that a brahmin is a master of the three knowledges.
Tamahaṃ vadāmi tevijjaṃ, That’s who I call a three-knowledge master,
nāññaṃ lapitalāpananti. and not the other one, the lip-reciter.”


Evaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hotī”ti. “This, brahmin, is a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.”
“Aññathā, bho gotama, brāhmaṇānaṃ tevijjo, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hoti. “Master Gotama, a master of three knowledges according to the brahmins is quite different from a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.
Imassa ca pana, bho gotama, ariyassa vinaye tevijjassa brāhmaṇānaṃ tevijjo kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasiṃ. And, Master Gotama, a master of three knowledges according to the brahmins is not worth a sixteenth part of a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.


Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


end of section [3.58 - AN 3.58 Tikaṇṇa: Tikaṇṇa]

AN 3.59 Jāṇussoṇi: Jāṇussoṇi

59. Jāṇussoṇisutta 59. Jāṇussoṇi
Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then the brahmin Jāṇussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:
“yassassu, bho gotama, yañño vā saddhaṃ vā thālipāko vā deyyadhammaṃ vā, tevijjesu brāhmaṇesu dānaṃ dadeyyā”ti. “Master Gotama, whoever has a sacrifice, an offering of food for ancestors, a dish of milk-rice prepared for an auspicious ceremony, or a gift to give, should give it to the brahmins who have mastered the three Vedic knowledges.”
“Yathā kathaṃ pana, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇā tevijjaṃ paññapentī”ti? “But brahmin, how do the brahmins describe a brahmin who is an expert in the three Vedas?”
“Idha kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena, ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayoti. “Master Gotama, it’s when a brahmin is well born on both his mother’s and father’s side, of pure descent, irrefutable and impeccable in questions of ancestry back to the seventh paternal generation. He recites and remembers the hymns, and is an expert in the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies, ritual, phonology and etymology, and the testament as fifth. He knows philology and grammar, and is well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man.
Evaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tevijjaṃ paññapentī”ti. That’s how the brahmins describe a brahmin who is an expert of the three Vedas.”


“Aññathā kho, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṃ tevijjaṃ paññapenti, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hotī”ti. “Brahmin, a master of three knowledges according to the brahmins is quite different from a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.”
“Yathā kathaṃ pana, bho gotama, ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hoti? “But Master Gotama, how is one a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one?
Sādhu me bhavaṃ gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hotī”ti. Master Gotama, please teach me this.”
“Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. “Well then, brahmin, listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bho”ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. “Yes sir,” Jāṇussoṇi replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … “Brahmin, it’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures …
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. … enters and remains in the fourth jhāna.


So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi like this—purified, bright, spotless, rid of taints, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they extend it toward recollection of past lives.
So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ—ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo … pe … iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details.
Ayamassa paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā hoti; This is the first knowledge that they attain.
avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ignorance is destroyed and knowledge has arisen; darkness is destroyed and light has arisen, as happens for a meditator who is assiduous, ardent, and resolute.


So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi like this—purified, bright, spotless, rid of taints, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they extend it toward knowledge of the death and rebirth of sentient beings.
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena … pe … yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, they understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.
Ayamassa dutiyā vijjā adhigatā hoti; This is the second knowledge that they attain.
avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ignorance is destroyed and knowledge has arisen; darkness is destroyed and light has arisen, as happens for a meditator who is assiduous, ardent, and resolute.


So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi like this—purified, bright, spotless, rid of taints, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they extend it toward knowledge of the ending of asinine-inclinations.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
‘ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. They truly understand: ‘These are asinine-inclinations’ … ‘This is the origin of asinine-inclinations’ … ‘This is the cessation of asinine-inclinations’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of asinine-inclinations’.
Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati; Knowing and seeing like this, their mind is freed from the asinine-inclinations of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.
vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. When they’re freed, they know they’re freed.
‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. They understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’
Ayamassa tatiyā vijjā adhigatā hoti; This is the third knowledge that they attain.
avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharatoti. Ignorance is destroyed and knowledge has arisen; darkness is destroyed, and light has arisen, as happens for a meditator who is assiduous, ardent, and resolute.”


Yo sīlabbatasampanno, “One who is perfect in precepts and observances,
pahitatto samāhito; resolute and composed,
Cittaṃ yassa vasībhūtaṃ, whose mind is mastered,
ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ. unified, serene;


Pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedī, who knows their past lives,
saggāpāyañca passati; and sees heaven and places of loss,
Atho jātikkhayaṃ patto, and has attained the end of rebirth,
abhiññāvosito muni. that sage has perfect insight.


Etāhi tīhi vijjāhi, Because of these three knowledges
tevijjo hoti brāhmaṇo; a brahmin is a master of the three knowledges.
Tamahaṃ vadāmi tevijjaṃ, That’s who I call a three-knowledge master,
nāññaṃ lapitalāpananti. and not the other one, the lip-reciter.”


Evaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hotī”ti. “This, brahmin, is a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.”
“Aññathā, bho gotama, brāhmaṇānaṃ tevijjo, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hoti. “Master Gotama, the master of three knowledges according to the brahmins is quite different from a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.
Imassa ca, bho gotama, ariyassa vinaye tevijjassa brāhmaṇānaṃ tevijjo kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasiṃ. And, Master Gotama, a master of three knowledges according to the brahmins is not worth a sixteenth part of a master of the three knowledges in the training of the noble one.


Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


+

AN 3.60 Saṅgārava: (with brahmin named) Saṅgārava

(2023 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍)
(also see || MA 143 and FLP )

        AN 3.0 (intro)
        AN 3.0 (miracle #1: supernormal power, 6ab #1)
        AN 3.0 (miracle #2: mind reading)
            AN 3.0 (Miracle of telepathy, by sign or vision)
            AN 3.0 (Telepathy by talking to external beings)
            AN 3.0 (telepathy by directly “hearing” vitakka and vicara)
            AN 3.0 (Telepathy by 3⚡💭 abhiñña #3, mind encompass mind of someone who is in second jhāna or higher)
        AN 3.0 (miracle #3: instructing disciples to nirvāna by means of vitakka and vicāra)
        AN 3.0 (Buddha asks him, which of the 3 miracles is best?)
            AN 3.0 (brahmin says instructing disciples to nirvana is the best miracle)
            AN 3.0 (buddha tells brahmin he is rude for presuming Buddha possesses all of those powers)
        AN 3.0 (conclusion: Buddha says far more than 500 monks also possess these 3 miracles)

§60.0 – (intro)

Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Saṅgārava the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā nāma. “Master Gotama, we who are called brahmins
Yaññaṃ yajāmapi yajāpemapi. make sacrifices and encourage others to make sacrifices.
Tatra, bho gotama, yo ceva yajati yo ca yajāpeti sabbe te anekasārīrikaṃ puññappaṭipadaṃ paṭipannā honti, yadidaṃ yaññādhikaraṇaṃ. Now, Master Gotama, both of these people—the one who sacrifices and the one who encourages others to sacrifice—are doing good for many people on account of that sacrifice.
Yo panāyaṃ, bho gotama, yassa vā tassa vā kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ekamattānaṃ dameti, ekamattānaṃ sameti, ekamattānaṃ parinibbāpeti, evamassāyaṃ ekasārīrikaṃ puññappaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, yadidaṃ pabbajjādhikaraṇan”ti. But, Master Gotama, when someone has gone forth from the lay life to homelessness, they tame, calm, and extinguish themselves alone. That being so, they are doing good for just one person on account of that going forth.”


“Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi. Yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. “Well then, brahmin, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like.
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, What do you think, brahmin?
idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. A Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
So evamāha: He says,
‘ethāyaṃ maggo ayaṃ paṭipadā yathāpaṭipanno ahaṃ anuttaraṃ brahmacariyogadhaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedemi; ‘Come, this is the path, this is the practice. Practicing like this, I realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual life with my own insight, and I make it known.
etha, tumhepi tathā paṭipajjatha, yathāpaṭipannā tumhepi anuttaraṃ brahmacariyogadhaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti. Please, all of you, practice like this, and you too will realize the supreme culmination of the spiritual life, and will live having realized it with your own insight.’
Iti ayañceva satthā dhammaṃ deseti, pare ca tathatthāya paṭipajjanti, tāni kho pana honti anekānipi satāni anekānipi sahassāni anekānipi satasahassāni. So the teacher teaches Dhamma, and others practice accordingly, in their hundreds and thousands, and hundreds of thousands.


Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, What do you think, brahmin?
iccāyaṃ evaṃ sante ekasārīrikā vā puññappaṭipadā hoti anekasārīrikā vā, yadidaṃ pabbajjādhikaraṇan”ti? This being so, are they doing good for just one person or for many people on account of going forth?”
“Iccāyampi, bho gotama, evaṃ sante anekasārīrikā puññappaṭipadā hoti, yadidaṃ pabbajjādhikaraṇan”ti. “This being so, Master Gotama, they are doing good for many people on account of going forth.”


Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando saṅgāravaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to Saṅgārava:
“imāsaṃ te, brāhmaṇa, dvinnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ katamā paṭipadā khamati appatthatarā ca appasamārambhatarā ca mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā cā”ti? “Brahmin, which of these two practices do you believe has fewer requirements and undertakings, yet is more fruitful and beneficial?”
Evaṃ vutte, saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: Saṅgārava said to Ānanda:
“seyyathāpi bhavaṃ gotamo bhavaṃ cānando. “Those such as Masters Gotama and Ānanda
Ete me pujjā, ete me pāsaṃsā”ti. are honored and praised by me!”


Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando saṅgāravaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca: For a second time, Ānanda said to Saṅgārava:
“na kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃ pucchāmi: “Brahmin, I didn’t ask you
‘ke vā te pujjā ke vā te pāsaṃsā’ti? who you honor and praise.
Evaṃ kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, pucchāmi: I asked you,
‘imāsaṃ te, brāhmaṇa, dvinnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ katamā paṭipadā khamati appatthatarā ca appasamārambhatarā ca mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā cā’”ti? which of these two practices do you believe has fewer requirements and undertakings, yet is more fruitful and beneficial?”
Dutiyampi kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: For a second time Saṅgārava said to Ānanda:
“seyyathāpi bhavaṃ gotamo bhavaṃ cānando. “Those such as Masters Gotama and Ānanda
Ete me pujjā, ete me pāsaṃsā”ti. are honored and praised by me!”


Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando saṅgāravaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca: For a third time, Ānanda said to Saṅgārava:
“na kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃ pucchāmi: “Brahmin, I didn’t ask you
‘ke vā te pujjā ke vā te pāsaṃsā’ti? who you honor and praise.
Evaṃ kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, pucchāmi: I asked you,
‘imāsaṃ te, brāhmaṇa, dvinnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ katamā paṭipadā khamati appatthatarā ca appasamārambhatarā ca mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā cā’”ti? which of these two practices do you believe has fewer requirements and undertakings, yet is more fruitful and beneficial?”
Tatiyampi kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: For a third time Saṅgārava said to Ānanda:
“seyyathāpi bhavaṃ gotamo bhavaṃ cānando. “Those such as Masters Gotama and Ānanda
Ete me pujjā, ete me pāsaṃsā”ti. are honored and praised by me!”


Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi: Then it occurred to the Buddha:
“yāva tatiyampi kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo ānandena sahadhammikaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho saṃsādeti no vissajjeti. “Though Ānanda asked him a sensible question three times, Saṅgārava falters without answering.
Yannūnāhaṃ parimoceyyan”ti. Why don’t I give him a way out?”
Atha kho bhagavā saṅgāravaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca: Then the Buddha said to Saṅgārava:
“kā nvajja, brāhmaṇa, rājantepure rājapurisānaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ antarākathā udapādī”ti? “Brahmin, what came up in the conversation among the king’s retinue today, sitting together in the royal compound?”
“Ayaṃ khvajja, bho gotama, rājantepure rājapurisānaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ antarākathā udapādi: “Master Gotama, this came up:
‘pubbe sudaṃ appatarā ceva bhikkhū ahesuṃ bahutarā ca uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassesuṃ; ‘Formerly, it seems, there were fewer monks, but more of them displayed superhuman demonstrations of psychic power;
etarahi pana bahutarā ceva bhikkhū appatarā ca uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassentī’ti. while these days, there are more monks, but fewer display superhuman demonstrations of psychic power.’
Ayaṃ khvajja, bho gotama, rājantepure rājapurisānaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ antarākathā udapādī”ti. This is what came up in the conversation among the king’s retinue today, while sitting together in the royal compound.”

(Buddha describes 3 types of miracles)

“Tīṇi kho imāni, brāhmaṇa, pāṭihāriyāni. “Brahmin, there are three kinds of demonstration.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ, anusāsanīpāṭihāriyaṃ. A demonstration of psychic power, a demonstration of revealing, and an instructional demonstration.


§60.1 – (miracle #1: supernormal power, 6ab #1)

(see 1⚡🕴️)
Katamañca, brāhmaṇa, iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ? And what is the demonstration of psychic power?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti: ‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṃ, tirobhāvaṃ; tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti’. It’s when someone wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unimpeded through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the Brahmā realm.
Idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ. This is called the demonstration of psychic power.

+

§60.2 – (miracle #2: mind reading)

Katamañca, brāhmaṇa, ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ? And what is the demonstration of revealing?

§2.1 – (Miracle of telepathy, by sign or vision)

Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco nimittena ādisati: In one case, someone reveals by means of a sign:
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. ‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’
So bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. And even if they reveal this many times, it turns out exactly so, not otherwise.

§2.2 – (Telepathy by talking to external beings)

Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, api ca kho manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati: In another case, someone reveals after hearing it from humans or non-humans or deities:
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. ‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’
So bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. And even if they reveal this many times, it turns out exactly so, not otherwise.

§2.3 – (telepathy by directly “hearing” vitakka and vicara)

Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati napi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati: In another case, someone reveals by hearing the sound of thought spreading as someone thinks and considers:
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. ‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’
So bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. And even if they reveal this many times, it turns out exactly so, not otherwise.

§2.4 – (Telepathy by3⚡💭abhiñña #3, mind encompass mind of someone who is in second jhāna or higher)

Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, napi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, napi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti: In another case, someone comprehends the mind of a person who has attained the undistractible-lucidity that’s free of directing-thought and evaluation. They understand:
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amuṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti. ‘Judging by the way this person’s intentions are directed, immediately after this mind state, they’ll think this thought.’
So bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. And even if they reveal this many times, it turns out exactly so, not otherwise.
Idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ. This is called the demonstration of revealing.

+

§60.3 – (miracle #3: instructing disciples to nirvāna by means of vitakka and vicāra)

Katamañca, brāhmaṇa, anusāsanīpāṭihāriyaṃ? And what is an instructional demonstration?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco evamanusāsati: It’s when someone instructs others like this:
‘evaṃ vitakketha, mā evaṃ vitakkayittha; evaṃ manasi karotha, mā evaṃ manasākattha; idaṃ pajahatha, idaṃ upasampajja viharathā’ti. ‘Think like this, not like that. Focus your mind like this, not like that. Give up this, and live having achieved that.’
Idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, anusāsanīpāṭihāriyaṃ. This is called an instructional demonstration.


(conclusion of the 3 types of miracles)
Imāni kho, brāhmaṇa, tīṇi pāṭihāriyāni. These are the three kinds of demonstration.


Imesaṃ te, brāhmaṇa, tiṇṇaṃ pāṭihāriyānaṃ katamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ khamati abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañcā”ti? Of these three kinds of demonstration, which do you consider to be the finest?”

+

§60.4 – (Buddha asks him, which of the 3 miracles is best?)

“Tatra, bho gotama, yadidaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ idhekacco anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti … pe … “Regarding this, Master Gotama, a demonstration of psychic power
yāva brāhmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti,
idaṃ, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ yova naṃ karoti sova naṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, yova naṃ karoti tasseva taṃ hoti. is experienced only by the one who performs it, occurring only to them.
Idaṃ me, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ māyāsahadhammarūpaṃ viya khāyati. This seems to me like a magic trick.


Yampidaṃ, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ idhekacco nimittena ādisati: And the demonstration where someone reveals something by means of a sign,
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti, so bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā.
Idha pana, bho gotama, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, api ca kho manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati … pe … or after hearing it from human, non-humans, or deities,
napi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati … pe … or by hearing the sound of thought spreading as someone thinks and considers,
napi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti: or by comprehending the mind of another person,
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amhaṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti, so bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā.
Idampi, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ yova naṃ karoti sova naṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, yova naṃ karoti tasseva taṃ hoti. is also experienced only by the one who performs it, occurring only to them.
Idampi me, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ māyāsahadhammarūpaṃ viya khāyati. This also seems to me like a magic trick.

§4.1 – (brahmin says instructing disciples to nirvana is the best miracle)

Yañca kho idaṃ, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ idhekacco evaṃ anusāsati: But as to the demonstration where someone instructs others:
‘evaṃ vitakketha, mā evaṃ vitakkayittha; evaṃ manasi karotha, mā evaṃ manasākattha; idaṃ pajahatha, idaṃ upasampajja viharathā’ti. ‘Think like this, not like that. Focus your mind like this, not like that. Give up this, and live having achieved that.’
Idameva, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ khamati imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ pāṭihāriyānaṃ abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca. I prefer this demonstration, Master Gotama. It’s the finest of the three kinds of demonstration.


Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing,
Yāvasubhāsitamidaṃ bhotā gotamena imehi ca mayaṃ tīhi pāṭihāriyehi samannāgataṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dhārema. how well said this was said by Master Gotama. We regard Master Gotama as someone who possesses these three kinds of demonstration.
Bhavañhi gotamo anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti … pe … yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti, For Master Gotama wields the many kinds of psychic power … controlling the body as far as the Brahmā realm.
bhavañhi gotamo avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti: And Master Gotama comprehends the mind of another person who has attained the undistractible-lucidity that is free of directing-thought and evaluation. He understands:
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amuṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti. ‘Judging by the way this person’s intentions are directed, immediately after this mind state they’ll think this thought.’
Bhavañhi gotamo evamanusāsati: And Master Gotama instructs others like this:
‘evaṃ vitakketha, mā evaṃ vitakkayittha; evaṃ manasi karotha, mā evaṃ manasākattha; idaṃ pajahatha, idaṃ upasampajja viharathā’”ti. ‘Think like this, not like that. Focus your mind like this, not like that. Give up this, and live having achieved that.’”

§4.5 – (buddha tells brahmin he is rude for presuming Buddha possesses all of those powers)

“Addhā kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āsajja upanīya vācā bhāsitā; “Your words are clearly invasive and intrusive, brahmin.
api ca tyāhaṃ byākarissāmi. Nevertheless, I will answer you.
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhomi … pe … yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vattemi. For I do wield the many kinds of psychic power … controlling the body as far as the Brahmā realm.
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: And I do comprehend the mind of another person who has attained the undistractible-lucidity that is free of directing-thought and evaluation. I understand:
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā, imassa cittassa anantarā amuṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti. ‘Judging by the way this person’s intentions are directed, immediately after this mind state they’ll think this thought.’
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, evamanusāsāmi: And I do instruct others like this:
‘evaṃ vitakketha, mā evaṃ vitakkayittha; evaṃ manasi karotha, mā evaṃ manasākattha; idaṃ pajahatha, idaṃ upasampajja viharathā’”ti. ‘Think like this, not like that. Focus your mind like this, not like that. Give up this, and live having achieved that.’”

§60.5 – (conclusion: Buddha says far more than 500 monks also possess these 3 miracles)

“Atthi pana, bho gotama, añño ekabhikkhupi yo imehi tīhi pāṭihāriyehi samannāgato, aññatra bhotā gotamenā”ti? “But Master Gotama, is there even one other monk who possesses these three kinds of demonstration, apart from Master Gotama?”
“Na kho, brāhmaṇa, ekaṃyeva sataṃ na dve satāni na tīṇi satāni na cattāri satāni na pañca satāni, atha kho bhiyyova, ye bhikkhū imehi tīhi pāṭihāriyehi samannāgatā”ti. “There’s not just one hundred monks, brahmin, who possess these three kinds of demonstration, nor two, three, four, or five hundred, but many more than that.”
“Kahaṃ pana, bho gotama, etarahi te bhikkhū viharantī”ti? “But where are these monks now staying?”
“Imasmiṃyeva kho, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhusaṃghe”ti. “Right here, brahmin, in this Saṅgha of monks.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama. “Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with good eyes can see what’s there, Master Gotama has made The Dharma clear in many ways.
Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. I go for refuge to Master Gotama, to The Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..6.. - AN 3 vagga 6 Brāhmaṇa: Brahmins]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 7 Mahā: The Great Chapter

7. Mahāvagga 7. The Great Chapter


+

AN 3.61 Titthāyatana: Sectarian Tenets

61. Titthāyatanasutta 61. Sectarian Tenets
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, titthāyatanāni yāni paṇḍitehi samanuyuñjiyamānāni samanugāhiyamānāni samanubhāsiyamānāni parampi gantvā akiriyāya saṇṭhahanti. “monks, these three sectarian tenets—as pursued, pressed, and grilled by the astute—when taken to their conclusion, end with inaction.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino: There are some ascetics and brahmins who have this doctrine and view:
‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetū’ti. ‘Everything this individual experiences—pleasurable, painful, or neutral—is because of past deeds.’
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino: There are some ascetics and brahmins who have this doctrine and view:
‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ issaranimmānahetū’ti. ‘Everything this individual experiences—pleasurable, painful, or neutral—is because of the Lord God’s creation.’
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino: There are some ascetics and brahmins who have this doctrine and view:
‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ ahetuappaccayā’ti. ‘Everything this individual experiences—pleasurable, painful, or neutral—has no cause or reason.’

§61.1 – extreme (wrong) view on karma causing everything

Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino: Regarding this, I went up to the ascetics and brahmins whose view is that
‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetū’ti, tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi: everything that is experienced is because of past deeds, and I said to them:
‘saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino: ‘Is it really true that this is the venerables’ view?’
“yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetū”’ti?
Te ca me evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti. And they answered, ‘Yes’.
Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: I said to them:
‘tenahāyasmanto pāṇātipātino bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, adinnādāyino bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, abrahmacārino bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, musāvādino bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, pisuṇavācā bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, pharusavācā bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, samphappalāpino bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, abhijjhāluno bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, byāpannacittā bhavissanti pubbekatahetu, micchādiṭṭhikā bhavissanti pubbekatahetu’. ‘In that case, you might kill living creatures, steal, be unchaste; use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; be covetous, malicious, or have wrong view, all because of past deeds.’


Pubbekataṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sārato paccāgacchataṃ na hoti chando vā vāyāmo vā idaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ idaṃ vā akaraṇīyanti. Those who believe that past deeds are the most important thing have no enthusiasm or effort, no idea that there are things that should and should not be done.
Iti karaṇīyākaraṇīye kho pana saccato thetato anupalabbhiyamāne muṭṭhassatīnaṃ anārakkhānaṃ viharataṃ na hoti paccattaṃ sahadhammiko samaṇavādo. Since they don’t acknowledge as a genuine fact that there are things that should and should not be done, they’re unrememberful and careless, and can’t rightly be called ascetics.
Ayaṃ kho me, bhikkhave, tesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu evaṃvādīsu evaṃdiṭṭhīsu paṭhamo sahadhammiko niggaho hoti. (1) This is my first legitimate refutation of the ascetics and brahmins who have this doctrine and view.

§61.2 – view that God is responsible for everything

Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino: Regarding this, I went up to the ascetics and brahmins whose view is that
‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ issaranimmānahetū’ti, tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi: everything that is experienced is because of the Lord God’s creation, and I said to them:
‘saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino— ‘Is it really true that this is the venerables’ view?’
yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ issaranimmānahetū’ti?
Te ca me evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti. And they answered, ‘Yes’.
Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: I said to them:
‘tenahāyasmanto pāṇātipātino bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, adinnādāyino bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, abrahmacārino bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, musāvādino bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, pisuṇavācā bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, pharusavācā bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, samphappalāpino bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, abhijjhāluno bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, byāpannacittā bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu, micchādiṭṭhikā bhavissanti issaranimmānahetu’. ‘In that case, you might kill living creatures, steal, be unchaste; use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; be covetous, malicious, or have wrong view, all because of the Lord God’s creation.’


Issaranimmānaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sārato paccāgacchataṃ na hoti chando vā vāyāmo vā idaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ idaṃ vā akaraṇīyanti. Those who believe that the Lord God’s creative power is the most important thing have no enthusiasm, no effort, no idea that there are things that should and should not be done.
Iti karaṇīyākaraṇīye kho pana saccato thetato anupalabbhiyamāne muṭṭhassatīnaṃ anārakkhānaṃ viharataṃ na hoti paccattaṃ sahadhammiko samaṇavādo. Since they don’t acknowledge as a genuine fact that there are things that should and should not be done, they’re unrememberful and careless, and can’t rightly be called ascetics.
Ayaṃ kho me, bhikkhave, tesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu evaṃvādīsu evaṃdiṭṭhīsu dutiyo sahadhammiko niggaho hoti. (2) This is my second legitimate refutation of the ascetics and brahmins who have this doctrine and view.

§61.3 – view that nothing has cause or reason

Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino: Regarding this, I went up to the ascetics and brahmins whose view is that
‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ ahetuappaccayā’ti, tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi: everything that is experienced has no cause or reason, and I said to them:
‘saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino— ‘Is it really true that this is the venerables’ view?’
yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ ahetuappaccayā’ti?
Te ca me evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti. And they answered, ‘Yes’.
Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: I said to them:
‘tenahāyasmanto pāṇātipātino bhavissanti ahetuappaccayā … pe … micchādiṭṭhikā bhavissanti ahetuappaccayā’”. ‘In that case, you might kill living creatures, steal, be unchaste; use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; be covetous, malicious, or have wrong view, all without cause or reason.’


Ahetuappaccayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sārato paccāgacchataṃ na hoti chando vā vāyāmo vā idaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ idaṃ vā akaraṇīyanti. Those who believe that the absence of cause or reason is the most important thing have no enthusiasm, no effort, no idea that there are things that should and should not be done.
Iti karaṇīyākaraṇīye kho pana saccato thetato anupalabbhiyamāne muṭṭhassatīnaṃ anārakkhānaṃ viharataṃ na hoti paccattaṃ sahadhammiko samaṇavādo. Since they don’t acknowledge as a genuine fact that there are things that should and should not be done, they’re unrememberful and careless, and can’t rightly be called ascetics.
Ayaṃ kho me, bhikkhave, tesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu evaṃvādīsu evaṃdiṭṭhīsu tatiyo sahadhammiko niggaho hoti. (3) This is my third legitimate refutation of the ascetics and brahmins who have this doctrine and view.


Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi titthāyatanāni yāni paṇḍitehi samanuyuñjiyamānāni samanugāhiyamānāni samanubhāsiyamānāni parampi gantvā akiriyāya saṇṭhahanti. These are the three sectarian tenets—as pursued, pressed, and grilled by the astute—which, when taken to their conclusion, end with inaction.

+

§61.4 – Buddha’s Dhamma:

Ayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. But the Dhamma that I’ve taught is irrefutable, uncorrupted, beyond reproach, and not scorned by sensible ascetics and brahmins.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi? What is the Dhamma that I’ve taught?
Imā cha dhātuyoti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. ‘These are the six elements’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Imāni cha phassāyatanānīti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. ‘These are the six fields of contact’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Ime aṭṭhārasa manopavicārāti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. ‘These are the eighteen mental preoccupations’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Imāni cattāri ariyasaccānīti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. ‘These are the four noble truths’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught that is irrefutable, uncorrupted, beyond reproach, and is not scorned by sensible ascetics and brahmins.

§4.1 – 6 elements

Imā cha dhātuyoti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘“These are the six elements”: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …’
Iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. That’s what I said,
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? and why did I say it?
Chayimā, bhikkhave, dhātuyo— There are these six elements:
pathavīdhātu, āpodhātu, tejodhātu, vāyodhātu, ākāsadhātu, viññāṇadhātu. the elements of earth, water, fire, air, space, and consciousness.
Imā cha dhātuyoti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘These are the six elements’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

§4.2 – 6 fields

Imāni cha phassāyatanānīti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘These are the six fields of contact’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. That’s what I said,
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? and why did I say it?
Chayimāni, bhikkhave, phassāyatanāni— There are these six fields of contact:
cakkhu phassāyatanaṃ, sotaṃ phassāyatanaṃ, ghānaṃ phassāyatanaṃ, jivhā phassāyatanaṃ, kāyo phassāyatanaṃ, mano phassāyatanaṃ. eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.
Imāni cha phassāyatanānīti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘These are the six fields of contact’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

§4.3 – 18 mental explorations

Ime aṭṭhārasa manopavicārāti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘These are the eighteen mental preoccupations’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. This is what I said,
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? and why did I say it?
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicarati domanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicarati upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicarati, Seeing a sight with the eye, one is preoccupied with a sight that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimous-observation.
sotena saddaṃ sutvā … Hearing a sound with the ear …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … Smelling an odor with the nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … Tasting a flavor with the tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … Feeling a touch with the body …
manasā dhammaṃ viññāya somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ dhammaṃ upavicarati domanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ dhammaṃ upavicarati upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṃ dhammaṃ upavicarati. Becoming conscious of a thought with the mind, one is preoccupied with a thought that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimous-observation.
Ime aṭṭhārasa manopavicārāti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘These are the eighteen mental preoccupations’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …
Iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

+

§4.4 – 4 noble truths

Imāni cattāri ariyasaccānīti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘“These are the four noble truths”: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …’
Iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. That’s what I said,
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? and why did I say it?
Channaṃ, bhikkhave, dhātūnaṃ upādāya gabbhassāvakkanti hoti; Supported by the six elements, an embryo is conceived.
okkantiyā sati nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā. When it is conceived, there are name and form. Name and form are conditions for the six sense fields. The six sense fields are conditions for contact. Contact is a condition for feeling.


§4.1 – it’s for one who senses that Buddha declares Dhamma of 4nt
Vediyamānassa kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, idaṃ dukkhanti paññapemi, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayoti paññapemi, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhoti paññapemi, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti paññapemi. It’s for one who feels that I declare: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.

§4.2 – standard 1st noble truth
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? And what is the noble truth of suffering?
Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, () maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Rebirth is suffering; old age is suffering; death is suffering; sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress are suffering; association with the disliked is suffering; separation from the liked is suffering; not getting what you wish for is suffering. In brief, the five grasping aggregates are suffering.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. This is called the noble truth of suffering.

§4.3 – unusual 2nd noble truth as 12ps
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? And what is the noble truth of the origin of suffering?
Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, Ignorance is a condition for co-doings.
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, co-doings are a condition for consciousness.
viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, Consciousness is a condition for name and form.
nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, Name and form are conditions for the six sense fields.
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, The six sense fields are conditions for contact.
phassapaccayā vedanā, Contact is a condition for feeling.
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, Feeling is a condition for craving.
taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, Craving is a condition for grasping.
upādānapaccayā bhavo, Grasping is a condition for continued existence.
bhavapaccayā jāti, Continued existence is a condition for rebirth.
jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Rebirth is a condition for old age and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress to come to be.
Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. That is how this entire mass of suffering originates.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. This is called the noble truth of the origin of suffering.

§4.4 – unusual 3rd noble truth as cessation of 12ps
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering?
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, When ignorance fades away and ceases with nothing left over, co-doings cease.
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, When co-doings cease, consciousness ceases.
viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, When consciousness ceases, name and form cease.
nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, When name and form cease, the six sense fields cease.
saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, When the six sense fields cease, contact ceases.
phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, When contact ceases, feeling ceases.
vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, When feeling ceases, craving ceases.
taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, When craving ceases, grasping ceases.
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, When grasping ceases, continued existence ceases.
bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, When continued existence ceases, rebirth ceases.
jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. When rebirth ceases, old age and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress cease.
Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. That is how this entire mass of suffering ceases.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. This is called the noble truth of the cessation of suffering.

§4.5 – standard 4th noble truth
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? And what is the noble truth of the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering?
Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ— It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right remembering, and right undistractible-lucidity.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ. This is called the noble truth of the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.
‘Imāni cattāri ariyasaccānī’ti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. ‘These are the four noble truths’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught that is irrefutable, uncorrupted, beyond reproach, and is not scorned by sensible ascetics and brahmins.
Iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttan”ti. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.”


end of section [3.61 - AN 3.61 Titthāyatana: Sectarian Tenets]

AN 3.62 Bhaya: Perils

62. Bhayasutta 62. Perils
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, amātāputtikāni bhayānīti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. “monks, an uneducated ordinary person speaks of three perils that tear mothers and children apart.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ mahāaggiḍāho vuṭṭhāti. There comes a time when a great fire flares up,
Mahāaggiḍāhe kho pana, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhite tena gāmāpi ḍayhanti nigamāpi ḍayhanti nagarāpi ḍayhanti. and it burns villages, towns, and cities.
Gāmesupi ḍayhamānesu nigamesupi ḍayhamānesu nagaresupi ḍayhamānesu tattha mātāpi puttaṃ nappaṭilabhati, puttopi mātaraṃ nappaṭilabhati. When this happens, a mother can’t find her child, and a child can’t find their mother.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ amātāputtikaṃ bhayanti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. This is the first peril that tears mothers and children apart.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti so samayo yaṃ mahāmegho vuṭṭhāti. Furthermore, there comes a time when a great storm gathers,
Mahāmeghe kho pana, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhite mahāudakavāhako sañjāyati. and it unleashes a mighty flood
Mahāudakavāhake kho pana, bhikkhave, sañjāyante tena gāmāpi vuyhanti nigamāpi vuyhanti nagarāpi vuyhanti. that sweeps away villages, towns, and cities.
Gāmesupi vuyhamānesu nigamesupi vuyhamānesu nagaresupi vuyhamānesu tattha mātāpi puttaṃ nappaṭilabhati, puttopi mātaraṃ nappaṭilabhati. When this happens, a mother can’t find her child, and a child can’t find their mother.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ amātāputtikaṃ bhayanti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. This is the second peril that tears mothers and children apart.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti so samayo yaṃ bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo, cakkasamāruḷhā jānapadā pariyāyanti. Furthermore, there comes a time of peril from wild savages, and the countryfolk mount their vehicles and flee everywhere.
Bhaye kho pana, bhikkhave, sati aṭavisaṅkope cakkasamāruḷhesu jānapadesu pariyāyantesu tattha mātāpi puttaṃ nappaṭilabhati, puttopi mātaraṃ nappaṭilabhati. When this happens, a mother can’t find her child, and a child can’t find their mother.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ amātāputtikaṃ bhayanti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. This is the third peril that tears mothers and children apart.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi amātāputtikāni bhayānīti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. These are the three perils an uneducated ordinary person speaks of that tear mothers and children apart.


Tāni kho panimāni, bhikkhave, tīṇi samātāputtikāniyeva bhayāni amātāputtikāni bhayānīti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. monks, an uneducated ordinary person speaks of three perils that don’t tear mothers and children apart.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ mahāaggiḍāho vuṭṭhāti. There comes a time when a great fire flares up,
Mahāaggiḍāhe kho pana, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhite tena gāmāpi ḍayhanti nigamāpi ḍayhanti nagarāpi ḍayhanti. and it burns villages, towns, and cities.
Gāmesupi ḍayhamānesu nigamesupi ḍayhamānesu nagaresupi ḍayhamānesu hoti so samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci mātāpi puttaṃ paṭilabhati, puttopi mātaraṃ paṭilabhati. When this happens, sometimes a mother can find her child, and a child can find their mother.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ samātāputtikaṃyeva bhayaṃ amātāputtikaṃ bhayanti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. This is the first peril that doesn’t tear mothers and children apart.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti so samayo yaṃ mahāmegho vuṭṭhāti. Furthermore, there comes a time when a great storm gathers,
Mahāmeghe kho pana, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhite mahāudakavāhako sañjāyati. and it unleashes a mighty flood
Mahāudakavāhake kho pana, bhikkhave, sañjāte tena gāmāpi vuyhanti nigamāpi vuyhanti nagarāpi vuyhanti. that sweeps away villages, towns, and cities.
Gāmesupi vuyhamānesu nigamesupi vuyhamānesu nagaresupi vuyhamānesu hoti so samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci mātāpi puttaṃ paṭilabhati, puttopi mātaraṃ paṭilabhati. When this happens, sometimes a mother can find her child, and a child can find their mother.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ samātāputtikaṃyeva bhayaṃ amātāputtikaṃ bhayanti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. This is the second peril that doesn’t tear mothers and children apart.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti so samayo yaṃ bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo, cakkasamāruḷhā jānapadā pariyāyanti. Furthermore, there comes a time of peril from wild savages, and the countryfolk mount their vehicles and flee everywhere.
Bhaye kho pana, bhikkhave, sati aṭavisaṅkope cakkasamāruḷhesu jānapadesu pariyāyantesu hoti so samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci mātāpi puttaṃ paṭilabhati, puttopi mātaraṃ paṭilabhati. When this happens, sometimes a mother can find her child, and a child can find their mother.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ samātāputtikaṃyeva bhayaṃ amātāputtikaṃ bhayanti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. This is the third peril that doesn’t tear mothers and children apart.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi samātāputtikāniyeva bhayāni amātāputtikāni bhayānīti assutavā puthujjano bhāsati. These are the three perils an uneducated ordinary person speaks of that don’t tear mothers and children apart.


Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, amātāputtikāni bhayāni. There are three perils that tear mothers and children apart.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Jarābhayaṃ, byādhibhayaṃ, maraṇabhayanti. The perils of old age, sickness, and death.
Na, bhikkhave, mātā puttaṃ jīramānaṃ evaṃ labhati: When a child is growing old, a mother doesn’t get her wish:
‘ahaṃ jīrāmi, mā me putto jīrī’ti; ‘Let me grow old, may my child not grow old!’
putto vā pana mātaraṃ jīramānaṃ na evaṃ labhati: When a mother is growing old, a child doesn’t get their wish:
‘ahaṃ jīrāmi, mā me mātā jīrī’ti. ‘Let me grow old, may my mother not grow old!’


Na, bhikkhave, mātā puttaṃ byādhiyamānaṃ evaṃ labhati: When a child is sick, a mother doesn’t get her wish:
‘ahaṃ byādhiyāmi, mā me putto byādhiyī’ti; ‘Let me be sick, may my child not be sick!’
putto vā pana mātaraṃ byādhiyamānaṃ na evaṃ labhati: When a mother is sick, a child doesn’t get their wish:
‘ahaṃ byādhiyāmi, mā me mātā byādhiyī’ti. ‘Let me be sick, may my mother not be sick!’


Na, bhikkhave, mātā puttaṃ mīyamānaṃ evaṃ labhati: When a child is dying, a mother doesn’t get her wish:
‘ahaṃ mīyāmi, mā me putto mīyī’ti; ‘Let me die, may my child not die!’
putto vā pana mātaraṃ mīyamānaṃ na evaṃ labhati: When a mother is dying, a child doesn’t get their wish:
‘ahaṃ mīyāmi, mā me mātā mīyī’ti. ‘Let me die, may my mother not die!’
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi amātāputtikāni bhayānīti. These are the three perils that tear mothers from their children.


Atthi, bhikkhave, maggo atthi paṭipadā imesañca tiṇṇaṃ samātāputtikānaṃ bhayānaṃ imesañca tiṇṇaṃ amātāputtikānaṃ bhayānaṃ pahānāya samatikkamāya saṃvattati. There is a path and a practice that leads to giving up and going beyond the three perils that don’t tear mothers and children apart, and the three perils that do tear mothers and children apart.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, maggo katamā ca paṭipadā imesañca tiṇṇaṃ samātāputtikānaṃ bhayānaṃ imesañca tiṇṇaṃ amātāputtikānaṃ bhayānaṃ pahānāya samatikkamāya saṃvattati? What is that path and practice?
Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ— It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right remembering, and right undistractible-lucidity.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, maggo ayaṃ paṭipadā imesañca tiṇṇaṃ samātāputtikānaṃ bhayānaṃ imesañca tiṇṇaṃ amātāputtikānaṃ bhayānaṃ pahānāya samatikkamāya saṃvattatī”ti. This is the path, this is the practice that leads to giving up and going beyond the three perils that don’t tear mothers and children apart, and the three perils that do tear mothers and children apart.”


end of section [3.62 - AN 3.62 Bhaya: Perils]
+

AN 3.63 Venāgapura: (name of village)

(2024 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍)fnod 1..3.63

    AN 3.63 - AN 3.63 Venāgapura: (name of village)
        AN 3.63.1 - (high bed – divine – four jhānas in all 4 postures)
        AN 3.63.2 - (high bed – brahma – 4bv☮️ brahma vihāras in all 4 postures)
        AN 3.63.3 - (high bed – noble – reflecting on arahantship)

Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ yena venāgapuraṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of monks when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Venāgapura.
Assosuṃ kho venāgapurikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā: The brahmins and householders of Venāgapura heard:
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito venāgapuraṃ anuppatto. “It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Venāgapura.
Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: He has this good reputation:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.
So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. He teaches Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And he reveals a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī”ti. It’s good to see such perfected ones.”


Atha kho venāgapurikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho venāgapuriko vacchagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then the brahmins and householders of Venāgapura went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Then the brahmin Vacchagotta of Venāgapura said to the Buddha:


“Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. “It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing,
Yāvañcidaṃ bhoto gotamassa vippasannāni indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. how your faculties are so very clear, and the complexion of your skin is pure and bright.
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, sāradaṃ badarapaṇḍuṃ parisuddhaṃ hoti pariyodātaṃ; It’s like a golden brown jujube in the autumn,
evamevaṃ bhoto gotamassa vippasannāni indriyāni parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, tālapakkaṃ sampati bandhanā pamuttaṃ parisuddhaṃ hoti pariyodātaṃ; or a palm fruit freshly plucked from the stalk,
evamevaṃ bhoto gotamassa vippasannāni indriyāni parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nekkhaṃ jambonadaṃ dakkhakammāraputtasuparikammakataṃ ukkāmukhe sukusalasampahaṭṭhaṃ paṇḍukambale nikkhittaṃ bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; or an ornament of rare gold, fashioned by an expert smith, expertly wrought in the forge, and placed on a cream rug where it shines and glows and radiates.
evamevaṃ bhoto gotamassa vippasannāni indriyāni parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. In the same way, your faculties are so very clear, and the complexion of your skin is pure and bright.
Yāni tāni, bho gotama, uccāsayanamahāsayanāni, seyyathidaṃ— Surely Master Gotama gets when he wants, without trouble or difficulty, various kinds of high and luxurious bedding, such as:
āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṃ koseyyaṃ kuttakaṃ hatthattharaṃ assattharaṃ rathattharaṃ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ sauttaracchadaṃ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṃ, evarūpānaṃ nūna bhavaṃ gotamo uccāsayanamahāsayanānaṃ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double-or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends.”


“Yāni kho pana tāni, brāhmaṇa, uccāsayanamahāsayanāni, seyyathidaṃ— “Brahmin, these various kinds of high and luxurious bedding
āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṃ koseyyaṃ kuttakaṃ hatthattharaṃ assattharaṃ rathattharaṃ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ sauttaracchadaṃ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṃ.
Dullabhāni tāni pabbajitānaṃ laddhā ca pana na kappanti. are hard for renunciates to get hold of. And even if they do get them, they’re not allowed.


Tīṇi kho, imāni, brāhmaṇa, uccāsayanamahāsayanāni, yesāhaṃ etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. There are, brahmin, these three high and luxurious beds that I get these days when I want, without trouble or difficulty.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Dibbaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, brahmaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, ariyaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ. The high and luxurious beds of the gods, of Brahmā, and of the noble ones.
Imāni kho, brāhmaṇa, tīṇi uccāsayanamahāsayanāni, yesāhaṃ etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. These are the three high and luxurious beds that I get these days when I want, without trouble or difficulty.”

§63.1 – (high bed – divine – four jhānas in all 4 postures)

“Katamaṃ pana taṃ, bho gotama, dibbaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, yassa bhavaṃ gotamo etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti? “But what, Master Gotama, is the high and luxurious bed of the gods?”
“Idhāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharāmi, so pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisāmi. “Brahmin, when I am living supported by a village or town, I robe up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms.
So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vanantaññeva pavisāmi. After the meal, on my return from alms-round, I enter a wood.
So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṃ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile, and sit down cross-legged, with my body straight, and establish remembering right there.
So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, I enter and remain in the first jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, I enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedemi, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; And with the fading away of rapture, I enter and remain in the third jhāna, where I meditate with equanimous-observation, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure.’
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi. With the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, I enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimous-observation and remembering.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto caṅkamāmi, dibbo me eso tasmiṃ samaye caṅkamo hoti. When I’m in such a state [of the four jhānas], if I walk back and forth, at that time I walk like the gods.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto tiṭṭhāmi, dibbaṃ me etaṃ tasmiṃ samaye ṭhānaṃ hoti. When I’m in such a state [of the four jhānas], if I stand, at that time I stand like the gods.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto nisīdāmi, dibbaṃ me etaṃ tasmiṃ samaye āsanaṃ hoti. When I’m in such a state [of the four jhānas], if I sit, at that time I sit like the gods.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto seyyaṃ kappemi, dibbaṃ me etaṃ tasmiṃ samaye uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ hoti. When I’m in such a state [of the four jhānas], if I lie down, at that time I lie down like the gods.
Idaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, dibbaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, yassāhaṃ etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. This is the high and luxurious bed of the gods that I get these days when I want, without trouble or difficulty.”


“Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. “It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing!
Ko cañño evarūpassa dibbassa uccāsayanamahāsayanassa nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, aññatra bhotā gotamena. Who but Master Gotama could get such a high and luxurious bed of the gods when he wants, without trouble or difficulty?

§63.2 – (high bed – brahma –4bv☮️brahma vihāras in all 4 postures)

Katamaṃ pana taṃ, bho gotama, brahmaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, yassa bhavaṃ gotamo etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti? But what, Master Gotama, is the high and luxurious bed of Brahmā?”
“Idhāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharāmi, so pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisāmi. “Brahmin, when I am living supported by a village or town, I robe up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms.
So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vanantaññeva pavisāmi. After the meal, on my return from alms-round, I enter a wood.
So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṃ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile, and sit down cross-legged, with my body straight, and establish remembering right there.
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharāmi, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharāmi. I meditate spreading a heart full of friendliness to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, I spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā … pe … I meditate spreading a heart full of compassion to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, I spread a heart full of compassion to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
muditāsahagatena cetasā … I meditate spreading a heart full of rejoicing to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, I spread a heart full of rejoicing to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharāmi, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharāmi. I meditate spreading a heart full of equanimous-observation to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, I spread a heart full of equanimous-observation to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto caṅkamāmi, brahmā me eso tasmiṃ samaye caṅkamo hoti. When I’m in such a state, if I walk, at that time I walk like Brahmā.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto tiṭṭhāmi … pe … … I stand like Brahmā. …
nisīdāmi … pe … … I sit like Brahmā …
seyyaṃ kappemi, brahmaṃ me etaṃ tasmiṃ samaye uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ hoti. When I’m in such a state, if I lie down, at that time I lie down like Brahmā.
Idaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, brahmaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, yassāhaṃ etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. This is the high and luxurious bed of Brahmā that I get these days when I want, without trouble or difficulty.”


“Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. “It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing!
Ko cañño evarūpassa brahmassa uccāsayanamahāsayanassa nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, aññatra bhotā gotamena. Who but Master Gotama could get such a high and luxurious bed of Brahmā when he wants, without trouble or difficulty?

§63.3 – (high bed – noble – reflecting on arahantship)

Katamaṃ pana taṃ, bho gotama, ariyaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, yassa bhavaṃ gotamo etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti? But what, Master Gotama, is the high and luxurious bed of the noble ones?”
“Idhāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharāmi, so pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisāmi. “Brahmin, when I am living supported by a village or town, I robe up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms.
So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vanantaññeva pavisāmi. After the meal, on my return from alms-round, I enter a wood.
So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṃ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile, and sit down cross-legged, with my body straight, and establish remembering right there.
So evaṃ jānāmi: I know this:
‘rāgo me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo; ‘I’ve given up greed, hate, and delusion, cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so they’re unable to arise in the future.’
doso me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo;
moho me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto caṅkamāmi, ariyo me eso tasmiṃ samaye caṅkamo hoti. When I’m in such a state, if I walk, at that time I walk like the noble ones.
So ce ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃbhūto tiṭṭhāmi … pe … … I stand like the noble ones …
nisīdāmi … pe … … I sit like the noble ones …
seyyaṃ kappemi, ariyaṃ me etaṃ tasmiṃ samaye uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ hoti. When I’m in such a state, if I lie down, at that time I lie down like the noble ones.
Idaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, ariyaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ, yassāhaṃ etarahi nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. This is the high and luxurious bed of the noble ones that I get these days when I want, without trouble or difficulty.”


“Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. “It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing!
Ko cañño evarūpassa ariyassa uccāsayanamahāsayanassa nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, aññatra bhotā gotamena. Who but Master Gotama could get such a high and luxurious bed of the noble ones when he wants, without trouble or difficulty?


Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama. Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ kho bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with good eyes can see what’s there, Master Gotama has made The Dharma clear in many ways.
Ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to The Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsake no bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.”


end of section [3.63 - AN 3.63 Venāgapura: (name of village)]

AN 3.64 Sarabha: With Sarabha

64. Sarabhasutta 64. With Sarabha
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
Tena kho pana samayena sarabho nāma paribbājako acirapakkanto hoti imasmā dhammavinayā. Now at that time a wanderer called Sarabha had recently left this Dharma and training.
So rājagahe parisati evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati: He was telling a crowd in Rājagaha:
“aññāto mayā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo. “I learned The Dharma of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan,
Aññāya ca panāhaṃ samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammaṃ evāhaṃ tasmā dhammavinayā apakkanto”ti. then I left their Dharma and Training.”
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Then several monks robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Rājagaha for alms.
Assosuṃ kho te bhikkhū sarabhassa paribbājakassa rājagahe parisati evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamānassa: They heard what Sarabha was saying.
“aññāto mayā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo.
Aññāya ca panāhaṃ samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammaṃ evāhaṃ tasmā dhammavinayā apakkanto”ti.


Atha kho te bhikkhū rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: Then, after the meal, when they returned from alms-round, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“sarabho nāma, bhante, paribbājako acirapakkanto imasmā dhammavinayā. “The wanderer called Sarabha has recently left this Dharma and training.
So rājagahe parisati evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati: He was telling a crowd in Rājagaha:
‘aññāto mayā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo. ‘I learned The Dharma of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan,
Aññāya ca panāhaṃ samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammaṃ evāhaṃ tasmā dhammavinayā apakkanto’ti. then I left their Dharma and Training.’
Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yena sippinikātīraṃ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. Sir, please go to the wanderer’s monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to see Sarabha the wanderer out of compassion.”
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. The Buddha consented in silence.


Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṃ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā sarabhaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to visit Sarabha the wanderer. He sat on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderer Sarabha:
“saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, sarabha, evaṃ vadesi: “Is it really true, Sarabha, that you’ve been saying:
‘aññāto mayā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo. ‘I learned The Dharma of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan,
Aññāya ca panāhaṃ samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammaṃ evāhaṃ tasmā dhammavinayā apakkanto’”ti? then I left their Dharma and Training.’”
Evaṃ vutte, sarabho paribbājako tuṇhī ahosi. When he said this, Sarabha kept silent.


Dutiyampi kho bhagavā sarabhaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca: For a second time, the Buddha said to Sarabha:
“vadehi, sarabha, kinti te aññāto samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo? “Tell me, Sarabha, what exactly have you learned of the Dharmas of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan?
Sace te aparipūraṃ bhavissati, ahaṃ paripūressāmi. If you’ve not learned it fully, I’ll fill you in.
Sace pana te paripūraṃ bhavissati, ahaṃ anumodissāmī”ti. But if you have learned it fully, I’ll agree.”
Dutiyampi kho sarabho paribbājako tuṇhī ahosi. For a second time, Sarabha kept silent.


Tatiyampi kho bhagavā sarabhaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca: For a third time, the Buddha said to Sarabha:
“yo kho, sarabha, paññāyati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo vadehi, sarabha, kinti te aññāto samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo? “Sarabha, the Dharmas of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan are clear to me. What exactly have you learned of the Dharmas of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan?
Sace te aparipūraṃ bhavissati, ahaṃ paripūressāmi. If you’ve not learned it fully, I’ll fill you in.
Sace pana te paripūraṃ bhavissati, ahaṃ anumodissāmī”ti. But if you have learned it fully, I’ll agree.”
Tatiyampi kho sarabho paribbājako tuṇhī ahosi. For a third time, Sarabha kept silent.


Atha kho te paribbājakā sarabhaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ: Then those wanderers said to Sarabha:
“yadeva kho tvaṃ, āvuso sarabha, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ yāceyyāsi tadeva te samaṇo gotamo pavāreti. “The ascetic Gotama has offered to tell you anything you ask for.
Vadehāvuso sarabha, kinti te aññāto samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammo? Speak, reverend Sarabha, what exactly have you learned of the Dharmas of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan?
Sace te aparipūraṃ bhavissati, samaṇo gotamo paripūressati. If you’ve not learned it fully, he’ll fill you in.
Sace pana te paripūraṃ bhavissati, samaṇo gotamo anumodissatī”ti. But if you have learned it fully, he’ll agree.”
Evaṃ vutte, sarabho paribbājako tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi. When this was said, Sarabha sat silent, embarrassed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say.


Atha kho bhagavā sarabhaṃ paribbājakaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ maṅkubhūtaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā te paribbājake etadavoca: Knowing this, the Buddha said to the wanderers:


“Yo kho maṃ, paribbājakā, evaṃ vadeyya: “Wanderers, someone might say to me:
‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’ti, tamahaṃ tattha sādhukaṃ samanuyuñjeyyaṃ samanugāheyyaṃ samanubhāseyyaṃ. ‘You claim to be a fully awakened Buddha, but regarding these things you’re not fully awakened.’ Then I’d carefully pursue, press, and grill them on that point.
So vata mayā sādhukaṃ samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso yaṃ so tiṇṇaṃ ṭhānānaṃ nāññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ nigaccheyya, aññena vā aññaṃ paṭicarissati, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmessati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarissati, tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdissati, seyyathāpi sarabho paribbājako. When grilled by me, they would, without a doubt, fall into one of these three categories. They’d dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. They’d display irritation, hate, and bitterness. Or they’d sit silent, embarrassed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, like Sarabha.


Yo kho maṃ, paribbājakā, evaṃ vadeyya: Wanderers, someone might say to me:
‘khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇā’ti, tamahaṃ tattha sādhukaṃ samanuyuñjeyyaṃ samanugāheyyaṃ samanubhāseyyaṃ. ‘You claim to have ended all asinine-inclinations, but you still have these asinine-inclinations.’ Then I’d carefully pursue, press, and grill them on that point.
So vata mayā sādhukaṃ samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso yaṃ so tiṇṇaṃ ṭhānānaṃ nāññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ nigaccheyya, aññena vā aññaṃ paṭicarissati, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmessati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarissati, tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdissati, seyyathāpi sarabho paribbājako. When grilled by me, they would, without a doubt, fall into one of these three categories. They’d dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. They’d display irritation, hate, and bitterness. Or they’d sit silent, embarrassed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, like Sarabha.


Yo kho maṃ, paribbājakā, evaṃ vadeyya: Wanderers, someone might say to me:
‘yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti, tamahaṃ tattha sādhukaṃ samanuyuñjeyyaṃ samanugāheyyaṃ samanubhāseyyaṃ. ‘Your teaching does not lead someone who practices it to the goal of the complete ending of suffering.’ Then I’d carefully pursue, press, and grill them on that point.
So vata mayā sādhukaṃ samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso yaṃ so tiṇṇaṃ ṭhānānaṃ nāññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ nigaccheyya, aññena vā aññaṃ paṭicarissati, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmessati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarissati, tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdissati, seyyathāpi sarabho paribbājako”ti. When grilled by me, they would, without a doubt, fall into one of these three categories. They’d dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. They’d display irritation, hate, and bitterness. Or they’d sit silent, embarrassed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, like Sarabha.”
Atha kho bhagavā sippinikātīre paribbājakārāme tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā vehāsaṃ pakkāmi. Then the Buddha, having roared his lion’s roar three times in the wanderer’s monastery on the bank of the Sappinī river, rose into the sky and flew away.


Atha kho te paribbājakā acirapakkantassa bhagavato sarabhaṃ paribbājakaṃ samantato vācāyasannitodakena sañjambharimakaṃsu: Soon after the Buddha left, those wanderers gave Sarabha a comprehensive tongue-lashing:
“seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, brahāraññe jarasiṅgālo ‘sīhanādaṃ nadissāmī’ti siṅgālakaṃyeva nadati, bheraṇḍakaṃyeva nadati; “Reverend Sarabha, you’re just like an old jackal in the formidable wilderness who thinks, ‘I’ll roar a lion’s roar!’ but they still only manage to squeal and yelp like a jackal.
evamevaṃ kho tvaṃ, āvuso sarabha, aññatreva samaṇena gotamena ‘sīhanādaṃ nadissāmī’ti siṅgālakaṃyeva nadasi bheraṇḍakaṃyeva nadasi. In the same way, when the ascetic Gotama wasn’t here you said ‘I’ll roar a lion’s roar!’ but you only managed to squeal and yelp like a jackal.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, ambukasañcarī ‘purisakaravitaṃ ravissāmī’ti ambukasañcariravitaṃyeva ravati; You’re just like a golden oriole who thinks, ‘I’ll cry like a cuckoo!’ but they still only manage to cry like a golden oriole.
evamevaṃ kho tvaṃ, āvuso sarabha, aññatreva samaṇena gotamena ‘purisakaravitaṃ ravissāmī’ti, ambukasañcariravitaṃyeva ravasi. In the same way, when the ascetic Gotama wasn’t here you said ‘I’ll cry like a cuckoo!’ but you still only managed to cry like a golden oriole.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, usabho suññāya gosālāya gambhīraṃ naditabbaṃ maññati; You’re just like a bull that thinks to bellow only when the cowstall is empty.
evamevaṃ kho tvaṃ, āvuso sarabha, aññatreva samaṇena gotamena gambhīraṃ naditabbaṃ maññasī”ti. In the same way, you only thought to bellow when the ascetic Gotama wasn’t here.”
Atha kho te paribbājakā sarabhaṃ paribbājakaṃ samantato vācāyasannitodakena sañjambharimakaṃsūti. That’s how those wanderers gave Sarabha a comprehensive tongue-lashing.


end of section [3.64 - AN 3.64 Sarabha: With Sarabha]

AN 3.65 Kesamutti: Kālāma

65. Kesamuttisutta 65. Kālāma
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ yena kesamuttaṃ nāma kālāmānaṃ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of monks when he arrived at a town of the Kālāmas named Kesamutta.
Assosuṃ kho kesamuttiyā kālāmā: The Kālāmas of Kesamutta heard:
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kesamuttaṃ anuppatto. “It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Kesamutta.
Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: He has this good reputation:
‘itipi so bhagavā … pe … ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …’
sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’”ti. It’s good to see such perfected ones.”


Atha kho kesamuttiyā kālāmā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te kesamuttiyā kālāmā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: Then the Kālāmas went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Seated to one side the Kālāmas said to the Buddha:


“Santi, bhante, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kesamuttaṃ āgacchanti. “There are, sir, some ascetics and brahmins who come to Kesamutta.
Te sakaṃyeva vādaṃ dīpenti jotenti, parappavādaṃ pana khuṃsenti vambhenti paribhavanti omakkhiṃ karonti. They explain and promote only their own doctrine, while they attack, badmouth, disparage, and smear the doctrines of others.
Aparepi, bhante, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kesamuttaṃ āgacchanti. Then some other ascetics and brahmins come to Kesamutta.
Tepi sakaṃyeva vādaṃ dīpenti jotenti, parappavādaṃ pana khuṃsenti vambhenti paribhavanti omakkhiṃ karonti. They too explain and promote only their own doctrine, while they attack, badmouth, disparage, and smear the doctrines of others.
Tesaṃ no, bhante, amhākaṃ hoteva kaṅkhā hoti vicikicchā: So, sir, we’re doubting and uncertain:
‘ko su nāma imesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ āha, ko musā’”ti? ‘I wonder who of these respected ascetics and brahmins speaks the truth, and who speaks falsehood?’”
“Alañhi vo, kālāmā, kaṅkhituṃ alaṃ vicikicchituṃ. “It is enough, Kālāmas, for you to be doubting and uncertain.
Kaṅkhanīyeva pana vo ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā. Doubt has come up in you about an uncertain matter.


Etha tumhe, kālāmā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. Please, Kālāmas, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think ‘The ascetic is our respected teacher.’
Yadā tumhe, kālāmā, attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
‘ime dhammā akusalā, ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā viññugarahitā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantī’ti, atha tumhe, kālāmā, pajaheyyātha. ‘These things are unskillful, blameworthy, criticized by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering’, then you should give them up.


Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, What do you think, Kālāmas?
lobho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti? Does greed come up in a person for their welfare or harm?”


“Ahitāya, bhante”. “Harm, sir.”


“Luddho panāyaṃ, kālāmā, purisapuggalo lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. “A greedy individual, overcome by greed, kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, “What do you think, Kālāmas?
doso purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti? Does hate come up in a person for their welfare or harm?”


“Ahitāya, bhante”. “Harm, sir.”


“Duṭṭho panāyaṃ, kālāmā, purisapuggalo dosena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. “A hateful individual, overcome by hate, kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, “What do you think, Kālāmas?
moho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti? Does delusion come up in a person for their welfare or harm?”


“Ahitāya, bhante”. “Harm, sir.”


“Mūḷho panāyaṃ, kālāmā, purisapuggalo mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. “A deluded individual, overcome by delusion, kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vā”ti? “What do you think, Kālāmas, are these things skillful or unskillful?”


“Akusalā, bhante”. “Unskillful, sir.”


“Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vā”ti? “Blameworthy or blameless?”


“Sāvajjā, bhante”. “Blameworthy, sir.”


“Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vā”ti? “Criticized or praised by sensible people?”


“Viññugarahitā, bhante”. “Criticized by sensible people, sir.”


“Samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti, no vā? “When you undertake them, do they lead to harm and suffering, or not?
Kathaṃ vā ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”


“Samattā, bhante, samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantīti. “When you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering.
Evaṃ no ettha hotī”ti. That’s how we see it.”


“Iti kho, kālāmā, yaṃ taṃ avocumhā: “So, Kālāmas, when we said:
‘etha tumhe, kālāmā. ‘Please,
Mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think “The ascetic is our respected teacher.”
Yadā tumhe kālāmā attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
“ime dhammā akusalā, ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā viññugarahitā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantīti, atha tumhe, kālāmā, pajaheyyāthā”’ti, “These things are unskillful, blameworthy, criticized by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering”, then you should give them up.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.


Etha tumhe, kālāmā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. Please, Kālāmas, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think ‘The ascetic is our respected teacher.’
Yadā tumhe, kālāmā, attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
‘ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā anavajjā, ime dhammā viññuppasatthā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantī’ti, atha tumhe, kālāmā, upasampajja vihareyyātha. ‘These things are skillful, blameless, praised by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness’, then you should acquire them and keep them.


Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, What do you think, Kālāmas?
alobho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti? Does contentment come up in a person for their welfare or harm?”


“Hitāya, bhante”. “Welfare, sir.”


“Aluddho panāyaṃ, kālāmā, purisapuggalo lobhena anabhibhūto apariyādinnacitto neva pāṇaṃ hanati, na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na paradāraṃ gacchati, na musā bhaṇati, na parampi tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. “An individual who is content, not overcome by greed, doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit adultery, lie, or encourage others to do the same. Is that for their lasting welfare and happiness?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, “What do you think, Kālāmas?
adoso purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati … pe … Does love come up in a person for their welfare or harm?
amoho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati … pe … … Does understanding come up in a person for their welfare or harm?
hitāya sukhāyā”ti. … Is that for their lasting welfare and happiness?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vā”ti? “What do you think, Kālāmas, are these things skillful or unskillful?”


“Kusalā, bhante”. “Skillful, sir.”


“Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vā”ti? “Blameworthy or blameless?”


“Anavajjā, bhante”. “Blameless, sir.”


“Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vā”ti? “Criticized or praised by sensible people?”


“Viññuppasatthā, bhante”. “Praised by sensible people, sir.”


“Samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti no vā? “When you undertake them, do they lead to welfare and happiness, or not?
Kathaṃ vā ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”


“Samattā, bhante, samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. “When you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness.
Evaṃ no ettha hotī”ti. That’s how we see it.”


“Iti kho, kālāmā, yaṃ taṃ avocumhā: “So, Kālāmas, when we said:
‘etha tumhe, kālāmā. ‘Please,
Mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think “The ascetic is our respected teacher.”
Yadā tumhe, kālāmā, attanāva jāneyyātha— But when you know for yourselves:
ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā anavajjā, ime dhammā viññuppasatthā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantīti, atha tumhe, kālāmā, upasampajja vihareyyāthā’ti, “These things are skillful, blameless, praised by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness”, then you should acquire them and keep them.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.


Sa kho so, kālāmā, ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati. Then that noble-one's-disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and rememberful. They meditate spreading a heart full of friendliness to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of friendliness to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā … pe … They meditate spreading a heart full of compassion to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of compassion to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
muditāsahagatena cetasā … pe … They meditate spreading a heart full of rejoicing to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of rejoicing to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati. They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimous-observation to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimous-observation to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.


Sa kho so, kālāmā, ariyasāvako evaṃ averacitto evaṃ abyāpajjhacitto evaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭhacitto evaṃ visuddhacitto. When that noble-one's-disciple has a mind that’s free of enmity and ill will, uncorrupted and purified,
Tassa diṭṭheva dhamme cattāro assāsā adhigatā honti. they’ve won four consolations in the present life.
‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, athāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti. ‘If it turns out there is another world, and good and bad deeds have a result, then—when the body breaks up, after death—I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ This is the first consolation they’ve won.


‘Sace kho pana natthi paro loko, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, athāhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme averaṃ abyāpajjhaṃ anīghaṃ sukhiṃ attānaṃ pariharāmī’ti, ayamassa dutiyo assāso adhigato hoti. ‘If it turns out there is no other world, and good and bad deeds don’t have a result, then in the present life I’ll keep myself free of enmity and ill will, untroubled and happy.’ This is the second consolation they’ve won.


‘Sace kho pana karoto karīyati pāpaṃ, na kho panāhaṃ kassaci pāpaṃ cetemi. ‘If it turns out that bad things happen to people who do bad things, then since I have no bad intentions,
Akarontaṃ kho pana maṃ pāpakammaṃ kuto dukkhaṃ phusissatī’ti, ayamassa tatiyo assāso adhigato hoti. and since I’m not doing anything bad, how can suffering touch me?’ This is the third consolation they’ve won.


‘Sace kho pana karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ, athāhaṃ ubhayeneva visuddhaṃ attānaṃ samanupassāmī’ti, ayamassa catuttho assāso adhigato hoti. ‘If it turns out that bad things don’t happen to people who do bad things, then I still see myself pure on both sides.’ This is the fourth consolation they’ve won.


Sa kho so, kālāmā, ariyasāvako evaṃ averacitto evaṃ abyāpajjhacitto evaṃ asaṅkiliṭṭhacitto evaṃ visuddhacitto. When that noble-one's-disciple has a mind that’s free of enmity and ill will, undefiled and purified,
Tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime cattāro assāsā adhigatā hontī”ti. they’ve won these four consolations in the present life.”


“Evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata. “That’s so true, Blessed One! That’s so true, Holy One!
Sa kho so, bhante, ariyasāvako evaṃ averacitto evaṃ abyāpajjhacitto evaṃ asaṅkiliṭṭhacitto evaṃ visuddhacitto. When that noble-one's-disciple has a mind that’s free of enmity and ill will, undefiled and purified,
Tassa diṭṭheva dhamme cattāro assāsā adhigatā honti. they’ve won these four consolations in the present life. …
‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, athāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti.


Abhikkantaṃ, bhante … pe … Excellent, sir! Excellent!
ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to The Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsake no, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate”ti. From this day forth, may the Buddha remember us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.”


end of section [3.65 - AN 3.65 Kesamutti: Kālāma]

AN 3.66 Sāḷha: With Sāḷha and Friends

66. Sāḷhasutta 66. With Sāḷha and Friends
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā nandako sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Now at that time Venerable Nandaka was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Atha kho sāḷho ca migāranattā sāṇo ca sekhuniyanattā yenāyasmā nandako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nandakaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho sāḷhaṃ migāranattāraṃ āyasmā nandako etadavoca: Then Sāḷha, Migāra’s grandson, and Rohaṇa, Pekhuṇiya’s grandson went up to Venerable Nandaka, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Nandaka said to Sāḷha:


“Etha tumhe, sāḷhā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. “Please, Sāḷha and friends, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think ‘The ascetic is our respected teacher.’
Yadā tumhe, sāḷhā, attanāva jāneyyātha ‘ime dhammā akusalā, ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā viññugarahitā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantī’ti, atha tumhe, sāḷhā, pajaheyyātha. But when you know for yourselves: ‘These things are unskillful, blameworthy, criticized by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering’, then you should give them up.


Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, What do you think, Sāḷha?
atthi lobho”ti? Is greed real?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Abhijjhāti kho ahaṃ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṃ vadāmi. “‘Covetousness’ is what I mean by this.
Luddho kho ayaṃ, sāḷhā, abhijjhālu pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. A person who is greedy and covetous kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, “What do you think, Sāḷha?
atthi doso”ti? Is hate real?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Byāpādoti kho ahaṃ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṃ vadāmi. “‘Ill will’ is what I mean by this.
Duṭṭho kho ayaṃ, sāḷhā, byāpannacitto pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. A hateful and malicious person kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, “What do you think, Sāḷha?
atthi moho”ti? Is delusion real?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Avijjāti kho ahaṃ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṃ vadāmi. “‘Ignorance’ is what I mean by this.
Mūḷho kho ayaṃ, sāḷhā, avijjāgato pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. A person who is deluded and ignorant kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vā”ti? “What do you think, Sāḷha, are these things skillful or unskillful?”


“Akusalā, bhante”. “Unskillful, sir.”


“Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vā”ti? “Blameworthy or blameless?”


“Sāvajjā, bhante”. “Blameworthy, sir.”


“Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vā”ti? “Criticized or praised by sensible people?”


“Viññugarahitā, bhante”. “Criticized by sensible people, sir.”


“Samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti, no vā? “When you undertake them, do they lead to harm and suffering, or not?”
Kathaṃ vā ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”


“Samattā, bhante, samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantīti. “When you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering.
Evaṃ no ettha hotī”ti. That’s how we see it.”


“Iti kho, sāḷhā, yaṃ taṃ avocumhā: “So, Sāḷha and friends, when we said:
‘etha tumhe, sāḷhā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. ‘Please, Sāḷha, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think “The ascetic is our respected teacher.”
Yadā tumhe, sāḷhā, attanāva jāneyyātha— But when you know for yourselves:
ime dhammā akusalā, ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā viññugarahitā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantīti, atha tumhe, sāḷhā, pajaheyyāthā’ti, “These things are unskillful, blameworthy, criticized by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering”, then you should give them up.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. that’s what I said, and this is why I said it.


Etha tumhe, sāḷhā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. Please, Sāḷha, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think ‘The ascetic is our respected teacher.’
Yadā tumhe, sāḷhā, attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
‘ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā anavajjā, ime dhammā viññuppasatthā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantī’ti, atha tumhe, sāḷhā, upasampajja vihareyyātha. ‘These things are skillful, blameless, praised by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness’, then you should acquire them and keep them.


Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, atthi alobho”ti? What do you think? Is contentment real?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Anabhijjhāti kho ahaṃ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṃ vadāmi. “‘Satisfaction’ is what I mean by this.
Aluddho kho ayaṃ, sāḷhā, anabhijjhālu neva pāṇaṃ hanati, na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na paradāraṃ gacchati, na musā bhaṇati, parampi na tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. A person who is content and satisfied doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit adultery, lie, or encourage others to do the same. Is that for their lasting welfare and happiness?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, atthi adoso”ti? What do you think? Is love real?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Abyāpādoti kho ahaṃ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṃ vadāmi. “‘Good will’ is what I mean by this.
Aduṭṭho kho ayaṃ, sāḷhā, abyāpannacitto neva pāṇaṃ hanati, na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na paradāraṃ gacchati, na musā bhaṇati, parampi na tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. A loving and kind-hearted person doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit adultery, lie, or encourage others to do the same. Is that for their lasting welfare and happiness?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, “What do you think, Sāḷha?
atthi amoho”ti? Is understanding real?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Vijjāti kho ahaṃ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṃ vadāmi. “‘Knowledge’ is what I mean by this.
Amūḷho kho ayaṃ, sāḷhā, vijjāgato neva pāṇaṃ hanati, na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na paradāraṃ gacchati, na musā bhaṇati, parampi na tathattāya samādapeti, yaṃ sa hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. A person who understands and knows doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit adultery, lie, or encourage others to do the same. Is that for their lasting welfare and happiness?”


“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, sāḷhā, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vā”ti? “What do you think, Sāḷha, are these things skillful or unskillful?”


“Kusalā, bhante”. “Skillful, sir.”


“Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vā”ti? “Blameworthy or blameless?”


“Anavajjā, bhante”. “Blameless, sir.”


“Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vā”ti? “Criticized or praised by sensible people?”


“Viññuppasatthā, bhante”. “Praised by sensible people, sir.”


“Samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti, no vā? “When you undertake them, do they lead to welfare and happiness, or not?
Kathaṃ vā ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”


“Samattā, bhante, samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantīti. “When you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness.
Evaṃ no ettha hotī”ti. That’s how we see it.”


“Iti kho, sāḷhā, yaṃ taṃ avocumhā: “So, Sāḷha and friends, when we said:
‘etha tumhe, sāḷhā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garūti. ‘Please, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think “The ascetic is our respected teacher.”
Yadā tumhe, sāḷhā, attanāva jāneyyātha— But when you know for yourselves:
ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā anavajjā, ime dhammā viññuppasatthā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantīti, atha tumhe, sāḷhā, upasampajja vihareyyāthā’ti, “These things are skillful, blameless, praised by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness”, then you should acquire them and keep them.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.


Sa kho so, sāḷhā, ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā … pe … Then that noble-one's-disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and rememberful. They meditate spreading a heart full of friendliness …
karuṇā … compassion …
muditā … rejoicing …
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati. equanimous-observation to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimous-observation to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
So evaṃ pajānāti: They understand:
‘atthi idaṃ, atthi hīnaṃ, atthi paṇītaṃ, atthi imassa saññāgatassa uttari nissaraṇan’ti. ‘There is this, there is what is worse than this, there is what is better than this, and there is an escape beyond the scope of perception.’
Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati; Knowing and seeing like this, their mind is freed from the asinine-inclinations of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.
vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. When they’re freed, they know they’re freed.
‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. They understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’


So evaṃ pajānāti: They understand:
‘ahu pubbe lobho, tadahu akusalaṃ, so etarahi natthi, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; ‘Formerly there was greed, which was unskillful. Now there is none, so that’s skillful.
ahu pubbe doso … pe … Formerly there was hate, which was unskillful. Now there is none, so that’s skillful.
ahu pubbe moho, tadahu akusalaṃ, so etarahi natthi, iccetaṃ kusalan’ti. Formerly there was delusion, which was unskillful. Now there is none, so that’s skillful.’
So diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatī”ti. So they live without wishes in the present life, nirvana'd, cooled, experiencing pleasure, having become holy in themselves.”


end of section [3.66 - AN 3.66 Sāḷha: With Sāḷha and Friends]

AN 3.67 Kathāvatthu: Topics of Discussion

67. Kathāvatthusutta 67. Topics of Discussion
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, kathāvatthūni. “There are, monks, these three topics of discussion.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Atītaṃ vā, bhikkhave, addhānaṃ ārabbha kathaṃ katheyya: You might discuss the past:
‘evaṃ ahosi atītamaddhānan’ti. ‘That is how it was in the past.’
Anāgataṃ vā, bhikkhave, addhānaṃ ārabbha kathaṃ katheyya: You might discuss the future:
‘evaṃ bhavissati anāgatamaddhānan’ti. ‘That is how it will be in the future.’
Etarahi vā, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ ārabbha kathaṃ katheyya: Or you might discuss the present:
‘evaṃ hoti etarahi paccuppannamaddhānan’ti. ‘This is how it is at present.’


Kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā kaccho yadi vā akacchoti. You can know whether or not a person is competent to hold a discussion by seeing how they take part in a discussion.
Sacāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if it needs to be answered with a generalization and they don’t answer it generally; or if it needs analysis and they answer without analyzing it; or if it needs a counter-question and they answer without a counter-question; or if it should be set aside and they don’t set it aside, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion.
Sace panāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ ṭhapeti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo kaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if it needs to be answered with a generalization and they answer it generally; or if it needs analysis and they answer after analyzing it; or if it needs a counter-question and they answer with a counter-question; or if it should be set aside and they set it aside, then that person is competent to hold a discussion.


Kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā kaccho yadi vā akacchoti. You can know whether or not a person is competent to hold a discussion by seeing how they take part in a discussion.
Sacāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ṭhānāṭhāne na saṇṭhāti parikappe na saṇṭhāti aññātavāde na saṇṭhāti paṭipadāya na saṇṭhāti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if they’re not consistent about what their position is and what it isn’t; about what they propose; about speaking from what they know; and about the appropriate procedure, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion.
Sace panāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ṭhānāṭhāne saṇṭhāti parikappe saṇṭhāti aññātavāde saṇṭhāti paṭipadāya saṇṭhāti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo kaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if they are consistent about what their position is and what it isn’t; about what they propose; about speaking from what they know; and about the appropriate procedure, then that person is competent to hold a discussion.


Kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā kaccho yadi vā akacchoti. You can know whether or not a person is competent to hold a discussion by seeing how they take part in a discussion.
Sacāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if they dodge the issue; distract the discussion with irrelevant points; or display irritation, hate, and bitterness, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion.
Sace panāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno na aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati na bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo kaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if they don’t dodge the issue; distract the discussion with irrelevant points; or display irritation, hate, and bitterness, then that person is competent to hold a discussion.


Kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā kaccho yadi vā akacchoti. You can know whether or not a person is competent to hold a discussion by seeing how they take part in a discussion.
Sacāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno abhiharati abhimaddati anupajagghati khalitaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if they intimidate, crush, mock, or seize on trivial flaws, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion.
Sace panāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno nābhiharati nābhimaddati na anupajagghati na khalitaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ santāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo kaccho hoti. When a person is asked a question, if they don’t intimidate, crush, mock, or seize on trivial flaws, then that person is competent to hold a discussion.


Kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā saupaniso yadi vā anupanisoti. You can know whether or not a person has what’s required by seeing how they take part in a discussion.
Anohitasoto, bhikkhave, anupaniso hoti, ohitasoto saupaniso hoti. If they lend an ear they have what’s required; if they don’t lend an ear they don’t have what’s required.
So saupaniso samāno abhijānāti ekaṃ dhammaṃ, parijānāti ekaṃ dhammaṃ, pajahati ekaṃ dhammaṃ, sacchikaroti ekaṃ dhammaṃ. Someone who has what’s required has insight into one thing, completely understands one thing, gives up one thing, and realizes one thing—
So abhijānanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, parijānanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, pajahanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, sacchikaronto ekaṃ dhammaṃ sammāvimuttiṃ phusati. and then they experience complete freedom.
Etadatthā, bhikkhave, kathā; This is the purpose of discussion,
etadatthā mantanā; consultation,
etadatthā upanisā; the requirements,
etadatthaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ, yadidaṃ anupādā cittassa vimokkhoti. and listening well, that is, the liberation of the mind by not grasping.”


Ye viruddhā sallapanti, “Those who converse with hostility,
viniviṭṭhā samussitā; too sure of themselves, arrogant,
Anariyaguṇamāsajja, ignoble, attacking virtues,
aññoññavivaresino. they look for flaws in each other.


Dubbhāsitaṃ vikkhalitaṃ, They rejoice together when their opponent
sampamohaṃ parājayaṃ; speaks poorly and makes a mistake,
Aññoññassābhinandanti, becoming confused and defeated—
tadariyo kathanācare. but the noble ones don’t discuss like this.


Sace cassa kathākāmo, If an astute person wants to hold a discussion
kālamaññāya paṇḍito; connected with The Dharma and its meaning—
Dhammaṭṭhapaṭisaṃyuttā, the kind of discussion that noble ones hold—
yā ariyacaritā kathā. then that wise one should start the discussion,


Taṃ kathaṃ kathaye dhīro, knowing when the time is right,
aviruddho anussito; neither hostile nor arrogant.
Anunnatena manasā, Not over-excited,
apaḷāso asāhaso. contemptuous, or aggressive,


Anusūyāyamāno so, or with a mind full of jealousy,
sammadaññāya bhāsati; they’d speak from what they rightly know.
Subhāsitaṃ anumodeyya, They agree with what was well spoken,
dubbhaṭṭhe nāpasādaye. without criticizing what was poorly said.


Upārambhaṃ na sikkheyya, They’d not persist in finding faults,
khalitañca na gāhaye; nor seize on trivial flaws,
Nābhihare nābhimadde, neither intimidating nor crushing the other,
na vācaṃ payutaṃ bhaṇe. nor would they speak with sly implications.


Aññātatthaṃ pasādatthaṃ, Good people consult
sataṃ ve hoti mantanā; for the sake of knowledge and clarity.
Evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, That’s how the noble ones consult,
esā ariyāna mantanā; this is a noble consultation.
Etadaññāya medhāvī, Knowing this, an intelligent person
na samusseyya mantaye”ti. would consult without arrogance.”


end of section [3.67 - AN 3.67 Kathāvatthu: Topics of Discussion]
+

AN 3.68 Aññatitthiya: Followers of Other Paths

68. Aññatitthiyasutta 68. Followers of Other Paths
“Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ: “monks, if wanderers who follow other paths were to ask:
‘tayome, āvuso, dhammā. ‘There are these three things.
Katame tayo? What three?
Rāgo, doso, moho— Greed, hate, delusion.
ime kho, āvuso, tayo dhammā. These are the three things.
Imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṃ nānākaraṇan’ti? What’s the difference between them?’
Evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti? How would you answer them?”
“Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṃnettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṃyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. “Our Dharmas are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The monks will listen and remember it.”
“Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Well then, monks, listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ: “monks, if wanderers who follow other paths were to ask:
‘tayome, āvuso, dhammā. ‘There are these three things.
Katame tayo? What three?
Rāgo, doso, moho— Greed, hate, delusion.
ime kho, āvuso, tayo dhammā; These are the three things.
imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṃ nānākaraṇan’ti? What’s the difference between them?’
Evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ evaṃ byākareyyātha: You should answer them:

( delusion worst of the 3 a.m. )

‘rāgo kho, āvuso, appa-sāvajjo dandha-virāgī, ‘Greed, reverends, is mildly blameworthy, but slow to fade away.
doso mahā-sāvajjo khippa-virāgī, Hate is very blameworthy, but quick to fade away.
moho mahā-sāvajjo dandha-virāgī’ti. Delusion is very blameworthy, and slow to fade away.’

( rāga ← subha-nimitta )

‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’ti? And if they ask: ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why greed arises, and once arisen it increases and grows?’
‘“Subhanimittan”tissa vacanīyaṃ. You should say: ‘The beautiful aspect of things.
Tassa subhanimittaṃ ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati. When you attend improperly on the beautiful aspect of things, greed arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’ti. This is the cause, this is the reason why greed arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.’

( dosa ← patigha-nimitta )

‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’ti? And if they ask: ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why hate arises, and once arisen it increases and grows?’
‘“Paṭighanimittan”tissa vacanīyaṃ. You should say: ‘The disagreeable aspect of things.
Tassa paṭighanimittaṃ ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati. When you attend improperly on the disagreeable aspect of things, hate arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’ti. This is the cause, this is the reason why hate arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.’


‘Ko panāvuso, And if they ask:
hetu ko paccayo yena ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why
an-uppanno vā moho uppajjati un-arisen delusion arises, (and)
uppanno vā moho bhiyyo-bhāvāya vepullāya arisen delusion increases (and) grows.
saṃvattatī’ti? (why does that) lead-to-this (result)?

‘“A-yoniso manasi-kāro”tissa vacanīyaṃ. You should say: ‘un-wise attention.
Tassa a-yoniso manasi karoto with un-wise attention
an-uppanno vā moho uppajjati un-arisen delusion arises, (and)
uppanno vā moho bhiyyo-bhāvāya vepullāya arisen delusion increases (and) grows.
saṃvattati. (that) leads-to-this (result).

Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu This is the cause,
ayaṃ paccayo yena this is the reason why
an-uppanno vā moho uppajjati un-arisen delusion arises, (and)
uppanno vā moho bhiyyo-bhāvāya vepullāya arisen delusion increases (and) grows.
saṃvattatī’ti. (this is why that) lead-to-this (result).

( 🚫 rāga ← a-subha-nimitta )

‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti? And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’
‘“Asubhanimittan”tissa vacanīyaṃ. You should say: ‘The ugly aspect of things.
Tassa asubhanimittaṃ yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyati. When you attend properly on the ugly aspect of things, greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti. This is the cause, this is the reason why greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.’

( 🚫 dosa ← Mettā ceto-vimuttī )

‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva doso nuppajjati uppanno ca doso pahīyatī’ti? And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why hate doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’
‘“Mettā ceto-vimuttī”tissa vacanīyaṃ. You should say: ‘The heart’s release by friendliness.’
Tassa mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva doso nuppajjati uppanno ca doso pahīyati. When you attend properly on the heart’s release by friendliness, hate doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno ceva doso nuppajjati uppanno ca doso pahīyatī’ti. This is the cause, this is the reason why hate doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.’

( 🚫 moho ← yoniso manasi-kāro )

‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva moho nuppajjati uppanno ca moho pahīyatī’ti? And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why delusion doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’
‘“Yoniso-manasi-kāro”tissa vacanīyaṃ. You should say: ‘Proper attention.
Tassa yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva moho nuppajjati uppanno ca moho pahīyati. When you attend properly, delusion doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno vā moho nuppajjati uppanno ca moho pahīyatī’”ti. This is the cause, this is the reason why delusion doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.’”


end of section [3.68 - AN 3.68 Aññatitthiya: Followers of Other Paths]

AN 3.69 Akusala-mūla: Unskillful Roots

69. Akusala-mūlasutta 69. Unskillful Roots
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, akusala-mūlāni. “monks, there are these three unskillful roots.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Lobho akusala-mūlaṃ, Greed,
doso akusala-mūlaṃ, hate,
moho akusala-mūlaṃ. and delusion.


Yadapi, bhikkhave, lobho tadapi akusala-mūlaṃ; Greed is a root of the unskillful.
yadapi luddho abhisaṅkharoti kāyena vācāya manasā tadapi akusalaṃ; When a greedy person chooses to act by way of body, speech, or mind, that too is unskillful.
yadapi luddho lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi akusalaṃ. When a greedy person, overcome by greed, causes another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is unskillful.
Itissame lobhajā lobhanidānā lobhasamudayā lobhapaccayā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. And so these many bad, unskillful things are produced in them born, sourced, originated, and conditioned by greed.


Yadapi, bhikkhave, doso tadapi akusala-mūlaṃ; Hate is a root of the unskillful.
yadapi duṭṭho abhisaṅkharoti kāyena vācāya manasā tadapi akusalaṃ; When a hateful person chooses to act by way of body, speech, or mind, that too is unskillful.
yadapi duṭṭho dosena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi akusalaṃ. When a hateful person, overcome by hate, causes another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is unskillful.
Itissame dosajā dosanidānā dosasamudayā dosapaccayā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. And so these many bad, unskillful things are produced in them born, sourced, originated, and conditioned by hate.


Yadapi, bhikkhave, moho tadapi akusala-mūlaṃ; Delusion is a root of the unskillful.
yadapi mūḷho abhisaṅkharoti kāyena vācāya manasā tadapi akusalaṃ; When a deluded person chooses to act by way of body, speech, or mind, that too is unskillful.
yadapi mūḷho mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi akusalaṃ. When a deluded person, overcome by delusion, causes another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is unskillful.
Itissame mohajā mohanidānā mohasamudayā mohapaccayā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. And so these many bad, unskillful things are produced in them born, sourced, originated, and conditioned by delusion.
Evarūpo cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo vuccati akālavādītipi, abhūtavādītipi, anatthavādītipi, adhammavādītipi, avinayavādītipi. Such a person is said to have speech that’s ill-timed, false, meaningless, not in line with The Dharma and training.


Kasmā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, evarūpo puggalo vuccati akālavādītipi, abhūtavādītipi, anatthavādītipi, adhammavādītipi, avinayavādītipi? Why is this?
Tathāhāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi. This person causes another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’.
Bhūtena kho pana vuccamāno avajānāti, no paṭijānāti; So when someone makes a valid criticism, they’re scornful and admit nothing.
abhūtena vuccamāno na ātappaṃ karoti, tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti. When someone makes a baseless criticism, they make no effort to explain, ‘This is why that’s untrue, this is why that’s false.’
Tasmā evarūpo puggalo vuccati akālavādītipi, abhūtavādītipi, anatthavādītipi, adhammavādītipi, avinayavādītipi. That’s why such a person is said have speech that’s ill-timed, false, meaningless, not in line with The Dharma and training.


Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo lobhajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati, savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ. Such a person—overcome with bad, unskillful Dharmas born of greed, hate, and delusion—suffers in the present life, with anguish, distress, and fever.
Kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. And when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.


Dosajehi … pe …
mohajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati, savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ.
Kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sālo vā dhavo vā phandano vā tīhi māluvālatāhi uddhasto pariyonaddho anayaṃ āpajjati, byasanaṃ āpajjati, anayabyasanaṃ āpajjati; Suppose a sal, axlewood, or papra tree was choked and engulfed by three camel’s foot creepers. It would come to ruin and disaster.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, evarūpo puggalo lobhajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati, savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ. In the same way, such a person—overcome with bad, unskillful Dharmas born of greed, hate, and delusion—suffers in the present life, with anguish, distress, and fever.
Kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. And when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.


Dosajehi … pe …
mohajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ.
Kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi akusala-mūlānīti. These are the three unskillful roots.


Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, kusala-mūlāni. There are these three skillful roots.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Alobho kusala-mūlaṃ, adoso kusala-mūlaṃ, amoho kusala-mūlaṃ. Non-greed, non-hatred, and understanding.


Yadapi, bhikkhave, alobho tadapi kusala-mūlaṃ; Contentment is a root of the skillful.
yadapi aluddho abhisaṅkharoti kāyena vācāya manasā tadapi kusalaṃ; When a contented person chooses to act by way of body, speech, or mind, that too is skillful.
yadapi aluddho lobhena anabhibhūto apariyādinnacitto na parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi kusalaṃ. When a contented person, not overcome by greed, doesn’t cause another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is skillful.
Itissame alobhajā alobhanidānā alobhasamudayā alobhapaccayā aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti. And so these many skillful things are produced in them born, sourced, originated, and conditioned by contentment.


Yadapi, bhikkhave, adoso tadapi kusala-mūlaṃ; Non-hatred is a root of the skillful.
yadapi aduṭṭho abhisaṅkharoti kāyena vācāya manasā tadapi kusalaṃ; When a loving person chooses to act by way of body, speech, or mind, that too is skillful.
yadapi aduṭṭho dosena anabhibhūto apariyādinnacitto na parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi kusalaṃ. When a loving person, not overcome by hate, doesn’t cause another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is skillful.
Itissame adosajā adosanidānā adosasamudayā adosapaccayā aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti. And so these many skillful things are produced in them born, sourced, originated, and conditioned by non-hatred.


Yadapi, bhikkhave, amoho tadapi kusala-mūlaṃ; Understanding is a root of the skillful.
yadapi amūḷho abhisaṅkharoti kāyena vācāya manasā tadapi kusalaṃ; When an understanding person chooses to act by way of body, speech, or mind, that too is skillful.
yadapi amūḷho mohena anabhibhūto apariyādinnacitto na parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi kusalaṃ. When an understanding person, not overcome by delusion, doesn’t cause another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is skillful.
Itissame amohajā amohanidānā amohasamudayā amohapaccayā aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti. And so these many skillful things are produced in them born, sourced, originated, and conditioned by understanding.
Evarūpo cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo vuccati kālavādītipi, bhūtavādītipi, atthavādītipi, dhammavādītipi, vinayavādītipi. Such a person is said to have speech that’s well-timed, true, meaningful, in line with The Dharma and training.


Kasmā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, evarūpo puggalo vuccati kālavādītipi, bhūtavādītipi, atthavādītipi, dhammavādītipi, vinayavādītipi? Why is this?
Tathāhāyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo na parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi. This person doesn’t cause another to suffer under a false pretext—by killing, capturing, taking things, criticizing, or banishing—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’.
Bhūtena kho pana vuccamāno paṭijānāti no avajānāti; So when someone makes a valid criticism, they admit it and aren’t scornful.
abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya: When someone makes a baseless criticism, they make an effort to explain,
‘itipetaṃ atacchaṃ, itipetaṃ abhūtan’ti. ‘This is why that’s untrue, this is why that’s false.’
Tasmā evarūpo puggalo vuccati kālavādītipi, atthavādītipi, dhammavādītipi, vinayavādītipi. That’s why such a person is said to have speech that’s well-timed, true, meaningful, in line with The Dharma and training.


Evarūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa lobhajā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. For such a person, bad unskillful Dharmas born of greed, hate, and delusion are cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.
Diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ. In the present life they’re happy, free of anguish, distress, and fever,
Diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyati. and they’re also nirvana'd in the present life.


Dosajā … pe …
parinibbāyati.
Mohajā … pe …
parinibbāyati.
Seyyathāpi bhikkhave, sālo vā dhavo vā phandano vā tīhi māluvālatāhi uddhasto pariyonaddho. Suppose a sal, axlewood, or papra tree was choked and engulfed by three camel’s foot creepers.
Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. Then along comes a person with a spade and basket.
So taṃ māluvālataṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya, antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. They’d cut the creeper out by the roots, dig them up, and pull them out, down to the fibers and stems.
So taṃ māluvālataṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chetvā phāleyya, phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya, vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahitvā masiṃ kareyya, masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. Then they’d split the creeper apart, cut up the parts, and chop it into splinters. They’d dry the splinters in the wind and sun, burn them with fire, and reduce them to ashes. Then they’d sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream.
Evamassa tā, bhikkhave, māluvālatā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. In the same way, for such a person, bad unskillful Dharmas born of greed, hate, and delusion are cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa lobhajā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā.
Diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ. In the present life they’re happy, free of anguish, distress, and fever,
Diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyati. and they’re also nirvana'd in the present life.


Dosajā … pe …
mohajā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā.
Diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ.
Diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyati.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi kusala-mūlānī”ti. These are the three skillful roots.”


end of section [3.69 - AN 3.69 Akusala-mūla: Unskillful Roots]

AN 3.70 Uposatha: Sabbath

70. Uposathasutta 70. Sabbath
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Atha kho visākhā migāramātā tadahuposathe yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:
“handa kuto nu tvaṃ, visākhe, āgacchasi divā divassā”ti? “So, Visākhā, where are you coming from in the middle of the day?”
“Uposathāhaṃ, bhante, ajja upavasāmī”ti. “Today, sir, I’m observing the sabbath.”


“Tayo khome, visākhe, uposathā. “There are, Visākhā, these three sabbaths.
Katame tayo? What three?
Gopālakuposatho, nigaṇṭhuposatho, ariyuposatho. The sabbath of the cowherds, the sabbath of the Jains, and the sabbath of the noble ones.
Kathañca, visākhe, gopālakuposatho hoti? And what is the sabbath of the cowherds?
Seyyathāpi, visākhe, gopālako sāyanhasamaye sāmikānaṃ gāvo niyyātetvā iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s just like a cowherd who, in the late afternoon, takes the cows back to their owners. They reflect:
‘ajja kho gāvo amukasmiñca amukasmiñca padese cariṃsu, amukasmiñca amukasmiñca padese pānīyāni piviṃsu; ‘Today the cows grazed in this place and that, and they drank in this place and that.
sve dāni gāvo amukasmiñca amukasmiñca padese carissanti, amukasmiñca amukasmiñca padese pānīyāni pivissantī’ti; Tomorrow the cows will graze in this place and that, and drink in this place and that.’
evamevaṃ kho, visākhe, idhekacco uposathiko iti paṭisañcikkhati: In the same way, someone keeping the sabbath reflects:
‘ahaṃ khvajja idañcidañca khādanīyaṃ khādiṃ, idañcidañca bhojanīyaṃ bhuñjiṃ; ‘Today I ate this and that, and had a meal of this and that.
sve dānāhaṃ idañcidañca khādanīyaṃ khādissāmi, idañcidañca bhojanīyaṃ bhuñjissāmī’ti. Tomorrow I’ll eat this and that, and have a meal of this and that.’
So tena abhijjhāsahagatena cetasā divasaṃ atināmeti. And so they spend their day with a mind full of covetousness.
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, gopālakuposatho hoti. That’s the sabbath of the cowherds.
Evaṃ upavuttho kho, visākhe, gopālakuposatho na mahapphalo hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahājutiko na mahāvipphāro. (1) When the cowherd’s sabbath is observed like this it’s not very fruitful or beneficial or splendid or bountiful.


Kathañca, visākhe, nigaṇṭhuposatho hoti? And what is the sabbath of the Jains?
Atthi, visākhe, nigaṇṭhā nāma samaṇajātikā. There’s a kind of ascetic belonging to a group called the Jains.
Te sāvakaṃ evaṃ samādapenti: They encourage their disciples:
‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, ye puratthimāya disāya pāṇā paraṃ yojanasataṃ tesu daṇḍaṃ nikkhipāhi; ‘Please, good people, don’t hurt any living creatures more than a hundred leagues away to the east.
ye pacchimāya disāya pāṇā paraṃ yojanasataṃ tesu daṇḍaṃ nikkhipāhi; Don’t hurt any living creatures more than a hundred leagues away to the west.
ye uttarāya disāya pāṇā paraṃ yojanasataṃ tesu daṇḍaṃ nikkhipāhi; Don’t hurt any living creatures more than a hundred leagues away to the north.
ye dakkhiṇāya disāya pāṇā paraṃ yojanasataṃ tesu daṇḍaṃ nikkhipāhī’ti. Don’t hurt any living creatures more than a hundred leagues away to the south.’
Iti ekaccānaṃ pāṇānaṃ anuddayāya anukampāya samādapenti, ekaccānaṃ pāṇānaṃ nānuddayāya nānukampāya samādapenti. So they encourage kindness and compassion for some creatures and not others.
Te tadahuposathe sāvakaṃ evaṃ samādapenti: On the sabbath, they encourage their disciples:
‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, sabbacelāni nikkhipitvā evaṃ vadehi— ‘Please, good people, take off all your clothes and say:
nāhaṃ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṃ, na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. “I don’t belong to anyone anywhere! And nothing belongs to me anywhere!”’
Jānanti kho panassa mātāpitaro: But their mother and father still know,
‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ putto’ti; ‘This is our child.’
sopi jānāti: And they know,
‘ime mayhaṃ mātāpitaro’ti. ‘This is my mother and father.’
Jānāti kho panassa puttadāro: Partner and child still know,
‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ bhattā’ti; ‘This is our supporter.’
sopi jānāti: And they know,
‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ puttadāro’ti. ‘This is my partner and child.’
Jānanti kho panassa dāsakammakaraporisā: Bondservants, workers, and staff still know:
‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ ayyo’ti; ‘This is our master.’
sopi jānāti: And they know,
‘ime mayhaṃ dāsakammakaraporisā’ti. ‘These are my bondservants, workers, and staff.’
Iti yasmiṃ samaye sacce samādapetabbā musāvāde tasmiṃ samaye samādapenti. So, at a time when they should be encouraged to speak the truth, the Jains encourage them to lie.
Idaṃ tassa musāvādasmiṃ vadāmi. This, I say, is lying.
So tassā rattiyā accayena bhoge adinnaṃyeva paribhuñjati. When the night has passed they use their possessions once more, though they’ve not been given back to them.
Idaṃ tassa adinnādānasmiṃ vadāmi. This, I say, is stealing.
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, nigaṇṭhuposatho hoti. That’s the sabbath of the Jains.
Evaṃ upavuttho kho, visākhe, nigaṇṭhuposatho na mahapphalo hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahājutiko na mahāvipphāro. (2) When the Jain’s sabbath is observed like this it’s not very fruitful or beneficial or splendid or bountiful.


Kathañca, visākhe, ariyuposatho hoti? And what is the sabbath of the noble ones?
Upakkiliṭṭhassa, visākhe, cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. A corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.
Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects the Realized One:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Tassa tathāgataṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati. As they recollect the Realized One, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.
seyyathāpi, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa sīsassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. It’s just like cleaning a dirty head by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa sīsassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a dirty head cleaned by applying effort?
Kakkañca paṭicca mattikañca paṭicca udakañca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca, evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa sīsassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. With cleansing paste, clay, and water, and by applying the proper effort.
Evamevaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. In the same way, a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects the Realized One:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Tassa tathāgataṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti. As they recollect the Realized One, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.
Ayaṃ vuccati, visākhe: This is called:
‘ariyasāvako brahmuposathaṃ upavasati, brahmunā saddhiṃ saṃvasati, brahmañcassa ārabbha cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti’. ‘A noble-one's-disciple who observes the sabbath of Brahmā, living together with Brahmā. And because they think of Brahmā their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.’
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. (3.1) That’s how a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort. (3.1)


Upakkiliṭṭhassa, visākhe, cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. A corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.
Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako dhammaṃ anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects The Dharma:
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. ‘The Dharma is well explained by the Buddha—realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’
Tassa dhammaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti, seyyathāpi, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa kāyassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. As they recollect The Dharma, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up. It’s just like cleaning a dirty body by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa kāyassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a dirty body cleaned by applying effort?
Sottiñca paṭicca, cuṇṇañca paṭicca, udakañca paṭicca, purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca. With pastes of powdered shells and herbs, water, and by applying the proper effort.
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa kāyassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. That’s how a dirty body is cleaned by applying effort.
Evamevaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. In the same way, a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako dhammaṃ anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects The Dharma:
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. ‘The Dharma is well explained by the Buddha—realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’
Tassa dhammaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti. As they recollect The Dharma, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.
Ayaṃ vuccati, visākhe, ‘ariyasāvako dhammuposathaṃ upavasati, dhammena saddhiṃ saṃvasati, dhammañcassa ārabbha cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti’. This is called: ‘A noble-one's-disciple who observes the sabbath of Dhamma, living together with Dhamma. And because they think of the Dhamma their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.’
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. (3.2) That’s how a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort. (3.2)


Upakkiliṭṭhassa, visākhe, cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. A corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.
Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects the Saṅgha:
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, straightforward, methodical, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Tassa saṅghaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti, seyyathāpi, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa vatthassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. As they recollect the Saṅgha, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up. It’s just like cleaning a dirty cloth by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa vatthassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a dirty cloth cleaned by applying effort?
Usmañca paṭicca, khārañca paṭicca, gomayañca paṭicca, udakañca paṭicca, purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca. With salt, lye, cow dung, and water, and by applying the proper effort.
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa vatthassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. That’s how a dirty cloth is cleaned by applying effort.
Evamevaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. In the same way, a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects the Saṅgha:
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, straightforward, methodical, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, and worthy of veneration with joined palms. It is the supreme field of merit for the world.’
Tassa saṅghaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti. As they recollect the Saṅgha, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.
Ayaṃ vuccati, visākhe, ‘ariyasāvako saṅghuposathaṃ upavasati, saṅghena saddhiṃ saṃvasati, saṅghañcassa ārabbha cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti’. This is called: ‘A noble-one's-disciple who observes the sabbath of the Saṅgha, living together with the Saṅgha. And because they think of the Saṅgha their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.’
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. (3.3) That’s how a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort. (3.3)


Upakkiliṭṭhassa, visākhe, cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. A corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.
Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects their own ethical conduct, which is uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, untainted, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to undistractible-lucidity.
Tassa sīlaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti, seyyathāpi, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa ādāsassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. As they recollect their ethical conduct, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up. It’s just like cleaning a dirty mirror by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa ādāsassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a dirty mirror cleaned by applying effort?
Telañca paṭicca, chārikañca paṭicca, vālaṇḍupakañca paṭicca, purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca. With oil, ash, a rolled-up cloth, and by applying the proper effort.
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa ādāsassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. That’s how a dirty mirror is cleaned by applying effort.
Evamevaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. In the same way, a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni … pe … samādhisaṃvattanikāni. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects their own ethical conduct, which is uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, untainted, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to undistractible-lucidity.
Tassa sīlaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti. As they recollect their ethical conduct, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.
Ayaṃ vuccati, visākhe, ‘ariyasāvako sīluposathaṃ upavasati, sīlena saddhiṃ saṃvasati, sīlañcassa ārabbha cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti’. This is called: ‘A noble-one's-disciple who observes the sabbath of ethical conduct, living together with ethics. And because they think of their ethical conduct their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.’
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. (3.4) That’s how a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort. (3.4)


Upakkiliṭṭhassa, visākhe, cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. A corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.
Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects the deities:
‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṃsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. ‘There are the Gods of the Four Great Kings, the Gods of the Thirty-Three, the Gods of Yama, the Joyful Gods, the Gods Who Love to Create, the Gods Who Control the Creations of Others, the Gods of Brahmā’s Group, and gods even higher than these.
Yathārūpāya saddhāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tatthupapannā, mayhampi tathārūpā saddhā saṃvijjati. When those deities passed away from here, they were reborn there because of their earned-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. I, too, have the same kind of earned-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.
Yathārūpena sīlena samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tatthupapannā, mayhampi tathārūpaṃ sīlaṃ saṃvijjati.
Yathārūpena sutena samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tatthupapannā, mayhampi tathārūpaṃ sutaṃ saṃvijjati.
Yathārūpena cāgena samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tatthupapannā, mayhampi tathārūpo cāgo saṃvijjati.
Yathārūpāya paññāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tatthupapannā, mayhampi tathārūpā paññā saṃvijjatī’ti.
Tassa attano ca tāsañca devatānaṃ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti, seyyathāpi, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa jātarūpassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. As they recollect the earned-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and those deities, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up. It’s just like cleaning dirty gold by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa jātarūpassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is dirty gold cleaned by applying effort?
Ukkañca paṭicca, loṇañca paṭicca, gerukañca paṭicca, nāḷikasaṇḍāsañca paṭicca, purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca. With a furnace, flux, a blowpipe, and tongs, and by applying the proper effort.
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa jātarūpassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. That’s how dirty gold is cleaned by applying effort.
Evamevaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. In the same way, a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort.


Kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? And how is a corrupt mind cleaned by applying effort?
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple recollects the deities:
‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṃsā … pe … santi devā tatuttari. ‘There are the Gods of the Four Great Kings, the Gods of the Thirty-Three, the Gods of Yama, the Joyful Gods, the Gods Who Love to Create, the Gods Who Control the Creations of Others, the Gods of Brahmā’s Group, and gods even higher than these.
Yathārūpāya saddhāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tatthupapannā, mayhampi tathārūpā saddhā saṃvijjati. Yathārūpena sīlena … sutena … cāgena … paññāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tatthupapannā, mayhampi tathārūpā paññā saṃvijjatī’ti. When those deities passed away from here, they were reborn there because of their earned-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. I, too, have the same kind of earned-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.
Tassa attano ca tāsañca devatānaṃ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti. As they recollect the earned-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and those deities, their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.
Ayaṃ vuccati, visākhe, ‘ariyasāvako devatuposathaṃ upavasati, devatāhi saddhiṃ saṃvasati, devatā ārabbha cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti’. This is called: ‘A noble-one's-disciple who observes the sabbath of the deities, living together with the deities. And because they think of the deities their mind becomes clear, joy arises, and mental corruptions are given up.’
Evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. (3.5) That’s how a corrupt mind is cleaned by applying effort. (3.5)


Sa kho so, visākhe, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: Then that noble-one's-disciple reflects:
‘yāvajīvaṃ arahanto pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharanti; ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They are scrupulous and kind, and live full of compassion for all living beings.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. I, too, for this day and night will give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. I’ll be scrupulous and kind, and live full of compassion for all living beings.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.


Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭiviratā dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharanti; As long as they live, the perfected ones give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharāmi. I, too, for this day and night will give up stealing. I’ll take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. I’ll keep myself clean by not thieving.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.


Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī ārācārī viratā methunā gāmadhammā; As long as they live, the perfected ones give up unchastity. They are celibate, set apart, avoiding the common practice of sex.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. I, too, for this day and night will give up unchastity. I will be celibate, set apart, avoiding the common practice of sex.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.


Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratā saccavādī saccasandhā thetā paccayikā avisaṃvādakā lokassa; As long as they live, the perfected ones give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa. I, too, for this day and night will give up lying. I’ll speak the truth and stick to the truth. I’ll be honest and trustworthy, and won’t trick the world with my words.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.


Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā; As long as they live, the perfected ones give up alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato. I, too, for this day and night will give up alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.


Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā; As long as they live, the perfected ones eat in one part of the day, abstaining from eating at night and from food at the wrong time.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ ekabhattiko rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. I, too, for this day and night will eat in one part of the day, abstaining from eating at night and food at the wrong time.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.


Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā; As long as they live, the perfected ones avoid dancing, singing, music, and seeing shows; and beautifying and adorning themselves with garlands, fragrance, and makeup.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato. I, too, for this day and night will avoid dancing, singing, music, and seeing shows; and beautifying and adorning myself with garlands, fragrance, and makeup.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissati. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.


Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṃ kappenti mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā; As long as they live, the perfected ones give up high and luxurious beds. They sleep in a low place, either a cot or a straw mat.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṃ kappemi mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. I, too, for this day and night will give up high and luxurious beds. I’ll sleep in a low place, either a cot or a straw mat.
Imināpi aṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’


Evaṃ kho, visākhe, ariyuposatho hoti. That’s the sabbath of the noble ones.
Evaṃ upavuttho kho, visākhe, ariyuposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. When the sabbath of the noble one is observed like this it’s very fruitful and beneficial and splendid and bountiful.


Kīvamahapphalo hoti kīvamahānisaṃso kīvamahājutiko kīvamahāvipphāro? How much so?
Seyyathāpi, visākhe, yo imesaṃ soḷasannaṃ mahājanapadānaṃ pahūtarattaratanānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreyya, seyyathidaṃ— Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsī, Kosala, Vajjī, Malla, Ceti, Vaṅga, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrusena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Kamboja—full of the seven kinds of precious things.
aṅgānaṃ, magadhānaṃ, kāsīnaṃ, kosalānaṃ, vajjīnaṃ, mallānaṃ, cetīnaṃ, vaṅgānaṃ, kurūnaṃ, pañcālānaṃ, macchānaṃ, sūrasenānaṃ, assakānaṃ, avantīnaṃ, gandhārānaṃ, kambojānaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṃ kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasiṃ. This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Kapaṇaṃ, visākhe, mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya. Because human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.


Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni, cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Fifty years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of the Four Great Kings.
Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Thirty such days make up a month.
Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Twelve such months make up a year.
Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni pañca vassasatāni cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. The life span of the gods of the Four Great Kings is five hundred of these divine years.
Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. It’s possible that a woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of the Four Great Kings.
Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ: This is what I was referring to when I said:
‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’. ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’


Yaṃ, visākhe, mānusakaṃ vassasataṃ, tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. A hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of the Thirty-Three.
Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Thirty such days make up a month.
Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Twelve such months make up a year.
Tena saṃvaccharena dibbaṃ vassasahassaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. The life span of the gods of the Thirty-Three is a thousand of these divine years.
Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. It’s possible that a woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three.
Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ: This is what I was referring to when I said:
‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’. ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’


Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni dve vassasatāni, yāmānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Two hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the Gods of Yama.
Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Thirty such days make up a month.
Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Twelve such months make up a year.
Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni dve vassasahassāni yāmānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. The life span of the Gods of Yama is two thousand of these divine years.
Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yāmānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. It’s possible that a woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the Gods of Yama.
Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ: This is what I was referring to when I said:
‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’. ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’


Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni cattāri vassasatāni, tusitānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Four hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the joyful gods.
Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Thirty such days make up a month.
Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Twelve such months make up a year.
Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni cattāri vassasahassāni tusitānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. The life span of the joyful gods is four thousand of these divine years.
Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tusitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. It’s possible that a woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the joyful gods.
Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ: This is what I was referring to when I said:
‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’. ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’


Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni aṭṭha vassasatāni, nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Eight hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods who love to create.
Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Thirty such days make up a month.
Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Twelve such months make up a year.
Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni aṭṭha vassasahassāni nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. The life span of the gods who love to create is eight thousand of these divine years.
Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. It’s possible that a woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods who love to create.
Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ: This is what I was referring to when I said:
‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’. ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’


Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni soḷasa vassasatāni, paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Sixteen hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods who control the creations of others.
Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Thirty such days make up a month.
Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Twelve such months make up a year.
Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni soḷasa vassasahassāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. The life span of the gods who control the creations of others is sixteen thousand of these divine years.
Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. It’s possible that a woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods who control the creations of others.
Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ: This is what I was referring to when I said:
‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāyā’ti. ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’”


Pāṇaṃ na haññe na cadinnamādiye, “You shouldn’t kill living creatures, or steal,
Musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā; or lie, or drink alcohol.
Abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā, Be celibate, refraining from sex,
Rattiṃ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṃ. and don’t eat at night, the wrong time.


Mālaṃ na dhāre na ca gandhamācare, Not wearing garlands or applying fragrance,
Mañce chamāyaṃ va sayetha santhate; you should sleep on a low bed, or a mat on the ground.
Etañhi aṭṭhaṅgikamāhuposathaṃ, This is the eight-factored sabbath, they say,
Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṃ. explained by the Buddha, who has gone to suffering’s end.


Cando ca suriyo ca ubho sudassanā, The moon and sun are both fair to see,
Obhāsayaṃ anupariyanti yāvatā; radiating as far as they revolve.
Tamonudā te pana antalikkhagā, Those shining ones in the sky light up the quarters,
Nabhe pabhāsanti disāvirocanā. dispelling the darkness as they traverse the heavens.


Etasmiṃ yaṃ vijjati antare dhanaṃ, All of the wealth that’s found in this realm—
Muttā maṇi veḷuriyañca bhaddakaṃ; pearls, gems, fine beryl too,
Siṅgī suvaṇṇaṃ atha vāpi kañcanaṃ, horn-gold or mountain gold,
Yaṃ jātarūpaṃ haṭakanti vuccati. or natural gold dug up by marmots—


Aṭṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa, they’re not worth a sixteenth part
Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṃ; of the sabbath with its eight factors,
Candappabhā tāragaṇā ca sabbe. as all the constellations of stars can’t equal the light of the moon.


Tasmā hi nārī ca naro ca sīlavā, So an ethical woman or man,
Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ upavassuposathaṃ; who’s observed the eight-factored sabbath,
Puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni, having made merit whose outcome is happiness,
Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhānan”ti. blameless, they go to a heavenly place.”


Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..7.. - AN 3 vagga 7 Mahā: The Great Chapter]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 8 Ānanda: Ānanda

8. Ānandavagga 8. Ānanda

AN 3.71 Channa: With Channa

71. Channasutta 71. With Channa
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho channo paribbājako yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then the wanderer Channa went up to Venerable Ānanda and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho channo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:
“tumhepi, āvuso ānanda, rāgassa pahānaṃ paññāpetha, dosassa pahānaṃ paññāpetha, mohassa pahānaṃ paññāpethā”ti. “Reverend Ānanda, do you advocate giving up greed, hate, and delusion?”
“Mayaṃ kho, āvuso, rāgassa pahānaṃ paññāpema, dosassa pahānaṃ paññāpema, mohassa pahānaṃ paññapemā”ti. “We do, reverend.”


“Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, rāge ādīnavaṃ disvā rāgassa pahānaṃ paññāpetha, kiṃ dose ādīnavaṃ disvā dosassa pahānaṃ paññāpetha, kiṃ mohe ādīnavaṃ disvā mohassa pahānaṃ paññāpethā”ti? “But what drawbacks have you seen, Reverend Ānanda, that you advocate giving up greed, hate, and delusion?”


“Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; “A greedy person, overcome by greed, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
rāge pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When greed has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati; A greedy person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
rāge pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, na manasā duccaritaṃ carati. When greed has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti; A greedy person doesn’t truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
rāge pahīne attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. When greed has been given up, they truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
Rāgo kho, āvuso, andhakaraṇo acakkhukaraṇo aññāṇakaraṇo paññānirodhiko vighātapakkhiko anibbānasaṃvattaniko. Greed is a destroyer of sight, vision, and knowledge. It blocks wisdom, it’s on the side of anguish, and it doesn’t lead to nirvana.


Duṭṭho kho, āvuso, dosena … pe … A hateful person makes co-doings that hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. …
mūḷho kho, āvuso, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; A deluded person, overcome by delusion, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.
mohe pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When delusion has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Mūḷho kho, āvuso, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati; A deluded person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
mohe pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, na manasā duccaritaṃ carati. When delusion has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Mūḷho kho, āvuso, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti; A deluded person doesn’t truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
mohe pahīne attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. When delusion has been given up, they truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.
Moho kho, āvuso, andhakaraṇo acakkhukaraṇo aññāṇakaraṇo paññānirodhiko vighātapakkhiko anibbānasaṃvattaniko. Delusion is a destroyer of sight, vision, and knowledge; it blocks wisdom, it’s on the side of anguish, and it doesn’t lead to nirvana.
Idaṃ kho mayaṃ, āvuso, rāge ādīnavaṃ disvā rāgassa pahānaṃ paññāpema. This is the drawback we’ve seen in greed, hate, and delusion, and this is why we advocate giving them up.”
Idaṃ dose ādīnavaṃ disvā dosassa pahānaṃ paññāpema.
Idaṃ mohe ādīnavaṃ disvā mohassa pahānaṃ paññāpemā”ti.


“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti? “But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion?”
“Atthāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti. “There is, reverend, a path and a practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion.”
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti? “Well, what is it?”
“Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ— “It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:
sammādiṭṭhi … pe … sammāsamādhi. right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right remembering, and right undistractible-lucidity.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṃ paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti. This is the path, this is the practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion.”
“Bhaddako kho, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya. “This is a fine path, a fine practice, for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion.
Alañca panāvuso ānanda, appamādāyā”ti. Just this much is enough to be assiduous.”


AN 3.72 Ājīvaka: A Disciple of the Ājīvakas

72. Ājīvakasutta 72. A Disciple of the Ājīvakas
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Atha kho aññataro ājīvakasāvako gahapati yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so ājīvakasāvako gahapati āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: Then a householder who was a disciple of the Ājīvaka ascetics went up to Venerable Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to Ānanda:


“Kesaṃ no, bhante ānanda, dhammo svākkhāto? “Sir, whose teaching is well explained?
Ke loke suppaṭipannā? Who in the world is practicing well?
Ke loke sukatā”ti? Who in the world has done well?”
“Tena hi, gahapati, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. “Well then, householder, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like.
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, What do you think, householder?
ye rāgassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, dosassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, mohassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, tesaṃ dhammo svākkhāto no vā? Is The Dharma of those who teach for giving up greed, hate, and delusion well explained or not?
Kathaṃ vā te ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”
“Ye, bhante, rāgassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, dosassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, mohassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, tesaṃ dhammo svākkhāto. “The Dharma of those who teach for giving up greed, hate, and delusion is well explained.
Evaṃ me ettha hotī”ti. That’s how I see it.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, “What do you think, householder?
ye rāgassa pahānāya paṭipannā, dosassa pahānāya paṭipannā, mohassa pahānāya paṭipannā, te loke suppaṭipannā no vā? Are those who practice for giving up greed, hate, and delusion practicing well or not?
Kathaṃ vā te ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”
“Ye, bhante, rāgassa pahānāya paṭipannā, dosassa pahānāya paṭipannā, mohassa pahānāya paṭipannā, te loke suppaṭipannā. “Those who practice for giving up greed, hate, and delusion are practicing well.
Evaṃ me ettha hotī”ti. That’s how I see it.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, “What do you think, householder?
yesaṃ rāgo pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, yesaṃ doso pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, yesaṃ moho pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, te loke sukatā no vā? Have those who’ve given up greed, hate, and delusion—so they’re cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future—done well in the world, or not?
Kathaṃ vā te ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”
“Yesaṃ, bhante, rāgo pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, yesaṃ doso pahīno … pe … yesaṃ moho pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, te loke sukatā. “Those who’ve given up greed, hate, and delusion have done well in the world.
Evaṃ me ettha hotī”ti. That’s how I see it.”


“Iti kho, gahapati, tayāvetaṃ byākataṃ: “So, householder, you’ve declared:
‘ye, bhante, rāgassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, dosassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, mohassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desenti, tesaṃ dhammo svākkhāto’ti. ‘The Dharma of those who teach for giving up greed, hate, and delusion is well explained.’
Tayāvetaṃ byākataṃ: And you’ve declared:
‘ye, bhante, rāgassa pahānāya paṭipannā, dosassa pahānāya paṭipannā, mohassa pahānāya paṭipannā, te loke suppaṭipannā’ti. ‘Those who practice for giving up greed, hate, and delusion are practicing well.’
Tayāvetaṃ byākataṃ: And you’ve declared:
‘yesaṃ, bhante, rāgo pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, yesaṃ doso pahīno … pe … yesaṃ moho pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, te loke sukatā’”ti. ‘Those who’ve given up greed, hate, and delusion have done well in the world.’”


“Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante. “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing!
Na ceva nāma sadhammukkaṃsanā bhavissati, na ca paradhammāpasādanā. There’s no acclaiming your own teaching or disrespecting someone else’s,
Āyataneva dhammadesanā, attho ca vutto, attā ca anupanīto. just teaching what’s relevant in that context. The goal is spoken of, but the self is not involved.
Tumhe, bhante ānanda, rāgassa pahānāya dhammaṃ desetha, dosassa … pe … mohassa pahanāya dhammaṃ desetha. You, sir, teach Dhamma for giving up greed, hate, and delusion.
Tumhākaṃ, bhante ānanda, dhammo svākkhāto. Your teaching is well explained.
Tumhe, bhante ānanda, rāgassa pahānāya paṭipannā, dosassa … pe … mohassa pahānāya paṭipannā. You, sir, practice for giving up greed, hate, and delusion.
Tumhe, bhante, loke suppaṭipannā. You in the world are practicing well.
Tumhākaṃ, bhante ānanda, rāgo pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, tumhākaṃ doso pahīno … pe … tumhākaṃ moho pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. You’ve given up greed, hate, and delusion.
Tumhe loke sukatā. You in the world have done well.


Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Excellent, sir! Excellent!
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ ayyena ānandena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with good eyes can see what’s there, Venerable Ānanda has made The Dharma clear in many ways.
Esāhaṃ, bhante ānanda, taṃ bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. I go for refuge to the Buddha, to The Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ ayyo ānando dhāretu, ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Venerable Ānanda remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


AN 3.73 Mahānāmasakka: With Mahānāma the Sakyan

73. Mahānāmasakkasutta 73. With Mahānāma the Sakyan
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Now at that time the Buddha had recently recovered from an illness.
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“dīgharattāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi: “For a long time, sir, I have understood your teaching like this:
‘samāhitassa ñāṇaṃ, no asamāhitassā’ti. ‘Knowledge is for those with undistractible-lucidity, not those without undistractible-lucidity.’
Samādhi nu kho, bhante, pubbe, pacchā ñāṇaṃ; But, sir, does undistractible-lucidity come first, then knowledge?
udāhu ñāṇaṃ pubbe, pacchā samādhī”ti? Or does knowledge come first, then undistractible-lucidity?”
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi: Then Venerable Ānanda thought:
“bhagavā kho gilānavuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. “The Buddha has recently recovered from an illness,
Ayañca mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ atigambhīraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati. and this Mahānāma asks him a question that’s too deep.
Yannūnāhaṃ mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ ekamantaṃ apanetvā dhammaṃ deseyyan”ti. Why don’t I take him off to one side and teach him the Dhamma?”


Atha kho āyasmā ānando mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ apanetvā mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca: Then Ānanda took Mahānāma by the arm, led him off to one side, and said to him:
“sekhampi kho, mahānāma, sīlaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, asekhampi sīlaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā; sekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā, asekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā; sekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā, asekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā. “Mahānāma, the Buddha has spoken of the ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom of a trainee; and the ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom of an adept.
Katamañca, mahānāma, sekhaṃ sīlaṃ? What is the ethics of a trainee?
Idha, mahānāma, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Idaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, sekhaṃ sīlaṃ. This is called the ethics of a trainee.


Katamo ca, mahānāma, sekho samādhi? And what is the undistractible-lucidity of a trainee?
Idha, mahānāma, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
Ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, sekho samādhi. This is called the undistractible-lucidity of a trainee.


Katamā ca, mahānāma, sekhā paññā? And what is the wisdom of a trainee?
Idha, mahānāma, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, sekhā paññā. This is called the wisdom of a trainee.


Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako evaṃ sīlasampanno evaṃ samādhisampanno evaṃ paññāsampanno āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Then a noble-one's-disciple—accomplished in ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom—realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Evaṃ kho, mahānāma, sekhampi sīlaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, asekhampi sīlaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā; sekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā, asekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā; sekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā, asekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā”ti. In this way the Buddha has spoken of the ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom of both the trainee and the master.”


AN 3.74 Nigaṇṭha: Jains

74. Nigaṇṭhasutta 74. Jains
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Atha kho abhayo ca licchavi paṇḍitakumārako ca licchavi yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho abhayo licchavi āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: Then the Licchavis Abhaya and Paṇḍitakumāra went up to Venerable Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paṭijānāti: “Sir, the Jain leader Nāṭaputta claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus:
‘carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitan’ti. ‘Knowledge and vision are constantly and continually present to me, while walking, standing, sleeping, and waking.’
So purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvaṃ paññāpeti navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā setughātaṃ. He advocates the elimination of past karma by mortification, and breaking the bridge by not making new karma.
Iti kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo, dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo, vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissati— So with the ending of karma, suffering ends; with the ending of suffering, feeling ends; and with the ending of feeling, all suffering will have been worn away.
evametissā sandiṭṭhikāya nijjarāya visuddhiyā samatikkamo hoti. This is how to go beyond suffering by means of this purification by wearing away in this very life.
Idha, bhante, bhagavā kimāhā”ti? What, sir, does the Buddha say about this?”


“Tisso kho imā, abhaya, nijjarā visuddhiyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya. “Abhaya, these three kinds of purification by wearing away have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to complete the procedure, and to realize nirvana.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Idha, abhaya, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when, Abhaya, a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So navañca kammaṃ na karoti, purāṇañca kammaṃ phussa phussa byantīkaroti. They don’t perform any new deeds, and old deeds are eliminated by experiencing their results little by little.
Sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opaneyyikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhīti. This wearing away is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.


Sa kho so, abhaya, bhikkhu evaṃ sīlasampanno vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Then a monk accomplished in ethics, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
So navañca kammaṃ na karoti, purāṇañca kammaṃ phussa phussa byantīkaroti. They don’t perform any new deeds, and old deeds are eliminated by experiencing their results little by little.
Sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opaneyyikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhīti. This wearing away is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.


Sa kho so, abhaya, bhikkhu evaṃ samādhisampanno āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Then a monk accomplished in undistractible-lucidity realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
So navañca kammaṃ na karoti, purāṇañca kammaṃ phussa phussa byantīkaroti. They don’t perform any new deeds, and old deeds are eliminated by experiencing their results little by little.
Sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opaneyyikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhīti. This wearing away is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.
Imā kho, abhaya, tisso nijjarā visuddhiyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti. These are the three kinds of purification by wearing away that have been rightly explained by the Buddha … in order to realize nirvana.”


Evaṃ vutte, paṇḍitakumārako licchavi abhayaṃ licchaviṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Paṇḍitakumāra said to Abhaya:
“kiṃ pana tvaṃ, samma abhaya, āyasmato ānandassa subhāsitaṃ subhāsitato nābbhanumodasī”ti? “Dear Abhaya, is there anything in what Ānanda has said so well that you would disagree with?”
“Kyāhaṃ, samma paṇḍitakumāraka, āyasmato ānandassa subhāsitaṃ subhāsitato nābbhanumodissāmi. “How could I not agree with what was said so well by Ānanda?
Muddhāpi tassa vipateyya yo āyasmato ānandassa subhāsitaṃ subhāsitato nābbhanumodeyyā”ti. If anyone didn’t agree with him, their head would explode!”


AN 3.75 Nivesaka: Support

75. Nivesakasutta 75. Support
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Ye, ānanda, anukampeyyātha ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā te vo, ānanda, tīsu ṭhānesu samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā. “Ānanda, those who you have sympathy for, and those worth listening to—friends and colleagues, relatives and family—should be encouraged, supported, and established in three things.
Katamesu tīsu? What three?
Buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā: Experiential confidence in the Buddha:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ, buddho bhagavā’ti, ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
dhamme aveccappasāde samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā: Experiential confidence in The Dharma:
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti, ‘The Dharma is well explained by the Buddha—realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’
saṃghe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā: Experiential confidence in the Saṅgha:
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṃgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṃgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṃgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṃgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṃgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, straightforward, methodical, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’


Siyā, ānanda, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ— There might be change in the four primary elements—
pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā, na tveva buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ. earth, water, air, and fire—but a noble-one's-disciple with experiential confidence in the Buddha would never change.
So vatānanda, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. In this context, ‘change’ means that such a noble-one's-disciple will be reborn in hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm: this is not possible.


Siyā, ānanda, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ— There might be change in the four primary elements—
pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā, na tveva dhamme … pe … earth, water, air, and fire—but a noble-one's-disciple with experiential confidence in The Dharma …
na tveva saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ. or the Saṅgha would never change.
So vatānanda, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. In this context, ‘change’ means that such a noble-one's-disciple will be reborn in hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm: this is not possible.


Ye, ānanda, anukampeyyātha ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā te vo, ānanda, imesu tīsu ṭhānesu samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā”ti. Those who you have sympathy for, and those worth listening to—friends and colleagues, relatives and family—should be encouraged, supported, and established in these three things.”


AN 3.76 Paṭhamabhava: Existence (1st)

76. Paṭhamabhavasutta 76. Existence (1st)
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“bhavo, bhavoti, bhante, vuccati. “Sir, they speak of this thing called ‘continued existence’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhavo hotī”ti? How is continued existence defined?”


“Kāmadhātuvepakkañca, ānanda, kammaṃ nābhavissa, api nu kho kāmabhavo paññāyethā”ti? “If, Ānanda, there were no deeds to result in the sensual realm, would continued existence in the sensual realm still come about?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”
“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. “So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture.
Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ hīnāya dhātuyā viññāṇaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. () The consciousness of sentient beings—hindered by ignorance and fettered by craving—is established in a lower realm. That’s how there is rebirth into a new state of existence in the future.


Rūpadhātuvepakkañca, ānanda, kammaṃ nābhavissa, api nu kho rūpabhavo paññāyethā”ti? If there were no deeds to result in the realm of luminous form, would continued existence in the realm of luminous form still come about?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”
“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. “So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture.
Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ majjhimāya dhātuyā viññāṇaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. () The consciousness of sentient beings—hindered by ignorance and fettered by craving—is established in a middle realm. That’s how there is rebirth into a new state of existence in the future.


Arūpadhātuvepakkañca, ānanda, kammaṃ nābhavissa, api nu kho arūpabhavo paññāyethā”ti? If there were no deeds to result in the formless realm, would continued existence in the formless realm still come about?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”
“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. “So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture.
Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ paṇītāya dhātuyā viññāṇaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. The consciousness of sentient beings—hindered by ignorance and fettered by craving—is established in a higher realm. That’s how there is rebirth into a new state of existence in the future.
Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhavo hotī”ti. That’s how continued existence is defined.”


AN 3.77 Dutiyabhava: Existence (2nd)

77. Dutiyabhavasutta 77. Existence (2nd)
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami … pe … āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“bhavo, bhavoti, bhante, vuccati. “Sir, they speak of this thing called ‘continued existence’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhavo hotī”ti? How is continued existence defined?”


“Kāmadhātuvepakkañca, ānanda, kammaṃ nābhavissa, api nu kho kāmabhavo paññāyethā”ti? “If, Ānanda, there were no deeds to result in the sensual realm, would existence in the sensual realm still come about?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”
“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. “So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture.
Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ hīnāya dhātuyā cetanā patiṭṭhitā patthanā patiṭṭhitā evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. The intention and aim of sentient beings—hindered by ignorance and fettered by craving—is established in a lower realm. That’s how there is rebirth into a new state of existence in the future.


Rūpadhātuvepakkañca, ānanda, kammaṃ nābhavissa, api nu kho rūpabhavo paññāyethā”ti? If there were no deeds to result in the realm of luminous form, would existence in the realm of luminous form still be evident?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”
“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. “So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture.
Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ majjhimāya dhātuyā cetanā patiṭṭhitā patthanā patiṭṭhitā evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. The intention and aim of sentient beings—hindered by ignorance and fettered by craving—is established in a middle realm. That’s how there is rebirth into a new state of existence in the future.


Arūpadhātuvepakkañca, ānanda, kammaṃ nābhavissa, api nu kho arūpabhavo paññāyethā”ti? If there were no deeds to result in the formless realm, would existence in the formless realm still be evident?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”
“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. “So, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture.
Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ paṇītāya dhātuyā cetanā patiṭṭhitā patthanā patiṭṭhitā evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. The intention and aim of sentient beings—hindered by ignorance and fettered by craving—is established in a higher realm. That’s how there is rebirth into a new state of existence in the future.
Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhavo hotī”ti. That’s how continued existence is defined.”


AN 3.78 Sīlabbata: Precepts and Observances

78. Sīlabbatasutta 78. Precepts and Observances
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“sabbaṃ nu kho, ānanda, sīlabbataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasāraṃ saphalan”ti? “Ānanda, are all precepts and observances, lifestyles, and spiritual paths fruitful when taken as the essence?”
“Na khvettha, bhante, ekaṃsenā”ti. “This is no simple matter, sir.”
“Tena hānanda, vibhajassū”ti. “Well then, Ānanda, break it down.”


“Yañhissa, bhante, sīlabbataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ sīlabbataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasāraṃ aphalaṃ. “Take the case of someone who cultivates precepts and observances, lifestyle, and a spiritual path, taking this as the essence. If unskillful Dharmas grow while skillful Dharmas decline, that’s not fruitful.
Yañca khvāssa, bhante, sīlabbataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ sīlabbataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasāraṃ saphalan”ti. However, if unskillful Dharmas decline while skillful Dharmas grow, that is fruitful.”
Idamavoca āyasmā ānando. That’s what Ānanda said,
Samanuñño satthā ahosi. and the teacher approved.


Atha kho āyasmā ānando “samanuñño me satthā”ti, uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Then Ānanda, knowing that the teacher approved, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande bhikkhū āmantesi: Then, not long after Ānanda had left, the Buddha addressed the monks:
“sekho, bhikkhave, ānando; “monks, Ānanda is a trainee,
na ca panassa sulabharūpo samasamo paññāyā”ti. but it’s not easy to find his equal in wisdom.”


AN 3.79 Gandhajāta: Fragrances

79. Gandhajātasutta 79. Fragrances
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Tīṇimāni, bhante, gandhajātāni, yesaṃ anuvātaṃyeva gandho gacchati, no paṭivātaṃ. “Sir, there are these three kinds of fragrance that spread only with the wind, not against it.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Mūlagandho, sāragandho, pupphagandho— The fragrance of roots, heartwood, and flowers.
imāni kho, bhante, tīṇi gandhajātāni, yesaṃ anuvātaṃyeva gandho gacchati, no paṭivātaṃ. These are the three kinds of fragrance that spread only with the wind, not against it.
Atthi nu kho, bhante, kiñci gandhajātaṃ yassa anuvātampi gandho gacchati, paṭivātampi gandho gacchati, anuvātapaṭivātampi gandho gacchatī”ti? Is there a kind of fragrance that spreads with the wind, and against it, and both ways?”


“Atthānanda, kiñci gandhajātaṃ yassa anuvātampi gandho gacchati, paṭivātampi gandho gacchati, anuvātapaṭivātampi gandho gacchatī”ti. “There is, Ānanda, such a kind of fragrance.”
“Katamañca pana, bhante, gandhajātaṃ yassa anuvātampi gandho gacchati, paṭivātampi gandho gacchati, anuvātapaṭivātampi gandho gacchatī”ti? “So what, sir, is that kind of fragrance?”


“Idhānanda, yasmiṃ gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, “It’s when, Ānanda, in some village or town, a woman or man has gone for refuge to the Buddha, The Dharma, and the Saṅgha.
pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo, They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or take alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. They’re ethical, of good character.
vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. They live at home with a heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share.


Tassa disāsu samaṇabrāhmaṇā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti: Ascetics and brahmins everywhere praise them for these good qualities.
‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti,
pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo,
vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato’ti.


devatāpissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti: And even the deities praise them.
‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti,
pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo,
vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato’ti.
Idaṃ kho taṃ, ānanda, gandhajātaṃ yassa anuvātampi gandho gacchati, paṭivātampi gandho gacchati, anuvātapaṭivātampi gandho gacchatīti. This is the kind of fragrance that spreads with the wind, and against it, and both.”


Na pupphagandho paṭivātameti, “The fragrance of flowers doesn’t spread against the wind,
Na candanaṃ tagaramallikā vā; nor sandalwood, pinwheel flowers, or jasmine;
Satañca gandho paṭivātameti, But the fragrance of the good spreads against the wind;
Sabbā disā sappuriso pavāyatī”ti. a good person’s virtue spreads in every direction.”


AN 3.80 Cūḷanikā: Lesser

80. Cūḷanikāsutta 80. Lesser
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ: “Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpesī’ti. ‘Ānanda, the Buddha Sikhi had a disciple called Abhibhū. Standing in the Brahmā realm, he could make his voice heard throughout the galaxy.’
Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kīvatakaṃ pahoti sarena viññāpetun”ti? I wonder how far a Blessed One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha can make their voice heard?”
“Sāvako so, ānanda, appameyyā tathāgatā”ti. “He was a disciple, Ānanda. Realized Ones are immeasurable.”


Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: For a second time …
“sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpesī’ti.
Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kīvatakaṃ pahoti sarena viññāpetun”ti?
“Sāvako so, ānanda, appameyyā tathāgatā”ti.


Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: For a third time, Ānanda said to the Buddha:
“sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpesī’ti.
Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kīvatakaṃ pahoti sarena viññāpetun”ti? “… I wonder how far a Blessed One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha can make their voice heard?”
“Sutā te, ānanda, sahassī cūḷanikā lokadhātū”ti? “Ānanda, have you heard of a thousandfold lesser world system, a galaxy?”
“Etassa, bhagavā, kālo; etassa, sugata, kālo, “Now is the time, Blessed One! Now is the time, Holy One!
yaṃ bhagavā bhāseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. Let the Buddha speak. The monks will listen and remember it.”
“Tenahānanda, suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī”ti. “Well then, Ānanda, listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Yāvatā, ānanda, candimasūriyā pariharanti, disā bhanti virocanā, tāva sahassadhā loko. “Ānanda, a galaxy extends a thousand times as far as the moon and sun revolve and the shining ones light up the quarters.
Tasmiṃ sahassadhā loke sahassaṃ candānaṃ, sahassaṃ sūriyānaṃ, sahassaṃ sinerupabbatarājānaṃ, sahassaṃ jambudīpānaṃ, sahassaṃ aparagoyānānaṃ, sahassaṃ uttarakurūnaṃ, sahassaṃ pubbavidehānaṃ, cattāri mahāsamuddasahassāni, cattāri mahārājasahassāni, sahassaṃ cātumahārājikānaṃ, sahassaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ, sahassaṃ yāmānaṃ, sahassaṃ tusitānaṃ, sahassaṃ nimmānaratīnaṃ, sahassaṃ paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ, sahassaṃ brahmalokānaṃ— In that galaxy there are a thousand moons, a thousand suns, a thousand Sinerus king of mountains, a thousand Indias, a thousand Western Continents, a thousand Northern Continents, a thousand Eastern Continents, four thousand oceans, four thousand Great Kings, a thousand realms of the Gods of the Four Great Kings, a thousand realms of the Gods of the Thirty-Three, of the Gods of Yama, of the Joyful Gods, of the Gods who Love to Create, of the Gods who Control the Creations of Others, and a thousand Brahmā realms.
ayaṃ vuccatānanda, sahassī cūḷanikā lokadhātu. This is called a thousandfold lesser world system, a ‘galaxy’.


Yāvatānanda, sahassī cūḷanikā lokadhātu tāva sahassadhā loko. A world system that extends for a thousand galaxies
Ayaṃ vuccatānanda, dvisahassī majjhimikā lokadhātu. is called a millionfold middling world system, a ‘galactic cluster’.


Yāvatānanda, dvisahassī majjhimikā lokadhātu tāva sahassadhā loko. A world system that extends for a thousand galactic clusters
Ayaṃ vuccatānanda, tisahassī mahāsahassī lokadhātu. is called a billionfold great world system, a ‘galactic supercluster’.


Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti. If he wished, Ānanda, a Realized One could make his voice heard throughout a galactic supercluster, or as far as he wants.”


“Yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, bhagavā tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti? “But how would the Buddha make his voice heard so far?”
“Idhānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṃ obhāsena phareyya. “First, Ānanda, a Realized One would fill the galactic supercluster with light.
Yadā te sattā taṃ ālokaṃ sañjāneyyuṃ, atha tathāgato ghosaṃ kareyya saddamanussāveyya. When sentient beings saw the light, the Realized One would project his call so that they’d hear the sound.
Evaṃ kho, ānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṃ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti. That’s how a Realized One could make his voice heard throughout a galactic supercluster, or as far as he wants.”


Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to Venerable Udāyī:
“lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, “I’m so fortunate, so very fortunate,
yassa me satthā evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo”ti. to have a teacher with such power and might!”
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to Venerable Ānanda:
“kiṃ tuyhettha, āvuso ānanda, yadi te satthā evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo”ti? “What is it to you, Reverend Ānanda, if your teacher has such power and might?”
Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca: When he said this, the Buddha said to Venerable Udāyī:
“mā hevaṃ, udāyi, mā hevaṃ, udāyi. “Not so, Udāyī, not so!
Sace, udāyi, ānando avītarāgo kālaṃ kareyya, tena cittappasādena sattakkhattuṃ devesu devarajjaṃ kāreyya, sattakkhattuṃ imasmiṃyeva jambudīpe mahārajjaṃ kāreyya. If Ānanda were to die while still not free of greed, he would rule as king of the gods for seven lifetimes, and as king of all India for seven lifetimes, because of the confidence of his heart.
Api ca, udāyi, ānando diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyissatī”ti. However, Ānanda will be nirvana'd in the present life.”


end of section [3..8.. - AN 3 vagga 8 Ānanda: Ānanda]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 9 Samana: Ascetics

9. Samanavagga 9. Ascetics

AN 3.81 Samaṇa: Ascetics

81. Samaṇasutta 81. Ascetics
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, samaṇassa samaṇiyāni samaṇakaraṇīyāni. “monks, there are three duties of an ascetic.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhāsamādānaṃ, adhicittasikkhāsamādānaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhāsamādānaṃ— Undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi samaṇassa samaṇiyāni samaṇakaraṇīyāni. These are the three duties of an ascetic.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘tibbo no chando bhavissati adhisīlasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo no chando bhavissati adhicittasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo no chando bhavissati adhipaññāsikkhāsamādāne’ti. ‘We will have ardent enthusiasm for undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.82 Gadrabha: The Donkey

82. Gadrabhasutta 82. The Donkey
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gadrabho gogaṇaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandho hoti: “Suppose, monks, a donkey followed behind a herd of cattle, thinking:
‘ahampi dammo, ahampi dammo’ti. ‘I can moo too! I can moo too!’
Tassa na tādiso vaṇṇo hoti seyyathāpi gunnaṃ, na tādiso saro hoti seyyathāpi gunnaṃ, na tādisaṃ padaṃ hoti seyyathāpi gunnaṃ. But it doesn’t look like a cow, or sound like a cow, or leave a footprint like a cow.
So gogaṇaṃyeva piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandho hoti: Still it follows behind a herd of cattle, thinking:
‘ahampi dammo, ahampi dammo’ti. ‘I can moo too! I can moo too!’


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu bhikkhusaṅghaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandho hoti: In the same way, some monk follows behind the monk Saṅgha, thinking:
‘ahampi bhikkhu, ahampi bhikkhū’ti. ‘I’m a monk too! I’m a monk too!’
Tassa na tādiso chando hoti adhisīlasikkhāsamādāne seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, na tādiso chando hoti adhicittasikkhāsamādāne seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, na tādiso chando hoti adhipaññāsikkhāsamādāne seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ. But they don’t have the same enthusiasm for undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom as the other monks.
So bhikkhusaṅghaṃyeva piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandho hoti: Still they follow behind the monk Saṇgha, thinking:
‘ahampi bhikkhu, ahampi bhikkhū’ti. ‘I’m a monk too! I’m a monk too!’


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘tibbo no chando bhavissati adhisīlasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo no chando bhavissati adhicittasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo no chando bhavissati adhipaññāsikkhāsamādāne’ti. ‘We will have ardent enthusiasm for undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.83 Khetta: Fields

83. Khettasutta 83. Fields
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, kassakassa gahapatissa pubbe karaṇīyāni. “monks, a farmer has three primary duties.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, kassako gahapati paṭikacceva khettaṃ sukaṭṭhaṃ karoti sumatikataṃ. A farmer first of all makes sure the field is well ploughed and tilled.
Paṭikacceva khettaṃ sukaṭṭhaṃ karitvā sumatikataṃ kālena bījāni patiṭṭhāpeti. Next they plant seeds in season.
Kālena bījāni patiṭṭhāpetvā samayena udakaṃ abhinetipi apanetipi. When the time is right, they irrigate the field and then drain it.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi kassakassa gahapatissa pubbe karaṇīyāni. These are the three primary duties of a farmer.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīṇimāni bhikkhussa pubbe karaṇīyāni. In the same way, a monk has three primary duties.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhāsamādānaṃ, adhicittasikkhāsamādānaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhāsamādānaṃ— Undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi bhikkhussa pubbe karaṇīyāni. These are the three primary duties of a monk.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘tibbo no chando bhavissati adhisīlasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo no chando bhavissati adhicittasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo no chando bhavissati adhipaññāsikkhāsamādāne’ti. ‘We will have ardent enthusiasm for undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.84 Vajjiputta: The Vajji

84. Vajjiputtasutta 84. The Vajji
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Atha kho aññataro vajjiputtako bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so vajjiputtako bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then a certain Vajji monk went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“sādhikamidaṃ, bhante, diyaḍḍhasikkhāpadasataṃ anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchati. “Sir, each fortnight over a hundred and fifty training rules are recited.
Nāhaṃ, bhante, ettha sakkomi sikkhitun”ti. I’m not able to train in them.”
“Sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhituṃ— “But monk, are you able to train in three trainings:
adhisīlasikkhāya, adhicittasikkhāya adhipaññāsikkhāyā”ti? the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom?”
“Sakkomahaṃ, bhante, tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhituṃ— “I am, sir.”
adhisīlasikkhāya, adhicittasikkhāya, adhipaññāsikkhāyā”ti.
“Tasmātiha tvaṃ, bhikkhu, tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhassu— “So, monk, you should train in these three trainings:
adhisīlasikkhāya, adhicittasikkhāya, adhipaññāsikkhāya. the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.


Yato kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, adhisīlampi sikkhissasi, adhicittampi sikkhissasi, adhipaññampi sikkhissasi, tassa tuyhaṃ bhikkhu adhisīlampi sikkhato adhicittampi sikkhato adhipaññampi sikkhato rāgo pahīyissati, doso pahīyissati, moho pahīyissati. As you train in these, you will give up greed, hate, and delusion.
So tvaṃ rāgassa pahānā dosassa pahānā mohassa pahānā yaṃ akusalaṃ na taṃ karissasi, yaṃ pāpaṃ na taṃ sevissasī”ti. Then you won’t do anything unskillful, or practice anything bad.”


Atha kho so bhikkhu aparena samayena adhisīlampi sikkhi, adhicittampi sikkhi, adhipaññampi sikkhi. After some time that monk trained in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
Tassa adhisīlampi sikkhato adhicittampi sikkhato adhipaññampi sikkhato rāgo pahīyi, doso pahīyi, moho pahīyi. He gave up greed, hate, and delusion.
So rāgassa pahānā dosassa pahānā mohassa pahānā yaṃ akusalaṃ taṃ nākāsi, yaṃ pāpaṃ taṃ na sevīti. Then he didn’t do anything unskillful, or practice anything bad.


AN 3.85 Sekkha: A Trainee

85. Sekkhasutta 85. A Trainee
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then a monk went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“‘Sekho, sekho’ti, bhante, vuccati. “Sir, they speak of this person called ‘a trainee’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, sekho hotī”ti? How is a trainee defined?”
“Sikkhatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā sekhoti vuccati. “They train, monk, that’s why they’re called ‘a trainee’.
Kiñca sikkhati? What is their training?
Adhisīlampi sikkhati, adhicittampi sikkhati, adhipaññampi sikkhati. They train in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
Sikkhatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā sekhoti vuccatīti. They train, that’s why they’re called ‘a trainee’”.


Sekhassa sikkhamānassa, “As a trainee trains,
ujumaggānusārino; following the straight road,
Khayasmiṃ paṭhamaṃ ñāṇaṃ, first they know about ending;
tato aññā anantarā. enlightenment follows in the same lifetime.


Tato aññāvimuttassa, After that, to that poised one, freed by enlightenment
ñāṇaṃ ve hoti tādino; with the end of the fetters of rebirth,
Akuppā me vimuttīti, the knowledge comes:
bhavasaṃyojanakkhaye”ti. ‘My freedom is unshakable.’”


AN 3.86 Paṭhamasikkhā: Training (1st)

86. Paṭhamasikkhāsutta 86. Training (1st)
“Sādhikamidaṃ, bhikkhave, diyaḍḍhasikkhāpadasataṃ anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchati, yattha attakāmā kulaputtā sikkhanti. “monks, each fortnight over a hundred and fifty training rules come up for recitation, in which respectable people who love themselves train.
Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sikkhā yatthetaṃ sabbaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchati. These are all included in the three trainings.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā adhipaññāsikkhā— The training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sikkhā, yatthetaṃ sabbaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchati. These are the three trainings that include them all.


Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ mattaso kārī paññāya mattaso kārī. Take the case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics, but has limited undistractible-lucidity and wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re incapable of that.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni, tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamental, appropriate for the spiritual path. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. With the ending of three fetters they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ mattaso kārī paññāya mattaso kārī. Take another case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics, but has limited undistractible-lucidity and wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re incapable of that.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamental, appropriate for the spiritual path. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī paññāya mattaso kārī. Take another case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics and undistractible-lucidity, but has limited wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re incapable of that.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamentals, appropriate for the spiritual path. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously. They are nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī paññāya paripūrakārī. Take another case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re incapable of that.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamental, appropriate for the spiritual path. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.


Iti kho, bhikkhave, padesaṃ padesakārī ārādheti paripūraṃ paripūrakārī. So, monks, if you practice partially you succeed partially. If you practice fully you succeed fully.
Avañjhāni tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sikkhāpadāni vadāmī”ti. These training rules are not a waste, I say.”


AN 3.87 Dutiyasikkhā: Training (2nd)

87. Dutiyasikkhāsutta 87. Training (2nd)
“Sādhikamidaṃ, bhikkhave, diyaḍḍhasikkhāpadasataṃ anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchati yattha attakāmā kulaputtā sikkhanti. “monks, each fortnight over a hundred and fifty training rules come up for recitation, in which respectable people who love themselves train.
Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sikkhā yatthetaṃ sabbaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchati. These are all included in the three trainings.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā— The training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sikkhā yatthetaṃ sabbaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchati. These are the three trainings that include them all.


Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ mattaso kārī paññāya mattaso kārī. Take the case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics, but has limited undistractible-lucidity and wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re not capable.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamental, appropriate for the spiritual life. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sattakkhattuparamo hoti. With the ending of three fetters they have at most seven rebirths.
Sattakkhattuparamaṃ deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. They will transmigrate at most seven times among gods and humans and then make an end of suffering.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā kolaṃkolo hoti, dve vā tīṇi vā kulāni sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. With the ending of three fetters, they go family to family. They will transmigrate between two or three families and then make an end of suffering.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā ekabījī hoti, ekaṃyeva mānusakaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattetvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. With the ending of three fetters, they’re a one-seeder. They will be reborn just one time in a human existence, then make an end of suffering.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī paññāya mattaso kārī. Take another case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics and undistractible-lucidity, but has limited wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re not capable.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamental, appropriate for the spiritual path. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī. With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd with extra effort.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd without extra effort.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd upon landing.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd in-between one life and the next.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī paññāya paripūrakārī. Take another case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re not capable.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni, tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamental, appropriate for the spiritual path. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.


Iti kho, bhikkhave, padesaṃ padesakārī ārādheti, paripūraṃ paripūrakārī, avañjhāni tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sikkhāpadāni vadāmī”ti. So, monks, if you practice partially you succeed partially. If you practice fully you succeed fully. These training rules are not a waste, I say.”


AN 3.88 Tatiyasikkhā: Training (3rd)

88. Tatiyasikkhāsutta 88. Training (3rd)
“Sādhikamidaṃ, bhikkhave, diyaḍḍhasikkhāpadasataṃ anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchati yattha attakāmā kulaputtā sikkhanti. “monks, each fortnight over a hundred and fifty training rules come up for recitation, in which respectable people who love themselves train.
Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sikkhā yatthetaṃ sabbaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchati. These are all included in the three trainings.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā— The training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sikkhā yatthetaṃ sabbaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchati. These are the three trainings that include them all.


Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī paññāya paripūrakārī. Take the case of a monk who has fulfilled their ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So yāni tāni khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni tāni āpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. They break some lesser and minor training rules, but are restored.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Na hi mettha, bhikkhave, abhabbatā vuttā. Because I don’t say they’re not capable.
Yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. But they’re constant and steady in their precepts regarding the training rules that are fundamental, appropriate for the spiritual path. They keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd in-between one life and the next.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd upon landing.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd without extra effort.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd with extra effort.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, go to the Akaniṭṭha realm.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā, rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā ekabījī hoti, ekaṃyeva mānusakaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattetvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of three fetters, they’re a one-seeder. They will be reborn just one time in a human existence, then make an end of suffering.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā kolaṅkolo hoti, dve vā tīṇi vā kulāni sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of three fetters, they go family to family. They will transmigrate between two or three families and then make an end of suffering.
Taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sattakkhattuparamo hoti, sattakkhattuparamaṃ deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of three fetters, they have at most seven rebirths. They will transmigrate at most seven times among gods and humans and then make an end of suffering.


Iti kho, bhikkhave, paripūraṃ paripūrakārī ārādheti padesaṃ padesakārī. So, monks, if you practice partially you succeed partially. If you practice fully you succeed fully.
Avañjhāni tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sikkhāpadāni vadāmī”ti. These training rules are not a waste, I say.”


AN 3.89 Paṭhamasikkhattaya: Three Trainings (1st)

89. Paṭhamasikkhattayasutta 89. Three Trainings (1st)
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sikkhā. “monks, these are the three trainings.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā. The training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, adhisīlasikkhā? And what is the training in the higher ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhisīlasikkhā. This is called the training in the higher ethics.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, adhicittasikkhā? And what is the training in the higher mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhicittasikkhā. This is called the training in the higher mind.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, adhipaññāsikkhā? And what is the training in the higher wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhipaññāsikkhā. This is called the training in the higher wisdom.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sikkhā”ti. These are the three trainings.”


AN 3.90 Dutiyasikkhattaya: Three Trainings (2nd)

90. Dutiyasikkhattayasutta 90. Three Trainings (2nd)
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sikkhā. “monks, these are the three trainings.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā. The training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, adhisīlasikkhā? And what is the training in the higher ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhisīlasikkhā. This is called the training in the higher ethics.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, adhicittasikkhā? And what is the training in the higher mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhicittasikkhā. This is called the training in the higher mind.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, adhipaññāsikkhā? And what is the training in the higher wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhipaññāsikkhā. This is called the training in the higher wisdom.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sikkhāti. These are the three trainings.”


Adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ, “The higher ethics, the higher mind,
adhipaññañca vīriyavā; and the higher wisdom should be practiced
Thāmavā dhitimā jhāyī, by those energetic, strong, and resolute,
sato guttindriyo care. practicing jhāna, rememberful, with guarded senses.


Yathā pure tathā pacchā, As before, so after;
yathā pacchā tathā pure; as after, so before.
Yathā adho tathā uddhaṃ, As below, so above;
yathā uddhaṃ tathā adho. as above, so below.


Yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, As by day, so by night;
yathā rattiṃ tathā divā; as by night, so by day.
Abhibhuyya disā sabbā, Having mastered every direction
appamāṇasamādhinā. with limitless undistractible-lucidity,


Tamāhu sekhaṃ paṭipadaṃ, they call them a ‘trainee on the path’,
atho saṃsuddhacāriyaṃ; and their conduct is well purified.
Tamāhu loke sambuddhaṃ, But a wise one who has gone to the end of the path
dhīraṃ paṭipadantaguṃ. they call a ‘Buddha’ in the world.


Viññāṇassa nirodhena, With the cessation of consciousness,
taṇhākkhayavimuttino; freed by the ending of craving,
Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, the liberation of their heart
vimokkho hoti cetaso”ti. is like a lamp going out.”


AN 3.91 Saṅkavā: At Paṅkadhā

91. Saṅkavāsutta 91. At Paṅkadhā
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ yena saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṃ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of monks. He arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Paṅkadhā,
Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā saṅkavāyaṃ viharati. and stayed there.
Tena kho pana samayena kassapagotto nāma bhikkhu saṅkavāyaṃ āvāsiko hoti. Now, at that time a monk called Kassapagotta was resident at Paṅkadhā.
Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. There the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired the monks with a Dhamma talk about the training rules.
Atha kho kassapagottassa bhikkhuno bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṃsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo: Kassapagotta became quite impatient and bitter, thinking:
“adhisallikhatevāyaṃ samaṇo”ti. “This ascetic is much too strict.”
Atha kho bhagavā saṅkavāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. When the Buddha had stayed in Paṅkadhā as long as he wished, he set out for Rājagaha.
Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Travelling stage by stage, he arrived at Rājagaha,
Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati. and stayed there.


Atha kho kassapagottassa bhikkhuno acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahudeva kukkuccaṃ ahu vippaṭisāro: Soon after the Buddha left, Kassapagotta became quite remorseful and regretful, thinking:
“alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā; dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ; “It’s my loss, my misfortune,
yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṃsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo: that when the Buddha was talking about the training rules I became quite impatient and bitter, thinking
‘adhisallikhatevāyaṃ samaṇo’ti. he was much too strict.
Yannūnāhaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyaṃ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike accayaṃ accayato deseyyan”ti. Why don’t I go to the Buddha and confess my mistake to him?”
Atha kho kassapagotto bhikkhu senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi. Then Kassapagotta set his lodgings in order and, taking his bowl and robe, set out for Rājagaha.
Anupubbena yena rājagahaṃ yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho kassapagotto bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.


“Ekamidaṃ, bhante, samayaṃ bhagavā saṅkavāyaṃ viharati, saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṃ nigamo.
Tatra, bhante, bhagavā sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
Tassa mayhaṃ bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṃsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
‘adhisallikhatevāyaṃ samaṇo’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā saṅkavāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. ()
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahudeva kukkuccaṃ ahu vippaṭisāro:
‘alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā; dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ;
yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṃsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
“adhisallikhatevāyaṃ samaṇo”ti.
Yannūnāhaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyaṃ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike accayaṃ accayato deseyyan’ti.
Accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṃsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo: I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to become impatient and bitter when the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the monks with a Dhamma talk about the training rules, and to think:
‘adhisallikhatevāyaṃ samaṇo’ti. ‘This ascetic is much too strict.’
Tassa me, bhante, bhagavā accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu, āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā”ti. Please, sir, accept my mistake for what it is, so I will restrain myself in future.”


“Taggha taṃ, kassapa, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yassa te mayi sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṃsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo: “Indeed, Kassapa, you made a mistake.
‘adhisallikhatevāyaṃ samaṇo’ti.
Yato ca kho tvaṃ, kassapa, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi, taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
Vuddhihesā, kassapa, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti, āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. For it is growth in the training of the noble one to recognize a mistake for what it is, deal with it properly, and commit to restraint in the future.


Thero cepi, kassapa, bhikkhu hoti na sikkhākāmo na sikkhāsamādānassa vaṇṇavādī, ye caññe bhikkhū na sikkhākāmā te ca na sikkhāya samādapeti, ye caññe bhikkhū sikkhākāmā tesañca na vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, evarūpassāhaṃ, kassapa, therassa bhikkhuno na vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmi. Kassapa, take the case of a senior monk who doesn’t want to train and doesn’t praise taking up the training. They don’t encourage other monks who don’t want to train to take up the training. And they don’t truthfully and substantively praise at the right time those monks who do want to train. I don’t praise that kind of senior monk.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Satthā hissa vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇatīti aññe naṃ bhikkhū bhajeyyuṃ, ye naṃ bhajeyyuṃ tyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, yyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti. Because, hearing that I praised that monk, other monks might want to keep company with them. Then they might follow their example, which would be for their lasting harm and suffering.
Tasmāhaṃ, kassapa, evarūpassa therassa bhikkhuno na vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmi. That’s why I don’t praise that kind of senior monk.


Majjhimo cepi, kassapa, bhikkhu hoti … pe … Take the case of a middle monk who doesn’t want to train …
navo cepi, kassapa, bhikkhu hoti na sikkhākāmo na sikkhāsamādānassa vaṇṇavādī, ye caññe bhikkhū na sikkhākāmā te ca na sikkhāya samādapeti, ye caññe bhikkhū sikkhākāmā tesañca na vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, evarūpassāhaṃ, kassapa, navassa bhikkhuno na vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmi. Take the case of a junior monk who doesn’t want to train …
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Satthā hissa vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇatīti aññe naṃ bhikkhū bhajeyyuṃ, ye naṃ bhajeyyuṃ tyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, yyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.
Tasmāhaṃ, kassapa, evarūpassa navassa bhikkhuno na vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmi. That’s why I don’t praise that kind of junior monk.


Thero cepi, kassapa, bhikkhu hoti sikkhākāmo sikkhāsamādānassa vaṇṇavādī, ye caññe bhikkhū na sikkhākāmā te ca sikkhāya samādapeti, ye caññe bhikkhū sikkhākāmā tesañca vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, evarūpassāhaṃ, kassapa, therassa bhikkhuno vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmi. Kassapa, take the case of a senior monk who does want to train and praises taking up the training. They encourage other monks who don’t want to train to take up the training. And they truthfully and substantively praise at the right time those monks who do want to train. I praise that kind of senior monk.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Satthā hissa vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇatīti aññe naṃ bhikkhū bhajeyyuṃ, ye naṃ bhajeyyuṃ tyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, yyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti. Because, hearing that I praised that monk, other monks might want to keep company with them. Then they might follow their example, which would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.
Tasmāhaṃ, kassapa, evarūpassa therassa bhikkhuno vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmi. That’s why I praise that kind of senior monk.


Majjhimo cepi, kassapa, bhikkhu hoti sikkhākāmo … pe … Take the case of a middle monk who wants to train …
navo cepi, kassapa, bhikkhu hoti sikkhākāmo sikkhāsamādānassa vaṇṇavādī, ye caññe bhikkhū na sikkhākāmā te ca sikkhāya samādapeti, ye caññe bhikkhū sikkhākāmā tesañca vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, evarūpassāhaṃ, kassapa, navassa bhikkhuno vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmi. Take the case of a junior monk who wants to train …
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Satthā hissa vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇatīti aññe naṃ bhikkhū bhajeyyuṃ, ye naṃ bhajeyyuṃ tyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, yyāssa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti.
Tasmāhaṃ, kassapa, evarūpassa navassa bhikkhuno vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇāmī”ti. That’s why I praise that kind of junior monk.”


(derived from B. Sujato 2018/12)
Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

end of section [3..9.. - AN 3 vagga 9 Samana: Ascetics]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 10 Loṇakapalla: A Lump of Salt

10. Loṇakapallavagga 10. A Lump of Salt

AN 3.92 Accāyika: Urgent

92. Accāyikasutta 92. Urgent
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, kassakassa gahapatissa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni. “monks, a farmer has three urgent duties.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, kassako gahapati sīghaṃ sīghaṃ khettaṃ sukaṭṭhaṃ karoti sumatikataṃ. A farmer swiftly makes sure the field is well ploughed and tilled.
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ khettaṃ sukaṭṭhaṃ karitvā sumatikataṃ sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bījāni patiṭṭhāpeti. Next they swiftly plant seeds in season.
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bījāni patiṭṭhāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ udakaṃ abhinetipi apanetipi. When the time is right, they swiftly irrigate or drain the field.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi kassakassa gahapatissa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni. These are the three urgent duties of a farmer.
Tassa kho taṃ, bhikkhave, kassakassa gahapatissa natthi sā iddhi vā ānubhāvo vā: That farmer has no special power or ability to say:
‘ajjeva me dhaññāni jāyantu, sveva gabbhīni hontu, uttarasveva paccantū’ti. ‘Let the crops germinate today! Let them flower tomorrow! Let them ripen the day after!’
Atha kho, bhikkhave, hoti so samayo yaṃ tassa kassakassa gahapatissa tāni dhaññāni utupariṇāmīni jāyantipi gabbhīnipi honti paccantipi. But there comes a time when that farmer’s crops germinate, flower, and ripen as the seasons change.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīṇimāni bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni. In the same way, a monk has three urgent duties.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Adhisīlasikkhāsamādānaṃ, adhicittasikkhāsamādānaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhāsamādānaṃ— Undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni. These are the three urgent duties of a monk.
Tassa kho taṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno natthi sā iddhi vā ānubhāvo vā: That monk has no special power or ability to say:
‘ajjeva me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatu sve vā uttarasve vā’ti. ‘Let my mind be freed from asinine-inclinations by not grasping today! Or tomorrow! Or the day after!’
Atha kho, bhikkhave, hoti so samayo yaṃ tassa bhikkhuno adhisīlampi sikkhato adhicittampi sikkhato adhipaññampi sikkhato anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati. But there comes a time—as that monk trains in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom—that their mind is freed from asinine-inclinations by not grasping.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘tibbo no chando bhavissati adhisīlasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo chando bhavissati adhicittasikkhāsamādāne, tibbo chando bhavissati adhipaññāsikkhāsamādāne’ti. ‘We will have ardent enthusiasm for undertaking the training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.93 Paviveka: Seclusion

93. Pavivekasutta 93. Seclusion
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pavivekāni paññāpenti. “monks, wanderers who follow other paths advocate three kinds of seclusion.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Cīvarapavivekaṃ, piṇḍapātapavivekaṃ, senāsanapavivekaṃ. Seclusion in robes, alms-food, and lodgings.


Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cīvarapavivekasmiṃ paññāpenti, sāṇānipi dhārenti, masāṇānipi dhārenti, chavadussānipi dhārenti, paṃsukūlānipi dhārenti, tirīṭānipi dhārenti, ajinampi dhārenti, ajinakkhipampi dhārenti, kusacīrampi dhārenti, vākacīrampi dhārenti, phalakacīrampi dhārenti, kesakambalampi dhārenti, vālakambalampi dhārenti, ulūkapakkhikampi dhārenti. Wanderers who follow other paths advocate this kind of seclusion in robes. They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cīvarapavivekasmiṃ paññāpenti. This is what wanderers who follow other paths advocate for seclusion in robes.


Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā piṇḍapātapavivekasmiṃ paññāpenti. Wanderers who follow other paths advocate this kind of seclusion in alms-food.
Sākabhakkhāpi honti, sāmākabhakkhāpi honti, nīvārabhakkhāpi honti, daddulabhakkhāpi honti, haṭabhakkhāpi honti, kaṇabhakkhāpi honti, ācāmabhakkhāpi honti, piññākabhakkhāpi honti, tiṇabhakkhāpi honti, gomayabhakkhāpi honti, vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpenti pavattaphalabhojī. They eat herbs, millet, wild rice, poor rice, water lettuce, rice bran, scum from boiling rice, sesame flour, grass, or cow dung. They survive on forest roots and fruits, or eating fallen fruit.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā piṇḍapātapavivekasmiṃ paññāpenti. This is what the wanderers who follow other paths advocate for seclusion in alms-food.


Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā senāsanapavivekasmiṃ paññāpenti araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ bhusāgāraṃ. Wanderers who follow other paths advocate this kind of seclusion in lodgings. They stay in a wilderness, at the root of a tree, in a charnel ground, a forest, the open air, a heap of straw, or a threshing-hut.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā senāsanapavivekasmiṃ paññāpenti. This is what wanderers who follow other paths advocate for seclusion in lodgings.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pavivekāni paññāpenti. These are the three kinds of seclusion that wanderers who follow other paths advocate.


Tīṇi kho panimāni, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye bhikkhuno pavivekāni. In this Dharma and training, there are three kinds of seclusion for a monk.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā ca hoti, dussīlyañcassa pahīnaṃ hoti, tena ca vivitto hoti; Firstly, a monk is ethical, giving up unethical conduct, being secluded from it.
sammādiṭṭhiko ca hoti, micchādiṭṭhi cassa pahīnā hoti, tāya ca vivitto hoti; They have right view, giving up wrong view, being secluded from it.
khīṇāsavo ca hoti, āsavā cassa pahīnā honti, tehi ca vivitto hoti. They’ve ended asinine-inclinations, giving up asinine-inclinations, being secluded from them.
Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, dussīlyañcassa pahīnaṃ hoti, tena ca vivitto hoti; When a monk has these three kinds of seclusion,
sammādiṭṭhiko ca hoti, micchādiṭṭhi cassa pahīnā hoti, tāya ca vivitto hoti;
khīṇāsavo ca hoti, āsavā cassa pahīnā honti, tehi ca vivitto hoti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aggappatto sārappatto suddho sāre patiṭṭhito’. they’re called a monk who has reached the peak and the pith, being pure and grounded in the essential.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kassakassa gahapatissa sampannaṃ sālikkhettaṃ. When a farmer’s rice field is ripe,
Tamenaṃ kassako gahapati sīghaṃ sīghaṃ lavāpeyya. they’d have the rice cut swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ lavāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ saṅgharāpeyya. gathered swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ saṅgharāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ ubbahāpeyya. transported swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ ubbahāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ puñjaṃ kārāpeyya. made into heaps swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ puñjaṃ kārāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ maddāpeyya. threshed swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ maddāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ palālāni uddharāpeyya. the straw and chaff removed swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ palālāni uddharāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bhusikaṃ uddharāpeyya.
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bhusikaṃ uddharāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ opunāpeyya. winnowed swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ opunāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ atiharāpeyya. brought over swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ atiharāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ koṭṭāpeyya. threshed swiftly,
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ koṭṭāpetvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ thusāni uddharāpeyya. and have the husks removed swiftly.
Evamassu tāni, bhikkhave, kassakassa gahapatissa dhaññāni aggappattāni sārappattāni suddhāni sāre patiṭṭhitāni. In this way that farmer’s crop would reach the peak and the pith, being pure and consisting only of what is essential.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yato bhikkhu sīlavā ca hoti, dussīlyañcassa pahīnaṃ hoti, tena ca vivitto hoti; In the same way, when a monk is ethical, giving up unethical conduct, being secluded from it;
sammādiṭṭhiko ca hoti, micchādiṭṭhi cassa pahīnā hoti, tāya ca vivitto hoti; when they have right view, giving up wrong view, being secluded from it;
khīṇāsavo ca hoti, āsavā cassa pahīnā honti, tehi ca vivitto hoti. when they’ve ended asinine-inclinations, giving up asinine-inclinations, being secluded from them:
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aggappatto sārappatto suddho sāre patiṭṭhito’”ti. they’re called a monk who has reached the peak and the pith, being pure and grounded in the essential.”


+

AN 3.94 Sarada: Springtime

94. Saradasutta 94. Springtime
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve ādicco nabhaṃ abbhussakkamāno sabbaṃ ākāsagataṃ tamagataṃ abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca. “After the rainy season the sky is clear and cloudless. And when the sun rises, it dispels all the darkness from the sky as it shines and glows and radiates.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yato ariyasāvakassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ uppajjati, saha dassanuppādā, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti— In the same way, when the stainless, immaculate vision of The Dharma arises in a noble-one's-disciple, three fetters are given up:
sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso. identity view, doubt, and misapprehension of precepts and observances.


Athāparaṃ dvīhi dhammehi niyyāti abhijjhāya ca byāpādena ca. Afterwards they get rid of two things: desire and aversion.
So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, they enter and remain in the first jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
Tasmiñce, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako kālaṃ kareyya, natthi taṃ saṃyojanaṃ yena saṃyojanena saṃyutto ariyasāvako puna imaṃ lokaṃ āgaccheyyā”ti. If that noble-one's-disciple passed away at that time, they’re bound by no fetter that might return them to this world.”


b. bodhi footnotes

538 Mp explains the dhammacakkhu with reference to the commentarial conception of momentary path experiences as the
“eye of the path of stream-entry that comprehends the Dhamma of the four noble truths.”

539 This phrase normally denotes the attainment of non-returning.
Mp, however, identifies this disciple as a “jhāna non-returner” (jhānānāgāmī),
that is, a stream-enterer or once-returner who also attains jhāna.
Though such a practitioner has not yet eliminated the two fetters of sensual desire and ill will,
by attaining jhāna he or she is bound to be reborn in the form realm and attain nibbāna there,
without taking another rebirth in the sense sphere.


AN 3.95 Parisā: Assemblies

95. Parisāsutta 95. Assemblies
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, parisā. “monks, these are the three assemblies.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Aggavatī parisā, vaggā parisā, samaggā parisā. An assembly of the best, a divided assembly, and a harmonious assembly.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, aggavatī parisā? And what is an assembly of the best?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ therā bhikkhū na bāhulikā honti na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. An assembly where the senior monks are not indulgent or slack, nor are they backsliders. Instead, they take the lead in seclusion, rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. And those who come afterwards follow their example.
Sāpi hoti na bāhulikā na sāthalikā okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. They too are not indulgent or slack, nor are they backsliders. Instead, they take the lead in seclusion, rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, aggavatī parisā. This is called an assembly of the best.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, vaggā parisā? And what is a divided assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vaggā parisā. An assembly where the monks argue, quarrel, and fight, continually wounding each other with barbed words. This is called a divided assembly.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samaggā parisā? And what is a harmonious assembly?
Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samaggā parisā. An assembly where the monks live in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, blending like milk and water, and regarding each other with kindly eyes. This is called a harmonious assembly.


Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti, bahuṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tasmiṃ samaye puññaṃ pasavanti. When the monks live in harmony like this, they make much merit.
Brahmaṃ, bhikkhave, vihāraṃ tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhū viharanti, yadidaṃ muditāya cetovimuttiyā. At that time the monks live in a holy dwelling, that is, the heart’s release by rejoicing.
Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. When you’re joyful, rapture springs up. When the mind is full of rapture, the body becomes pacified. When the body is pacified, you feel pleasure. And when you’re pleasureful, the mind becomes undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṃ udakaṃ yathāninnaṃ pavattamānaṃ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṃ paripūrenti. It’s like when it rains heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ samaye bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti, bahuṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tasmiṃ samaye puññaṃ pasavanti. In the same way, when the monks are in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, blending like milk and water, and regarding each other with kindly eyes, they make much merit.
Brahmaṃ, bhikkhave, vihāraṃ tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhū viharanti, yadidaṃ muditāya cetovimuttiyā. At that time the monks live in a holy dwelling, that is, the heart’s release by rejoicing.
Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. When you’re joyful, rapture springs up. When the mind is full of rapture, the body becomes pacified. When the body is pacified, you feel pleasure. And when you’re pleasureful, the mind becomes undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso parisā”ti. These are the three assemblies.”


AN 3.96 Paṭhamaājānīya: The Thoroughbred (1st)

96. Paṭhamaājānīyasutta 96. The Thoroughbred (1st)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. “monks, a fine royal thoroughbred with three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and reckoned as a factor of kingship.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred is beautiful, strong, and fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. A fine royal thoroughbred with these three factors is worthy of a king. …
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. It’s when a monk is beautiful, strong, and fast.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti? And how is a monk beautiful?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is beautiful.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti? And how is a monk strong?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is strong.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? And how is a monk fast?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; It’s when a monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ …
‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘This is the origin of suffering’ …
‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ …
‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 3.97 Dutiyaājānīya: The Thoroughbred (2nd)

97. Dutiyaājānīyasutta 97. The Thoroughbred (2nd)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhayaṃ gacchati. “monks, a fine royal thoroughbred with three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred is beautiful, strong, and fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. A fine royal thoroughbred with these three factors is worthy of a king, …
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. It’s when a monk is beautiful, strong, and fast.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti? And how is a monk beautiful?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is beautiful.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti? And how is a monk strong?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is strong.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? And how is a monk fast?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. It’s when a monk, with the ending of the five lower fetters, is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 3.98 Tatiyaājānīya: The Thoroughbred (3rd)

98. Tatiyaājānīyasutta 98. The Thoroughbred (3rd)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhayaṃ gacchati. “monks, a fine royal thoroughbred with three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred is beautiful, strong, and fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. A fine royal thoroughbred with these three factors is worthy of a king. …
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. It’s when a monk is beautiful, strong, and fast.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti? And how is a monk beautiful?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is beautiful.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti? And how is a monk strong?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is strong.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? And how is a monk fast?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 3.99 Potthaka: Jute

99. Potthakasutta 99. Jute
“Navopi, bhikkhave, potthako dubbaṇṇo ca hoti dukkhasamphasso ca appaggho ca; “Jute canvas is ugly, unpleasant to touch, and worthless whether it’s new, worn in, or worn out.
majjhimopi, bhikkhave, potthako dubbaṇṇo ca hoti dukkhasamphasso ca appaggho ca;
jiṇṇopi, bhikkhave, potthako dubbaṇṇo ca hoti dukkhasamphasso ca appaggho ca.
Jiṇṇampi, bhikkhave, potthakaṃ ukkhaliparimajjanaṃ vā karonti saṅkārakūṭe vā naṃ chaḍḍenti. They use worn out jute canvas for scrubbing pots, or else they just throw it away on the rubbish heap.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, navo cepi bhikkhu hoti dussīlo pāpadhammo. In the same way, if a junior monk is unethical, of bad character,
Idamassa dubbaṇṇatāya vadāmi. this is how they’re ugly, I say.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, potthako dubbaṇṇo tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. That person is just as ugly as jute canvas.
Ye kho panassa sevanti bhajanti payirupāsanti diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, tesaṃ taṃ hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. If you associate with, accompany, and attend to that person, following their example, it’ll be for your lasting harm and suffering.
Idamassa dukkhasamphassatāya vadāmi. This is how they’re unpleasant to touch, I say.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, potthako dukkhasamphasso tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. That person is just as unpleasant to touch as jute canvas.
Yesaṃ kho pana so paṭiggaṇhāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ, tesaṃ taṃ na mahapphalaṃ hoti na mahānisaṃsaṃ. Any robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick that they receive are not very fruitful or beneficial for the donor.
Idamassa appagghatāya vadāmi. This is how they’re worthless, I say.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, potthako appaggho tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. That person is just as worthless as jute canvas.
Majjhimo cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti … pe … If a middle monk is unethical, of bad character, this is how they’re ugly, I say. …
thero cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti dussīlo pāpadhammo, idamassa dubbaṇṇatāya vadāmi. If a senior monk is unethical, of bad character, this is how they’re ugly, I say. …
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, potthako dubbaṇṇo tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ye kho panassa sevanti bhajanti payirupāsanti diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, tesaṃ taṃ hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. If you associate with, accompany, and attend to that person, following their example, it’ll be for your lasting harm and suffering.
Idamassa dukkhasamphassatāya vadāmi.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, potthako dukkhasamphasso tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Yesaṃ kho pana so paṭiggaṇhāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ, tesaṃ taṃ na mahapphalaṃ hoti na mahānisaṃsaṃ.
Idamassa appagghatāya vadāmi.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, potthako appaggho tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Evarūpo cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, thero bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe bhaṇati. If such a senior monk speaks among the Saṅgha,
Tamenaṃ bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu: the monks say:
‘kiṃ nu kho tuyhaṃ bālassa abyattassa bhaṇitena, ‘What’s an incompetent fool like you got to say?
tvampi nāma bhaṇitabbaṃ maññasī’ti. How on earth could you imagine you’ve got something worth saying!’
So kupito anattamano tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ nicchāreti yathārūpāya vācāya saṅgho taṃ ukkhipati, saṅkārakūṭeva naṃ potthakaṃ. That person becomes angry and upset, and blurts out things that make the Saṅgha throw them out, as if they were throwing jute canvas away on the rubbish heap.


Navampi, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ vaṇṇavantañceva hoti sukhasamphassañca mahagghañca; majjhimampi, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ vaṇṇavantañceva hoti sukhasamphassañca mahagghañca; jiṇṇampi, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ vaṇṇavantañceva hoti sukhasamphassañca mahagghañca. Cloth from Kāsī is beautiful, pleasant to touch, and valuable whether it’s new, worn in, or worn out.
Jiṇṇampi, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ ratanapaliveṭhanaṃ vā karoti gandhakaraṇḍake vā naṃ pakkhipanti. They use worn out cloth from Kāsī for wrapping, or else they place it in a fragrant casket.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, navo cepi bhikkhu hoti sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo, idamassa suvaṇṇatāya vadāmi. In the same way, if a junior monk is ethical, of good character, this is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ vaṇṇavantaṃ tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. That person is just as beautiful as cloth from Kāsī.
Ye kho panassa sevanti bhajanti payirupāsanti diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, tesaṃ taṃ hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. If you associate with, accompany, and attend to such a person, following their example, it will be for your lasting welfare and happiness.
Idamassa sukhasamphassatāya vadāmi. This is how they’re pleasant to touch, I say.
Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ sukhasamphassaṃ tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. That person is just as pleasant to touch as cloth from Kāsī.
Yesaṃ kho pana so paṭiggaṇhāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ, tesaṃ taṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ. Any robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick that they receive are very fruitful and beneficial for the donor.
Idamassa mahagghatāya vadāmi. This is how they’re valuable, I say.
Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ mahagghaṃ tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. That person is just as valuable as cloth from Kāsī.
Majjhimo cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti … pe … If a middle monk is ethical, of good character, this is how they’re beautiful, I say. …
thero cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti … pe … puggalaṃ vadāmi. If a senior monk is ethical, of good character, this is how they’re beautiful, I say. …


Evarūpo cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, thero bhikkhu saṃghamajjhe bhaṇati. If such a senior monk speaks in the midst of the Saṅgha,
Tamenaṃ bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu: the monks say:
‘appasaddā āyasmanto hotha, thero bhikkhu dhammañca vinayañca bhaṇatī’ti. ‘Venerables, be quiet! The senior monk is speaking on The Dharma and training.’
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘kāsikavatthūpamā bhavissāma, na potthakūpamā’ti. ‘We will be like cloth from Kāsī, not like jute canvas.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 3.100 Loṇakapalla: A Lump of Salt

100. Loṇakapallasutta 100. A Lump of Salt
“Yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya: “monks, suppose you say:
‘yathā yathāyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī’ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya. ‘No matter how this person performs a deed, they experience it the same way.’ This being so, the spiritual life could not be lived, and there’d be no chance of making a complete end of suffering.
Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya: Suppose you say:
‘yathā yathā vedanīyaṃ ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathāssa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī’ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso hoti, okāso paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya. ‘No matter how this person performs a deed, they experience the result as it should be experienced.’ This being so, the spiritual life can be lived, and there is a chance of making a complete end of suffering.
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa appamattakampi pāpakammaṃ kataṃ tamenaṃ nirayaṃ upaneti. Take the case of a person who does a trivial bad deed, but it lands them in hell.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇupi khāyati, kiṃ bahudeva. While another person does the same trivial bad deed, but experiences it in the present life, without even a bit left over, not to speak of a lot.


Kathaṃrūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa appamattakampi pāpakammaṃ kataṃ tamenaṃ nirayaṃ upaneti? What kind of person does a trivial bad deed, but it lands them in hell?
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abhāvitakāyo hoti abhāvitasīlo abhāvitacitto abhāvitapañño paritto appātumo appadukkhavihārī. A person who hasn’t developed their physical endurance, ethics, mind, or wisdom. They’re small-minded and mean-spirited, living in suffering.
Evarūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa appamattakampi pāpakammaṃ kataṃ tamenaṃ nirayaṃ upaneti. That kind of person does a trivial bad deed, but it lands them in hell.


Kathaṃrūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇupi khāyati, kiṃ bahudeva? What kind of person does the same trivial bad deed, but experiences it in the present life, without even a bit left over, not to speak of a lot?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī. A person who has developed their physical endurance, ethics, mind, and wisdom. They’re not small-minded, but are big-hearted, living without limits.
Evarūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇupi khāyati, kiṃ bahudeva. That kind of person does the same trivial bad deed, but experiences it in the present life, without even a bit left over, not to speak of a lot.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallaṃ paritte udakamallake pakkhipeyya. Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into a small bowl of water.
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, What do you think, monks?
api nu taṃ parittaṃ udakaṃ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṃ assa apeyyan”ti? Would that small bowl of water become salty and undrinkable?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.
“Taṃ kissa hetu”? Why is that?
“Aduñhi, bhante, parittaṃ udakakapallake udakaṃ, taṃ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṃ assa apeyyan”ti. Because there is only a little water in the bowl.”
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallakaṃ gaṅgāya nadiyā pakkhipeyya. “Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into the Ganges river.
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, What do you think, monks?
api nu sā gaṅgā nadī amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṃ assa apeyyā”ti? Would the Ganges river become salty and undrinkable?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.
“Taṃ kissa hetu”? Why is that?
“Asu hi, bhante, gaṅgāya nadiyā mahā udakakkhandho so amunā loṇakapallena loṇo na assa apeyyo”ti. Because the Ganges river is a vast mass of water.”


“Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa appamattakampi pāpakammaṃ kataṃ tamenaṃ nirayaṃ upaneti. “This is how it is in the case of a person who does a trivial bad deed, but it lands them in hell.
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇupi khāyati, kiṃ bahudeva. While another person does the same trivial bad deed, but experiences it in the present life, without even a bit left over, not to speak of a lot. …


Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco aḍḍhakahāpaṇenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati. Take the case of a person who is thrown in jail for stealing half a dollar, a dollar, or a hundred dollars.
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco aḍḍhakahāpaṇenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati. While another person who isn’t thrown in jail for stealing half a dollar, a dollar, or a hundred dollars.


Kathaṃrūpo, bhikkhave, aḍḍhakahāpaṇenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati? What kind of person is thrown in jail for stealing half a dollar, a dollar, or a hundred dollars?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco daliddo hoti appassako appabhogo. A person who is poor, with few possessions and little wealth.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, aḍḍhakahāpaṇenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatenapi bandhanaṃ nigacchati. That kind of person is thrown in jail for stealing half a dollar, a dollar, or a hundred dollars.


Kathaṃrūpo, bhikkhave, aḍḍhakahāpaṇenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati? What kind of person isn’t thrown in jail for stealing half a dollar, a dollar, or a hundred dollars?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo. A person who is rich, affluent, and wealthy.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, aḍḍhakahāpaṇenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatenapi na bandhanaṃ nigacchati. That kind of person isn’t thrown in jail for stealing half a dollar, a dollar, or a hundred dollars.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ. This is how it is in the case of a person who does a trivial bad deed, but they go to hell.
Tamenaṃ nirayaṃ upaneti.
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇupi khāyati, kiṃ bahudeva. While another person does the same trivial bad deed, but experiences it in the present life, without even a bit left over, not to speak of a lot. …


Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī.
Evarūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇupi khāyati, kiṃ bahudeva.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā appekaccaṃ urabbhaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyamānaṃ pahoti hantuṃ vā bandhituṃ vā jāpetuṃ vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kātuṃ, appekaccaṃ urabbhaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyamānaṃ nappahoti hantuṃ vā bandhituṃ vā jāpetuṃ vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kātuṃ. It’s like a sheep dealer or butcher. They can execute, jail, fine, or otherwise punish one person who steals from them, but not another.


Kathaṃrūpaṃ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyamānaṃ pahoti hantuṃ vā bandhituṃ vā jāpetuṃ vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kātuṃ? What kind of person can they punish?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco daliddo hoti appassako appabhogo. A person who is poor, with few possessions and little wealth.
Evarūpaṃ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyamānaṃ pahoti hantuṃ vā bandhituṃ vā jāpetuṃ vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kātuṃ. That’s the kind of person they can punish.


Kathaṃrūpaṃ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyamānaṃ nappahoti hantuṃ vā bandhituṃ vā jāpetuṃ vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kātuṃ. What kind of person can’t they punish?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā. A person who is rich, affluent, and wealthy.
Evarūpaṃ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyamānaṃ nappahoti hantuṃ vā bandhituṃ vā jāpetuṃ vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kātuṃ. That’s the kind of person they can’t punish.
Aññadatthu pañjalikova naṃ yācati: In fact, all they can do is raise their joined palms and ask:
‘dehi me, mārisa, urabbhaṃ vā urabbhadhanaṃ vā’ti. ‘Please, good sir, give me my sheep or pay me for it.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakampi pāpakammaṃ kataṃ tamenaṃ nirayaṃ upaneti. This is how it is in the case of a person who does a trivial bad deed, but it lands them in hell.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇupi khāyati, kiṃ bahudeva. While another person does the same trivial bad deed, but experiences it in the present life, without even a bit left over, not to speak of a lot. …


Yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya: monks, suppose you say:
‘yathā yathāyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya. ‘No matter how this person performs a deed, they experience it the same way.’ This being so, the spiritual life could not be lived, and there’d be no chance of making a complete end of suffering.
Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya: Suppose you say:
‘yathā yathā vedanīyaṃ ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā tassa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso hoti, okāso paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. ‘No matter how this person performs a deed, they experience the result as it should be experienced.’ This being so, the spiritual life can be lived, and there is a chance of making a complete end of suffering.”


end of section [3.100 - AN 3.100 Loṇakapalla: A Lump of Salt]
+

AN 3.101 Paṃsudhovaka: A Panner

(2023 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍)
🔗AN 3.101 notes

        AN 3.0 (five levels of gold impurity)
            AN 3.0 (Gold’s gross impurities)
            AN 3.0 (Gold’s moderate impurities)
            AN 3.0 (Gold’s fine impurities)
            AN 3.0 (gold dust)
            AN 3.0 (Gold malleable, luminous, ready to be worked)
        AN 3.0 (5 gold correspondences with meditators samādhi)
            AN 3.0 (monk’s gross impurities = misconduct of body, speech, mind → gold’s coarse impurities)
            AN 3.0 (monk’s moderate impurities = thoughts of sensuality, ill will, etc. → gold’s moderate impurities)
            AN 3.0 (monk’s fine impurities = thoughts about home life → gold’s fine impurities)
            AN 3.0 (first jhāna has Dhamma thoughts → gold dust)
            AN 3.0 (purifed 4th jhana → easily make any gold ornament)
        AN 3.0 (He can exercise any of the 6 abhiññā...)

+

§101.5 – (five levels of gold impurity)

§5.1 – (Gold’s gross impurities)

“Santi, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa oḷārikā upakkilesā paṃsuvālukā sakkharakaṭhalā. “Gold has coarse corruptions: sand, soil, and gravel.
Tamenaṃ paṃsudhovako vā paṃsudhovakantevāsī vā doṇiyaṃ ākiritvā dhovati sandhovati niddhovati. A panner or their apprentice pours it into a pan, where they wash, rinse, and clean it.

§5.2 – (Gold’s moderate impurities)

Tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumasakkharā thūlavālukā. When that’s been eliminated, there are medium corruptions in the gold: fine grit and coarse sand.
Tamenaṃ paṃsudhovako vā paṃsudhovakantevāsī vā dhovati sandhovati niddhovati. The panner washes it again.

§5.3 – (Gold’s fine impurities)

Tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumavālukā kāḷajallikā. When that’s been eliminated, there are fine corruptions in the gold: fine sand and black grime.
Tamenaṃ paṃsudhovako vā paṃsudhovakantevāsī vā dhovati sandhovati niddhovati. The panner washes it again.

§5.4 – (gold dust)

Tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate athāparaṃ suvaṇṇasikatāvasissanti. When that’s been eliminated, only gold dust is left.
Tamenaṃ suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā jātarūpaṃ mūsāyaṃ pakkhipitvā dhamati sandhamati niddhamati. A goldsmith or their apprentice places the gold in a crucible where they blow, melt, and smelt it.
Taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ aniddhantakasāvaṃ, na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ, na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya. Still the gold is not settled and the dross is not totally gone. It’s not pliable, workable, or radiant, but is brittle and not completely ready for working.

§5.5 – (Gold malleable, luminous, ready to be worked)

Hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati. But the goldsmith keeps on blowing, melting, and smelting it.
Taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ niddhantakasāvaṃ, mudu ca hoti kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā upeti kammāya. The gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and ready to be worked.
Yassā yassā ca pilandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi paṭṭikāya, yadi kuṇḍalāya, yadi gīveyyake, yadi suvaṇṇamālāya—tañcassa atthaṃ anubhoti. Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a bracelet, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland.


+

§101.15 – (5 gold correspondences with meditators samādhi)

§15.1 – (monk’s gross impurities = misconduct of body, speech, mind → gold’s coarse impurities)

Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, santi adhicittamanuyuttassa bhikkhuno oḷārikā upakkilesā kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ, tamenaṃ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. In the same way, a monk who is committed to the higher mind has coarse corruptions: bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct. A sincere, capable monk gives these up, gets rid of, eliminates, and obliterates them.

§15.2 – (monk’s moderate impurities = thoughts of sensuality, ill will, etc. → gold’s moderate impurities)

Tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi adhicittamanuyuttassa bhikkhuno majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko, tamenaṃ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. When they’ve been given up and eliminated, there are middling corruptions: sensual, malicious, or cruel thoughts. A sincere, capable monk gives these up, gets rid of, eliminates, and obliterates them.

§15.3 – (monk’s fine impurities = thoughts about home life → gold’s fine impurities)

Tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi adhicittamanuyuttassa bhikkhuno sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā ñātivitakko janapadavitakko anavaññattipaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, tamenaṃ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. When they’ve been given up and eliminated, there are fine corruptions: thoughts of family, country, and being looked up to. A sincere, capable monk gives these up, gets rid of, eliminates, and obliterates them.

§15.4 – (first jhāna has Dhamma thoughts → gold dust)

Tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate athāparaṃ dhamma-vitakk-āvasissanti. When they’ve been given up and eliminated, only thoughts about the ☸Dharma are left.
So hoti samādhi na ceva santo na ca paṇīto nap-paṭip-passaddha-laddho na ekodi-bhāv-ādhigato sa-saṅkhāra-niggayhavāritagato. That undistractible-lucidity is not peaceful, not sublime, not [sufficiently] pacified, not [sufficiently] singular in focus, but is held in place by forceful suppression [of first jhāna’s vitakka thoughts focusing on the Dharma].
[Internal settling, singular focus, and undistractible ludicity are the explicit terms that first appear in second jhāna’s formula, and are absent from the first jhāna.]

§15.5 – (purifed 4th jhana → easily make any gold ornament)

Hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃyeva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. But there comes a time when that mind is stilled internally; it settles, becomes singular in focus, and becomes undistractible and lucid in samādhi.
So hoti samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhiladdho ekodibhāvādhigato na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato. That undistractible-lucidity is peaceful and sublime and pacified and singular in focus, not held in place by forceful suppression [of first jhāna’s thoughts related to Dharma].
Yassa yassa ca abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññā sacchikiriyāya tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane. They become capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which they extend the mind, in each and every case.

§101.20 – (He can exercise any of the 6 abhiññā...)

(see 6ab ⚡☸)
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṃ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṃ; āvibhāvaṃ, tirobhāvaṃ; tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ kareyyaṃ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṃ parimajjeyyaṃ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyyan’ti, If they wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unimpeded through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling my body as far as the Brahmā realm.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane. They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇeyyaṃ dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’ti, If they wish: ‘With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, may I hear both kinds of sounds, human and divine, whether near or far.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane. They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajāneyyaṃ—sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ; sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ; samohaṃ vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ; saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ; mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ; sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ; samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ; vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyyan’ti, If they wish: ‘May I understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with my mind. May I understand mind with greed as “mind with greed”, and mind without greed as “mind without greed”; mind with hate as “mind with hate”, and mind without hate as “mind without hate”; mind with delusion as “mind with delusion”, and mind without delusion as “mind without delusion”; contracted mind as “contracted mind”, and scattered mind as “scattered mind”; expansive mind as “expansive mind”, and unexpansive mind as “unexpansive mind”; mind that is not supreme as “mind that is not supreme”, and mind that is supreme as “mind that is supreme”; mind undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi as “mind undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi”, and mind not undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi as “mind not undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi”; freed mind as “freed mind”, and unfreed mind as “unfreed mind”.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane. They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ, seyyathidaṃ—ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: “amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṅgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno”ti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyan’ti, If they wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world evolving, many eons of the world contracting and evolving. May I remember: “There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.” May I recollect my many past lives, with features and details.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane. They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṃ: “ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā”ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti, If they wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings, alas, did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane. They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti, If they wish: ‘May I realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane”ti. They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


+

AN 3.102 Nimitta: Signs

(2023 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍)
(also see FLP )

        AN 3.0 (balancing 3 factors of samādhi)
            AN 3.0 (too much samādhi → laziness)
            AN 3.0 (too much paggaha/energy → restlessness)
            AN 3.0 (too much upekkha → not enough samādhi to get nirvana)
            AN 3.0 (if 3 factors balanced properly → ready for 6 abhiñña)
        AN 3.0 (simile of goldsmith)
            AN 3.0 (fan too much → gold gets scorched)
            AN 3.0 (water too much → gold gets cold)
            AN 3.0 (too much upekkha/observation → gold not properly processed)
            AN 3.0 (3 factors in balance → gold pliable and ready to be made into ornament)
        AN 3.0 (He can exercise any of the 6 abhiññā...)

+

§102.1 – (balancing 3 factors of samādhi)

“Adhicittamanuyuttena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasi kātabbāni— “monks, a monk committed to the higher mind should focus on three signs from time to time.
kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ. The sign of undistractible-lucidity, the sign of uplifted-energy, and the sign of equanimous-observation.

§1.1 – (too much samādhi → laziness)

Sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ samādhinimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjāya saṃvatteyya. If a monk dedicated to the higher mind focuses solely on the sign of undistractible-lucidity, it’s likely their mind will incline to laziness.

§1.2 – (too much paggaha/energy → restlessness)

Sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya. If they focus solely on the sign of uplifted-energy, it’s likely their mind will incline to restlessness.

§1.3 – (too much upekkha → not enough samādhi to get nirvana)

Sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammā samādhiyeyya āsavānaṃ khayāya. If they focus solely on the sign of equanimous-observation, it’s likely their mind won’t enter right undistractible-&-lucid for the ending of asinine-inclinations.

§1.4 – (if 3 factors balanced properly → ready for 6 abhiñña)

Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi karoti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ muduñca kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. But when a monk dedicated to the higher mind focuses from time to time on the sign of undistractible-lucidity, the sign of uplifted-energy, and the sign of equanimous-observation, their mind becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and has entered right undistractible-lucidity for the ending of asinine-inclinations..

+

§102.10 – (simile of goldsmith)

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṃ bandheyya, ukkaṃ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṃ ālimpeyya, ukkāmukhaṃ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṃ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyya, ukkāmukhe pakkhipitvā kālena kālaṃ abhidhamati, kālena kālaṃ udakena paripphoseti, kālena kālaṃ ajjhupekkhati. It’s like when a goldsmith or a goldsmith’s apprentice prepares a forge, fires the crucible, picks up some gold with tongs and puts it in the crucible. From time to time they fan it, from time to time they sprinkle water on it, and from time to time they just watch over it.

§10.1 – (fan too much → gold gets scorched)

Sace, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ ekantaṃ abhidhameyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ jātarūpaṃ ḍaheyya. If they solely fanned it, the gold would likely be scorched.

§10.2 – (water too much → gold gets cold)

Sace, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ ekantaṃ udakena paripphoseyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ jātarūpaṃ nibbāpeyya. If they solely sprinkled water on it, the gold would likely cool down.

§10.3 – (too much upekkha/observation → gold not properly processed)

Sace, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ ekantaṃ ajjhupekkheyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ jātarūpaṃ na sammā paripākaṃ gaccheyya. If they solely watched over it, the gold would likely not be properly processed.

§10.4 – (3 factors in balance → gold pliable and ready to be made into ornament)

Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ kālena kālaṃ abhidhamati, kālena kālaṃ udakena paripphoseti, kālena kālaṃ ajjhupekkhati, taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ muduñca kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā upeti kammāya. But when that goldsmith fans it from time to time, sprinkles water on it from time to time, and watches over it from time to time, that gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and is ready to be worked.
Yassā yassā ca pilandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi paṭṭikāya, yadi kuṇḍalāya, yadi gīveyyake, yadi suvaṇṇamālāya—tañcassa atthaṃ anubhoti. Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a bracelet, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland.

(repeat section before simile)

Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyuttena bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasi kātabbāni— In the same way, a monk committed to the higher mind should focus on three signs from time to time.
kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ. The sign of undistractible-lucidity, the sign of uplifted-energy, and the sign of equanimous-observation. …
Sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ samādhinimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjāya saṃvatteyya.
Sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya.
Sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammā samādhiyeyya āsavānaṃ khayāya.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi karoti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ muduñca kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. When a monk dedicated to the higher mind focuses from time to time on the sign of undistractible-lucidity, the sign of uplifted-energy, and the sign of equanimous-observation, their mind becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and has entered right undistractible-lucidity for the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Yassa yassa ca abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane. They become capable of realizing anything that can be realized by turning their mind toward insight, in each and every case.


§102.20 – (He can exercise any of the 6 abhiññā...)

(see 6ab ⚡☸)
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ … pe … If they wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power’ …
(cha abhiññā vitthāretabbā.) ‘With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, may I hear both kinds of sounds, human and divine, whether near or far.’ …
‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn.’ … ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives.’ …
Āsavānaṃ khayā … pe … sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti, ‘May I realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane”ti. They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


end of section [3..10.. - AN 3 vagga 10 Loṇakapalla: A Lump of Salt]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 11 Sambodha: Awakening

11. Sambodhavagga 11. Awakening

Aṅguttara Nikāya 3 Numbered Discourses 3

AN 3.103 Pubbevasambodha: Before Awakening

103. Pubbevasambodhasutta 103. Before Awakening
“Pubbeva me, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi: “monks, before my awakening—when I was still unawakened but intent on awakening—I thought:
‘ko nu kho loke assādo, ko ādīnavo, kiṃ nissaraṇan’ti? ‘What’s the gratification in the world? What’s the drawback? What’s the escape?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: Then it occurred to me:
‘yaṃ kho lokaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ loke assādo. ‘The pleasure and happiness that arise from the world: this is its gratification.
Yaṃ loko anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo, ayaṃ loke ādīnavo. That the world is impermanent, suffering, and perishable: this is its drawback.
Yo loke chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ, idaṃ loke nissaraṇan’ti. Removing and giving up desire and greed for the world: this is its escape.’
Yāvakīvañcāhaṃ, bhikkhave, evaṃ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññāsiṃ, neva tāvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṃ. As long as I didn’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.
Yato ca khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, evaṃ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, athāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṃ. But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.
Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi: Knowledge and vision arose in me:
‘akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’”ti. ‘My freedom is unshakable; this is my last rebirth; now there are no more future lives.’”


AN 3.104 Paṭhamaassāda: Gratification (1st)

104. Paṭhamaassādasutta 104. Gratification (1st)
“Lokassāhaṃ, bhikkhave, assādapariyesanaṃ acariṃ. Yo loke assādo tadajjhagamaṃ. “monks, I went in search of the world’s gratification, and I found it.
Yāvatako loke assādo, paññāya me so sudiṭṭho. I’ve seen clearly with wisdom the full extent of gratification in the world.
Lokassāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ādīnavapariyesanaṃ acariṃ. Yo loke ādīnavo tadajjhagamaṃ. I went in search of the world’s drawbacks, and I found them.
Yāvatako loke ādīnavo, paññāya me so sudiṭṭho. I’ve seen clearly with wisdom the full extent of the drawbacks in the world.
Lokassāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissaraṇapariyesanaṃ acariṃ. Yaṃ loke nissaraṇaṃ tadajjhagamaṃ. I went in search of escape from the world, and I found it.
Yāvatakaṃ loke nissaraṇaṃ, paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ. I’ve seen clearly with wisdom the full extent of escape from the world.
Yāvakīvañcāhaṃ, bhikkhave, lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññāsiṃ, neva tāvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṃ. As long as I didn’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.
Yato ca khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, athāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṃ. But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.
Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi: Knowledge and vision arose in me:
‘akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’”ti. ‘My freedom is unshakable; this is my last rebirth; now there are no more future lives.’”


AN 3.105 Dutiyaassāda: Gratification (2nd)

105. Dutiyaassādasutta 105. Gratification (2nd)
“No cedaṃ, bhikkhave, loke assādo abhavissa, nayidaṃ sattā loke sārajjeyyuṃ. “monks, if there were no gratification in the world, sentient beings wouldn’t love it.
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi loke assādo, tasmā sattā loke sārajjanti. But because there is gratification in the world, sentient beings do love it.
No cedaṃ, bhikkhave, loke ādīnavo abhavissa, nayidaṃ sattā loke nibbindeyyuṃ. If the world had no drawback, sentient beings wouldn’t grow disenchanted with it.
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi loke ādīnavo, tasmā sattā loke nibbindanti. But because the world has a drawback, sentient beings do grow disenchanted with it.
No cedaṃ, bhikkhave, loke nissaraṇaṃ abhavissa, nayidaṃ sattā lokamhā nissareyyuṃ. If there were no escape from the world, sentient beings wouldn’t escape from it.
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi loke nissaraṇaṃ, tasmā sattā lokamhā nissaranti. But because there is an escape from the world, sentient beings do escape from it.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññāsuṃ, neva tāva, bhikkhave, sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasā vihariṃsu. As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, sattā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsuṃ, atha, bhikkhave, sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharantī”ti. But when sentient beings truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they’ve escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits.”


AN 3.106 Samaṇabrāhmaṇa: Ascetics and Brahmins

106. Samaṇabrāhmaṇasutta 106. Ascetics and Brahmins
“Ye keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, “monks, there are ascetics and brahmins who don’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are.
na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā, na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. I don’t regard them as true ascetics and brahmins. Those venerables don’t realize the goal of life as an ascetic or brahmin, and don’t live having realized it with their own insight.
Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, There are ascetics and brahmins who do truly understand the worlds’ gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are.
te kho, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā, te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī”ti. I regard them as true ascetics and brahmins. Those venerables realize the goal of life as an ascetic or brahmin, and live having realized it with their own insight.”


+

AN 3.107 Ruṇṇa: Wailing

107. Ruṇṇasutta 107. Wailing
“ruṇṇam-idaṃ, bhikkhave, (1) “wailing: -this, *********,
ariyassa vinaye yadidaṃ gītaṃ. [is what the] noble-one's discipline calls singing.

ummattakam-idaṃ, bhikkhave, (2)“madness: -this, *********,
ariyassa vinaye yadidaṃ naccaṃ. [is what the] noble-one's discipline calls dancing.

komāra-kam-idaṃ, bhikkhave, (3) “childish-behavior: -this, *********,
ariyassa vinaye yadidaṃ [is what the] noble-one's discipline calls
ativelaṃ danta-vidaṃsaka-hasitaṃ. excessive-duration (of) teeth-exposed-laughter.

tasmātiha, bhikkhave, Therefore, monks,
setu-ghāto gīte, [let there be] bridge-destroying (in regard to) singing,
setu-ghāto nacce, [let there be] bridge-destroying (in regard to) dancing,
alaṃ vo dhammap-pamoditānaṃ sataṃ sitaṃ {When you smile in} Dhamma-rejoicing,
sitamattāyā”ti. you may simply show a smile.”
pañcamaṃ. (end of sutta)

Mp Commentary says

Mp: “When there is a reason to smile [in rejoicing in the Dhamma], it is proper to smile merely by showing the tips of your teeth simply to show that you are pleased.”

AN 3.108 Atitti: Satisfaction

108. Atittisutta 108. Satisfaction
“Tiṇṇaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭisevanāya natthi titti. “monks, there are three indulgences that never satisfy.
Katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? What three?
soppassa, bhikkhave, paṭisevanāya natthi titti. (1) There is no satiation by indulging in sleep.
surāmerayapānassa, bhikkhave, paṭisevanāya natthi titti. (2) There is no satiation by indulging in liquor and wine.
methunadhammasamāpattiyā, bhikkhave, paṭisevanāya natthi titti. (3) There is no satiation by indulging in sexual intercourse.
Imesaṃ, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ paṭisevanāya natthi tittī”ti. These are the three indulgences that never satisfy.”


AN 3.109 Arakkhita: Unprotected

109. Arakkhitasutta 109. Unprotected
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“citte, gahapati, arakkhite kāyakammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, manokammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti. “Householder, when the mind is unprotected, deeds of body, speech, and mind are unprotected.
Tassa arakkhitakāyakammantassa arakkhitavacīkammantassa arakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi avassutaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi avassutaṃ hoti, manokammampi avassutaṃ hoti. When deeds are unprotected, they become corrupted.
Tassa avassutakāyakammantassa avassutavacīkammantassa avassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi pūtikaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi pūtikaṃ hoti, manokammampi pūtikaṃ hoti. When deeds are corrupted, they become rotten.
Tassa pūtikāyakammantassa pūtivacīkammantassa pūtimanokammantassa na bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are rotten will not have a good death.


Seyyathāpi, gahapati, kūṭāgāre ducchanne kūṭampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi arakkhitā honti, bhittipi arakkhitā hoti; It’s like a bungalow with a bad roof. The roof peak, rafters, and walls are unprotected.
kūṭampi avassutaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi avassutā honti, bhittipi avassutā hoti; They get soaked,
kūṭampi pūtikaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi pūtikā honti, bhittipi pūtikā hoti. and become rotten.


Evamevaṃ kho, gahapati, citte arakkhite kāyakammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, manokammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti. In the same way, when the mind is unprotected, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are unprotected. …
Tassa arakkhitakāyakammantassa arakkhitavacīkammantassa arakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi avassutaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi avassutaṃ hoti, manokammampi avassutaṃ hoti.
Tassa avassutakāyakammantassa avassutavacīkammantassa avassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi pūtikaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi pūtikaṃ hoti, manokammampi pūtikaṃ hoti.
Tassa pūtikāyakammantassa pūtivacīkammantassa pūtimanokammantassa na bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are rotten will not have a good death.


Citte, gahapati, rakkhite kāyakammampi rakkhitaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi rakkhitaṃ hoti, manokammampi rakkhitaṃ hoti. When the mind is protected, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are protected.
Tassa rakkhitakāyakammantassa rakkhitavacīkammantassa rakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, manokammampi anavassutaṃ hoti. When deeds are protected, they don’t become corrupted.
Tassa anavassutakāyakammantassa anavassutavacīkammantassa anavassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi apūtikaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi apūtikaṃ hoti, manokammampi apūtikaṃ hoti. When deeds aren’t corrupted, they don’t become rotten.
Tassa apūtikāyakammantassa apūtivacīkammantassa apūtimanokammantassa bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind aren’t rotten will have a good death.


Seyyathāpi, gahapati, kūṭāgāre succhanne kūṭampi rakkhitaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi rakkhitā honti, bhittipi rakkhitā hoti; It’s like a bungalow with a good roof. The roof peak, rafters, and walls are protected.
kūṭampi anavassutaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi anavassutā honti, bhittipi anavassutā hoti; They don’t get soaked,
kūṭampi apūtikaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi apūtikā honti, bhittipi apūtikā hoti. and they don’t become rotten.


Evamevaṃ kho, gahapati, citte rakkhite kāyakammampi rakkhitaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi rakkhitaṃ hoti, manokammampi rakkhitaṃ hoti. In the same way, when the mind is protected, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are protected. …
Tassa rakkhitakāyakammantassa rakkhitavacīkammantassa rakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, manokammampi anavassutaṃ hoti.
Tassa anavassutakāyakammantassa anavassutavacīkammantassa anavassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi apūtikaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi apūtikaṃ hoti, manokammampi apūtikaṃ hoti.
Tassa apūtikāyakammantassa apūtivacīkammantassa apūtimanokammantassa bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā”ti. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind aren’t rotten will have a good death.”


AN 3.110 Byāpanna: Fallen

110. Byāpannasutta 110. Fallen
Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Seated to one side, the Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍika:
“citte, gahapati, byāpanne kāyakammampi byāpannaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi byāpannaṃ hoti, manokammampi byāpannaṃ hoti. “Householder, when the mind is fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are fallen.
Tassa byāpannakāyakammantassa byāpannavacīkammantassa byāpannamanokammantassa na bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are fallen will not have a good death.
Seyyathāpi, gahapati, kūṭāgāre ducchanne kūṭampi byāpannaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi byāpannā honti, bhittipi byāpannā hoti; It’s like a bungalow with a bad roof. The roof peak, rafters, and walls fall in.
evamevaṃ kho, gahapati, citte byāpanne kāyakammampi byāpannaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi byāpannaṃ hoti, manokammampi byāpannaṃ hoti. In the same way, when the mind is fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are fallen.
Tassa byāpannakāyakammantassa byāpannavacīkammantassa byāpannamanokammantassa na bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are fallen will not have a good death.


Citte, gahapati, abyāpanne kāyakammampi abyāpannaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi abyāpannaṃ hoti, manokammampi abyāpannaṃ hoti. When the mind is not fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are not fallen.
Tassa abyāpannakāyakammantassa abyāpannavacīkammantassa abyāpannamanokammantassa bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are not fallen will have a good death.
Seyyathāpi, gahapati, kūṭāgāre succhanne kūṭampi abyāpannaṃ hoti, gopānasiyopi abyāpannā honti, bhittipi abyāpannā hoti; It’s like a bungalow with a good roof. The roof peak, rafters, and walls are not fallen in.
evamevaṃ kho, gahapati, citte abyāpanne kāyakammampi abyāpannaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi abyāpannaṃ hoti, manokammampi abyāpannaṃ hoti. In the same way, when the mind is not fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are not fallen.
Tassa abyāpannakāyakammantassa … pe … abyāpannamanokammantassa bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā”ti. Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are not fallen will have a good death.”


AN 3.111 Paṭhamanidāna: Sources (1st)

111. Paṭhamanidānasutta 111. Sources (1st)
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. “monks, there are these three sources that give rise to deeds.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Lobho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, doso nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, moho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya. Greed, hate, and delusion are sources that give rise to deeds.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, lobhapakataṃ kammaṃ lobhajaṃ lobhanidānaṃ lobhasamudayaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ akusalaṃ taṃ kammaṃ sāvajjaṃ taṃ kammaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kammasamudayāya saṃvattati, na taṃ kammaṃ kammanirodhāya saṃvattati. Any deed that emerges from greed, hate, or delusion—born, sourced, and originated from greed, hate, or delusion—is unskillful, blameworthy, results in suffering, and leads to the creation of more deeds, not their cessation.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, dosapakataṃ kammaṃ dosajaṃ dosanidānaṃ dosasamudayaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ akusalaṃ taṃ kammaṃ sāvajjaṃ taṃ kammaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kammasamudayāya saṃvattati, na taṃ kammaṃ kammanirodhāya saṃvattati.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mohapakataṃ kammaṃ mohajaṃ mohanidānaṃ mohasamudayaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ akusalaṃ taṃ kammaṃ sāvajjaṃ taṃ kammaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kammasamudayāya saṃvattati, na taṃ kammaṃ kammanirodhāya saṃvattati.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.


Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. There are these three sources that give rise to deeds.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Alobho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, adoso nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, amoho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya. Contentment, non-hatred, and understanding are sources that give rise to deeds.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, alobhapakataṃ kammaṃ alobhajaṃ alobhanidānaṃ alobhasamudayaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kusalaṃ taṃ kammaṃ anavajjaṃ taṃ kammaṃ sukhavipākaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kammanirodhāya saṃvattati, na taṃ kammaṃ kammasamudayāya saṃvattati. Any deed that emerges from contentment, non-hatred, or understanding—born, sourced, and originated from contentment, love, or understanding—is skillful, blameless, results in happiness, and leads to the cessation of more deeds, not their creation.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, adosapakataṃ kammaṃ adosajaṃ adosanidānaṃ adosasamudayaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kusalaṃ taṃ kammaṃ anavajjaṃ taṃ kammaṃ sukhavipākaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kammanirodhāya saṃvattati, na taṃ kammaṃ kammasamudayāya saṃvattati.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, amohapakataṃ kammaṃ amohajaṃ amohanidānaṃ amohasamudayaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kusalaṃ taṃ kammaṃ anavajjaṃ taṃ kammaṃ sukhavipākaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ kammanirodhāya saṃvattati, na taṃ kammaṃ kammasamudayāya saṃvattati.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāyā”ti. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.”


AN 3.112 Dutiyanidāna: Sources (2nd)

112. Dutiyanidānasutta 112. Sources (2nd)
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. “monks, there are these three sources that give rise to deeds.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Atīte, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati; Desire comes up for things that stimulate desire and greed in the past, future, or present.
anāgate, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati;
paccuppanne, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati? And how does desire come up for things that stimulate desire and greed in the past, future, or present?
Atīte, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti. In your heart you think about and consider things that stimulate desire and greed in the past, future, or present.
Tassa atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato chando jāyati. When you do this, desire comes up,
Chandajāto tehi dhammehi saṃyutto hoti. and you get attached to those things.
Etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃyojanaṃ vadāmi yo cetaso sārāgo. This lust in the heart is what I call a fetter.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati. That’s how desire comes up for things that stimulate desire and lust in the past, future, or present.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppanne chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati?
Paccuppanne, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti.
Tassa paccuppanne chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato chando jāyati.
Chandajāto tehi dhammehi saṃyutto hoti.
Etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃyojanaṃ vadāmi yo cetaso sārāgo.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paccuppanne chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.


Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. There are these three sources that give rise to deeds.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Atīte, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando na jāyati; Desire doesn’t come up for things that stimulate desire and lust in the past, future, or present.
anāgate, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando na jāyati;
paccuppanne, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando na jāyati.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando na jāyati? And how does desire not come up for things that stimulate desire and lust in the past, future, or present?
Atītānaṃ, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ āyatiṃ vipākaṃ pajānāti. You understand the future result of things that stimulate desire and lust in the past, future, or present.
Āyatiṃ vipākaṃ viditvā tadabhinivatteti. When you know this, you grow disenchanted,
Tadabhinivattetvā cetasā abhinivijjhitvā paññāya ativijjha passati. your heart becomes dispassionate, and you see it with penetrating wisdom.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando na jāyati. That’s how desire doesn’t come up for things that stimulate desire and lust in the past, future, or present.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppanne chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando na jāyati?
Paccuppannānaṃ, bhikkhave, chandarāgaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ āyatiṃ vipākaṃ pajānāti, āyatiṃ vipākaṃ viditvā tadabhinivatteti, tadabhinivattetvā cetasā abhinivijjhitvā paññāya ativijjha passati.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paccuppanne chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando na jāyati.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāyā”ti. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.”

end of section [3..11.. - AN 3 vagga 11 Sambodha: Awakening]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 12 Āpāyika: Bound for Loss

12. Āpāyikavagga 12. Bound for Loss

AN 3.113 Āpāyika: Bound for Loss

113. Āpāyikasutta 113. Bound for Loss
“Tayome, bhikkhave, āpāyikā nerayikā idamappahāya. “monks, three kinds of people are bound for a place of loss, bound for hell, if they don’t give up this fault.
Katame tayo? What three?
Yo ca abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, Someone who is unchaste, but claims to be celibate;
yo ca suddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantaṃ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṃseti, someone who makes a groundless accusation of unchastity against a person whose celibacy is pure;
yo cāyaṃ evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi: ‘natthi kāmesu doso’ti, so tāya kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjati. someone who has the view, ‘There is nothing wrong with sensual pleasures,’ so they throw themselves into sensual pleasures.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo āpāyikā nerayikā idamappahāyā”ti. These are the three kinds of people bound for a place of loss, bound for hell, if they don’t give up this fault.”


AN 3.114 Dullabha: Rare

114. Dullabhasutta 114. Rare
“Tiṇṇaṃ, bhikkhave, pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. “monks, the appearance of three people is rare in the world.
Katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? What three?
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ, kataññū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ. A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. A person who teaches The Dharma and training proclaimed by a Realized One. A person who is grateful and thankful.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti. The appearance of these three people is rare in the world.”


AN 3.115 Appameyya: Immeasurable

115. Appameyyasutta 115. Immeasurable
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Suppameyyo, duppameyyo, appameyyo. Someone easy to measure, someone hard to measure, and someone who is immeasurable.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo suppameyyo? And who is the person easy to measure?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo uddhato hoti unnaḷo capalo mukharo vikiṇṇavāco muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vibbhantacitto pākatindriyo. It’s a person who is restless, insolent, fickle, gossipy, loose-tongued, unrememberful, lacking lucid-discerning and undistractible-lucidity, with straying mind and undisciplined faculties.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo suppameyyo. This is called ‘a person easy to measure’.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo duppameyyo? And who is the person hard to measure?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo anuddhato hoti anunnaḷo acapalo amukharo avikiṇṇavāco upaṭṭhitassati sampajāno samāhito ekaggacitto saṃvutindriyo. It’s a person who is not restless, insolent, fickle, gossipy, or loose-tongued. They have established rememberfulness, lucid-discerning and undistractible-lucidity, with unified mind and restrained faculties.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo duppameyyo. This is called ‘a person hard to measure’.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo appameyyo? And who is the immeasurable person?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti khīṇāsavo. It’s a monk who is perfected, and has ended asinine-inclinations.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo appameyyo. This is called ‘an immeasurable person’.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the three people found in the world.


AN 3.116 Āneñja: Imperturbable

116. Āneñjasutta 116. Imperturbable
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. First, a person—going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity—aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.
So tadassādeti taṃ nikāmeti tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati, tatra ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno ākāsānañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying. If they’re set on that, committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the dimension of infinite space.
Ākāsānañcāyatanūpagānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ vīsati kappasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of infinite space is twenty thousand eons.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person as regards their place of rebirth.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Furthermore, a person—going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space—aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
So tadassādeti taṃ nikāmeti tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati, tatra ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno viññāṇañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying. If they’re set on that, committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Viññāṇañcāyatanūpagānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ cattārīsaṃ kappasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of infinite consciousness is forty thousand eons.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person as regards their place of rebirth.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Furthermore, a person—going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness—aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness.
So tadassādeti taṃ nikāmeti tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati, tatra ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno ākiñcaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying. If they’re set on that, committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the dimension of nothingness.
Ākiñcaññāyatanūpagānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ saṭṭhi kappasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of nothingness is sixty thousand eons.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso, ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person as regards their place of rebirth.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the three people found in the world.”


AN 3.117 Vipattisampadā: Successes and Failures

117. Vipattisampadāsutta 117. Successes and Failures
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vipattiyo. “monks, there are three failures.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Sīlavipatti, cittavipatti, diṭṭhivipatti. Failure in ethics, mind, and view.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sīlavipatti? And what is failure in ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti. It’s when someone kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, and uses speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīlavipatti. This is called ‘failure in ethics’.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, cittavipatti? And what is failure in mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti byāpannacitto. It’s when someone is covetous and malicious.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cittavipatti. This is called ‘failure in mind’.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, diṭṭhivipatti? And what is failure in view?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko hoti viparītadassano: It’s when someone has wrong view, a distorted perspective, such as:
‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ, kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no obligation to mother and father. No beings are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is well attained and practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhivipatti. This is called ‘failure in view’.
Sīlavipattihetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti; Some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell because of failure in ethics,
cittavipattihetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti; mind,
diṭṭhivipattihetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. or view.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso vipattiyoti. These are the three failures.


Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sampadā. There are three accomplishments.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Sīlasampadā, cittasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā. Accomplishment in ethics, mind, and view.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā? And what is accomplishment in ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā. This is called accomplishment in ethics.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, cittasampadā? And what is accomplishment in mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco anabhijjhālu hoti abyāpannacitto. It’s when someone is content and kind-hearted.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cittasampadā. This is called accomplishment in mind.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampadā? And what is accomplishment in view?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano: It’s when someone has right view, an undistorted perspective, such as:
‘atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ, atthi hutaṃ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, atthi ayaṃ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. ‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are obligation to mother and father. There are beings reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are well attained and practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampadā. This is called accomplishment in view.
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti; Some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm because of success in ethics,
cittasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti; mind,
diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. or view.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sampadā”ti. These are the three accomplishments.”


AN 3.118 Apaṇṇaka: Loaded Dice

118. Apaṇṇakasutta 118. Loaded Dice
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vipattiyo. “monks, there are three failures.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Sīlavipatti, cittavipatti, diṭṭhivipatti. Failure in ethics, mind, and view.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sīlavipatti? And what is failure in ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti … pe … samphappalāpī hoti. It’s when someone kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, and uses speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīlavipatti. This is called ‘failure in ethics’.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, cittavipatti? And what is failure in mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti byāpannacitto. It’s when someone is covetous and malicious.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cittavipatti. This is called ‘failure in mind’.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, diṭṭhivipatti? And what is failure in view?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko hoti viparītadassano: It’s when someone has wrong view, a distorted perspective, such as:
‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ … pe … ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no obligation to mother and father. No beings are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is well attained and practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhivipatti. This is called ‘failure in view’.
Sīlavipattihetu vā, bhikkhave … pe … diṭṭhivipattihetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell because of failure in ethics, mind, or view.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, apaṇṇako maṇi uddhaṃ khitto yena yeneva patiṭṭhāti suppatiṭṭhitaṃyeva patiṭṭhāti; It’s like throwing loaded dice: they always fall the right side up.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sīlavipattihetu vā sattā … pe … upapajjanti. In the same way, some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell because of failure in ethics, mind, or view.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso vipattiyoti. These are the three failures.


Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sampadā. There are three accomplishments.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Sīlasampadā, cittasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā. Accomplishment in ethics, mind, and view.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā? And what is accomplishment in ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā. This is called accomplishment in ethics.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, cittasampadā? And what is accomplishment in mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco anabhijjhālu hoti abyāpannacitto. It’s when someone is content and kind-hearted.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cittasampadā. This is called accomplishment in mind.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampadā? And what is accomplishment in view?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano: It’s when someone has right view, an undistorted perspective, such as:
‘atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ … pe … ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. ‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There is obligation to mother and father. There are beings reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are well attained and practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampadā. This is called accomplishment in view.
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Cittasampadāhetu vā … pe … diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm because of success in ethics, mind, or view.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, apaṇṇako maṇi uddhaṃ khitto yena yeneva patiṭṭhāti suppatiṭṭhitaṃyeva patiṭṭhāti; It’s like throwing loaded dice: they always fall the right side up.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sīlasampadāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti, cittasampadāhetu vā sattā … pe … diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sampadā”ti. In the same way, some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm because of success in ethics, mind, or view. These are the three accomplishments.”


AN 3.119 Kammanta: Action

119. Kammantasutta 119. Action
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vipattiyo. “monks, there are three failures.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Kammantavipatti, ājīvavipatti, diṭṭhivipatti. Failure in action, livelihood, and view.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, kammantavipatti? And what is failure in action?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti … pe … samphappalāpī hoti. It’s when someone kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, and uses speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammantavipatti. This is called ‘failure in action’.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ājīvavipatti? And what is failure in livelihood?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ājīvavipatti. This is called ‘failure in livelihood’.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, diṭṭhivipatti? And what is failure in view?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko hoti viparītadassano: It’s when someone has wrong view, a distorted perspective, such as:
‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ … pe … ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no obligation to mother and father. No beings are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is well attained and practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhivipatti. This is called ‘failure in view’.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso vipattiyoti. These are the three failures.


Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sampadā. There are three accomplishments.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Kammantasampadā, ājīvasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā. Accomplishment in action, livelihood, and view.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, kammantasampadā? And what is accomplishment in action?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammantasampadā. This is called ‘accomplishment in action’.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ājīvasampadā? And what is accomplishment in livelihood?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammāājīvo hoti, sammāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has right livelihood and earns a living by right livelihood.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ājīvasampadā. This is called accomplishment in livelihood.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampadā? And what is accomplishment in view?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano: It’s when someone has right view, an undistorted perspective, such as:
‘atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ … pe … ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. ‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There is obligation to mother and father. There are beings reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are well attained and practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampadā. This is called accomplishment in view.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sampadā”ti. These are the three accomplishments.”


AN 3.120 Paṭhamasoceyya: Purity (1st)

120. Paṭhamasoceyyasutta 120. Purity (1st)
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, soceyyāni. “monks, there are these three kinds of purity.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Kāyasoceyyaṃ, vacīsoceyyaṃ, manosoceyyaṃ. Purity of body, speech, and mind.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, kāyasoceyyaṃ? And what is purity of body?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāyasoceyyaṃ. This is called ‘purity of body’.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, vacīsoceyyaṃ? And what is purity of speech?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when someone doesn’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vacīsoceyyaṃ. This is called ‘purity of speech’.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṃ? And what is purity of mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco anabhijjhālu hoti abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko. It’s when someone is content, kind-hearted, and has right view.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṃ. This is called ‘purity of mind’.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi soceyyānī”ti. These are the three kinds of purity.”


AN 3.121 Dutiyasoceyya: Purity (2nd)

121. Dutiyasoceyyasutta 121. Purity (2nd)
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, soceyyāni. “monks, there are these three kinds of purity.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Kāyasoceyyaṃ, vacīsoceyyaṃ, manosoceyyaṃ. Purity of body, speech, and mind.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, kāyasoceyyaṃ? And what is purity of body?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, abrahmacariyā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when a monk doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or have sex.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāyasoceyyaṃ. This is called ‘purity of body’.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, vacīsoceyyaṃ? And what is purity of speech?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when a monk doesn’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vacīsoceyyaṃ. This is called ‘purity of speech’.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṃ? And what is purity of mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ: ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando’ti pajānāti; asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ: ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando’ti pajānāti; yathā ca anuppannassa kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca uppannassa kāmacchandassa pahānaṃ hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca pahīnassa kāmacchandassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; It’s when a monk who has sensual desire in them understands ‘I have sensual desire in me.’ When they don’t have sensual desire in them, they understand ‘I don’t have sensual desire in me.’ They understand how sensual desire arises; how, when it’s already arisen, it’s given up; and how, once it’s given up, it doesn’t arise again in the future.
santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ byāpādaṃ: ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ byāpādo’ti pajānāti; asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ byāpādaṃ: ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ byāpādo’ti pajānāti; yathā ca anuppannassa byāpādassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca uppannassa byāpādassa pahānaṃ hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca pahīnassa byāpādassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; When they have ill will in them they understand ‘I have ill will in me’; and when they don’t have ill will in them they understand ‘I don’t have ill will in me’. They understand how ill will arises; how, when it’s already arisen, it’s given up; and how, once it’s given up, it doesn’t arise again in the future.
santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhaṃ: ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhan’ti pajānāti; asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhaṃ: ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhan’ti pajānāti; yathā ca anuppannassa thinamiddhassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca uppannassa thinamiddhassa pahānaṃ hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca pahīnassa thinamiddhassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; When they have dullness and drowsiness in them they understand ‘I have dullness and drowsiness in me’; and when they don’t have dullness and drowsiness in them they understand ‘I don’t have dullness and drowsiness in me’. They understand how dullness and drowsiness arise; how, when they’ve already arisen, they’re given up; and how, once they’re given up, they don’t arise again in the future.
santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ: ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccan’ti pajānāti; asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ: ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccan’ti pajānāti; yathā ca anuppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca uppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānaṃ hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca pahīnassa uddhaccakukkuccassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; When they have restlessness and remorse in them they understand ‘I have restlessness and remorse in me’; and when they don’t have restlessness and remorse in them they understand ‘I don’t have restlessness and remorse in me’. They understand how restlessness and remorse arise; how, when they’ve already arisen, they’re given up; and how, once they’re given up, they don’t arise again in the future.
santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikicchaṃ: ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ vicikicchā’ti pajānāti; asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikicchaṃ: ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ vicikicchā’ti pajānāti; yathā ca anuppannāya vicikicchāya uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca uppannāya vicikicchāya pahānaṃ hoti, tañca pajānāti; yathā ca pahīnāya vicikicchāya āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti. When they have doubt in them they understand ‘I have doubt in me’; and when they don’t have doubt in them they understand ‘I don’t have doubt in me’. They understand how doubt arises; how, when it’s already arisen, it’s given up; and how, once it’s given up, it doesn’t arise again in the future.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṃ. This is called ‘purity of mind’.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi soceyyānīti. These are the three kinds of purity.”


Kāyasuciṃ vacīsuciṃ, “Purity of body, purity of speech,
cetosuciṃ anāsavaṃ; and undefiled purity of heart.
Suciṃ soceyyasampannaṃ, A pure person, blessed with purity,
āhu ninhātapāpakan”ti. has washed off all bad things, they say.”


AN 3.122 Moneyya: Sagacity

122. Moneyyasutta 122. Sagacity
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, moneyyāni. “monks, there are these three kinds of sagacity.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Kāyamoneyyaṃ, vacīmoneyyaṃ, manomoneyyaṃ. Sagacity of body, speech, and mind.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, kāyamoneyyaṃ? And what is sagacity of body?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, abrahmacariyā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when a monk doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or have sex.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāyamoneyyaṃ. This is called sagacity of body.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, vacīmoneyyaṃ? And what is sagacity of speech?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when a monk doesn’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vacīmoneyyaṃ. This is called sagacity of speech.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, manomoneyyaṃ? And what is sagacity of mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, manomoneyyaṃ. This is called sagacity of mind.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi moneyyānīti. These are the three kinds of sagacity.”


Kāyamuniṃ vacīmuniṃ, “A sage in body, a sage in speech,
cetomuniṃ anāsavaṃ; and an undefiled sage in heart.
Muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ, A sage, blessed with sagacity,
āhu sabbappahāyinan”ti. has given up everything, they say.”

end of section [3..12.. - AN 3 vagga 12 Āpāyika: Bound for Loss]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 13 Kusināra: Kusināra

13. Kusināravagga 13. Kusināra

AN 3.123 Kusināra: At Kusināra

123. Kusinārasutta 123. At Kusināra
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kusinārāyaṃ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusināra, in the Forest of Offerings.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. “monks, take the case of a monk living supported by a town or village.
Tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya bhattena nimanteti. A householder or their child approaches and invites them for tomorrow’s meal.
Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu adhivāseti. The monk accepts if they want.
So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. When the night has passed, they robe up in the morning, take their bowl and robe, and approach that householder’s home, where they sit on the seat spread out.
Tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappeti sampavāreti. The householder or their child serves and satisfies them with their own hands with a variety of delicious foods.


Tassa evaṃ hoti: The monk thinks:
‘sādhu vata myāyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappeti sampavāretī’ti. ‘It’s so good that this householder serves me with a variety of delicious foods.’
Evampissa hoti: Then they think:
‘aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi evarūpena paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappeyya sampavāreyyā’ti. ‘I really hope this householder serves me with a variety of delicious foods in the future, too.’
So taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ gathito mucchito ajjhosanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. They eat that food tied, stupefied, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape.
So tattha kāmavitakkampi vitakketi, byāpādavitakkampi vitakketi, vihiṃsāvitakkampi vitakketi. They think about it with sensual, malicious, or cruel thoughts.
Evarūpassāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dinnaṃ na mahapphalanti vadāmi. A gift to such a monk is not very fruitful, I say.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Pamatto hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu viharati. Because that monk is negligent.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. Take another case of a monk living supported by a town or village.
Tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā upasaṅkamitvā svātanāya bhattena nimanteti. A householder or their child approaches and invites them for tomorrow’s meal.
Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu adhivāseti. The monk accepts if they want.
So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. When the night has passed, they robe up in the morning, take their bowl and robe, and approach that householder’s home, where they sit on the seat spread out.
Tamenaṃ so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappeti sampavāreti. The householder or their child serves and satisfies them with their own hands with a variety of delicious foods.


Tassa na evaṃ hoti: It never occurs to them:
‘sādhu vata myāyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappeti sampavāretī’ti. ‘It’s so good that the householder or their child serves and satisfies me with their own hands with a variety of delicious foods.’
Evampissa na hoti: They don’t think:
‘aho vata māyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā āyatimpi evarūpena paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappeyya sampavāreyyā’ti. ‘I really hope this householder serves me with a variety of delicious foods in the future, too.’
So taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. They eat that alms-food untied, unstupefied, unattached, seeing the drawback, and understanding the escape.
So tattha nekkhammavitakkampi vitakketi, abyāpādavitakkampi vitakketi, avihiṃsāvitakkampi vitakketi. They think about it with thoughts of renunciation, non-ill will, or kindness.
Evarūpassāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dinnaṃ mahapphalanti vadāmi. A gift to such a monk is very fruitful, I say.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Appamatto hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu viharatī”ti. Because that monk is assiduous.”


AN 3.124 Bhaṇḍana: Arguments

124. Bhaṇḍanasutta 124. Arguments
“Yassaṃ, bhikkhave, disāyaṃ bhikkhū bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti, manasi kātumpi me esā, bhikkhave, disā na phāsu hoti, pageva gantuṃ. “monks, I’m not even comfortable thinking about a place where monks argue—quarreling and fighting, continually wounding each other with barbed words—let alone going there.
Niṭṭhamettha gacchāmi: I come to a conclusion about them:
‘addhā te āyasmanto tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu, tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsu. ‘Clearly those venerables have given up three things and cultivated three things.’
Katame tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu? What three things have they given up?
Nekkhammavitakkaṃ, abyāpādavitakkaṃ, avihiṃsāvitakkaṃ— Thoughts of renunciation, love, and kindness.
ime tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu.
Katame tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsu? What three things have they cultivated?
Kāmavitakkaṃ, byāpādavitakkaṃ, vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ— Sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts. …
ime tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsu’.
Yassaṃ, bhikkhave, disāyaṃ bhikkhū bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti, manasi kātumpi me esā, bhikkhave, disā na phāsu hoti, pageva gantuṃ.
Niṭṭhamettha gacchāmi: I come to a conclusion about them:
‘addhā te āyasmanto ime tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu, ime tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsu’. ‘Clearly those venerables have given up three things and built up three things.’


Yassaṃ pana, bhikkhave, disāyaṃ bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti, gantumpi me esā, bhikkhave, disā phāsu hoti, pageva manasi kātuṃ. I feel comfortable going to a place where the monks live in harmony—appreciating each other, without quarreling, blending like milk and water, and regarding each other with kindly eyes—let alone thinking about it.
Niṭṭhamettha gacchāmi: I come to a conclusion about them:
‘addhā te āyasmanto tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu, tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsu. ‘Clearly those venerables have given up three things and built up three things.’
Katame tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu? What three things have they given up?
Kāmavitakkaṃ, byāpādavitakkaṃ, vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ— Sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts.
ime tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu.
Katame tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsu? What three things have they built up?
Nekkhammavitakkaṃ, abyāpādavitakkaṃ, avihiṃsāvitakkaṃ— Thoughts of renunciation, non-ill will, and kindness. …
ime tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsu’.
Yassaṃ, bhikkhave, disāyaṃ bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti, gantumpi me esā, bhikkhave, disā phāsu hoti, pageva manasi kātuṃ.
Niṭṭhamettha gacchāmi: I come to a conclusion about them:
‘addhā te āyasmanto ime tayo dhamme pajahiṃsu, ime tayo dhamme bahulamakaṃsū’”ti. ‘Clearly those venerables have given up three things and built up three things.’”


AN 3.125 Gotamakacetiya: The Gotamaka Tree-shrine

125. Gotamakacetiyasutta 125. The Gotamaka Tree-shrine
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati gotamake cetiye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Gotamaka Tree-shrine.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Abhiññāyāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemi, no anabhiññāya. “monks, I teach based on direct knowledge, not without direct knowledge.
Sanidānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemi, no anidānaṃ. I teach with reasons, not without them.
Sappāṭihāriyāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemi, no appāṭihāriyaṃ. I teach with a demonstrable basis, not without it.
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, abhiññāya dhammaṃ desayato no anabhiññāya, sanidānaṃ dhammaṃ desayato no anidānaṃ, sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desayato no appāṭihāriyaṃ, karaṇīyo ovādo, karaṇīyā anusāsanī. Since this is so, you should follow my advice and instruction.
Alañca pana vo, bhikkhave, tuṭṭhiyā, alaṃ attamanatāya, alaṃ somanassāya: This is enough for you to feel joyful, delighted, and happy:
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṃgho’”ti. ‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha! The Dharma is well explained! The Saṅgha is practicing well!’”


Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Satisfied, the monks were happy with what the Buddha said.
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne sahassī lokadhātu akampitthāti. And while this discourse was being spoken, the galaxy shook.


AN 3.126 Bharaṇḍukālāma: Bharaṇḍu Kālāma

126. Bharaṇḍukālāmasutta 126. Bharaṇḍu Kālāma
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans when he arrived at Kapilavatthu.
Assosi kho mahānāmo sakko: “bhagavā kira kapilavatthuṃ anuppatto”ti. Mahānāma the Sakyan heard that he had arrived.
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Gaccha, mahānāma, kapilavatthusmiṃ, tathārūpaṃ āvasathaṃ jāna yatthajja mayaṃ ekarattiṃ vihareyyāmā”ti. “Go into Kapilavatthu, Mahānāma, and check if there’s a suitable guest house where I can spend the night.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavato paṭissutvā kapilavatthuṃ pavisitvā kevalakappaṃ kapilavatthuṃ anvāhiṇḍanto nāddasa kapilavatthusmiṃ tathārūpaṃ āvasathaṃ yatthajja bhagavā ekarattiṃ vihareyya. “Yes, sir,” replied Mahānāma. He returned to Kapilavatthu and searched all over the city, but he couldn’t see a suitable guest house for the Buddha to spend the night.


Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Mahānāma went up to the Buddha, and said to him:
“natthi, bhante, kapilavatthusmiṃ tathārūpo āvasatho yatthajja bhagavā ekarattiṃ vihareyya. “Sir, there’s no suitable guest house in Kapilavatthu for you to spend the night.
Ayaṃ, bhante, bharaṇḍu kālāmo bhagavato purāṇasabrahmacārī. But there is this Bharaṇḍu the Kālāman, who used to be the Buddha’s spiritual companion.
Tassajja bhagavā assame ekarattiṃ viharatū”ti. Why don’t you spend the night at his hermitage?”
“Gaccha, mahānāma, santharaṃ paññāpehī”ti. “Go, Mahānāma, and set out a mat.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavato paṭissutvā yena bharaṇḍussa kālāmassa assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā santharaṃ paññāpetvā udakaṃ ṭhapetvā pādānaṃ dhovanāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: “Yes, sir,” replied Mahānāma. He went to Bharaṇḍu’s hermitage, where he set out a mat, and got foot-washing water ready. Then he went back to the Buddha and said to him:
“santhato, bhante, santhāro, udakaṃ ṭhapitaṃ pādānaṃ dhovanāya. “The mat and foot-washing water are set out.
Yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī”ti. Please, sir, go at your convenience.”


Atha kho bhagavā yena bharaṇḍussa kālāmassa assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha went to Bharaṇḍu’s hermitage, sat down on the seat spread out,
Nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. and washed his feet.
Atha kho mahānāmassa sakkassa etadahosi: Then it occurred to Mahānāma:
“akālo kho ajja bhagavantaṃ payirupāsituṃ. “It’s too late to pay homage to the Buddha today.
Kilanto bhagavā. He’s tired.
Sve dānāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsissāmī”ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Tomorrow I’ll pay homage to the Buddha.” He bowed to the Buddha and respectfully circled him, keeping him on his right, then he left.


Atha kho mahānāmo sakko tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then, when the night had passed, Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“tayo khome, mahānāma, satthāro santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Mahānāma, there are these three teachers found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Idha, mahānāma, ekacco satthā kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti; One teacher advocates the complete understanding of sensual pleasures,
na rūpānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti, na vedanānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti. but not of sights or feelings.
Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco satthā kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti, rūpānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti; One teacher advocates the complete understanding of sensual pleasures and sights,
na vedanānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti. but not of feelings.
Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco satthā kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti, rūpānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti, vedanānaṃ pariññaṃ paññāpeti. One teacher advocates the complete understanding of sensual pleasures, sights, and feelings.
Ime kho, mahānāma, tayo satthāro santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the three teachers found in the world.
Imesaṃ, mahānāma, tiṇṇaṃ satthārānaṃ ekā niṭṭhā udāhu puthu niṭṭhā”ti? Do these three teachers have the same goal or different goals?”


Evaṃ vutte, bharaṇḍu kālāmo mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Bharaṇḍu said to Mahānāma:
“ekāti, mahānāma, vadehī”ti. “Say they’re the same, Mahānāma!”
Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca: The Buddha said:
“nānāti, mahānāma, vadehī”ti. “Say they’re different, Mahānāma!”
Dutiyampi kho bharaṇḍu kālāmo mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca: For a second time, Bharaṇḍu said:
“ekāti, mahānāma, vadehī”ti. “Say they’re the same, Mahānāma!”
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca: The Buddha said:
“nānāti, mahānāma, vadehī”ti. “Say they’re different, Mahānāma!”
Tatiyampi kho bharaṇḍu kālāmo mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca: For a third time, Bharaṇḍu said:
“ekāti, mahānāma, vadehī”ti. “Say they’re the same, Mahānāma!”
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca: The Buddha said:
“nānāti, mahānāma, vadehī”ti. “Say they’re different, Mahānāma!”


Atha kho bharaṇḍu kālāmassa etadahosi: Then it occurred to Bharaṇḍu:
“mahesakkhassa vatamhi mahānāmassa sakkassa sammukhā samaṇena gotamena yāvatatiyaṃ apasādito. “The Buddha has rebuked me three times in front of this illustrious Mahānāma.
Yannūnāhaṃ kapilavatthumhā pakkameyyan”ti. Why don’t I leave Kapilavatthu?”
Atha kho bharaṇḍu kālāmo kapilavatthumhā pakkāmi. Then Bharaṇḍu the Kālāman left Kapilavatthu,
Yaṃ kapilavatthumhā pakkāmi tathā pakkantova ahosi na puna paccāgacchīti. never to return.


AN 3.127 Hatthaka: With Hatthaka

127. Hatthakasutta 127. With Hatthaka
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho hatthako devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā: Then, late at night, the glorious god Hatthaka, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha. Thinking:
“bhagavato purato ṭhassāmī”ti osīdatimeva saṃsīdatimeva, na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṃ. “I will stand before the Buddha,” he sank and melted down, and wasn’t able to stay still.
Seyyathāpi nāma sappi vā telaṃ vā vālukāya āsittaṃ osīdatimeva saṃsīdatimeva, na saṇṭhāti; It’s like when ghee or oil is poured on sand, it sinks and melts down, and can’t remain stable.
evamevaṃ hatthako devaputto:
“bhagavato purato ṭhassāmī”ti osīdatimeva saṃsīdatimeva, na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṃ.


Atha kho bhagavā hatthakaṃ devaputtaṃ etadavoca: Then the Buddha said to Hatthaka:
“oḷārikaṃ, hatthaka, attabhāvaṃ abhinimmināhī”ti. “Hatthaka, manifest in a solid life-form.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti, kho hatthako devaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. “Yes, sir,” replied Hatthaka. He manifested in a solid life-form, bowed to the Buddha, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho hatthakaṃ devaputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said to him:


“Ye te, hatthaka, dhammā pubbe manussabhūtassa pavattino ahesuṃ, api nu te te dhammā etarahi pavattino”ti? “Hatthaka, I wonder whether you still rehearse now the Dharmas that you rehearsed when you were a human being?”
“Ye ca me, bhante, dhammā pubbe manussabhūtassa pavattino ahesuṃ, te ca me dhammā etarahi pavattino; “I still rehearse now the Dharmas that I rehearsed as a human being.
ye ca me, bhante, dhammā pubbe manussabhūtassa nappavattino ahesuṃ, te ca me dhammā etarahi pavattino. And I also rehearse Dharmas that I didn’t rehearse as a human being.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, bhagavā etarahi ākiṇṇo viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi; Just as the Buddha these days lives crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their ministers, and teachers of other paths and their disciples,
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, ākiṇṇo viharāmi devaputtehi. so I live crowded by the gods.
Dūratopi, bhante, devaputtā āgacchanti hatthakassa devaputtassa santike ‘dhammaṃ sossāmā’ti. The gods come from far away, thinking, ‘We’ll hear The Dharma in the presence of Hatthaka.’
Tiṇṇāhaṃ, bhante, dhammānaṃ atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkato. Sir, I passed away without getting enough of three things.
Katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? What three?
Bhagavato ahaṃ, bhante, dassanassa atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkato; Seeing the Buddha;
saddhammasavanassāhaṃ, bhante, atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkato; hearing the true Dharma;
saṅghassāhaṃ, bhante, upaṭṭhānassa atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkato. and serving the Saṅgha.
Imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkatoti. I passed away without getting enough of these three things.”


Nāhaṃ bhagavato dassanassa, “I could never get enough
Tittimajjhagā kudācanaṃ; of seeing the Buddha,
Saṃghassa upaṭṭhānassa, serving the Saṅgha,
Saddhammasavanassa ca. or hearing The Dharma.


Adhisīlaṃ sikkhamāno, Training in the higher ethics,
saddhammasavane rato; loving to hear the true Dharma,
Tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ atitto, Hatthaka has gone to the Aviha realm
hatthako avihaṃ gato”ti. without getting enough of these three things.”


AN 3.128 Kaṭuviya: Bitter

128. Kaṭuviyasutta 128. Bitter
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya bārāṇasiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Benares for alms.
Addasā kho bhagavā goyogapilakkhasmiṃ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ rittassādaṃ bāhirassādaṃ muṭṭhassatiṃ asampajānaṃ asamāhitaṃ vibbhantacittaṃ pākatindriyaṃ. While the Buddha was walking for alms near the cow-hitching place at the wavy leaf fig, he saw a disgruntled monk who was looking for pleasure in external things, unrememberful, without lucid-discerning or undistractible-lucidity, with straying mind and undisciplined faculties.
Disvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca: The Buddha said to him:


“Mā kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, attānaṃ kaṭuviyamakāsi. “Monk, don’t be bitter.
Taṃ vata, bhikkhu, kaṭuviyakataṃ attānaṃ āmagandhena avassutaṃ makkhikā nānupatissanti nānvāssavissantīti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī”ti. If you’re bitter, corrupted by the stench of rotting flesh, flies will, without a doubt, plague and infest you.”
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito saṃvegamāpādi. Hearing this advice of the Buddha, that monk came to his senses.
Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto bhikkhū āmantesi: Then, after the meal, on his return from alms-round, the Buddha told the monks what had happened. …


‘Mā kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, attānaṃ kaṭuviyamakāsi.
Taṃ vata bhikkhu kaṭuviyakataṃ attānaṃ āmagandhena avassutaṃ makkhikā nānupatissanti nānvāssavissantīti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’ti.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, so bhikkhu mayā iminā ovādena ovadito saṃvegamāpādī”ti.
Evaṃ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, one of the monks asked the Buddha:
“kiṃ nu kho, bhante, kaṭuviyaṃ? “Sir, what is this ‘bitterness’?
Ko āmagandho? What is the ‘stench of rotting flesh’?
Kā makkhikā”ti? And what are the ‘flies’?”


“Abhijjhā kho, bhikkhu, kaṭuviyaṃ; “Desire is bitterness;
byāpādo āmagandho; ill will is the stench of rotting flesh;
pāpakā akusalā vitakkā makkhikā. and bad, unskillful thoughts are the flies.
Taṃ vata, bhikkhu, kaṭuviyakataṃ attānaṃ āmagandhena avassutaṃ makkhikā nānupatissanti nānvāssavissantīti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti. If you’re bitter, corrupted by the stench of rotting flesh, flies will, without a doubt, plague and infest you.”


Aguttaṃ cakkhusotasmiṃ, “When your eyes and ears are unguarded,
indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ; and you’re not restrained in your sense faculties,
Makkhikānupatissanti, flies—those lustful thoughts—
saṅkappā rāganissitā. will plague you.


Kaṭuviyakato bhikkhu, A monk who’s bitter,
āmagandhe avassuto; corrupted by the stench of rotting flesh,
Ārakā hoti nibbānā, is far from being nirvana'd,
vighātasseva bhāgavā. frustration is their lot.


Gāme vā yadi vāraññe, Whether in village or wilderness,
aladdhā samathamattano; if they don’t find serenity in themselves,
Pareti bālo dummedho, the fool, void of wisdom,
makkhikāhi purakkhato. is honored only by flies.


Ye ca sīlena sampannā, But those who have ethics,
paññāyūpasameratā; lovers of wisdom and peace,
Upasantā sukhaṃ senti, they, being peaceful, sleep well,
nāsayitvāna makkhikā”ti. since they’ve got rid of the flies.”


AN 3.129 Paṭhamaanuruddha: Anuruddha (1st)

129. Paṭhamaanuruddhasutta 129. Anuruddha (1st)
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“idhāhaṃ, bhante, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena yebhuyyena passāmi mātugāmaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjamānaṃ. “Sometimes, sir, with my clairvoyance that’s purified and superhuman, I see that females—when their body breaks up, after death—are mostly reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Katihi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatī”ti? How many qualities do females have so that they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell?”


“Tīhi kho, anuruddha, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. “When they have three qualities females—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, anuruddha, mātugāmo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, majjhanhikasamayaṃ issāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, sāyanhasamayaṃ kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. A female lives at home with a heart full of the stain of stinginess in the morning, envy at midday, and sexual desire in the evening.
Imehi kho, anuruddha, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatī”ti. When they have these three qualities females—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”


AN 3.130 Dutiyaanuruddha: Anuruddha (2nd)

130. Dutiyaanuruddhasutta 130. Anuruddha (2nd)
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him:
“idhāhaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṃ lokaṃ olokemi. “Here’s the thing, Reverend Sāriputta. With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, I survey the entire galaxy.
Āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ. My energy is roused up and unflagging, my rememberfulness is established and lucid, my body is pacified and undisturbed, and my mind is undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.
Atha ca pana me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatī”ti. But my mind is not freed from the asinine-inclinations by not grasping.”


“Yaṃ kho te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṃ hoti: “Well, Reverend Anuruddha, when you say:
‘ahaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṃ lokaṃ volokemī’ti, idaṃ te mānasmiṃ. ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, I survey the entire galaxy,’ that’s your conceit.
Yampi te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṃ hoti: And when you say:
‘āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggan’ti, idaṃ te uddhaccasmiṃ. ‘My energy is roused up and unflagging, my rememberfulness is established and lucid, my body is pacified and undisturbed, and my mind is undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi,’ that’s your restlessness.
Yampi te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṃ hoti: And when you say:
‘atha ca pana me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatī’ti, idaṃ te kukkuccasmiṃ. ‘But my mind is not freed from the asinine-inclinations by not grasping,’ that’s your remorse.
Sādhu vatāyasmā anuruddho ime tayo dhamme pahāya, ime tayo dhamme amanasikaritvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharatū”ti. It’d be good to give up these three things. Instead of focusing on them, apply your mind to the deathless.”


Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho aparena samayena ime tayo dhamme pahāya, ime tayo dhamme amanasikaritvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃhari. After some time Anuruddha gave up these three things. Instead of focusing on them, he applied his mind to the deathless.
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Then Anuruddha, living alone, withdrawn, assiduous, ardent, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which people from good families rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
“Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. He understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is no return to any state of existence.”
Aññataro ca panāyasmā anuruddho arahataṃ ahosīti. And Venerable Anuruddha became one of the perfected.


AN 3.131 Paṭicchanna: Under Cover

131. Paṭicchannasutta 131. Under Cover
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṭicchannāni āvahanti, no vivaṭāni. “monks, three things are conveyed under cover, not in the open.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Mātugāmo, bhikkhave, paṭicchanno āvahati, no vivaṭo; Females are married with a veil, not unveiled.
brāhmaṇānaṃ, bhikkhave, mantā paṭicchannā āvahanti, no vivaṭā; Brahmin hymns are conveyed under cover, not openly.
micchādiṭṭhi, bhikkhave, paṭicchannā āvahati, no vivaṭā. Wrong view is conveyed under cover, not in the open.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi paṭicchannāni āvahanti, no vivaṭāni. These three things are conveyed under cover, not in the open.


Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, vivaṭāni virocanti, no paṭicchannāni. Three things shine in the open, not under cover.
Katamāni tīṇi? What three?
Candamaṇḍalaṃ, bhikkhave, vivaṭaṃ virocati, no paṭicchannaṃ; The moon shines in the open, not under cover.
sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ, bhikkhave, vivaṭaṃ virocati, no paṭicchannaṃ; The sun shines in the open, not under cover.
tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo, bhikkhave, vivaṭo virocati, no paṭicchanno. The Dharma and training proclaimed by a Realized One shine in the open, not under cover.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi vivaṭāni virocanti, no paṭicchannānī”ti. These three things shine in the open, not under cover.”


AN 3.132 Lekha: Etchings

132. Lekhasutta 132. Etchings
“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these three people are found in the world.
Katame tayo? What three?
Pāsāṇalekhūpamo puggalo, pathavilekhūpamo puggalo, udakalekhūpamo puggalo. A person like a line drawn in stone, a person like a line drawn in sand, and a person like a line drawn in water.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāsāṇalekhūpamo puggalo? And who is the person like a line drawn in stone?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. It’s a person who is often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho dīgharattaṃ anuseti. and their anger lingers for a long time.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pāsāṇe lekhā na khippaṃ lujjati vātena vā udakena vā, ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; It’s like a line drawn in stone, which isn’t quickly worn away by wind and water, but lasts for a long time.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. In the same way, this person is often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho dīgharattaṃ anuseti. and their anger lingers for a long time.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāsāṇalekhūpamo puggalo. This is called a person like a line drawn in stone.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pathavilekhūpamo puggalo? And who is the person like a line drawn in sand?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. It’s a person who is often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho na dīgharattaṃ anuseti. but their anger doesn’t linger long.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pathaviyā lekhā khippaṃ lujjati vātena vā udakena vā, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; It’s like a line drawn in sand, which is quickly worn away by wind and water, and doesn’t last long.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. In the same way, this person is often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho na dīgharattaṃ anuseti. but their anger doesn’t linger long.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pathavilekhūpamo puggalo. This is called a person like a line drawn in sand.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, udakalekhūpamo puggalo? And who is the person like a line drawn in water?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āgāḷhenapi vuccamāno pharusenapi vuccamāno amanāpenapi vuccamāno sandhiyatimeva saṃsandatimeva sammodatimeva. It’s a person who, though spoken to by someone in a rough, harsh, and disagreeable manner, still stays in touch, interacts with, and greets them.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udake lekhā khippaṃyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; It’s like a line drawn in water, which vanishes right away, and doesn’t last long.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo āgāḷhenapi vuccamāno pharusenapi vuccamāno amanāpenapi vuccamāno sandhiyatimeva saṃsandatimeva sammodatimeva. In the same way, this person, though spoken to by someone in a rough, harsh, and disagreeable manner, still stays in touch, interacts with, and greets them.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, udakalekhūpamo puggalo. This is called a person like a line drawn in water.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the three people found in the world.”

end of section [3..13.. - AN 3 vagga 13 Kusināra: Kusināra]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 14 Yodhājīva: A Warrior

14. Yodhājīvavagga 14. A Warrior

AN 3.133 Yodhājīva: A Warrior

133. Yodhājīvasutta 133. A Warrior
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. “monks, a warrior with three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned as a factor of kingship.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo dūre pātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā. He’s a long-distance shooter, a marksman, one who shatters large objects.
Imehi, kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. A warrior with these three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned as a factor of kingship.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dūre pātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā. They’re a long-distance shooter, a marksman, and one who shatters large objects.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dūre pātī hoti? And how is a monk a long-distance shooter?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ: ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. It’s when a monk truly sees any kind of form at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near: all form—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ vedanaṃ: ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. They truly understand any kind of feeling at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near: all feeling—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ saññaṃ: ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. They truly understand any kind of perception at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near: all perception—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhāre: ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. They truly understand any kind of co-doings at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near: all co-doings—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ: ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. They truly understand any kind of consciousness at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near, all consciousness—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dūre pātī hoti. That’s how a monk is a long-distance shooter.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhaṇavedhī hoti? And how is a monk a marksman?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when a monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhaṇavedhī hoti. That’s how a monk is a marksman.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti? And how does a monk shatter large objects?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahantaṃ avijjākkhandhaṃ padāleti. It’s when a monk shatters the great mass of ignorance.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti. That’s how a monk shatters large objects.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 3.134 Parisā: Assemblies

134. Parisāsutta 134. Assemblies
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, parisā. “monks, there are these three assemblies.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Ukkācitavinītā parisā, paṭipucchāvinītā parisā, yāvatāvinītā parisā— An assembly educated in fancy talk, an assembly educated in questioning, an assembly educated to the fullest extent.
imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso parisā”ti. These are the three assemblies.”


AN 3.135 Mitta: A Friend

135. Mittasutta 135. A Friend
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mitto sevitabbo. “monks, you should associate with a friend who has three factors.
Katamehi tīhi? () What three?
Duddadaṃ dadāti, dukkaraṃ karoti, dukkhamaṃ khamati— They give what is hard to give, they do what is hard to do, and they bear what is hard to bear.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato mitto sevitabbo”ti. You should associate with a friend who has these three factors.”


AN 3.136 Uppādā: Arising

136. Uppādāsutta 136. Arising
“Uppādā vā, bhikkhave, tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ, ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā. “monks, whether Realized Ones arise or not, this law of nature persists, this regularity of natural dharmas, this invariance of natural dharmas:
Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā. all conditions are impermanent.
Taṃ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti. A Realized One understands this and comprehends it,
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti: then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it:
‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’ti. ‘All conditions are impermanent.’
Uppādā vā, bhikkhave, tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā. Whether Realized Ones arise or not, this law of nature persists, this regularity of natural dharmas, this invariance of natural dharmas:
Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā. all conditions are suffering.
Taṃ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti. A Realized One understands this and comprehends it,
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti: then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it:
‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’ti. ‘All conditions are suffering.’
Uppādā vā, bhikkhave, tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā. Whether Realized Ones arise or not, this law of nature persists, this regularity of natural dharmas, this invariance of natural dharmas:
Sabbe dhammā anattā. all things are not-self.
Taṃ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti. A Realized One understands this and comprehends it,
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti: then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it:
‘sabbe dhammā anattā’”ti. ‘All things are not-self.’”


AN 3.137 Kesakambala: A Hair Blanket

137. Kesakambalasutta 137. A Hair Blanket
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici tantāvutānaṃ vatthānaṃ, kesakambalo tesaṃ paṭikiṭṭho akkhāyati. “monks, a hair blanket is said to be the worst kind of woven cloth.
Kesakambalo, bhikkhave, sīte sīto, uṇhe uṇho, dubbaṇṇo, duggandho, dukkhasamphasso. It’s cold in the cold, hot in the heat, ugly, smelly, and unpleasant to touch.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇavādānaṃ makkhalivādo tesaṃ paṭikiṭṭho akkhāyati. In the same way, The Dharma of Makkhali is said to be the worst of all the doctrines of the various ascetics and brahmins.


Makkhali, bhikkhave, moghapuriso evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi: Makkhali, that foolish man, has this doctrine and view:
‘natthi kammaṃ, natthi kiriyaṃ, natthi vīriyan’ti. ‘There is no power in deeds, action, or energy.’
Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tepi bhagavanto kammavādā ceva ahesuṃ kiriyavādā ca vīriyavādā ca. Now, all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past taught the efficacy of deeds, action, and energy.
Tepi, bhikkhave, makkhali moghapuriso paṭibāhati: But Makkhali opposes them by saying:
‘natthi kammaṃ, natthi kiriyaṃ, natthi vīriyan’ti. ‘There is no power in deeds, action, or energy.’
Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tepi bhagavanto kammavādā ceva bhavissanti kiriyavādā ca vīriyavādā ca. All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future will teach the efficacy of deeds, action, and energy.
Tepi, bhikkhave, makkhali moghapuriso paṭibāhati: But Makkhali opposes them by saying:
‘natthi kammaṃ, natthi kiriyaṃ, natthi vīriyan’ti. ‘There is no power in deeds, action, or energy.’
Ahampi, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kammavādo ceva kiriyavādo ca vīriyavādo ca. I too, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha in the present, teach the efficacy of deeds, action, and energy.
Mampi, bhikkhave, makkhali moghapuriso paṭibāhati: But Makkhali opposes me by saying:
‘natthi kammaṃ, natthi kiriyaṃ, natthi vīriyan’ti. ‘There is no power in deeds, action, or energy.’


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṃ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṃ macchānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; It’s like a trap set at the mouth of a river, which would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, makkhali moghapuriso manussakhippaṃ maññe loke uppanno bahūnaṃ sattānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāyā”ti. In the same way that foolish man Makkhali is a trap for humans, it seems to me. He has come into the world for the harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster of many beings.”


AN 3.138 Sampadā: Accomplishment

138. Sampadāsutta 138. Accomplishment
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, sampadā. “monks, there are three accomplishments.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, paññāsampadā— Accomplishment in earned-trust, ethics, and wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso sampadā”ti. These are the three accomplishments.”


AN 3.139 Vuddhi: Growth

139. Vuddhisutta 139. Growth
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vuddhiyo. “monks, there are three kinds of growth.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Saddhāvuddhi, sīlavuddhi, paññāvuddhi— growth in earned-trust, ethics, and wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso vuddhiyo”ti. These are the three kinds of growth.”


AN 3.140 Assakhaḷuṅka: A Wild Colt

140. Assakhaḷuṅkasutta 140. A Wild Colt
“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi tayo ca purisakhaḷuṅke. “monks, I will teach you about three wild colts and three wild people.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo assakhaḷuṅkā? “What are the three wild colts?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti; na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. One wild colt is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca; na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Another wild colt is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. While another wild colt is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo assakhaḷuṅkā. These are the three wild colts.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo purisakhaḷuṅkā? And what are the three wild people?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti; na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. One wild person is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca; na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Another wild person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. While another wild person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti; na vaṇṇasampanno na ārohapariṇāhasampanno? And how is a wild person fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when a monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho saṃsādeti, no vissajjeti. But when asked a question about The Dharma or training, they falter without answering.
Idamassa na vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re not beautiful, I say.
Na kho pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. And they don’t receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti; na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. This is how a wild person is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca; na ārohapariṇāhasampanno? And how is a wild person fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when a monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti. When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Na pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. But they don’t receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca; na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. This is how a wild person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca? And how is a wild person fast, beautiful, and well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when a monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti. When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. They receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. This is how a wild person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo purisakhaḷuṅkā”ti. These are the three wild people.”


AN 3.141 Assaparassa: Excellent Horses

141. Assaparassasutta 141. Excellent Horses
“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assaparasse desessāmi tayo ca purisaparasse. “monks, I will teach you the three excellent horses and the three excellent people.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo assaparassā? “What are the three excellent horses?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaparasso javasampanno hoti; na vaṇṇasampanno na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. One excellent horse is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assaparasso javasampanno hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca; na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Another excellent horse is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. While another excellent horse is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo assaparassā. These are the three excellent horses.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo purisaparassā? “What are the three excellent people?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco purisaparasso javasampanno hoti; na vaṇṇasampanno na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. One excellent person is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca; na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Another excellent person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. While another excellent person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno hoti; na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno? And how is an excellent person fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. It’s when a monk, with the ending of the five lower fetters, is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho saṃsādeti, no vissajjeti. But when asked a question about The Dharma or training, they falter without answering.
Idamassa na vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re not beautiful, I say.
Na kho pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. And they don’t receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno hoti; This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say. This is how an excellent person is fast,
na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. but not beautiful or well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno? And how is an excellent person fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. It’s when a monk, with the ending of the five lower fetters, is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti. When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Na kho pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. But they don’t receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti; vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. This is how an excellent person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca? And how is an excellent person fast, beautiful, and well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. It’s when a monk, with the ending of the five lower fetters, is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti. When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. They receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. This is how an excellent person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo purisaparassā”ti. These are the three excellent people.”


AN 3.142 Assājānīya: The Thoroughbred

142. Assājānīyasutta 142. The Thoroughbred
“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, bhadre assājānīye desessāmi tayo ca bhadre purisājānīye. “monks, I will teach you the three fine thoroughbred horses, and the three fine thoroughbred people.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo bhadrā assājānīyā? “What are the three fine thoroughbred horses?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhadro assājānīyo … pe … One fine thoroughbred horse …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo bhadrā assājānīyā. These are the three fine thoroughbred horses.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo bhadrā purisājānīyā? “What are the three fine thoroughbred people?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhadro purisājānīyo … pe … One fine thoroughbred person …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhadro purisājānīyo … pe … And how is a fine thoroughbred person …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca? fast, beautiful, and well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s when monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti. When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. They receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi. This is how they’re well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhadro purisājānīyo javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. This is how a fine thoroughbred person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo bhadrā purisājānīyā”ti. These are the three fine thoroughbred people.”


AN 3.143 Paṭhamamoranivāpa: At the Peacocks’ Feeding Ground (1st)

143. Paṭhamamoranivāpasutta 143. At the Peacocks’ Feeding Ground (1st)
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati moranivāpe paribbājakārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, at the monastery of the wanderers in the peacocks’ feeding ground.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu accantaniṭṭho hoti accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānaṃ. “monks, a monk with three qualities has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal. They are best among gods and humans.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena. The entire spectrum of an adept’s ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu accantaniṭṭho hoti accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. A monk with these three qualities has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal. They are best among gods and humans.


AN 3.144 Dutiyamoranivāpa: At the Peacocks’ Feeding Ground (2nd)

144. Dutiyamoranivāpasutta 144. At the Peacocks’ Feeding Ground (2nd)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu accantaniṭṭho hoti accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānaṃ. “monks, a monk who has three qualities has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal. They are best among gods and humans.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Iddhipāṭihāriyena, ādesanāpāṭihāriyena, anusāsanīpāṭihāriyena— A demonstration of psychic power, a demonstration of revealing, and an instructional demonstration.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu accantaniṭṭho hoti accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. A monk with these three qualities has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal. They are best among gods and humans.


AN 3.145 Tatiyamoranivāpa: At the Peacocks’ Feeding Ground (3rd)

145. Tatiyamoranivāpasutta 145. At the Peacocks’ Feeding Ground (3rd)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu accantaniṭṭho hoti accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānaṃ. “monks, a monk who has three qualities has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal. They are best among gods and humans.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Sammādiṭṭhiyā, sammāñāṇena, sammāvimuttiyā— Right view, right knowledge, right freedom.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu accantaniṭṭho hoti accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. A monk with these three qualities has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal. They are best among gods and humans.


end of section [3..14.. - AN 3 vagga 14 Yodhājīva: A Warrior]
+

§ – AN 3 vagga 15 Maṅgala: Good Fortune

15. Maṅgalavagga 15. Good Fortune

AN 3.146 Akusala: Unskillful

146. Akusalasutta 146. Unskillful
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “Someone with three qualities is cast down to hell.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Akusalena kāyakammena, akusalena vacīkammena, akusalena manokammena— Unskillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these three qualities is cast down to hell.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with three qualities is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kusalena kāyakammena, kusalena vacīkammena, kusalena manokammena— Skillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these three qualities is raised up to heaven.”


AN 3.147 Sāvajja: Blameworthy

147. Sāvajjasutta 147. Blameworthy
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “Someone with three qualities is cast down to hell.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena— Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these three qualities is cast down to hell.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with three qualities is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena— Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.
imehi kho … pe … evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these three qualities is raised up to heaven.”


AN 3.148 Visama: Unethical

148. Visamasutta 148. Unethical
“Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … “Someone with three qualities is cast down to hell. …
visamena kāyakammena, visamena vacīkammena, visamena manokammena— Unethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …
imehi kho … pe … evaṃ niraye.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi … pe … Someone with three qualities is raised up to heaven. …
samena kāyakammena, samena vacīkammena, samena manokammena— Ethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”
imehi kho … pe … evaṃ sagge”ti.


AN 3.149 Asuci: Impure

149. Asucisutta 149. Impure
“Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … “Someone with three qualities is cast down to hell. …
asucinā kāyakammena, asucinā vacīkammena, asucinā manokammena— Filthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …
imehi kho … pe … evaṃ niraye.


Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … Someone with three qualities is raised up to heaven. …
sucinā kāyakammena, sucinā vacīkammena, sucinā manokammena— Pure deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti.


AN 3.150 Paṭhamakhata: Broken (1st)

150. Paṭhamakhatasutta 150. Broken (1st)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent, bad person has three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and reproved by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Akusalena kāyakammena, akusalena vacīkammena, akusalena manokammena— Unskillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent, good person has three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Kusalena kāyakammena, kusalena vacīkammena, kusalena manokammena … pe …. Skillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”


AN 3.151 Dutiyakhata: Broken (2nd)

151. Dutiyakhatasutta 151. Broken (2nd)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … “When a foolish, incompetent, bad person has three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. …
sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena … pe …. Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …


Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … When an astute, competent, good person has three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. …
anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena … pe …. Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”


AN 3.152 Tatiyakhata: Broken (3rd)

152. Tatiyakhatasutta 152. Broken (3rd)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … “When a foolish, incompetent, bad person has three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. …
visamena kāyakammena, visamena vacīkammena, visamena manokammena … pe …. Unethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …


Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … When an astute, competent, good person has three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. …
samena kāyakammena, samena vacīkammena, samena manokammena … pe …. Ethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”


AN 3.153 Catutthakhata: Broken (4th)

153. Catutthakhatasutta 153. Broken (4th)
“Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … “When a foolish, incompetent, bad person has three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. …
asucinā kāyakammena, asucinā vacīkammena, asucinā manokammena … pe …. Filthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …


Tīhi, bhikkhave … pe … When an astute, competent, good person has three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. …
sucinā kāyakammena, sucinā vacīkammena, sucinā manokammena— Pure deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.


AN 3.154 Vandanā: Homage

154. Vandanāsutta 154. Homage
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vandanā. “monks, there are three kinds of homage.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Kāyena, vācāya, manasā— By way of body, speech, and mind.
imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso vandanā”ti. These are the three kinds of homage.”


AN 3.155 Pubbaṇha: Morning

155. Pubbaṇhasutta 155. Morning
“Ye, bhikkhave, sattā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, supubbaṇho, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānaṃ. “monks, those sentient beings who do good things in the morning by way of body, speech, and mind have a good morning.


Ye, bhikkhave, sattā majjhanhikasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, sumajjhanhiko, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānaṃ. Those sentient beings who do good things at midday by way of body, speech, and mind have a good midday.


Ye, bhikkhave, sattā sāyanhasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, susāyanho, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānanti. Those sentient beings who do good things in the evening by way of body, speech, and mind have a good evening.”


Sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, “A good star, a good fortune,
suppabhātaṃ suhuṭṭhitaṃ; a good dawn, a good rising,
Sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, a good moment, a good hour:
suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu. these come with good gifts to spiritual practitioners.


Padakkhiṇaṃ kāyakammaṃ, Worthy deeds of body,
vācākammaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ; verbal worthy deeds,
Padakkhiṇaṃ manokammaṃ, worthy deeds of mind,
paṇīdhi te padakkhiṇe; worthy aspirations:
Padakkhiṇāni katvāna, when your deeds have been worthy,
labhantatthe padakkhiṇe. you get worthy benefits.


Te atthaladdhā sukhitā, Those happy with these benefits
viruḷhā buddhasāsane; flourish in the Buddha’s teaching.
Arogā sukhitā hotha, May you and all your relatives
saha sabbehi ñātibhī”ti. be healthy and happy!”

end of section [3..15.. - AN 3 vagga 15 Maṅgala: Good Fortune]

§ – AN 3 vagga 16 Acelaka: Naked

16. Acelakavagga 16. Naked

156–​162 156–​162
“Tisso imā, bhikkhave, paṭipadā. “monks, there are three practices.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Āgāḷhā paṭipadā, nijjhāmā paṭipadā, majjhimā paṭipadā. The addicted practice, the scorching practice, and the middle practice.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, āgāḷhā paṭipadā? And what’s the addicted practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco evaṃvādī hoti evaṃdiṭṭhi: It’s when someone has this doctrine and view:
‘natthi kāmesu doso’ti. ‘There’s nothing wrong with sensual pleasures;
So kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjati. so they throw themselves into sensual pleasures.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, āgāḷhā paṭipadā. This is called the addicted practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, nijjhāmā paṭipadā? And what’s the scorching practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco acelako hoti muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano, naehibhadantiko, natiṭṭhabhadantiko, nābhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na nimantanaṃ sādiyati. It’s when someone goes naked, ignoring conventions. They lick their hands, and don’t come or wait when asked. They don’t consent to food brought to them, or food prepared on purpose for them, or an invitation for a meal.
So na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na kaḷopimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti na eḷakamantaraṃ na daṇḍamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya na saṅkittīsu na yattha sā upaṭṭhito hoti na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ, na thusodakaṃ pivati. They don’t receive anything from a pot or bowl; or from someone who keeps sheep, or who has a weapon or a shovel in their home; or where a couple is eating; or where there is a woman who is pregnant, breast-feeding, or who has a man in her home; or where there’s a dog waiting or flies buzzing. They accept no fish or meat or liquor or wine, and drink no beer.
So ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko … sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; They go to just one house for alms, taking just one mouthful, or two houses and two mouthfuls, up to seven houses and seven mouthfuls.
ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti … sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti; They feed on one saucer a day, two saucers a day, up to seven saucers a day.
ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti … sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti—iti evarūpaṃ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live pursuing the practice of eating food at set intervals.


So sākabhakkhopi hoti, sāmākabhakkhopi hoti, nīvārabhakkhopi hoti, daddulabhakkhopi hoti, haṭabhakkhopi hoti, kaṇabhakkhopi hoti, ācāmabhakkhopi hoti, piññākabhakkhopi hoti, tiṇabhakkhopi hoti, gomayabhakkhopi hoti, vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. They eat herbs, millet, wild rice, poor rice, water lettuce, rice bran, scum from boiling rice, sesame flour, grass, or cow dung. They survive on forest roots and fruits, or eating fallen fruit.


So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhikampi dhāreti, They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings.
kesamassulocakopi hoti kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, They tear out hair and beard, pursuing this practice.
ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, They constantly stand, refusing seats.
ukkuṭikopi hoti ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto, They squat, committed to persisting in the squatting position.
kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti, They lie on a mat of thorns, making a mat of thorns their bed.
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati— They pursue the practice of undistractible-lucidity in water three times a day, including the evening.
iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. And so they live pursuing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, nijjhāmā paṭipadā. This is called the scorching practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā? And what’s the middle practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; It’s when a monk meditates by observing an aspect of the body—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
vedanāsu … pe … They meditate observing an aspect of feelings …
citte … pe … They meditate observing an aspect of the mind …
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. They meditate observing an aspect of dharmas—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā. This is called the middle practice.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso paṭipadāti. (1) These are the three practices.


Tisso imā, bhikkhave, paṭipadā. monks, there are three practices.
Katamā tisso? What three?
Āgāḷhā paṭipadā, nijjhāmā paṭipadā, majjhimā paṭipadā. The addicted practice, the blistering practice, the middle practice.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, āgāḷhā paṭipadā … pe … And what’s the addicted practice? …
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, āgāḷhā paṭipadā. This is called the addicted practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, nijjhāmā paṭipadā … pe … And what is the scorching practice? …
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, nijjhāmā paṭipadā. This is called the scorching practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā? And what’s the middle practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; It’s when a monk generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful Dharmas don’t arise.
uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful Dharmas that have arisen are given up.
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas arise.
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati …. (2) They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are completed by development.


Chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti vīriyasamādhi … pe … They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to enthusiasm, and active effort. They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to energy, and active effort.
cittasamādhi … pe … They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to mental development, and active effort.
vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti … pe …. (3) They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to inquiry, and active effort.


Saddhindriyaṃ bhāveti … They develop the faculty of earned-trust …
vīriyindriyaṃ bhāveti … energy …
satindriyaṃ bhāveti … rememberfulness …
samādhindriyaṃ bhāveti … undistractible-lucidity …
paññindriyaṃ bhāveti … pe …. (4) wisdom …


Saddhābalaṃ bhāveti … They develop the power of earned-trust …
vīriyabalaṃ bhāveti … energy …
satibalaṃ bhāveti … rememberfulness …
samādhibalaṃ bhāveti … undistractible-lucidity …
paññābalaṃ bhāveti … pe …. (5) wisdom …


Satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … They develop the awakening factor of rememberfulness …
dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … investigation of dharmas …
vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … energy …
pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … rapture …
passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … pacification …
samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … undistractible-lucidity …
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … pe …. (6) equanimous-observation …


Sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti … They develop right view …
sammāsaṅkappaṃ bhāveti … right thought …
sammāvācaṃ bhāveti … right speech …
sammākammantaṃ bhāveti … right action …
sammāājīvaṃ bhāveti … right livelihood …
sammāvāyāmaṃ bhāveti … right effort …
sammāsatiṃ bhāveti … right rememberfulness …
sammāsamādhiṃ bhāveti …. right undistractible-lucidity …
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā. This is called the middle practice.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso paṭipadā”ti. (7) These are the three practices.

end of section [3..16.. - AN 3 vagga 16 Acelaka: Naked]

§ – AN 3 vagga 17 Kammapathapeyyāla: Courses of Deeds

17. Kammapathapeyyālavagga 17. Courses of Deeds

163–​182 163–​182
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “Someone with three qualities is cast down to hell.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Attanā ca pāṇātipātī hoti, parañca pāṇātipāte samādapeti, pāṇātipāte ca samanuñño hoti. They themselves kill living creatures. They encourage others to kill living creatures. And they approve of killing living creatures.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these three qualities is cast down to hell.


Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with three qualities is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (2) They don’t themselves kill living creatures. They encourage others to not kill living creatures. And they approve of not killing living creatures.


Attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, parañca adinnādāne samādapeti, adinnādāne ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves steal. They encourage others to steal. And they approve of stealing.


Attanā ca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, adinnādānā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (4) They don’t themselves steal. They encourage others to not steal. And they approve of not stealing.


Attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti, kāmesumicchācāre ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves commit sexual misconduct. They encourage others to commit sexual misconduct. And they approve of committing sexual misconduct.


Attanā ca kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (6) They don’t themselves commit sexual misconduct. They encourage others to not commit sexual misconduct. And they approve of not committing sexual misconduct.


Attanā ca musāvādī hoti, parañca musāvāde samādapeti, musāvāde ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves lie. They encourage others to lie. And they approve of lying.


Attanā ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, parañca musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, musāvādā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (8) They don’t themselves lie. They encourage others to not lie. And they approve of not lying.


Attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, parañca pisuṇāya vācāya samādapeti, pisuṇāya vācāya ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves speak divisively. They encourage others to speak divisively. And they approve of speaking divisively.


Attanā ca pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, parañca pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (10) They don’t themselves speak divisively. They encourage others to not speak divisively. And they approve of not speaking divisively.


Attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, parañca pharusāya vācāya samādapeti, pharusāya vācāya ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves speak harshly. They encourage others to speak harshly. And they approve of speaking harshly.


Attanā ca pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, parañca pharusāya vācāya veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (12) They don’t themselves speak harshly. They encourage others to not speak harshly. And they approve of not speaking harshly.


Attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, parañca samphappalāpe samādapeti, samphappalāpe ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves talk nonsense. They encourage others to talk nonsense. And they approve of talking nonsense.


Attanā ca samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, parañca samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (14) They don’t themselves talk nonsense. They encourage others to not talk nonsense. And they approve of not talking nonsense.


Attanā ca abhijjhālu hoti, parañca abhijjhāya samādapeti, abhijjhāya ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves are covetous. They encourage others to be covetous. And they approve of covetousness.


Attanā ca anabhijjhālu hoti, parañca anabhijjhāya samādapeti, anabhijjhāya ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (16) They themselves are content. They encourage others to be contented. And they approve of being contented.


Attanā ca byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, byāpāde ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves have ill will. They encourage others to have ill will. And they approve of having ill will.


Attanā ca abyāpannacitto hoti, parañca abyāpāde samādapeti, abyāpāde ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. (18) They themselves don’t have ill will. They encourage others to not have ill will. And they approve of not having ill will.


Attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti, micchādiṭṭhiyā ca samanuñño hoti … pe …. They themselves have wrong view. They encourage others to have wrong view. And they approve of wrong view.


Attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti, sammādiṭṭhiyā ca samanuñño hoti. They themselves have right view. They encourage others to have right view. And they approve of right view.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. (20) Someone with these three qualities is raised up to heaven.”

§ – AN 3 vagga 18 Rāgapeyyāla: Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed

18. Rāgapeyyālavagga 18. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed

183–​352 183–​352
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. “For insight into greed, three things should be developed.
Katame tayo? What three?
rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. (1) () For insight into greed, these three things should be developed.


Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya … pe … For the complete understanding of greed …
parikkhayāya … complete ending …
pahānāya … giving up …
khayāya … ending …
vayāya … vanishing …
virāgāya … fading away …
nirodhāya … cessation …
cāgāya … giving away …
paṭinissaggāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. letting go …


Dosassa … hate …
mohassa … delusion …
kodhassa … anger …
upanāhassa … hostility …
makkhassa … offensiveness …
paḷāsassa … contempt …
issāya … envy …
macchariyassa … stinginess …
māyāya … deceitfulness …
sāṭheyyassa … deviousness …
thambhassa … obstinacy …
sārambhassa … aggression …
mānassa … conceit …
atimānassa … arrogance …
madassa … vanity …
pamādassa … negligence …
abhiññāya … insight …
pariññāya … complete understanding …
parikkhayāya … complete ending …
pahānāya … giving up …
khayāya … ending …
vayāya … vanishing …
virāgāya … fading away …
nirodhāya … cessation …
cāgāya … giving away …
paṭinissaggāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. For the letting go of negligence, these three things should be developed.”


Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Satisfied, the monks were happy with what the Buddha said.


Tikanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā. The Book of the Threes is finished.


AN 4 All suttas 1-783

pic for AN


+

§ – AN 4 vagga 1 Bhaṇḍagāma: At Bhaṇḍa Village

AN 4.1 Anubuddha: Understood

1. Anubuddhasutta 1. Understood
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati bhaṇḍagāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis at the village of Bhaṇḍa.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. “monks, not understanding and not comprehending four things, both you and I have wandered and transmigrated for such a very long time.
Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Which four?
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Noble ethics,
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. undistractible-lucidity,
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. wisdom,
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. and freedom.
Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. These noble ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, and freedom have been understood and comprehended. Craving for continued existence has been cut off; the attachment to continued existence is ended; now there are no more future lives.”


Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā: Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say:

(verse)
“Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, “Ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom,
vimutti ca anuttarā; and the supreme freedom:
Anubuddhā ime dhammā, these things have been understood
gotamena yasassinā. by Gotama the renowned.


Iti buddho abhiññāya, And so the Buddha, having insight,
dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ; explained this ☸Dharma to the monks.
Dukkhassantakaro satthā, The teacher made an end of suffering,
cakkhumā parinibbuto”ti. seeing clearly, he is nirvana'd.”


+

AN 4.2 Papatita: Fallen

§2.1 – (fallen from dhamma-vinayā)

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi asamannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā papatito’ti vuccati. “Someone without four things is said to have ‘fallen from this ☸Dharma and training’.
Katamehi catūhi? Which four?
Ariyena, bhikkhave, sīlena asamannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā papatito’ti vuccati. Noble ethics,
Ariyena, bhikkhave, samādhinā asamannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā papatito’ti vuccati. undistractible-lucidity,
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya asamannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā papatito’ti vuccati. wisdom,
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā asamannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā papatito’ti vuccati. and freedom.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā papatito’ti vuccati. Someone without these four things is said to have ‘fallen from this ☸Dharma and training’.

§2.2 – (secure in dhamma-vinayā)

Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā apapatito’ti vuccati. Someone with four things is said to be ‘secure in this ☸Dharma and training’.
Katamehi catūhi? Which four?
Ariyena, bhikkhave, sīlena samannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā apapatito’ti vuccati. Noble ethics,
Ariyena, bhikkhave, samādhinā samannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā apapatito’ti vuccati. undistractible-lucidity,
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya samannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā apapatito’ti vuccati. wisdom,
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā samannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā apapatito’ti vuccati. and freedom.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ‘imasmā dhammavinayā apapatito’ti vuccatīti. Someone with these four things is said to be ‘secure in this ☸Dharma and training’.

(verse)
Cutā patanti patitā, They fall, collapsed and fallen;
giddhā ca punarāgatā; greedy, they return.
Kataṃ kiccaṃ rataṃ rammaṃ, The work is done, the joyful is enjoyed,
sukhenānvāgataṃ sukhan”ti. happiness is found through happiness.”


+

AN 4.3 Paṭhamakhata: Broken (1st)

3. Paṭhamakhatasutta 3. Broken (1st)
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person has four dharma-[qualities] they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi catūhi? Which four?
Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, Without examining or scrutinizing, they praise those deserving of criticism,
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, and they criticize those deserving of praise.
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, They arouse faith in things that are dubious,
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti— and they don’t arouse faith in things that are inspiring.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. When a foolish, incompetent bad person has these four dharma-[qualities] they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.

§3.1 – (4 opposites)

Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person has four dharma-[qualities] they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamehi catūhi? Which four?
Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, After examining and scrutinizing, they criticize those deserving of criticism,
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, and they praise those deserving of praise.
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti, They don’t arouse faith in things that are dubious,
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti— and they do arouse faith in things that are inspiring.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatīti. When an astute, competent good person has these four dharma-[qualities] they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.

(verse)
Yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, When you praise someone worthy of criticism,
Taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo; or criticize someone worthy of praise,
Vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, you choose bad luck with your own mouth:
Kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati. you’ll never find happiness that way.


Appamatto ayaṃ kali, Bad luck at dice is a trivial thing,
Yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo; if all you lose is your money
Sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, and all you own, even yourself.
Ayameva mahantataro kali; What’s really terrible luck
Yo sugatesu manaṃ padosaye. is to hate the holy ones.


Sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānaṃ, For more than two quinquadecillion years,
Chattiṃsatī pañca ca abbudāni; and another five quattuordecillion years,
Yamariyagarahī nirayaṃ upeti, a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell,
Vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya pāpakan”ti. having aimed bad words and thoughts at them.”


+

AN 4.4 Dutiyakhata: Broken (2nd)

4. Dutiyakhatasutta 4. Broken (2nd)
“Catūsu, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person acts wrongly toward four people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamesu catūsu? Which four?
Mātari, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. Mother …
Pitari, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno … pe … tathāgate, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno … pe … tathāgatasāvake, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. father … a Realized One … and a disciple of a Realized One.
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, catūsu micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. When a foolish, incompetent bad person acts wrongly toward these four people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.

(4 opposites)

Catūsu, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person acts rightly toward four people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamesu catūsu? Which four?
Mātari, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. Mother …
Pitari, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno … pe … tathāgate, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno … pe … tathāgatasāvake, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. father … a Realized One … and a disciple of a Realized One.
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, catūsu sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatīti. When an astute, competent good person acts rightly toward these four people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.

(verse)
Mātari pitari cāpi, A person who does wrong
yo micchā paṭipajjati; by their mother or father,
Tathāgate vā sambuddhe, or a Realized One, a Buddha,
atha vā tassa sāvake; or one of their disciples,
Bahuñca so pasavati, makes much bad karma.
apuññaṃ tādiso naro.


Tāya naṃ adhammacariyāya, Because of their non-Dharmic conduct
Mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; toward their parents,
Idheva naṃ garahanti, they’re criticized in this life by the astute,
Peccāpāyañca gacchati. and they depart to be reborn in a place of loss.


Mātari pitari cāpi, A person who does right
yo sammā paṭipajjati; by their mother and father,
Tathāgate vā sambuddhe, or a Realized One, a Buddha,
atha vā tassa sāvake; or one of their disciples,
Bahuñca so pasavati, makes much merit.
puññaṃ etādiso naro.


Tāya naṃ dhammacariyāya, Because of their Dharmic conduct
mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; toward their parents,
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, they’re praised in this life by the astute,
pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. and they depart to rejoice in heaven.”


+

AN 4.5 Anusota: With the Stream

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which four?
Anusotagāmī puggalo, paṭisotagāmī puggalo, ṭhitatto puggalo, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. A person who goes with the stream; a person who goes against the stream; a steadfast person; and a brahmin who has crossed over and stands on the far shore.

§5.1 – (who goes with the stream?)

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, anusotagāmī puggalo? And who is the person who goes with the stream?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kāme ca paṭisevati, pāpañca kammaṃ karoti. It’s a person who takes part in sensual pleasures and does bad deeds.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, anusotagāmī puggalo. This is called a person who goes with the stream.

§5.2 – (who goes against the stream?)

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭisotagāmī puggalo? And who is the person who goes against the stream?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kāme ca nappaṭisevati, pāpañca kammaṃ na karoti, sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukhopi rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati. It’s a person who doesn’t take part in sensual pleasures or do bad deeds. They live the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful faces.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭisotagāmī puggalo. This is called a person who goes against the stream.

§5.3 – (steadfast person?)

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ṭhitatto puggalo? And who is the steadfast person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti, tattha parinibbāyī, anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. It’s a person who, with the ending of the five lower fetters, is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ṭhitatto puggalo. This is called a steadfast person.

§5.4 – (stands on the far shore?)

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo? And who is a brahmin who has crossed over and stands on the far shore?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s a person who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. This is called a brahmin who has crossed over and stands on the far shore.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the four people found in the world.

(verse)
Ye keci kāmesu asaññatā janā, All those people with uncontrolled sensuality,
Avītarāgā idha kāmabhogino; not free of lust, enjoying sensual pleasures in this life:
Punappunaṃ jātijarūpagāmi te, again and again, they return to birth and old age;
Taṇhādhipannā anusotagāmino. those who go with the stream are undistractified-&-lucidified in craving.


Tasmā hi dhīro idhupaṭṭhitassatī, So a wise one in this life, with rememberfulness established,
Kāme ca pāpe ca asevamāno; doesn’t take part in sensual pleasures and bad deeds.
Sahāpi dukkhena jaheyya kāme, In pain they’d give up sensual pleasures:
Paṭisotagāmīti tamāhu puggalaṃ. that’s ‘a person who goes against the stream’, they say.


Yo ve kilesāni pahāya pañca, Someone who’s given up five corruptions,
Paripuṇṇasekho aparihānadhammo; a perfect trainee, not liable to decline,
Cetovasippatto samāhitindriyo, who’s mastered their mind, with faculties undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi,
Sa ve ṭhitattoti naro pavuccati. that’s called ‘a steadfast person’.


Paroparā yassa samecca dhammā, The sage who has comprehended all things, high and low,
Vidhūpitā atthagatā na santi; cleared them and ended them, so they are no more;
Sa ve muni vusitabrahmacariyo, they’ve completed the spiritual journey, and gone to the end of the world,
Lokantagū pāragatoti vuccatī”ti. they’re called ‘one who has gone beyond’.”


+

AN 4.6 Appassuta: A Little Learning

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. Katame cattāro? “monks, these four people are found in the world. Which four? A person may have:
Appassuto sutena anupapanno, Little learning and not get the point of learning.
appassuto sutena upapanno, Little learning but get the point of learning.
bahussuto sutena anupapanno, Much learning but not get the point of learning.
bahussuto sutena upapanno. Much learning and get the point of learning.

§6.1 – (learned little and not got the point)

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo appassuto hoti sutena anupapanno? Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa appakaṁ sutaṁ hoti—suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. So tassa appakassa sutassa na atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti. Variant: dhammamaññāya → na dhammamaññāya (bj, pts1ed, mr) | dhammānudhammappaṭipanno → na dhammānudhammapaṭipanno (bj)Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo appassuto hoti sutena anupapanno. And how has a person learned little and not got the point of learning? It’s when a person has learned little of the statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and classifications. And with the little they’ve learned, they understand neither the meaning nor the text, nor do they practice in line with the ☸Dharma. That’s how a person has learned little and not got the point of learning.

§6.2 – (learned little but has got the point)

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo appassuto hoti sutena upapanno? Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa appakaṁ sutaṁ hoti—suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. So tassa appakassa sutassa atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo appassuto hoti sutena upapanno. And how has a person learned little but has got the point of learning? It’s when a person has learned little of the statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and classifications. But with the little they’ve learned, they understand the meaning and the text, and they practice in line with the ☸Dharma. That’s how a person has learned little but has got the point of learning.

§6.3 – (learned much but hasn't got the point )

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo bahussuto hoti sutena anupapanno? Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa bahukaṁ sutaṁ hoti—suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. So tassa bahukassa sutassa na atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti. Variant: dhammamaññāya → na dhammamaññāya (bj, pts1ed)Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo bahussuto hoti sutena anupapanno. And how has a person learned much but hasn't got the point of learning? It’s when a person has learned much of the statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and classifications. But even though they’ve learned much, they understand neither the meaning nor the text, nor do they practice in line with the ☸Dharma. That’s how a person has learned much but hasn't got the point of learning.

§6.4 – (learned much and has got the point )

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo bahussuto hoti sutena upapanno? Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa bahukaṁ sutaṁ hoti—suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. So tassa bahukassa sutassa atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo bahussuto hoti sutena upapanno. And how has a person learned much and has got the point of learning? It’s when a person has learned much of the statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and classifications. And with the large amount they’ve learned, they understand the meaning and the text, and they practice in line with the ☸Dharma. That’s how a person has learned much and has got the point of learning.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the four people found in the world.

(verse)
Appassutopi ce hoti, If you don’t learn much,
sīlesu a-samāhito; and aren’t undistractible-&-lucid with respect to ethics,
Ubhayena naṁ garahanti, they’ll criticize you on both counts,
sīlato ca sutena ca. for your ethics and your learning.
Appassutopi ce hoti, If you don’t learn much,
sīlesu su-samāhito; and you are undistractible-&-lucid with respect to ethics,
Sīlato naṁ pasaṁsanti, they’ll praise your ethical conduct,
tassa sampajjate sutaṁ. since your learning has succeeded.
Bahussutopi ce hoti, If you learn much,
sīlesu a-samāhito; but aren’t undistractible-&-lucid with respect to ethics,
Sīlato naṁ garahanti, they’ll criticize your ethical conduct,
nāssa sampajjate sutaṁ. for your learning hasn’t succeeded.
Bahussutopi ce hoti, If you learn much,
sīlesu su-samāhito; and you are undistractible-&-lucid with respect to ethics,
Ubhayena naṁ pasaṁsanti, they’ll praise you on both counts,
sīlato ca sutena ca. for your ethics and your learning.
Bahussutaṁ dhammadharaṁ, A wise disciple of the Buddha
sappaññaṁ buddhasāvakaṁ; who is learned and has memorized the ☸Dharmas;
Nekkhaṁ jambonadasseva, like a pendant of river gold,
ko taṁ ninditumarahati; who is worthy to criticize them?
Devāpi naṁ pasaṁsanti, Even the gods praise them,
brahmunāpi pasaṁsito”ti. and by Brahmā, too, they’re praised.”


AN 4.7 Sobhana: Beautification

7. Sobhanasutta 7. Beautification
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā saṃghaṃ sobhenti. “monks, these four competent, educated, assured, learned people—who have memorized the ☸Dharmas and practice in line with the ☸Dharmas—beautify the Saṅgha.
Katame cattāro? Which four?
Bhikkhu, bhikkhave, viyatto vinīto visārado bahussuto dhammadharo dhammānudhammappaṭipanno saṃghaṃ sobheti. A monk,
Bhikkhunī, bhikkhave, viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā saṃghaṃ sobheti. a nun,
Upāsako, bhikkhave, viyatto vinīto visārado bahussuto dhammadharo dhammānudhammappaṭipanno saṃghaṃ sobheti. a layman,
Upāsikā, bhikkhave, viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā saṃghaṃ sobheti. and a laywoman.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā saṃghaṃ sobhentīti. These four competent, educated, assured, learned people—who have memorized the ☸Dharmas and practice in line with the ☸Dharmas—beautify the Saṅgha.

(verse)
Yo hoti viyatto ca visārado ca, Whoever is competent and assured,
Bahussuto dhammadharo ca hoti; learned, a memorizer of the ☸Dharmas,
Dhammassa hoti anudhammacārī, who lives in line with the ☸Dharmas—
Sa tādiso vuccati saṃghasobhano. such a person is said to beautify the Saṅgha.


Bhikkhu ca sīlasampanno, A monk accomplished in ethics,
bhikkhunī ca bahussutā; and a learned nun,
Upāsako ca yo saddho, a faithful layman,
yā ca saddhā upāsikā; and a faithful laywoman, too:
Ete kho saṅghaṃ sobhenti, these beautify the Saṅgha,
ete hi saṅghasobhanā”ti. they are the beautifiers of the Saṅgha.”


+

AN 4.8 Vesārajja: Self-assured

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa vesārajjāni, yehi vesārajjehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavatteti. “monks, a Realized One has four kinds of self-assurance. With these he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the holy wheel.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?

§8.1 – (claim to be fully awakened )

‘“Sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā”ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘You claim to be fully awakened, but you don’t understand these things.’
Etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.

§8.2 – (claim to have ended all defilements )

‘“Khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇā”ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘You claim to have ended all defilements, but these defilements have not ended.’
Etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.

§8.3 – (obstructions are not )

‘“Ye kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā vuttā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā”ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘The acts that you say are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.’
Etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.

§8.4 – (Dharma leads to the goal of the complete ending of suffering )

‘“Yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā”ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘Though you teach that this ☸Dharma leads to the goal of the complete ending of suffering, it doesn’t lead there for one who practices it.’
Etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri tathāgatassa vesārajjāni, yehi vesārajjehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavattetīti. A Realized One has these four kinds of self-assurance. With these he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the holy wheel.

(verse)
Ye kecime vādapathā puthussitā, The various grounds for criticism
Yaṃnissitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca; that ascetics and brahmins rely on
Tathāgataṃ patvā na te bhavanti, don’t touch a Realized One,
Visāradaṃ vādapathātivattaṃ. assured, gone beyond grounds for criticism.


Yo dhammacakkaṃ abhibhuyya kevalī, He rolls forth the Wheel of Dhamma as a consummate one,
Pavattayī sabbabhūtānukampī; complete, compassionate for all living creatures.
Taṃ tādisaṃ devamanussaseṭṭhaṃ, Sentient beings revere him, best of gods and humans,
Sattā namassanti bhavassa pāragun”ti. who has transcended rebirth.”


AN 4.9 Taṇhuppāda: The Arising of Craving

9. Taṇhuppādasutta 9. The Arising of Craving
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, taṇhuppādā yattha bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. “monks, there are four things that give rise to craving in a monk.
Katame cattāro? Which four?
Cīvarahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; For the sake of robes,
piṇḍapātahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; alms-food,
senāsanahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; lodgings,
itibhavābhavahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. or rebirth in this or that state.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro taṇhuppādā yattha bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjatīti. These are the four things that give rise to craving in a monk.

(verse)
Taṇhā dutiyo puriso, Craving is a person’s partner
dīghamaddhāna saṃsaraṃ; as they transmigrate on this long journey.
Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, They go from this state to another,
saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. but don’t get past transmigration.


Evamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, Knowing this drawback—
Taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; that craving is the cause of suffering—
Vītataṇho anādāno, rid of craving, by not grasping,
Sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. a monk would go forth rememberfully.”


+

AN 4.10 Yoga: Attachments

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, yogā. “monks, there are these four attachments.
Katame cattāro? Which four?
Kāmayogo, bhavayogo, diṭṭhiyogo, avijjāyogo. The attachment to sensual pleasures, future lives, views, and ignorance.

§10.1 – (attachment to sensual pleasures? )

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kāmayogo? And what is the attachment to sensual pleasures?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kāmānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. It’s when you don’t truly understand sensual pleasures’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape.
Tassa kāmānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ appajānato yo kāmesu kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmataṇhā sānuseti. So greed, relishing, affection, stupefaction, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for sensual pleasures linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāmayogo. This is called the attachment to sensual pleasures.
Iti kāmayogo. Such is the attachment to sensual pleasures.

§10.2 – (attachment to future lives? )

Bhavayogo ca kathaṃ hoti? And what is the attachment to future lives?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhavānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. It’s when you don’t truly understand future lives’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape.
Tassa bhavānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ appajānato yo bhavesu bhavarāgo bhavanandī bhavasneho bhavamucchā bhavapipāsā bhavapariḷāho bhavajjhosānaṃ bhavataṇhā sānuseti. So lust, delight, affection, stupefaction, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for continued existence linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhavayogo. This is called the attachment to future lives.
Iti kāmayogo bhavayogo. Such are the attachments to sensual pleasures and future lives.

§10.3 – (attachment to views?)

Diṭṭhiyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? And what is the attachment to views?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco diṭṭhīnaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. It’s when you don’t truly understand views’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape.
Tassa diṭṭhīnaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ appajānato yo diṭṭhīsu diṭṭhirāgo diṭṭhinandī diṭṭhisneho diṭṭhimucchā diṭṭhipipāsā diṭṭhipariḷāho diṭṭhijjhosānaṃ diṭṭhitaṇhā sānuseti. So lust, delight, affection, stupefaction, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for views linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyogo. This is called the attachment to views.
Iti kāmayogo bhavayogo diṭṭhiyogo. Such are the attachments to sensual pleasures, future lives, and views.

§10.4 – (attachment to ignorance?)

Avijjāyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? And what is the attachment to ignorance?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. It’s when you don’t truly understand the six fields of contacts’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape,
Tassa channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ appajānato yā chasu phassāyatanesu avijjā aññāṇaṃ sānuseti. so ignorance and unknowing of the six fields of contact linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjāyogo. This is called the attachment to ignorance.
Iti kāmayogo bhavayogo diṭṭhiyogo avijjāyogo, Such are the attachments to sensual pleasures, future lives, views, and ignorance.
saṃyutto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi saṃkilesikehi ponobhavikehi sadarehi dukkhavipākehi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇikehi. Tasmā ayogakkhemīti vuccati. Someone attached to bad, unskillful dharma-[qualities]—corruptions that lead to future lives and are hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death—is called: ‘one who has not found sanctuary from attachments’.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro yogā. These are the four attachments.

§10.5 – (four opposites)

Cattārome, bhikkhave, visaṃyogā. There are these four kinds of detachment.
Katame cattāro? Which four?
Kāmayogavisaṃyogo, bhavayogavisaṃyogo, diṭṭhiyogavisaṃyogo, avijjāyogavisaṃyogo. Detachment from sensual pleasures, future lives, views, and ignorance.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kāmayogavisaṃyogo? And what is detachment from sensual pleasures?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kāmānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when you truly understand sensual pleasures’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape.
Tassa kāmānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānato yo kāmesu kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmataṇhā sā nānuseti. So greed, relishing, affection, stupefaction, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for sensual pleasures don’t linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāmayogavisaṃyogo. This is called detachment from sensual pleasures.
Iti kāmayogavisaṃyogo. Such is detachment from sensual pleasures.


Bhavayogavisaṃyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? And what is detachment from future lives?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhavānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when you truly understand future lives’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape.
Tassa bhavānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānato yo bhavesu bhavarāgo bhavanandī bhavasneho bhavamucchā bhavapipāsā bhavapariḷāho bhavajjhosānaṃ bhavataṇhā sā nānuseti. So lust, delight, affection, stupefaction, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for continued existence don’t linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhavayogavisaṃyogo. This is called detachment from future lives.
Iti kāmayogavisaṃyogo bhavayogavisaṃyogo. Such is detachment from sensual pleasures and future lives.


Diṭṭhiyogavisaṃyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? And what is detachment from views?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco diṭṭhīnaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when you don’t truly understand views’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape.
Tassa diṭṭhīnaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānato yo diṭṭhīsu diṭṭhirāgo diṭṭhinandī diṭṭhisneho diṭṭhimucchā diṭṭhipipāsā diṭṭhipariḷāho diṭṭhijjhosānaṃ diṭṭhitaṇhā sā nānuseti. So lust, delight, affection, stupefaction, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for views linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyogavisaṃyogo. This is called detachment from views.
Iti kāmayogavisaṃyogo bhavayogavisaṃyogo diṭṭhiyogavisaṃyogo. Such is detachment from sensual pleasures, future lives, and views.


Avijjāyogavisaṃyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? And what is detachment from ignorance?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when you truly understand the six fields of contacts’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape,
Tassa channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānato yā chasu phassāyatanesu avijjā aññāṇaṃ sā nānuseti. so ignorance and unknowing of the six fields of contact don’t linger on inside.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjāyogavisaṃyogo. This is called detachment from ignorance.
Iti kāmayogavisaṃyogo bhavayogavisaṃyogo diṭṭhiyogavisaṃyogo avijjāyogavisaṃyogo, Such is detachment from sensual pleasures, future lives, views, and ignorance.
visaṃyutto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi saṅkilesikehi ponobhavikehi sadarehi dukkhavipākehi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇikehi. Tasmā yogakkhemīti vuccati. Someone detached from bad, unskillful Dharma —defilements that lead to future lives and are hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death—is called: ‘one who has found sanctuary from attachments’.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro visaṃyogāti. These are the four kinds of detachment.

(verse)
Kāmayogena saṃyuttā, Attached to both sensual pleasures
bhavayogena cūbhayaṃ; and the desire to be reborn in a future life;
Diṭṭhiyogena saṃyuttā, attached also to views,
avijjāya purakkhatā. with ignorance in the forefront,


Sattā gacchanti saṃsāraṃ, sentient beings continue to transmigrate,
jātimaraṇagāmino; with ongoing birth and death.
Ye ca kāme pariññāya, But those who completely understand sensual pleasures,
bhavayogañca sabbaso. and the attachment to all future lives;


Diṭṭhiyogaṃ samūhacca, with the attachment to views eradicated,
avijjañca virājayaṃ; and ignorance faded away,
Sabbayogavisaṃyuttā, detached from all attachments,
te ve yogātigā munī”ti. those sages have gone beyond all attachments.”


end of section [4..1.. - AN 4 vagga 1 Bhaṇḍagāma: At Bhaṇḍa Village]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 2 Cara: Walking

+

AN 4.11 Cara: Walking

(2025 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍)

§11.1 – (walking with three wrong thoughts)

pic for POJ
“Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṃsāvitakko vā. “monks, suppose a monk has a thought of sensuality, ill will, or harm while walking.
Tañce bhikkhu adhivāseti, nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṃ gameti, carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto ‘anātāpī anottāpī satataṃ samitaṃ kusīto hīnavīriyo’ti vuccati. They tolerate it and don’t give it up, get rid of it, eliminate it, and obliterate it. Such a monk is said to be ‘not ardent, no fear of wrongdoing, always lazy, and lacking vigor’ when walking.

§11.2 – (standing with three wrong thoughts)

pic for POJ
Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṃsāvitakko vā. Suppose a monk has a thought of sensuality, ill will, or harm while standing…
Tañce bhikkhu adhivāseti, nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṃ gameti, ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto ‘anātāpī anottāpī satataṃ samitaṃ kusīto hīnavīriyo’ti vuccati.

§11.3 – (sitting with three wrong thoughts)

pic for POJ
Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṃsāvitakko vā. sitting …
Tañce bhikkhu adhivāseti, nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṃ gameti, nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto ‘anātāpī anottāpī satataṃ samitaṃ kusīto hīnavīriyo’ti vuccati.

§11.4 – (lying down with three wrong thoughts)

pic for POJ
Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā vihiṃsāvitakko vā. or lying down wakefully…
Tañce bhikkhu adhivāseti, nappajahati na vinodeti na byantīkaroti na anabhāvaṃ gameti, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṃbhūto ‘anātāpī anottāpī satataṃ samitaṃ kusīto hīnavīriyo’ti vuccati. They tolerate it and don’t give it up, get rid of it, eliminate it, and obliterate it. Such a monk is said to be ‘not ardent, no fear of wrongdoing, always lazy, and lacking vigor’ when walking.


§11.5 – (1. walk with right effort)

pic for POJ
Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno Suppose a monk, while walking,
uppajjati kāma-vitakko vā byāpāda-vitakko vā vihiṃsā-vitakko vā. has a thought of sensuality, ill will, or harming.
Tañce bhikkhu nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti; They don’t tolerate it, but give it up, get rid of it, eliminate it, and obliterate it.
carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto walking in such a way, a monk is said to be
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”
0 0


§11.6 – (2. stand with right effort)

pic for POJ
Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno Suppose a monk, while standing,
Anuyogā, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you pursue good habits and not bad habits, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”
0 0
ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto standing in such a way, a monk is said to be
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”
0 0


§11.7 – (3. sit with right effort)

pic for POJ
Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno Suppose a monk, while sitting,
Anuyogā, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you pursue good habits and not bad habits, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”
0 0
nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto Sitting in such a way, a monk is said to be
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”
0 0


§11.8 – (4. lie down with right effort)

pic for POJ
Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa Suppose a monk, while lying down wakefully,
Anuyogā, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ananuyogā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā parihāyantī”ti. When you pursue good habits and not bad habits, skillful Dharmas arise and unskillful Dharmas decline.”
0 0
sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṃbhūto Lying down wakefully in such a way, a monk is said to be
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”
0 0
ti.


(verse)
Caraṃ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṃ, Whether walking or standing,
nisinno uda vā sayaṃ; sitting or lying down,
Yo vitakkaṃ vitakketi, if you think a bad thought
pāpakaṃ gehanissitaṃ. to do with the lay life,


Kummaggappaṭipanno so, you’re on the wrong path,
Mohaneyyesu mucchito; lost among things that delude.
Abhabbo tādiso bhikkhu, Such a monk is incapable
Phuṭṭhuṃ sambodhimuttamaṃ. of touching the highest awakening.


Yo ca caraṃ vā tiṭṭhaṃ vā, But one who, whether standing or walking,
Nisinno uda vā sayaṃ; sitting or lying down,
Vitakkaṃ samayitvāna, has calmed their [verbal] thoughts,
Vitakkūpasame rato; enjoying [rapture and pleasure from] the subsiding of thoughts [from first jhāna];
Bhabbo so tādiso bhikkhu, such a monk is capable
Phuṭṭhuṃ sambodhimuttaman”ti. of touching the highest awakening.”


end of section [4.11 - AN 4.11 Cara: Walking]
+

AN 4.12 Sīla: Ethics

(2025 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍)
pic for POJ


“Sampannasīlā, bhikkhave, viharatha sampannapātimokkhā, “monks, live by the ethical precepts and the monastic code.
pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutā viharatha Live restrained in the code of conduct,
ācāragocarasampannā, accomplished in appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms.
aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvino Seeing danger in the slightest flaw,
samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesu. keep the rules you’ve undertaken.

Sampannasīlānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, viharataṃ sampannapātimokkhānaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutānaṃ viharataṃ ācāragocarasampannānaṃ aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvīnaṃ samādāya sikkhataṃ sikkhāpadesu, When you’ve done this,
kimassa uttari karaṇīyaṃ? what more is there to do?


§12.1 – (walking with4j🌕jhānas quality of samādhi)

pic for POJ
Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno Suppose that while walking, a monk
abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, got rid of desire and ill will,
thinamiddhaṃ … god rid of dullness and drowsiness,
uddhaccakukkuccaṃ … god rid of restlessness and remorse,
vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, and abandoned doubt.
[Having abandoned the five hindrances (5niv⛅)]

āraddhaṃ hoti their aroused
(7sb☀️3🏹) vīriyaṃ a-sallīnaṃ, 🏹 vigor is un-flagging,
(7sb☀️1🐘) upaṭṭhitā sati a-sam-muṭṭhā, 🐘 their remembrance [and application of Dharma] is established and un-muddled,
(7sb☀️5🌊) passaddho kāyo a-sāraddho, 🌊 their [physical] body is pacified and un-agitated,
(7sb☀️6🌄) samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ek’aggaṃ. 🌄 their mind is undistractible-&-lucid, with singular focus.

carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto walking in such a way, a monk is said to be
‘ātāpī ottāpī ‘ardent with a proper fear of wrongdoing,
satataṃ samitaṃ āraddha-vīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. always determined with vigor aroused.


§12.2 – (standing with4j🌕jhānas quality of samādhi)

pic for POJ
Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno Suppose that while standing, a monk
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mahicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as having many wishes.
Mahicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having many wishes is very harmful.”
0 0
0 0
0 0
87 87
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as having few wishes.
Appicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having few wishes is very beneficial.”
0 0
0 0
0 0

ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto standing in such a way, a monk is said to be
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”
0 0


§12.3 – (sitting with4j🌕jhānas quality of samādhi)

pic for POJ
Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno Suppose that while sitting, a monk
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mahicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as having many wishes.
Mahicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having many wishes is very harmful.”
0 0
0 0
0 0
87 87
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as having few wishes.
Appicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having few wishes is very beneficial.”
0 0
0 0
0 0

nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃbhūto Sitting in such a way, a monk is said to be
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”
0 0


§12.4 – (lying down with4j🌕jhānas quality of samādhi)

pic for POJ
Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa Suppose that while lying down wakefully, a monk
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mahicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very harmful as having many wishes.
Mahicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having many wishes is very harmful.”
0 0
0 0
0 0
87 87
“Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ Eka-dhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato atthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appicchatā. “monks, I do not see a single Dharma that is so very beneficial as having few wishes.
Appicchatā, bhikkhave, mahato atthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Having few wishes is very beneficial.”
0 0
0 0
0 0

sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṃbhūto Lying down wakefully in such a way, a monk is said to be
Asantuṭṭhitā, bhikkhave, mahato anatthāya saṃvattatī”ti. Discontent is very harmful.”
0 0
ti.


(verse)
Yataṃ care yataṃ tiṭṭhe, Carefully walking, carefully standing,
Yataṃ acche yataṃ saye; carefully sitting, carefully lying down;
Yataṃ samiñjaye bhikkhu, a monk carefully bends their limbs,
Yatamenaṃ pasāraye. and carefully extends them.


Uddhaṃ tiriyaṃ apācīnaṃ, Above, below, and all around,
yāvatājagatogati; as far as the earth extends;
(7sb☀️7🛆👁) Samavekkhitā ca dhammānaṃ, they equanimously-observe the Dharmas such as
khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ. the rise and fall of aggregates.


Ceto-samatha-sāmīciṃ, Training in what leads to serenity of heart,
sikkhamānaṃ sadā sataṃ; always remembering [and applying Dharma];
Satataṃ pahitattoti, they call such a monk
āhu bhikkhuṃ tathāvidhan”ti. ‘always determined’.”


end of section [4.12 - AN 4.12 Sīla: Ethics]

AN 4.13 Padhāna: Effort

pic for POJ
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, sammappadhānāni. “monks, there are these four right efforts.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; A monk generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful Dharmas don’t arise.
uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful Dharmas that have arisen are given up.
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas arise.
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are fulfilled by development.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri sammappadhānānīti. These are the four right efforts.

(verse)
Sammappadhānā māradheyyābhibhūtā, By rightly striving, they’ve crushed Māra’s dominion;
Te asitā jātimaraṇabhayassa pāragū; unattached, they’ve transcended the danger of birth and death.
Te tusitā jetvā māraṃ savāhiniṃ te anejā, Contented and still, they’ve defeated Māra and his mount;
Sabbaṃ namucibalaṃ upātivattā te sukhitā”ti. now they’ve gone beyond all Namuci’s forces, they’re happy.”


+

AN 4.14 Saṃvara: Restraint

(2025 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍)

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, padhānāni. There are four types of exertion.
[They are the same as the four aspects of right effort in the noble eightfold path.]
Katamāni cattāri? What are the four exertions?
Saṃvarappadhānaṃ, [1] The exertion of restraint.
pahānappadhānaṃ, [2] The exertion of abandoning.
bhāvanāppadhānaṃ, [3] The exertion of development.
anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ. [4] The exertion of protection.


pic for POJ

§14.1 – (saṃvara: restraint of6ayasenses)

Katamañca, bhikkhave, saṃvarappadhānaṃ? And what, monks, is the exertion to restrain?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu when

cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā the eye sees form,
na nimittaggāhī hoti he does not grab on to its (nimitta) sign,
nānubyañjanaggāhī. he does not grab on to its features.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ Because if he did not restrain the eye-faculty,
abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, avarice, distress, and evil unskillful Dharmas would invade his mind.
[Avarice and distress is a reference to the five hindrances 5niv⛅.]
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, Therefore the monk practices restraint.
rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, He protects the eye-faculty.
cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. He undertakes the restraint of the eye-faculty.


Sotena saddaṃ sutvā … When they hear a sound with their ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … When they smell an odor with their nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … When they taste a flavor with their tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … When they feel a touch with their body …


manasā dhammaṃ viññāya When the mind cognizes dharma [mind-objects],
na nimittaggāhī hoti he does not grab on to its (nimitta) sign,
nānubyañjanaggāhī, he does not grab on to its features.
yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ Because if he did not restrain the mind-faculty,
abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, avarice, distress, and evil unskillful Dharmas would invade his mind.
[Avarice and distress is a reference to the five hindrances 5niv⛅.]
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, Therefore the monk practices restraint.
rakkhati manindriyaṃ, He protects the mind-faculty.
manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. He undertakes the restraint of the mind-faculty.

[The restraint of the six sense faculties]
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saṃvarappadhānaṃ. is called the exertion of restraint.


+

§14.2 – (pahāna: abandon 3 wrong thoughts ☍2💭)

Katamañca, bhikkhave, pahānappadhānaṃ? And what is the exertion of abandoning?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu [It is the abandoning of four types of wrong thought:
three types of wrong thought that are opposite of the three right resolves 2💭,
and a fourth category to cover any other types of wrong thought.]

pic for POJ

§2.1 – (2.1 thoughts of sensuality kāma‍)

uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ [At the very moment a monk notices] a thought of sensuality arising,
nādhivāseti he does not tolerate it.
pajahati He abandons it.
vinodeti He removes it.
byantīkaroti He destroys it.
anabhāvaṃ gameti; He annihilates [that thought of sensuality].

pic for POJ

§2.2 – (2.2 thoughts of ill-will)

uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ At the very moment a monk notices a thought of ill-will arising,
… pe … he does not tolerate it.
He abandons it.
He removes it.
He destroys it.
He annihilates [that thought of ill-will].

pic for POJ

§2.3 – (2.3 thoughts of harming)

uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ At the very moment a monk notices a thought of harming arising,
… pe … he does not tolerate it.
He abandons it.
He removes it.
He destroys it.
He annihilates [that thought of harming].


pic for POJ

§2.4 – (2.4 thoughts of evil un-skillful Dharmas)

uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme At the very moment a monk notices a thought of evil un-skillful Dharmas arising,
nādhivāseti he does not tolerate it.
pajahati He abandons it.
vinodeti He removes it.
byantīkaroti He destroys it.
anabhāvaṃ gameti; He annihilates [that thought of evil unskillful Dharma].


[The abandoning of the 4 categories of wrong thought]
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pahānappadhānaṃ. is called the exertion of abandoning.


pic for POJ

§14.3 – (bhāvanā: develop7sb☀️)

Katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanāppadhānaṃ? And what, monks, is the exertion to develop?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu It’s when a monk
satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ, … develops the awakening factors of remembering [and applying the Dharma]...,
dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti… ...investigation of Dharmas...,
vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … ...vigor...,
pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … ...rapture...,
passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … ...pacification...,
samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti … ...undistractible-lucidity...,
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti and he develops the awakening factor of equanimous-observation,
viveka-nissitaṃ which relies on judicious-seclusion,
virāga-nissitaṃ relies on fading away,
nirodha-nissitaṃ relies on cessation,
vossagga-pariṇāmiṃ. and culminates in complete relinquishment.

Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhāvanāppadhānaṃ. This is called the exertion to develop.
(see illustrated primer 🔗📝 )


pic for POJ

§14.4 – (anu-rakkhaṇā: protect with5siv⚰️nimittas)

Katamañca, bhikkhave, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ? And what, monks, is the effort to preserve?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu It’s when a monk
uppannaṃ bhaddakaṃ samādhi-nimittaṃ anurakkhati protects a sign of undistractible-lucidity:
aṭṭhika-saññaṃ the perception of a skeleton,
puḷavaka-saññaṃ ….a worm-infested corpse,
vinīlaka-saññaṃ ...a livid corpse,
vicchiddaka-saññaṃ ...a split open corpse,
uddhumātaka-saññaṃ. or the perception of a bloated corpse.


Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ. This is called the exertion to protect.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri padhānānīti. These are the four exertions.

(verse)
Saṃvaro ca pahānañca, Restraint and abandoning,
bhāvanā anurakkhaṇā; development and protection:
Ete padhānā cattāro, These are the four exertions.
desitādiccabandhunā; taught by the Kinsman of the Sun.
Yehi bhikkhu idhātāpī, Any monk who ardently applies these
khayaṃ dukkhassa pāpuṇe”ti. may attain the ending of suffering.”


end of section [4.14 - AN 4.14 Saṃvara: Restraint]

AN 4.15 Paññatti: Regarded as Foremost

15. Paññattisutta 15. Regarded as Foremost
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, aggapaññattiyo. “monks, these four are regarded as foremost.
Katamā catasso? Which four?
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, attabhāvīnaṃ yadidaṃ— The foremost in size of life-form is
rāhu asurindo. Rāhu, lord of demons.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmabhogīnaṃ yadidaṃ— The foremost sensualist is
rājā mandhātā. King Mandhātā.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, ādhipateyyānaṃ yadidaṃ— The foremost in dominion is
māro pāpimā. Māra the Wicked.
Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato aggamakkhāyati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. In this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this generation with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—a Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is said to be the best.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso aggapaññattiyoti. These are the four regarded as foremost.

(verse)
Rāhuggaṃ attabhāvīnaṃ, Rāhu is foremost in size of life-form,
mandhātā kāmabhoginaṃ; Mandhātā in enjoying sensual pleasures,
Māro ādhipateyyānaṃ, Māra in dominion,
iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ. shining with power and glory.


Uddhaṃ tiriyaṃ apācīnaṃ, Above, below, and all around,
yāvatājagatogati; as far as the earth extends;
Sadevakassa lokassa, in all the world with its gods,
buddho aggo pavuccatī”ti. the Buddha is declared foremost.”


AN 4.16 Sokhumma: Subtlety

16. Sokhummasutta 16. Subtlety
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, sokhummāni. “monks, there are these four kinds of subtlety.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpasokhummena samannāgato hoti paramena; A monk has ultimate subtlety of form.
tena ca rūpasokhummena aññaṃ rūpasokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na samanupassati; They don’t see any other subtlety of form that’s better or finer than that,
tena ca rūpasokhummena aññaṃ rūpasokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na pattheti. nor do they aim for it.
Vedanāsokhummena samannāgato hoti paramena; A monk has ultimate subtlety of feeling.
tena ca vedanāsokhummena aññaṃ vedanāsokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na samanupassati; They don’t see any other subtlety of feeling that’s better or finer than that,
tena ca vedanāsokhummena aññaṃ vedanāsokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na pattheti. nor do they aim for it.
Saññāsokhummena samannāgato hoti paramena; A monk has ultimate subtlety of perception.
tena ca saññāsokhummena aññaṃ saññāsokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na samanupassati; They don’t see any other subtlety of perception that’s better or finer than that,
tena ca saññāsokhummena aññaṃ saññāsokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na pattheti. nor do they aim for it.
Saṅkhārasokhummena samannāgato hoti paramena; A monk has ultimate subtlety of co-doings.
tena ca saṅkhārasokhummena aññaṃ saṅkhārasokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na samanupassati; They don’t see any other subtlety of co-doings that’s better or finer than that,
tena ca saṅkhārasokhummena aññaṃ saṅkhārasokhummaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na pattheti. nor do they aim for it.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri sokhummānīti. These are the four kinds of subtlety.

(verse)
Rūpasokhummataṃ ñatvā, Knowing the subtlety of form,
vedanānañca sambhavaṃ; the cause of feelings,
Saññā yato samudeti, where perception comes from,
atthaṃ gacchati yattha ca; and where it ends;
Saṅkhāre parato ñatvā, and knowing co-doings as other,
dukkhato no ca attato. as suffering and not-self,


Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu, that monk sees rightly,
santo santipade rato; peaceful, relishing the state of peace.
Dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ, They bear their final body,
jetvā māraṃ savāhinin”ti. having defeated Māra and his mount.”


AN 4.17 Paṭhamaagati: Prejudice (1st)

17. Paṭhamaagatisutta 17. Prejudice (1st)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, agatigamanāni. “monks, there are these four ways of making prejudiced decisions.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati— Making decisions prejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri agatigamanānīti. These are the four ways of making prejudiced decisions.

(verse)
Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, If you act against the ☸Dharma
yo dhammaṃ ativattati; out of favoritism, hostility, cowardice, or stupidity,
Nihīyati tassa yaso, your fame fades away,
kāḷapakkheva candimā”ti. like the moon in the dark fortnight.”


AN 4.18 Dutiyaagati: Prejudice (2nd)

18. Dutiyaagatisutta 18. Prejudice (2nd)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, nāgatigamanāni. “monks, there are these four ways of making unprejudiced decisions.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati— Making decisions unprejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri nāgatigamanānīti. These are the four ways of making unprejudiced decisions.

(verse)
Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, If you don’t act against the ☸Dharma
yo dhammaṃ nātivattati; out of favoritism, hostility, cowardice, and stupidity,
Āpūrati tassa yaso, your fame swells,
sukkapakkheva candimā”ti. like the moon in the bright fortnight.”


AN 4.19 Tatiyaagati: Prejudice (3rd)

19. Tatiyaagatisutta 19. Prejudice (3rd)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, agatigamanāni. “monks, there are these four ways of making prejudiced decisions.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati— Making decisions prejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri agatigamanāni. These are the four ways of making prejudiced decisions.


Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, nāgatigamanāni. There are these four ways of making unprejudiced decisions.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati— Making decisions unprejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri nāgatigamanānīti. These are the four ways of making unprejudiced decisions.

(verse)
Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, If you act against the ☸Dharma
yo dhammaṃ ativattati; out of favoritism, hostility, cowardice, or stupidity,
Nihīyati tassa yaso, your fame fades away,
kāḷapakkheva candimā. like the moon in the dark fortnight.


Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, If you don’t act against the ☸Dharma
yo dhammaṃ nātivattati; out of favoritism, hostility, cowardice, and stupidity,
Āpūrati tassa yaso, your fame swells,
sukkapakkheva candimā”ti. like the moon in the bright fortnight.”


AN 4.20 Bhattuddesaka: A Meal-allocator

20. Bhattuddesakasutta 20. A Meal-allocator
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, a meal-allocator who has four dharma-[qualities] is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which four?
Chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati— They make decisions prejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. A meal-allocator who has these four dharma-[qualities] is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. A meal-allocator who has four dharma-[qualities] is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which four?
Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati— They make decisions unprejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, and cowardice.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ saggeti. A meal-allocator who has these four dharma-[qualities] is raised up to heaven.

(verse)
Ye keci kāmesu asaññatā janā, All those people with uncontrolled sensuality,
Adhammikā honti adhammagāravā; non-Dharmic, with no respect for Dharma,
Chandā dosā mohā ca bhayā gāmino, led astray by favoritism, hatred, stupidity, or cowardice,
Parisākasaṭo ca panesa vuccati. are called ‘an assembly of the dregs’:


Evañhi vuttaṃ samaṇena jānatā, that’s what was said by the ascetic who knows.
Tasmā hi te sappurisā pasaṃsiyā; And so those good, praiseworthy people,
Dhamme ṭhitā ye na karonti pāpakaṃ, standing on Dharma, doing nothing wrong,
Na chandā na dosā na mohā na bhayā ca gāmino; not led astray by favoritism, hatred, stupidity, or cowardice,
Parisāya maṇḍo ca panesa vuccati, are called ‘an assembly of the cream’:
Evañhi vuttaṃ samaṇena jānatā”ti. that’s what was said by the ascetic who knows.”


end of section [4..2.. - AN 4 vagga 2 Cara: Walking]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 3 Uruvela: At Uruvelā

+

AN 4.21 Paṭhamauruvela: At Uruvelā (1st)

21. Paṭhamauruvelasutta 21. At Uruvelā (1st)
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. “monks, this one time, when I was first awakened, I was staying near Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind:
‘dukkhaṃ kho agāravo viharati appatisso. ‘One without respect and reverence lives in suffering.
Kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti? What ascetic or brahmin should I honor and respect and rely on?’

§21.1 – 1. Who has better sīla than Buddha?

Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: Then it occurred to me:
‘aparipūrassa kho ahaṃ sīlakkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ. ‘I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the full spectrum of ethics, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṃ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā attanā sīlasampannataraṃ, yamahaṃ sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ. But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—who is more accomplished than myself in ethics, who I should honor and respect and rely on.

§21.2 – 2. Better Samādhi?

Aparipūrassa kho ahaṃ samādhikkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ. I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the full spectrum of undistractible-lucidity, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṃ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā attanā samādhisampannataraṃ, yamahaṃ sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ. But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin … who is more accomplished than myself in undistractible-lucidity …

§21.3 – 3. Better Pañña?

Aparipūrassa kho ahaṃ paññākkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ. I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the full spectrum of wisdom, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṃ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā attanā paññāsampannataraṃ, yamahaṃ sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ. But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world … who is more accomplished than myself in wisdom …

§21.4 – 4. Better Vimutti?

Aparipūrassa kho ahaṃ vimuttikkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṃ. I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the full spectrum of freedom, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṃ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā attanā vimuttisampannataraṃ, yamahaṃ sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti. But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world … who is more accomplished than myself in freedom …’

§21.5 – No one better, so respect and rely on Dharma

Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: Then it occurred to me:
‘yannūnāhaṃ yvāyaṃ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho tameva dhammaṃ sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti. ‘Why don’t I honor and respect and rely on the same ☸Dharma to which I was awakened?’

§21.6 – Brahma praises

Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evamevaṃ—brahmaloke antarahito mama purato pāturahosi. And then Brahmā Sahampati, knowing what I was thinking, vanished from the Brahmā realm and appeared in front of me, as easily as a strong man would extend or contract his arm.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yenāhaṃ tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā maṃ etadavoca: He arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms toward me, and said:
‘evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata. ‘That’s so true, Blessed One! That’s so true, Holy One!
Yepi te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto dhammaṃyeva sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihariṃsu; All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past honored and respected and relied on this same ☸Dharma.
yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto dhammaṃyeva sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya viharissanti; All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future will honor and respect and rely on this same ☸Dharma.
bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammaṃyeva sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya viharatū’ti. May the Blessed One, who is the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha at present, also honor and respect and rely on this same ☸Dharma.’
Idamavoca brahmā sahampati. That’s what Brahmā Sahampati said,
Idaṃ vatvā athāparaṃ etadavoca: Then he went on to say:

§21.7 – Verse

‘Ye ca atītā sambuddhā, ‘All Buddhas, whether in the past,
ye ca buddhā anāgatā; the Buddhas of the future,
Yo cetarahi sambuddho, and the Buddha at present—
bahūnaṃ sokanāsano. destroyer of the sorrows of many—
 
 
Sabbe saddhammagaruno, respecting the true ☸Dharma
vihaṃsu viharanti ca; they did live, they do live,
Athopi viharissanti, and they also will live.
esā buddhāna dhammatā. This is the nature of the Buddhas.
 
 
Tasmā hi attakāmena, Therefore someone who loves themselves,
mahattamabhikaṅkhatā; aspiring to transcendence,
Saddhammo garukātabbo, should respect the true ☸Dharma,
saraṃ buddhāna sāsanan’ti. remembering the instructions of the Buddhas.’


+

§21.8 – Conclusion

Idamavoca, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati. That’s what Brahmā Sahampati said.
Idaṃ vatvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi. Then he bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right side, before vanishing right there.
Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā attano ca patirūpaṃ yvāyaṃ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho tameva dhammaṃ sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya vihāsiṃ. Then, knowing the request of Brahmā and what was suitable for myself, I honored and respected and relied on the same ☸Dharma to which I was awakened.

§8.1 – Also respect Saṇgha since they are accomplished

Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, saṃghopi mahattena samannāgato, atha me saṃghepi gāravo”ti. And since the Saṅgha has also achieved greatness, I also respect the Saṅgha.”


end of section [4.21 - AN 4.21 Paṭhamauruvela: At Uruvelā (1st)]
+

AN 4.22 Dutiyauruvela: At Uruvelā (2nd)

22. Dutiyauruvelasutta 22. At Uruvelā (2nd)
“Ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. “monks, this one time, when I was first awakened, I was staying near Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, sambahulā brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mayā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu. Then several old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life—came up to me, and exchanged greetings with me.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho, bhikkhave, te brāhmaṇā maṃ etadavocuṃ: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side, and said to me:

§22.1 – Age is not what earns respect as “Senior”

‘sutaṃ netaṃ, bho gotama: ‘Master Gotama, we have heard this:
“na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī”ti. “The ascetic Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat.”
Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, tatheva. And this is indeed the case,
Na hi bhavaṃ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. for Master Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat.
Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, na sampannamevā’ti. This is not appropriate, Master Gotama.’


Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: Then it occurred to me:
‘nayime āyasmanto jānanti theraṃ vā therakaraṇe vā dhamme’ti. ‘These venerables don’t know what a senior is, or what dharma-[qualities] make you a senior.’
Vuddho cepi, bhikkhave, hoti āsītiko vā nāvutiko vā vassasatiko vā jātiyā. monks, suppose you’re eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old.
So ca hoti akālavādī abhūtavādī anatthavādī adhammavādī avinayavādī, anidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā akālena anapadesaṃ apariyantavatiṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ. But your speech is untimely, false, meaningless, and against the ☸Dharma or training. You say things at the wrong time which are worthless, unreasonable, rambling, and unbeneficial.
Atha kho so ‘bālo thero’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Then you’ll be considered a ‘childish senior’.


Daharo cepi, bhikkhave, hoti yuvā susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā. Now suppose you’re a youth, young, black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life.
So ca hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. But your speech is timely, true, meaningful, and in line with the ☸Dharma and training. You say things at the right time which are valuable, reasonable, succinct, and beneficial.
Atha kho so ‘paṇḍito thero’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Then you’ll be considered an ‘astute senior’.

+

§22.2 – 4 Dharmas of proper Senior

Cattārome, bhikkhave, therakaraṇā dhammā. There are these four dharma-[qualities] that make a senior.
Katame cattāro? Which four?

§2.1 – ethics

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu A monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.

§2.2 – memorizing Dharma, reciting, understanding it

Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These ☸Dharmas are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such ☸Dharmas, remembering them, reinforcing them by recitation, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically.

§2.3 – get 4 jhānas easily

Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. They get the four jhānas—pleasureful meditations in the present life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty.

§2.4 – realized nirvana

Āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro therakaraṇā dhammāti. These are the four dharma-[qualities] that make a senior.

§22.3 – verse

Yo uddhatena cittena, The creature with a restless mind
samphañca bahu bhāsati; speaks a lot of nonsense.
Asamāhitasaṅkappo, Their thoughts are unsettled,
asaddhammarato mago; and they don’t like the true ☸Dharma.
Ārā so thāvareyyamhā, They’re far from seniority, with their bad views
pāpadiṭṭhi anādaro. and their lack of regard for others.
 
 
Yo ca sīlena sampanno, But one accomplished in ethics,
sutavā paṭibhānavā; learned and eloquent, that wise one
Saññato dhīro dhammesu, is restrained when experiencing dharma,
paññāyatthaṃ vipassati. discerning the meaning with wisdom.
 
 
Pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ, Gone beyond all things,
akhilo paṭibhānavā; kind, eloquent,
Pahīnajātimaraṇo, they’ve given up birth and death,
brahmacariyassa kevalī. and have completed the spiritual journey.
 
 
Tamahaṃ vadāmi theroti, That’s who I call a senior,
yassa no santi āsavā; who has no defilements.
Āsavānaṃ khayā bhikkhu, With the ending of defilements, a monk
so theroti pavuccatī”ti. is declared a ‘senior’.”


+

AN 4.23 Loka: The World

23. Lokasutta 23. The World
“Loko, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho. “monks, the world has been understood by a Realized One;
Lokasmā tathāgato visaṃyutto. and he is detached from the world.
Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho. The origin of the world has been understood by a Realized One;
Lokasamudayo tathāgatassa pahīno. and he has given up the origin of the world.
Lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho. The cessation of the world has been understood by a Realized One;
Lokanirodho tathāgatassa sacchikato. and he has realized the cessation of the world.
Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddhā. The practice that leads to the cessation of the world has been understood by a Realized One;
Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā tathāgatassa bhāvitā. and he has developed the practice that leads to the cessation of the world.

§23.1 – 1. Is Tathāgata because 6 internal and external media understood

Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, sabbaṃ taṃ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṃ. In this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, cognized, searched, and explored by the mind, all that has been understood by a Realized One.
Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’.

§23.2 – 2. Is Tathāgata because he only speaks Truth

Yañca, bhikkhave, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā. From the night when a Realized One understands the supreme perfect awakening until the night he becomes fully nirvana'd—through the natural Dharma of nirvana, without anything left over—everything he speaks, says, and expresses is real, not otherwise.
Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’.

§23.3 – 3. Is Tathāgata because he does what he says, says what he does

Yathāvādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. The Realized One does as he says, and says as he does.
Iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Since this is so,
Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. that’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’.

§23.4 – 4. Is Tathāgata because he is the best among all humans, devas, etc.

Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthu daso vasavattī. In this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this generation with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—the Realized One is the undefeated, the champion, the universal seer, the wielder of power.
Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’.

§23.5 – Verse

Sabbaṃ lokaṃ abhiññāya, Directly knowing the whole world as it is,
sabbaṃ loke yathātathaṃ; and everything in it,
Sabbaṃ lokaṃ visaṃyutto, he is detached from the whole world,
sabbaloke anūpayo. disengaged from the whole world.
 
 
Sa ve sabbābhibhū dhīro, That wise one is the champion
sabbaganthappamocano; who has escaped all ties.
Phuṭṭha’ssa paramā santi, He has reached ultimate peace:
nibbānaṃ akutobhayaṃ. nirvana, fearing nothing from any quarter.
 
 
Esa khīṇāsavo buddho, He is the Buddha, with defilements ended,
anīgho chinnasaṃsayo; untroubled, with doubts cut off.
Sabbakammakkhayaṃ patto, He has attained the end of all karma,
vimutto upadhisaṅkhaye. freed with the end of attachments.
 
 
Esa so bhagavā buddho, That Blessed One is the Buddha,
esa sīho anuttaro; he is the supreme lion,
Sadevakassa lokassa, in all the world with its gods,
brahmacakkaṃ pavattayī. he turns the holy wheel.
 
 
Iti devā manussā ca, And so those gods and humans,
ye buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā; who have gone to the Buddha for refuge,
Saṅgamma taṃ namassanti, come together and revere him,
mahantaṃ vītasāradaṃ. the great one, rid of naivety:
 
 
Danto damayataṃ seṭṭho, ‘Tamed, he is the best of tamers,
santo samayataṃ isi; peaceful, he is the hermit among the peaceful,
Mutto mocayataṃ aggo, liberated, he is the foremost of liberators,
tiṇṇo tārayataṃ varo. crossed over, he is the most excellent of guides across.’
 
 
Iti hetaṃ namassanti, And so they revere him,
mahantaṃ vītasāradaṃ; the great one, rid of naivety.
Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, In the world with its gods,
natthi me paṭipuggalo”ti. he has no counterpart.”


end of section [4.23 - AN 4.23 Loka: The World]

AN 4.24 Kāḷakārāma: At Kāḷaka’s Monastery

24. Kāḷakārāmasutta 24. At Kāḷaka’s Monastery
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sākete viharati kāḷakārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāketa, in Kāḷaka’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca— The Buddha said this:


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tamahaṃ jānāmi. “In this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, cognized, searched, and explored by the mind: that I know.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tamahaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. In this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, cognized, searched, and explored by the mind: that I have insight into.
Taṃ tathāgatassa viditaṃ, taṃ tathāgato na upaṭṭhāsi. That has been known by a Realized One, but a Realized One is not subject to it.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tamahaṃ na jānāmīti vadeyyaṃ, taṃ mamassa musā. If I were to say that ‘I do not know … the world with its gods’, I would be lying.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave … pe … tamahaṃ jānāmi ca na ca jānāmīti vadeyyaṃ, tampassa tādisameva. If I were to say that ‘I both know and do not know … the world with its gods’, that would be just the same.


Yaṃ, bhikkhave … pe … tamahaṃ neva jānāmi na na jānāmīti vadeyyaṃ, taṃ mamassa kali. If I were to say that ‘I neither know nor do not know … the world with its gods’, that would be my fault.


Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato daṭṭhā daṭṭhabbaṃ, diṭṭhaṃ na maññati, adiṭṭhaṃ na maññati, daṭṭhabbaṃ na maññati, daṭṭhāraṃ na maññati; So a Realized One sees what’s to be seen, but does not conceive what’s seen, does not conceive what’s unseen, does not conceive what’s to be seen, and does not conceive a seer.
sutvā sotabbaṃ, sutaṃ na maññati, asutaṃ na maññati, sotabbaṃ na maññati, sotāraṃ na maññati; He hears what’s to be heard, but does not conceive what’s heard, does not conceive what’s unheard, does not conceive what’s to be heard, and does not conceive a hearer.
mutvā motabbaṃ, mutaṃ na maññati, amutaṃ na maññati, motabbaṃ na maññati, motāraṃ na maññati; He thinks what’s to be thought, but does not conceive what’s thought, does not conceive what’s not thought, does not conceive what’s to be thought, and does not conceive a thinker.
viññatvā viññātabbaṃ, viññātaṃ na maññati, aviññātaṃ na maññati, viññātabbaṃ na maññati, viññātāraṃ na maññati. He knows what’s to be known, but does not conceive what’s known, does not conceive what’s unknown, does not conceive what’s to be known, and does not conceive a knower.
Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu tādīyeva tādī. Since a Realized One is poised in the midst of things seen, heard, thought, and known, he is the poised one.
‘Tamhā ca pana tādimhā añño tādī uttaritaro vā paṇītataro vā natthī’ti vadāmīti. And I say that there is no-one who has better or finer poise than this.

(verse)
Yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃva sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, The poised one does not take anything
Ajjhositaṃ saccamutaṃ paresaṃ; seen, heard, or thought to be ultimately true or false.
Na tesu tādī sayasaṃvutesu, But others get attached, thinking it’s the truth,
Saccaṃ musā vāpi paraṃ daheyya. limited by their preconceptions.


Etañca sallaṃ paṭikacca disvā, Since they’ve already seen this dart,
Ajjhositā yattha pajā visattā; to which people are attached and cling,
Jānāmi passāmi tatheva etaṃ, they say, ‘I know, I see, that’s how it is’;
Ajjhositaṃ natthi tathāgatānan”ti. the Realized Ones have no attachments.”


AN 4.25 Brahmacariya: The Spiritual Life

25. Brahmacariyasutta 25. The Spiritual Life
“Nayidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ vussati janakuhanatthaṃ, na janalapanatthaṃ, na lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃsatthaṃ, na itivādappamokkhānisaṃsatthaṃ, na ‘iti maṃ jano jānātū’ti. “monks, this spiritual life is not lived for the sake of deceiving people or flattering them, nor for the benefit of possessions, honor, or popularity, nor for the benefit of winning debates, nor thinking, ‘So let people know about me!’
Atha kho idaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ vussati saṃvaratthaṃ pahānatthaṃ virāgatthaṃ nirodhatthanti. This spiritual life is lived for the sake of restraint, giving up, fading away, and cessation.

(verse)
Saṃvaratthaṃ pahānatthaṃ, The Buddha taught the spiritual life
brahmacariyaṃ anītihaṃ; not because of tradition,
Adesayi so bhagavā, but for the sake of restraint and giving up,
nibbānogadhagāminaṃ; and because it culminates in nirvana.
Esa maggo mahantehi, This is the path followed by the great souls,
anuyāto mahesibhi. the great hermits.


Ye ca taṃ paṭipajjanti, Those who practice it
yathā buddhena desitaṃ; as the Buddha taught,
Dukkhassantaṃ karissanti, following the teacher’s instructions,
satthusāsanakārino”ti. make an end of suffering.”


AN 4.26 Kuha: Deceivers

26. Kuhasutta 26. Deceivers
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī unnaḷā asamāhitā, na me te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā. “monks, those monks who are deceivers, stubborn, flatterers, frauds, insolent, and scattered: they are no monks of mine.
Apagatā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā, na ca te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti. They’ve left this ☸Dharma and training, and they don’t achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this ☸Dharma and training.
Ye ca kho te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā atthaddhā susamāhitā, te kho me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū māmakā. But those monks who are genuine, not flatterers, wise, amenable, and serene: they are monks of mine.
Anapagatā ca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmā dhammavinayā. They haven’t left this ☸Dharma and training,
Te ca imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjantīti. and they achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this ☸Dharma and training.

(verse)
Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, Those who are deceivers, stubborn, flatterers, and frauds,
unnaḷā asamāhitā; insolent and scattered:
Na te dhamme virūhanti, these don’t grow in the ☸Dharma
sammāsambuddhadesite. that was taught by the perfected Buddha.


Nikkuhā nillapā dhīrā, But those who are genuine, not flatterers, wise,
atthaddhā susamāhitā; amenable, and serene:
Te ve dhamme virūhanti, these do grow in the ☸Dharma
sammāsambuddhadesite”ti. that was taught by the perfected Buddha.”


AN 4.27 Santuṭṭhi: Contentment

27. Santuṭṭhisutta 27. Contentment
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, appāni ca sulabhāni ca, tāni ca anavajjāni. “monks, these four trifles are easy to get hold of and are blameless.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Paṃsukūlaṃ, bhikkhave, cīvarānaṃ appañca sulabhañca, tañca anavajjaṃ. Rag-robes …
Piṇḍiyālopo, bhikkhave, bhojanānaṃ appañca sulabhañca, tañca anavajjaṃ. A lump of alms-food …
Rukkhamūlaṃ, bhikkhave, senāsanānaṃ appañca sulabhañca, tañca anavajjaṃ. Lodgings at the root of a tree …
Pūtimuttaṃ, bhikkhave, bhesajjānaṃ appañca sulabhañca, tañca anavajjaṃ. Fermented urine as medicine …
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri appāni ca sulabhāni ca, tāni ca anavajjāni. These four trifles are easy to get hold of and are blameless.
Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appena ca tuṭṭho hoti sulabhena ca, idamassāhaṃ aññataraṃ sāmaññaṅganti vadāmīti. When a monk is content with trifles that are easy to get hold of, they have one of the factors of the ascetic life, I say.

(verse)
Anavajjena tuṭṭhassa, When you’re content with what’s blameless,
appena sulabhena ca; trifling, and easy to get hold of,
Na senāsanamārabbha, you don’t get upset
cīvaraṃ pānabhojanaṃ; about lodgings, robes,
Vighāto hoti cittassa, food, and drink,
disā nappaṭihaññati. and you’re not obstructed anywhere.


Ye cassa dhammā akkhātā, These dharma-[qualities] are said to be
sāmaññassānulomikā; integral to the ascetic life.
Adhiggahitā tuṭṭhassa, They’re acquired by one who trains,
appamattassa sikkhato”ti. content and diligent.”


AN 4.28 Ariyavaṃsa: The Noble Traditions

28. Ariyavaṃsasutta 28. The Noble Traditions
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, ariyavaṃsā aggaññā rattaññā vaṃsaññā porāṇā asaṃkiṇṇā asaṃkiṇṇapubbā, na saṅkīyanti na saṅkīyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhā samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. “monks, these four noble traditions are original, long-standing, traditional, and ancient. They are uncorrupted, as they have been since the beginning. They’re not being corrupted now, nor will they be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on them.
Katame cattāro? Which four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca cīvarahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati, aladdhā ca cīvaraṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca cīvaraṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; Firstly, a monk is content with any kind of robe, and praises such contentment. They don’t try to get hold of a robe in an improper way. They don’t get upset if they don’t get a robe. And if they do get a robe, they use it untied, unstupefied, unattached, seeing the drawback, and understanding the escape.
tāya ca pana itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, no paraṃ vambheti. But they don’t glorify themselves or put others down on account of their contentment.
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno patissato, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito. A monk who is expert, tireless, aware, and rememberful in this is said to stand in the ancient, original noble tradition.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca piṇḍapātahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati, aladdhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; Furthermore, a monk is content with any kind of alms-food …
tāya ca pana itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, no paraṃ vambheti.
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno patissato, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca senāsanahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati, aladdhā ca senāsanaṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca senāsanaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; Furthermore, a monk is content with any kind of lodgings …
tāya ca pana itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, no paraṃ vambheti.
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno patissato, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hoti bhāvanārato, pahānārāmo hoti pahānarato; Furthermore, a monk enjoys meditation and relishes meditation. They enjoy giving up and love to give up.
tāya ca pana bhāvanārāmatāya bhāvanāratiyā pahānārāmatāya pahānaratiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, no paraṃ vambheti. But they don’t glorify themselves or put down others on account of their love for meditation and giving up.
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno patissato, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito. A monk who is expert, tireless, aware, and rememberful in this is said to stand in the ancient, original noble tradition.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ariyavaṃsā aggaññā rattaññā vaṃsaññā porāṇā asaṅkiṇṇā asaṅkiṇṇapubbā, na saṅkīyanti na saṅkīyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhā samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. These four noble traditions are original, long-standing, traditional, and ancient. They are uncorrupted, as they have been since the beginning. They’re not being corrupted now nor will they be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on them.


Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, catūhi ariyavaṃsehi samannāgato bhikkhu puratthimāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṃ sahati, na taṃ arati sahati; When a monk has these four noble traditions, if they live in the east they prevail over discontent, and discontent doesn’t prevail over them.
pacchimāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṃ sahati, na taṃ arati sahati; If they live in the west …
uttarāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṃ sahati, na taṃ arati sahati; the north …
dakkhiṇāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṃ sahati, na taṃ arati sahati. the south, they prevail over discontent, and discontent doesn’t prevail over them.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Aratiratisaho hi, bhikkhave, dhīroti. Because a wise one prevails over desire and discontent.

(verse)
Nārati sahati dhīraṃ, Dissatisfaction doesn’t prevail over a wise one;
nārati dhīraṃ sahati; for the wise one is not beaten by discontent.
Dhīrova aratiṃ sahati, A wise one prevails over discontent,
dhīro hi aratissaho. for the wise one is a beater of discontent.


Sabbakammavihāyīnaṃ, Who can hold back the dispeller,
panuṇṇaṃ ko nivāraye; who’s thrown away all karma?
Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva, They’re like a coin of mountain gold:
ko taṃ ninditumarahati; who is worthy of criticizing them?
Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti, Even the gods praise them,
brahmunāpi pasaṃsito”ti. and by Brahmā, too, they’re praised.”


AN 4.29 Dhammapada: Basic Dharmas

29. Dhammapadasutta 29. Basic Dharmas
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, dhammapadāni aggaññāni rattaññāni vaṃsaññāni porāṇāni asaṅkiṇṇāni asaṅkiṇṇapubbāni, na saṅkīyanti na saṅkīyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhāni samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. “monks, these four basic Dharmas are original, long-standing, traditional, and ancient. They are uncorrupted, as they have been since the beginning. They’re not being corrupted now nor will they be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on them.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Anabhijjhā, bhikkhave, dhammapadaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṅkīyati na saṅkīyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Contentment, good will, right rememberfulness, and right undistractible-lucidity.


Sammāsamādhi, bhikkhave, dhammapadaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṅkīyati na saṅkīyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri dhammapadāni aggaññāni rattaññāni vaṃsaññāni porāṇāni asaṅkiṇṇāni asaṅkiṇṇapubbāni, na saṅkīyanti na saṅkīyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhāni samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti. These four basic Dharmas are original, long-standing, traditional, and ancient. They are uncorrupted, as they have been since the beginning. They’re not being corrupted now nor will they be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on them.

(verse)
Anabhijjhālu vihareyya, You should live with contentment,
abyāpannena cetasā; and a heart of good will,
Sato ekaggacittassa, rememberful, with unified mind,
ajjhattaṃ susamāhito”ti. serene within.”


AN 4.30 Paribbājaka: Wanderers

30. Paribbājakasutta 30. Wanderers
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā sippinikātīre paribbājakārāme paṭivasanti, seyyathidaṃ annabhāro varadharo sakuludāyī ca paribbājako aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā. Now at that time several very well-known wanderers were residing in the monastery of the wanderers on the bank of the Sappinī river. They included Annabhāra, Varadhara, Sakuludāyī, and other very well-known wanderers.
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṃ paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā te paribbājake etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river, He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderers:


“Cattārimāni, paribbājakā, dhammapadāni aggaññāni rattaññāni vaṃsaññāni porāṇāni asaṅkiṇṇāni asaṅkiṇṇapubbāni, na saṅkīyanti na saṅkīyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhāni samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. “Wanderers, these four basic Dharmas are original, long-standing, traditional, and ancient. They are uncorrupted, as they have been since the beginning. They’re not being corrupted now nor will they be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on them.
Katamāni cattāri? Which four?
Anabhijjhā, paribbājakā, dhammapadaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṅkīyati na saṅkīyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Contentment …
Abyāpādo, paribbājakā, dhammapadaṃ … pe … sammāsati, paribbājakā, dhammapadaṃ … pe … sammāsamādhi, paribbājakā, dhammapadaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇaṃ asaṅkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṅkīyati na saṅkīyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Good will … Right rememberfulness … Right undistractible-lucidity …
Imāni kho, paribbājakā, cattāri dhammapadāni aggaññāni rattaññāni vaṃsaññāni porāṇāni asaṅkiṇṇāni asaṅkiṇṇapubbāni, na saṅkīyanti na saṅkīyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhāni samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. These four basic Dharmas are original, long-standing, traditional, and ancient. They are uncorrupted, as they have been since the beginning. They’re not being corrupted now nor will they be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on them.


Yo kho, paribbājakā, evaṃ vadeyya: Wanderers, if someone should say:
‘ahametaṃ anabhijjhaṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya abhijjhāluṃ kāmesu tibbasārāgaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṃ tattha evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: ‘I’ll reject this basic Dharma of contentment, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who covets sensual pleasures with acute lust.’ Then I’d say to them:
‘etu vadatu byāharatu passāmissānubhāvan’ti. ‘Let them come, speak, and discuss. We’ll see how powerful they are.’
So vata, paribbājakā, anabhijjhaṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya abhijjhāluṃ kāmesu tibbasārāgaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. It’s simply impossible to reject this basic Dharma of contentment, and point out a true ascetic or brahmin who covets sensual pleasures with acute lust.


Yo kho, paribbājakā, evaṃ vadeyya: If someone should say:
‘ahametaṃ abyāpādaṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya byāpannacittaṃ paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṃ tattha evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: ‘I’ll reject this basic Dharma of good will, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who has ill will and hateful intent.’ Then I’d say to them:
‘etu vadatu byāharatu passāmissānubhāvan’ti. ‘Let them come, speak, and discuss. We’ll see how powerful they are.’
So vata, paribbājakā, abyāpādaṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya byāpannacittaṃ paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. It’s simply impossible to reject this basic Dharma of good will, and point out a true ascetic or brahmin who has ill will and hateful intent.


Yo kho, paribbājakā, evaṃ vadeyya: If someone should say:
‘ahametaṃ sammāsatiṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya muṭṭhassatiṃ asampajānaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṃ tattha evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: ‘I’ll reject this basic Dharma of right rememberfulness, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who is unrememberful, with no lucid-discerning.’ Then I’d say to them:
‘etu vadatu byāharatu passāmissānubhāvan’ti. ‘Let them come, speak, and discuss. We’ll see how powerful they are.’
So vata, paribbājakā, sammāsatiṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya muṭṭhassatiṃ asampajānaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. It’s simply impossible to reject this basic Dharma of right rememberfulness, and point out a true ascetic or brahmin who is unrememberful, with no lucid-discerning.


Yo kho, paribbājakā, evaṃ vadeyya: If someone should say:
‘ahametaṃ sammāsamādhiṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya asamāhitaṃ vibbhantacittaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṃ tattha evaṃ vadeyyaṃ: ‘I’ll reject this basic Dharma of right undistractible-lucidity, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who is scattered, with straying mind.’ Then I’d say to them:
‘etu vadatu byāharatu passāmissānubhāvan’ti. ‘Let them come, speak, and discuss. We’ll see how powerful they are.’
So vata, paribbājakā, sammāsamādhiṃ dhammapadaṃ paccakkhāya asamāhitaṃ vibbhantacittaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā paññāpessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. It’s simply impossible to reject this basic Dharma of right undistractible-lucidity, and point out a true ascetic or brahmin who is scattered, with straying mind.


Yo kho, paribbājakā, imāni cattāri dhammapadāni garahitabbaṃ paṭikkositabbaṃ maññeyya, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme cattāro sahadhammikā vādānupātā gārayhā ṭhānā āgacchanti. If anyone imagines they can criticize and reject these four basic Dharmas, they deserve rebuke and criticism on four legitimate grounds in the present life.
Katame cattāro? Which four?
Anabhijjhañce bhavaṃ dhammapadaṃ garahati paṭikkosati, ye ca hi abhijjhālū kāmesu tibbasārāgā samaṇabrāhmaṇā te bhoto pujjā te bhoto pāsaṃsā. If you reject the basic Dharma of contentment, then you must honor and praise those ascetics and brahmins who covet sensual pleasures with acute lust.
Abyāpādañce bhavaṃ dhammapadaṃ garahati paṭikkosati, ye ca hi byāpannacittā paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappā samaṇabrāhmaṇā te bhoto pujjā te bhoto pāsaṃsā. If you reject the basic Dharma of good will, you must honor and praise those ascetics and brahmins who have ill will and hateful intent.
Sammāsatiñce bhavaṃ dhammapadaṃ garahati paṭikkosati, ye ca hi muṭṭhassatī asampajānā samaṇabrāhmaṇā te bhoto pujjā te bhoto pāsaṃsā. If you reject the basic Dharma of right rememberfulness, then you must honor and praise those ascetics and brahmins who are unrememberful, with no lucid-discerning.
Sammāsamādhiñce bhavaṃ dhammapadaṃ garahati paṭikkosati, ye ca hi asamāhitā vibbhantacittā samaṇabrāhmaṇā te bhoto pujjā te bhoto pāsaṃsā. If you reject the basic Dharma of right undistractible-lucidity, you must honor and praise those ascetics and brahmins who are scattered, with straying minds.


Yo kho, paribbājakā, imāni cattāri dhammapadāni garahitabbaṃ paṭikkositabbaṃ maññeyya, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime cattāro sahadhammikā vādānupātā gārayhā ṭhānā āgacchanti. If anyone imagines they can criticize and reject these four basic Dharmas, they deserve rebuke and criticism on four legitimate grounds in the present life.
Yepi te paribbājakā ahesuṃ ukkalā vassabhaññā ahetukavādā akiriyavādā natthikavādā, tepi imāni cattāri dhammapadāni na garahitabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ amaññiṃsu. Even those wanderers of the past, Vassa and Bhañña of Ukkalā, who taught the doctrines of no-cause, inaction, and nihilism, didn’t imagine that these four basic Dharmas should be criticized or rejected.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Nindābyārosanaupārambhabhayāti. For fear of being blamed, criticized, and faulted.

(verse)
Abyāpanno sadā sato, One who has good will, always rememberful [of practicing ☸Dharma],
ajjhattaṃ su-samāhito; internally well established in undistractibility-&-lucidity
Abhijjhā-vinaye sikkhaṃ, training to remove avarice,
appamattoti vuccatī”ti. is called ‘one who is assiduous’.”


end of section [4..3.. - AN 4 vagga 3 Uruvela: At Uruvelā]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 4 Cakka: Situations

    AN 4.31 - AN 4.31 Cakka: Situations
    AN 4.32 - AN 4.32 Saṅgaha: Inclusion
    AN 4.33 - AN 4.33 Sīha: The Lion
    AN 4.34 - AN 4.34 Aggappasāda: The Best Kinds of Confidence
    AN 4.35 - AN 4.35 Vassakāra: With Vassakāra
    AN 4.36 - AN 4.36 Doṇa: Doṇa
    AN 4.37 - AN 4.37 Aparihāniya: Non-decline
    AN 4.38 - AN 4.38 Patilīna: Withdrawn
    AN 4.39 - AN 4.39 Ujjaya: With Ujjaya
    AN 4.40 - AN 4.40 Udāyī: With Udāyī

AN 4.31 Cakka: Situations

31. Cakkasutta 31. Situations
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattati, yehi samannāgatā devamanussā nacirasseva mahantattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇanti bhogesu. “monks, there are these four situations. When these situations come about, any god or human who takes advantage of them will soon acquire great and abundant wealth.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Patirūpadesavāso, sappurisāvassayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā— Living in a suitable region, relying on good people, right determination, and past merit.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattati, yehi samannāgatā devamanussā nacirasseva mahantattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇanti bhogesūti. These are the four situations. When these situations come about, any god or human who takes advantage of them will soon acquire great and abundant wealth.

(verse)
Patirūpe vase dese, When a person lives in a suitable region,
ariyamittakaro siyā; making friends with noble ones,
Sammāpaṇidhisampanno, possessing right determination,
pubbe puññakato naro; and having merit from the past,
Dhaññaṃ dhanaṃ yaso kitti, grain, riches, fame, reputation,
sukhañcetaṃdhivattatī”ti. and happiness come to them.”


AN 4.32 Saṅgaha: Inclusion

32. Saṅgahasutta 32. Inclusion
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, saṅgahavatthūni. “monks, there are these four ways of being inclusive.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Dānaṃ, peyyavajjaṃ, atthacariyā, samānattatā— Giving, kind speech, taking care, and equality.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri saṅgahavatthūnīti. These are the four ways of being inclusive.

(verse)
Dānañca peyyavajjañca, Giving, kind speech,
atthacariyā ca yā idha; taking care here,
Samānattatā ca dhammesu, and equality in worldly conditions,
tattha tattha yathārahaṃ; in each case as they deserve.
Ete kho saṅgahā loke, These ways of being inclusive in the world
rathassāṇīva yāyato. are like a moving chariot’s linchpin.


Ete ca saṅgahā nāssu, If there were no such ways of being inclusive,
na mātā puttakāraṇā; neither mother nor father
Labhetha mānaṃ pūjaṃ vā, would be respected and honored
pitā vā puttakāraṇā. for what they’ve done for their children.


Yasmā ca saṅgahā ete, But since these ways of being inclusive do exist,
samavekkhanti paṇḍitā; the astute do regard them well,
Tasmā mahattaṃ papponti, so they achieve greatness
pāsaṃsā ca bhavanti te”ti. and are praised.”


AN 4.33 Sīha: The Lion

33. Sīhasutta 33. The Lion
“Sīho, bhikkhave, migarājā sāyanhasamayaṃ āsayā nikkhamati. “monks, towards evening the lion, king of beasts, emerges from his den,
Āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhati. yawns,
Vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuviloketi. looks all around the four directions,
Samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati. and roars his lion’s roar three times.
Tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkamati. Then he sets out on the hunt.
Ye kho pana te, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā sīhassa migarañño nadato saddaṃ suṇanti, te yebhuyyena bhayaṃ saṃvegaṃ santāsaṃ āpajjanti. And the animals who hear the roar of the lion, king of beasts, are typically filled with fear, awe, and terror.
Bilaṃ bilāsayā pavisanti, dakaṃ dakāsayā pavisanti, vanaṃ vanāsayā pavisanti, ākāsaṃ pakkhino bhajanti. They return to their lairs, be they in a hole, the water, or a wood; and the birds take to the air.
Yepi te, bhikkhave, rañño nāgā gāmanigamarājadhānīsu daḷhehi varattehi bandhanehi baddhā, tepi tāni bandhanāni sañchinditvā sampadāletvā bhītā muttakarīsaṃ cajamānā yena vā tena vā palāyanti. Even the royal elephants, bound with strong harnesses in the villages, towns, and capital cities, break apart their bonds, and urinate and defecate in terror as they flee here and there.
Evaṃ mahiddhiko kho, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā tiracchānagatānaṃ pāṇānaṃ, evaṃ mahesakkho evaṃ mahānubhāvo. That’s how powerful is the lion, king of beasts, among animals, how illustrious and mighty.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yadā tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā, so dhammaṃ deseti: In the same way, when a Realized One arises in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed—he teaches the Dhamma:
‘iti sakkāyo, iti sakkāyasamudayo, iti sakkāyanirodho, iti sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti. ‘Such is identity, such is the origin of identity, such is the cessation of identity, such is the practice that leads to the cessation of identity.’
Yepi te, bhikkhave, devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā uccesu vimānesu ciraṭṭhitikā, tepi tathāgatassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yebhuyyena bhayaṃ saṃvegaṃ santāsaṃ āpajjanti: Now, there are gods who are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy, lasting long in their divine palaces. When they hear This Dharma by the Realized One, they’re typically filled with fear, awe, and terror.
‘aniccā vata kira, bho, mayaṃ samānā niccamhāti amaññimha; ‘Oh no! It turns out we’re impermanent, though we thought we were permanent!
addhuvā vata kira, bho, mayaṃ samānā dhuvamhāti amaññimha; It turns out we don’t last, though we thought we were everlasting!
asassatā vata kira, bho, mayaṃ samānā sassatamhāti amaññimha. It turns out we’re transient, though we thought we were eternal!
Mayaṃ kira, bho, aniccā addhuvā asassatā sakkāyapariyāpannā’ti. It turns out that we’re impermanent, not lasting, transient, and included within identity.’
Evaṃ mahiddhiko kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato sadevakassa lokassa, evaṃ mahesakkho evaṃ mahānubhāvoti. That’s how powerful is the Realized One in the world with its gods, how illustrious and mighty.

(verse)
Yadā buddho abhiññāya, The Buddha, the teacher without a peer
dhammacakkaṃ pavattayī; in all the world with its gods,
Sadevakassa lokassa, rolls forth the Wheel of Dhamma
satthā appaṭipuggalo. from his own insight:


Sakkāyañca nirodhañca, identity, its cessation,
sakkāyassa ca sambhavaṃ; the origin of identity,
Ariyañcaṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, and the noble eightfold path
dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ. that leads to the stilling of suffering.


Yepi dīghāyukā devā, And then the long-lived gods,
vaṇṇavanto yasassino; so beautiful and famous,
Bhītā santāsamāpāduṃ, are afraid and full of terror,
sīhassevitare migā. like the other beasts when they hear a lion.


Avītivattā sakkāyaṃ, ‘We haven’t transcended identity!
aniccā kira bho mayaṃ; It turns out we’re impermanent!’
Sutvā arahato vākyaṃ, So they say when they hear the word
vippamuttassa tādino”ti. of the perfected one, free and poised.”


AN 4.34 Aggappasāda: The Best Kinds of Confidence

34. Aggappasādasutta 34. The Best Kinds of Confidence
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, aggappasādā. “monks, these four kinds of confidence are the best.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññināsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception.
Ye, bhikkhave, buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Those who have confidence in the Buddha have confidence in the best.
Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.


Yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati. The noble eightfold path is said to be the best of all conditioned things.
Ye, bhikkhave, ariye aṭṭhaṅgike magge pasannā, agge te pasannā. Those who have confidence in the noble eightfold path have confidence in the best.
Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.


Yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭupacchedo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Fading away is said to be the best of all things whether conditioned or unconditioned. That is, the quelling of vanity, the removing of thirst, the abolishing of clinging, the breaking of the round, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvana.
Ye, bhikkhave, virāge dhamme pasannā, agge te pasannā. Those who have confidence in The Dharma of fading away have confidence in the best.
Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.


Yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, straightforward, methodical, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Ye, bhikkhave, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Those who have confidence in the Saṅgha have confidence in the best.
Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro aggappasādāti. These are the four best kinds of confidence.

(verse)
Aggato ve pasannānaṃ, For those who, knowing the best Dharma,
aggaṃ dhammaṃ vijānataṃ; base their confidence on the best—
Agge buddhe pasannānaṃ, confident in the best Awakened One,
dakkhiṇeyye anuttare. supremely worthy of a teacher’s offering;


Agge dhamme pasannānaṃ, confident in the best Dharma,
virāgūpasame sukhe; the pleasure of fading and stilling;
Agge saṅghe pasannānaṃ, confident in the best Saṅgha,
puññakkhette anuttare. the supreme field of merit—


Aggasmiṃ dānaṃ dadataṃ, giving gifts to the best,
aggaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati; the best of merit grows:
Aggaṃ āyu ca vaṇṇo ca, the best lifespan, beauty,
yaso kitti sukhaṃ balaṃ. fame, reputation, happiness, and strength.


Aggassa dātā medhāvī, An intelligent person gives to the best,
aggadhammasamāhito; settled on the best Dharma.
Devabhūto manusso vā, When they become a god or human,
aggappatto pamodatī”ti. they rejoice at reaching the best.”


AN 4.35 Vassakāra: With Vassakāra

35. Vassakārasutta 35. With Vassakāra
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Vassakāra the brahmin, a chief minister of Magadha, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:


“Catūhi kho mayaṃ, bho gotama, dhammehi samannāgataṃ mahāpaññaṃ mahāpurisaṃ paññāpema. “Master Gotama, when someone has four dharmas we describe him as a great man with great wisdom.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bho gotama, bahussuto hoti tassa tasseva sutajātassa They are very learned in diverse fields of learning.
tassa tasseva kho pana bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti: ‘ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti. They understand the meaning of diverse statements, saying: ‘This is what that statement means; that is what this statement means.’
Satimā kho pana hoti cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā They are rememberful, able to remember and recollect what was said and done long ago.
yāni kho pana tāni gahaṭṭhakāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. They are expert and tireless in household duties, understanding how to go about things in order to complete and organize the work.
Imehi kho mayaṃ, bho gotama, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ mahāpaññaṃ mahāpurisaṃ paññāpema. When someone has these four dharmas we describe him as a great man with great wisdom.
Sace me, bho gotama, anumoditabbaṃ anumodatu me bhavaṃ gotamo; If Master Gotama agrees with me, please say so.
sace pana me, bho gotama, paṭikkositabbaṃ paṭikkosatu me bhavaṃ gotamo”ti. If he disagrees, please say so.”


“Neva kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, anumodāmi na paṭikkosāmi. “Brahmin, I neither agree nor disagree with you,
Catūhi kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, dhammehi samannāgataṃ mahāpaññaṃ mahāpurisaṃ paññāpemi. but when someone has four dharmas I describe him as a great man with great wisdom.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, bahujanahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanasukhāya; It’s when someone practices for the welfare and happiness of the people.
bahu’ssa janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṃ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā. They’ve established many people in the noble procedure, that is, the Dharmas of goodness and skillfulness.
So yaṃ vitakkaṃ ākaṅkhati vitakketuṃ taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakketi, yaṃ vitakkaṃ nākaṅkhati vitakketuṃ na taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakketi; They think what they want to think, and don’t think what they don’t want to think.
yaṃ saṅkappaṃ ākaṅkhati saṅkappetuṃ taṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappeti, yaṃ saṅkappaṃ nākaṅkhati saṅkappetuṃ na taṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappeti. They consider what they want to consider, and don’t consider what they don’t want to consider.
Iti cetovasippatto hoti vitakkapathe. Thus they have achieved mental mastery of the paths of thought.
Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. They get the four jhānas—pleasureful meditations in the present life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty.
Āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Neva kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, anumodāmi na pana paṭikkosāmi. Brahmin, I neither agree nor disagree with you,
Imehi kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ mahāpaññaṃ mahāpurisaṃ paññāpemī”ti. but when someone has these four dharmas I describe him as a great man with great wisdom.”


“Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. “It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing!
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṃ bhotā gotamena. How well said this was by Master Gotama!
Imehi ca mayaṃ, bho gotama, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dhārema; And we will remember Master Gotama as someone who has these four dharmas.
bhavañhi gotamo bahujanahitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya; For Master Gotama practices for the welfare and happiness of the people …
bahu te janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṃ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā.
Bhavañhi gotamo yaṃ vitakkaṃ ākaṅkhati vitakketuṃ taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakketi, yaṃ vitakkaṃ nākaṅkhati vitakketuṃ na taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakketi, yaṃ saṅkappaṃ ākaṅkhati saṅkappetuṃ taṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappeti, yaṃ saṅkappaṃ nākaṅkhati saṅkappetuṃ na taṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappeti.
Bhavañhi gotamo cetovasippatto vitakkapathe. Master Gotama has achieved mental mastery of the paths of thought.
Bhavañhi gotamo catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Master Gotama gets the four jhānas … when he wants, without trouble or difficulty.
Bhavañhi gotamo āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. Master Gotama has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. He lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements.”


“Addhā kho tyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āsajja upanīya vācā bhāsitā. “Your words are clearly invasive and intrusive, brahmin.
Api ca tyāhaṃ byākarissāmi: Nevertheless, I will answer you.
‘ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, bahujanahitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya; For I do practice for the welfare and happiness of the people …
bahu me janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṃ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā.
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, yaṃ vitakkaṃ ākaṅkhāmi vitakketuṃ taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkemi, yaṃ vitakkaṃ nākaṅkhāmi vitakketuṃ na taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkemi, yaṃ saṅkappaṃ ākaṅkhāmi saṅkappetuṃ taṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappemi, yaṃ saṅkappaṃ nākaṅkhāmi saṅkappetuṃ na taṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappemi.
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, cetovasippatto vitakkapathe. I have achieved mental mastery of the paths of thought.
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. I do get the four jhānas … when I want, without trouble or difficulty.
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti. I have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. I live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.

(verse)
Yo vedi sabbasattānaṃ, He discovered release from the snare of death
maccupāsappamocanaṃ; for all beings,
Hitaṃ devamanussānaṃ, and explained the procedure of The Dharma
ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ pakāsayi; for the welfare of gods and humans.
Yaṃ ve disvā ca sutvā ca, When they see him or hear him,
pasīdanti bahū janā. many people become confident.


Maggāmaggassa kusalo, He is skilled in the variety of paths,
Katakicco anāsavo; he has completed the task and is free of defilements.
Buddho antimasārīro, The Buddha, bearing his final body,
Mahāpañño mahāpurisoti vuccatī”ti. is called ‘a great man, of great wisdom’.”


end of section [4.35 - AN 4.35 Vassakāra: With Vassakāra]

AN 4.36 Doṇa: Doṇa

36. Doṇasutta 36. Doṇa
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā antarā ca ukkaṭṭhaṃ antarā ca setabyaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. At one time the Buddha was traveling along the road between Ukkaṭṭhā and Setabya,
Doṇopi sudaṃ brāhmaṇo antarā ca ukkaṭṭhaṃ antarā ca setabyaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. as was the brahmin Doṇa.
Addasā kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato pādesu cakkāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni; Doṇa saw that the Buddha’s footprints had thousand-spoked wheels, with rims and hubs, complete in every detail.
disvānassa etadahosi: It occurred to him:
“acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho. “It’s incredible, it’s amazing!
Na vatimāni manussabhūtassa padāni bhavissantī”ti. Surely these couldn’t be the footprints of a human being?”
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. The Buddha had left the road and sat at the root of a tree cross-legged, with his body straight and his rememberfulness established right there.
Atha kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato padāni anugacchanto addasa bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ uttamadamathasamathamanuppattaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ saṃyatindriyaṃ nāgaṃ. Then Doṇa, following the Buddha’s footprints, saw him sitting at the tree root—impressive and inspiring, with peaceful faculties and mind, attained to the highest taming and serenity, like an elephant with tamed, guarded, and controlled faculties.
Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: He went up to the Buddha, and said to him:


“Devo no bhavaṃ bhavissatī”ti? “Sir, might you be a god?”
“Na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, devo bhavissāmī”ti. “I will not be a god, brahmin.”
“Gandhabbo no bhavaṃ bhavissatī”ti? “Might you be a fairy?”
“Na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, gandhabbo bhavissāmī”ti. “I will not be a fairy.”
“Yakkho no bhavaṃ bhavissatī”ti? “Might you be a native spirit?”
“Na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yakkho bhavissāmī”ti. “I will not be a native spirit.”
“Manusso no bhavaṃ bhavissatī”ti? “Might you be a human?”
“Na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, manusso bhavissāmī”ti. “I will not be a human.”


“‘Devo no bhavaṃ bhavissatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno: “When asked whether you might be a god, fairy, native spirit, or human,
‘na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, devo bhavissāmī’ti vadesi. you answer that you will not be any of these.
‘Gandhabbo no bhavaṃ bhavissatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, gandhabbo bhavissāmī’ti vadesi.
‘Yakkho no bhavaṃ bhavissatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yakkho bhavissāmī’ti vadesi.
‘Manusso no bhavaṃ bhavissatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, manusso bhavissāmī’ti vadesi.
Atha ko carahi bhavaṃ bhavissatī”ti? What then might you be?”


“Yesaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āsavānaṃ appahīnattā devo bhaveyyaṃ, te me āsavā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. “Brahmin, if I had not given up defilements I might have become a god … a fairy … a native spirit … or a human. But I have given up those defilements, cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them so they are unable to arise in the future.
Yesaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, āsavānaṃ appahīnattā gandhabbo bhaveyyaṃ … yakkho bhaveyyaṃ … manusso bhaveyyaṃ, te me āsavā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā.
Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā udake jātaṃ udake saṃvaḍḍhaṃ udakā accuggamma tiṭṭhati anupalittaṃ udakena; Suppose there was a blue water lily, or a pink or white lotus. Though it sprouted and grew in the water, it would rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to it.
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, loke jāto loke saṃvaḍḍho lokaṃ abhibhuyya viharāmi anupalitto lokena. In the same way, though I was born and grew up in the world, I live having mastered the world, and the world does not cling to me.
Buddhoti maṃ, brāhmaṇa, dhārehīti. Remember me, brahmin, as a Buddha.

(verse)
Yena devūpapatyassa, I could have been reborn as a god,
gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo; or as a fairy flying through the sky.
Yakkhattaṃ yena gaccheyyaṃ, I could have become a native spirit,
manussattañca abbaje; or returned as a human.
Te mayhaṃ āsavā khīṇā, But the defilements that could bring about these rebirths
viddhastā vinaḷīkatā. I’ve ended, smashed, and gutted.


Puṇḍarīkaṃ yathā vaggu, Like a graceful lotus,
Toyena nupalippati; to which water does not cling,
Nupalippāmi lokena, the world doesn’t cling to me,
Tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā”ti. and so, brahmin, I am a Buddha.”


AN 4.37 Aparihāniya: Non-decline

37. Aparihāniyasutta 37. Non-decline
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo parihānāya nibbānasseva santike. “monks, a monk who has four dharmas can’t decline, and is close to nirvana.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti. A monk is accomplished in ethics, guards the sense doors, eats in moderation, and is dedicated to wakefulness.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti? And how is a monk accomplished in ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and accomplished in appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is accomplished in ethics.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? And how does a monk guard the sense doors?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. When a monk sees a sight with their eyes, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. If the faculty of sight were left unrestrained, bad unskillful Dharmas of desire and aversion would become overwhelming. For this reason, they practice restraint, protecting the faculty of sight, and achieving restraint over it.
Sotena saddaṃ sutvā … Hearing a sound with their ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … Smelling an odor with their nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … Tasting a flavor with their tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … Feeling a touch with their body …
manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Knowing a thought with their mind, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. If the faculty of mind were left unrestrained, bad unskillful Dharmas of desire and aversion would become overwhelming. For this reason, they practice restraint, protecting the faculty of mind, and achieving restraint over it.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti. That’s how a monk guards the sense doors.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhojane mattaññū hoti? And how does a monk eat in moderation?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti: It’s when a monk reflects properly on the food that they eat:
‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati, anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. ‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to continue and sustain this body, avoid harm, and support spiritual practice. So that I will put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and so that I will keep on living blamelessly and at ease.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhojane mattaññū hoti. That’s how a monk eats in moderation.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti? And how is a monk dedicated to wakefulness?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti; It’s when a monk practices walking and sitting meditation by day, purifying their mind from obstacles.
rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti; In the evening, they continue to practice walking and sitting meditation.
rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā; In the middle of the night, they lie down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—rememberful and aware, and focused on the time of getting up.
rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti. In the last part of the night, they get up and continue to practice walking and sitting meditation, purifying their mind from obstacles.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti. This is how a monk is dedicated to wakefulness.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo parihānāya, nibbānasseva santiketi. A monk who has these four dharmas can’t decline, and has drawn near to nirvana.

(verse)
Sīle patiṭṭhito bhikkhu, Established in ethics,
indriyesu ca saṃvuto; restrained in the sense faculties,
Bhojanamhi ca mattaññū, eating in moderation,
jāgariyaṃ anuyuñjati. and dedicated to wakefulness;


Evaṃ vihārī ātāpī, a monk lives like this, with ardent energy,
ahorattamatandito; tireless all night and day,
Bhāvayaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, developing skillful Dharmas,
yogakkhemassa pattiyā. in order to find sanctuary.


Appamādarato bhikkhu, A monk who loves to be diligent,
pamāde bhayadassi vā; seeing fear in negligence,
Abhabbo parihānāya, can’t decline,
nibbānasseva santike”ti. and has drawn near to nirvana.”


AN 4.38 Patilīna: Withdrawn

38. Patilīnasutta 38. Withdrawn
“Panuṇṇapaccekasacco, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘samavayasaṭṭhesano passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro patilīno’ti vuccati. “monks, a monk has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth, has totally given up searching, has stilled the physical process, and is said to be ‘withdrawn’.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu panuṇṇapaccekasacco hoti? And how has a monk eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yāni tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ puthupaccekasaccāni, seyyathidaṃ— Different ascetics and brahmins have different idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth. For example:
sassato lokoti vā, asassato lokoti vā, antavā lokoti vā, anantavā lokoti vā, taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā, aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā, hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti vā, na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti vā, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti vā, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti vā; the world is eternal, or not eternal, or finite, or infinite; the soul and the body are the same thing, or they are different things; after death, a Realized One exists, or doesn’t exist, or both exists and doesn’t exist, or neither exists nor doesn’t exist.
sabbāni tāni nuṇṇāni honti panuṇṇāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni. A monk has dispelled, eliminated, thrown out, rejected, let go of, given up, and relinquished all these.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu panuṇṇapaccekasacco hoti. That’s how a monk has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti? And how has a monk totally given up searching?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmesanā pahīnā hoti, bhavesanā pahīnā hoti, brahmacariyesanā paṭippassaddhā. It’s when they’ve given up searching for sensual pleasures, for continued existence, and for a spiritual path.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti. That’s how a monk has totally given up searching.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti? And how has a monk stilled the physical process?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and rememberfulness.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti. That’s how a monk has stilled the physical process.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu patilīno hoti? And how is a monk withdrawn?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. It’s when they’ve given up the conceit ‘I am’, cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu patilīno hoti. That’s how a monk is withdrawn.
Panuṇṇapaccekasacco, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘samavayasaṭṭhesano passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro patilīno’ti vuccatīti. A monk has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth, has totally given up searching, has stilled the physical process, and is said to be ‘withdrawn’.

(verse)
Kāmesanā bhavesanā, The search for sensual pleasures, for a good rebirth,
brahmacariyesanā saha; together with the search for a spiritual path;
Iti saccaparāmāso, holding tight to the notion ‘this is the truth’,
diṭṭhiṭṭhānā samussayā. and the mass of grounds for views.


Sabbarāgavirattassa, For one detached from all lusts,
taṇhakkhayavimuttino; freed by the ending of craving,
Esanā paṭinissaṭṭhā, searching has been relinquished,
diṭṭhiṭṭhānā samūhatā. and viewpoints eradicated.


Sa ve santo sato bhikkhu, That monk is peaceful and rememberful,
passaddho aparājito; a pacified champion.
Mānābhisamayā buddho, And when they’re awakened by comprehending conceit,
patilīnoti vuccatī”ti. they’re called ‘withdrawn’.”


AN 4.39 Ujjaya: With Ujjaya

39. Ujjayasutta 39. With Ujjaya
Atha kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Ujjaya the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“bhavampi no gotamo yaññaṃ vaṇṇetī”ti? “Does Master Gotama praise sacrifice?”
“Na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ yaññaṃ vaṇṇemi; “Brahmin, I don’t praise all sacrifices.
na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ yaññaṃ na vaṇṇemi. Nor do I criticize all sacrifices.
Yathārūpe kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe gāvo haññanti, ajeḷakā haññanti, kukkuṭasūkarā haññanti, vividhā pāṇā saṅghātaṃ āpajjanti; Take the kind of sacrifice where cattle, goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and various kinds of creatures are slaughtered.
evarūpaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sārambhaṃ yaññaṃ na vaṇṇemi. I criticize that kind of violent sacrifice.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Evarūpañhi, brāhmaṇa, sārambhaṃ yaññaṃ na upasaṅkamanti arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā. Because neither perfected ones nor those who have entered the path to perfection will attend such a violent sacrifice.


Yathārūpe ca kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe neva gāvo haññanti, na ajeḷakā haññanti, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññanti, na vividhā pāṇā saṅghātaṃ āpajjanti; But take the kind of sacrifice where cattle, goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and various kinds of creatures are not slaughtered.
evarūpaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, nirārambhaṃ yaññaṃ vaṇṇemi, yadidaṃ niccadānaṃ anukulayaññaṃ. I praise that kind of non-violent sacrifice; for example, a regular gift as an ongoing family sacrifice.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Evarūpañhi, brāhmaṇa, nirārambhaṃ yaññaṃ upasaṅkamanti arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannāti. Because perfected ones and those who have entered the path to perfection will attend such a non-violent sacrifice.

(verse)
Assamedhaṃ purisamedhaṃ, Horse sacrifice, human sacrifice,
Sammāpāsaṃ vājapeyyaṃ niraggaḷaṃ; the sacrifices of the ‘stick-casting’,
Mahāyaññā mahārambhā, the ‘royal soma drinking’, and the ‘unbarred’—
Na te honti mahapphalā. these huge violent sacrifices yield no great fruit.


Ajeḷakā ca gāvo ca, The great sages of good conduct
vividhā yattha haññare; don’t attend sacrifices
Na taṃ sammaggatā yaññaṃ, where goats, sheep, and cattle,
upayanti mahesino. and various creatures are killed.


Ye ca yaññā nirārambhā, But the great sages of good conduct
yajanti anukulaṃ sadā; do attend non-violent sacrifices
Ajeḷakā ca gāvo ca, of regular family tradition,
vividhā nettha haññare; where goats, sheep, and cattle,
Tañca sammaggatā yaññaṃ, and various creatures aren’t killed.
upayanti mahesino.


Etaṃ yajetha medhāvī, An intelligent person should sacrifice like this,
eso yañño mahapphalo; for this sacrifice is very fruitful.
Etaṃ hi yajamānassa, For a sponsor of sacrifices like this,
seyyo hoti na pāpiyo; things get better, not worse.
Yañño ca vipulo hoti, Such a sacrifice is truly abundant,
pasīdanti ca devatā”ti. and even the deities are pleased.”


AN 4.40 Udāyī: With Udāyī

40. Udāyīsutta 40. With Udāyī
Atha kho udāyī brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho udāyī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Udāyī the brahmin went up to the Buddha, … and said to him:
“bhavampi no gotamo yaññaṃ vaṇṇetī”ti? “Does Master Gotama praise sacrifice?”
“Na kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ yaññaṃ vaṇṇemi; “Brahmin, I don’t praise all sacrifices.
na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ yaññaṃ na vaṇṇemi. Nor do I criticize all sacrifices. …
Yathārūpe kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe gāvo haññanti, ajeḷakā haññanti, kukkuṭasūkarā haññanti, vividhā pāṇā saṅghātaṃ āpajjanti; Take the kind of sacrifice where cattle, goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and various kinds of animals are slaughtered.
evarūpaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sārambhaṃ yaññaṃ na vaṇṇemi. I don’t praise that kind of violent sacrifice.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Evarūpañhi, brāhmaṇa, sārambhaṃ yaññaṃ na upasaṅkamanti arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā.


Yathārūpe ca kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe neva gāvo haññanti, na ajeḷakā haññanti, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññanti, na vividhā pāṇā saṅghātaṃ āpajjanti; But take the kind of sacrifice where cattle, goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and various kinds of animals are not slaughtered.
evarūpaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, nirārambhaṃ yaññaṃ vaṇṇemi, yadidaṃ niccadānaṃ anukulayaññaṃ. I do praise that kind of non-violent sacrifice; for example, a regular gift as an ongoing family sacrifice.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Evarūpañhi, brāhmaṇa, nirārambhaṃ yaññaṃ upasaṅkamanti arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannāti.

(verse)
Abhisaṅkhataṃ nirārambhaṃ, A sacrifice at the right time,
yaññaṃ kālena kappiyaṃ; which is allowable and deliberately non-violent,
Tādisaṃ upasaṃyanti, is attended by
saññatā brahmacārayo. restrained spiritual practitioners.


Vivaṭacchadā ye loke, The Buddhas—who have drawn back the veil from the world,
vītivattā kulaṃ gatiṃ; transcending time and rebirth—
Yaññametaṃ pasaṃsanti, praise this sacrifice,
buddhā yaññassa kovidā. as they are expert in sacrifice.


Yaññe vā yadi vā saddhe, When you’ve prepared a suitable offering,
habyaṃ katvā yathārahaṃ; whether as sacrifice or for ancestors,
Pasannacitto yajati, sacrifice it with confident heart,
sukhette brahmacārisu. in the fertile field of spiritual practitioners.


Suhutaṃ suyiṭṭhaṃ suppattaṃ, When it’s well-gotten, well-offered, and well-sacrificed,
Dakkhiṇeyyesu yaṃ kataṃ; to those worthy of a teacher’s offering,
Yañño ca vipulo hoti, a sacrifice is truly abundant,
Pasīdanti ca devatā. and even the deities are pleased.


Evaṃ yajitvā medhāvī, When an intelligent, faithful person,
saddho muttena cetasā; sacrifices like this, with a mind of letting go,
Abyābajjhaṃ sukhaṃ lokaṃ, that astute one is reborn
paṇḍito upapajjatī”ti. in a happy, pleasing world.”


end of section [4..4.. - AN 4 vagga 4 Cakka: Situations]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 5 Rohitassa: With Rohitassa

    AN 4.41 - AN 4.41 Samādhibhāvanā: Ways of Developing undistractible-lucidity Further
    AN 4.42 - AN 4.42 Pañhabyākaraṇa: Ways of Answering Questions
    AN 4.43 - AN 4.43 Paṭhamakodhagaru: Valuing Anger
    AN 4.44 - AN 4.44 Dutiyakodhagaru: Valuing Anger (2nd)
    AN 4.45 - AN 4.45 Rohitassa: With Rohitassa
    AN 4.46 - AN 4.46 Dutiyarohitassa: With Rohitassa (2nd)
    AN 4.47 - AN 4.47 Suvidūra: Very Far Apart
    AN 4.48 - AN 4.48 Visākha: With Visākha
    AN 4.49 - AN 4.49 Vipallāsa: Distortions
    AN 4.50 - AN 4.50 Upakkilesa: Corruptions

+

AN 4.41 Samādhi-bhāvanā: Developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas]

(2024 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍)
Arv 12SA 718AN 6.29MN 111

    AN 4.41 - AN 4.41 Samādhi-bhāvanā: Developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas]
        AN 4.41.4.1 – (1. STED 4j🌕 Four Jhānas for pleasant abiding now)
        AN 4.41.4.2 – (2. ASND 🌕🌟‍ luminosity perception → knowledge and vision)
        AN 4.41.4.3 – (3. For S&S🐘💭 rememberfulness & lucid-discerning)
        AN 4.41.4.4 – (4. For destroying Āsava‍s)
        AN 4.41.5 – (verse from Snp‍ 5.4 Puṇṇaka)

“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā. “monks, there are these four ways of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas].
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati; There is a way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to pleasurable living in the present life.
atthi, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanappaṭilābhāya saṃvattati; There is a way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to gaining knowledge and vision.
atthi, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṃvattati; There is a way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to remembering and applying Dharma and lucid-discerning.
atthi, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati. There is a way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to the ending of asinine-inclinations.

§4.1 – (1. STED4j🌕Four Jhānas for pleasant abiding now)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati? And what is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to pleasurable living in the present life?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures and unskillful Dharmas, attains and lives in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati. This is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to pleasurable living in the present life.

§4.2 – (2.ASND 🌕🌟‍luminosity perception → knowledge and vision)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanappaṭilābhāya saṃvattati? And what is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to gaining knowledge and vision?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ālokasaññaṃ manasi karoti, divāsaññaṃ adhiṭṭhāti— It’s when a monk pays attention to the perception of luminosity, concentrating on the perception of day,
yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā. regardless of whether it’s night or day.
Iti vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. And so, with an open and unenveloped mind, they develop a mind that’s full of luminosity.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanappaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. This is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to gaining knowledge and vision.

§4.3 – (3. ForS&S🐘💭rememberfulness & lucid-discerning)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṃvattati? And what is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to remembering and applying Dharma and lucid-discerning?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno It’s when a monk
viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; knows sensations as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away.
viditā saññā … pe … knows perceptions as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away.
viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. knows thoughts as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṃvattati. This is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to remembering and applying Dharma and lucid-discerning.

§4.4 – (4. For destroyingĀsava‍)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati? And what is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to the ending of asinine-inclinations?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: It’s when a monk lives continuously seeing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates.
‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; ‘Such is form, such is the origin of form, such is the ending of form.
iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo; Such is sensation, such is the origin of sensation, such is the ending of sensation.
iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthaṅgamo; Such is perception, such is the origin of perception, such is the ending of perception.
iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅgamo; Such are co-activities, such is the origin of co-activities, such is the ending of co-activities.
iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti. Such is consciousness, such is the origin of consciousness, such is the ending of consciousness.’
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati. This is the way of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas] that leads to the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso samādhibhāvanā. These are the four ways of developing undistractible-lucidity [concurrently within 4 jhānas].
Idañca pana metaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane puṇṇakapañhe: And it was in this connection that I said in ‘The Way to the Beyond’, in ‘The Questions of Puṇṇaka’:

§41.5 – (verse fromSnp‍5.4Puṇṇaka)

‘Saṅkhāya lokasmiṃ paroparāni, ‘Having considered the world high and low,
Yassiñjitaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke; they’re not perturbed by anything in the world.
Santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, Peaceful, unclouded, untroubled, with no need for hope,
Atāri so jātijaranti brūmī’”ti. they’ve crossed over birth and old age, I declare.’”


AN 4.42 Pañhabyākaraṇa: Ways of Answering Questions

42. Pañhabyākaraṇasutta 42. Ways of Answering Questions
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, pañhabyākaraṇāni. “monks, there are these four ways of answering questions.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, pañho ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo; There is a question that should be answered definitively.
atthi, bhikkhave, pañho vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo; There is a question that should be answered analytically.
atthi, bhikkhave, pañho paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyo; There is a question that should be answered with a counter-question.
atthi, bhikkhave, pañho ṭhapanīyo. There is a question that should be set aside.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri pañhabyākaraṇānīti. These are the four ways of answering questions.

(verse)
Ekaṃsavacanaṃ ekaṃ, One is stated definitively,
vibhajjavacanāparaṃ; another analytically,
Tatiyaṃ paṭipuccheyya, a third with a counter-question,
catutthaṃ pana ṭhāpaye. while a fourth is set aside.


Yo ca tesaṃ tattha tattha, A monk who knows each of these,
jānāti anudhammataṃ; in line with good Dharmas,
Catupañhassa kusalo, is said to be skilled
āhu bhikkhuṃ tathāvidhaṃ. in the four kinds of questions.


Durāsado duppasaho, They’re hard to attack, hard to defeat,
gambhīro duppadhaṃsiyo; deep, and hard to crush.
Atho atthe anatthe ca, They’re expert in both
ubhayassa hoti kovido. what the meaning is and what it isn’t.


Anatthaṃ parivajjeti, Rejecting what is not the meaning,
atthaṃ gaṇhāti paṇḍito; an astute person grasps the meaning.
Atthābhisamayā dhīro, A wise one, comprehending the meaning,
paṇḍitoti pavuccatī”ti. is called ‘astute’.”


AN 4.43 Paṭhamakodhagaru: Valuing Anger

43. Paṭhamakodhagarusutta 43. Valuing Anger
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Kodhagaru na saddhammagaru, makkhagaru na saddhammagaru, lābhagaru na saddhammagaru, sakkāragaru na saddhammagaru. People who value anger, or denigration, or material possessions, or honor rather than the true Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the four people found in the world.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Saddhammagaru na kodhagaru, saddhammagaru na makkhagaru, saddhammagaru na lābhagaru, saddhammagaru na sakkāragaru. People who value the true Dharma rather than anger, or denigration, or material possessions, or honor.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the four people found in the world.

(verse)
Kodhamakkhagarū bhikkhū, monks who value anger and denigration,
lābhasakkāragāravā; possessions and honor,
Na te dhamme virūhanti, don’t grow in The Dharma
sammāsambuddhadesite. that was taught by the perfected Buddha.


Ye ca saddhammagaruno, But those who value the true Dharma,
vihaṃsu viharanti ca; who have lived it, and are living it now,
Te ve dhamme virūhanti, these do grow in The Dharma
sammāsambuddhadesite”ti. that was taught by the perfected Buddha.”


AN 4.44 Dutiyakodhagaru: Valuing Anger (2nd)

44. Dutiyakodhagarusutta 44. Valuing Anger (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, asaddhammā. “monks, these four things oppose the true Dharma.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Kodhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, makkhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, lābhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, sakkāragarutā na saddhammagarutā. Valuing anger, denigration, material possessions, and honor rather than the true Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro asaddhammā. These are the four things that oppose the true Dharma.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, saddhammā. These four things are the true Dharma.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Saddhammagarutā na kodhagarutā, saddhammagarutā na makkhagarutā, saddhammagarutā na lābhagarutā, saddhammagarutā na sakkāragarutā. Valuing the true Dharma rather than anger, denigration, material possessions, and honor.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro saddhammāti. These are the four things that are the true Dharma.

(verse)
Kodhamakkhagaru bhikkhu, A monk who values anger and denigration,
lābhasakkāragāravo; possessions and honor,
Sukhette pūtibījaṃva, doesn’t grow in the true Dharma,
saddhamme na virūhati. like a rotten seed in a good field.


Ye ca saddhammagaruno, But those who value the true Dharma,
vihaṃsu viharanti ca; who have lived it, and are living it now,
Te ve dhamme virūhanti, these do grow in The Dharma,
snehānvayamivosadhā”ti. like well-watered herbs.”


AN 4.45 Rohitassa: With Rohitassa

45. Rohitassasutta 45. With Rohitassa
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho rohitasso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho rohitasso devaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then, late at night, the glorious god Rohitassa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:


“Yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṃ vā daṭṭhuṃ vā pāpuṇituṃ vā”ti? “Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?”
“Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmī”ti. “Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.”


“Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante. “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing,
Yāva subhāsitamidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā: how well said this was by the Buddha.
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.


“Bhūtapubbāhaṃ, bhante, rohitasso nāma isi ahosiṃ bhojaputto iddhimā vehāsaṅgamo. Once upon a time, I was a hermit called Rohitassa, son of Bhoja. I was a sky-walker with psychic powers.
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evarūpo javo ahosi, seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atipāteyya. I was as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow.
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evarūpo padavītihāro ahosi, seyyathāpi nāma puratthimā samuddā pacchimo samuddo. My stride was such that it could span from the eastern ocean to the western ocean.
Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evarūpena javena samannāgatassa evarūpena ca padavītihārena evarūpaṃ icchāgataṃ uppajji: Having such speed and stride, this wish came to me:
‘ahaṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ pāpuṇissāmī’ti. ‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’
So kho ahaṃ, bhante, aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṃ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṃ antarāyeva kālaṅkato. I traveled for my whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—and I passed away along the way, never reaching the end of the world.


Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante. It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing,
Yāva subhāsitamidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā: how well said this was by the Buddha.”
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.


“‘Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan’ti vadāmi. “Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.
Na cāhaṃ, āvuso, appatvāva lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi. But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.
Api cāhaṃ, āvuso, imasmiṃyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadanti. For it is in this fathom-long carcass with its perception and mind that I describe the world, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.

(verse)
Gamanena na pattabbo, The end of the world can never
lokassanto kudācanaṃ; be reached by traveling.
Na ca appatvā lokantaṃ, But without reaching the end of the world,
dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ. there’s no release from suffering.


Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho, So a clever person, understanding the world,
Lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo; has completed the spiritual journey, and gone to the end of the world.
Lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā, A peaceful one, knowing the end of the world,
Nāsīsatī lokamimaṃ parañcā”ti. does not hope for this world or the next.”


AN 4.46 Dutiyarohitassa: With Rohitassa (2nd)

46. Dutiyarohitassasutta 46. With Rohitassa (2nd)
Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi: Then, when the night had passed, the Buddha addressed the monks:
“imaṃ, bhikkhave, rattiṃ rohitasso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, bhikkhave, rohitasso devaputto maṃ etadavoca: “Tonight, the glorious god Rohitassa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:
‘yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṃ vā daṭṭhuṃ vā pāpuṇituṃ vā’ti? ‘Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?’ …
Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, rohitassaṃ devaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ: (The rest of this discourse is the same as the previous discourse, AN 4.45.)
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.
Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, rohitasso devaputto maṃ etadavoca:
‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante.
Yāva subhāsitamidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā—
yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmi’.


AN 4.47 Suvidūra: Very Far Apart

47. Suvidūrasutta 47. Very Far Apart
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, suvidūravidūrāni. “monks, these four things are very far apart.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Nabhañca, bhikkhave, pathavī ca; The sky and the earth. …
idaṃ paṭhamaṃ suvidūravidūre.
Orimañca, bhikkhave, tīraṃ samuddassa pārimañca; The near and the far shore of the ocean. …
idaṃ dutiyaṃ suvidūravidūre.
Yato ca, bhikkhave, verocano abbhudeti yattha ca atthameti; Where the sun rises and where it sets. …
idaṃ tatiyaṃ suvidūravidūre.
Satañca, bhikkhave, dhammo asatañca dhammo; The Dharma of the virtuous and The Dharma of the wicked. …
idaṃ catutthaṃ suvidūravidūre.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri suvidūravidūrānīti. These are the four things very far apart.

(verse)
Nabhañca dūre pathavī ca dūre, The sky is far from the earth;
Pāraṃ samuddassa tadāhu dūre; they say the other shore of the ocean is far;
Yato ca verocano abbhudeti, and where the sun rises is far
Pabhaṅkaro yattha ca atthameti; from where that shining one sets.
Tato have dūrataraṃ vadanti, But even further apart than that, they say,
Satañca dhammaṃ asatañca dhammaṃ. is The Dharma of the virtuous from the wicked.


Abyāyiko hoti sataṃ samāgamo, The company of the virtuous is reliable;
Yāvāpi tiṭṭheyya tatheva hoti; as long as it remains, it stays the same.
Khippañhi veti asataṃ samāgamo, But the company of the wicked is fickle,
Tasmā sataṃ dhammo asabbhi ārakā”ti. and so The Dharma of the virtuous is far from the wicked.”


AN 4.48 Visākha: With Visākha

48. Visākhasutta 48. With Visākha
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti, poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya. Now at that time Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son, was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the monks in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent.
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out,
Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: and addressed the monks:


“Ko nu kho, bhikkhave, upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā”ti? “monks, who was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the monks in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk?”
“Āyasmā, bhante, visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā”ti. “Sir, it was Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son.”


Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ visākhaṃ pañcālaputtaṃ etadavoca: Then the Buddha said to Visākha:
“sādhu sādhu, visākha. “Good, good, Visākha!
Sādhu kho tvaṃ, visākha, bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyāti. It’s good that you educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the monks in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk, with words that are polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent.

(verse)
Nābhāsamānaṃ jānanti, Though an astute person is mixed up with fools,
missaṃ bālehi paṇḍitaṃ; they don’t know unless he speaks.
Bhāsamānañca jānanti, But when he speaks they know,
desentaṃ amataṃ padaṃ. he’s teaching the deathless state.


Bhāsaye jotaye dhammaṃ, He should speak and illustrate The Dharma,
paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhajaṃ; holding up the banner of the hermits.
Subhāsitadhajā isayo, Words well spoken are the hermits’ banner,
dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo”ti. for The Dharma is the banner of the hermits.”


AN 4.49 Vipallāsa: Distortions

49. Vipallāsasutta 49. Distortions
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. “monks, there are these four distortions of perception, mind, and view.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?


Anicce, bhikkhave, niccanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; Taking impermanence as permanence.
dukkhe, bhikkhave, sukhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; Taking suffering as happiness.
anattani, bhikkhave, attāti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; Taking not-self as self.
asubhe, bhikkhave, subhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. Taking ugliness as beauty.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. These are the four distortions of perception, mind, and view.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsā. There are these four corrections of perception, mind, and view.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?


Anicce, bhikkhave, aniccanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; Taking impermanence as impermanence.
dukkhe, bhikkhave, dukkhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; Taking suffering as suffering.
anattani, bhikkhave, anattāti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; Taking not-self as not-self.
asubhe, bhikkhave, asubhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso. Taking ugliness as ugliness.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsāti. These are the four corrections of perception, mind, and view.

(verse)
Anicce niccasaññino, Perceiving impermanence as permanence,
dukkhe ca sukhasaññino; suffering as happiness,
Anattani ca attāti, not-self as self,
asubhe subhasaññino; and ugliness as beauty—
Micchādiṭṭhihatā sattā, sentient beings are ruined by wrong view,
khittacittā visaññino. their minds deranged and perceptions twisted.


Te yogayuttā mārassa, Yoked by Māra’s yoke, these people
ayogakkhemino janā; don’t find sanctuary from the yoke.
Sattā gacchanti saṃsāraṃ, Sentient beings continue to transmigrate,
jātimaraṇagāmino. with ongoing birth and death.


Yadā ca buddhā lokasmiṃ, But when the Buddhas arise in the world,
Uppajjanti pabhaṅkarā; shedding radiance,
Te imaṃ dhammaṃ pakāsenti, they shine a light on This Dharma,
Dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ. that leads to the stilling of suffering.


Tesaṃ sutvāna sappaññā, When a wise person hears them,
sacittaṃ paccaladdhā te; they get their mind back.
Aniccaṃ aniccato dakkhuṃ, Seeing impermanence as impermanence,
dukkhamaddakkhu dukkhato. suffering as suffering,


Anattani anattāti, not-self as not-self,
asubhaṃ asubhataddasuṃ; and ugliness as ugliness—
Sammādiṭṭhisamādānā, taking up right view,
sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ upaccagun”ti. they’ve risen above all suffering.”


AN 4.50 Upakkilesa: Corruptions

50. Upakkilesasutta 50. Corruptions
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, candimasūriyānaṃ upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhā candimasūriyā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. “monks, these four things obscure the sun and moon, so they don’t shine and glow and radiate.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Abbhā, bhikkhave, candimasūriyānaṃ upakkilesā, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā candimasūriyā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. Clouds …


Mahikā, bhikkhave, candimasūriyānaṃ upakkilesā, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā candimasūriyā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. Fog …


Dhūmo rajo, bhikkhave, candimasūriyānaṃ upakkileso, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā candimasūriyā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. Smoke …


Rāhu, bhikkhave, asurindo candimasūriyānaṃ upakkileso, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā candimasūriyā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. An eclipse of Rāhu, lord of demons …
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro candimasūriyānaṃ upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhā candimasūriyā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. These are four things that obscure the sun and moon, so they don’t shine and glow and radiate.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattārome samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. In the same way, these four things corrupt ascetics and brahmins, so they don’t shine and glow and radiate.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā suraṃ pivanti merayaṃ, surāmerayapānā appaṭiviratā. There are some ascetics and brahmins who drink liquor, not avoiding drinking liquor.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upakkileso, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. This is the first thing that corrupts ascetics and brahmins …


Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanti, methunasmā dhammā appaṭiviratā. There are some ascetics and brahmins who have sex, not avoiding sex.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upakkileso, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. This is the second thing that corrupts ascetics and brahmins …


Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā jātarūparajataṃ sādiyanti, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā appaṭiviratā. There are some ascetics and brahmins who accept gold and money, not avoiding receiving gold and money.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upakkileso, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. This is the third thing that corrupts ascetics and brahmins …


Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā micchājīvena jīvanti, micchājīvā appaṭiviratā. There are some ascetics and brahmins who make a living the wrong way, not avoiding wrong livelihood.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upakkileso, yena upakkilesena upakkiliṭṭhā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocanti. This is the fourth thing that corrupts ascetics and brahmins …
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhā eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapanti na bhāsanti na virocantīti. These are four things that corrupt ascetics and brahmins, so they don’t shine and glow and radiate.

(verse)
Rāgadosaparikkiṭṭhā, Some ascetics and brahmins
eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā; are plagued by greed and hate;
Avijjānivutā posā, men hindered by ignorance,
piyarūpābhinandino. enjoying things that seem pleasant.


Suraṃ pivanti merayaṃ, Drinking liquor,
paṭisevanti methunaṃ; having sex,
Rajataṃ jātarūpañca, accepting money and gold:
sādiyanti aviddasū; they’re ignorant.
Micchājīvena jīvanti, Some ascetics and brahmins
eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā. make a living the wrong way.


Ete upakkilesā vuttā, These corruptions were spoken of
buddhenādiccabandhunā; by the Buddha, Kinsman of the Sun.
Yehi upakkilesehi, When corrupted by these,
eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā; some ascetics and brahmins
Na tapanti na bhāsanti, don’t shine or glow.
asuddhā sarajā magā. Impure, dirty creatures,


Andhakārena onaddhā, shrouded in darkness,
taṇhādāsā sanettikā; bondservants of craving, full of attachments,
Vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṃ ghoraṃ, swell the horrors of the charnel-ground,
ādiyanti punabbhavan”ti. taking up future lives.


end of section [4..5.. - AN 4 vagga 5 Rohitassa: With Rohitassa]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 6 Puññābhisanda: Overflowing Merit

    AN 4.51 - AN 4.51 Paṭhamapuññābhisanda: Overflowing Merit
    AN 4.52 - AN 4.52 Dutiyapuññābhisanda: Overflowing Merit (2nd)
    AN 4.53 - AN 4.53 Paṭhamasaṃvāsa: Living Together (1st)
    AN 4.54 - AN 4.54 Dutiyasaṃvāsa: Living Together (2nd)
    AN 4.55 - AN 4.55 Paṭhamasamajīvī: Equality (1st)
    AN 4.56 - AN 4.56 Dutiyasamajīvī: Equality (2nd)
    AN 4.57 - AN 4.57 Suppavāsā: Suppavāsā
    AN 4.58 - AN 4.58 Sudatta: Sudatta
    AN 4.59 - AN 4.59 Bhojana: Food
    AN 4.60 - AN 4.60 Gihisāmīci: Lay Practice

AN 4.51 Paṭhamapuññābhisanda: Overflowing Merit

51. Paṭhamapuññābhisandasutta 51. Overflowing Merit
Sāvatthinidānaṃ. At Sāvatthī.
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. “monks, there are these four kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. When a monk enters and remains in a limitless undistractible-lucidity of heart while using a robe …


Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. while eating alms-food …


Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu senāsanaṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. while using lodgings …


Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. while using medicines and supplies for the sick, the overflowing of merit for the donor is limitless …
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. These are the four kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness.


Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ: ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. When a noble-one's-disciple has these four kinds of overflowing merit and goodness, it’s not easy to grasp how much merit they have by saying that this is the extent of their overflowing merit … that leads to happiness. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ: ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā, ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānīti vā, ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā, ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānīti vā’, atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; It’s like trying to grasp how much water is in the ocean. It’s not easy to say how many gallons, how many hundreds, thousands, hundreds of thousands of gallons there are. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of water.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ: ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti. In the same way, when a noble-one's-disciple has these four kinds of overflowing merit it’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit.

(verse)
Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ, Hosts of people use the rivers,
Bahubheravaṃ ratanavarānamālayaṃ; and though the rivers are many,
Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean,
Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ. the cruel sea that’s home to precious gems.


Evaṃ naraṃ annadapānavatthadaṃ, In the same way, when a person gives food, drink, and clothes;
Seyyānisajjattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ; and they’re a giver of beds, seats, and mats—
Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ, the streams of merit reach that astute person,
Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgaran”ti. as the rivers bring their waters to the sea.”


AN 4.52 Dutiyapuññābhisanda: Overflowing Merit (2nd)

52. Dutiyapuññābhisandasutta 52. Overflowing Merit (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. “monks, there are these four kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: When a noble-one's-disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. This is the first kind of overflowing merit …


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: Furthermore, a noble-one's-disciple has experiential confidence in The Dharma:
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. ‘The Dharma is well explained by the Buddha—realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. This is the second kind of overflowing merit …


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: Furthermore, a noble-one's-disciple has experiential confidence in the Saṅgha:
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, straightforward, methodical, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. This is the third kind of overflowing merit …


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Furthermore, a noble-one's-disciple’s ethical conduct is loved by the noble ones, unbroken, unflawed, unblemished, untainted, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to undistractible-lucidity.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. This is the fourth kind of overflowing merit …
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantīti. These are the four kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness.

(verse)
Yassa saddhā tathāgate, Whoever has faith in the Realized One,
acalā suppatiṭṭhitā; unwavering and well established;
Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, whose ethical conduct is good,
ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ. praised and loved by the noble ones;


Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, who has confidence in the Saṅgha,
ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ; and correct view:
Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, they’re said to be prosperous,
amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ. their life is not in vain.


Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, So let the wise devote themselves
pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ; to faith, ethical behaviour,
Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, confidence, and insight into The Dharma,
saraṃ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. remembering the instructions of the Buddhas.


AN 4.53 Paṭhamasaṃvāsa: Living Together (1st)

53. Paṭhamasaṃvāsasutta 53. Living Together (1st)
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā antarā ca madhuraṃ antarā ca verañjaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. At one time the Buddha was traveling along the road between Madhura and Verañja,
Sambahulāpi kho gahapatī ca gahapatāniyo ca antarā ca madhuraṃ antarā ca verañjaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. as were several householders, both women and men.
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle () nisīdi. The Buddha left the road and sat at the root of a tree,
Addasaṃsu kho gahapatī ca gahapatāniyo ca bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. where the householders saw him.
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te gahapatī ca gahapatāniyo ca bhagavā etadavoca: They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:


“Cattārome, gahapatayo, saṃvāsā. “Householders, there are four ways of living together.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

A male zombie living with a female zombie; a male zombie living with a goddess; a god living with a female zombie; a god living with a goddess. Chavo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati, chavo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati, devo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati, devo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati.

Kathañca, gahapatayo, chavo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati? And how does a male zombie live with a female zombie?
Idha, gahapatayo, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī dussīlo pāpadhammo maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, lies, and uses alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. He’s unethical, of bad character, living at home with his heart full of the stain of stinginess, abusing and insulting ascetics and brahmins.
bhariyāpissa hoti pāṇātipātinī adinnādāyinī kāmesumicchācārinī musāvādinī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyinī dussīlā pāpadhammā maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. And the wife is also … unethical, of bad character …
Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, chavo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a male zombie lives with a female zombie.


Kathañca, gahapatayo, chavo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati? And how does a male zombie live with a goddess?
Idha, gahapatayo, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī dussīlo pāpadhammo maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband … is unethical, of bad character …
bhariyā khvassa hoti pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. But the wife doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or use alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. She’s ethical, of good character, living at home with her heart rid of the stain of stinginess, not abusing and insulting ascetics and brahmins.
Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, chavo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a male zombie lives with a goddess.


Kathañca, gahapatayo, devo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati? And how does a god live with a female zombie?
Idha, gahapatayo, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband … is ethical, of good character …
bhariyā khvassa hoti pāṇātipātinī … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyinī dussīlā pāpadhammā maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. But the wife … is unethical, of bad character …
Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, devo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a god lives with a female zombie.


Kathañca, gahapatayo, devo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati? And how does a god live with a goddess?
Idha, gahapatayo, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātā paṭivirato … pe … sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband … is ethical, of good character …
bhariyāpissa hoti pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. And the wife is also … ethical, of good character …
Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, devo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a god lives with a goddess.
Ime kho, gahapatayo, cattāro saṃvāsāti. These are the four ways of living together.

(verse)
Ubho ca honti dussīlā, When both are unethical,
kadariyā paribhāsakā; miserly and abusive,
Te honti jānipatayo, then wife and husband
chavā saṃvāsamāgatā. live together as zombies.


Sāmiko hoti dussīlo, When the husband is unethical,
kadariyo paribhāsako; miserly and abusive,
Bhariyā sīlavatī hoti, but the wife is ethical,
vadaññū vītamaccharā; kind, rid of stinginess,
Sāpi devī saṃvasati, she’s a goddess living
chavena patinā saha. with a zombie for a husband.


Sāmiko sīlavā hoti, When the husband is ethical,
vadaññū vītamaccharo; kind, rid of stinginess,
Bhariyā hoti dussīlā, but the wife is unethical,
kadariyā paribhāsikā; miserly and abusive,
Sāpi chavā saṃvasati, she’s a zombie living
devena patinā saha. with a god for a husband.


Ubho saddhā vadaññū ca, When both are faithful and kind,
saññatā dhammajīvino; restrained, living properly,
Te honti jānipatayo, then wife and husband
aññamaññaṃ piyaṃvadā. say nice things to each other.


Atthāsaṃ pacurā honti, They get all the things they need,
phāsukaṃ upajāyati; so they live at ease.
Amittā dummanā honti, Their enemies are downhearted,
ubhinnaṃ samasīlinaṃ. when both are equal in ethics.


Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, Having practiced The Dharma here,
samasīlabbatā ubho; both equal in precepts and observances,
Nandino devalokasmiṃ, they delight in the heavenly realm,
modanti kāmakāmino”ti. enjoying all the pleasures they desire.”


end of section [4.53 - AN 4.53 Paṭhamasaṃvāsa: Living Together (1st)]

AN 4.54 Dutiyasaṃvāsa: Living Together (2nd)

54. Dutiyasaṃvāsasutta 54. Living Together (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, saṃvāsā. “monks, there are four ways of living together.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

A male zombie living with a female zombie; a male zombie living with a goddess; a god living with a female zombie; a god living with a goddess. Chavo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati, chavo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati, devo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati, devo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, chavo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati. And how does a male zombie live with a female zombie?
Idha, bhikkhave, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko dussīlo pāpadhammo maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct; he uses speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; and he’s covetous, malicious, and has wrong view. He’s unethical, of bad character, living at home with his heart full of the stain of stinginess, abusing and insulting ascetics and brahmins.
bhariyāpissa hoti pāṇātipātinī adinnādāyinī kāmesumicchācārinī musāvādinī pisuṇavācā pharusavācā samphappalāpinī abhijjhālunī byāpannacittā micchādiṭṭhikā dussīlā pāpadhammā maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. And the wife is also … unethical, of bad character …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, chavo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a male zombie lives with a female zombie.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, chavo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati? And how does a male zombie live with a goddess?
Idha, bhikkhave, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātī … pe … micchādiṭṭhiko dussīlo pāpadhammo maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband … is unethical, of bad character …
bhariyā khvassa hoti pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālunī abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhikā sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. But the wife doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or use alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. She’s ethical, of good character, living at home with her heart rid of the stain of stinginess, not abusing and insulting ascetics and brahmins.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, chavo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a male zombie lives with a goddess.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, devo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati? And how does a god live with a female zombie?
Idha, bhikkhave, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband … is ethical, of good character …
bhariyā khvassa hoti pāṇātipātinī … pe … micchādiṭṭhikā dussīlā pāpadhammā maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati akkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. But the wife … is unethical, of bad character …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, devo chavāya saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a god lives with a female zombie.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, devo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati? And how does a god live with a goddess?
Idha, bhikkhave, sāmiko hoti pāṇātipātā paṭivirato … pe … sammādiṭṭhiko sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosakaparibhāsako samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ; It’s when the husband … is ethical, of good character …
bhariyāpissa hoti pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā … pe … sammādiṭṭhikā sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati anakkosikaparibhāsikā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. And the wife is also … ethical, of good character …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, devo deviyā saddhiṃ saṃvasati. That’s how a god lives with a goddess.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro saṃvāsāti. These are the four ways of living together.” …


AN 4.55 Paṭhamasamajīvī: Equality (1st)

55. Paṭhamasamajīvīsutta 55. Equality (1st)
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas on Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena nakulapituno gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Nakula’s father, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Atha kho nakulapitā ca gahapati nakulamātā ca gahapatānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then the householder Nakula’s father and the housewife Nakula’s mother went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Nakula’s father said to the Buddha:


“Yato me, bhante, nakulamātā gahapatānī daharasseva daharā ānītā, nābhijānāmi nakulamātaraṃ gahapatāniṃ manasāpi aticaritā, kuto pana kāyena. “Sir, ever since we were both young, and Nakula’s mother was given to me in marriage, I can’t recall betraying her even in thought, still less in deed.
Iccheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṃ passituṃ abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṃ passitun”ti. We want to see each other in both this life and the next.”
Nakulamātāpi kho gahapatānī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Nakula’s mother said to the Buddha:
“yatohaṃ, bhante, nakulapituno gahapatissa daharasseva daharā ānītā, nābhijānāmi nakulapitaraṃ gahapatiṃ manasāpi aticaritā, kuto pana kāyena. “Sir, ever since we were both young, and I was given in marriage to Nakula’s father, I can’t recall betraying him even in thought, still less in deed.
Iccheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṃ passituṃ abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṃ passitun”ti. We want to see each other in both this life and the next.”


“Ākaṅkheyyuñce, gahapatayo, ubho jānipatayo diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṃ passituṃ abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṃ passituṃ ubhova assu samasaddhā samasīlā samacāgā samapaññā, te diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṃ passanti abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṃ passantīti. “Householders, if wife and husband want to see each other in both this life and the next, they should be equals in faith, ethical conduct, generosity, and wisdom.

(verse)
Ubho saddhā vadaññū ca, When both are faithful and kind,
saññatā dhammajīvino; restrained, living properly,
Te honti jānipatayo, then wife and husband
aññamaññaṃ piyaṃvadā. say nice things to each other.


Atthāsaṃ pacurā honti, They get all the things they need,
phāsukaṃ upajāyati; so they live at ease.
Amittā dummanā honti, Their enemies are downhearted,
ubhinnaṃ samasīlinaṃ. when both are equal in ethics.


Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, Having practiced The Dharma here,
samasīlabbatā ubho; both equal in precepts and observances,
Nandino devalokasmiṃ, they delight in the heavenly realm,
modanti kāmakāmino”ti. enjoying all the pleasures they desire.”


AN 4.56 Dutiyasamajīvī: Equality (2nd)

56. Dutiyasamajīvīsutta 56. Equality (2nd)
“Ākaṅkheyyuñce, bhikkhave, ubho jānipatayo diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṃ passituṃ abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṃ passituṃ ubhova assu samasaddhā samasīlā samacāgā samapaññā, te diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṃ passanti abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṃ passantīti. “monks, if wife and husband want to see each other in both this life and the next, they should be equals in faith, ethical conduct, generosity, and wisdom. …”


AN 4.57 Suppavāsā: Suppavāsā

57. Suppavāsāsutta 57. Suppavāsā
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā koliyesu viharati pajjanikaṃ nāma koliyānaṃ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Pajjanika.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suppavāsāya koliyadhītuyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Suppavāsā the Koliyan, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā bhagavantaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Then Suppavāsā served and satisfied the Buddha with her own hands with a variety of delicious foods.
Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, she sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho suppavāsaṃ koliyadhītaraṃ bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said to her:


“Bhojanaṃ, suppavāse, dentī ariyasāvikā paṭiggāhakānaṃ cattāri ṭhānāni deti. “Suppavāsā, when a noble-one's-disciple gives food, she gives the recipients four things.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti. Long life, beauty, happiness, and strength.
Āyuṃ kho pana datvā āyussa bhāginī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Giving long life, she has long life as a god or human.
Vaṇṇaṃ datvā vaṇṇassa bhāginī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Giving beauty, she has beauty as a god or human.
Sukhaṃ datvā sukhassa bhāginī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Giving happiness, she has happiness as a god or human.
Balaṃ datvā balassa bhāginī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Giving strength, she has strength as a god or human.
Bhojanaṃ, suppavāse, dentī ariyasāvikā paṭiggāhakānaṃ imāni cattāri ṭhānāni detīti. When a noble-one's-disciple gives food, she gives the recipients these four things.

(verse)
Susaṅkhataṃ bhojanaṃ yā dadāti, When she gives well-prepared food,
Suciṃ paṇītaṃ rasasā upetaṃ; pure, fine, and full of flavor,
Sā dakkhiṇā ujjugatesu dinnā, that offering—given to people of integrity,
Caraṇūpapannesu mahaggatesu; who have good conduct, and are big-hearted—
Puññena puññaṃ saṃsandamānā, joins merit to merit. It’s very fruitful,
Mahapphalā lokavidūna vaṇṇitā. and is praised by those who know the world.


Etādisaṃ yaññamanussarantā, Those who recall such sacrifices,
Ye vedajātā vicaranti loke; live in the world full of joy.
Vineyya maccheramalaṃ samūlaṃ, They’ve driven out the stain of stinginess down to the root,
Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhānan”ti. blameless, they go to a heavenly place.”


AN 4.58 Sudatta: Sudatta

58. Sudattasutta 58. Sudatta
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Bhojanaṃ, gahapati, dadamāno ariyasāvako paṭiggāhakānaṃ cattāri ṭhānāni deti. “Householder, when a noble-one's-disciple gives food, they give the recipients four things.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti. Long life, beauty, happiness, and strength.
Āyuṃ kho pana datvā āyussa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Giving long life, they have long life as a god or human. …
Vaṇṇaṃ datvā … sukhaṃ datvā … balaṃ datvā balassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Giving beauty … happiness … strength …
Bhojanaṃ, gahapati, dadamāno ariyasāvako paṭiggāhakānaṃ imāni cattāri ṭhānāni detīti. When a noble-one's-disciple gives food, they give the recipients these four things.

(verse)
Yo saññatānaṃ paradattabhojinaṃ, Carefully giving food at the right time,
Kālena sakkacca dadāti bhojanaṃ; to those who are restrained, eating only what others give,
Cattāri ṭhānāni anuppavecchati, you provide them with four things:
Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca. long life, beauty, happiness, and strength.


So āyudāyī vaṇṇadāyī, A person who gives long life, beauty,
sukhaṃ balaṃ dado naro; happiness, and strength,
Dīghāyu yasavā hoti, has long life and fame
yattha yatthūpapajjatī”ti. wherever they’re reborn.”


AN 4.59 Bhojana: Food

59. Bhojanasutta 59. Food
“Bhojanaṃ, bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ cattāri ṭhānāni deti. “monks, when a noble-one's-disciple gives food, they give the recipients four things.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti. Long life, beauty, happiness, and strength. …”
Āyuṃ kho pana datvā āyussa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.
Vaṇṇaṃ datvā … sukhaṃ datvā … balaṃ datvā balassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.
Bhojanaṃ, bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ imāni cattāri ṭhānāni detīti.


AN 4.60 Gihisāmīci: Lay Practice

60. Gihisāmīcisutta 60. Lay Practice
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Catūhi kho, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako gihisāmīcipaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti yasopaṭilābhiniṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. “Householder, when a noble-one's-disciple does four things they are practicing appropriately for a layperson, which brings fame and leads to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhito hoti cīvarena, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhito hoti piṇḍapātena, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhito hoti senāsanena, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhito hoti gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple serves the monk Saṅgha with robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Imehi kho, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako gihisāmīcipaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti yasopaṭilābhiniṃ saggasaṃvattanikanti. When a noble-one's-disciple does these four things they are practicing appropriately for a layperson, which brings fame and leads to heaven.

(verse)
Gihisāmīcipaṭipadaṃ, Those who are astute practice the way
paṭipajjanti paṇḍitā; that’s appropriate for laypeople.
Sammaggate sīlavante, They provide those who are ethical
cīvarena upaṭṭhitā. and on the right path with robes,


Piṇḍapātasayanena, alms-food, lodgings,
Gilānappaccayena ca; and supplies for the sick.
Tesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, Their merit always grows
Sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati; by day and by night.
Saggañca kamatiṭṭhānaṃ, They pass on to a place in heaven,
Kammaṃ katvāna bhaddakan”ti. having done excellent deeds.”


end of section [4..6.. - AN 4 vagga 6 Puññābhisanda: Overflowing Merit]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 7 Pattakamma: Deeds of Substance

    AN 4.61 - AN 4.61 Pattakamma: Deeds of Substance
    AN 4.62 - AN 4.62 Ānaṇya: Debtlessness
    AN 4.63 - AN 4.63 Brahma: Living with Brahmā
    AN 4.64 - AN 4.64 Niraya: Hell
    AN 4.65 - AN 4.65 Rūpa: Appearance
    AN 4.66 - AN 4.66 Sarāga: Greedy
    AN 4.67 - AN 4.67 Ahirāja: The Snake King
    AN 4.68 - AN 4.68 Devadatta: Devadatta
    AN 4.69 - AN 4.69 Padhāna: Effort
    AN 4.70 - AN 4.70 Adhammika: non-Dharmic

AN 4.61 Pattakamma: Deeds of Substance

61. Pattakammasutta 61. Deeds of Substance
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Cattārome, gahapati, dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. “Householder, these four things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable are hard to get in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Bhogā me uppajjantu sahadhammenāti, ayaṃ paṭhamo dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ. The first thing is the wish: ‘May wealth come to me by legitimate means!’


Bhoge laddhā sahadhammena yaso me āgacchatu saha ñātīhi saha upajjhāyehīti, ayaṃ dutiyo dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ. The second thing, having got wealth by legitimate means, is the wish: ‘May fame come to me, together with my family and teachers.’


Bhoge laddhā sahadhammena yasaṃ laddhā saha ñātīhi saha upajjhāyehi ciraṃ jīvāmi dīghamāyuṃ pālemīti, ayaṃ tatiyo dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ. The third thing, having got wealth and fame, is the wish: ‘May I live long, keeping alive for a long time!’


Bhoge laddhā sahadhammena yasaṃ laddhā saha ñātīhi saha upajjhāyehi ciraṃ jīvitvā dīghamāyuṃ pāletvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjāmīti, ayaṃ catuttho dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ. The fourth thing, having got wealth, fame, and long life, is the wish: ‘When my body breaks up, after death, may I be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm!’
Ime kho, gahapati, cattāro dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. These are the four things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable, but hard to get in the world.


Imesaṃ kho, gahapati, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ cattāro dhammā paṭilābhāya saṃvattanti. These next four things lead to the getting of those four things.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā. Accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom.


Katamā ca, gahapati, saddhāsampadā? And what is accomplishment in faith?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has faith in the Realized One’s awakening:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ayaṃ vuccati, gahapati, saddhāsampadā. This is called accomplishment in faith.


Katamā ca, gahapati, sīlasampadā? And what is accomplishment in ethics?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or take alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Ayaṃ vuccati, gahapati, sīlasampadā. This is called accomplishment in ethics.


Katamā ca, gahapati, cāgasampadā? And what is accomplishment in generosity?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share.
Ayaṃ vuccati, gahapati, cāgasampadā. This is called accomplishment in generosity.


Katamā ca, gahapati, paññāsampadā? And what is accomplishment in wisdom?
Abhijjhāvisamalobhābhibhūtena, gahapati, cetasā viharanto akiccaṃ karoti, kiccaṃ aparādheti. When your heart is mastered by covetousness and immoral greed, you do what you shouldn’t, and fail to do what you should.
Akiccaṃ karonto kiccaṃ aparādhento yasā ca sukhā ca dhaṃsati. Your fame and happiness are crushed.
Byāpādābhibhūtena, gahapati, cetasā viharanto akiccaṃ karoti, kiccaṃ aparādheti. When your heart is mastered by ill will …
Akiccaṃ karonto kiccaṃ aparādhento yasā ca sukhā ca dhaṃsati.
Thinamiddhābhibhūtena, gahapati, cetasā viharanto akiccaṃ karoti kiccaṃ aparādheti. dullness and drowsiness …
Akiccaṃ karonto kiccaṃ aparādhento yasā ca sukhā ca dhaṃsati.
Uddhaccakukkuccābhibhūtena, gahapati, cetasā viharanto akiccaṃ karoti, kiccaṃ aparādheti. restlessness and remorse …
Akiccaṃ karonto kiccaṃ aparādhento yasā ca sukhā ca dhaṃsati.
Vicikicchābhibhūtena, gahapati, cetasā viharanto akiccaṃ karoti, kiccaṃ aparādheti. doubt, you do what you shouldn’t, and fail to do what you should.
Akiccaṃ karonto kiccaṃ aparādhento yasā ca sukhā ca dhaṃsati. Your fame and happiness are crushed.


Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako abhijjhāvisamalobho cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā abhijjhāvisamalobhaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahati. Knowing that ‘covetousness and immoral greed are corruptions of the mind’, that noble-one's-disciple gives them up.
Byāpādo cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā byāpādaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahati. Knowing that ‘ill will …’ …
Thinamiddhaṃ cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā thinamiddhaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahati. ‘dullness and drowsiness …’ …
Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahati. ‘restlessness and remorse …’ …
Vicikicchā cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā vicikicchaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahati. ‘doubt is a corruption of the mind’, that noble-one's-disciple gives it up.


Yato ca kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa abhijjhāvisamalobho cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā abhijjhāvisamalobho cittassa upakkileso pahīno hoti. When a noble-one's-disciple has given up these things,
Byāpādo cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā byāpādo cittassa upakkileso pahīno hoti.
Thinamiddhaṃ cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā thinamiddhaṃ cittassa upakkileso pahīno hoti.
Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ cittassa upakkileso pahīno hoti.
Vicikicchā cittassa upakkilesoti, iti viditvā vicikicchā cittassa upakkileso pahīno hoti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, gahapati, ariyasāvako mahāpañño puthupañño āpātadaso paññāsampanno. they’re called ‘a noble-one's-disciple of great wisdom, of widespread wisdom, who sees what matters, and is accomplished in wisdom’.
Ayaṃ vuccati, gahapati, paññāsampadā. This is called accomplishment in wisdom.
Imesaṃ kho, gahapati, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ ime cattāro dhammā paṭilābhāya saṃvattanti. These are the four things that lead to the getting of the four things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable, but hard to get in the world.


Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi cattāri pattakammāni kattā hoti. There are four deeds of substance that a noble-one's-disciple does with the legitimate wealth he has earned by his efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. To start with, with his legitimate wealth he makes himself happy and pleased, keeping himself properly happy.
Mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. He makes his mother and father happy …
Puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. He makes his children, partners, bondservants, workers, and staff happy …
Mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. He makes his friends and colleagues happy …
Idamassa paṭhamaṃ ṭhānagataṃ hoti pattagataṃ āyatanaso paribhuttaṃ. This is his first solid and substantive investment, used in the appropriate sphere.


Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi yā tā honti āpadā aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato, tathārūpāsu āpadāsu pariyodhāya saṃvattati. Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he defends himself against threats from such things as fire, flood, rulers, bandits, or unloved heirs.
Sotthiṃ attānaṃ karoti. He keeps himself safe.
Idamassa dutiyaṃ ṭhānagataṃ hoti pattagataṃ āyatanaso paribhuttaṃ. This is his second solid and substantive investment, used in the appropriate sphere.


Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi pañcabaliṃ kattā hoti— Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he makes five spirit-offerings:
ñātibaliṃ, atithibaliṃ, pubbapetabaliṃ, rājabaliṃ, devatābaliṃ. to relatives, guests, ancestors, king, and deities.
Idamassa tatiyaṃ ṭhānagataṃ hoti pattagataṃ āyatanaso paribhuttaṃ. This is his third solid and substantive investment, used in the appropriate sphere.


Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā madappamādā paṭiviratā khantisoracce niviṭṭhā ekamattānaṃ damenti, ekamattānaṃ samenti, ekamattānaṃ parinibbāpenti, tathārūpesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he establishes an uplifting teacher’s offering for ascetics and brahmins—those who avoid intoxication and negligence, are settled in patience and gentleness, and who tame, calm, and extinguish themselves—that’s conducive to heaven, ripens in happiness, and leads to heaven.
Idamassa catutthaṃ ṭhānagataṃ hoti pattagataṃ āyatanaso paribhuttaṃ. This is his fourth solid and substantive investment, used in the appropriate sphere.


Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi imāni cattāri pattakammāni kattā hoti. These are the four deeds of substance that a noble-one's-disciple does with the legitimate wealth he has earned by his efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow.
Yassa kassaci, gahapati, aññatra imehi catūhi pattakammehi bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ime vuccanti, gahapati, bhogā aṭṭhānagatā apattagatā anāyatanaso paribhuttā. Whatever wealth is spent on something other than these four deeds of substance is said to be not a solid or substantive investment, and not used in the appropriate sphere.
Yassa kassaci, gahapati, imehi catūhi pattakammehi bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ime vuccanti, gahapati, bhogā ṭhānagatā pattagatā āyatanaso paribhuttāti. But whatever wealth is spent on these four deeds of substance is said to be a solid and substantive investment, used in the appropriate sphere.

(verse)
Bhuttā bhogā bhatā bhaccā, ‘I’ve enjoyed my wealth, supporting those who depend on me;
Vitiṇṇā āpadāsu me; I’ve overcome losses;
Uddhaggā dakkhiṇā dinnā, I’ve given uplifting offerings to teachers;
Atho pañcabalī katā; and made the five spirit-offerings.
Upaṭṭhitā sīlavanto, I have looked after the ethical and
Saññatā brahmacārayo. restrained spiritual practitioners.


Yadatthaṃ bhogaṃ iccheyya, I’ve achieved the purpose
paṇḍito gharamāvasaṃ; for which an astute lay person
So me attho anuppatto, wishes to gain wealth.
kataṃ ananutāpiyaṃ. I don’t regret what I’ve done.’


Etaṃ anussaraṃ macco, A mortal person who recollects this
ariyadhamme ṭhito naro; stands firm in The Dharma of the noble ones.
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, They’re praised in this life,
pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. and they depart to rejoice in heaven.”


end of section [4.61 - AN 4.61 Pattakamma: Deeds of Substance]

AN 4.62 Ānaṇya: Debtlessness

62. Ānaṇyasutta 62. Debtlessness
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Cattārimāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. “Householder, these four kinds of happiness can be earned by a layperson who enjoys sensual pleasures, depending on time and occasion.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ. The happiness of ownership, using wealth, debtlessness, and blamelessness.


Katamañca, gahapati, atthisukhaṃ? And what is the happiness of ownership?
Idha, gahapati, kulaputtassa bhogā honti uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sedāvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā. It’s when someone from a good family owns legitimate wealth that he has earned by his own efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow.
So ‘bhogā me atthi uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sedāvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā’ti adhigacchati sukhaṃ, adhigacchati somanassaṃ. When he reflects on this, he’s filled with pleasure and happiness.
Idaṃ vuccati, gahapati, atthisukhaṃ. This is called ‘the happiness of ownership’.


Katamañca, gahapati, bhogasukhaṃ? And what is the happiness of using wealth?
Idha, gahapati, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi paribhuñjati puññāni ca karoti. It’s when someone from a good family uses his legitimate wealth, and makes merit with it.
So ‘uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi paribhuñjāmi puññāni ca karomī’ti adhigacchati sukhaṃ, adhigacchati somanassaṃ. When he reflects on this, he’s filled with pleasure and happiness.
Idaṃ vuccati, gahapati, bhogasukhaṃ. This is called ‘the happiness of using wealth’.


Katamañca, gahapati, ānaṇyasukhaṃ? And what is the happiness of debtlessness?
Idha, gahapati, kulaputto na kassaci kiñci dhāreti appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā. It’s when someone from a good family owes no debt, large or small, to anyone.
So ‘na kassaci kiñci dhāremi appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā’ti adhigacchati sukhaṃ, adhigacchati somanassaṃ. When he reflects on this, he’s filled with pleasure and happiness.
Idaṃ vuccati, gahapati, ānaṇyasukhaṃ. This is called ‘the happiness of debtlessness’.


Katamañca, gahapati, anavajjasukhaṃ? And what is the happiness of blamelessness?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has blameless conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
So ‘anavajjenamhi kāyakammena samannāgato, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato’ti adhigacchati sukhaṃ, adhigacchati somanassaṃ. When he reflects on this, he’s filled with pleasure and happiness.
Idaṃ vuccati, gahapati, anavajjasukhaṃ. This is called ‘the happiness of blamelessness’.
Imāni kho, gahapati, cattāri sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāyāti. These four kinds of happiness can be earned by a layperson who enjoys sensual pleasures, depending on time and occasion.

(verse)
Ānaṇyasukhaṃ ñatvāna, Knowing the happiness of debtlessness,
Atho atthisukhaṃ paraṃ; and the extra happiness of possession,
Bhuñjaṃ bhogasukhaṃ macco, a mortal enjoying the happiness of using wealth,
Tato paññā vipassati. then sees clearly with wisdom.


Vipassamāno jānāti, Seeing clearly, a clever person knows
ubho bhoge sumedhaso; both kinds of happiness:
Anavajjasukhassetaṃ, the other kind is not worth a sixteenth part
kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasin”ti. of the happiness of blamelessness.”


AN 4.63 Brahma: Living with Brahmā

63. Brahmasutta 63. Living with Brahmā
“Sabrahmakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. “monks, a family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with Brahmā.
Sapubbācariyakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni, yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the first teachers.
Sapubbadevatāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the old deities.
Sāhuneyyakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with those worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods.


Brahmāti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Brahmā’ is a term for your parents.
Pubbācariyāti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘First teachers’ is a term for your parents.
Pubbadevatāti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Old deities’ is a term for your parents.
Āhuneyyāti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Worthy of an offering dedicated to the gods’ is a term for your parents.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro, puttānaṃ āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāroti. Parents are very helpful to their children, they raise them, nurture them, and show them the world.

(verse)
Brahmāti mātāpitaro, Parents are said to be ‘Brahmā’
pubbācariyāti vuccare; and ‘first teachers’.
Āhuneyyā ca puttānaṃ, They’re worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods from their children,
pajāya anukampakā. for they love their offspring.


Tasmā hi ne namasseyya, Therefore an astute person
sakkareyya ca paṇḍito; would revere them and honor them
Annena atha pānena, with food and drink,
vatthena sayanena ca; clothes and bedding,
Ucchādanena nhāpanena, by anointing and bathing,
pādānaṃ dhovanena ca. and by washing their feet.


Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, Because they look after
mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; their parents like this,
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, they’re praised in this life by the astute,
pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. and they depart to rejoice in heaven.”


AN 4.64 Niraya: Hell

64. Nirayasutta 64. Hell
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti— They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ nirayeti. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.

(verse)
Pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ, Killing, stealing,
Musāvādo ca vuccati; telling lies,
Paradāragamanañcāpi, and visiting others’ wives:
Nappasaṃsanti paṇḍitā”ti. astute people don’t praise these things.”


AN 4.65 Rūpa: Appearance

65. Rūpasutta 65. Appearance
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasanno— There are those whose estimation of and confidence in others is based on appearance, on eloquence, on mortification, and on Dharma.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the four people found in the world.

(verse)
Ye ca rūpe pamāṇiṃsu, Those who judge on appearance,
ye ca ghosena anvagū; and those swayed by a voice,
Chandarāgavasūpetā, are full of desire and greed;
nābhijānanti te janā. those people just don’t understand.


Ajjhattañca na jānāti, Not knowing what’s inside,
bahiddhā ca na passati; nor seeing what’s outside,
Samantāvaraṇo bālo, the fool shut in on every side,
sa ve ghosena vuyhati. gets carried away by a voice.


Ajjhattañca na jānāti, Not knowing what’s inside,
bahiddhā ca vipassati; but seeing what’s outside,
Bahiddhā phaladassāvī, seeing the fruit outside,
sopi ghosena vuyhati. they’re also carried away by a voice.


Ajjhattañca pajānāti, Understanding what’s inside,
bahiddhā ca vipassati; and seeing what’s outside,
Vinīvaraṇadassāvī, seeing without hindrances,
na so ghosena vuyhatī”ti. they don’t get carried away by a voice.”


AN 4.66 Sarāga: Greedy

66. Sarāgasutta 66. Greedy
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sarāgo, sadoso, samoho, samāno— The greedy, the hateful, the delusional, and the conceited.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the four people found in the world.

(verse)
Sārattā rajanīyesu, Full of desire for desirable things,
Piyarūpābhinandino; enjoying things that seem pleasant,
Mohena āvutā sattā, beings shrouded by ignorance,
Baddhā vaḍḍhenti bandhanaṃ. only tighten their bonds.


Rāgajaṃ dosajañcāpi, Born of greed, born of hate,
mohajaṃ cāpaviddasū; born of delusion: the ignorant
Karontākusalaṃ kammaṃ, make bad karma
savighātaṃ dukhudrayaṃ. that afflicts and produces pain.


Avijjānivutā posā, If you act out of these qualities, that’s what you become.
andhabhūtā acakkhukā; But men hindered by ignorance,
Yathā dhammā tathā santā, are blind, with no eyes to see,
na tassevanti maññare”ti. and they never imagine that this could be so.”


AN 4.67 Ahirāja: The Snake King

67. Ahirājasutta 67. The Snake King
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññataro bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho kālaṅkato hoti. Now, at that time a monk in Sāvatthī passed away due to a snake bite.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: Then several monks went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“idha, bhante, sāvatthiyaṃ aññataro bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho kālaṅkato”ti. “Sir, a monk in Sāvatthī has passed away due to a snake bite.”


“Na hi nūna so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cattāri ahirājakulāni mettena cittena phari. “monks, that monk mustn’t have spread a mind of love to the four royal snake families.
Sace hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cattāri ahirājakulāni mettena cittena phareyya, na hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho kālaṃ kareyya. If he had, he wouldn’t have died due to a snake bite.


Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Virūpakkhaṃ ahirājakulaṃ, erāpathaṃ ahirājakulaṃ, chabyāputtaṃ ahirājakulaṃ, kaṇhāgotamakaṃ ahirājakulaṃ. The royal snake families of Virūpakkha, Erāpatha, Chabyāputta, and Kaṇhāgotamaka. …
Na hi nūna so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imāni cattāri ahirājakulāni mettena cittena phari.
Sace hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imāni cattāri ahirājakulāni mettena cittena phareyya, na hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho kālaṃ kareyya.


Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imāni cattāri ahirājakulāni mettena cittena pharituṃ attaguttiyā attarakkhāya attaparittāyāti. monks, I urge you to spread a mind of love to the four royal snake families, for your own safety, security, and protection.

(verse)
Virūpakkhehi me mettaṃ, I love the Virūpakkhas,
Mettaṃ erāpathehi me; the Erāpathas I love,
Chabyāputtehi me mettaṃ, I love the Chabyāputtas,
Mettaṃ kaṇhāgotamakehi ca. the Kaṇhāgotamakas I love.


Apādakehi me mettaṃ, I love the footless creatures,
mettaṃ dvipādakehi me; the two-footed I love,
Catuppadehi me mettaṃ, I love the four-footed,
mettaṃ bahuppadehi me. the many-footed I love.


Mā maṃ apādako hiṃsi, May the footless not harm me!
mā maṃ hiṃsi dvipādako; May I not be harmed by the two-footed!
Mā maṃ catuppado hiṃsi, May the four-footed not harm me!
mā maṃ hiṃsi bahuppado. May I not be harmed by the many-footed!


Sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā, All sentient beings, all living things,
sabbe bhūtā ca kevalā; all creatures, every one:
Sabbe bhadrāni passantu, may they see only nice things,
mā kañci pāpamāgamā. may bad not come to anyone.


Appamāṇo buddho, The Buddha is immeasurable,
Appamāṇo dhammo; The Dharma is immeasurable,
Appamāṇo saṃgho, the Saṅgha is immeasurable.
Pamāṇavantāni sarīsapāni. But limited are crawling things,


Ahivicchikā satapadī, snakes and scorpions, centipedes,
Uṇṇanābhī sarabū mūsikā; spiders and lizards and mice.
Katā me rakkhā katā me parittā, I’ve made this safeguard, I’ve made this protection:
Paṭikkamantu bhūtāni; go away, creatures!
Sohaṃ namo bhagavato, And so I revere the Blessed One,
Namo sattannaṃ sammāsambuddhānan”ti. I revere the seven perfectly awakened Buddhas.”


AN 4.68 Devadatta: Devadatta

68. Devadattasutta 68. Devadatta
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left.
Tatra kho bhagavā devadattaṃ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha spoke to the monks about Devadatta:
“attavadhāya, bhikkhave, devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi. “Possessions, honor, and popularity came to Devadatta for his own ruin and downfall.
Parābhavāya, bhikkhave, devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kadalī attavadhāya phalaṃ deti, parābhavāya phalaṃ deti; It’s like a banana tree …
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, attavadhāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi, parābhavāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, veḷu attavadhāya phalaṃ deti, parābhavāya phalaṃ deti; or a bamboo …
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, attavadhāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi, parābhavāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, naḷo attavadhāya phalaṃ deti, parābhavāya phalaṃ deti; or a reed, all of which bear fruit to their own ruin and downfall …
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, attavadhāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi, parābhavāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, assatarī attavadhāya gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti, parābhavāya gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti; It’s like a mule, which becomes pregnant to its own ruin and downfall.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, attavadhāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi, parābhavāya devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādīti. In the same way, possessions, honor, and popularity came to Devadatta for his own ruin and downfall.

(verse)
Phalaṃ ve kadaliṃ hanti, The banana tree is destroyed by its own fruit,
phalaṃ veḷuṃ phalaṃ naḷaṃ; as are the bamboo and the reed.
Sakkāro kāpurisaṃ hanti, Honor destroys a wretch,
gabbho assatariṃ yathā”ti. as pregnancy destroys a mule.”


AN 4.69 Padhāna: Effort

69. Padhānasutta 69. Effort
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, padhānāni. “monks, there are these four efforts.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Saṃvarappadhānaṃ, pahānappadhānaṃ, bhāvanāppadhānaṃ, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ. The efforts to restrain, to give up, to develop, and to preserve.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, saṃvarappadhānaṃ? And what, monks, is the effort to restrain?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. It’s when you generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful Dharmas don’t arise.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saṃvarappadhānaṃ. This is called the effort to restrain.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, pahānappadhānaṃ? And what, monks, is the effort to give up?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. It’s when you generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful Dharmas are given up.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pahānappadhānaṃ. This is called the effort to give up.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanāppadhānaṃ? And what, monks, is the effort to develop?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. It’s when you generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas arise.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhāvanāppadhānaṃ. This is called the effort to develop.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ? And what, monks, is the effort to preserve?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. It’s when you generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are fulfilled by development.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ. This is called the effort to preserve.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri padhānānīti. These are the four efforts.

(verse)
Saṃvaro ca pahānañca, Restraint and giving up,
bhāvanā anurakkhaṇā; development and preservation:
Ete padhānā cattāro, these are the four efforts
desitādiccabandhunā; taught by the Kinsman of the Sun.
Yo hi bhikkhu idhātāpī, Any monk who ardently applies these
khayaṃ dukkhassa pāpuṇe”ti. may attain the ending of suffering.”


AN 4.70 Adhammika: non-Dharmic

70. Adhammikasutta 70. non-Dharmic
“Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye rājāno adhammikā honti, rājāyuttāpi tasmiṃ samaye adhammikā honti. “At a time when kings are non-Dharmic, royal officials become non-Dharmic.
Rājāyuttesu adhammikesu brāhmaṇagahapatikāpi tasmiṃ samaye adhammikā honti. When royal officials are non-Dharmic, brahmins and householders become non-Dharmic.
Brāhmaṇagahapatikesu adhammikesu negamajānapadāpi tasmiṃ samaye adhammikā honti. When brahmins and householders are non-Dharmic, the people of town and country become non-Dharmic.
Negamajānapadesu adhammikesu visamaṃ candimasūriyā parivattanti. When the people of town and country are non-Dharmic, the courses of the moon and sun become erratic.
Visamaṃ candimasūriyesu parivattantesu visamaṃ nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni parivattanti. … the courses of the stars and constellations …
Visamaṃ nakkhattesu tārakarūpesu parivattantesu visamaṃ rattindivā parivattanti. the days and nights …
Visamaṃ rattindivesu parivattantesu visamaṃ māsaddhamāsā parivattanti. the months and fortnights …
Visamaṃ māsaddhamāsesu parivattantesu visamaṃ utusaṃvaccharā parivattanti. the seasons and years become erratic.
Visamaṃ utusaṃvaccharesu parivattantesu visamaṃ vātā vāyanti visamā apañjasā. … the blowing of the winds becomes erratic and chaotic.
Visamaṃ vātesu vāyantesu visamesu apañjasesu devatā parikupitā bhavanti. … the deities are angered.
Devatāsu parikupitāsu devo na sammā dhāraṃ anuppavecchati. … the heavens don’t provide enough rain.
Deve na sammā dhāraṃ anuppavecchante visamapākāni sassāni bhavanti. … the crops ripen erratically.
Visamapākāni, bhikkhave, sassāni manussā paribhuñjantā appāyukā honti dubbaṇṇā ca bavhābādhā ca. When people eat crops that have ripened erratically, they become short-lived, ugly, weak, and sickly.


Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye rājāno dhammikā honti, rājāyuttāpi tasmiṃ samaye dhammikā honti. At a time when kings are Dharmic, royal officials become Dharmic.
Rājāyuttesu dhammikesu brāhmaṇagahapatikāpi tasmiṃ samaye dhammikā honti. … brahmins and householders …
Brāhmaṇagahapatikesu dhammikesu negamajānapadāpi tasmiṃ samaye dhammikā honti. people of town and country become Dharmic.
Negamajānapadesu dhammikesu samaṃ candimasūriyā parivattanti. When the people of town and country are Dharmic, the courses of the sun and moon become regular.
Samaṃ candimasūriyesu parivattantesu samaṃ nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni parivattanti. … the stars and constellations …
Samaṃ nakkhattesu tārakarūpesu parivattantesu samaṃ rattindivā parivattanti. the days and nights …
Samaṃ rattindivesu parivattantesu samaṃ māsaddhamāsā parivattanti. the months and fortnights …
Samaṃ māsaddhamāsesu parivattantesu samaṃ utusaṃvaccharā parivattanti. the seasons and years become regular.
Samaṃ utusaṃvaccharesu parivattantesu samaṃ vātā vāyanti samā pañjasā. … the blowing of the winds becomes regular and orderly.
Samaṃ vātesu vāyantesu samesu pañjasesu devatā aparikupitā bhavanti. … the deities are not angered …
Devatāsu aparikupitāsu devo sammā dhāraṃ anuppavecchati. … the heavens provide plenty of rain.
Deve sammā dhāraṃ anuppavecchante samapākāni sassāni bhavanti. When the heavens provide plenty of rain, the crops ripen well.
Samapākāni, bhikkhave, sassāni manussā paribhuñjantā dīghāyukā ca honti vaṇṇavanto ca balavanto ca appābādhā cāti. When people eat crops that have ripened well, they become long-lived, beautiful, strong, and healthy.

(verse)
Gunnañce taramānānaṃ, When cattle ford a river,
jimhaṃ gacchati puṅgavo; if the bull goes off course,
Sabbā tā jimhaṃ gacchanti, they all go off course,
nette jimhaṃ gate sati. because their leader is off course.


Evamevaṃ manussesu, So it is for humans:
yo hoti seṭṭhasammato; when the one agreed on as chief
So ce adhammaṃ carati, behaves badly,
pageva itarā pajā; what do you expect the rest to do?
Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṃ seti, The whole country sleeps badly,
rājā ce hoti adhammiko. when the king is non-Dharmic.


Gunnañce taramānānaṃ, When cattle ford a river,
ujuṃ gacchati puṅgavo; if the bull goes straight,
Sabbā tā ujuṃ gacchanti, they all go straight,
nette ujuṃ gate sati. because their leader is straight.


Evamevaṃ manussesu, So it is for humans:
yo hoti seṭṭhasammato; when the one agreed on as chief
So sace dhammaṃ carati, does the right thing,
pageva itarā pajā; what do you expect the rest to do?
Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ seti, The whole country sleeps happily,
rājā ce hoti dhammiko”ti. when the king is just.”


end of section [4..7.. - AN 4 vagga 7 Pattakamma: Deeds of Substance]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 8 Apaṇṇaka: Guaranteed

    AN 4.71 - AN 4.71 Padhāna: Effort
    AN 4.72 - AN 4.72 Sammādiṭṭhi: Right View
    AN 4.73 - AN 4.73 Sappurisa: A Good Person
    AN 4.74 - AN 4.74 Paṭhamaagga: Best (1st)
    AN 4.75 - AN 4.75 Dutiyaagga: Best (2nd)
    AN 4.76 - AN 4.76 Kusināra: At Kusinārā
    AN 4.77 - AN 4.77 Acinteyya: Inconceivable
    AN 4.78 - AN 4.78 Dakkhiṇa: A Teacher’s Offering
    AN 4.79 - AN 4.79 Vaṇijja: Business
    AN 4.80 - AN 4.80 Kamboja: Persia

AN 4.71 Padhāna: Effort

71. Padhānasutta 71. Effort
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu apaṇṇakappaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṃ khayāya. “monks, when a monk has four things their practice is guaranteed, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, paññavā hoti. It’s when a monk is ethical, learned, energetic, and wise.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu apaṇṇakappaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṃ khayāyā”ti. When a monk has these four things their practice is guaranteed, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.”


AN 4.72 Sammādiṭṭhi: Right View

72. Sammādiṭṭhisutta 72. Right View
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu apaṇṇakappaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṃ khayāya. “monks, when a monk has four things their practice is guaranteed, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Nekkhammavitakkena, abyāpādavitakkena, avihiṃsāvitakkena, sammādiṭṭhiyā— Thoughts of renunciation, love, and kindness; and right view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu apaṇṇakappaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṃ khayāyā”ti. When a monk has these four things their practice is guaranteed, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.”


AN 4.73 Sappurisa: A Good Person

73. Sappurisasutta 73. A Good Person
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. “monks, a bad person can be known by four dharmas.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa avaṇṇo taṃ apuṭṭhopi pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa. To start with, a bad person speaks ill of another even when not asked, how much more so when asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto ahāpetvā alambitvā paripūraṃ vitthārena parassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak ill of another in full detail, not leaving anything out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a bad person.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa. Furthermore, a bad person doesn’t speak well of another even when asked, how much more so when not asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto hāpetvā lambitvā aparipūraṃ avitthārena parassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak well of another without giving the full details, leaving many things out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a bad person.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa. Furthermore, a bad person doesn’t speak ill of themselves even when asked, how much more so when not asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto hāpetvā lambitvā aparipūraṃ avitthārena attano avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak ill of themselves without giving the full details, leaving many things out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a bad person.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuṭṭhopi pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa. Furthermore, a bad person speaks well of themselves even when not asked, how much more so when asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto ahāpetvā alambitvā paripūraṃ vitthārena attano vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak well of themselves in full detail, not leaving anything out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a bad person.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. A bad person can be known by these four dharmas.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sappuriso veditabbo. A good person can be known by four dharmas.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, sappuriso yo hoti parassa avaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa. To start with, a good person doesn’t speak ill of another even when asked, how much more so when not asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto hāpetvā lambitvā aparipūraṃ avitthārena parassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak ill of another without giving the full details, leaving many things out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a good person.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ apuṭṭhopi pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa. Furthermore, a good person speaks well of another even when not asked, how much more so when asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto ahāpetvā alambitvā paripūraṃ vitthārena parassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak well of another in full detail, not leaving anything out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a good person.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ apuṭṭhopi pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa. Furthermore, a good person speaks ill of themselves even when not asked, how much more so when asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto ahāpetvā alambitvā paripūraṃ vitthārena attano avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak ill of themselves in full detail, not leaving anything out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a good person.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa. Furthermore, a good person doesn’t speak well of themselves even when asked, how much more so when not asked.
Puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto hāpetvā lambitvā aparipūraṃ avitthārena attano vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti. But when led on by questions they speak well of themselves without giving the full details, leaving many things out.
Veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. That’s how to know that this is a good person.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato sappuriso veditabbo. A good person can be known by these four dharmas.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, vadhukā yaññadeva rattiṃ vā divaṃ vā ānītā hoti, tāvadevassā tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sassuyāpi sasurepi sāmikepi antamaso dāsakammakaraporisesu. It’s like a bride on the day or night she’s first brought to her husband’s home. Right away she sets up a ardent sense of conscience and prudence for her mother and father in law, her husband, and even the bondservants, workers, and staff.
Sā aparena samayena saṃvāsamanvāya vissāsamanvāya sassumpi sasurampi sāmikampi evamāha: But after some time, because of living together and familiarity, she’ll even say to her mother and father in law, or to her husband:
‘apetha, kiṃ pana tumhe jānāthā’ti. ‘Go away! What would you know?’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu yaññadeva rattiṃ vā divaṃ vā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, tāvadevassa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti bhikkhūsu bhikkhunīsu upāsakesu upāsikāsu antamaso ārāmikasamaṇuddesesu. In the same way, on the day or night a monk first goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, right away they set up a ardent sense of conscience and prudence for the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen, and even the monastery workers and novices.
So aparena samayena saṃvāsamanvāya vissāsamanvāya ācariyampi upajjhāyampi evamāha: But after some time, because of living together and familiarity, they’ll even say to their teacher or mentor:
‘apetha, kiṃ pana tumhe jānāthā’ti. ‘Go away! What would you know?’
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘adhunāgatavadhukāsamena cetasā viharissāmā’ti. ‘We will live with hearts like that of a newly wedded bride.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 4.74 Paṭhamaagga: Best (1st)

74. Paṭhamaaggasutta 74. Best (1st)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, aggāni. “monks, these four things are the best.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Sīlaggaṃ, samādhiggaṃ, paññāggaṃ, vimuttaggaṃ— The best ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, and freedom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri aggānī”ti. These are the four things that are the best.”


AN 4.75 Dutiyaagga: Best (2nd)

75. Dutiyaaggasutta 75. Best (2nd)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, aggāni. “monks, these four things are the best.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Rūpaggaṃ, vedanāggaṃ, saññāggaṃ, bhavaggaṃ— The best form, feeling, perception, and state of existence.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri aggānī”ti. These are the four things that are the best.”


AN 4.76 Kusināra: At Kusinārā

76. Kusinārasutta 76. At Kusinārā
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kusinārāyaṃ viharati upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ parinibbānasamaye. At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his final nirvana.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussapi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha: “Perhaps even a single monk has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, The Dharma, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice. So ask, monks! Don’t regret it later, thinking:
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, nāsakkhimha bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti. ‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’”
Evaṃ vutte, te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. When this was said, the monks kept silent.


Dutiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: For a second time the Buddha addressed the monks: …
“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussapi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, nāsakkhimha bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.
Dutiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. For a second time, the monks kept silent.


Tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: For a third time the Buddha addressed the monks: …
“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussapi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, nāsakkhimha bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.
Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. For a third time, the monks kept silent.


Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: Then the Buddha said to the monks:
“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha, sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū”ti. “monks, perhaps you don’t ask out of respect for the Teacher. So let a friend tell a friend.”
Evaṃ vutte, te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. When this was said, the monks kept silent.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:
“acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante. “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing!
Evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussapi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā”ti. I am quite confident that there’s not even a single monk in this Saṅgha who has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, The Dharma, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice.”


“Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi. Ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa: ‘natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussapi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’. “Ānanda, you speak from faith. But the Realized One knows that there’s not even a single monk in this Saṅgha who has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, The Dharma, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice.
Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo”ti. Even the last of these five hundred monks is a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.”


AN 4.77 Acinteyya: Inconceivable

77. Acinteyyasutta 77. Inconceivable
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni, na cintetabbāni; yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assa. “monks, these four things are inconceivable. They should not be thought about, and anyone who tries to think about them will go mad or get frustrated.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Buddhānaṃ, bhikkhave, buddhavisayo acinteyyo, na cintetabbo; The scope of the Buddhas …
yaṃ cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assa.
Jhāyissa, bhikkhave, jhānavisayo acinteyyo, na cintetabbo; The scope of one in jhāna …
yaṃ cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assa.
Kammavipāko, bhikkhave, acinteyyo, na cintetabbo; The results of deeds …
yaṃ cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assa.
Lokacintā, bhikkhave, acinteyyā, na cintetabbā; Speculation about the world …
yaṃ cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assa.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri acinteyyāni, na cintetabbāni; yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā”ti. These are the four inconceivable things. They should not be thought about, and anyone who tries to think about them will go mad or get frustrated.”


AN 4.78 Dakkhiṇa: A Teacher’s Offering

78. Dakkhiṇasutta 78. A Teacher’s Offering
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā visuddhiyo. “monks, there are these four ways of purifying an offering to a teacher.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakato; There’s an offering to a teacher that’s purified by the giver, not the recipient.
atthi, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā paṭiggāhakato visujjhati, no dāyakato; There’s an offering to a teacher that’s purified by the recipient, not the giver.
atthi, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā neva dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakato; There’s an offering to a teacher that’s purified by neither the giver nor the recipient.
atthi, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā dāyakato ceva visujjhati paṭiggāhakato ca. There’s an offering to a teacher that’s purified by both the giver and the recipient.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakato? And how is an offering to a teacher purified by the giver, not the recipient?
Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako hoti sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo; paṭiggāhakā honti dussīlā pāpadhammā. It’s when the giver is ethical, of good character, but the recipient is unethical, of bad character.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakato.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā paṭiggāhakato visujjhati, no dāyakato? And how is an offering to a teacher purified by the recipient, not the giver?
Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako hoti dussīlo pāpadhammo; paṭiggāhakā honti sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. It’s when the giver is unethical, of bad character, but the recipient is ethical, of good character.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā paṭiggāhakato visujjhati, no dāyakato.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā neva dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakato? And how is an offering to a teacher purified by neither the giver nor the recipient?
Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako hoti dussīlo pāpadhammo; paṭiggāhakāpi honti dussīlā pāpadhammā. It’s when both the giver and the recipient are unethical, of bad character.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā neva dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakato.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā dāyakato ceva visujjhati paṭiggāhakato ca? And how is an offering to a teacher purified by both the giver and the recipient?
Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako hoti sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo; paṭiggāhakāpi honti sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. It’s when both the giver and the recipient are ethical, of good character.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇā dāyakato ceva visujjhati paṭiggāhakato ca.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso dakkhiṇā visuddhiyo”ti. These are the four ways of purifying an offering to a teacher.”


AN 4.79 Vaṇijja: Business

79. Vaṇijjasutta 79. Business
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā chedagāminī hoti? “Sir, what is the cause, what is the reason why for different people the same kind of business undertaking might fail,
Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā na yathādhippāyā hoti? while another doesn’t meet expectations,
Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā yathādhippāyā hoti? another meets expectations,
Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā parādhippāyā hotī”ti? and another exceeds expectations?”


“Idha, sāriputta, ekacco samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti: ‘vadatu, bhante, paccayenā’ti. So yena pavāreti taṃ na deti. “Sāriputta, take a case where someone goes to an ascetic or brahmin and invites them to ask for what they need. But they fail to give what’s requested.
So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati, so yaññadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa hoti chedagāminī. When they’ve passed away from that life, if they’re reborn in this state of existence, whatever business they undertake fails.


Idha pana, sāriputta, ekacco samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti: ‘vadatu, bhante, paccayenā’ti. So yena pavāreti taṃ na yathādhippāyaṃ deti. Take a case where someone goes to an ascetic or brahmin and invites them to ask for what they need. They give what’s requested, but don’t meet expectations.
So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati, so yaññadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa na hoti yathādhippāyā. When they’ve passed away from that life, if they’re reborn in this state of existence, whatever business they undertake doesn’t meet expectations.


Idha pana, sāriputta, ekacco samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti: ‘vadatu, bhante, paccayenā’ti. So yena pavāreti taṃ yathādhippāyaṃ deti. Take a case where someone goes to an ascetic or brahmin and invites them to ask for what they need. They give what’s requested, meeting expectations.
So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati, so yaññadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa hoti yathādhippāyā. When they’ve passed away from that life, if they’re reborn in this state of existence, whatever business they undertake meets expectations.


Idha, sāriputta, ekacco samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti: ‘vadatu, bhante, paccayenā’ti. So yena pavāreti taṃ parādhippāyaṃ deti. Take a case where someone goes to an ascetic or brahmin and invites them to ask for what they need. They give what’s requested, exceeding expectations.
So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati, so yaññadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa hoti parādhippāyā. When they’ve passed away from that life, if they’re reborn in this state of existence, whatever business they undertake exceeds expectations.


Ayaṃ kho, sāriputta, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā chedagāminī hoti. This is the cause, this is the reason why for different people the same kind of business enterprise might fail,
Ayaṃ pana, sāriputta, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā na yathādhippāyā hoti. while another doesn’t meet expectations,
Ayaṃ kho pana, sāriputta, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā yathādhippāyā hoti. another meets expectations,
Ayaṃ pana, sāriputta, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekaccassa tādisāva vaṇijjā payuttā parādhippāyā hotī”ti. and another exceeds expectations.”


AN 4.80 Kamboja: Persia

80. Kambojasutta 80. Persia
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena mātugāmo neva sabhāyaṃ nisīdati, na kammantaṃ payojeti, na kambojaṃ gacchatī”ti? “Sir, what is the cause, what is the reason why females don’t attend council meetings, work for a living, or travel to Persia?”
“Kodhano, ānanda, mātugāmo; “Ānanda, females are angry,
issukī, ānanda, mātugāmo; jealous,
maccharī, ānanda, mātugāmo; mean,
duppañño, ānanda, mātugāmo— and unintelligent.
ayaṃ kho, ānanda, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena mātugāmo neva sabhāyaṃ nisīdati, na kammantaṃ payojeti, na kambojaṃ gacchatī”ti. This is the cause, this is the reason why females don’t attend council meetings, work for a living, or travel to Persia.”


end of section [4..8.. - AN 4 vagga 8 Apaṇṇaka: Guaranteed]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 9 Macala: Confirmed

    AN 4.81 - AN 4.81 Pāṇātipāta: Killing Living Creatures
    AN 4.82 - AN 4.82 Musāvāda: Lying
    AN 4.83 - AN 4.83 Avaṇṇāraha: Where Criticism Takes You
    AN 4.84 - AN 4.84 Kodhagaru: Valuing Anger
    AN 4.85 - AN 4.85 Tamotama: From Darkness to Darkness
    AN 4.86 - AN 4.86 Oṇatoṇata: Sunk Low
    AN 4.87 - AN 4.87 Putta: The Son
    AN 4.88 - AN 4.88 Saṃyojana: Fetters
    AN 4.89 - AN 4.89 Sammādiṭṭhi: Right View
    AN 4.90 - AN 4.90 Khandha: Aggregates

AN 4.81 Pāṇātipāta: Killing Living Creatures

81. Pāṇātipātasutta 81. Killing Living Creatures
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti— They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti— They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or lie.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.82 Musāvāda: Lying

82. Musāvādasutta 82. Lying
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Musāvādī hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti— They use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti— They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.83 Avaṇṇāraha: Where Criticism Takes You

83. Avaṇṇārahasutta 83. Where Criticism Takes You
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, Without examining or scrutinizing, they praise those deserving of criticism,
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, and they criticize those deserving of praise.
ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti— They arouse faith in things that are dubious, and they don’t arouse faith in things that are inspiring.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, After examining and scrutinizing, they criticize those deserving of criticism,
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, and they praise those deserving of praise.
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti They don’t arouse faith in things that are dubious,
anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti— and they do arouse faith in things that are inspiring.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.84 Kodhagaru: Valuing Anger

84. Kodhagarusutta 84. Valuing Anger
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kodhagaru hoti na saddhammagaru, makkhagaru hoti na saddhammagaru, lābhagaru hoti na saddhammagaru, sakkāragaru hoti na saddhammagaru— They value anger, or denigration, or material possessions, or honor rather than the true Dharma.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Saddhammagaru hoti na kodhagaru, saddhammagaru hoti na makkhagaru, saddhammagaru hoti na lābhagaru, saddhammagaru hoti na sakkāragaru— They value the true Dharma rather than anger, or denigration, or material possessions, or honor.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.85 Tamotama: From Darkness to Darkness

85. Tamotamasutta 85. From Darkness to Darkness
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

The dark bound for darkness, the dark bound for light, the light bound for darkness, and the light bound for light. Tamo tamaparāyaṇo, tamo jotiparāyaṇo, joti tamaparāyaṇo, joti jotiparāyaṇo.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo tamo hoti tamaparāyaṇo? And how is a person dark and bound for darkness?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti—caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. It’s when someone is reborn in a low family—a family of outcastes, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or waste-collectors—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find.
So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, chronically ill—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting.
So kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati. And they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
So kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo tamo hoti tamaparāyaṇo. That’s how a person is dark and bound for darkness.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo tamo hoti jotiparāyaṇo? And how is a person dark and bound for light?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti—caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati; It’s when some person is reborn in a low family …
so ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa.
So kāyena sucaritaṃ carati, vācāya sucaritaṃ carati, manasā sucaritaṃ carati. But they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind.
So kāyena sucaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo tamo hoti jotiparāyaṇo. That’s how a person is dark and bound for light.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo joti hoti tamaparāyaṇo? And how is a person light and bound for darkness?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti—khattiyamahāsālakule vā brāhmaṇamahāsālakule vā gahapatimahāsālakule vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūparajate pahūtavittūpakaraṇe pahūtadhanadhaññe; It’s when some person is reborn in an eminent family—a well-to-do family of aristocrats, brahmins, or householders—rich, affluent, and wealthy, with lots of gold and silver, lots of property and assets, and lots of money and grain.
so ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato, lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. And they’re attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. They get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting.
So kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati. But they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
So kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo joti hoti tamaparāyaṇo. That’s how a person is light and bound for darkness.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo joti hoti jotiparāyaṇo? And how is a person light and bound for light?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti—khattiyamahāsālakule vā brāhmaṇamahāsālakule vā gahapatimahāsālakule vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūparajate pahūtavittūpakaraṇe pahūtadhanadhaññe; It’s when some person is reborn in an eminent family …
so ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato, lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa.
So kāyena sucaritaṃ carati, vācāya sucaritaṃ carati, manasā sucaritaṃ carati. And they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind.
So kāyena sucaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo joti hoti jotiparāyaṇo. That’s how a person is light and bound for light.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.86 Oṇatoṇata: Sunk Low

86. Oṇatoṇatasutta 86. Sunk Low
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

… These are the four people found in the world.” One sunk low who sinks lower, one sunk low who rises high, one risen high who sinks low, and one risen high who rises higher. Oṇatoṇato, oṇatuṇṇato, uṇṇatoṇato, uṇṇatuṇṇato.
… Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.


AN 4.87 Putta: The Son

87. Puttasutta 87. The Son
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Samaṇamacalo, samaṇapuṇḍarīko, samaṇapadumo, samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo. The confirmed ascetic, the white lotus ascetic, the pink lotus ascetic, and the exquisite ascetic of ascetics.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti? And how is a person a confirmed ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti pāṭipado; It’s when a monk is a practicing trainee,
anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ patthayamāno viharati. who lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto ābhiseko anabhisitto macalappatto; It’s like the eldest son of an anointed king. He has not yet been anointed, but is eligible, and has been confirmed in the succession.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti pāṭipado, anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ patthayamāno viharati. In the same way, a monk is a practicing trainee, who lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti. That’s how a person is a confirmed ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti? And how is a person a white lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, no ca kho aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. It’s when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. But they don’t have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti. That’s how a person is a white lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti? And how is a person a pink lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, aṭṭha ca vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. It’s when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. … And they have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti. That’s how a person is a pink lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti? And how is a person an exquisite ascetic of ascetics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuñjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjati, appaṃ ayācito. It’s when a monk usually uses only what they’ve been invited to accept—robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—rarely using them without invitation.
Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharati, tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṃ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually treat them agreeably by way of body, speech, and mind, and rarely disagreeably.
manāpaṃyeva bahulaṃ upahāraṃ upaharanti, appaṃ amanāpaṃ. And they usually present them with agreeable things, rarely with disagreeable ones.
Yāni kho pana tāni vedayitāni pittasamuṭṭhānāni vā semhasamuṭṭhānāni vā vātasamuṭṭhānāni vā sannipātikāni vā utupariṇāmajāni vā visamaparihārajāni vā opakkamikāni vā kammavipākajāni vā, tāni panassa na bahudeva uppajjanti. Appābādho hoti. They’re healthy, so the various unpleasant feelings—stemming from disorders of bile, phlegm, wind, or their conjunction; or caused by change in weather, by not taking care of yourself, by overexertion, or as the result of past deeds—usually don’t come up.
Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, They get the four jhānas—pleasureful meditations in the present life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty.
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti. That’s how a person is an exquisite ascetic of ascetics.


Yañhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya samaṇesu samaṇasukhumāloti, mameva taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya samaṇesu samaṇasukhumāloti. And if anyone should be rightly called an exquisite ascetic of ascetics, it’s me.
Ahañhi, bhikkhave, yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuñjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāmi, appaṃ ayācito. For I usually use only what I’ve been invited to accept …
Yehi kho pana bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ viharāmi te me manāpeneva bahulaṃ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpaṃyeva bahulaṃ upahāraṃ upaharanti, appaṃ amanāpaṃ. When living with other spiritual practitioners, I usually treat them agreeably …
Yāni kho pana tāni vedayitāni pittasamuṭṭhānāni vā semhasamuṭṭhānāni vā vātasamuṭṭhānāni vā sannipātikāni vā utupariṇāmajāni vā visamaparihārajāni vā opakkamikāni vā kammavipākajāni vā, tāni me na bahudeva uppajjanti. Appābādhohamasmi. I’m healthy …
Catunnaṃ kho panasmi jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, I get the four jhānas when I want, without trouble or difficulty.
āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi. And I’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. …


Yañhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya samaṇesu samaṇasukhumāloti, mameva taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya samaṇesu samaṇasukhumāloti. So if anyone should be rightly called an exquisite ascetic of ascetics, it’s me.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.88 Saṃyojana: Fetters

88. Saṃyojanasutta 88. Fetters
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Samaṇamacalo, samaṇapuṇḍarīko, samaṇapadumo, samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo. The confirmed ascetic, the white lotus ascetic, the pink lotus ascetic, and the exquisite ascetic of ascetics.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti? And how is a person a confirmed ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. It’s when a monk—with the ending of three fetters—is a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti. That’s how a person is a confirmed ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti? And how is a person a white lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā, rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. It’s when a monk—with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion—is a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti. That’s how a person is a white lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti? And how is a person a pink lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. It’s when a monk—with the ending of the five lower fetters—is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti. That’s how a person is a pink lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti? And how is a person an exquisite ascetic of ascetics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti. That’s how a person is an exquisite ascetic of ascetics.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.89 Sammādiṭṭhi: Right View

89. Sammādiṭṭhisutta 89. Right View
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Samaṇamacalo, samaṇapuṇḍarīko, samaṇapadumo, samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo. The confirmed ascetic, the white lotus ascetic, the pink lotus ascetic, and the exquisite ascetic of ascetics.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti? And how is a person a confirmed ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammāsaṅkappo hoti, sammāvāco hoti, sammākammanto hoti, sammāājīvo hoti, sammāvāyāmo hoti, sammāsati hoti, sammāsamādhi hoti. It’s when a monk has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, and right undistractible-lucidity.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti. That’s how a person is a confirmed ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti? And how is a person a white lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammāsaṅkappo hoti, sammāvāco hoti, sammākammanto hoti, sammāājīvo hoti, sammāvāyāmo hoti, sammāsati hoti, sammāsamādhi hoti, sammāñāṇī hoti, sammāvimutti hoti, no ca kho aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. It’s when they have right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, right undistractible-lucidity, right knowledge, and right freedom. But they don’t have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti. That’s how a person is a white lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti? And how is a person a pink lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiko hoti … pe … sammāvimutti hoti, aṭṭha ca vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. It’s when they have right view … and right freedom. And they do have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti. That’s how a person is a pink lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti? And how is a person an exquisite ascetic of ascetics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, appaṃ ayācito … pe … yañhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya samaṇesu samaṇasukhumāloti, mameva taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya samaṇesu samaṇasukhumāloti. It’s when a monk usually uses only what they’ve been invited to accept … And if anyone should be rightly called an exquisite ascetic of ascetics, it’s me.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.90 Khandha: Aggregates

90. Khandhasutta 90. Aggregates
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Samaṇamacalo, samaṇapuṇḍarīko, samaṇapadumo, samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo. The confirmed ascetic, the white lotus ascetic, the pink lotus ascetic, and the exquisite ascetic of ascetics.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti? And how is a person a confirmed ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti appattamānaso, anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ patthayamāno viharati. It’s when a monk is a trainee who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇamacalo hoti. That’s how a person is a confirmed ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti? And how is a person a white lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: It’s when a monk meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates.
‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; ‘Such is form, such is the origin of form, such is the ending of form.
iti vedanā … pe … Such is feeling …
iti saññā … pe … Such is perception …
iti saṅkhārā … pe … Such are co-doings …
iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti; Such is consciousness, such is the origin of consciousness, such is the ending of consciousness.’
no ca kho aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. But they don’t have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko hoti. That’s how a person is a white lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti? And how is a person a pink lotus ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: It’s when a monk meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates.
‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; ‘Such is form, such is the origin of form, such is the ending of form.
iti vedanā … pe … Such is feeling …
iti saññā … pe … Such is perception …
iti saṅkhārā … pe … Such are co-doings …
iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti; Such is consciousness, such is the origin of consciousness, such is the ending of consciousness.’
aṭṭha ca vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. And they have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇapadumo hoti. That’s how a person is a pink lotus ascetic.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti? And how is a person an exquisite ascetic of ascetics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, appaṃ ayācito … pe … mameva taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya samaṇesu samaṇasukhumāloti. It’s when a monk usually uses only what they’ve been invited to accept … And if anyone should be rightly called an exquisite ascetic of ascetics, it’s me.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


end of section [4..9.. - AN 4 vagga 9 Macala: Confirmed]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 10 Asura: Demons

    AN 4.91 - AN 4.91 Asura: Demons
    AN 4.92 - AN 4.92 Paṭhamasamādhi: undistractible-lucidity (1st)
    AN 4.93 - AN 4.93 Dutiyasamādhi: undistractible-lucidity (2nd)
    AN 4.94 - AN 4.94 Tatiyasamādhi: undistractible-lucidity (3rd)
    AN 4.95 - AN 4.95 Chavālāta: A Firebrand
    AN 4.96 - AN 4.96 Rāgavinaya: Removing Greed
    AN 4.97 - AN 4.97 Khippanisanti: Quick-witted
    AN 4.98 - AN 4.98 Attahita: To Benefit Oneself
    AN 4.98 - AN 4.98 Attahita: To Benefit Oneself
    AN 4.99 - AN 4.99 Sikkhāpada: Training Rules
    AN 4.100 - AN 4.100 Potaliya: With Potaliya the Wanderer

AN 4.91 Asura: Demons

91. Asurasutta 91. Demons
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

A demon accompanied by demons, a demon accompanied by gods, a god accompanied by demons, and a god accompanied by gods. Asuro asuraparivāro, asuro devaparivāro, devo asuraparivāro, devo devaparivāro.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo asuro hoti asuraparivāro? And how is a person a demon accompanied by demons?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo, parisāpissa hoti dussīlā pāpadhammā. It’s when a person is unethical, of bad character, and their following is the same.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo asuro hoti asuraparivāro. That’s how a person is a demon accompanied by demons.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo asuro hoti devaparivāro? And how is a person a demon accompanied by gods?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo, parisā ca khvassa hoti sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā. It’s when a person is unethical, of bad character, but their following is ethical, of good character.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo asuro hoti devaparivāro. That’s how a person is a demon accompanied by gods.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo devo hoti asuraparivāro? And how is a person a god accompanied by demons?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo, parisā ca khvassa hoti dussīlā pāpadhammā. It’s when a person is ethical, of good character, but their following is unethical, of bad character.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo devo hoti asuraparivāro. That’s how a person is a god accompanied by demons.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo devo hoti devaparivāro? And how is a person a god accompanied by gods?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo, parisāpissa hoti sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā. It’s when a person is ethical, of good character, and their following is the same.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo devo hoti, devaparivāro. That’s how a person is a god accompanied by gods.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.92 Paṭhamasamādhi: undistractible-lucidity (1st)

92. Paṭhamasamādhisutta 92. undistractible-lucidity (1st)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has internal serenity of heart, but not the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī hoti adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, na lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa. One person has the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas, but not internal serenity of heart.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ceva lābhī hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has neither internal serenity of heart, nor the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has both internal serenity of heart, and the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.93 Dutiyasamādhi: undistractible-lucidity (2nd)

93. Dutiyasamādhisutta 93. undistractible-lucidity (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has internal serenity of heart, but not the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī hoti adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, na lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa. One person has the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas, but not internal serenity of heart.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ceva lābhī hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has neither internal serenity of heart, nor the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has both internal serenity of heart, and the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena ajjhattaṃ cetosamathe patiṭṭhāya adhipaññādhammavipassanāya yogo karaṇīyo. As for the person who has serenity but not discernment: grounded on serenity, they should practice meditation to get discernment.
So aparena samayena lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. After some time they have both serenity and discernment.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya na lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena adhipaññādhammavipassanāya patiṭṭhāya ajjhattaṃ cetosamathe yogo karaṇīyo. As for the person who has discernment but not serenity: grounded on discernment, they should practice meditation to get serenity.
So aparena samayena lābhī ceva hoti adhipaññādhammavipassanāya lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa. After some time they have both discernment and serenity.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo na ceva lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena tesaṃyeva kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṃ. As for the person who has neither serenity nor discernment: in order to get those skillful Dharmas, they should apply outstanding enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, rememberfulness, and lucid-discerning.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṃ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, rememberfulness, and lucid-discerning.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tena puggalena tesaṃyeva kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṃ. In the same way, in order to get those skillful Dharmas, that person should apply outstanding enthusiasm …
So aparena samayena lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. After some time they have both serenity and discernment.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena tesuyeva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṃ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo. As for the person who has both serenity and discernment: grounded on those skillful Dharmas, they should practice meditation further to end the defilements.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.94 Tatiyasamādhi: undistractible-lucidity (3rd)

94. Tatiyasamādhisutta 94. undistractible-lucidity (3rd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has internal serenity of heart, but not the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī hoti adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, na lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa. One person has the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas, but not internal serenity of heart.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ceva lābhī hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has neither internal serenity of heart, nor the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. One person has both internal serenity of heart, and the higher wisdom of discernment of Dharmas.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: As for the person who has serenity but not discernment: they should approach someone who has discernment and ask:
‘kathaṃ nu kho, āvuso, saṅkhārā daṭṭhabbā? ‘Reverend, how should conditions be seen?
Kathaṃ saṅkhārā sammasitabbā? How should they be comprehended?
Kathaṃ saṅkhārā vipassitabbā’ti? How should they be discerned?’
Tassa so yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ byākaroti: That person would answer from their own experience:
‘evaṃ kho, āvuso, saṅkhārā daṭṭhabbā, evaṃ saṅkhārā sammasitabbā, evaṃ saṅkhārā vipassitabbā’ti. ‘This is how conditions should be seen, comprehended, and discerned.’
So aparena samayena lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. After some time they have both serenity and discernment.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya na lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: As for the person who has discernment but not serenity: they should approach someone who has serenity and ask:
‘kathaṃ nu kho, āvuso, cittaṃ saṇṭhapetabbaṃ? ‘Reverend, how should the mind be stilled?
Kathaṃ cittaṃ sannisādetabbaṃ? How should it be settled?
Kathaṃ cittaṃ ekodi kātabbaṃ? How should it be unified?
Kathaṃ cittaṃ samādahātabban’ti? How should it be undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi?’
Tassa so yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ byākaroti: That person would answer from their own experience:
‘evaṃ kho, āvuso, cittaṃ saṇṭhapetabbaṃ, evaṃ cittaṃ sannisādetabbaṃ, evaṃ cittaṃ ekodi kātabbaṃ, evaṃ cittaṃ samādahātabban’ti. ‘Reverend, this is how the mind should be stilled, settled, unified, and undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.’
So aparena samaye lābhī ceva hoti adhipaññādhammavipassanāya lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa. After some time they have both discernment and serenity.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo na ceva lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī ceva ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: As for the person who has neither serenity nor discernment: they should approach someone who has serenity and discernment and ask:
‘kathaṃ nu kho, āvuso, cittaṃ saṇṭhapetabbaṃ? ‘Reverend, how should the mind be stilled?
Kathaṃ cittaṃ sannisādetabbaṃ? How should it be settled?
Kathaṃ cittaṃ ekodi kātabbaṃ? How should it be unified?
Kathaṃ cittaṃ samādahātabbaṃ? How should it be undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi?’
Kathaṃ saṅkhārā daṭṭhabbā? How should conditions be seen?
Kathaṃ saṅkhārā sammasitabbā? How should they be comprehended?
Kathaṃ saṅkhārā vipassitabbā’ti? How should they be discerned?’
Tassa so yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ byākaroti: That person would answer as they’ve seen and known:
‘evaṃ kho, āvuso, cittaṃ saṇṭhapetabbaṃ, evaṃ cittaṃ sannisādetabbaṃ, evaṃ cittaṃ ekodi kātabbaṃ, evaṃ cittaṃ samādahātabbaṃ, evaṃ saṅkhārā daṭṭhabbā, evaṃ saṅkhārā sammasitabbā, evaṃ saṅkhārā vipassitabbā’ti. ‘Reverend, this is how the mind should be stilled, settled, unified, and undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi. And this is how conditions should be seen, comprehended, and discerned.’
So aparena samayena lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. After some time they have both serenity and discernment.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena tesu ceva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṃ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo. As for the person who has both serenity and discernment: grounded on those skillful Dharmas, they should practice meditation further to end the defilements.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.95 Chavālāta: A Firebrand

95. Chavālātasutta 95. A Firebrand
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Nevattahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca.
One who practices to benefit neither themselves nor others; one who practices to benefit others, but not themselves; one who practices to benefit themselves, but not others; and one who practices to benefit both themselves and others.

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, chavālātaṃ ubhato padittaṃ, majjhe gūthagataṃ, neva gāme kaṭṭhatthaṃ pharati na araññe (); Suppose there was a firebrand for lighting a funeral pyre, burning at both ends, and smeared with dung in the middle. It couldn’t be used as timber either in the village or the wilderness.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi yvāyaṃ puggalo nevattahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya. The person who practices to benefit neither themselves nor others is like this, I say.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, ayaṃ imesaṃ dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. The person who practices to benefit others, but not themselves, is better than that.
Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, ayaṃ imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. The person who practices to benefit themselves, but not others, is better than both of those.
Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca, ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. But the person who practices to benefit both themselves and others is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the four.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo, sappimaṇḍo tattha aggamakkhāyati; From a cow comes milk, from milk comes curds, from curds come butter, from butter comes ghee, and from ghee comes cream of ghee. And the cream of ghee is said to be the best of these.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca, ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. In the same way, the person who practices to benefit both themselves and others is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the four.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.96 Rāgavinaya: Removing Greed

96. Rāgavinayasutta 96. Removing Greed
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

One who practices to benefit themselves, but not others; one who practices to benefit others, but not themselves; one who practices to benefit neither themselves nor others; and one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. Attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, nevattahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti no parahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit themselves, but not others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā rāgavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ rāgavinayāya samādapeti; It’s when a person practices to remove their own greed, hate, and delusion, but doesn’t encourage others to do the same.
attanā dosavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ dosavinayāya samādapeti;
attanā mohavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ mohavinayāya samādapeti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit themselves, but not others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit others, but not themselves?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā na rāgavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraṃ rāgavinayāya samādapeti; It’s when a person doesn’t practice to remove their own greed, hate, and delusion, but encourages others to remove theirs.
attanā na dosavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraṃ dosavinayāya samādapeti;
attanā na mohavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraṃ mohavinayāya samādapeti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit others, but not themselves.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit neither themselves nor others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā na rāgavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ rāgavinayāya samādapeti; It’s when a person doesn’t practice to remove their own greed, hate, and delusion, nor do they encourage others to remove theirs.
attanā na dosavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ dosavinayāya samādapeti;
attanā na mohavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ mohavinayāya samādapeti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit neither themselves nor others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca? And how does a person practice to benefit both themselves and others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā ca rāgavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, parañca rāgavinayāya samādapeti; It’s when a person practices to remove their own greed, hate, and delusion, and encourages others to remove theirs.
attanā ca dosavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, parañca dosavinayāya samādapeti;
attanā ca mohavinayāya paṭipanno hoti, parañca mohavinayāya samādapeti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca. That’s how a person practices to benefit both themselves and others.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.97 Khippanisanti: Quick-witted

97. Khippanisantisutta 97. Quick-witted
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

One who practices to benefit themselves, but not others; one who practices to benefit others, but not themselves; one who practices to benefit neither themselves nor others; and one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. Attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, nevattahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit themselves, but not others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhī hoti atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; It’s when a person is quick-witted when it comes to skillful Dharmas. They readily memorize The Dharmas they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of Dharmas they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and The Dharma, they practice accordingly.
no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. But they’re not a good speaker. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit themselves, but not others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit others, but not themselves?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na heva kho khippanisantī hoti kusalesu dhammesu, no ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhī hoti, no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; It’s when a person is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful Dharmas. …
kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. But they’re a good speaker. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit others, but not themselves.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit neither themselves nor others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na heva kho khippanisantī hoti kusalesu dhammesu, no ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhī hoti, no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; It’s when a person is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful Dharmas. …
no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Nor are they a good speaker. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit neither themselves nor others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca? And how does a person practice to benefit both themselves and others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhī hoti atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; It’s when a person is quick-witted when it comes to skillful Dharmas. …
kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. And they’re a good speaker. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca. That’s how a person practices to benefit both themselves and others.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.98 Attahita: To Benefit Oneself

98. Attahitasutta 98. To Benefit Oneself
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four people found in the world.” One who practices to benefit themselves, but not others; one who practices to benefit others, but not themselves; one who practices to benefit neither themselves nor others; and one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. Attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, nevattahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.


AN 4.98 Attahita: To Benefit Oneself

98. Attahitasutta 98. To Benefit Oneself
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four people found in the world.” One who practices to benefit themselves, but not others; one who practices to benefit others, but not themselves; one who practices to benefit neither themselves nor others; and one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. Attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, nevattahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.


AN 4.99 Sikkhāpada: Training Rules

99. Sikkhāpadasutta 99. Training Rules
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

One who practices to benefit themselves, but not others; one who practices to benefit others, but not themselves; one who practices to benefit neither themselves nor others; and one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. Attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, parahitāya paṭipanno no attahitāya, nevattahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit themselves, but not others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, no paraṃ pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti; It’s when a person doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or use alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. But they don’t encourage others to do the same.
attanā adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, no paraṃ adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, no paraṃ kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, no paraṃ musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, no paraṃ surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit themselves, but not others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit others, but not themselves?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā pāṇātipātā appaṭivirato hoti, paraṃ pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti; It’s when a person kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, lies, and uses alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. But they encourage others to not do these things.
attanā adinnādānā appaṭivirato hoti, paraṃ adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā kāmesumicchācārā appaṭivirato hoti, paraṃ kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā musāvādā appaṭivirato hoti, paraṃ musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā appaṭivirato hoti, paraṃ surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit others, but not themselves.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattahitāya paṭipanno hoti no parahitāya? And how does a person practice to benefit neither themselves nor others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā pāṇātipātā appaṭivirato hoti, no paraṃ pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā appaṭivirato hoti, no paraṃ surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti. It’s when a person kills, etc. … and doesn’t encourage others to not do these things.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. That’s how a person practices to benefit neither themselves nor others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca? And how does a person practice to benefit both themselves and others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti. It’s when a person doesn’t kill, etc. … and encourages others to do the same.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca. That’s how a person practices to benefit both themselves and others.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.100 Potaliya: With Potaliya the Wanderer

100. Potaliyasutta 100. With Potaliya the Wanderer
Atha kho potaliyo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then the wanderer Potaliya went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho potaliyaṃ paribbājakaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and the Buddha said to him:


“Cattārome, potaliya, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “Potaliya, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, potaliya, ekacco puggalo avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, no ca kho vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena. One person criticizes those deserving of criticism at the right time, truthfully and substantively. But they don’t praise those deserving of praise at the right time, truthfully and substantively.
Idha pana, potaliya, ekacco puggalo vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, no ca kho avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena. Another person praises those deserving of praise … But they don’t criticize those deserving of criticism …
Idha pana, potaliya, ekacco puggalo neva avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, no ca vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena. Another person doesn’t praise those deserving of praise … Nor do they criticize those deserving of criticism …
Idha pana, potaliya, ekacco puggalo avaṇṇārahassa ca avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, vaṇṇārahassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena. Another person criticizes those deserving of criticism at the right time, truthfully and substantively. And they praise those deserving of praise at the right time, truthfully and substantively.
Ime kho, potaliya, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the four people found in the world.
Imesaṃ kho, potaliya, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Of these four people, who do you believe to be the finest?”


“Cattārome, bho gotama, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
Katame cattāro?
Idha, bho gotama, ekacco puggalo avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, no ca kho vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena.
Idha pana, bho gotama, ekacco puggalo vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, no ca kho avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena.
Idha pana, bho gotama, ekacco puggalo neva avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, no ca vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena.
Idha pana, bho gotama, ekacco puggalo avaṇṇārahassa ca avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, vaṇṇārahassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena.
Ime kho, bho gotama, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
Imesaṃ, bho gotama, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ yvāyaṃ puggalo neva avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, no ca vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena; “Master Gotama, of these four people, it is the person who neither praises those deserving of praise at the right time, truthfully and substantively; nor criticizes those deserving of criticism at the right time, truthfully and substantively.
ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. That is the person I believe to be the finest.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Abhikkantā hesā, bho gotama, yadidaṃ upekkhā”ti. Because, Master Gotama, equanimity is the best.”


“Cattārome, potaliya, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
Katame cattāro … pe … ime kho, potaliya, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
Imesaṃ kho, potaliya, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ yvāyaṃ puggalo avaṇṇārahassa ca avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, vaṇṇārahassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena; “Potaliya, of these four people, it is the person who criticizes those deserving of criticism at the right time, truthfully and substantively; and praises those deserving of praise at the right time, truthfully and substantively.
ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. That is the person I consider to be the finest.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Abhikkantā hesā, potaliya, yadidaṃ tattha tattha kālaññutā”ti. Because, Potaliya, understanding of time and context is the best.”


“Cattārome, bho gotama, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
Katame cattāro … pe … ime kho, bho gotama, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
Imesaṃ, bho gotama, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ yvāyaṃ puggalo avaṇṇārahassa ca avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena, vaṇṇārahassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ kālena; “Master Gotama, of these four people, it is the person who criticizes those deserving of criticism at the right time, truthfully and substantively; and praises those deserving of praise at the right time, truthfully and substantively.
ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. That is the person I believe to be the finest.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Abhikkantā hesā, bho gotama, yadidaṃ tattha tattha kālaññutā. Because, Master Gotama, understanding of time and context is the best.


Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama. Excellent, Master Gotama! Excellent!
Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with good eyes can see what’s there, Master Gotama has made The Dharma clear in many ways.
Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. I go for refuge to Master Gotama, to The Dharma, and to the monk Saṅgha.
Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


end of section [4..10.. - AN 4 vagga 10 Asura: Demons]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 11 Valāhaka: Clouds

    AN 4.101 - AN 4.101 Paṭhamavalāhaka: Clouds (1st)
    AN 4.102 - AN 4.102 Dutiyavalāhaka: Clouds (2nd)
    AN 4.103 - AN 4.103 Kumbha: Pots
    AN 4.104 - AN 4.104 Udakarahada: Lakes
    AN 4.105 - AN 4.105 Amba: Mangoes
    AN 4.107 - AN 4.107 Mūsika: Mice
    AN 4.108 - AN 4.108 Balībadda: Oxen
    AN 4.109 - AN 4.109 Rukkha: Trees
    AN 4.110 - AN 4.110 Āsīvisa: Vipers

AN 4.101 Paṭhamavalāhaka: Clouds (1st)

101. Paṭhamavalāhakasutta 101. Clouds (1st)
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Cattārome, bhikkhave, valāhakā. “monks, there are these four kinds of clouds.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four kinds of clouds. One thunders but doesn’t rain, one rains but doesn’t thunder, one neither thunders nor rains, and one both rains and thunders. Gajjitā no vassitā, vassitā no gajjitā, neva gajjitā no vassitā, gajjitā ca vassitā ca.
In the same way, these four people similar to clouds are found in the world. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One thunders but doesn’t rain, one rains but doesn’t thunder, one neither thunders nor rains, and one both rains and thunders. Katame cattāro?
Gajjitā no vassitā, vassitā no gajjitā, neva gajjitā no vassitā, gajjitā ca vassitā ca.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā hoti no vassitā? And how does a person thunder but not rain?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāsitā hoti, no kattā. It’s when a person is a talker, not a doer.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā hoti, no vassitā. That’s how a person thunders but doesn’t rain.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako gajjitā, no vassitā; That person is like a cloud that thunders but doesn’t rain, I say.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo vassitā hoti, no gajjitā? And how does a person rain but not thunder?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kattā hoti, no bhāsitā. It’s when a person is a doer, not a talker. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo vassitā hoti, no gajjitā.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako vassitā, no gajjitā;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo neva gajjitā hoti, no vassitā? And how does a person neither thunder nor rain?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo neva bhāsitā hoti, no kattā. It’s when a person is neither a talker nor a doer. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo neva gajjitā hoti, no vassitā.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako neva gajjitā, no vassitā;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā ca hoti vassitā ca? And how does a person both thunder and rain?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāsitā ca hoti kattā ca. It’s when a person is both a talker and a doer. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā ca hoti vassitā ca.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako gajjitā ca vassitā ca;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to clouds are found in the world.”


AN 4.102 Dutiyavalāhaka: Clouds (2nd)

102. Dutiyavalāhakasutta 102. Clouds (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, valāhakā. “monks, there are these four kinds of clouds.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four kinds of clouds. One thunders but doesn’t rain, one rains but doesn’t thunder, one neither thunders nor rains, and one both rains and thunders. Gajjitā no vassitā, vassitā no gajjitā, neva gajjitā no vassitā gajjitā ca vassitā ca.
In the same way, these four people similar to clouds are found in the world. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One thunders but doesn’t rain, one rains but doesn’t thunder, one neither thunders nor rains, and one both rains and thunders. Katame cattāro?
Gajjitā no vassitā, vassitā no gajjitā, neva gajjitā no vassitā, gajjitā ca vassitā ca.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā hoti, no vassitā? And how does a person thunder but not rain?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person memorizes The Dharma—
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired sayings, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and analyses.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. But they don’t truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā hoti, no vassitā. That’s how a person thunders but doesn’t rain.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako gajjitā, no vassitā; That person is like a cloud that thunders but doesn’t rain, I say.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo vassitā hoti, no gajjitā? And how does a person rain but not thunder?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dhammaṃ na pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person doesn’t memorize The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. But they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo vassitā hoti, no gajjitā.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako vassitā, no gajjitā;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo neva gajjitā hoti, no vassitā? And how does a person neither thunder nor rain?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo neva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person doesn’t memorize The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Nor do they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo neva gajjitā hoti, no vassitā.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako neva gajjitā, no vassitā;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā ca hoti vassitā ca? And how does a person both thunder and rain?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person memorizes The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. And they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gajjitā ca hoti vassitā ca.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, valāhako gajjitā ca vassitā ca;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to clouds are found in the world.”


AN 4.103 Kumbha: Pots

103. Kumbhasutta 103. Pots
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, kumbhā. “monks, there are these four pots.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four pots. Covered but empty, uncovered but full, uncovered and empty, and covered and full. Tuccho pihito, pūro vivaṭo, tuccho vivaṭo, pūro pihito—
In the same way, these four people similar to pots are found in the world. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kumbhā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kumbhūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
Covered but empty, uncovered but full, uncovered and empty, and covered and full. Katame cattāro?
Tuccho pihito, pūro vivaṭo, tuccho vivaṭo, pūro pihito.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo tuccho hoti pihito? And how is a person covered but empty?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is impressive when going out and coming back, when looking ahead and aside, when bending and extending the limbs, and when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. But they don’t truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo tuccho hoti pihito. That’s how a person is covered but empty.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, kumbho tuccho pihito; That person is like a pot that’s covered but empty, I say.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo pūro hoti vivaṭo? And how is a person uncovered but full?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa na pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is not impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. But they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo pūro hoti vivaṭo.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, kumbho pūro vivaṭo;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo tuccho hoti vivaṭo? And how is a person uncovered and empty?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa na pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is not impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Nor do they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo tuccho hoti vivaṭo.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, kumbho tuccho vivaṭo;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo pūro hoti pihito? And how is a person covered and full?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. And they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo pūro hoti pihito.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, kumbho pūro pihito;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kumbhūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to pots are found in the world.”


AN 4.104 Udakarahada: Lakes

104. Udakarahadasutta 104. Lakes
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, udakarahadā. “monks, there are these four lakes.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four lakes. One is shallow but appears deep, one is deep but appears shallow, one is shallow and appears shallow, and one is deep and appears deep. Uttāno gambhīrobhāso, gambhīro uttānobhāso, uttāno uttānobhāso, gambhīro gambhīrobhāso—
In the same way, these four people similar to lakes are found in the world. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro udakarahadā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro udakarahadūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One is shallow but appears deep, one is deep but appears shallow, one is shallow and appears shallow, and one is deep and appears deep. Katame cattāro?
Uttāno gambhīrobhāso, gambhīro uttānobhāso, uttāno uttānobhāso, gambhīro gambhīrobhāso.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo uttāno hoti gambhīrobhāso? And how is a person shallow but appears deep?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is impressive when going out and coming back, when looking ahead and aside, when bending and extending the limbs, and when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. But they don’t really understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo uttāno hoti gambhīrobhāso. That’s how a person is shallow but appears deep.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, udakarahado uttāno gambhīrobhāso; That person is like a lake that’s shallow but appears deep, I say.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gambhīro hoti uttānobhāso? And how is a person deep but appears shallow?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa na pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is not impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. But they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gambhīro hoti uttānobhāso.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, udakarahado gambhīro uttānobhāso;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo uttāno hoti uttānobhāso? And how is a person shallow and appears shallow?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa na pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is not impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Nor do they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo uttāno hoti uttānobhāso.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, udakarahado uttāno uttānobhāso;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gambhīro hoti gambhīrobhāso? And how is a person deep and appears deep?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. And they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gambhīro hoti gambhīrobhāso.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, udakarahado gambhīro gambhīrobhāso;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro udakarahadūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to lakes are found in the world.”


AN 4.105 Amba: Mangoes

105. Ambasutta 105. Mangoes
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, ambāni. “monks, there are these four mangoes.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?

These are the four mangoes. One is unripe but seems ripe, one is ripe but seems unripe, one is unripe and seems unripe, and one is ripe and seems ripe. Āmaṃ pakkavaṇṇi, pakkaṃ āmavaṇṇi, āmaṃ āmavaṇṇi, pakkaṃ pakkavaṇṇi—
In the same way, these four people similar to mangoes are found in the world. imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri ambāni.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ambūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One is unripe but seems ripe, one is ripe but seems unripe, one is unripe and seems unripe, and one is ripe and seems ripe. Katame cattāro?
Āmo pakkavaṇṇī, pakko āmavaṇṇī, āmo āmavaṇṇī, pakko pakkavaṇṇī.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo āmo hoti pakkavaṇṇī? And how is a person unripe but seems ripe?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is impressive when going out and coming back, when looking ahead and aside, when bending and extending the limbs, and when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. But they don’t really understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo āmo hoti pakkavaṇṇī. That’s how a person is unripe but seems ripe.
Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, ambaṃ āmaṃ pakkavaṇṇi; That person is like a mango that’s unripe but seems ripe, I say.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo pakko hoti āmavaṇṇī? And how is a person ripe but seems unripe?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa na pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is not impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. But they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo pakko hoti āmavaṇṇī.
Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, ambaṃ pakkaṃ āmavaṇṇi;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo āmo hoti āmavaṇṇī? And how is a person unripe and seems unripe?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa na pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is not impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Nor do they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo āmo hoti āmavaṇṇī.
Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, ambaṃ āmaṃ āmavaṇṇi;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo pakko hoti pakkavaṇṇī? And how is a person ripe and seems ripe?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa pāsādikaṃ hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ. It’s when a person is impressive …
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. And they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo pakko hoti pakkavaṇṇī.
Seyyathāpi taṃ, bhikkhave, ambaṃ pakkaṃ pakkavaṇṇi;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ambūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to mangoes are found in the world.”


106. Ambasutta (2nd) 106. Mangoes (2nd)
No text corresponding to this number exists in any edition. The summary verse at the end of the vagga mentions two suttas on mangoes, which is apparently why the Burmese tradition assigns a number to it.


AN 4.107 Mūsika: Mice

107. Mūsikasutta 107. Mice
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, mūsikā. “monks, there are these four kinds of mice.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?

These are the four kinds of mice. One makes a hole but doesn’t live in it, one lives in a hole but doesn’t make it, one neither makes a hole nor lives in it, and one both makes a hole and lives in it. Gādhaṃ kattā no vasitā, vasitā no gādhaṃ kattā, neva gādhaṃ kattā no vasitā, gādhaṃ kattā ca vasitā ca—
In the same way, these four people similar to mice are found in the world. imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso mūsikā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mūsikūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One makes a hole but doesn’t live in it, one lives in a hole but doesn’t make it, one neither makes a hole nor lives in it, and one both makes a hole and lives in it. Katame cattāro?
Gādhaṃ kattā no vasitā, vasitā no gādhaṃ kattā, neva gādhaṃ kattā no vasitā, gādhaṃ kattā ca vasitā ca.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gādhaṃ kattā hoti no vasitā? And how does a person make a hole but not live in it?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person memorizes The Dharma—
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired sayings, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and analyses.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. But they don’t really understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gādhaṃ kattā hoti, no vasitā. That’s how a person makes a hole but doesn’t live in it.
Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, mūsikā gādhaṃ kattā, no vasitā; That person is like a mouse that makes a hole but doesn’t live in it, I say.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo vasitā hoti, no gādhaṃ kattā? And how does a person live in a hole but not make it?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dhammaṃ na pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person doesn’t memorize The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. But they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo vasitā hoti, no gādhaṃ kattā.
Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, mūsikā vasitā hoti, no gādhaṃ kattā;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ, puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo neva gādhaṃ kattā hoti no vasitā? And how does a person neither make a hole nor live in it?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dhammaṃ na pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person doesn’t memorize The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Nor do they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo neva gādhaṃ kattā hoti, no vasitā.
Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, mūsikā neva gādhaṃ kattā hoti, no vasitā;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo gādhaṃ kattā ca hoti vasitā ca? And how does a person both make a hole and live in it?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— It’s when a person memorizes The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. And they really understand: ‘This is suffering’ …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo gādhaṃ kattā ca hoti vasitā ca.
Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, mūsikā gādhaṃ kattā ca hoti vasitā ca;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mūsikūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to mice are found in the world.”


AN 4.108 Balībadda: Oxen

108. Balībaddasutta 108. Oxen
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, balībaddā. “monks, there are these four kinds of oxen.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four kinds of oxen. One hostile to its own herd, not others; one hostile to other herds, not its own; one hostile to both its own herd and others; and one hostile to neither its own herd nor others. Sagavacaṇḍo no paragavacaṇḍo, paragavacaṇḍo no sagavacaṇḍo, sagavacaṇḍo ca paragavacaṇḍo ca, neva sagavacaṇḍo no paragavacaṇḍo—
In the same way, these four people similar to oxen are found in the world. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro balībaddā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro balībaddūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One hostile to their own herd, not others; one hostile to other herds, not their own; one hostile to both their own herd and others; and one hostile to neither their own herd nor others. Katame cattāro?
Sagavacaṇḍo no paragavacaṇḍo, paragavacaṇḍo no sagavacaṇḍo, sagavacaṇḍo ca paragavacaṇḍo ca, neva sagavacaṇḍo no paragavacaṇḍo.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo sagavacaṇḍo hoti, no paragavacaṇḍo? And how is a person hostile to their own herd, not others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sakaparisaṃ ubbejetā hoti, no paraparisaṃ. It’s when a person intimidates their own following, not others.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo sagavacaṇḍo hoti, no paragavacaṇḍo. That’s how a person is hostile to their own herd, not others.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, balībaddo sagavacaṇḍo, no paragavacaṇḍo; That person is like a ox that’s hostile to its own herd, not others.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo paragavacaṇḍo hoti, no sagavacaṇḍo? And how is a person hostile to other herds, not their own?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo paraparisaṃ ubbejetā hoti, no sakaparisaṃ. It’s when a person intimidates the followings of others, not their own. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo paragavacaṇḍo hoti, no sagavacaṇḍo.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, balībaddo paragavacaṇḍo, no sagavacaṇḍo;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo sagavacaṇḍo ca hoti paragavacaṇḍo ca? And how is a person hostile to both their own herd and others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sakaparisaṃ ubbejetā hoti paraparisañca. It’s when a person intimidates their own following and the followings of others. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo sagavacaṇḍo ca hoti paragavacaṇḍo ca.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, balībaddo sagavacaṇḍo ca paragavacaṇḍo ca;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo neva sagavacaṇḍo hoti no paragavacaṇḍo? And how is a person hostile to neither their own herd nor others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo neva sakaparisaṃ ubbejetā hoti, no paraparisañca. It’s when a person doesn’t intimidate their own following or the followings of others.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo neva sagavacaṇḍo hoti, no paragavacaṇḍo.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, balībaddo neva sagavacaṇḍo, no paragavacaṇḍo;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro balībaddūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to oxen are found in the world.”


AN 4.109 Rukkha: Trees

109. Rukkhasutta 109. Trees
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, rukkhā. “monks, there are these four kinds of tree.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four kinds of tree. One is a softwood surrounded by softwoods, one is a softwood surrounded by hardwoods, one is a hardwood surrounded by softwoods, and one is a hardwood surrounded by hardwoods. Pheggu phegguparivāro, pheggu sāraparivāro, sāro phegguparivāro, sāro sāraparivāro—
In the same way, these four people similar to trees are found in the world. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro rukkhā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro rukkhūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One is a softwood surrounded by softwoods, one is a softwood surrounded by hardwoods, one is a hardwood surrounded by softwoods, and one is a hardwood surrounded by hardwoods. Katame cattāro?
Pheggu phegguparivāro, pheggu sāraparivāro, sāro phegguparivāro, sāro sāraparivāro.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo pheggu hoti phegguparivāro? And how is a person a softwood surrounded by softwoods?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo; It’s when a person is unethical, of bad character,
parisāpissa hoti dussīlā pāpadhammā. and their following is the same.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo pheggu hoti phegguparivāro. That’s how a person is a softwood surrounded by softwoods.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, rukkho pheggu phegguparivāro; That person is like a softwood tree that’s surrounded by softwoods, I say.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo pheggu hoti sāraparivāro? And how is a person a softwood surrounded by hardwoods?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo; It’s when a person is unethical, of bad character,
parisā ca khvassa hoti sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā. but their following is ethical, of good character. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo pheggu hoti sāraparivāro.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, rukkho pheggu sāraparivāro;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo sāro hoti phegguparivāro? And how is a person a hardwood surrounded by softwoods?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo; It’s when someone is ethical, of good qualities.
parisā ca khvassa hoti dussīlā pāpadhammā. but their following is unethical, of bad character. …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo sāro hoti phegguparivāro.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, rukkho sāro phegguparivāro;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo sāro hoti sāraparivāro? And how is a person a hardwood surrounded by hardwoods?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo; It’s when someone is ethical, of good qualities,
parisāpissa hoti sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā. and their following is the same.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo sāro hoti sāraparivāro.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, rukkho sāro sāraparivāro;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro rukkhūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to trees are found in the world.”


AN 4.110 Āsīvisa: Vipers

110. Āsīvisasutta 110. Vipers
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, āsīvisā. “monks, there are these four kinds of viper.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four kinds of viper. One whose venom is fast-acting but not lethal, one whose venom is lethal but not fast-acting, one whose venom is both fast-acting and lethal, and one whose venom is neither fast-acting nor lethal. Āgataviso na ghoraviso, ghoraviso na āgataviso, āgataviso ca ghoraviso ca, nevāgataviso na ghoraviso—
In the same way, these four people similar to vipers are found in the world. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āsīvisā.
Which Four? Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āsīvisūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
One whose venom is fast-acting but not lethal, one whose venom is lethal but not fast-acting, one whose venom is both fast-acting and lethal, and one whose venom is neither fast-acting nor lethal. Katame cattāro?
Āgataviso na ghoraviso, ghoraviso na āgataviso, āgataviso ca ghoraviso ca, nevāgataviso na ghoraviso.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo āgataviso hoti, na ghoraviso? And how is a person’s venom fast-acting but not lethal?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. It’s when a person is often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho na dīgharattaṃ anuseti. but their anger doesn’t linger long.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo āgataviso hoti, na ghoraviso. That’s how a person’s venom is fast-acting but not lethal.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, āsīviso āgataviso, na ghoraviso; That person is like a viper whose venom is fast-acting but not lethal.
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ghoraviso hoti, na āgataviso? And how is a person’s venom lethal but not fast-acting?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na heva kho abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. It’s when a person is not often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho dīgharattaṃ anuseti. but their anger lingers for a long time.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ghoraviso hoti, na āgataviso.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, āsīviso ghoraviso, na āgataviso;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo āgataviso ca hoti ghoraviso ca? And how is a person’s venom both fast-acting and lethal?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. It’s when a person is often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho dīgharattaṃ anuseti. and their anger lingers for a long time.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo āgataviso ca hoti ghoraviso ca.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, āsīviso āgataviso ca ghoraviso ca;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevāgataviso hoti na ghoraviso? And how is a person’s venom neither fast-acting nor lethal?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na heva kho abhiṇhaṃ kujjhati. It’s when a person is not often angry,
So ca khvassa kodho na dīgharattaṃ anuseti. and their anger doesn’t linger long.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo nevāgataviso hoti, na ghoraviso.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, āsīviso nevāgataviso na ghoraviso;
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āsīvisūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These four people similar to vipers are found in the world.”


end of section [4..11.. - AN 4 vagga 11 Valāhaka: Clouds]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 12 Kesi: With Kesi

    AN 4.111 - AN 4.111 Kesi: With Kesi
    AN 4.112 - AN 4.112 Java: Speed
    AN 4.113 - AN 4.113 Patoda: The Goad
    AN 4.114 - AN 4.114 Nāga: A Royal Elephant
    AN 4.115 - AN 4.115 Ṭhāna: Things
    AN 4.116 - AN 4.116 Appamāda: Diligence
    AN 4.117 - AN 4.117 Ārakkha: Guarding
    AN 4.118 - AN 4.118 Saṃvejanīya: Inspiring
    AN 4.119 - AN 4.119 Paṭhamabhaya: Perils (1st)
    AN 4.120 - AN 4.120 Dutiyabhaya: Perils (2nd)

AN 4.111 Kesi: With Kesi

111. Kesisutta 111. With Kesi
Atha kho kesi assadammasārathi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kesiṃ assadammasārathiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Kesi the horse trainer went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“tvaṃ khosi, kesi, paññāto assadammasārathīti. “Kesi, you’re known as a horse trainer.
Kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, kesi, assadammaṃ vinesī”ti? Just how do you guide a horse in training?”
“Ahaṃ kho, bhante, assadammaṃ saṇhenapi vinemi, pharusenapi vinemi, saṇhapharusenapi vinemī”ti. “Sir, I guide a horse in training sometimes gently, sometimes harshly, and sometimes both gently and harshly.”
“Sace te, kesi, assadammo saṇhena vinayaṃ na upeti, pharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, saṇhapharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, kinti naṃ karosī”ti? “Kesi, what do you do with a horse in training that doesn’t follow these forms of training?”
“Sace me, bhante, assadammo saṇhena vinayaṃ na upeti, pharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, saṇhapharusena vinayaṃ na upeti;
hanāmi naṃ, bhante. “In that case, sir, I kill it.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
‘Mā me ācariyakulassa avaṇṇo ahosī’ti. So that I don’t disgrace my profession.


Bhagavā pana, bhante, anuttaro purisadammasārathi. But sir, the Buddha is the supreme guide for those who wish to train.
Kathaṃ pana, bhante, bhagavā purisadammaṃ vinetī”ti? Just how do you guide a person in training?”
“Ahaṃ kho, kesi, purisadammaṃ saṇhenapi vinemi, pharusenapi vinemi, saṇhapharusenapi vinemi. “Kesi, I guide a person in training sometimes gently, sometimes harshly, and sometimes both gently and harshly.
Tatridaṃ, kesi, saṇhasmiṃ— The gentle way is this:
iti kāyasucaritaṃ iti kāyasucaritassa vipāko, iti vacīsucaritaṃ iti vacīsucaritassa vipāko, iti manosucaritaṃ iti manosucaritassa vipāko, iti devā, iti manussāti. ‘This is good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is the result of good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is life as a god. This is life as a human.’
Tatridaṃ, kesi, pharusasmiṃ— The harsh way is this:
iti kāyaduccaritaṃ iti kāyaduccaritassa vipāko, iti vacīduccaritaṃ iti vacīduccaritassa vipāko, iti manoduccaritaṃ iti manoduccaritassa vipāko, iti nirayo, iti tiracchānayoni, iti pettivisayoti. ‘This is bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is the result of bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is life in hell. This is life as an animal. This is life as a ghost.’


Tatridaṃ, kesi, saṇhapharusasmiṃ— The both gentle and harsh way is this:
iti kāyasucaritaṃ iti kāyasucaritassa vipāko, iti kāyaduccaritaṃ iti kāyaduccaritassa vipāko, iti vacīsucaritaṃ iti vacīsucaritassa vipāko, iti vacīduccaritaṃ iti vacīduccaritassa vipāko, iti manosucaritaṃ iti manosucaritassa vipāko, iti manoduccaritaṃ iti manoduccaritassa vipāko, iti devā, iti manussā, iti nirayo, iti tiracchānayoni, iti pettivisayo”ti. ‘This is good conduct … this is bad conduct …’”


“Sace te, bhante, purisadammo saṇhena vinayaṃ na upeti, pharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, saṇhapharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, kinti naṃ bhagavā karotī”ti? “Sir, what do you do with a person in training who doesn’t follow these forms of training?”
“Sace me, kesi, purisadammo saṇhena vinayaṃ na upeti, pharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, saṇhapharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, hanāmi naṃ, kesī”ti. “In that case, Kesi, I kill them.”
“Na kho, bhante, bhagavato pāṇātipāto kappati. “Sir, it’s not proper for the Buddha to kill living creatures.
Atha ca pana bhagavā evamāha: And yet you say
‘hanāmi naṃ, kesī’”ti. you kill them.”
“Saccaṃ, kesi. “It’s true, Kesi,
Na tathāgatassa pāṇātipāto kappati. it’s not proper for a Realized One to kill living creatures.
Api ca yo purisadammo saṇhena vinayaṃ na upeti, pharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, saṇhapharusena vinayaṃ na upeti, na taṃ tathāgato vattabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññati, nāpi viññū sabrahmacārī vattabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññanti. But when a person in training doesn’t follow any of these forms of training, the Realized One doesn’t think they’re worth advising or instructing, and neither do their sensible spiritual companions.
Vadho heso, kesi, ariyassa vinaye— For it is death in the training of the noble one
yaṃ na tathāgato vattabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññati, nāpi viññū sabrahmacārī vattabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññantī”ti. when the Realized One doesn’t think they’re worth advising or instructing, and neither do their sensible spiritual companions.”


“So hi nūna, bhante, suhato hoti— “Well, they’re definitely dead
yaṃ na tathāgato vattabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññati, nāpi viññū sabrahmacārī vattabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññantīti. when the Realized One doesn’t think they’re worth advising or instructing, and neither do their sensible spiritual companions.
Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante … pe … upāsakaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. Excellent, sir! … From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


AN 4.112 Java: Speed

112. Javasutta 112. Speed
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. “monks, a fine royal thoroughbred with four factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Ajjavena, javena, khantiyā, soraccena— Integrity, speed, patience, and sweetness.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti, rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. A fine royal thoroughbred with these four factors is worthy of a king. …


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with four factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Ajjavena, javena, khantiyā, soraccena— Integrity, speed, patience, and sweetness.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these four factors … is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 4.113 Patoda: The Goad

113. Patodasutta 113. The Goad
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, bhadrā assājānīyā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four fine thoroughbreds are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhadro assājānīyo patodacchāyaṃ disvā saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati: One fine thoroughbred is shaken when it sees the shadow of the goad, thinking:
‘kiṃ nu kho maṃ ajja assadammasārathi kāraṇaṃ kāressati, kimassāhaṃ paṭikaromī’ti. ‘What task will the horse trainer have me do today? How should I respond?’
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro assājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbreds are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo bhadro assājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the first fine thoroughbred found in the world.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro assājānīyo na heva kho patodacchāyaṃ disvā saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati, api ca kho lomavedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati: Furthermore, one fine thoroughbred isn’t shaken when it sees the shadow of the goad, but only when its hairs are struck, thinking:
‘kiṃ nu kho maṃ ajja assadammasārathi kāraṇaṃ kāressati, kimassāhaṃ paṭikaromī’ti. ‘What task will the horse trainer have me do today? How should I respond?’
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro assājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbreds are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo bhadro assājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the second fine thoroughbred found in the world.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro assājānīyo na heva kho patodacchāyaṃ disvā saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati nāpi lomavedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati, api ca kho cammavedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati: Furthermore, one fine thoroughbred isn’t shaken when it sees the shadow of the goad, nor when its hairs are struck, but only when its hide is struck, thinking:
‘kiṃ nu kho maṃ ajja assadammasārathi kāraṇaṃ kāressati, kimassāhaṃ paṭikaromī’ti. ‘What task will the horse trainer have me do today? How should I respond?’
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro assājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbreds are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo bhadro assājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the third fine thoroughbred found in the world.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro assājānīyo na heva kho patodacchāyaṃ disvā saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati nāpi lomavedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati nāpi cammavedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati, api ca kho aṭṭhivedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati: Furthermore, one fine thoroughbred isn’t shaken when it sees the shadow of the goad, nor when its hairs are struck, nor when its hide is struck, but only when its bone is struck, thinking:
‘kiṃ nu kho maṃ ajja assadammasārathi kāraṇaṃ kāressati, kimassāhaṃ paṭikaromī’ti. ‘What task will the horse trainer have me do today? How should I respond?’
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro assājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbreds are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho bhadro assājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the fourth fine thoroughbred found in the world.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro bhadrā assājānīyā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. These are the four fine thoroughbreds found in the world.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattārome bhadrā purisājānīyā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. In the same way, these four fine thoroughbred people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhadro purisājānīyo suṇāti: One fine thoroughbred person hears about
‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā dukkhito vā kālaṅkato vā’ti. the suffering or death of a woman or man in such and such village or town.
So tena saṃvijjati, saṃvegaṃ āpajjati. They’re shaken by this,
Saṃviggo yoniso padahati. and strive effectively.
Pahitatto kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca ativijjha passati. Applying themselves, they directly realize the ultimate truth, and see it with penetrating wisdom.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, bhadro assājānīyo patodacchāyaṃ disvā saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati; This person is like the fine thoroughbred
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ bhadraṃ purisājānīyaṃ vadāmi. that’s shaken when it sees the shadow of the goad.
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro purisājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbred people are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the first fine thoroughbred person found in the world.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro purisājānīyo na heva kho suṇāti: Furthermore, one fine thoroughbred person doesn’t hear about
‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā dukkhito vā kālaṅkato vā’ti, api ca kho sāmaṃ passati itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā dukkhitaṃ vā kālaṅkataṃ vā. the suffering or death of a woman or man in such and such village or town, but they see it themselves.
So tena saṃvijjati, saṃvegaṃ āpajjati. They’re shaken by this,
Saṃviggo yoniso padahati. and strive effectively.
Pahitatto kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca ativijjha passati. Applying themselves, they directly realize the ultimate truth, and see it with penetrating wisdom.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, bhadro assājānīyo lomavedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati; This person is like the fine thoroughbred that’s shaken
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ bhadraṃ purisājānīyaṃ vadāmi. when its hairs are struck.
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro purisājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbred people are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the second fine thoroughbred person found in the world.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro purisājānīyo na heva kho suṇāti: Furthermore, one fine thoroughbred person doesn’t hear about
‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā dukkhito vā kālaṅkato vā’ti, nāpi sāmaṃ passati itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā dukkhitaṃ vā kālaṅkataṃ vā, api ca khvassa ñāti vā sālohito vā dukkhito vā hoti kālaṅkato vā. the suffering or death of a woman or man in such and such village or town, nor do they see it themselves, but it happens to their own relative or family member.
So tena saṃvijjati, saṃvegaṃ āpajjati. They’re shaken by this,
Saṃviggo yoniso padahati. and strive effectively.
Pahitatto kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca ativijjha passati. Applying themselves, they directly realize the ultimate truth, and see it with penetrating wisdom.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, bhadro assājānīyo cammavedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati; This person is like the fine thoroughbred that’s shaken
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ bhadraṃ purisājānīyaṃ vadāmi. when its skin is struck.
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro purisājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbred people are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the third fine thoroughbred person found in the world.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro purisājānīyo na heva kho suṇāti: Furthermore, one fine thoroughbred person doesn’t hear about
‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā dukkhito vā kālaṅkato vā’ti, nāpi sāmaṃ passati itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā dukkhitaṃ vā kālaṅkataṃ vā, nāpissa ñāti vā sālohito vā dukkhito vā hoti kālaṅkato vā, api ca kho sāmaññeva phuṭṭho hoti sārīrikāhi vedanāhi dukkhāhi tibbāhi kharāhi kaṭukāhi asātāhi amanāpāhi pāṇaharāhi. the suffering or death of a woman or man in such and such village or town, nor do they see it themselves, nor does it happen to their own relative or family member, but they themselves are afflicted with physical pain—intense, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.
So tena saṃvijjati, saṃvegaṃ āpajjati. They’re shaken by this,
Saṃviggo yoniso padahati. and strive effectively.
Pahitatto kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca ativijjha passati. Applying themselves, they directly realize the ultimate truth, and see it with penetrating wisdom.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, bhadro assājānīyo aṭṭhivedhaviddho saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati; This person is like the fine thoroughbred that’s shaken
tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ bhadraṃ purisājānīyaṃ vadāmi. when its bone is struck.
Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhadro purisājānīyo hoti. Some fine thoroughbred people are like that.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. This is the fourth fine thoroughbred person found in the world.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro bhadrā purisājānīyā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four fine thoroughbred people found in the world.”


end of section [4.113 - AN 4.113 Patoda: The Goad]

AN 4.114 Nāga: A Royal Elephant

114. Nāgasutta 114. A Royal Elephant
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. “monks, a royal bull elephant with four factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, khantā ca, gantā ca. A royal bull elephant listens, destroys, endures, and goes fast.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo sotā hoti? And how does a royal bull elephant listen?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo yamenaṃ hatthidammasārathi kāraṇaṃ kāreti— It’s when a royal bull elephant pays heed, pays attention, engages wholeheartedly, and lends an ear to whatever task the elephant trainer has it do,
yadi vā katapubbaṃ yadi vā akatapubbaṃ— whether or not it has done it before.
taṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo sotā hoti. That’s how a royal bull elephant listens.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo hantā hoti? And how does a royal bull elephant destroy?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthimpi hanati, hatthāruhampi hanati, assampi hanati, assāruhampi hanati, rathampi hanati, rathikampi hanati, pattikampi hanati. It’s when a royal bull elephant in battle destroys elephants with their riders, horses with their riders, chariots and charioteers, and foot soldiers.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo hantā hoti. That’s how a royal bull elephant destroys.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo khantā hoti? And how does a royal bull elephant endure?
Idha bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato khamo hoti sattippahārānaṃ asippahārānaṃ usuppahārānaṃ bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddānaṃ. It’s when a royal bull elephant in battle endures being struck by spears, swords, arrows, and axes; it endures the thunder of the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo khantā hoti. That’s how a royal bull elephant endures.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo gantā hoti? And how does a royal bull elephant go fast?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo yamenaṃ hatthidammasārathi disaṃ peseti— It’s when a royal bull elephant swiftly goes in whatever direction the elephant trainer sends it,
yadi vā gatapubbaṃ yadi vā agatapubbaṃ— whether or not it has been there before.
taṃ khippameva gantā hoti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo gantā hoti. That’s how a royal bull elephant goes fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. A royal bull elephant with four factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is considered a factor of kingship.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with four factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, khantā ca, gantā ca. A monk listens, destroys, endures, and goes fast.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā hoti? And how does a monk listen?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti. It’s when a monk pays heed, pays attention, engages wholeheartedly, and lends an ear when The Dharma and training proclaimed by a Realized One is being taught.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā hoti. That’s how a monk listens.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hantā hoti? And how does a monk destroy?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti hanati byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti, uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ … pe … uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ … pe … uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti hanati byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. It’s when a monk doesn’t tolerate a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought. They don’t tolerate any bad, unskillful Dharmas that have arisen, but give them up, get rid of them, eliminate them, and obliterate them.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hantā hoti. That’s how a monk destroys.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khantā hoti? And how does a monk endure?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya, ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. It’s when a monk endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst; the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; rude and unwelcome criticism; and they put up with physical pain—intense, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khantā hoti. That’s how a monk endures.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā hoti? And how does a monk go fast?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṃ disā agatapubbā iminā dīghena addhunā yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ, taṃ khippaññeva gantā hoti. It’s when a monk swiftly goes in the direction they’ve never gone before in all this long time; that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvana.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā hoti. That’s how a monk goes fast.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these four factors … is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 4.115 Ṭhāna: Things

115. Ṭhānasutta 115. Things
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, ṭhānāni. “monks, there are these four things.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?


Atthi, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ amanāpaṃ kātuṃ; There is a thing that’s unpleasant to do,
tañca kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattati. and doing it proves harmful.
Atthi, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ amanāpaṃ kātuṃ; There is a thing that’s unpleasant to do,
tañca kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattati. but doing it proves beneficial.
Atthi, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ manāpaṃ kātuṃ; There is a thing that’s pleasant to do,
tañca kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattati. but doing it proves harmful.
Atthi, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ manāpaṃ kātuṃ; There is a thing that’s pleasant to do,
tañca kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattati. and doing it proves beneficial.
Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ amanāpaṃ kātuṃ; Take the thing that’s unpleasant to do,
tañca kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattati— and doing it proves harmful.
idaṃ, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ ubhayeneva na kattabbaṃ maññati. This is regarded as a thing that shouldn’t be done on both grounds:
Yampidaṃ ṭhānaṃ amanāpaṃ kātuṃ; because it’s unpleasant,
imināpi naṃ na kattabbaṃ maññati.
Yampidaṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattati; and because doing it proves harmful.
imināpi naṃ na kattabbaṃ maññati.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ ubhayeneva na kattabbaṃ maññati. This is regarded as a thing that shouldn’t be done on both grounds.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ amanāpaṃ kātuṃ; Next, take the thing that’s unpleasant to do,
tañca kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattati— but doing it proves beneficial.
imasmiṃ, bhikkhave, ṭhāne bālo ca paṇḍito ca veditabbo purisathāme purisavīriye purisaparakkame. It is here that you can tell who is foolish and who is astute in regard to manly strength, energy, and vigor.
Na, bhikkhave, bālo iti paṭisañcikkhati: A fool doesn’t reflect:
‘kiñcāpi kho idaṃ ṭhānaṃ amanāpaṃ kātuṃ; ‘Despite the fact that this thing is unpleasant to do,
atha carahidaṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattatī’ti. doing it still proves beneficial.’
So taṃ ṭhānaṃ na karoti. They don’t do that thing,
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ akayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattati. so that proves harmful.
Paṇḍito ca kho, bhikkhave, iti paṭisañcikkhati: An astute person does reflect:
‘kiñcāpi kho idaṃ ṭhānaṃ amanāpaṃ kātuṃ; ‘Despite the fact that this thing is unpleasant to do,
atha carahidaṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattatī’ti. doing it still proves beneficial.’
So taṃ ṭhānaṃ karoti. They do that thing,
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattati. so that proves beneficial.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ manāpaṃ kātuṃ; Next, take the thing that’s pleasant to do,
tañca kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattati— but doing it proves harmful.
imasmimpi, bhikkhave, ṭhāne bālo ca paṇḍito ca veditabbo purisathāme purisavīriye purisaparakkame. It is here that you can tell who is foolish and who is astute in regard to manly strength, energy, and vigor.
Na, bhikkhave, bālo iti paṭisañcikkhati: A fool doesn’t reflect:
‘kiñcāpi kho idaṃ ṭhānaṃ manāpaṃ kātuṃ; ‘Despite the fact that this thing is pleasant to do,
atha carahidaṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattatī’ti. doing it still proves harmful.’
So taṃ ṭhānaṃ karoti. They do that thing,
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattati. and so that proves harmful.
Paṇḍito ca kho, bhikkhave, iti paṭisañcikkhati: An astute person does reflect:
‘kiñcāpi kho idaṃ ṭhānaṃ manāpaṃ kātuṃ; ‘Despite the fact that this thing is pleasant to do,
atha carahidaṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ anatthāya saṃvattatī’ti. doing it still proves harmful.’
So taṃ ṭhānaṃ na karoti. They don’t do that thing,
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ akayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattati. so that proves beneficial.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ manāpaṃ kātuṃ, tañca kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattati— Next, take the thing that’s pleasant to do, and doing it proves beneficial.
idaṃ, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ ubhayeneva kattabbaṃ maññati. This is regarded as a thing that should be done on both grounds:
Yampidaṃ ṭhānaṃ manāpaṃ kātuṃ, imināpi naṃ kattabbaṃ maññati; because it’s pleasant,
yampidaṃ ṭhānaṃ kayiramānaṃ atthāya saṃvattati, imināpi naṃ kattabbaṃ maññati. and because doing it proves beneficial.
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, ṭhānaṃ ubhayeneva kattabbaṃ maññati. This is regarded as a thing that should be done on both grounds.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri ṭhānānī”ti. These are the four things.”


end of section [4.115 - AN 4.115 Ṭhāna: Things]

AN 4.116 Appamāda: Diligence

116. Appamādasutta 116. Diligence
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi appamādo karaṇīyo. “monks, you should be diligent in four situations.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyaduccaritaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahatha, kāyasucaritaṃ bhāvetha; Give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind; and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
tattha ca mā pamādattha. Don’t neglect these things.
Vacīduccaritaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahatha, vacīsucaritaṃ bhāvetha;
tattha ca mā pamādattha.
Manoduccaritaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahatha, manosucaritaṃ bhāvetha;
tattha ca mā pamādattha.
Micchādiṭṭhiṃ, bhikkhave, pajahatha, sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāvetha; Give up wrong view; and develop right view.
tattha ca mā pamādattha. Don’t neglect this.


Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāyaduccaritaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti kāyasucaritaṃ bhāvitaṃ, vacīduccaritaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti vacīsucaritaṃ bhāvitaṃ, manoduccaritaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti manosucaritaṃ bhāvitaṃ, micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā hoti sammādiṭṭhi bhāvitā, so na bhāyati samparāyikassa maraṇassā”ti. A monk who has done these things does not fear death in lives to come.”


AN 4.117 Ārakkha: Guarding

117. Ārakkhasutta 117. Guarding
“Catūsu, bhikkhave, ṭhānesu attarūpena appamādo sati cetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo. “monks, in your own way you should practice diligence, rememberfulness, and guarding of the mind in four situations.
Katamesu catūsu? Which Four?
‘Mā me rajanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ rajjī’ti attarūpena appamādo sati cetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo; ‘May my mind not be aroused by things that arouse greed.’ In your own way you should practice diligence, rememberfulness, and guarding of the mind.
‘mā me dosanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ dussī’ti attarūpena appamādo sati cetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo; ‘May my mind not be angered by things that provoke hate.’ …
‘mā me mohanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ muyhī’ti attarūpena appamādo sati cetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo; ‘May my mind not be deluded by things that promote delusion.’ …
‘mā me madanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ majjī’ti attarūpena appamādo sati cetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo. ‘May my mind not be intoxicated by things that intoxicate.’ …


Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno rajanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ na rajjati vītarāgattā, dosanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ na dussati vītadosattā, mohanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ na muyhati vītamohattā, madanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ na majjati vītamadattā, so na chambhati na kampati na vedhati na santāsaṃ āpajjati, na ca pana samaṇavacanahetupi gacchatī”ti. When a monk’s mind is no longer affected by greed, hate, delusion, or intoxication because they’ve got rid of these things, they don’t cower or shake or tremble or get scared, nor are they persuaded by The Dharmas of other ascetics.”


AN 4.118 Saṃvejanīya: Inspiring

118. Saṃvejanīyasutta 118. Inspiring
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. “monks, a faithful person of good family should go to see these four inspiring places.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, bhikkhave, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Thinking: ‘Here the Realized One was born!’—that is an inspiring place.
‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, bhikkhave, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Thinking: ‘Here the Realized One became awakened as a supreme fully awakened Buddha!’—that is an inspiring place.
‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattesī’ti, bhikkhave, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Thinking: ‘Here the Realized One rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma!’—that is an inspiring place.
‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, bhikkhave, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Thinking: ‘Here the Realized One became fully nirvana'd through the natural Dharma of nirvana, without anything left over!’—that is an inspiring place.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānānī”ti. These are the four inspiring places that a faithful person of good family should go to see.”


AN 4.119 Paṭhamabhaya: Perils (1st)

119. Paṭhamabhayasutta 119. Perils (1st)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni. “monks, there are these four perils.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Jātibhayaṃ, jarābhayaṃ, byādhibhayaṃ, maraṇabhayaṃ— The perils of rebirth, old age, sickness, and death.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayānī”ti. These are the four perils.”


AN 4.120 Dutiyabhaya: Perils (2nd)

120. Dutiyabhayasutta 120. Perils (2nd)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni. “monks, there are these four perils.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Aggibhayaṃ, udakabhayaṃ, rājabhayaṃ, corabhayaṃ— The perils of fire, water, kings, and bandits.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayānī”ti. These are the four perils.”


end of section [4..12.. - AN 4 vagga 12 Kesi: With Kesi]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 13 Bhaya: Fears

    AN 4.121 - AN 4.121 Attānuvāda: Guilt
    AN 4.122 - AN 4.122 Ūmibhaya: The Danger of Waves
    AN 4.123 - AN 4.123 Paṭhamanānākaraṇa: Difference (1st)
    AN 4.124 - AN 4.124 Dutiyanānākaraṇa: Difference (2nd)
    AN 4.125 - AN 4.125 Paṭhamamettā: friendly-kindness (1st)
    AN 4.126 - AN 4.126 Dutiyamettā: friendly-kindness (2nd)
    AN 4.127 - AN 4.127 Paṭhamatathāgataacchariya: Incredible Things About the Realized One (1st)
    AN 4.128 - AN 4.128 Dutiyatathāgataacchariya: Incredible Things About the Realized One (2nd)
    AN 4.129 - AN 4.129 Ānandaacchariya: Incredible Things About Ānanda
    AN 4.130 - AN 4.130 Cakkavattiacchariya: Incredible Things About the Wheel-Turning Monarch

AN 4.121 Attānuvāda: Guilt

121. Attānuvādasutta 121. Guilt
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni. “monks, there are these four fears.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Attānuvādabhayaṃ, parānuvādabhayaṃ, daṇḍabhayaṃ, duggatibhayaṃ. The fears of guilt, shame, punishment, and going to a bad place.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, attānuvādabhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the fear of guilt?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when someone reflects:
‘ahañceva kho pana kāyena duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, vācāya duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, manasā duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, kiñca taṃ yaṃ maṃ attā sīlato na upavadeyyā’ti. ‘If I were to do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind, wouldn’t I blame myself for my conduct?’
So attānuvādabhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Being afraid of guilt, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, attānuvādabhayaṃ. This is called the fear of guilt.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, parānuvādabhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the fear of shame?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when someone reflects:
‘ahañceva kho pana kāyena duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, vācāya duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, manasā duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, kiñca taṃ yaṃ maṃ pare sīlato na upavadeyyun’ti. ‘If I were to do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind, wouldn’t others blame me for my conduct?’
So parānuvādabhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Being afraid of shame, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, parānuvādabhayaṃ. This is called the fear of shame.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, daṇḍabhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the fear of punishment?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco passati coraṃ āgucāriṃ, rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārente, It’s when someone sees that the kings have arrested a bandit, a criminal, and subjected them to various punishments—
kasāhipi tāḷente, vettehipi tāḷente, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷente, hatthampi chindante, pādampi chindante, hatthapādampi chindante, kaṇṇampi chindante, nāsampi chindante, kaṇṇanāsampi chindante, bilaṅgathālikampi karonte, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonte, rāhumukhampi karonte, jotimālikampi karonte, hatthapajjotikampi karonte, erakavattikampi karonte, cīrakavāsikampi karonte, eṇeyyakampi karonte, balisamaṃsikampi karonte, kahāpaṇakampi karonte, khārāpatacchikampi karonte, palighaparivattikampi karonte, palālapīṭhakampi karonte, tattenapi telena osiñcante, sunakhehipi khādāpente, jīvantampi sūle uttāsente, asināpi sīsaṃ chindante. whipping, caning, and clubbing; cutting off hands or feet, or both; cutting off ears or nose, or both; the ‘porridge pot’, the ‘shell-shave’, the ‘demon’s mouth’, the ‘garland of fire’, the ‘burning hand’, the ‘grass blades’, the ‘bark dress’, the ‘antelope’, the ‘meat hook’, the ‘coins’, the ‘acid pickle’, the ‘twisting bar’, the ‘straw mat’; being splashed with hot oil, being fed to the dogs, being impaled alive, and being beheaded.


Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘yathārūpānaṃ kho pāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ hetu coraṃ āgucāriṃ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārenti, kasāhipi tāḷenti … pe … asināpi sīsaṃ chindanti, ahañceva kho pana evarūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ kareyyaṃ, mampi rājāno gahetvā evarūpā vividhā kammakāraṇā kāreyyuṃ, kasāhipi tāḷeyyuṃ, vettehipi tāḷeyyuṃ, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷeyyuṃ, hatthampi chindeyyuṃ, pādampi chindeyyuṃ, hatthapādampi chindeyyuṃ, kaṇṇampi chindeyyuṃ, nāsampi chindeyyuṃ, kaṇṇanāsampi chindeyyuṃ, bilaṅgathālikampi kareyyuṃ, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi kareyyuṃ; ‘If I were to do the same kind of bad deed, the kings would punish me in the same way.’ …
rāhumukhampi kareyyuṃ, jotimālikampi kareyyuṃ, hatthapajjotikampi kareyyuṃ, erakavattikampi kareyyuṃ, cīrakavāsikampi kareyyuṃ, eṇeyyakampi kareyyuṃ, balisamaṃsikampi kareyyuṃ, kahāpaṇakampi kareyyuṃ, khārāpatacchikampi kareyyuṃ, palighaparivattikampi kareyyuṃ, palālapīṭhakampi kareyyuṃ, tattenapi telena osiñceyyuṃ, sunakhehipi khādāpeyyuṃ, jīvantampi sūle uttāseyyuṃ, asināpi sīsaṃ chindeyyun’ti.
So daṇḍabhayassa bhīto na paresaṃ pābhataṃ vilumpanto carati. Being afraid of punishment, they don’t steal the belongings of others.
Kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya … pe … suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. They give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, daṇḍabhayaṃ. This is called the fear of punishment.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, duggatibhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the fear of rebirth in a bad place?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti paṭisañcikkhati: It’s when someone reflects:
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko abhisamparāyaṃ, vacīduccaritassa pāpako vipāko abhisamparāyaṃ, manoduccaritassa pāpako vipāko abhisamparāyaṃ. ‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad result in the next life.
Ahañceva kho pana kāyena duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, vācāya duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, manasā duccaritaṃ careyyaṃ, kiñca taṃ yāhaṃ na kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyan’ti. If I were to do such bad things, when my body breaks up, after death, I’d be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.’
So duggatibhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveti, suddhaṃ attānaṃ pariharati. Being afraid of rebirth in a bad place, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, duggatibhayaṃ. This is called the fear of rebirth in a bad place.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayānī”ti. These are the four fears.”


AN 4.122 Ūmibhaya: The Danger of Waves

122. Ūmibhayasutta 122. The Danger of Waves
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udakorohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. “monks, anyone who enters the water should anticipate four dangers.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ— The dangers of waves, crocodiles, whirlpools, and sharks.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayāni udakorohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. These are the four dangers that anyone who enters the water should anticipate.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayāni idhekaccassa kulaputtassa imasmiṃ dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. In the same way, a person of good family who goes forth from the lay life to homelessness in This Dharma and training should anticipate four dangers.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ. The dangers of waves, crocodiles, whirlpools, and sharks.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, ūmibhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the danger of waves?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti: It’s when a person of good family has gone forth from the lay life to homelessness, thinking:
‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto; ‘I’m swamped by rebirth, old age, and death; by sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. I’m swamped by suffering, mired in suffering.
appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. Hopefully I can find an end to this entire mass of suffering.’
Tamenaṃ tathā pabbajitaṃ samānaṃ sabrahmacārino ovadanti anusāsanti: When they’ve gone forth, their spiritual companions advise and instruct them:
‘evaṃ te abhikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te paṭikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te āloketabbaṃ, evaṃ te viloketabbaṃ, evaṃ te samiñjitabbaṃ, evaṃ te pasāritabbaṃ, evaṃ te saṅghāṭipattacīvaraṃ dhāretabban’ti. ‘You should go out like this, and come back like that. You should look to the front like this, and to the side like that. You should contract your limbs like this, and extend them like that. This is how you should bear your outer robe, bowl, and robes.’
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāmapi anusāsāmapi. ‘Formerly, as a lay person, I advised and instructed others.
Ime panamhākaṃ puttamattā maññe nattamattā maññe ovaditabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññantī’ti. And now these monks—who you’d think were my children or grandchildren—imagine they can advise and instruct me!’
So kupito anattamano sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Angry and upset, they reject the training and return to a lesser life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ūmibhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto. This is called a monk who rejects the training and returns to a lesser life because they’re afraid of the danger of waves.
Ūmibhayanti kho, bhikkhave, kodhūpāyāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Danger of waves’ is a term for anger and distress.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ūmibhayaṃ. This is called the danger of waves.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kumbhīlabhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the danger of crocodiles?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti: It’s when a person of good family has gone forth from the lay life to homelessness …
‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto;
appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti.
Tamenaṃ tathā pabbajitaṃ samānaṃ sabrahmacārino ovadanti anusāsanti: When they’ve gone forth, their spiritual companions advise and instruct them:
‘idaṃ te khāditabbaṃ, idaṃ te na khāditabbaṃ, idaṃ te bhuñjitabbaṃ, idaṃ te na bhuñjitabbaṃ, idaṃ te sāyitabbaṃ, idaṃ te na sāyitabbaṃ, idaṃ te pātabbaṃ, idaṃ te na pātabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te khāditabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na khāditabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te bhuñjitabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na bhuñjitabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te sāyitabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na sāyitabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te pātabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na pātabbaṃ, kāle te khāditabbaṃ, vikāle te na khāditabbaṃ, kāle te bhuñjitabbaṃ, vikāle te na bhuñjitabbaṃ, kāle te sāyitabbaṃ, vikāle te na sāyitabbaṃ, kāle te pātabbaṃ, vikāle te na pātabban’ti. ‘You may eat, consume, taste, and drink these things, but not those. You may eat what’s allowable, but not what’s unallowable. You may eat at the right time, but not at the wrong time.’
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā yaṃ icchāma taṃ khādāma, yaṃ na icchāma na taṃ khādāma; ‘When I was a lay person, I used to eat, consume, taste, and drink what I wanted, not what I didn’t want.
yaṃ icchāma taṃ bhuñjāma, yaṃ na icchāma na taṃ bhuñjāma;
yaṃ icchāma taṃ sāyāma, yaṃ na icchāma na taṃ sāyāma;
yaṃ icchāma taṃ pivāma, yaṃ na icchāma na taṃ pivāma;
kappiyampi khādāma akappiyampi khādāma kappiyampi bhuñjāma akappiyampi bhuñjāma kappiyampi sāyāma akappiyampi sāyāma kappiyampi pivāma akappiyampi pivāma, kālepi khādāma vikālepi khādāma kālepi bhuñjāma vikālepi bhuñjāma kālepi sāyāma vikālepi sāyāma kālepi pivāma vikālepi pivāma; I ate and drank both allowable and unallowable things, at the right time and the wrong time.
yampi no saddhā gahapatikā divā vikāle paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā denti, tatrapime mukhāvaraṇaṃ maññe karontī’ti. And these faithful householders give us a variety of delicious foods at the wrong time of day. But these monks imagine they can gag our mouths!’
So kupito anattamano sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Angry and upset, they reject the training and return to a lesser life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kumbhīlabhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto. This is called a monk who rejects the training and returns to a lesser life because they’re afraid of the danger of crocodiles.
Kumbhīlabhayanti kho, bhikkhave, odarikattassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Danger of crocodiles’ is a term for gluttony.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kumbhīlabhayaṃ. This is called the danger of crocodiles.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the danger of whirlpools?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti: It’s when a person of good family has gone forth from the lay life to homelessness …
‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi, dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto;
appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti.
So evaṃ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. When they’ve gone forth, they robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing rememberfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties.
So tattha passati gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṃ samaṅgībhūtaṃ paricārayamānaṃ. There they see a householder or their child amusing themselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārimhā; ‘Formerly, as a lay person, I amused myself, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation.
saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā. And it’s true that my family is wealthy.
Sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. I can both enjoy my wealth and make merit.
Yannūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ puññāni ca kareyyan’ti. Why don’t I reject the training and return to a lesser life, so I can enjoy my wealth and make merit?’
So sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. They reject the training and return to a lesser life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āvaṭṭabhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto. This is called a monk who rejects the training and returns to a lesser life because they’re afraid of the danger of whirlpools.
Āvaṭṭabhayanti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Danger of whirlpools’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ. This is called the danger of whirlpools.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, susukābhayaṃ? And what, monks, is the danger of sharks?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti: It’s when a person of good family has gone forth from the lay life to homelessness …
‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto;
appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti.
So evaṃ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. When they’ve gone forth, they robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing rememberfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties.
So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā. There they see a female scantily clad, with revealing clothes.
Tassa mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. Lust infects their mind,
So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. so they reject the training and return to a lesser life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu susukābhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto. This is called a monk who rejects the training and returns to a lesser life because they’re afraid of the danger of sharks.
Susukābhayanti kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Danger of sharks’ is a term for females.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, susukābhayaṃ. This is called the danger of sharks.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayāni idhekaccassa kulaputtassa imasmiṃ dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbānī”ti. These are the four dangers that a person of good family who goes forth from the lay life to homelessness in This Dharma and training should anticipate.”


end of section [4.122 - AN 4.122 Ūmibhaya: The Danger of Waves]

AN 4.123 Paṭhamanānākaraṇa: Difference (1st)

123. Paṭhamanānākaraṇasutta 123. Difference (1st)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Firstly, a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying.
Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of Brahmā’s Group.
Brahmakāyikānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ kappo āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of Brahma’s Group is one eon.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā sati. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person, that is, when there is a place of rebirth.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.
So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying.
Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno ābhassarānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of streaming radiance.
Ābhassarānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ dve kappā āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of streaming radiance is two eons.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā sati. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person, that is, when there is a place of rebirth.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third jhāna, where they meditate with equanimity, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure.’
So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying.
Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno, kālaṃ kurumāno subhakiṇhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods replete with glory.
Subhakiṇhānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ cattāro kappā āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods replete with glory is four eons.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā sati. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person, that is, when there is a place of rebirth.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and rememberfulness.
So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying.
Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno vehapphalānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of abundant fruit.
Vehapphalānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ pañca kappasatāni āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of abundant fruit is five hundred eons.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā sati. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person, that is, when there is a place of rebirth.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.124 Dutiyanānākaraṇa: Difference (2nd)

124. Dutiyanānākaraṇasutta 124. Difference (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Firstly, a person, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna …
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. They contemplate the dharma there—included in form, feeling, perception, co-doings, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā suddhāvāsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the pure abodes.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, upapatti asādhāraṇā puthujjanehi. This rebirth is not shared with ordinary people.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna …
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. They contemplate the dharma there—included in form, feeling, perception, co-doings, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā suddhāvāsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the pure abodes.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, upapatti asādhāraṇā puthujjanehi. This rebirth is not shared with ordinary people.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.125 Paṭhamamettā: friendly-kindness (1st)

125. Paṭhamamettāsutta 125. friendly-kindness (1st)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo Firstly, a person
mettā-sahagatena cetasā... A-byāpajjena pharitvā viharati,
(1.🤝🤗) with a mind of friendly-kindness, ... without ill will, pervade [that mind state everywhere]. Live in this way.

So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. They enjoy this and like it and find it satisfying.
Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of Brahmā’s Group.
Brahmakāyikānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ kappo āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of Brahma’s Group is one eon.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā sati. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person, that is, when there is a place of rebirth.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo karuṇāsahagatena cetasā … pe … Furthermore, a person meditates spreading a heart full of compassion …
muditāsahagatena cetasā … pe … rejoicing …

upekkhā-sahagatena cetasā... A-byāpajjena pharitvā viharati,
(4.🛆👁️) with a mind of equanimous-observation, ... without ill will, pervade [that mind state everywhere]. Live in this way.

So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. They enjoy this and like it and find it satisfying.
Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno ābhassarānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of streaming radiance. The lifespan of the gods of streaming radiance is two eons.
Ābhassarānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ dve kappā āyuppamāṇaṃ … pe … subhakiṇhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. … they’re reborn in the company of the gods replete with glory. The lifespan of the gods replete with glory is four eons.
Subhakiṇhānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ cattāro kappā āyuppamāṇaṃ … pe … vehapphalānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. … they’re reborn in the company of the gods of abundant fruit.
Vehapphalānaṃ, bhikkhave, devānaṃ pañca kappasatāni āyuppamāṇaṃ. The lifespan of the gods of abundant fruit is five hundred eons.
Tattha puthujjano yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā nirayampi gacchati tiracchānayonimpi gacchati pettivisayampi gacchati. An ordinary person stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they go to hell or the animal realm or the ghost realm.
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ khepetvā tasmiṃyeva bhave parinibbāyati. But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re nirvana'd in that very life.
Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanena, yadidaṃ gatiyā upapattiyā sati. This is the difference between an educated noble-one's-disciple and an uneducated ordinary person, that is, when there is a place of rebirth.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.126 Dutiyamettā: friendly-kindness (2nd)

(first read previous sutta AN 4.125 for full context and details elided out of this one.)
AN 4.126
126. Dutiyamettāsutta 126. friendly-kindness (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo Firstly, a person
mettā-sahagatena cetasā... A-byāpajjena pharitvā viharati,
(1.🤝🤗) with a mind of friendly-kindness, ... without ill will, pervade [that mind state everywhere]. Live in this way.

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. They contemplate the dharma there—included in form, feeling, perception, co-doings, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā suddhāvāsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the pure abodes.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, upapatti asādhāraṇā puthujjanehi. This rebirth is not shared with ordinary people.

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo karuṇā … pe … Furthermore, a person meditates spreading a heart full of compassion …
muditā … pe … rejoicing …
upekkhā-sahagatena cetasā... A-byāpajjena pharitvā viharati,
(4.🛆👁️) with a mind of equanimous-observation, ... without ill will, pervade [that mind state everywhere]. Live in this way.

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. They contemplate the dharma there—included in form, feeling, perception, co-doings, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā suddhāvāsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the pure abodes.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, upapatti asādhāraṇā puthujjanehi. This rebirth is not shared with ordinary people.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasminti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.127 Paṭhamatathāgataacchariya: Incredible Things About the Realized One (1st)

127. Paṭhamatathāgataacchariyasutta 127. Incredible Things About the Realized One (1st)
“Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā pātubhavanti. “monks, with the appearance of a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, four incredible and amazing things appear.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Yadā, bhikkhave, bodhisatto tusitā kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, atha sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. When the being intent on awakening passes away from the group of Joyful Gods, he’s conceived in his mother’s womb, rememberful and aware. And then—in this world with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods.
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṃ candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃmahānubhāvānaṃ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods.
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi tenobhāsena aññamaññaṃ sañjānanti: And the sentient beings reborn there recognize each other by that light:
‘aññepi kira, bho, santi sattā idhūpapannā’ti. ‘So, it seems other sentient beings have been reborn here!’
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the first incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, atha sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Furthermore, the being intent on awakening emerges from his mother’s womb, rememberful and aware. And then … an immeasurable, magnificent light appears …
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṃ candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃmahānubhāvānaṃ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space …
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi tenobhāsena aññamaññaṃ sañjānanti:
‘aññepi kira, bho, santi sattā idhūpapannā’ti.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the second incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, atha sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Furthermore, the Realized One understands the supreme perfect awakening. And then … an immeasurable, magnificent light appears …
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṃ candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃmahānubhāvānaṃ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space …
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi tenobhāsena aññamaññaṃ sañjānanti:
‘aññepi kira, bho, santi sattā idhūpapannā’ti.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the third incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, atha sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Furthermore, the Realized One rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And then … an immeasurable, magnificent light appears …
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṃ candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃmahānubhāvānaṃ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space …
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi tenobhāsena aññamaññaṃ sañjānanti:
‘aññepi kira, bho, santi sattā idhūpapannā’ti.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the fourth incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ime cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā pātubhavantī”ti. With the appearance of a Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, these four incredible and amazing things appear.”


AN 4.128 Dutiyatathāgataacchariya: Incredible Things About the Realized One (2nd)

128. Dutiyatathāgataacchariyasutta 128. Incredible Things About the Realized One (2nd)
“Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā pātubhavanti. “monks, with the appearance of a Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, four incredible and amazing things appear.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Ālayārāmā, bhikkhave, pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā; People like attachment, theylove it and enjoy it.
sā tathāgatena anālaye dhamme desiyamāne sussūsati sotaṃ odahati aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Yet when a Realized One is teaching the Dhamma of non-attachment, they want to listen, they lend an ear, and they apply their minds to understand it.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the first incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.


Mānārāmā, bhikkhave, pajā mānaratā mānasammuditā. People like conceit, they love it and enjoy it.
Sā tathāgatena mānavinaye dhamme desiyamāne sussūsati sotaṃ odahati aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Yet when a Realized One is teaching the Dhamma of removing conceit, they want to listen, they lend an ear, and they apply their minds to understand it.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the second incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.


Anupasamārāmā, bhikkhave, pajā anupasamaratā anupasamasammuditā. People like excitement, they love it and enjoy it.
Sā tathāgatena opasamike dhamme desiyamāne sussūsati sotaṃ odahati aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Yet when a Realized One is teaching the Dhamma of peace, they want to listen, they lend an ear, and they apply their minds to understand it.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the third incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.


Avijjāgatā, bhikkhave, pajā aṇḍabhūtā pariyonaddhā. This population is lost in ignorance, trapped in their shells.
Sā tathāgatena avijjāvinaye dhamme desiyamāne sussūsati sotaṃ odahati aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Yet when a Realized One is teaching the Dhamma of removing ignorance, they want to listen, they lend an ear, and they apply their minds to understand it.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṃ catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. This is the fourth incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One.
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ime cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā pātubhavantī”ti. With the appearance of a Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, four incredible and amazing things appear.”


AN 4.129 Ānandaacchariya: Incredible Things About Ānanda

129. Ānandaacchariyasutta 129. Incredible Things About Ānanda
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. “monks, there are these four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. If an assembly of monks goes to see Ānanda, they’re uplifted by seeing him
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. and uplifted by hearing him speak.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha ānando tuṇhī bhavati. And when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.


Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. If an assembly of nuns …
Tattha ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniparisā hoti, atha ānando tuṇhī bhavati.


Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. laymen …
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha ānando tuṇhī bhavati.


Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. or laywomen goes to see Ānanda, they’re uplifted by seeing him
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. and uplifted by hearing him speak.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha ānando tuṇhī bhavati. And when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande”ti. These are the four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda.”


AN 4.130 Cakkavattiacchariya: Incredible Things About the Wheel-Turning Monarch

130. Cakkavattiacchariyasutta 130. Incredible Things About the Wheel-Turning Monarch
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. “monks, there are these four incredible and amazing things about a wheel-turning monarch.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. If an assembly of aristocrats goes to see a wheel-turning monarch, they’re uplifted by seeing him
Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. and uplifted by hearing him speak.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti, atha rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī bhavati. And when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.


Sace, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. If an assembly of brahmins …
Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā hoti, atha rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī bhavati.


Sace, bhikkhave, gahapatiparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. householders …
Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, gahapatiparisā hoti, atha rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī bhavati.


Sace, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. or ascetics goes to see a wheel-turning monarch, they’re uplifted by seeing him
Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. and uplifted by hearing him speak.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī bhavati. And when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. These are the four incredible and amazing things about a wheel-turning monarch.


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. In the same way, there are these four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. If an assembly of monks goes to see Ānanda, they’re uplifted by seeing him
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. and uplifted by hearing him speak.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha ānando tuṇhī bhavati. And when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.


Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniparisā … pe … sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā … pe … sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanenapi sā attamanā hoti. If an assembly of nuns … laymen … or laywomen goes to see Ānanda, they’re uplifted by seeing him
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. and uplifted by hearing him speak.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha ānando tuṇhī bhavati. And when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande”ti. These are the four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda.”


end of section [4..13.. - AN 4 vagga 13 Bhaya: Fears]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 14 Puggala: Persons

    AN 4.131 - AN 4.131 Saṃyojana: Fetters
    AN 4.132 - AN 4.132 Paṭibhāna: Eloquence
    AN 4.133 - AN 4.133 Ugghaṭitaññū: One Who Understands Immediately
    AN 4.134 - AN 4.134 Uṭṭhānaphala: The Fruits of Initiative
    AN 4.135 - AN 4.135 Sāvajja: Blameworthy
    AN 4.136 - AN 4.136 Paṭhamasīla: Ethics (1st)
    AN 4.137 - AN 4.137 Dutiyasīla: Ethics (2nd)
    AN 4.138 - AN 4.138 Nikaṭṭha: Retreat
    AN 4.139 - AN 4.139 Dhammakathika: Dhamma Speakers
    AN 4.140 - AN 4.140 Vādī: Speaker

AN 4.131 Saṃyojana: Fetters

131. Saṃyojanasutta 131. Fetters
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni honti, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni honti, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni honti. One person hasn’t given up the lower fetters, the fetters for getting reborn, or the fetters for getting a continued existence.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni honti, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni honti. One person has given up the lower fetters, but not the fetters for getting reborn, or the fetters for getting a continued existence.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni honti. One person has given up the lower fetters and the fetters for getting reborn, but not the fetters for getting a continued existence.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti. One person has given up the lower fetters, the fetters for getting reborn, and the fetters for getting a continued existence.


Katamassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni? What person hasn’t given up the lower fetters, the fetters for getting reborn, or the fetters for getting a continued existence?
Sakadāgāmissa. A once-returner.
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni. This is the person who hasn’t given up the lower fetters, the fetters for getting reborn, or the fetters for getting a continued existence.


Katamassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni? What person has given up the lower fetters, but not the fetters for getting reborn, or the fetters for getting a continued existence?
Uddhaṃsotassa akaniṭṭhagāmino. One heading upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm.
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni.


Katamassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni? What person has given up the lower fetters and the fetters for getting reborn, but not the fetters for getting a continued existence?
Antarāparinibbāyissa. One nirvana'd in-between one life and the next.
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni.


Katamassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni? What person has given up the lower fetters, the fetters for getting reborn, and the fetters for getting a continued existence?
Arahato. A perfected one.
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, upapattipaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, bhavapaṭilābhiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.132 Paṭibhāna: Eloquence

132. Paṭibhānasutta 132. Eloquence
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?


Yuttappaṭibhāno, no muttappaṭibhāno; One who speaks on topic, but not fluently.
muttappaṭibhāno, no yuttappaṭibhāno; One who speaks fluently, but not on topic.
yuttappaṭibhāno ca muttappaṭibhāno ca; One who speaks on topic and fluently.
neva yuttappaṭibhāno na muttappaṭibhāno— One who speaks neither on topic nor fluently.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.133 Ugghaṭitaññū: One Who Understands Immediately

133. Ugghaṭitaññūsutta 133. One Who Understands Immediately
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Ugghaṭitaññū, vipañcitaññū, neyyo, padaparamo— One who understands immediately, one who understands after detailed explanation, one who needs personal training, and one who merely learns by rote.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.134 Uṭṭhānaphala: The Fruits of Initiative

134. Uṭṭhānaphalasutta 134. The Fruits of Initiative
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “These four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

These are the four people found in the world.” One who lives off the fruit of initiative, but not deeds; one who lives off the fruit of deeds, but not initiative; one who lives off the fruit of both initiative and deeds; and one who lives off the fruit of neither initiative nor deeds. Uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvī na kammaphalūpajīvī, kammaphalūpajīvī na uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvī, uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvī ceva kammaphalūpajīvī ca, neva uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvī na kammaphalūpajīvī—
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.


AN 4.135 Sāvajja: Blameworthy

135. Sāvajjasutta 135. Blameworthy
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sāvajjo, vajjabahulo, appavajjo, anavajjo. The blameworthy, the mostly blameworthy, the slightly blameworthy, and the blameless.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo sāvajjo hoti? And how is a person blameworthy?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sāvajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, sāvajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, sāvajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti. It’s when a person does things by way of body, speech, and mind that are blameworthy.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo sāvajjo hoti. That’s how a person is blameworthy.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo vajjabahulo hoti? And how is a person mostly blameworthy?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sāvajjena bahulaṃ kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, appaṃ anavajjena; It’s when a person does things by way of body, speech, and mind that are mostly blameworthy, but occasionally blameless.
sāvajjena bahulaṃ vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, appaṃ anavajjena;
sāvajjena bahulaṃ manokammena samannāgato hoti, appaṃ anavajjena.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo vajjabahulo hoti. That’s how a person is mostly blameworthy.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo appavajjo hoti? And how is a person slightly blameworthy?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo anavajjena bahulaṃ kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, appaṃ sāvajjena; It’s when a person does things by way of body, speech, and mind that are mostly blameless, but occasionally blameworthy.
anavajjena bahulaṃ vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, appaṃ sāvajjena;
anavajjena bahulaṃ manokammena samannāgato hoti, appaṃ sāvajjena.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo appavajjo hoti. That’s how a person is slightly blameworthy.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo anavajjo hoti? And how is a person blameless?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti. It’s when a person does things by way of body, speech, and mind that are blameless.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo anavajjo hoti. That’s how a person is blameless.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.136 Paṭhamasīla: Ethics (1st)

136. Paṭhamasīlasutta 136. Ethics (1st)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlesu na paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ na paripūrakārī, paññāya na paripūrakārī. One person has not fulfilled ethics, undistractible-lucidity, or wisdom.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ na paripūrakārī, paññāya na paripūrakārī. One person has fulfilled ethics, but not undistractible-lucidity or wisdom.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī, paññāya na paripūrakārī. One person has fulfilled ethics and undistractible-lucidity, but not wisdom.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī, paññāya paripūrakārī. One person has fulfilled ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.137 Dutiyasīla: Ethics (2nd)

137. Dutiyasīlasutta 137. Ethics (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na sīlagaru hoti na sīlādhipateyyo, na samādhigaru hoti na samādhādhipateyyo, na paññāgaru hoti na paññādhipateyyo. One person doesn’t value or submit to ethics, undistractible-lucidity, or wisdom.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlagaru hoti sīlādhipateyyo, na samādhigaru hoti na samādhādhipateyyo, na paññāgaru hoti na paññādhipateyyo. One person values and submits to ethics, but not to undistractible-lucidity or wisdom.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlagaru hoti sīlādhipateyyo, samādhigaru hoti samādhādhipateyyo, na paññāgaru hoti na paññādhipateyyo. One person values and submits to ethics and undistractible-lucidity, but not wisdom.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlagaru hoti sīlādhipateyyo, samādhigaru hoti samādhādhipateyyo, paññāgaru hoti paññādhipateyyo. One person values and submits to ethics, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.138 Nikaṭṭha: Retreat

138. Nikaṭṭhasutta 138. Retreat
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

One is on retreat in body, but not mind; one is on retreat in mind, but not body; one is on retreat in neither body nor mind; and one is on retreat in both body and mind. Nikaṭṭhakāyo anikaṭṭhacitto, anikaṭṭhakāyo nikaṭṭhacitto, anikaṭṭhakāyo ca anikaṭṭhacitto ca, nikaṭṭhakāyo ca nikaṭṭhacitto ca.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo nikaṭṭhakāyo hoti anikaṭṭhacitto? And how is a person on retreat in body, but not mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati. It’s when a person frequents remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.
So tattha kāmavitakkampi vitakketi byāpādavitakkampi vitakketi vihiṃsāvitakkampi vitakketi. But they think sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo nikaṭṭhakāyo hoti anikaṭṭhacitto. That’s how a person is on retreat in body, but not mind.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo anikaṭṭhakāyo hoti nikaṭṭhacitto? And how is a person on retreat in mind, but not body?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo naheva kho araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati. It’s when a person doesn’t frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.
So tattha nekkhammavitakkampi vitakketi abyāpādavitakkampi vitakketi avihiṃsāvitakkampi vitakketi. But they think thoughts of renunciation, love, and kindness.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo anikaṭṭhakāyo hoti nikaṭṭhacitto. That’s how a person is on retreat in mind, but not body.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo anikaṭṭhakāyo ca hoti anikaṭṭhacitto ca? And how is a person on retreat in neither body nor mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo naheva kho araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati. It’s when a person doesn’t frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.
So tattha kāmavitakkampi vitakketi byāpādavitakkampi vitakketi vihiṃsāvitakkampi vitakketi. And they think sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo anikaṭṭhakāyo ca hoti anikaṭṭhacitto ca. That’s how a person is on retreat in neither body nor mind.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo nikaṭṭhakāyo ca hoti nikaṭṭhacitto ca? And how is a person on retreat in both body and mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati. It’s when a person frequents remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.
So tattha nekkhammavitakkampi vitakketi abyāpādavitakkampi vitakketi avihiṃsāvitakkampi vitakketi. And they think thoughts of renunciation, love, and kindness.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo nikaṭṭhakāyo ca hoti nikaṭṭhacitto ca. That’s how a person is on retreat in both body and mind.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.139 Dhammakathika: Dhamma Speakers

139. Dhammakathikasutta 139. Dhamma Speakers
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammakathikā. “monks, there are these four Dhamma speakers.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco dhammakathiko appañca bhāsati asahitañca; One Dhamma speaker speaks little and off topic.
parisā cassa na kusalā hoti sahitāsahitassa. And their assembly can’t tell what’s on topic and what’s off topic.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, dhammakathiko evarūpāya parisāya dhammakathikotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Such an assembly regards such a Dhamma speaker simply as a Dhamma speaker.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dhammakathiko appañca bhāsati sahitañca; One Dhamma speaker speaks little but stays on topic.
parisā cassa kusalā hoti sahitāsahitassa. And their assembly can tell what’s on topic and what’s off topic.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, dhammakathiko evarūpāya parisāya dhammakathikotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Such an assembly regards such a Dhamma speaker simply as a Dhamma speaker.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dhammakathiko bahuñca bhāsati asahitañca; One Dhamma speaker speaks much but off topic.
parisā cassa na kusalā hoti sahitāsahitassa. And their assembly can’t tell what’s on topic and what’s off topic.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, dhammakathiko evarūpāya parisāya dhammakathikotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Such an assembly regards such a Dhamma speaker simply as a Dhamma speaker.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dhammakathiko bahuñca bhāsati sahitañca; One Dhamma speaker speaks much and stays on topic.
parisā cassa kusalā hoti sahitāsahitassa. And their assembly can tell what’s on topic and what’s off topic.
Evarūpo, bhikkhave, dhammakathiko evarūpāya parisāya dhammakathikotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Such an assembly regards such a Dhamma speaker simply as a Dhamma speaker.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammakathikā”ti. These are the four Dhamma speakers.”


AN 4.140 Vādī: Speaker

140. Vādīsutta 140. Speaker
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, vādī. “monks, there are these four speakers.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, vādī atthato pariyādānaṃ gacchati, no byañjanato; There’s a speaker who runs out of meaningful things to say, but not of ways of phrasing things.
atthi, bhikkhave, vādī byañjanato pariyādānaṃ gacchati, no atthato; There’s a speaker who runs out of ways of phrasing things, but not of meaningful things to say.
atthi, bhikkhave, vādī atthato ca byañjanato ca pariyādānaṃ gacchati; There’s a speaker who runs out of both meaningful things to say, and ways of phrasing things.
atthi, bhikkhave, vādī nevatthato no byañjanato pariyādānaṃ gacchati. There’s a speaker who never runs out of meaningful things to say, or ways of phrasing things.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro vādī. These are the four speakers.
Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ catūhi paṭisambhidāhi samannāgato atthato vā byañjanato vā pariyādānaṃ gaccheyyā”ti. It is impossible, it cannot happen that someone accomplished in the four kinds of textual analysis will ever run out of meaningful things to say, or ways of phrasing things.”


end of section [4..14.. - AN 4 vagga 14 Puggala: Persons]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 15 Ābhā: Brightness

    AN 4.141 - AN 4.141 Ābhā: Brightness
    AN 4.142 - AN 4.142 Pabhā: Radiance
    AN 4.143 - AN 4.143 Āloka: Light
    AN 4.144 - AN 4.144 Obhāsa: Shining
    AN 4.145 - AN 4.145 Pajjota: Lamps
    AN 4.146 - AN 4.146 Paṭhamakāla: Times (1st)
    AN 4.147 - AN 4.147 Dutiyakāla: Times (2nd)
    AN 4.148 - AN 4.148 Duccarita: Bad Conduct
    AN 4.149 - AN 4.149 Sucarita: Good Conduct
    AN 4.150 - AN 4.150 Sāra: Essentials

AN 4.141 Ābhā: Brightness

141. Ābhāsutta 141. Brightness
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, ābhā. “monks, there are these four kinds of brightness.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Candābhā, sūriyābhā, aggābhā, paññābhā— The brightness of the moon, sun, fire, and wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso ābhā. These are the four kinds of brightness.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ catunnaṃ ābhānaṃ yadidaṃ paññābhā”ti. The best of these four kinds of brightness is the brightness of wisdom.”


AN 4.142 Pabhā: Radiance

142. Pabhāsutta 142. Radiance
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, pabhā. “monks, there are these four kinds of radiance.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Candappabhā, sūriyappabhā, aggippabhā, paññāpabhā— The radiance of the moon, sun, fire, and wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso pabhā. These are the four kinds of radiance.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imāsaṃ catunnaṃ pabhānaṃ yadidaṃ paññāpabhā”ti. The best of these four kinds of radiance is the radiance of wisdom.”


AN 4.143 Āloka: Light

143. Ālokasutta 143. Light
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, ālokā. “monks, there are these four lights.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Candāloko, sūriyāloko, aggāloko, paññāloko— The lights of the moon, sun, fire, and wisdom.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ālokā. These are the four lights.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ catunnaṃ ālokānaṃ yadidaṃ paññāloko”ti. The best of these four lights is the light of wisdom.”


AN 4.144 Obhāsa: Shining

144. Obhāsasutta 144. Shining
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, obhāsā. “monks, there are four kinds of shining.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Candobhāso, sūriyobhāso, aggobhāso, paññobhāso— The shining of the moon, sun, fire, and wisdom.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro obhāsā. These are the four kinds of shining.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ catunnaṃ obhāsānaṃ yadidaṃ paññobhāso”ti. The best of these four kinds of shining is the shining of wisdom.”


AN 4.145 Pajjota: Lamps

145. Pajjotasutta 145. Lamps
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, pajjotā. “monks, there are these four lamps.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Candapajjoto, sūriyapajjoto, aggipajjoto, paññāpajjoto— The lamps of the moon, sun, fire, and wisdom.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro pajjotā. These are the four lamps.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ catunnaṃ pajjotānaṃ yadidaṃ paññāpajjoto”ti. The best of these four lamps is the lamp of wisdom.”


AN 4.146 Paṭhamakāla: Times (1st)

146. Paṭhamakālasutta 146. Times (1st)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, kālā. “monks, there are these four times.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Kālena dhammassavanaṃ, kālena dhammasākacchā, kālena sammasanā, kālena vipassanā— A time for listening to The Dharma, a time for discussing The Dharma, a time for serenity, and a time for discernment.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kālā”ti. These are the four times.”


AN 4.147 Dutiyakāla: Times (2nd)

147. Dutiyakālasutta 147. Times (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, kālā sammā bhāviyamānā sammā anuparivattiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpenti. “monks, when these four times are rightly developed and progressed, they gradually lead to the ending of defilements.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Kālena dhammassavanaṃ, kālena dhammasākacchā, kālena sammasanā, kālena vipassanā— A time for listening to The Dharma, a time for discussing The Dharma, a time for serenity, and a time for discernment.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kālā sammā bhāviyamānā sammā anuparivattiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpenti.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṃ udakaṃ yathāninnaṃ pavattamānaṃ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti; pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti; kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti; mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti; kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti; mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṃ paripūrenti. It’s like when it rains heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime cattāro kālā sammā bhāviyamānā sammā anuparivattiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpentī”ti. In the same way, when these four times are rightly developed and progressed, they gradually lead to the ending of defilements.”


AN 4.148 Duccarita: Bad Conduct

148. Duccaritasutta 148. Bad Conduct
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, vacīduccaritāni. “monks, there are these four kinds of bad conduct by way of speech.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Musāvādo, pisuṇā vācā, pharusā vācā, samphappalāpo— Speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri vacīduccaritānī”ti. These are the four kinds of bad conduct by way of speech.”


AN 4.149 Sucarita: Good Conduct

149. Sucaritasutta 149. Good Conduct
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, vacīsucaritāni. “monks, there are these four kinds of good conduct by way of speech.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Saccavācā, apisuṇā vācā, saṇhā vācā, mantabhāsā— Speech that’s true, harmonious, gentle, and thoughtful.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri vacīsucaritānī”ti. These are the four kinds of good conduct by way of speech.”


AN 4.150 Sāra: Essentials

150. Sārasutta 150. Essentials
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, sārā. “monks, there are these four essentials.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sīlasāro, samādhisāro, paññāsāro, vimuttisāro— Ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, and freedom are essentials.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro sārā”ti. These are the four essentials.”


end of section [4..15.. - AN 4 vagga 15 Ābhā: Brightness]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 16 Indriya: Faculties

    AN 4.151 - AN 4.151 Indriya: Faculties
    AN 4.152 - AN 4.152 Saddhābala: The Power of Faith
    AN 4.153 - AN 4.153 Paññābala: The Power of Wisdom
    AN 4.154 - AN 4.154 Satibala: The Power of rememberfulness
    AN 4.155 - AN 4.155 Paṭisaṅkhānabala: The Power of Reflection
    AN 4.156 - AN 4.156 Kappa: Eons
    AN 4.157 - AN 4.157 Roga: Illness
    AN 4.158 - AN 4.158 Parihāni: Decline
    AN 4.159 - AN 4.159 Bhikkhunī: Nun
    AN 4.160 - AN 4.160 Sugatavinaya: The Training of a Holy One

AN 4.151 Indriya: Faculties

151. Indriyasutta 151. Faculties
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni. “monks, there are these four faculties.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ— The faculties of faith, energy, rememberfulness, and undistractible-lucidity.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri indriyānī”ti. These are the four faculties.”


AN 4.152 Saddhābala: The Power of Faith

152. Saddhābalasutta 152. The Power of Faith
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these four powers.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ— The powers of faith, energy, rememberfulness, and undistractible-lucidity.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balānī”ti. These are the four powers.”


AN 4.153 Paññābala: The Power of Wisdom

153. Paññābalasutta 153. The Power of Wisdom
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these four powers.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Paññābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, anavajjabalaṃ, saṅgahabalaṃ— The powers of wisdom, energy, blamelessness, and inclusiveness.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balānī”ti. These are the four powers.”


AN 4.154 Satibala: The Power of rememberfulness

154. Satibalasutta 154. The Power of rememberfulness
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these four powers.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, anavajjabalaṃ, saṅgahabalaṃ— The powers of rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, blamelessness, and inclusiveness.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balānī”ti. These are the four powers.”


AN 4.155 Paṭisaṅkhānabala: The Power of Reflection

155. Paṭisaṅkhānabalasutta 155. The Power of Reflection
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these four powers.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ, bhāvanābalaṃ, anavajjabalaṃ, saṅgahabalaṃ— The powers of reflection, development, blamelessness, and inclusiveness.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balānī”ti. These are the four powers.”


AN 4.156 Kappa: Eons

156. Kappasutta 156. Eons
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kappassa asaṅkhyeyyāni. “monks, an eon contains four uncountable periods.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Yadā, bhikkhave, kappo saṃvaṭṭati, taṃ na sukaraṃ saṅkhātuṃ— When an eon contracts, it’s not easy to calculate
ettakāni vassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatānīti vā, ettakāni vassasahassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatasahassānīti vā. how many years, how many hundreds or thousands or hundreds of thousands of years it takes.


Yadā, bhikkhave, kappo saṃvaṭṭo tiṭṭhati, taṃ na sukaraṃ saṅkhātuṃ— When an eon remains fully contracted, it’s not easy to calculate
ettakāni vassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatānīti vā, ettakāni vassasahassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatasahassānīti vā. how many years, how many hundreds or thousands or hundreds of thousands of years it takes.


Yadā, bhikkhave, kappo vivaṭṭati, taṃ na sukaraṃ saṅkhātuṃ— When an eon expands, it’s not easy to calculate
ettakāni vassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatānīti vā, ettakāni vassasahassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatasahassānīti vā. how many years, how many hundreds or thousands or hundreds of thousands of years it takes.


Yadā, bhikkhave, kappo vivaṭṭo tiṭṭhati, taṃ na sukaraṃ saṅkhātuṃ— When an eon remains fully evolved, it’s not easy to calculate
ettakāni vassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatānīti vā, ettakāni vassasahassānīti vā, ettakāni vassasatasahassānīti vā. how many years, how many hundreds or thousands or hundreds of thousands of years it takes.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri kappassa asaṅkhyeyyānī”ti. These are the four uncountable periods of an eon.”


AN 4.157 Roga: Illness

157. Rogasutta 157. Illness
“Dveme, bhikkhave, rogā. “monks, there are two kinds of illness.
Katame dve? What two?
Kāyiko ca rogo cetasiko ca rogo. Mental and physical.
Dissanti, bhikkhave, sattā kāyikena rogena ekampi vassaṃ ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, dvepi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, tīṇipi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, cattāripi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, pañcapi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, dasapi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, vīsatipi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, tiṃsampi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, cattārīsampi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, paññāsampi vassāni ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā, vassasatampi, bhiyyopi ārogyaṃ paṭijānamānā. Some sentient beings are seen who can claim to be free of physical illness for a year, or two, or three years … even up to a hundred years or more.
Te, bhikkhave, sattā sudullabhā lokasmiṃ ye cetasikena rogena muhuttampi ārogyaṃ paṭijānanti, aññatra khīṇāsavehi. But it’s very hard to find any sentient beings in the world who can claim to be free of mental illness even for a moment, apart from those who have ended the defilements.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. There are four kinds of illness for those gone forth.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiccho hoti vighātavā asantuṭṭho itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. To start with, a monk has many wishes, is frustrated, and is not content with any kind of robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
So mahiccho samāno vighātavā asantuṭṭho itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya. Because of this, they focus their corrupt wishes on being looked up to, and on getting material possessions, honor, and popularity.
So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get these things.
So saṅkhāya kulāni upasaṅkamati, saṅkhāya nisīdati, saṅkhāya dhammaṃ bhāsati, saṅkhāya uccārapassāvaṃ sandhāreti. They have an ulterior motive when they visit families. They have an ulterior motive when they sit down, when they speak on Dhamma, and even when they hold it in when they need to go to the toilet.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro pabbajitassa rogā. These are the four kinds of illness for those gone forth.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘na mahicchā bhavissāma vighātavanto asantuṭṭhā itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, na pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahissāma anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya, na uṭṭhahissāma na ghaṭessāma na vāyamissāma anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya, khamā bhavissāma sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā bhavissāmā’ti. ‘We will not have many wishes or be frustrated. We will be content with any kind of robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. We won’t focus our corrupt wishes on being looked up to, and on getting material possessions, honor, and popularity. We won’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get these things. We will endure cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. We will endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. We will endure rude and unwelcome criticism. We will put up with physical pain—intense, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 4.158 Parihāni: Decline

158. Parihānisutta 158. Decline
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi: There Sāriputta addressed the monks:
“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. “Reverends, monks!”
“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. “Reverend,” they replied.
Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca: Sāriputta said this:


“Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: “Reverends, any monk or nun who sees four things inside themselves should conclude:
‘parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi’. ‘My skillful Dharmas are declining.
Parihānametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā. For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Rāgavepullattaṃ, dosavepullattaṃ, mohavepullattaṃ, gambhīresu kho panassa ṭhānāṭhānesu paññācakkhu na kamati. They have much greed, much hate, and much delusion; and their wisdom eye doesn’t go into the many deep matters.
Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: Any monk or nun who sees these four things inside themselves should conclude:
‘parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi’. ‘My skillful Dharmas are declining.
Parihānametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā. For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’


Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: Any monk or nun who sees four things inside themselves should conclude:
‘na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi’. ‘My skillful Dharmas are not declining.
Aparihānametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā. For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Rāgatanuttaṃ, dosatanuttaṃ, mohatanuttaṃ, gambhīresu kho panassa ṭhānāṭhānesu paññācakkhu kamati. Their greed, hate, and delusion grow less; and their wisdom eye goes into the many deep matters.
Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: Any monk or nun who sees these four things inside themselves should conclude:
‘na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi’. ‘My skillful Dharmas are not declining.
Aparihānametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā”ti. For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’”


AN 4.159 Bhikkhunī: Nun

159. Bhikkhunīsutta 159. Nun
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Atha kho aññatarā bhikkhunī aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi: And then a certain nun addressed a man:
“ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yenayyo ānando tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena ayyassa ānandassa pāde sirasā vanda: “Please, mister, go to Venerable Ānanda, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:
‘itthannāmā, bhante, bhikkhunī ābādhikinī dukkhitā bāḷhagilānā. ‘Sir, the nun named so-and-so is sick, suffering, and gravely ill.
Sā ayyassa ānandassa pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi: She bows with her head to your feet.’ And then say:
‘sādhu kira, bhante, ayyo ānando yena bhikkhunupassayo yena sā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’”ti. ‘Sir, please go to the nuns’ quarters to visit that nun out of compassion.’”
“Evaṃ, ayye”ti kho so puriso tassā bhikkhuniyā paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: “Yes, ma’am,” that man replied. He did as the nun asked.


“Itthannāmā, bhante, bhikkhunī ābādhikinī dukkhitā bāḷhagilānā.
Sā āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vandati, evañca vadeti:
‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā ānando yena bhikkhunupassayo yena sā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’”ti.
Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā ānando tuṇhībhāvena. Ānanda consented in silence.


Atha kho āyasmā ānando nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena bhikkhunupassayo yena sā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami. Then Ānanda robed up and went to the nuns’ quarters to visit that nun, taking his bowl and robe.
Addasā kho sā bhikkhunī āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. That nun saw Ānanda coming off in the distance.
Disvā sasīsaṃ pārupitvā mañcake nipajji. She wrapped herself up from head to foot and laid down on her cot.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena sā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā ānando taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to her, and sat down on the seat spread out. Then Ānanda said to the nun:


“Āhārasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo āhāraṃ nissāya. “Sister, this body is produced by food. Relying on food,
Āhāro pahātabbo. you should give up food.
Taṇhāsambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo taṇhaṃ nissāya. This body is produced by craving. Relying on craving,
Taṇhā pahātabbā. you should give up craving.
Mānasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo mānaṃ nissāya. This body is produced by conceit. Relying on conceit,
Māno pahātabbo. you should give up conceit.
Methunasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo. This body is produced by sex.
Methune ca setughāto vutto bhagavatā. The Buddha spoke of breaking off everything to do with sex.


‘Āhārasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo āhāraṃ nissāya. ‘This body is produced by food. Relying on food,
Āhāro pahātabbo’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. you should give up food.’ This is what I said,
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? but why did I say it?
Idha, bhagini, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti: Take a monk who reflects properly on the food that they eat:
‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi. Yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. ‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to continue and sustain this body, avoid harm, and support spiritual practice. To put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort. And so that I’ll keep on living blamelessly and at ease.’
So aparena samayena āhāraṃ nissāya āhāraṃ pajahati. After some time, relying on food, they give up food.
‘Āhārasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo āhāraṃ nissāya āhāro pahātabbo’t
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s why I said what I said.


‘Taṇhāsambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo taṇhaṃ nissāya. ‘This body is produced by craving. Relying on craving,
Taṇhā pahātabbā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. you should give up craving.’ This is what I said,
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? but why did I say it?
Idha, bhagini, bhikkhu suṇāti: Take a monk who hears this:
‘itthannāmo kira bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. ‘They say that the monk named so-and-so has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.’
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘kudāssu nāma ahampi āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissāmī’ti. ‘Oh, when will I too realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. …’
So aparena samayena taṇhaṃ nissāya taṇhaṃ pajahati. After some time, relying on craving, they give up craving.
‘Taṇhāsambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo taṇhaṃ nissāya taṇhā pahātabbā’ti,
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That's why I said what I said.


‘Mānasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo mānaṃ nissāya. ‘This body is produced by conceit. Relying on conceit,
Māno pahātabbo’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. you should give up conceit.’ This is what I said,
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? but why did I say it?
Idha, bhagini, bhikkhu suṇāti: Take a monk who hears this:
‘itthannāmo kira bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. ‘They say that the monk named so-and-so has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.’
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘so hi nāma āyasmā āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissati; ‘Well, that venerable can realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. …
kimaṅgaṃ panāhan’ti. Why can’t I?’
So aparena samayena mānaṃ nissāya mānaṃ pajahati. After some time, relying on conceit, they give up conceit.
‘Mānasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo, mānaṃ nissāya māno pahātabbo’ti,
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s why I said what I said.


Methunasambhūto ayaṃ, bhagini, kāyo. ‘This body is produced by sex.
Methune ca setughāto vutto bhagavatā”ti. The Buddha spoke of breaking off everything to do with sex.’”


Atha kho sā bhikkhunī mañcakā vuṭṭhahitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā āyasmato ānandassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca: Then that nun rose from her cot, placed her robe over one shoulder, bowed with her head at Ānanda’s feet, and said:
“accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā, yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yāhaṃ evamakāsiṃ. “I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to act in that way.
Tassā me, bhante, ayyo ānando accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu, āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā”ti. Please, sir, accept my mistake for what it is, so I can restrain myself in future.”
“Taggha taṃ, bhagini, accayo accagamā, yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yā tvaṃ evamakāsi. “Indeed, sister, you made a mistake. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of you to act in that way.
Yato ca kho tvaṃ, bhagini, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi, taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
Vuddhi hesā, bhagini, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī”ti. For it is growth in the training of the noble one to recognize a mistake for what it is, deal with it properly, and commit to restraint in the future.”


end of section [4.159 - AN 4.159 Bhikkhunī: Nun]

AN 4.160 Sugatavinaya: The Training of a Holy One

160. Sugatavinayasutta 160. The Training of a Holy One
“Sugato vā, bhikkhave, loke tiṭṭhamāno sugatavinayo vā tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. “monks, a Holy One or a Holy One’s training remain in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of compassion for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sugato? And who is a Holy One?
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sugato. This is a Holy One.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sugatavinayo? And what is the training of a Holy One?
So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. He teaches Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And he reveals a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sugatavinayo. This is the training of a Holy One.
Evaṃ sugato vā, bhikkhave, loke tiṭṭhamāno sugatavinayo vā tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānanti. This is how a Holy One or a Holy One’s training remain in the world for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of compassion for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti. These four things lead to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū duggahitaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇanti dunnikkhittehi padabyañjanehi. Firstly, the monks memorize discourses that they learned incorrectly, with misplaced words and phrases.
Dunnikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyañjanassa atthopi dunnayo hoti. When the words and phrases are misplaced, the meaning is misinterpreted.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the first thing that leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dubbacā honti dovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā akkhamā appadakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsaniṃ. Furthermore, the monks are hard to admonish, having qualities that make them hard to admonish. They’re impatient, and don’t take instruction respectfully.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the second thing that leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā, te na sakkaccaṃ suttantaṃ paraṃ vācenti. Furthermore, the monks who are very learned—knowledgeable in the scriptures, who have memorized The Dharmas, the monastic law, and the outlines—don’t carefully make others recite the discourses.
Tesaṃ accayena chinnamūlako suttanto hoti appaṭisaraṇo. When they pass away, the discourses are cut off at the root, with no-one to preserve them.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the third thing that leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū bāhulikā honti sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Furthermore, the senior monks are indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Those who come after them follow their example.
Sāpi hoti bāhulikā sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. They too become indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the fourth thing that leads to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattantīti. These are four things that lead to the decline and disappearance of the true Dharma.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. These four things lead to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū suggahitaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇanti sunikkhittehi padabyañjanehi. Firstly, the monks memorize discourses that have been learned correctly, with well placed words and phrases.
Sunikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyañjanassa atthopi sunayo hoti. When the words and phrases are well placed, the meaning is interpreted correctly.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the first thing that leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū suvacā honti sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā khamā padakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsaniṃ. Furthermore, the monks are easy to admonish, having qualities that make them easy to admonish. They’re patient, and take instruction respectfully.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the second thing that leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā, te sakkaccaṃ suttantaṃ paraṃ vācenti. Furthermore, the monks who are very learned—knowledgeable in the scriptures, who have memorized The Dharmas, the monastic law, and the outlines—carefully make others recite the discourses.
Tesaṃ accayena nacchinnamūlako suttanto hoti sappaṭisaraṇo. When they pass away, the discourses aren’t cut off at the root, and they have someone to preserve them.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the third thing that leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū na bāhulikā honti na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā, paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Furthermore, the senior monks are not indulgent or slack, nor are they backsliders; instead, they take the lead in seclusion, rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Those who come after them follow their example.
Sāpi hoti na bāhulikā na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā, paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. They too aren’t indulgent or slack …
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati. This is the fourth thing that leads to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī”ti. These are four things that lead to the continuation, persistence, and enduring of the true Dharma.”


end of section [4..16.. - AN 4 vagga 16 Indriya: Faculties]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 17 Paṭipadā: Practice

    AN 4.161 - AN 4.161 Saṅkhitta: In Brief
    AN 4.162 - AN 4.162 Vitthāra: In Detail
    AN 4.163 - AN 4.163 Asubha: Ugly
    AN 4.164 - AN 4.164 Paṭhamakhama: Patient (1st)
    AN 4.165 - AN 4.165 Dutiyakhama: Patience (2nd)
    AN 4.166 - AN 4.166 Ubhaya: Both
    AN 4.167 - AN 4.167 Mahāmoggallāna: Moggallāna’s Practice
    AN 4.168 - AN 4.168 Sāriputta: Sāriputta’s Practice
    AN 4.169 - AN 4.169 Sa-saṅkhāra: Extra Effort
    AN 4.170 - AN 4.170 Yuganaddha: In Conjunction

AN 4.161 Saṅkhitta: In Brief

161. Saṅkhittasutta 161. In Brief
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, paṭipadā. “monks, there are four ways of practice.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?

Dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, Painful practice with slow insight,
dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, painful practice with swift insight,
sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, pleasant practice with slow insight,
sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā— and pleasant practice with swift insight.

imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso paṭipadā”ti. These are the four ways of practice.”


+

AN 4.162 Vitthāra: In Detail

yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; would observe the sabbath,
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,

Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’
0 0
0 0


§162.1 – (And what’s the painful practice with slow insight?)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā? And what’s the painful practice with slow insight?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pakatiyāpi tibbarāgajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. It’s when someone is ordinarily full of acute greed, hate, and delusion. They often feel the pain and sadness that greed, hate, and delusion bring.
Pakatiyāpi tibbadosajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Pakatiyāpi tibbamohajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni mudūni pātubhavanti— They have these five faculties weakly:
saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ muduttā dandhaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they only slowly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā. This is called the painful practice with slow insight.

§162.2 – (And what’s the painful practice with swift insight?)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā? And what’s the painful practice with swift insight?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pakatiyāpi tibbarāgajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. It’s when someone is ordinarily full of acute greed, hate, and delusion. They often feel the pain and sadness that greed, hate, and delusion bring.
Pakatiyāpi tibbadosajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Pakatiyāpi tibbamohajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni adhimattāni pātubhavanti— And they have these five faculties strongly:
saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ adhimattattā khippaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they swiftly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā. This is called the painful practice with swift insight.

§162.3 – (And what’s pleasant practice with slow insight?)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā? And what’s pleasant practice with slow insight?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pakatiyāpi na tibbarāgajātiko hoti, nābhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. It’s when someone is not ordinarily full of acute greed, hate, and delusion. They rarely feel the pain and sadness that greed, hate, and delusion bring.
Pakatiyāpi na tibbadosajātiko hoti, nābhikkhaṇaṃ dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Pakatiyāpi na tibbamohajātiko hoti, nābhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni mudūni pātubhavanti— They have these five faculties weakly:
saddhindriyaṃ … pe … paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ muduttā dandhaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they only slowly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā. This is called the pleasant practice with slow insight.

§162.4 – (And what’s the pleasant practice with swift insight?)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā? And what’s the pleasant practice with swift insight?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pakatiyāpi na tibbarāgajātiko hoti, nābhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. It’s when someone is not ordinarily full of acute greed, hate, and delusion. They rarely feel the pain and sadness that greed, hate, and delusion bring.
Pakatiyāpi na tibbadosajātiko hoti, nābhikkhaṇaṃ dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Pakatiyāpi na tibbamohajātiko hoti, nābhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni adhimattāni pātubhavanti— They have these five faculties strongly:
saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ adhimattattā khippaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they swiftly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā. This is called the pleasant practice with swift insight.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso paṭipadā”ti. These are the four ways of practice.”


+

AN 4.163 Asubha: Ugly

        AN 4.163.1 - (painful practice + slow insight ← asubha topics + weak 5ind🖐️)
        AN 4.163.2 - (painful practice + fast insight ← asubha topics + strong 5ind🖐️)
        AN 4.163.3 - (pleasant practice + slow insight ← 4j🌕 + weak 5ind🖐️)
        AN 4.163.4 - (pleasant practice + fast insight ← 4j🌕 + strong 5ind🖐️)

yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; would observe the sabbath,
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,

Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’
0 0
0 0

§163.1 – (painful practice + slow insight ← asubha topics + weak5ind🖐️)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā? And what’s the painful practice with slow insight?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu It’s when a monk
a-subh-ānu-passī kāye viharati, lives continuously-seeing the un-attractiveness of the body,
āhāre paṭikūla-saññī, perceives the repulsiveness of food,
sabba-loke an-abhi-rati-saññī, perceives dis-satisfaction with the whole world,
sabba-saṅkhāresu anicc-ānu-passī; continuously-sees the impermanence of all co-activities,
maraṇa-saññā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. and has well established the perception of their own death.


So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni mudūni pātubhavanti— But they have these five faculties weakly:
saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ muduttā dandhaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they only slowly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā. This is called the painful practice with slow insight.

§163.2 – (painful practice + fast insight ← asubha topics + strong5ind🖐️)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā? And what’s the painful practice with swift insight?
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
40. Ādhipateyyasutta 40. In Charge
“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, ādhipateyyāni. “There are, monks, these three things to put in charge.


So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ … pe … paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni adhimattāni pātubhavanti— And they have these five faculties strongly:
saddhindriyaṃ … pe … paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ adhimattattā khippaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they swiftly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā. This is called the painful practice with swift insight.

§163.3 – (pleasant practice + slow insight ←4j🌕+ weak5ind🖐️)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā? And what’s the pleasant practice with slow insight?
Idha bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third jhāna, where they meditate with equanimity, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure.’
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and rememberfulness.
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ … pe … paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni mudūni pātubhavanti— But they have these five faculties weakly:
saddhindriyaṃ … pe … paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ muduttā dandhaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they only slowly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā. This is called the pleasant practice with slow insight.

§163.4 – (pleasant practice + fast insight ←4j🌕+ strong5ind🖐️)

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā? And what’s the pleasant practice with swift insight?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk … enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna …
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni adhimattāni pātubhavanti— And they have these five faculties strongly:
saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ adhimattattā khippaṃ ānantariyaṃ pāpuṇāti āsavānaṃ khayāya. Because of this, they swiftly attain the conditions for ending the defilements in the present life.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā. This is called the pleasant practice with swift insight.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso paṭipadā”ti. These are the four ways of practice.”


end of section [4.163 - AN 4.163 Asubha: Ugly]

AN 4.164 Paṭhamakhama: Patient (1st)

164. Paṭhamakhamasutta 164. Patient (1st)
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, paṭipadā. “monks, there are four ways of practice.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Akkhamā paṭipadā, khamā paṭipadā, damā paṭipadā, samā paṭipadā. Impatient practice, patient practice, taming practice, and calming practice.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, akkhamā paṭipadā? And what’s the impatient practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco akkosantaṃ paccakkosati, rosantaṃ paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṃ paṭibhaṇḍati. It’s when someone abuses, annoys, or argues with you, and you abuse, annoy, or argue right back at them.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, akkhamā paṭipadā. This is called the impatient practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, khamā paṭipadā? And what’s the patient practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco akkosantaṃ na paccakkosati, rosantaṃ na paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṃ na paṭibhaṇḍati. It’s when someone abuses, annoys, or argues with you, and you don’t abuse, annoy, or argue back at them.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, khamā paṭipadā. This is called the patient practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā? And what’s the taming practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; When a monk sees a sight with their eyes, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.
yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. If the faculty of sight were left unrestrained, bad unskillful Dharmas of desire and aversion would become overwhelming. For this reason, they practice restraint, protecting the faculty of sight, and achieving restraint over it.
Sotena saddaṃ sutvā … When they hear a sound with their ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … When they smell an odor with their nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … When they taste a flavor with their tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … When they feel a touch with their body …
manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; When they know a thought with their mind, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.
yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. If the faculty of mind were left unrestrained, bad unskillful Dharmas of desire and aversion would become overwhelming. For this reason, they practice restraint, protecting the faculty of mind, and achieving restraint over it.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā. This is called the taming practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samā paṭipadā? And what’s the calming practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti sameti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti; uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ … pe … uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ … uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti sameti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. It’s when a monk doesn’t tolerate a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought. They don’t tolerate any bad, unskillful Dharmas that have arisen, but give them up, get rid of them, calm them, eliminate them, and obliterate them.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samā paṭipadā. This is called the calming practice.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso paṭipadā”ti. These are the four ways of practice.”


AN 4.165 Dutiyakhama: Patience (2nd)

165. Dutiyakhamasutta 165. Patience (2nd)
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, paṭipadā. “monks, there are four ways of practice.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Akkhamā paṭipadā, khamā paṭipadā, damā paṭipadā, samā paṭipadā. Impatient practice, patient practice, taming practice, and calming practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, akkhamā paṭipadā? And what’s the impatient practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya, ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. It’s when a monk cannot endure cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. They cannot endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. They cannot endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And they cannot put up with physical pain—intense, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, akkhamā paṭipadā. This is called the impatient practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, khamā paṭipadā? And what’s the patient practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya, ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. It’s when a monk endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. They endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. They endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And they put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, khamā paṭipadā. This is called the patient practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā? And what’s the taming practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti … pe … When a monk sees a sight with their eyes, they don’t get caught up in the features and details. …
sotena saddaṃ sutvā … When they hear a sound with their ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … When they smell an odor with their nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … When they taste a flavor with their tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … When they feel a touch with their body …
manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; When they know a thought with their mind, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.
yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. If the faculty of mind were left unrestrained, bad unskillful Dharmas of desire and aversion would become overwhelming. For this reason, they practice restraint, protecting the faculty of mind, and achieving restraint over it.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā. This is called the taming practice.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samā paṭipadā? And what’s the calming practice?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti sameti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti, uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ … pe … uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ … uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti sameti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. It’s when a monk doesn’t tolerate a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought. They don’t tolerate any bad, unskillful Dharmas that have arisen, but give them up, get rid of them, calm them, eliminate them, and obliterate them.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samā paṭipadā. This is called the calming practice.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso paṭipadā”ti. These are the four ways of practice.”


AN 4.166 Ubhaya: Both

166. Ubhayasutta 166. Both
yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; would observe the sabbath,
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,

Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’
0 0
0 0


Tatra, bhikkhave, yāyaṃ paṭipadā dukkhā dandhābhiññā, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭipadā ubhayeneva hīnā akkhāyati. Yampāyaṃ paṭipadā dukkhā, imināpāyaṃ hīnā akkhāyati; yampāyaṃ paṭipadā dandhā, imināpāyaṃ hīnā akkhāyati. Of these, the painful practice with slow insight is said to be inferior in both ways: because it’s painful and because it’s slow.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭipadā ubhayeneva hīnā akkhāyati. This practice is said to be inferior in both ways.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yāyaṃ paṭipadā dukkhā khippābhiññā, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭipadā dukkhattā hīnā akkhāyati. The painful practice with swift insight is said to be inferior because it’s painful.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yāyaṃ paṭipadā sukhā dandhābhiññā, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭipadā dandhattā hīnā akkhāyati. The pleasant practice with slow insight is said to be inferior because it’s slow.


Tatra, bhikkhave, yāyaṃ paṭipadā sukhā khippābhiññā, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭipadā ubhayeneva paṇītā akkhāyati. Yampāyaṃ paṭipadā sukhā, imināpāyaṃ paṇītā akkhāyati; yampāyaṃ paṭipadā khippā, imināpāyaṃ paṇītā akkhāyati. The pleasant practice with swift insight is said to be superior in both ways: because it’s pleasant, and because it’s swift.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭipadā ubhayeneva paṇītā akkhāyati. This practice is said to be superior in both ways.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso paṭipadā”ti. These are the four ways of practice.”


AN 4.167 Mahāmoggallāna: Moggallāna’s Practice

167. Mahāmoggallānasutta 167. Moggallāna’s Practice
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side and said to Mahāmoggallāna:


“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. “Reverend Moggallāna, there are four ways of practice.


Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,

Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’
0 0
0 0
Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā. These are the four ways of practice.”

Imāsaṃ, āvuso, catunnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ katamaṃ te paṭipadaṃ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttan”ti? Which one of these four ways of practice did you rely on to free your mind from defilements by not grasping?”


“Catasso imā, āvuso sāriputta, paṭipadā. “Reverend Sāriputta …
Katamā catasso?
Dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā.
Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā.
Imāsaṃ, āvuso, catunnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ yāyaṃ paṭipadā dukkhā khippābhiññā, imaṃ me paṭipadaṃ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttan”ti. I relied on the painful practice with swift insight to free my mind from defilements by not grasping.”


AN 4.168 Sāriputta: Sāriputta’s Practice

168. Sāriputtasutta 168. Sāriputta’s Practice
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Mahāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:


“Catasso imā, āvuso sāriputta, paṭipadā. “Reverend Sāriputta, there are four ways of practice.
Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, complete in all eight factors,

Uposathaṃ upavaseyya, and the eighth day of the fortnight,
yopissa mādiso naro’ti. as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’
0 0
0 0

Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā. These are the four ways of practice.”


Imāsaṃ, āvuso, catunnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ katamaṃ te paṭipadaṃ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttan”ti? Which one of these four ways of practice did you rely on to free your mind from defilements by not grasping?”


“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. “Reverend Moggallāna …
Katamā catasso?
Dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā.
Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā.
Imāsaṃ, āvuso, catunnaṃ paṭipadānaṃ yāyaṃ paṭipadā sukhā khippābhiññā, imaṃ me paṭipadaṃ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttan”ti. I relied on the pleasant practice with swift insight to free my mind from defilements by not grasping.”


+

AN 4.169 Sa-saṅkhāra: Extra Effort

        AN 4.169.4 – (four types of people with 4 ways of getting fully nirvana'd)
        AN 4.169.4.1 - (in the present life by making extra effort = austere practices + strong 5ind)
        AN 4.169.4.2 – (when the body breaks up by making extra effort = austere practices and weak 5ind)
        AN 4.169.4.3 - (in the present life without extra effort: 4 jhānas and strong 5ind)
        AN 4.169.4.4 - (when the body breaks up without extra effort: 4 jhānas and weak 5ind)

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?

§169.4 – (four types of people with 4 ways of getting fully nirvana'd)

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo diṭṭheva dhamme sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. One person becomes fully nirvana'd in the present life by making extra effort.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kāyassa bhedā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. One person becomes fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up by making extra effort.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo diṭṭheva dhamme asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. One person becomes fully nirvana'd in the present life without making extra effort.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kāyassa bhedā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. One person becomes fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up without making extra effort.

+

§4.1 – (in the present life by making extra effort = austere practices + strong 5ind)

(extra effort means austere practices like asubha, food repulsiveness, etc. Accomplishing in present life instead of after death means 5ind🖐️ were strong)

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo diṭṭheva dhamme sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti? And how does a person become fully nirvana'd in the present life by making extra effort?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī. It’s when a monk meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions,
Maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. and has well established the perception of their own death.
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni adhimattāni pātubhavanti— And they have these five faculties strongly:
saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ adhimattattā diṭṭheva dhamme sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. Because of the strength of the five faculties, they become fully nirvana'd in the present life by making extra effort.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo diṭṭheva dhamme sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. That’s how a person becomes fully nirvana'd in the present life by making extra effort.

§4.2 – (when the body breaks up by making extra effort = austere practices and weak 5ind)

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo kāyassa bhedā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti? How does a person become fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up by making extra effort?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī. It’s when a monk meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions,
Maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. and has well established the perception of their own death.
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni mudūni pātubhavanti— But they have these five faculties weakly:
saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ muduttā kāyassa bhedā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. Because of the weakness of the five faculties, they become fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up by making extra effort.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo kāyassa bhedā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. That’s how a person becomes fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up by making extra effort.

§4.3 – (in the present life without extra effort: 4 jhānas and strong 5ind)

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo diṭṭheva dhamme asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti? And how does a person become fully nirvana'd in the present life without making extra effort?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk … enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna …
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ … pe … paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni adhimattāni pātubhavanti— And they have these five faculties strongly:
saddhindriyaṃ … pe … paññindriyaṃ. faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ adhimattattā diṭṭheva dhamme asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. Because of the strength of the five faculties, they become fully nirvana'd in the present life without making extra effort.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo diṭṭheva dhamme asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. That’s how a person becomes fully nirvana'd in the present life without making extra effort.

§4.4 – (when the body breaks up without extra effort: 4 jhānas and weak 5ind)

Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo kāyassa bhedā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti? And how does a person become fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up without making extra effort?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk … enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna …
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— They rely on these five powers of a trainee:
saddhābalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
Tassimāni pañcindriyāni … pe … paññindriyaṃ. But they have these five faculties weakly: faith, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
So imesaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ muduttā kāyassa bhedā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. Because of the weakness of the five faculties, they become fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up without making extra effort.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo kāyassa bhedā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. That’s how a person becomes fully nirvana'd when the body breaks up without making extra effort.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.170 Yuganaddha: In Conjunction

170. Yuganaddhasutta 170. In Conjunction
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Tatra kho āyasmā ānando bhikkhū āmantesi: There Ānanda addressed the monks:
“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. “Reverends, monks!”
“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṃ. “Reverend,” they replied.
Āyasmā ānando etadavoca: Ānanda said this:


“Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā mama santike arahattappattiṃ byākaroti, sabbo so catūhi maggehi, etesaṃ vā aññatarena. “Reverends, all of the monks and nuns who declare in my presence that they have attained perfection, did so by one or other of four paths.


Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, āvuso, bhikkhu samathapubbaṅgamaṃ vipassanaṃ bhāveti. Take a monk who develops serenity before discernment.
Tassa samathapubbaṅgamaṃ vipassanaṃ bhāvayato maggo sañjāyati. As they do so, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ samathaṃ bhāveti. Another monk develops discernment before serenity.
Tassa vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ samathaṃ bhāvayato maggo sañjāyati. As they do so, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ bhāveti. Another monk develops serenity and discernment in conjunction.
Tassa samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ bhāvayato maggo sañjāyati. As they do so, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno dhammuddhaccaviggahitaṃ mānasaṃ hoti. Another monk’s mind is seized by restlessness to realize The Dharma.
Hoti so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ ajjhattameva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. But there comes a time when their mind is stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi.
Tassa maggo sañjāyati. The path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā mama santike arahattappattiṃ byākaroti, sabbo so imehi catūhi maggehi, etesaṃ vā aññatarenā”ti. All of the monks and nuns who declare in my presence that they have attained perfection, did so by one or other of these four paths.”


end of section [4..17.. - AN 4 vagga 17 Paṭipadā: Practice]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 18 Sañcetaniya: Intention

    AN 4.171 - AN 4.171 Cetanā: Intention
    AN 4.172 - AN 4.172 Vibhatti: Sāriputta’s Attainment of Textual Analysis
    AN 4.173 - AN 4.173 Mahākoṭṭhika: With Mahākoṭṭhita
    AN 4.174 - AN 4.174 Ānanda: With Ānanda
    AN 4.175 - AN 4.175 Upavāṇa: With Upavāṇa
    AN 4.176 - AN 4.176 Āyācana: Aspiration
    AN 4.177 - AN 4.177 Rāhula: With Rāhula
    AN 4.178 - AN 4.178 Jambālī: Billabong
    AN 4.179 - AN 4.179 Nibbāna: nirvana
    AN 4.180 - AN 4.180 Mahāpadesa: The Four Great References

AN 4.171 Cetanā: Intention

171. Cetanāsutta 171. Intention
“Kāye vā, bhikkhave, sati kāyasañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. “monks, as long as there’s a body, the intention that gives rise to bodily action causes pleasure and pain to arise in oneself.
Vācāya vā, bhikkhave, sati vacīsañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. As long as there’s a voice, the intention that gives rise to verbal action causes pleasure and pain to arise in oneself.
Mane vā, bhikkhave, sati manosañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ avijjāpaccayāva. As long as there’s a mind, the intention that gives rise to mental action causes pleasure and pain to arise in oneself. But these only apply when conditioned by ignorance.


Sāmaṃ vā taṃ, bhikkhave, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. By oneself one instigates the co-doing that gives rise to bodily, verbal, and mental action, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself.
Pare vāssa taṃ, bhikkhave, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharonti, yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Or else others instigate the co-doing …
Sampajāno vā taṃ, bhikkhave, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. One consciously instigates the co-doing …
Asampajāno vā taṃ, bhikkhave, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Or else one unconsciously instigates the co-doing …


Imesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu avijjā anupatitā, Ignorance is included in all these things.
avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā so kāyo na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ, sā vācā na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ, so mano na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ, But when ignorance fades away and ceases with nothing left over, there is no body and no voice and no mind, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself.
khettaṃ taṃ na hoti … pe … vatthu taṃ na hoti … pe … āyatanaṃ taṃ na hoti … pe … adhikaraṇaṃ taṃ na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhanti. There is no field, no ground, no scope, and no basis, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, attabhāvapaṭilābhā. monks, there are four kinds of reincarnation.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanā kamati, no parasañcetanā. There is a reincarnation where one’s own intention is effective, not that of others.
Atthi, bhikkhave, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe parasañcetanā kamati, no attasañcetanā. There is a reincarnation where the intention of others is effective, not one’s own.
Atthi, bhikkhave, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanā ca kamati parasañcetanā ca. There is a reincarnation where both one’s own and others’ intentions are effective.
Atthi, bhikkhave, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe nevattasañcetanā kamati, no parasañcetanā. There is a reincarnation where neither one’s own nor others’ intentions are effective.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro attabhāvapaṭilābhā”ti. These are the four kinds of reincarnation.”


Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:
“imassa kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmi: “Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.
‘tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābho yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanā kamati no parasañcetanā, attasañcetanāhetu tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā kāyā cuti hoti. Take the case of the reincarnation where one’s own intention is effective, not that of others. Those sentient beings pass away from that realm due to their own intention.
Tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābho yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe parasañcetanā kamati no attasañcetanā, parasañcetanāhetu tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā kāyā cuti hoti. Take the case of the reincarnation where the intention of others is effective, not one’s own. Those sentient beings pass away from that realm due to the intention of others.
Tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābho yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanā ca kamati parasañcetanā ca, attasañcetanā ca parasañcetanā ca hetu tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā kāyā cuti hoti. Take the case of the reincarnation where both one’s own and others’ intentions are effective. Those sentient beings pass away from that realm due to both their own and others’ intentions.
Tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābho yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe neva attasañcetanā kamati no parasañcetanā, katame tena devā daṭṭhabbā’”ti? But sir, in the case of the reincarnation where neither one’s own nor others’ intentions are effective, what kind of gods does this refer to?”
“Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā, sāriputta, devā tena daṭṭhabbā”ti. “Sāriputta, it refers to the gods reborn in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.”


“Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā tamhā kāyā cutā āgāmino honti āgantāro itthattaṃ? “What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why some sentient beings pass away from that realm as returners who come back to this state of existence,
Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā tamhā kāyā cutā anāgāmino honti anāgantāro itthattan”ti? while others are non-returners who don’t come back?”
“Idha, sāriputta, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni appahīnāni honti, so diṭṭheva dhamme nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. “Sāriputta, take a person who hasn’t given up the lower fetters. In the present life they enter and abide in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati; They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying.
tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
So tato cuto āgāmī hoti āgantā itthattaṃ. When they pass away from there, they’re a returner, who comes back to this state of existence.


Idha pana, sāriputta, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti, so diṭṭheva dhamme nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sāriputta, take a person who has given up the lower fetters. In the present life they enter and abide in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
So tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati; They enjoy it and like it and find it satisfying.
tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṃ kurumāno nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
So tato cuto anāgāmī hoti anāgantā itthattaṃ. When they pass away from there, they’re a non-returner, not coming back to this state of existence.


Ayaṃ kho, sāriputta, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā tamhā kāyā cutā āgāmino honti āgantāro itthattaṃ. This is the cause, this is the reason why some sentient beings pass away from that realm as returners who come back to this state of existence,
Ayaṃ pana, sāriputta, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā tamhā kāyā cutā anāgāmino honti anāgantāro itthattan”ti. while others are non-returners who don’t come back.”


AN 4.172 Vibhatti: Sāriputta’s Attainment of Textual Analysis

172. Vibhattisutta 172. Sāriputta’s Attainment of Textual Analysis
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi: There Sāriputta addressed the monks:
“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. “Reverends, monks!”
“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. “Reverend,” they replied.
Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca: Sāriputta said this:


“Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, atthapaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso. “Reverends, I realized the textual analysis of the meaning—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained.
Tamahaṃ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi. In many ways I explain, teach, assert, establish, clarify, analyze, and reveal it.
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā, so maṃ pañhena. Whoever has any doubt or uncertainty, let them ask me,
Ahaṃ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṃ sukusalo. I will answer. Our teacher is present, he who is so very skilled in our Dharmas.


Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, dhammapaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso. I realized the textual analysis of the text—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained. …
Tamahaṃ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi.
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā, so maṃ pañhena.
Ahaṃ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṃ sukusalo.


Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, niruttipaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso. I realized the textual analysis of terminology—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained. …
Tamahaṃ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi.
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā, so maṃ pañhena.
Ahaṃ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṃ sukusalo.


Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso. I realized the textual analysis of eloquence—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained.
Tamahaṃ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi. In many ways I explain, teach, assert, establish, clarify, analyze, and reveal it.
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā, so maṃ pañhena. If anyone has any doubt or uncertainty, let them ask me,
Ahaṃ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṃ sukusalo”ti. I will answer. Our teacher is present, he who is so very skilled in our Dharmas.”


AN 4.173 Mahākoṭṭhika: With Mahākoṭṭhita

173. Mahākoṭṭhikasutta 173. With Mahākoṭṭhita
Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Mahākoṭṭhita sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Reverend, when the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, does something else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Does nothing else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Do both something else and nothing else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Do neither something else nor nothing else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. “Reverend, when asked whether—when the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over—something else exists, you say ‘don’t put it like that’.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno: When asked whether nothing else exists,
‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. you say ‘don’t put it like that’.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno: When asked whether both something else and nothing else exist,
‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. you say ‘don’t put it like that’.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno: When asked whether neither something else nor nothing else exist,
‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. you say ‘don’t put it like that’.
Yathā kathaṃ pana, āvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti? How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”


“‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. “If you say that, ‘When the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, something else exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. If you say that ‘nothing else exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. If you say that ‘both something else and nothing else exist’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. If you say that ‘neither something else nor nothing else exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
Yāvatā, āvuso, channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ gati tāvatā papañcassa gati; The scope of the six fields of contact extends as far as the scope of proliferation.
yāvatā papañcassa gati tāvatā channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ gati. The scope of proliferation extends as far as the scope of the six fields of contact.
Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā papañcanirodho papañcavūpasamo”ti. When the six fields of contact fade away and cease with nothing left over, proliferation stops and is stilled.”


AN 4.174 Ānanda: With Ānanda

174. Ānandasutta 174. With Ānanda
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yenāyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Venerable Ānanda went up to Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ mahākoṭṭhikaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Ānanda sat down to one side, and said to Mahākoṭṭhita:


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Reverend, when these six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, does anything else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Does nothing else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Do both something else and nothing else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṃ kiñcī”ti? “Do neither something else nor nothing else exist?”


“Mā hevaṃ, āvuso”. “Don’t put it like that, reverend.”


“‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno: “Reverend, when asked these questions,
‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. you say ‘don’t put it like that’.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
Yathā kathaṃ panāvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti? … How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”


“‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. “If you say that ‘when the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, something else exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. If you say that ‘nothing else exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. If you say that ‘both something else and nothing else exist’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
‘Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṃ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṃ appapañcaṃ papañceti. If you say that ‘neither something else nor nothing else exist’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.
Yāvatā, āvuso, channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ gati tāvatā papañcassa gati. The scope of the six fields of contact extends as far as the scope of proliferation.
Yāvatā papañcassa gati tāvatā channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ gati. The scope of proliferation extends as far as the scope of the six fields of contact.
Channaṃ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā papañcanirodho papañcavūpasamo”ti. When the six fields of contact fade away and cease with nothing left over, proliferation stops and is stilled.”


AN 4.175 Upavāṇa: With Upavāṇa

175. Upavāṇasutta 175. With Upavāṇa
Atha kho āyasmā upavāṇo yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Venerable Upavāṇa went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā upavāṇo āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Upavāṇa sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:


“Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, vijjāyantakaro hotī”ti? “Reverend Sāriputta, do you become a terminator because of knowledge?”


“No hidaṃ, āvuso”. “That’s not it, reverend.”


“Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, caraṇenantakaro hotī”ti? “Do you become a terminator because of conduct?”


“No hidaṃ, āvuso”. “That’s not it, reverend.”


“Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī”ti? “Do you become a terminator because of both knowledge and conduct?”


“No hidaṃ, āvuso”. “That’s not it, reverend.”


“Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, aññatra vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī”ti? “Do you become a terminator for some reason other than knowledge and conduct?”


“No hidaṃ, āvuso”. “That’s not it, reverend.”


“‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, vijjāyantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno: “Reverend Sāriputta, when asked whether you become a terminator because of knowledge or conduct or knowledge and conduct, or for some other reason,
‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. you say ‘that’s not it’.
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, caraṇenantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, aññatra vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:
‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
Yathā kathaṃ panāvuso, antakaro hotī”ti? How then do you become a terminator?”


“Vijjāya ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, saupādānova samāno antakaro abhavissa. “Reverend, if you became a terminator because of knowledge, then even someone who still has grasping could be a terminator.
Caraṇena ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, saupādānova samāno antakaro abhavissa. If you became a terminator because of conduct, then even someone who still has grasping could be a terminator.
Vijjācaraṇena ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, saupādānova samāno antakaro abhavissa. If you became a terminator because of both knowledge and conduct, then even someone who still has grasping could be a terminator.
Aññatra vijjācaraṇena ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, puthujjano antakaro abhavissa. If you became a terminator for some reason other than knowledge and conduct, then even an ordinary person could be a terminator.
Puthujjano hi, āvuso, aññatra vijjācaraṇena. For an ordinary person lacks knowledge and conduct.
Caraṇavipanno kho, āvuso, yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati. Reverend, someone lacking good conduct does not know and see things as they are.
Caraṇasampanno yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati. Someone accomplished in good conduct knows and sees things as they are.
Yathābhūtaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ antakaro hotī”ti. Knowing and seeing things as they are, one is a terminator.”


AN 4.176 Āyācana: Aspiration

176. Āyācanasutta 176. Aspiration
“Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ sammā āyācamāno āyāceyya: “monks, a faithful monk would rightly aspire:
‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, yadidaṃ sāriputtamoggallānā. These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna.


Saddhā, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī evaṃ sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya: A faithful nun would rightly aspire:
‘tādisā homi yādisā khemā ca bhikkhunī uppalavaṇṇā cā’ti. ‘May I be like the nuns Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ, yadidaṃ khemā ca bhikkhunī uppalavaṇṇā ca. These are a standard and a measure for my nun disciples, that is, the nuns Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā.


Saddho, bhikkhave, upāsako evaṃ sammā āyācamāno āyāceyya: A faithful layman would rightly aspire:
‘tādiso homi yādiso citto ca gahapati hatthako ca āḷavako’ti. ‘May I be like the householder Citta and Hatthaka of Aḷavī!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvakānaṃ upāsakānaṃ, yadidaṃ citto ca gahapati hatthako ca āḷavako. These are a standard and a measure for my male lay disciples, that is, the householder Citta and Hatthaka of Aḷavī.


Saddhā, bhikkhave, upāsikā evaṃ sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya: A faithful laywoman would rightly aspire:
‘tādisā homi yādisā khujjuttarā ca upāsikā veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca nandamātā’ti. ‘May I be like the laywomen Khujjuttarā and Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother!’
Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṃ pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānaṃ upāsikānaṃ, yadidaṃ khujjuttarā ca upāsikā veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca nandamātā”ti. These are a standard and a measure for my female lay disciples, that is, the laywomen Khujjuttarā and Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother.”


AN 4.177 Rāhula: With Rāhula

177. Rāhulasutta 177. With Rāhula
Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Yā ca, rāhula, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu yā ca bāhirā pathavīdhātu, pathavīdhāturevesā. “Rāhula, the interior earth element and the exterior earth element are just the earth element.
‘Taṃ netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. This should be truly seen with proper understanding like this: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindati, pathavīdhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. When you really see with proper understanding, you reject the earth element, detaching the mind from the earth element.


Yā ca, rāhula, ajjhattikā āpodhātu yā ca bāhirā āpodhātu, āpodhāturevesā. The interior water element and the exterior water element are just the water element.
‘Taṃ netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. This should be truly seen with proper understanding like this: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āpodhātuyā nibbindati, āpodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. When you really see with proper understanding, you reject the water element, detaching the mind from the water element.


Yā ca, rāhula, ajjhattikā tejodhātu yā ca bāhirā tejodhātu, tejodhāturevesā. The interior fire element and the exterior fire element are just the fire element.
‘Taṃ netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. This should be truly seen with proper understanding like this: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā tejodhātuyā nibbindati, tejodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. When you really see with proper understanding, you reject the fire element, detaching the mind from the fire element.


Yā ca, rāhula, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu yā ca bāhirā vāyodhātu, vāyodhāturevesā. The interior air element and the exterior air element are just the air element.
‘Taṃ netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. This should be truly seen with proper understanding like this: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā vāyodhātuyā nibbindati, vāyodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti. When you really see with proper understanding, you reject the air element, detaching the mind from the air element.


Yato kho, rāhula, bhikkhu imāsu catūsu dhātūsu nevattānaṃ na attaniyaṃ samanupassati, ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṃ, vivattayi saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā”ti. When a monk sees these four elements as neither self nor belonging to self, they’re called a monk who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering.”


AN 4.178 Jambālī: Billabong

178. Jambālīsutta 178. Billabong
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. Take a monk who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart.
So sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on the cessation of identification,
Tassa sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoto sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati nādhimuccati. but their mind isn’t eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. You wouldn’t expect that monk to stop identifying.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso lepagatena hatthena sākhaṃ gaṇheyya, tassa so hattho sajjeyyapi gaṇheyyapi bajjheyyapi; Suppose a person were to grab a branch with a glue-smeared hand. Their hand would stick, hold, and bind to it.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. In the same way, take a monk who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart.
So sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on the cessation of identification,
Tassa sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoto sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati nādhimuccati. but their mind isn’t eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. You wouldn’t expect that monk to stop identifying.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. Next, take a monk who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart.
So sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on the cessation of identification,
Tassa sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoto sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati. and their mind is eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. You’d expect that monk to stop identifying.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso suddhena hatthena sākhaṃ gaṇheyya, tassa so hattho neva sajjeyya na gaṇheyya na bajjheyya; Suppose a person were to grab a branch with a clean hand. Their hand wouldn’t stick, hold, or bind to it.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. In the same way, take a monk who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart.
So sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on the cessation of identification,
Tassa sakkāyanirodhaṃ manasi karoto sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati. and their mind is eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. You’d expect that monk to stop identifying.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. Next, take a monk who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart.
So avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on smashing ignorance,
Tassa avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoto avijjāppabhede cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati nādhimuccati. but their mind isn’t eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na avijjāppabhedo pāṭikaṅkho. You wouldn’t expect that monk to smash ignorance.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, jambālī anekavassagaṇikā. Suppose there was a billabong that had been stagnant for many years.
Tassā puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni vivareyya, devo ca na sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. And someone was to close off the inlets and open up the drains, and the heavens didn’t provide enough rain.
Evañhi tassā, bhikkhave, jambāliyā na āḷippabhedo pāṭikaṅkho. You wouldn’t expect that billabong to break its banks.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. In the same way, take a monk who enters and remains in a certain peaceful release of the heart.
So avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on smashing ignorance,
Tassa avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoto avijjāppabhede cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati nādhimuccati. but their mind isn’t eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na avijjāppabhedo pāṭikaṅkho. You wouldn’t expect that monk to smash ignorance.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. Next, take a monk who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart.
So avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on smashing ignorance,
Tassa avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoto avijjāppabhede cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati. and their mind is eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjāppabhedo pāṭikaṅkho. You’d expect that monk to smash ignorance.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, jambālī anekavassagaṇikā. Suppose there was a billabong that had been stagnant for many years.
Tassā puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni vivareyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya, devo ca sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. And someone was to open up the inlets and close off the drains, and the heavens provided plenty of rain.
Evañhi tassā, bhikkhave, jambāliyā āḷippabhedo pāṭikaṅkho. You’d expect that billabong to break its banks.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ santaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati. In the same way, take a monk who enters and remains in a certain peaceful release of the heart.
So avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoti. They focus on smashing ignorance,
Tassa avijjāppabhedaṃ manasi karoto avijjāppabhede cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati. and their mind is eager, confident, settled, and decided about it.
Tassa kho evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjāppabhedo pāṭikaṅkho. You’d expect that monk to smash ignorance.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


AN 4.179 Nibbāna: nirvana

179. Nibbānasutta 179. nirvana
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Venerable Ānanda went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Ānanda sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:
“ko nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, hetu ko paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme na parinibbāyantī”ti? “What is the cause, Reverend Sāriputta, what is the reason why some sentient beings aren’t fully nirvana'd in the present life?”


“Idhāvuso ānanda, sattā imā hānabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, imā ṭhitibhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, imā visesabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, imā nibbedhabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti. “Reverend Ānanda, it’s because some sentient beings don’t really understand which perceptions make things worse, which keep things steady, which lead to distinction, and which lead to penetration.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme na parinibbāyantī”ti. That’s the cause, that’s the reason why some sentient beings aren’t fully nirvana'd in the present life.”


“Ko panāvuso sāriputta, hetu ko paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantī”ti? “What is the cause, Reverend Sāriputta, what is the reason why some sentient beings are fully nirvana'd in the present life?”
“Idhāvuso ānanda, sattā imā hānabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, imā ṭhitibhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, imā visesabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti, imā nibbedhabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti. “Reverend Ānanda, it’s because some sentient beings truly understand which perceptions make things worse, which keep things steady, which lead to distinction, and which lead to penetration.
Ayaṃ kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantī”ti. That’s the cause, that’s the reason why some sentient beings are fully nirvana'd in the present life.”


+

AN 4.180 Mahāpadesa: The Four Great References

(99% translation by B. Sujato‍)
    AN 4.180 - AN 4.180 Mahāpadesa: The Four Great References
        AN 4.180.1 - (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from one who heard Buddha)
            AN 4.180.1.1 - (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)
            AN 4.180.1.2 - (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)
        AN 4.180.2 - (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from leaders and senior monastic sangha)
            AN 4.180.2.1 - (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)
            AN 4.180.2.2 - (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)
        AN 4.180.3 - (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from several learned senior monastics)
            AN 4.180.3.1 - (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)
            AN 4.180.3.2 - (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)
        AN 4.180.4 - (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from a senior monastic)
            AN 4.180.4.1 - (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)
            AN 4.180.4.2 - (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)

Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānandacetiye. At one time the Buddha was staying near the city of Bhoga, at the Ānanda Tree-shrine.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:
“cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, “monks, I will teach you the four great references.
taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:

+

§180.1 – (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from one who heard Buddha)

“Katame, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadesā? “monks, what are the four great references?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take a monk who says:
‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— ‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.

§1.1 – (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic training.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte otaranti na vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they’re not included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic training, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahitan’ti. It has been incorrectly memorized by that monk.’
Iti hetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. And so you should reject it.

§1.2 – (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take another monk who says:
‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— ‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic training.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva otaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they are included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic training, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahitan’ti. It has been correctly memorized by that monk.’
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. You should remember it. This is the first great reference.

+

§180.2 – (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from leaders and senior monastic sangha)

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take another monk who says:
‘asukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. ‘In such-and-such monastery lives a Saṅgha with seniors and leaders.
Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— I’ve heard and learned this in the presence of that Saṅgha:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.

§2.1 – (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses or found in the texts on monastic training.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte otaranti na vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they’re not included in the discourses or found in the texts on monastic training, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
tassa ca saṅghassa duggahitan’ti. It has been incorrectly memorized by that Saṅgha.’
Iti hetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. And so you should reject it.

§2.2 – (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take another monk who says:
‘asukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. ‘In such-and-such monastery lives a Saṅgha with seniors and leaders.
Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— I’ve heard and learned this in the presence of that Saṅgha:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses or found in the texts on monastic training.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni, vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva otaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they are included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic training, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
tassa ca saṅghassa suggahitan’ti. It has been correctly memorized by that Saṅgha.’
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. You should remember it. This is the second great reference.

+

§180.3 – (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from several learned senior monastics)

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take another monk who says:
‘asukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. ‘In such-and-such monastery there are several senior monks who are very learned, knowledgeable in the scriptures, who remember The Dharmas, the texts on monastic training, and the outlines.
Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— I’ve heard and learned this in the presence of those senior monks:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.

§3.1 – (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses or found in the texts on monastic training.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte otaranti na vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they’re not included in the discourses or found in the monastic law, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
tesañca therānaṃ duggahitan’ti. It has been incorrectly memorized by those senior monks.’
Iti hetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. And so you should reject it.

§3.2 – (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take another monk who says:
‘asukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. ‘In such-and-such monastery there are several senior monks who are very learned, knowledgeable in the scriptures, who remember The Dharmas, the texts on monastic training, and the outlines.
Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— I’ve heard and learned this in the presence of those senior monks:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic training.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva otaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they are included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic training, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
tesañca therānaṃ suggahitan’ti. It has been correctly memorized by those senior monks.’
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. You should remember it. This is the third great reference.

+

§180.4 – (if you hear and memorize Dhamma from a senior monastic)

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take another monk who says:
‘asukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. ‘In such-and-such monastery there is a single senior monk who is very learned and knowledgeable in the scriptures, who has memorized The Dharmas, the texts on monastic discipline, and the outlines.
Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— I’ve heard and learned this in the presence of that senior monk:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.

§4.1 – (⛔if memory conflicts with suttas and vinaya, you must reject your memory as corrupted Dhamma)

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic discipline.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte otaranti na vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they’re not included in the discourses or found in the texts on monastic discipline, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
tassa ca therassa duggahitan’ti. It has been incorrectly memorized by that senior monk.’
Iti hetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. And so you should reject it.

§4.2 – (✅☸if memory agrees with suttas and vinaya, your memory of Dhamma is confirmed)

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: Take another monk who says:
‘asukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. ‘In such-and-such monastery there is a single senior monk who is very learned and knowledgeable in the scriptures, who has memorized The Dharmas, the texts on monastic discipline, and the outlines.
Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ— I’ve heard and learned this in the presence of that senior monk:
ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanan’ti. this is The Dharma, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. You should neither approve nor dismiss that monk’s statement.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte otāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Instead, you should carefully memorize those words and phrases, then check if they’re included in the discourses and found in the texts on monastic discipline.
Tāni ce sutte otāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva otaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ: If they are included in the discourses and found in the monastic law, you should draw the conclusion:
‘addhā idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa; ‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
tassa ca therassa suggahitan’ti. It has been correctly memorized by that senior monk.’
Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. You should remember it. This is the fourth great reference.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadesā”ti. These are the four great references.”


end of section [4..18.. - AN 4 vagga 18 Sañcetaniya: Intention]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 19 Brāhmaṇa: Brahmins

    AN 4.181 - AN 4.181 Yodhājīva: A Warrior
    AN 4.182 - AN 4.182 Pāṭibhoga: Guarantee
    AN 4.183 - AN 4.183 Suta: Vassakāra on What is Heard
    AN 4.184 - AN 4.184 Abhaya: Fearless
    AN 4.185 - AN 4.185 Brāhmaṇasacca: Truths of the Brahmins
    AN 4.186 - AN 4.186 Ummagga: Approach
    AN 4.187 - AN 4.187 Vassakāra: With Vassakāra
    AN 4.188 - AN 4.188 Upaka: With Upaka
    AN 4.189 - AN 4.189 Sacchikaraṇīya: Things to be Realized
    AN 4.190 - AN 4.190 Uposatha: Sabbath

AN 4.181 Yodhājīva: A Warrior

181. Yodhājīvasutta 181. A Warrior
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. “monks, a warrior with four factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo ṭhānakusalo ca hoti, dūrepātī ca, akkhaṇavedhī ca, mahato ca kāyassa padāletā. He’s skilled in the basics, a long-distance shooter, a marksman, one who shatters large objects.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. A warrior with these four factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is considered a factor of kingship.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with four factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ṭhānakusalo ca hoti, dūrepātī ca, akkhaṇavedhī ca, mahato ca kāyassa padāletā. He’s skilled in the basics, a long-distance shooter, a marksman, one who shatters large objects.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ṭhānakusalo hoti? And how is a monk skilled in the basics?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ṭhānakusalo hoti. That’s how a monk is skilled in the basics.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dūrepātī hoti? And how is a monk a long-distance shooter?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. It’s when a monk truly sees any kind of form at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near: all form—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Yā kāci vedanā … They truly see any kind of feeling …
yā kāci saññā … perception …
ye keci saṅkhārā … co-doings …
yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. consciousness at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near, all consciousness—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dūrepātī hoti. That’s how a monk is a long-distance shooter.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhaṇavedhī hoti? And how is a monk a marksman?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhaṇavedhī hoti. That’s how a monk is a marksman.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti? And how does a monk shatter large objects?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahantaṃ avijjākkhandhaṃ padāletā. It’s when a monk shatters the great mass of ignorance.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti. That’s how a monk shatters large objects.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these four factors … is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 4.182 Pāṭibhoga: Guarantee

182. Pāṭibhogasutta 182. Guarantee
“Catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ natthi koci pāṭibhogo— “There are four things that no-one can guarantee—
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ. not an ascetic, a brahmin, a god, a Māra, a Brahmā, or anyone in the world.


Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Which Four?
‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti natthi koci pāṭibhogo— No-one can guarantee that someone liable to grow old will not grow old.
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ;
‘byādhidhammaṃ mā byādhiyī’ti natthi koci pāṭibhogo— No-one can guarantee that someone liable to sickness will not get sick.
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ;
‘maraṇadhammaṃ mā mīyī’ti natthi koci pāṭibhogo— No-one can guarantee that someone liable to death will not die.
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ;
‘yāni kho pana tāni pubbe attanā katāni pāpakāni kammāni saṅkilesikāni ponobhavikāni sadarāni dukkhavipākāni āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇikāni, tesaṃ vipāko mā nibbattī’ti natthi koci pāṭibhogo— No-one can guarantee that the bad deeds done in past lives—corrupted, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death—will not produce their result.
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ.


Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ natthi koci pāṭibhogo— These are the four things that no-one can guarantee—
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmin”ti. not an ascetic, a brahmin, a god, a Māra, a Brahmā, or anyone in the world.”


AN 4.183 Suta: Vassakāra on What is Heard

183. Sutasutta 183. Vassakāra on What is Heard
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Vassakāra the brahmin, a chief minister of Magadha, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:


“Ahañhi, bho gotama, evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi: “Master Gotama, this is my doctrine and view:
‘yo koci diṭṭhaṃ bhāsati— There’s nothing wrong with talking about what you’ve seen, saying:
evaṃ me diṭṭhanti, natthi tato doso; ‘So I have seen.’
yo koci sutaṃ bhāsati— There’s nothing wrong with talking about what you’ve heard, saying:
evaṃ me sutanti, natthi tato doso; ‘So I have heard.’
yo koci mutaṃ bhāsati— There’s nothing wrong with talking about what you’ve thought, saying:
evaṃ me mutanti, natthi tato doso; ‘So I have thought.’
yo koci viññātaṃ bhāsati— There’s nothing wrong with talking about what you’ve cognized, saying:
evaṃ me viññātanti, natthi tato doso’”ti. ‘So I have cognized.’”


“Nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ bhāsitabbanti vadāmi; “Brahmin, I don’t say you should talk about everything you see, hear, think, and cognize.
na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ na bhāsitabbanti vadāmi; But I also don’t say you should talk about nothing you see, hear, think, and cognize.
nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ sutaṃ bhāsitabbanti vadāmi;
na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ sutaṃ na bhāsitabbanti vadāmi;
nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ mutaṃ bhāsitabbanti vadāmi;
na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ mutaṃ na bhāsitabbanti vadāmi;
nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ viññātaṃ bhāsitabbanti vadāmi;
na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṃ viññātaṃ na bhāsitabbanti vadāmi.


Yañhi, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭhaṃ bhāsato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ na bhāsitabbanti vadāmi. When talking about certain things you’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized, unskillful Dharmas grow while skillful Dharmas decline. I say that you shouldn’t talk about those things.
Yañca khvassa, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭhaṃ abhāsato kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ bhāsitabbanti vadāmi. When talking about other things you’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized, unskillful Dharmas decline while skillful Dharmas grow. I say that you should talk about those things.”


Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti. Then Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat and left.


AN 4.184 Abhaya: Fearless

184. Abhayasutta 184. Fearless
Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then the brahmin Jāṇussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:


“Ahañhi, bho gotama, evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi: “Master Gotama, this is my doctrine and view:
‘natthi yo maraṇadhammo samāno na bhāyati, na santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassā’”ti. ‘All those liable to death are frightened and terrified of death.’”
“Atthi, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno bhāyati, santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa; “Brahmin, some of those liable to death are frightened and terrified of death.
atthi pana, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno na bhāyati, na santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. But some of those liable to death are not frightened and terrified of death.


Katamo ca, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno bhāyati, santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa? Who are those frightened of death?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho. It’s someone who isn’t free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for sensual pleasures.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa evaṃ hoti: they think:
‘piyā vata maṃ kāmā jahissanti, piye cāhaṃ kāme jahissāmī’ti. ‘The sensual pleasures that I love so much will leave me, and I’ll leave them.’
So socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. They sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno bhāyati, santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This is someone who is frightened of death.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco kāye avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho. Furthermore, it’s someone who isn’t free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for the body.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa evaṃ hoti: they think:
‘piyo vata maṃ kāyo jahissati, piyañcāhaṃ kāyaṃ jahissāmī’ti. ‘This body that I love so much will leave me, and I’ll leave it.’
So socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. They sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno bhāyati, santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This, too, is someone who is frightened of death.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco akatakalyāṇo hoti akatakusalo akatabhīruttāṇo katapāpo kataluddo katakibbiso. Furthermore, it’s someone who hasn’t done good and skillful things that keep them safe, but has done bad, violent, and corrupt things.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa evaṃ hoti: they think:
‘akataṃ vata me kalyāṇaṃ, akataṃ kusalaṃ, akataṃ bhīruttāṇaṃ; ‘Well, I haven’t done good and skillful things that keep me safe.
kataṃ pāpaṃ, kataṃ luddaṃ, kataṃ kibbisaṃ. And I have done bad, violent, and corrupt things.
Yāvatā, bho, akatakalyāṇānaṃ akatakusalānaṃ akatabhīruttāṇānaṃ katapāpānaṃ kataluddānaṃ katakibbisānaṃ gati taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’ti. When I depart, I’ll go to the place where people who’ve done such things go.’
So socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. They sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno bhāyati, santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This, too, is someone who is frightened of death.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco kaṅkhī hoti vicikicchī aniṭṭhaṅgato saddhamme. Furthermore, it’s someone who’s doubtful, uncertain, and undecided about the true Dharma.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa evaṃ hoti: they think:
‘kaṅkhī vatamhi vicikicchī aniṭṭhaṅgato saddhamme’ti. ‘I’m doubtful, uncertain, and undecided about the true Dharma.’
So socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. They sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno bhāyati, santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This, too, is someone who is frightened of death.
Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, cattāro maraṇadhammā samānā bhāyanti, santāsaṃ āpajjanti maraṇassa. These are the four people liable to death who are frightened and terrified of death.


Katamo ca, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno na bhāyati, na santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa? Who are those not frightened of death?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco kāmesu vītarāgo hoti vigatacchando vigatapemo vigatapipāso vigatapariḷāho vigatataṇho. It’s someone who is rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for sensual pleasures.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa na evaṃ hoti: they don’t think:
‘piyā vata maṃ kāmā jahissanti, piye cāhaṃ kāme jahissāmī’ti. ‘The sensual pleasures that I love so much will leave me, and I’ll leave them.’
So na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. They don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno na bhāyati, na santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This is someone who’s not frightened of death.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco kāye vītarāgo hoti vigatacchando vigatapemo vigatapipāso vigatapariḷāho vigatataṇho. Furthermore, it’s someone who is rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for the body.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa na evaṃ hoti: they don’t think:
‘piyo vata maṃ kāyo jahissati, piyañcāhaṃ kāyaṃ jahissāmī’ti. ‘This body that I love so much will leave me, and I’ll leave it.’
So na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. They don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno na bhāyati, na santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This, too, is someone who’s not frightened of death.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco akatapāpo hoti akataluddo akatakibbiso katakalyāṇo katakusalo katabhīruttāṇo. Furthermore, it’s someone who hasn’t done bad, violent, and corrupt deeds, but has done good and skillful deeds that keep them safe.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa evaṃ hoti: they think:
‘akataṃ vata me pāpaṃ, akataṃ luddaṃ, akataṃ kibbisaṃ; ‘Well, I haven’t done bad, violent, and corrupt things.
kataṃ kalyāṇaṃ, kataṃ kusalaṃ, kataṃ bhīruttāṇaṃ. And I have done good and skillful deeds that keep me safe.
Yāvatā, bho, akatapāpānaṃ akataluddānaṃ akatakibbisānaṃ katakalyāṇānaṃ katakusalānaṃ katabhīruttāṇānaṃ gati taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’ti. When I depart, I’ll go to the place where people who’ve done such things go.’
So na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. They don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno na bhāyati, na santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This, too, is someone who’s not frightened of death.


Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco akaṅkhī hoti avicikicchī niṭṭhaṅgato saddhamme. Furthermore, it’s someone who’s not doubtful, uncertain, or undecided about the true Dharma.
Tamenaṃ aññataro gāḷho rogātaṅko phusati. When they fall seriously ill,
Tassa aññatarena gāḷhena rogātaṅkena phuṭṭhassa evaṃ hoti: they think:
‘akaṅkhī vatamhi avicikicchī niṭṭhaṅgato saddhamme’ti. ‘I’m not doubtful, uncertain, or undecided about the true Dharma.’
So na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. They don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, maraṇadhammo samāno na bhāyati, na santāsaṃ āpajjati maraṇassa. This, too, is someone who’s not frightened of death.
Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, cattāro maraṇadhammā samānā na bhāyanti, na santāsaṃ āpajjanti maraṇassā”ti. These are the four people liable to death who are not frightened and terrified of death.”


“Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama … pe … upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. “Excellent, Master Gotama! … From this day forth, may Master Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


end of section [4.184 - AN 4.184 Abhaya: Fearless]

AN 4.185 Brāhmaṇasacca: Truths of the Brahmins

185. Brāhmaṇasaccasutta 185. Truths of the Brahmins
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Once the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā sippinikātīre paribbājakārāme paṭivasanti, seyyathidaṃ annabhāro varadharo sakuludāyī ca paribbājako aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā. Now at that time several very well-known wanderers were residing in the monastery of the wanderers on the bank of the Sappinī river. They included Annabhāra, Varadhara, Sakuludāyī, and other very well-known wanderers.
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīre paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the bank of the Sappinī river.


Tena kho pana samayena tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarā kathā udapādi: Now at that time this discussion came up while those wanderers who follow other paths were sitting together:
“itipi brāhmaṇasaccāni, itipi brāhmaṇasaccānī”ti. “The truths of the brahmins are like this; the truths of the brahmins are like that.”
Atha kho bhagavā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā te paribbājake etadavoca: Then the Buddha went up to those wanderers, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to them:


“Kāya nuttha, paribbājakā, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? “Wanderers, what were you sitting talking about just now? What conversation was unfinished?”
“Idha, bho gotama, amhākaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi: “Well, Master Gotama, this discussion came up among us while we were sitting together:
‘itipi brāhmaṇasaccāni, itipi brāhmaṇasaccānī’”ti. ‘The truths of the brahmins are like this; the truths of the brahmins are like that.’”


“Cattārimāni, paribbājakā, brāhmaṇasaccāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. “Wanderers, I declare these four truths of the brahmins, having realized them with my own insight.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Idha, paribbājakā, brāhmaṇo evamāha: Take a brahmin who says:
‘sabbe pāṇā avajjhā’ti. ‘No sentient beings should be killed.’
Iti vadaṃ brāhmaṇo saccaṃ āha, no musā. Saying this, a brahmin speaks the truth, not lies.
So tena na samaṇoti maññati, na brāhmaṇoti maññati, na seyyohamasmīti maññati, na sadisohamasmīti maññati, na hīnohamasmīti maññati. But they don’t think of themselves as an ‘ascetic’ or ‘brahmin’ because of that. Nor do they think ‘I’m better’ or ‘I’m equal’ or ‘I’m worse’.
Api ca yadeva tattha saccaṃ tadabhiññāya pāṇānaṃyeva anuddayāya anukampāya paṭipanno hoti. Rather, they simply practice out of kindness and compassion for living creatures, having had insight into the truth of that.


Puna caparaṃ, paribbājakā, brāhmaṇo evamāha: Take another brahmin who says:
‘sabbe kāmā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā’ti. ‘All sensual pleasures are impermanent, suffering, and perishable.’
Iti vadaṃ brāhmaṇo saccamāha, no musā. Saying this, a brahmin speaks the truth, not lies.
So tena na samaṇoti maññati, na brāhmaṇoti maññati, na seyyohamasmīti maññati, na sadisohamasmīti maññati, na hīnohamasmīti maññati. But they don’t think of themselves as an ‘ascetic’ or ‘brahmin’ because of that. Nor do they think ‘I’m better’ or ‘I’m equal’ or ‘I’m worse’.
Api ca yadeva tattha saccaṃ tadabhiññāya kāmānaṃyeva nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. Rather, they simply practice for disenchantment, dispassion, and cessation regarding sensual pleasures, having had insight into the truth of that.


Puna caparaṃ, paribbājakā, brāhmaṇo evamāha: Take another brahmin who says:
‘sabbe bhavā aniccā … pe … tadabhiññāya bhavānaṃyeva nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. ‘All states of existence are impermanent, suffering, and perishable.’ … They simply practice for disenchantment, dispassion, and cessation regarding future lives, having had insight into the truth of that.


Puna caparaṃ, paribbājakā, brāhmaṇo evamāha: Take another brahmin who says:
‘nāhaṃ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṃ na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. ‘I don’t belong to anyone anywhere. And nothing belongs to me anywhere.’
Iti vadaṃ brāhmaṇo saccaṃ āha, no musā. Saying this, a brahmin speaks the truth, not lies.
So tena na samaṇoti maññati, na brāhmaṇoti maññati, na seyyohamasmīti maññati, na sadisohamasmīti maññati, na hīnohamasmīti maññati. But they don’t think of themselves as an ‘ascetic’ or ‘brahmin’ because of that. Nor do they think ‘I’m better’ or ‘I’m equal’ or ‘I’m worse’.
Api ca yadeva tattha saccaṃ tadabhiññāya ākiñcaññaṃyeva paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti. Rather, they simply practice the path of nothingness, having had insight into the truth of that.
Imāni kho, paribbājakā, cattāri brāhmaṇasaccāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four truths of the brahmins that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.186 Ummagga: Approach

186. Ummaggasutta 186. Approach
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then one of the monks went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“kena nu kho, bhante, loko nīyati, kena loko parikassati, kassa ca uppannassa vasaṃ gacchatī”ti? “Sir, what leads the world on? What drags it around? What arises and takes control?”


“Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu. “Good, good, monk!
Bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu, ummaggo, bhaddakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question.
Evañhi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, pucchasi: For you asked:
‘kena nu kho, bhante, loko nīyati, kena loko parikassati, kassa ca uppannassa vasaṃ gacchatī’”ti? ‘What leads the world on? What drags it around? What arises and takes control?’”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”
“Cittena kho, bhikkhu, loko nīyati, cittena parikassati, cittassa uppannassa vasaṃ gacchatī”ti. “monk, the mind leads the world on. The mind drags it around. When the mind arises, it takes control.”


“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ uttari pañhaṃ apucchi: Saying “Good, sir”, that monk approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:
“‘bahussuto dhammadharo, bahussuto dhammadharo’ti, bhante, vuccati. “Sir, they speak of ‘a learned memorizer of The Dharma’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bahussuto dhammadharo hotī”ti? How is a learned memorizer of The Dharma defined?”


“Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu. “Good, good, monk!
Bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu ummaggo, bhaddakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. …
Evañhi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, pucchasi:
‘bahussuto dhammadharo, bahussuto dhammadharoti, bhante, vuccati.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bahussuto dhammadharo hotī’”ti?
“Evaṃ, bhante”.
“Bahū kho, bhikkhu, mayā dhammā desitā— I have taught many Dharmas:
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired sayings, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and analyses.
Catuppadāya cepi, bhikkhu, gāthāya atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti bahussuto dhammadharoti alaṃvacanāyā”ti. But if anyone understands the meaning and the text of even a four-line verse, and if they practice in line with that Dharma, they’re qualified to be called a ‘learned memorizer of The Dharma’.”


“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ uttari pañhaṃ apucchi: Saying “Good, sir”, that monk approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:
“‘sutavā nibbedhikapañño, sutavā nibbedhikapañño’ti, bhante, vuccati. “Sir, they speak of ‘a learned person with penetrating wisdom’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, sutavā nibbedhikapañño hotī”ti? How is a learned person with penetrating wisdom defined?”


“Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu. “Good, good, monk!
Bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu, ummaggo, bhaddakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. …
Evañhi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, pucchasi:
‘sutavā nibbedhikapañño, sutavā nibbedhikapaññoti, bhante, vuccati.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, sutavā nibbedhikapañño hotī’”ti?
“Evaṃ, bhante”.
“Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti sutaṃ hoti, paññāya cassa atthaṃ ativijjha passati; Take a monk who has heard: ‘This is suffering.’ They see what it means with penetrating wisdom.
‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti sutaṃ hoti, paññāya cassa atthaṃ ativijjha passati; They’ve heard: ‘This is the origin of suffering’ …
‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti sutaṃ hoti, paññāya cassa atthaṃ ativijjha passati; ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ …
‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti sutaṃ hoti, paññāya cassa atthaṃ ativijjha passati. ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.’ They see what it means with penetrating wisdom.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, sutavā nibbedhikapañño hotī”ti. That’s how a person is learned, with penetrating wisdom.”


“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ uttari pañhaṃ apucchi: Saying “Good, sir”, that monk approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:
“‘paṇḍito mahāpañño, paṇḍito mahāpañño’ti, bhante, vuccati. “Sir, they speak of ‘an astute person with great wisdom’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, paṇḍito mahāpañño hotī”ti? How is an astute person with great wisdom defined?”


“Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu. “Good, good, monk!
Bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu, ummaggo, bhaddakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. …
Evañhi tvaṃ bhikkhu pucchasi:
‘paṇḍito mahāpañño, paṇḍito mahāpaññoti, bhante, vuccati.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, paṇḍito mahāpañño hotī’”ti?
“Evaṃ, bhante”.
“Idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nevattabyābādhāya ceteti na parabyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitameva cintayamāno cinteti. An astute person with great wisdom is one who has no intention to hurt themselves, or to hurt others, or to hurt both. When they think, they only think of the benefit for themselves, for others, for both, and for the whole world.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño hotī”ti. That’s how a person is astute, with great wisdom.”


AN 4.187 Vassakāra: With Vassakāra

187. Vassakārasutta 187. With Vassakāra
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Vassakāra the brahmin, a chief minister of Magadha, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:


“Jāneyya nu kho, bho gotama, asappuriso asappurisaṃ: “Master Gotama, could a bad person know of a bad person:
‘asappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti? ‘This fellow is a bad person’?”
“Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, brāhmaṇa, anavakāso yaṃ asappuriso asappurisaṃ jāneyya: “That’s impossible, brahmin, it can’t happen.”
‘asappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti.
“Jāneyya pana, bho gotama, asappuriso sappurisaṃ: “Could a bad person know of a good person:
‘sappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti? ‘This fellow is a good person’?”
“Etampi kho, brāhmaṇa, aṭṭhānaṃ anavakāso yaṃ asappuriso sappurisaṃ jāneyya: “That too is impossible, it can’t happen.”
‘sappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti.
“Jāneyya nu kho, bho gotama, sappuriso sappurisaṃ: “Master Gotama, could a good person know of a good person:
‘sappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti? ‘This fellow is a good person’?”
“Ṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vijjati yaṃ sappuriso sappurisaṃ jāneyya: “That, brahmin, is possible.”
‘sappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti.
“Jāneyya pana, bho gotama, sappuriso asappurisaṃ: “Could a good person know of a bad person:
‘asappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti? ‘This fellow is a bad person’?”
“Etampi kho, brāhmaṇa, ṭhānaṃ vijjati yaṃ sappuriso asappurisaṃ jāneyya: “That too is possible.”
‘asappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’”ti.


“Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. “It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing,
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṃ bhotā gotamena: how well said this was by Master Gotama:
‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, brāhmaṇa, anavakāso yaṃ asappuriso asappurisaṃ jāneyya— ‘It’s impossible, it can’t happen, that a bad person could know …
asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.
Etampi kho, brāhmaṇa, aṭṭhānaṃ anavakāso yaṃ asappuriso sappurisaṃ jāneyya—
sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.
Ṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vijjati yaṃ sappuriso sappurisaṃ jāneyya— But it is possible that a good person could know …’
sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.
Etampi kho, brāhmaṇa, ṭhānaṃ vijjati yaṃ sappuriso asappurisaṃ jāneyya—
asappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’ti.


Ekamidaṃ, bho gotama, samayaṃ todeyyassa brāhmaṇassa parisati parūpārambhaṃ vattenti: Once, members of the brahmin Todeyya’s assembly were going on complaining about others:
‘bālo ayaṃ rājā eḷeyyo samaṇe rāmaputte abhippasanno, samaṇe ca pana rāmaputte evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ karoti, yadidaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammanti. ‘This King Eḷeyya is a fool to be so devoted to Rāmaputta. He even shows him the utmost deference by bowing down to him, rising up for him, greeting him with joined palms, and observing proper etiquette for him.
Imepi rañño eḷeyyassa parihārakā bālā— And these king’s men are fools too—
yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, ye samaṇe rāmaputte abhippasannā, samaṇe ca pana rāmaputte evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ karonti, yadidaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikamman’ti. Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—for they show the same kind of deference to Rāmaputta.’
Tyāssudaṃ todeyyo brāhmaṇo iminā nayena neti. Then the brahmin Todeyya reasoned with them like this:
‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto, ‘What do you think, sirs?
paṇḍito rājā eḷeyyo karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasataro’ti? When it comes to the various duties and speeches, isn’t King Eḷeyya astute, even better than the experts?’
‘Evaṃ, bho, paṇḍito rājā eḷeyyo karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasataroti. ‘That’s true, sir.’


Yasmā ca kho, bho, samaṇo rāmaputto raññā eḷeyyena paṇḍitena paṇḍitataro karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarena alamatthadasataro, tasmā rājā eḷeyyo samaṇe rāmaputte abhippasanno, samaṇe ca pana rāmaputte evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ karoti, yadidaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ’. ‘It’s because Rāmaputta is even more astute and expert than King Eḷeyya that the king is so devoted to him. That’s why he even shows Rāmaputta the utmost deference by bowing down to him, rising up for him, greeting him with joined palms, and observing proper etiquette for him.


‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto, What do you think, sirs?
paṇḍitā rañño eḷeyyassa parihārakā—
yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarā’ti? When it comes to the various duties and speeches, aren’t the king’s men—Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—astute, even better than the experts?’
‘Evaṃ, bho, paṇḍitā rañño eḷeyyassa parihārakā— ‘That’s true, sir.’
yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarāti.


Yasmā ca kho, bho, samaṇo rāmaputto rañño eḷeyyassa parihārakehi paṇḍitehi paṇḍitataro karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasataro, tasmā rañño eḷeyyassa parihārakā samaṇe rāmaputte abhippasannā; ‘It’s because Rāmaputta is even more astute and expert than the king’s men that they have such devotion to him. …
samaṇe ca pana rāmaputte evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ karonti, yadidaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikamman’ti. It’s because Rāmaputta is even more astute and expert than King Eḷeyya that the king is so devoted to him. That’s why he even shows Rāmaputta the utmost deference by bowing down to him, rising up for him, greeting him with joined palms, and observing proper etiquette for him.’


Acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama. It’s incredible, Master Gotama, it’s amazing,
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṃ bhotā gotamena: how well said this was by Master Gotama:
‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, brāhmaṇa, anavakāso yaṃ asappuriso asappurisaṃ jāneyya— ‘It’s impossible, it can’t happen, that a bad person could know …
asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.
Etampi kho, brāhmaṇa, aṭṭhānaṃ anavakāso yaṃ asappuriso sappurisaṃ jāneyya—
sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.
Ṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vijjati yaṃ sappuriso sappurisaṃ jāneyya— But it is possible that a good person could know …
sappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.
Etampi kho, brāhmaṇa, ṭhānaṃ vijjati yaṃ sappuriso asappurisaṃ jāneyya—
asappuriso ayaṃ bhavan’ti.
Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma. Well, now, Master Gotama, I must go.
Bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
“Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī”ti. “Please, brahmin, go at your convenience.”


Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti. Then Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat and left.


end of section [4.187 - AN 4.187 Vassakāra: With Vassakāra]

AN 4.188 Upaka: With Upaka

188. Upakasutta 188. With Upaka
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Once the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Upaka the son of Maṇḍikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Ahañhi, bhante, evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi: “Sir, this is my doctrine and view:
‘yo koci parūpārambhaṃ vatteti, parūpārambhaṃ vattento sabbo so na upapādeti. ‘Whoever goes on complaining about others without giving any reasons
Anupapādento gārayho hoti upavajjo’”ti. is reprehensible and at fault.’”
“Parūpārambhañce, upaka, vatteti parūpārambhaṃ vattento na upapādeti, anupapādento gārayho hoti upavajjo. “Upaka, if someone goes on complaining about others without giving a reason, they’re reprehensible and at fault.
Tvaṃ kho, upaka, parūpārambhaṃ vattesi, parūpārambhaṃ vattento na upapādesi, anupapādento gārayho hosi upavajjo”ti. But that’s what you do, so you’re reprehensible and at fault!”
“Seyyathāpi, bhante, ummujjamānakaṃyeva mahatā pāsena bandheyya; “Sir, like a fish caught in a big trap just as it rises,
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, ummujjamānakoyeva bhagavatā mahatā vādapāsena baddho”ti. so the Buddha caught me in a big trap of words just as I rose up.”


“Idaṃ akusalanti kho, upaka, mayā paññattaṃ. “Upaka, I’ve declared: ‘This is unskillful.’
Tattha aparimāṇā padā aparimāṇā byañjanā aparimāṇā tathāgatassa dhammadesanā— And there are limitless words, phrases, and Dharmas of the Realized One about that:
itipidaṃ akusalanti. ‘This is another way of saying that this is unskillful.’
Taṃ kho panidaṃ akusalaṃ pahātabbanti kho, upaka, mayā paññattaṃ. I’ve declared: ‘The unskillful should be given up.’
Tattha aparimāṇā padā aparimāṇā byañjanā aparimāṇā tathāgatassa dhammadesanā— And there are limitless words, phrases, and Dharmas of the Realized One about that:
itipidaṃ akusalaṃ pahātabbanti. ‘This is another way of saying that the unskillful should be given up.’


Idaṃ kusalanti kho, upaka, mayā paññattaṃ. I’ve declared that: ‘This is skillful.’
Tattha aparimāṇā padā aparimāṇā byañjanā aparimāṇā tathāgatassa dhammadesanā— And there are limitless words, phrases, and Dharmas of the Realized One about that:
itipidaṃ kusalanti. ‘This is another way of saying that this is skillful.’
Taṃ kho panidaṃ kusalaṃ bhāvetabbanti kho, upaka, mayā paññattaṃ. I’ve declared: ‘The skillful should be developed.’
Tattha aparimāṇā padā aparimāṇā byañjanā aparimāṇā tathāgatassa dhammadesanā— And there are limitless words, phrases, and Dharmas of the Realized One about that:
itipidaṃ kusalaṃ bhāvetabban”ti. ‘This is another way of saying that the skillful should be developed.’”


Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa ārocesi. Evaṃ vutte, rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kupito anattamano upakaṃ maṇḍikāputtaṃ etadavoca: And then Upaka the son of Maṇḍikā approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to King Ajātasattu Vedehiputta of Magadha. He told the King of all they had discussed. But Ajātasattu became angry and upset, and said to Upaka:


“yāva dhaṃsī vatāyaṃ loṇakāradārako yāva mukharo yāva pagabbo yatra hi nāma taṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ āsādetabbaṃ maññissati; “How rude of this salt-maker’s boy! How impolite and impudent of him to imagine he could attack the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!
apehi tvaṃ, upaka, vinassa, mā taṃ addasan”ti. Get out, Upaka, go away! Don’t let me see you again.”


AN 4.189 Sacchikaraṇīya: Things to be Realized

189. Sacchikaraṇīyasutta 189. Things to be Realized
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, sacchikaraṇīyā dhammā. “monks, these four things should be realized.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā kāyena sacchikaraṇīyā; There are things to be realized directly.
atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā satiyā sacchikaraṇīyā; There are things to be realized with rememberfulness.
atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā cakkhunā sacchikaraṇīyā; There are things to be realized with vision.
atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā paññāya sacchikaraṇīyā. There are things to be realized with wisdom.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā kāyena sacchikaraṇīyā? What things are to be realized directly?
Aṭṭha vimokkhā, bhikkhave, kāyena sacchikaraṇīyā. The eight liberations.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā satiyā sacchikaraṇīyā? What things are to be realized with rememberfulness?
Pubbenivāso, bhikkhave, satiyā sacchikaraṇīyo. Past lives.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā cakkhunā sacchikaraṇīyā? What things are to be realized with vision?
Sattānaṃ cutūpapāto, bhikkhave, cakkhunā sacchikaraṇīyo. The passing away and rebirth of sentient beings.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā paññāya sacchikaraṇīyā? What things are to be realized with wisdom?
Āsavānaṃ khayo, bhikkhave, paññāya sacchikaraṇīyo. The ending of defilements.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro sacchikaraṇīyā dhammā”ti. These are the four things to be realized.”


AN 4.190 Uposatha: Sabbath

190. Uposathasutta 190. Sabbath
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tadahuposathe bhikkhusaṃghaparivuto nisinno hoti. Now, at that time it was the sabbath, and the Buddha was sitting surrounded by the Saṅgha of monks.
Atha kho bhagavā tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ anuviloketvā bhikkhū āmantesi: Then the Buddha looked around the Saṅgha of monks, who were so very silent. He addressed them:


“Apalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā nippalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā. “This assembly has no nonsense, monks, it’s free of nonsense. It consists purely of the essential core.
Tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṃgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. Such is this Saṅgha of monks, such is this assembly!
Yathārūpā parisā dullabhā dassanāyapi lokasmiṃ, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṃgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. An assembly such as this is rarely seen in the world.
Yathārūpā parisā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṃgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. An assembly such as this is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Yathārūpāya parisāya appaṃ dinnaṃ bahu hoti bahu dinnaṃ bahutaraṃ, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṃgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. Even a small gift to an assembly such as this is plentiful, while giving more is even more plentiful.
Yathārūpaṃ parisaṃ alaṃ yojanagaṇanānipi dassanāya gantuṃ api puṭosenāpi, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṃgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. An assembly such as this is worth traveling many leagues to see, even if you have to carry your own provisions in a shoulder bag.


Santi, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe devappattā viharanti; There are monks staying in this Saṅgha who have attained to the gods.
santi, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe brahmappattā viharanti; There are monks staying in this Saṅgha who have attained to Brahmā.
santi, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe āneñjappattā viharanti; There are monks staying in this Saṅgha who have attained to the imperturbable.
santi, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ariyappattā viharanti. There are monks staying in this Saṅgha who have attained to nobility.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu devappatto hoti? And how has a monk attained to the gods?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna …
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna …
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu devappatto hoti. That’s how a monk has attained to the gods.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu brahmappatto hoti? And how has a monk attained to Brahmā?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. Firstly, a monk meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Karuṇā … Furthermore, a monk meditates spreading a heart full of compassion …
muditā … rejoicing …
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu brahmappatto hoti. That’s how a monk has attained to Brahmā.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āneñjappatto hoti? And how has a monk attained to the imperturbable?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk—going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity—aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, he enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, he enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness.
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, he enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āneñjappatto hoti. That’s how a monk has attained to the imperturbable.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyappatto hoti? And how has a monk attained to nobility?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyappatto hotī”ti. That’s how a monk has attained to nobility.”


end of section [4..19.. - AN 4 vagga 19 Brāhmaṇa: Brahmins]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 20 Mahā: The Great Chapter

    AN 4.191 - AN 4.191 Sotānugata: Followed by Ear
    AN 4.192 - AN 4.192 Ṭhāna: Facts
    AN 4.193 - AN 4.193 Bhaddiya: With Bhaddiya
    AN 4.194 - AN 4.194 Sāmugiya: At Sāpūga
    AN 4.195 - AN 4.195 Vappa: With Vappa
    AN 4.196 - AN 4.196 Sāḷha: With Sāḷha
    AN 4.197 - AN 4.197 Mallikādevī: Queen Mallikā
    AN 4.198 - AN 4.198 Attantapa: Self-mortification
    AN 4.199 - AN 4.199 Taṇhā: Craving, the Weaver
    AN 4.200 - AN 4.200 Pema: Love and Hate

AN 4.191 Sotānugata: Followed by Ear

191. Sotānugatasutta 191. Followed by Ear
“Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ, vacasā paricitānaṃ, manasānupekkhitānaṃ, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ cattāro ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā. “monks, you can expect four benefits when The Dharmas have been followed by ear, reinforced by recitation, examined by the mind, and well comprehended theoretically.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— Take a monk who memorizes The Dharma—
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired sayings, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and analyses.
Tassa te dhammā sotānugatā honti, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. They’ve followed those Dharmas by ear, reinforced them by recitation, examined them by the mind, and well comprehended them theoretically.
So muṭṭhassati kālaṃ kurumāno aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. But they die unrememberful and are reborn in one of the orders of gods.
Tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadā plavanti. Being happy there, passages of The Dharma come back to them.
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo; Memory comes up slowly,
atha so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hoti. but then that being quickly reaches distinction.
Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ, vacasā paricitānaṃ, manasānupekkhitānaṃ, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso pāṭikaṅkho. This is the first benefit you can expect when The Dharmas have been followed by ear, reinforced by recitation, examined by the mind, and well comprehended theoretically.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— Take another monk who memorizes The Dharma—
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired sayings, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and analyses.
Tassa te dhammā sotānugatā honti, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. They’ve followed those Dharmas by ear, reinforced them by recitation, examined them by the mind, and well comprehended them theoretically.
So muṭṭhassati kālaṃ kurumāno aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. But they die unrememberful and are reborn in one of the orders of gods.
Tassa tattha na heva kho sukhino dhammapadā plavanti; Though they’re happy there, passages of The Dharma don’t come back to them.
api ca kho bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. However, a monk with psychic powers, who has achieved mastery of the mind, teaches Dhamma to the assembly of gods.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘ayaṃ vā so dhammavinayo, yatthāhaṃ pubbe brahmacariyaṃ acarin’ti. ‘I used to live the spiritual life in this same Dharma and Training.’
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo; Memory comes up slowly,
atha so satto khippameva visesagāmī hoti. but then that being quickly reaches distinction.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kusalo bherisaddassa. Suppose a person was an expert in the sound of drums.
So addhānamaggappaṭipanno bherisaddaṃ suṇeyya. While traveling along a road they hear the sound of drums.
Tassa na heva kho assa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā: They wouldn’t have any doubts or uncertainties about whether
‘bherisaddo nu kho, na nu kho bherisaddo’ti. that was the sound of drums or not.
Atha kho bherisaddotveva niṭṭhaṃ gaccheyya. They’d just conclude, ‘That’s the sound of drums.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— In the same way, take another monk who memorizes The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
Tassa te dhammā sotānugatā honti, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.
So muṭṭhassati kālaṃ kurumāno aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. But they die unrememberful and are reborn in one of the orders of gods. …
Tassa tattha na heva kho sukhino dhammapadā plavanti;
api ca kho bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
‘ayaṃ vā so dhammavinayo, yatthāhaṃ pubbe brahmacariyaṃ acarin’ti.
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo; Memory comes up slowly,
atha so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hoti. but then that being quickly reaches distinction.
Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ, vacasā paricitānaṃ, manasānupekkhitānaṃ, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso pāṭikaṅkho. This is the second benefit you can expect when The Dharmas have been followed by ear, reinforced by recitation, examined by the mind, and well comprehended theoretically.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— Take another monk who memorizes The Dharma—
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired sayings, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and analyses.
Tassa te dhammā sotānugatā honti, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. They’ve followed those Dharmas by ear, reinforced them by recitation, examined them by the mind, and well comprehended them theoretically.
So muṭṭhassati kālaṃ kurumāno aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. But they die unrememberful and are reborn in one of the orders of gods.
Tassa tattha na heva kho sukhino dhammapadā plavanti, napi bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti; But passages of The Dharma don’t come back to them when they’re happy, nor does a monk with psychic powers … teach Dhamma to the assembly of gods.
api ca kho devaputto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. However, a god teaches Dhamma to the assembly of gods.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘ayaṃ vā so dhammavinayo, yatthāhaṃ pubbe brahmacariyaṃ acarin’ti. ‘I used to live the spiritual life in this same Dharma and Training.’
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo; Memory comes up slowly,
atha so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hoti. but then that being quickly reaches distinction.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kusalo saṅkhasaddassa. Suppose a person was an expert in the sound of horns.
So addhānamaggappaṭipanno saṅkhasaddaṃ suṇeyya. While traveling along a road they hear the sound of horns.
Tassa na heva kho assa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā: They wouldn’t have any doubt about whether
‘saṅkhasaddo nu kho, na nu kho saṅkhasaddo’ti. that was the sound of horns or not.
Atha kho saṅkhasaddotveva niṭṭhaṃ gaccheyya. They’d just conclude, ‘That’s the sound of horns.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— In the same way, take another monk who memorizes The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
Tassa te dhammā sotānugatā honti, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.
So muṭṭhassati kālaṃ kurumāno aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. But they die unrememberful and are reborn in one of the orders of gods. …
Tassa tattha na heva kho sukhino dhammapadā plavanti, napi bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti;
api ca kho devaputto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
‘ayaṃ vā so dhammavinayo, yatthāhaṃ pubbe brahmacariyaṃ acarin’ti.
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo; Memory comes up slowly,
atha so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hoti. but then that being quickly reaches distinction.
Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ, vacasā paricitānaṃ, manasānupekkhitānaṃ, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso pāṭikaṅkho. This is the third benefit you can expect when The Dharmas have been followed by ear, reinforced by recitation, examined by the mind, and well comprehended theoretically.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— Take another monk who memorizes The Dharma—
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. statements, songs, discussions, verses, inspired sayings, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and analyses.
Tassa te dhammā sotānugatā honti, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. They’ve followed those Dharmas by ear, reinforced them by recitation, examined them by the mind, and well comprehended them theoretically.
So muṭṭhassati kālaṃ kurumāno aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. But they die unrememberful and are reborn in one of the orders of gods.
Tassa tattha na heva kho sukhino dhammapadā plavanti, napi bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, napi devaputto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti; But passages of The Dharma don’t come back to them when they’re happy, and neither a monk with psychic powers … nor a god teaches Dhamma to the assembly of gods.
api ca kho opapātiko opapātikaṃ sāreti: But a being who has been reborn spontaneously reminds another such being:
‘sarasi tvaṃ, mārisa, sarasi tvaṃ, mārisa, yattha mayaṃ pubbe brahmacariyaṃ acarimhā’ti. ‘Do you remember, good sir? Do you remember where we used to live the spiritual life?’
So evamāha: He says:
‘sarāmi, mārisa, sarāmi, mārisā’ti. ‘I remember, good sir, I remember!’
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo; Memory comes up slowly,
atha so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hoti. but then that being quickly reaches distinction.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā sahapaṃsukīḷikā. Suppose there were two friends who had played together in the sand.
Te kadāci karahaci aññamaññaṃ samāgaccheyyuṃ. Some time or other they’d meet.
Añño pana sahāyako sahāyakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya: And one friend would say to the other:
‘idampi, samma, sarasi, idampi, samma, sarasī’ti. ‘Do you remember this, friend? Do you remember that, friend?’
So evaṃ vadeyya: They’d say:
‘sarāmi, samma, sarāmi, sammā’ti. ‘I remember, friend, I remember!’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti— In the same way, take another monk who memorizes The Dharma …
suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.
Tassa te dhammā sotānugatā honti, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.
So muṭṭhassati kālaṃ kurumāno aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ upapajjati. But they die unrememberful and are reborn in one of the orders of gods. …
Tassa tattha na heva kho sukhino dhammapadā plavanti, napi bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, napi devaputto devaparisāyaṃ dhammaṃ deseti;
api ca kho opapātiko opapātikaṃ sāreti:
‘sarasi tvaṃ, mārisa, sarasi tvaṃ, mārisa, yattha mayaṃ pubbe brahmacariyaṃ acarimhā’ti.
So evamāha:
‘sarāmi, mārisa, sarāmi, mārisā’ti.
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo; Memory comes up slowly,
atha kho so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hoti. but then that being quickly reaches distinction.
Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ, vacasā paricitānaṃ, manasānupekkhitānaṃ, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso pāṭikaṅkho. This is the fourth benefit you can expect when The Dharmas have been followed by ear, reinforced by recitation, examined by the mind, and well comprehended theoretically.
Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ, vacasā paricitānaṃ, manasānupekkhitānaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ ime cattāro ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. You can expect these four benefits when The Dharmas have been followed by ear, reinforced by recitation, examined by the mind, and well comprehended theoretically.”


end of section [4.191 - AN 4.191 Sotānugata: Followed by Ear]

AN 4.192 Ṭhāna: Facts

192. Ṭhānasutta 192. Facts
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, ṭhānāni catūhi ṭhānehi veditabbāni. “monks, these four things can be known in four situations.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Saṃvāsena, bhikkhave, sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ, tañca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññena. You can get to know a person’s ethics by living with them. But only after a long time, not casually; only when paying attention, not when inattentive; and only by the wise, not the witless.
Saṃvohārena, bhikkhave, soceyyaṃ veditabbaṃ, tañca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññena. You can get to know a person’s purity by dealing with them. …
Āpadāsu, bhikkhave, thāmo veditabbo, so ca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññena. You can get to know a person’s resilience in times of trouble. …
Sākacchāya, bhikkhave, paññā veditabbā, sā ca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenāti. You can get to know a person’s wisdom by discussion. But only after a long time, not casually; only when paying attention, not when inattentive; and only by the wise, not the witless.


‘Saṃvāsena, bhikkhave, sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ, tañca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, ‘You can get to know a person’s ethics by living with them. But only after a long time, not casually; only when paying attention, not when inattentive; and only by the wise, not the witless.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ saṃvasamāno evaṃ jānāti: Take a person who’s living with someone else. They come to know:
‘dīgharattaṃ kho ayamāyasmā khaṇḍakārī chiddakārī sabalakārī kammāsakārī, na santatakārī na santatavutti; ‘For a long time this venerable’s deeds have been corrupt, flawed, blemished, and tainted. Their deeds and behavior are inconsistent.
sīlesu dussīlo ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā sīlavā’ti. This venerable is unethical, not ethical.’


Idha pana, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ saṃvasamāno evaṃ jānāti: Take another person who’s living with someone else. They come to know:
‘dīgharattaṃ kho ayamāyasmā akhaṇḍakārī acchiddakārī asabalakārī akammāsakārī santatakārī santatavutti; ‘For a long time this venerable’s deeds have been uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, and untainted. Their deeds and behavior are consistent.
sīlesu sīlavā ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā dussīlo’ti. This venerable is ethical, not unethical.’
‘Saṃvāsena, bhikkhave, sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ, tañca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. (1) That’s why I said that you can get know a person’s ethics by living with them. But only after a long time, not a short time; only when paying attention, not when inattentive; and only by the wise, not the witless.


‘Saṃvohārena, bhikkhave, soceyyaṃ veditabbaṃ, tañca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, ‘You can get to know a person’s purity by dealing with them. …’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ saṃvoharamāno evaṃ jānāti: Take a person who has dealings with someone else. They come to know:
‘aññathā kho ayamāyasmā ekena eko voharati, aññathā dvīhi, aññathā tīhi, aññathā sambahulehi; ‘This venerable deals with one person in one way. Then they deal with two, three, or many people each in different ways.
vokkamati ayamāyasmā purimavohārā pacchimavohāraṃ; They’re not consistent from one deal to the next.
aparisuddhavohāro ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā parisuddhavohāro’ti. This venerable’s dealings are impure, not pure.’


Idha pana, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ saṃvoharamāno evaṃ jānāti: Take another person who has dealings with someone else. They come to know:
‘yatheva kho ayamāyasmā ekena eko voharati, tathā dvīhi, tathā tīhi, tathā sambahulehi. ‘This venerable deals with one person in one way. Then they deal with two, three, or many people each in the same way.
Nāyamāyasmā vokkamati purimavohārā pacchimavohāraṃ; They’re consistent from one deal to the next.
parisuddhavohāro ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā aparisuddhavohāro’ti. This venerable’s dealings are pure, not impure.’
‘Saṃvohārena, bhikkhave, soceyyaṃ veditabbaṃ, tañca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. (2) That’s why I said that you can get know a person’s purity by dealing with them. …


‘Āpadāsu, bhikkhave, thāmo veditabbo, so ca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, ‘You can get to know a person’s resilience in times of trouble. …’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno, rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno na iti paṭisañcikkhati: Take a person who experiences loss of family, wealth, or health. But they don’t reflect:
‘tathābhūto kho ayaṃ lokasannivāso tathābhūto ayaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābho yathābhūte lokasannivāse yathābhūte attabhāvapaṭilābhe aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati— ‘The world’s like that. Reincarnation’s like that. That’s why the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions:
lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṃsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañcā’ti. gain and loss, fame and disgrace, praise and blame, pleasure and pain.’
So ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. They sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno iti paṭisañcikkhati: Take another person who experiences loss of family, wealth, or health. But they reflect:
‘tathābhūto kho ayaṃ lokasannivāso tathābhūto ayaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābho yathābhūte lokasannivāse yathābhūte attabhāvapaṭilābhe aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati— ‘The world’s like that. Reincarnation’s like that. That’s why the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions:
lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṃsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañcā’ti. gain and loss, fame and disgrace, praise and blame, pleasure and pain.’
So ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. They don’t sorrow or pine or lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
‘Āpadāsu, bhikkhave, thāmo veditabbo, so ca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, That’s why I said that you can know a person’s resilience in times of trouble. …
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. (3)


‘Sākacchāya, bhikkhave, paññā veditabbā, sā ca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, ‘You can get to know a person’s wisdom by discussion. But only after a long time, not casually; only when paying attention, not when inattentive; and only by the wise, not the witless.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ sākacchāyamāno evaṃ jānāti: Take a person who is discussing with someone else. They come to know:
‘yathā kho imassa āyasmato ummaggo yathā ca abhinīhāro yathā ca pañhāsamudāhāro, duppañño ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā paññavā. ‘Judging by this venerable’s approach, by what they’re getting at, and by how they discuss a question, they’re witless, not wise.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā na ceva gambhīraṃ atthapadaṃ udāharati santaṃ paṇītaṃ atakkāvacaraṃ nipuṇaṃ paṇḍitavedanīyaṃ. This venerable does not interpret a deep and meaningful saying that is peaceful, sublime, beyond the scope of reason, subtle, comprehensible to the astute.
Yañca ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ bhāsati tassa ca nappaṭibalo saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā atthaṃ ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātuṃ. When this venerable speaks on Dhamma they’re not able to explain the meaning, either briefly or in detail. They can’t teach it, assert it, establish it, open it, analyze it, or make it clear.
Duppañño ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā paññavā’ti. This venerable is witless, not wise.’


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, cakkhumā puriso udakarahadassa tīre ṭhito passeyya parittaṃ macchaṃ ummujjamānaṃ. Suppose a person with good eyesight was standing on the bank of a lake. They’d see a little fish rising,
Tassa evamassa: and think:
‘yathā kho imassa macchassa ummaggo yathā ca ūmighāto yathā ca vegāyitattaṃ, paritto ayaṃ maccho, nāyaṃ maccho mahanto’ti. ‘Judging by this fish’s approach, by the ripples it makes, and by its force, it’s a little fish, not a big one.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ sākacchāyamāno evaṃ jānāti: In the same way, a person who is discussing with someone else would come to know:
‘yathā kho imassa āyasmato ummaggo yathā ca abhinīhāro yathā ca pañhāsamudāhāro, duppañño ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā paññavā. ‘Judging by this venerable’s approach, by what they’re getting at, and by how they discuss a question, they’re witless, not wise. …’
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā na ceva gambhīraṃ atthapadaṃ udāharati santaṃ paṇītaṃ atakkāvacaraṃ nipuṇaṃ paṇḍitavedanīyaṃ.
Yañca ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ bhāsati, tassa ca na paṭibalo saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā atthaṃ ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātuṃ.
Duppañño ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā paññavā’ti.


Idha pana, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ sākacchāyamāno evaṃ jānāti: Take another person who is discussing with someone else. They come to know:
‘yathā kho imassa āyasmato ummaggo yathā ca abhinīhāro yathā ca pañhāsamudāhāro, paññavā ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā duppañño. ‘Judging by this venerable’s approach, by what they’re getting at, and by how they discuss a question, they’re wise, not witless.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā gambhīrañceva atthapadaṃ udāharati santaṃ paṇītaṃ atakkāvacaraṃ nipuṇaṃ paṇḍitavedanīyaṃ. This venerable interprets a deep and meaningful saying that is peaceful, sublime, beyond the scope of reason, subtle, comprehensible to the astute.
Yañca ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ bhāsati, tassa ca paṭibalo saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā atthaṃ ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātuṃ. When this venerable speaks on Dhamma they’re able to explain the meaning, either briefly or in detail. They teach it, assert it, establish it, open it, analyze it, and make it clear.
Paññavā ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā duppañño’ti. This venerable is wise, not witless.’


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, cakkhumā puriso udakarahadassa tīre ṭhito passeyya mahantaṃ macchaṃ ummujjamānaṃ. Suppose a man with good eyesight was standing on the bank of a lake. He’d see a big fish rising,
Tassa evamassa: and think:
‘yathā kho imassa macchassa ummaggo yathā ca ūmighāto yathā ca vegāyitattaṃ, mahanto ayaṃ maccho, nāyaṃ maccho paritto’ti. ‘Judging by this fish’s approach, by the ripples it makes, and by its force, it’s a big fish, not a little one.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ sākacchāyamāno evaṃ jānāti: In the same way, a person who is discussing with someone else would come to know:
‘yathā kho imassa āyasmato ummaggo yathā ca abhinīhāro yathā ca pañhāsamudāhāro, paññavā ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā duppañño. ‘Judging by this venerable’s approach, by what they’re getting at, and by how they articulate a question, they’re wise, not witless. …’
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā gambhīrañceva atthapadaṃ udāharati santaṃ paṇītaṃ atakkāvacaraṃ nipuṇaṃ paṇḍitavedanīyaṃ.
Yañca ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ bhāsati, tassa ca paṭibalo saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā atthaṃ ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātuṃ.
Paññavā ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā duppañño’ti. (4)


‘Sākacchāya, bhikkhave, paññā veditabbā, sā ca kho dīghena addhunā, na ittaraṃ; manasikarotā, no amanasikarotā; paññavatā, no duppaññenā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s why I said that you can get to know a person’s wisdom by discussion. But only after a long time, not casually; only when paying attention, not when inattentive; and only by the wise, not the witless.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri ṭhānāni imehi catūhi ṭhānehi veditabbānī”ti. These are the four things that can be known in four situations.”


end of section [4.192 - AN 4.192 Ṭhāna: Facts]

AN 4.193 Bhaddiya: With Bhaddiya

193. Bhaddiyasutta 193. With Bhaddiya
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Atha kho bhaddiyo licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho bhaddiyo licchavi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Bhaddiya the Licchavi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante: “Sir, I have heard this:
‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’ti. ‘The ascetic Gotama is a magician. He knows a conversion magic, and uses it to convert the disciples of those who follow other paths.’
Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṃsu:
‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa ca anudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchati, anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti? I trust that those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with The Dharma? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”


“Etha tumhe, bhaddiya, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā ‘samaṇo no garū’ti. “Please, Bhaddiya, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think ‘The ascetic is our respected teacher.’
Yadā tumhe, bhaddiya, attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
‘ime dhammā akusalā, ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā viññugarahitā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantī’ti, atha tumhe, bhaddiya, pajaheyyātha. ‘These things are unskillful, blameworthy, criticized by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering’, then you should give them up.


Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhaddiya, What do you think, Bhaddiya?
lobho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti? Does greed come up in a person for their welfare or harm?”
“Ahitāya, bhante”. “Harm, sir.”
“Luddho panāyaṃ, bhaddiya, purisapuggalo lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti yaṃsa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. “A greedy individual—overcome by greed—kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhaddiya, “What do you think, Bhaddiya?
doso purisassa … pe … moho purisassa … pe … sārambho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti? Does hate … or delusion … or aggression come up in a person for their welfare or harm?”
“Ahitāya, bhante”. “Harm, sir.”
“Sāraddho panāyaṃ, bhaddiya, purisapuggalo sārambhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya samādapeti yaṃsa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti. “An aggressive individual kills living creatures, steals, commits adultery, lies, and encourages others to do the same. Is that for their lasting harm and suffering?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhaddiya, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vā”ti? “What do you think, Bhaddiya, are these things skillful or unskillful?”
“Akusalā, bhante”. “Unskillful, sir.”
“Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vā”ti? “Blameworthy or blameless?”
“Sāvajjā, bhante”. “Blameworthy, sir.”
“Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vā”ti? “Criticized or praised by sensible people?”
“Viññugarahitā, bhante”. “Criticized by sensible people, sir.”
“Samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti, no vā? “When you undertake them, do they lead to harm and suffering, or not?
Kathaṃ vā ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”
“Samattā, bhante, samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. “When you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering.
Evaṃ no ettha hotī”ti. That’s how we see it.”


“Iti kho, bhaddiya, yaṃ taṃ te avocumhā— “So, Bhaddiya, when we said:
etha tumhe, bhaddiya, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā ‘samaṇo no garū’ti. ‘Please, Bhaddiya, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think “The ascetic is our respected teacher.”
Yadā tumhe, bhaddiya, attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
‘ime dhammā akusalā, ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā viññugarahitā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattantīti, atha tumhe, bhaddiya, pajaheyyāthā’ti, “These things are unskillful, blameworthy, criticized by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to harm and suffering”, then you should give them up.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.


Etha tumhe, bhaddiya, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā ‘samaṇo no garū’ti. Please, Bhaddiya, don’t rely on oral transmission …
Yadā tumhe, bhaddiya, attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
‘ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā anavajjā, ime dhammā viññuppasatthā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantī’ti, atha tumhe, bhaddiya, upasampajja vihareyyāthāti. ‘These things are skillful, blameless, praised by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness’, then you should acquire them and keep them.


Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhaddiya, What do you think, Bhaddiya?
alobho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti? Does contentment … love … understanding … benevolence come up in a person for their welfare or harm?”
“Hitāya, bhante”.
“Aluddho panāyaṃ, bhaddiya, purisapuggalo lobhena anabhibhūto apariyādinnacitto neva pāṇaṃ hanati, na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na paradāraṃ gacchati, na musā bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya na samādapeti yaṃsa hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.
“Evaṃ, bhante”.


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhaddiya, adoso purisassa … pe … amoho purisassa … pe … asārambho purisassa ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati hitāya vā ahitāya vā”ti?
“Hitāya, bhante”. “Welfare, sir.”
“Asāraddho panāyaṃ, bhaddiya, purisapuggalo sārambhena anabhibhūto apariyādinnacitto neva pāṇaṃ hanati, na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na paradāraṃ gacchati, na musā bhaṇati, parampi tathattāya na samādapeti yaṃsa hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. “An individual who is benevolent—not overcome by aggression—doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit adultery, lie, or encourage others to do the same. Is that for their lasting welfare and happiness?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhaddiya, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vā”ti? “What do you think, Bhaddiya, are these things skillful or unskillful?”
“Kusalā, bhante”. “Skillful, sir.”
“Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vā”ti? “Blameworthy or blameless?”
“Anavajjā, bhante”. “Blameless, sir.”
“Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vā”ti? “Criticized or praised by sensible people?”
“Viññuppasatthā, bhante”. “Praised by sensible people, sir.”
“Samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti no vā? “When you undertake them, do they lead to welfare and happiness, or not?
Kathaṃ vā ettha hotī”ti? Or how do you see this?”
“Samattā, bhante, samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. “When you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness.
Evaṃ no ettha hotī”ti. That’s how we see it.”


“Iti kho, bhaddiya, yaṃ taṃ te avocumhā— “So, Bhaddiya, when we said:
etha tumhe, bhaddiya, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā ‘samaṇo no garū’ti. ‘Please, Bhaddiya, don’t go by oral transmission, don’t go by lineage, don’t go by testament, don’t go by canonical authority, don’t rely on logic, don’t rely on inference, don’t go by reasoned contemplation, don’t go by the acceptance of a view after consideration, don’t go by the appearance of competence, and don’t think “The ascetic is our respected teacher.”
Yadā tumhe, bhaddiya, attanāva jāneyyātha: But when you know for yourselves:
‘ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā anavajjā, ime dhammā viññuppasatthā, ime dhammā samattā samādinnā hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantīti, atha tumhe, bhaddiya, upasampajja vihareyyāthā’ti, “These things are skillful, blameless, praised by sensible people, and when you undertake them, they lead to welfare and happiness”, then you should acquire them and keep them.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.


Ye kho te, bhaddiya, loke santo sappurisā te sāvakaṃ evaṃ samādapenti: The good people in the world encourage their disciples:
‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, lobhaṃ vineyya viharāhi. ‘Please, mister, live rid of greed.
Lobhaṃ vineyya viharanto na lobhajaṃ kammaṃ karissasi kāyena vācāya manasā. Then you won’t act out of greed by way of body, speech, or mind.
Dosaṃ vineyya viharāhi. Live rid of hate … delusion … aggression.
Dosaṃ vineyya viharanto na dosajaṃ kammaṃ karissasi kāyena vācāya manasā. Then you won’t act out of hate … delusion … aggression by way of body, speech, or mind.”
Mohaṃ vineyya viharāhi.
Mohaṃ vineyya viharanto na mohajaṃ kammaṃ karissasi kāyena vācāya manasā.
Sārambhaṃ vineyya viharāhi.
Sārambhaṃ vineyya viharanto na sārambhajaṃ kammaṃ karissasi kāyena vācāya manasā’”ti.


Evaṃ vutte, bhaddiyo licchavi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Bhaddiya the Licchavi said to the Buddha:
“abhikkantaṃ, bhante … pe … upāsakaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. “Excellent, sir! … From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


“Api nu tāhaṃ, bhaddiya, evaṃ avacaṃ: “Well, Bhaddiya, did I say to you:
‘ehi me tvaṃ, bhaddiya, sāvako hohi; ‘Please, Bhaddiya, be my disciple,
ahaṃ satthā bhavissāmī’”ti? and I will be your teacher’?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”
“Evaṃvādiṃ kho maṃ, bhaddiya, evamakkhāyiṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhanti: “Though I speak and explain like this, certain ascetics and brahmins misrepresent me with the false, baseless, lying, untruthful claim:
‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṃ māyaṃ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṃ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’”ti. ‘The ascetic Gotama is a magician. He knows a conversion magic, and uses it to convert the disciples of those who follow other paths.’”
“Bhaddikā, bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā. “Sir, this conversion magic is excellent.
Kalyāṇī, bhante, āvaṭṭanī māyā. This conversion magic is lovely!
Piyā me, bhante, ñātisālohitā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ, piyānampi me assa ñātisālohitānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. If my loved ones—relatives and kin—were to be converted by this, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.
Sabbe cepi, bhante, khattiyā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ, sabbesampissa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. If all the aristocrats, brahmins, merchants, and workers were to be converted by this, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.”
Sabbe cepi, bhante, brāhmaṇā … vessā … suddā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ, sabbesampissa suddānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.


“Evametaṃ, bhaddiya, evametaṃ, bhaddiya. “That’s so true, Bhaddiya! That’s so true, Bhaddiya!
Sabbe cepi, bhaddiya, khattiyā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, sabbesampissa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. If all the aristocrats, brahmins, merchants, and workers were to be converted by this, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.
Sabbe cepi, bhaddiya, brāhmaṇā … vessā … suddā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, sabbesampissa suddānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
Sadevako cepi, bhaddiya, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, sadevakassapissa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. If the whole world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—were to be converted by this, for giving up unskillful Dharmas and acquiring skillful Dharmas, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.
Ime cepi, bhaddiya, mahāsālā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṃ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, imesampissa mahāsālānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya (). If these great sal trees were to be converted by this, for giving up unskillful Dharmas and acquiring skillful Dharmas, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient.
Ko pana vādo manussabhūtassā”ti. How much more then a human being!”


end of section [4.193 - AN 4.193 Bhaddiya: With Bhaddiya]

AN 4.194 Sāmugiya: At Sāpūga

194. Sāmugiyasutta 194. At Sāpūga
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando koliyesu viharati sāmugaṃ nāma koliyānaṃ nigamo. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Sāpūga.
Atha kho sambahulā sāmugiyā koliyaputtā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te sāmugiye koliyaputte āyasmā ānando etadavoca: Then several Koliyans from Sāpūga went up to Ānanda, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Ānanda said to them:


“Cattārimāni, byagghapajjā, pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya. “Byagghapajjas, these four factors of trying to be pure have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to complete the procedure, and to realize nirvana.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Sīlapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, cittapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, diṭṭhipārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, vimuttipārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ. The factors of trying to be pure in ethics, mind, view, and freedom.


Katamañca, byagghapajjā, sīlapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ? And what is the factor of trying to be pure in ethics?
Idha, byagghapajjā, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, sīlapārisuddhi. This is called purity of ethics.
Iti evarūpiṃ sīlapārisuddhiṃ aparipūraṃ vā paripūressāmi paripūraṃ vā tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmīti, yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca, idaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, sīlapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ. They think: ‘I will fulfill such purity of ethics, or, if it’s already fulfilled, I’ll support it in every situation by wisdom.’ Their enthusiasm for that—their effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, rememberfulness, and lucid-discerning—is called the factor of trying to be pure in ethics.


Katamañca, byagghapajjā, cittapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ? And what is the factor of trying to be pure in mind?
Idha, byagghapajjā, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, cittapārisuddhi. This is called purity of mind.
Iti evarūpiṃ cittapārisuddhiṃ aparipūraṃ vā paripūressāmi paripūraṃ vā tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmīti, yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca, idaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, cittapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ. They think: ‘I will fulfill such purity of mind, or, if it’s already fulfilled, I’ll support it in every situation by wisdom.’ Their enthusiasm for that—their effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, rememberfulness, and lucid-discerning—is called the factor of trying to be pure in mind.


Katamañca, byagghapajjā, diṭṭhipārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ? And what is the factor of trying to be pure in view?
Idha, byagghapajjā, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Take a monk who truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, diṭṭhipārisuddhi. This is called purity of view.
Iti evarūpiṃ diṭṭhipārisuddhiṃ aparipūraṃ vā … pe … tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmīti, yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca, idaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, diṭṭhipārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ. They think: ‘I will fulfill such purity of view, or, if it’s already fulfilled, I’ll support it in every situation by wisdom.’ Their enthusiasm for that—their effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, rememberfulness, and lucid-discerning—is called the factor of trying to be pure in view.


Katamañca, byagghapajjā, vimuttipārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ? And what is the factor of trying to be pure in freedom?
Sa kho so, byagghapajjā, ariyasāvako iminā ca sīlapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgena samannāgato iminā ca cittapārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgena samannāgato iminā ca diṭṭhipārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgena samannāgato rajanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ virājeti, vimocanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ vimoceti. That noble-one's-disciple—who has these factors of trying to be pure in ethics, mind, and view—detaches their mind from things that arouse greed, and frees their mind from things that it should be freed from.
So rajanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ virājetvā, vimocanīyesu dhammesu cittaṃ vimocetvā sammāvimuttiṃ phusati. Doing so, they experience perfect freedom.
Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, vimuttipārisuddhi. This is called purity of freedom.
Iti evarūpiṃ vimuttipārisuddhiṃ aparipūraṃ vā paripūressāmi paripūraṃ vā tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmīti, yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca, idaṃ vuccati, byagghapajjā, vimuttipārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ. They think: ‘I will fulfill such purity of freedom, or, if it’s already fulfilled, I’ll support it in every situation by wisdom.’ Their enthusiasm for that—their effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, rememberfulness, and lucid-discerning—is called the factor of trying to be pure in freedom.


Imāni kho, byagghapajjā, cattāri pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti. These four factors of trying to be pure have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to complete the procedure, and to realize nirvana.”


AN 4.195 Vappa: With Vappa

195. Vappasutta 195. With Vappa
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Atha kho vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho vappaṃ sakkaṃ nigaṇṭhasāvakaṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: Then Vappa of the Sakyans, a disciple of the Jains, went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him:


“Idhassa, vappa, kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā. “Vappa, take a person who is restrained in body, speech, and mind. When ignorance fades away and knowledge arises,
Passasi no tvaṃ, vappa, taṃ ṭhānaṃ yatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan”ti? do you see any reason why defilements giving rise to painful feelings would defile that person in the next life?”
“Passāmahaṃ, bhante, taṃ ṭhānaṃ. “Sir, I do see such a case.
Idhassa, bhante, pubbe pāpakammaṃ kataṃ avipakkavipākaṃ. Take a person who did bad deeds in a past life. But the result of that has not yet ripened.
Tatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan”ti. For this reason defilements giving rise to painful feelings would defile that person in the next life.”
Ayañceva kho pana āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa vappena sakkena nigaṇṭhasāvakena saddhiṃ antarākathā vippakatā hoti. But this conversation between Mahāmoggallāna and Vappa was left unfinished.


Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to Mahāmoggallāna:


“Kāya nuttha, moggallāna, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā; “Moggallāna, what were you sitting talking about just now?
kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? What conversation was unfinished?”
“Idhāhaṃ, bhante, vappaṃ sakkaṃ nigaṇṭhasāvakaṃ etadavocaṃ: Moggallāna repeated the entire conversation to the Buddha, and concluded:
‘idhassa, vappa, kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā.
Passasi no tvaṃ, vappa, taṃ ṭhānaṃ yatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan’ti?
Evaṃ vutte, bhante, vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako maṃ etadavoca:
‘passāmahaṃ, bhante, taṃ ṭhānaṃ.
Idhassa, bhante, pubbe pāpakammaṃ kataṃ avipakkavipākaṃ.
Tatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan’ti.
Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, vappena sakkena nigaṇṭhasāvakena saddhiṃ antarākathā vippakatā; atha bhagavā anuppatto”ti. “This was my conversation with Vappa that was unfinished when the Buddha arrived.”


Atha kho bhagavā vappaṃ sakkaṃ nigaṇṭhasāvakaṃ etadavoca: Then the Buddha said to Vappa:
“sace me tvaṃ, vappa, anuññeyyañceva anujāneyyāsi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkoseyyāsi, yassa ca me bhāsitassa atthaṃ na jāneyyāsi mamevettha uttari paṭipuccheyyāsi: “Vappa, we can discuss this. But only if you allow what should be allowed, and reject what should be rejected. And if you ask me the meaning of anything you don’t understand, saying:
‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ, imassa ko attho’ti, siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. ‘Sir, why is this? What’s the meaning of that?’”
“Anuññeyyañcevāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato anujānissāmi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkosissāmi, yassa cāhaṃ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṃ na jānissāmi bhagavantaṃyevettha uttari paṭipucchissāmi: “Sir, let us discuss this. I will do as you say.”
‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ, imassa ko attho’ti?
Hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti.


“Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, vappa, “What do you think, Vappa?
ye kāyasamārambhapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, kāyasamārambhā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. There are distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of undertaking bodily activity. These don’t occur in someone who avoids such bodily activity.
So navañca kammaṃ na karoti, purāṇañca kammaṃ phussa phussa byantīkaroti, sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opaneyyikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhi. They don’t perform any new deeds, and old deeds are eliminated by experiencing their results little by little. This wearing away is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.
Passasi no tvaṃ, vappa, taṃ ṭhānaṃ yatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan”ti? Do you see any reason why defilements giving rise to painful feelings would defile that person in the next life?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, vappa, “What do you think, Vappa?
ye vacīsamārambhapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, vacīsamārambhā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. There are distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of undertaking verbal activity. These don’t occur in someone who avoids such verbal activity.
So navañca kammaṃ na karoti, purāṇañca kammaṃ phussa phussa byantīkaroti. They don’t perform any new deeds, and old deeds are eliminated by experiencing their results little by little.
Sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opaneyyikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhi. This wearing away is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.
Passasi no tvaṃ, vappa, taṃ ṭhānaṃ yatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan”ti? Do you see any reason why defilements giving rise to painful feelings would defile that person in the next life?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, vappa, “What do you think, Vappa?
ye manosamārambhapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, manosamārambhā paṭiviratassa evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. There are distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of undertaking mental activity. These don’t occur in someone who avoids such mental activity.
So navañca kammaṃ na karoti, purāṇañca kammaṃ phussa phussa byantīkaroti. They don’t perform any new deeds, and old deeds are eliminated by experiencing their results little by little.
Sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opaneyyikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhi. This wearing away is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.
Passasi no tvaṃ, vappa, taṃ ṭhānaṃ yatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan”ti? Do you see any reason why defilements giving rise to painful feelings would defile that person in the next life?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”


“Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, vappa, “What do you think, Vappa?
ye avijjāpaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. There are distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of ignorance. These don’t occur when ignorance fades away and knowledge arises.
So navañca kammaṃ na karoti, purāṇañca kammaṃ phussa phussa byantīkaroti. They don’t perform any new deeds, and old deeds are eliminated by experiencing their results little by little.
Sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opaneyyikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhi. This wearing away is realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.
Passasi no tvaṃ, vappa, taṃ ṭhānaṃ yatonidānaṃ purisaṃ dukkhavedaniyā āsavā assaveyyuṃ abhisamparāyan”ti? Do you see any reason why defilements giving rise to painful feelings would defile that person in the next life?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.”


“Evaṃ sammā vimuttacittassa kho, vappa, bhikkhuno cha satatavihārā adhigatā honti. “A monk whose mind is rightly freed like this has achieved six consistent responses.
So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Seeing a sight with the eye, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, rememberful and aware.
Sotena saddaṃ sutvā … pe … Hearing a sound with the ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … pe … Smelling an odor with the nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … pe … Tasting a flavor with the tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … pe … Feeling a touch with the body …
manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Knowing a thought with the mind, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, rememberful and aware.
So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmī’ti pajānāti; jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmī’ti pajānāti; Feeling the end of the body approaching, they understand: ‘I feel the end of the body approaching.’ Feeling the end of life approaching, they understand: ‘I feel the end of life approaching.’
‘kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītī bhavissantī’ti pajānāti. They understand: ‘When my body breaks up and my life has come to an end, everything that’s felt, being no longer relished, will become cool right here.’


Seyyathāpi, vappa, thūṇaṃ paṭicca chāyā paññāyati. Suppose there was a shadow cast by a sacrificial post.
Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. Then along comes a person with a spade and basket.
So taṃ thūṇaṃ mūle chindeyya; They cut down the sacrificial post at its base,
mūle chinditvā palikhaṇeyya; dig it up,
palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya, antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. and pull it out by its roots, right down to the fibers and stems.
So taṃ thūṇaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya. Then they split it apart,
Khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chetvā phāleyya. cut up the parts,
Phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya. and chop them into splinters.
Sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ katvā vātātape visoseyya. Next they dry the splinters in the wind and sun,
Vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya. burn them with fire,
Agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya. and reduce them to ashes.
Masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. Then they sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream.
Evaṃ hissa, vappa, yā thūṇaṃ paṭicca chāyā sā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. And so the shadow cast by the post is cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.


Evamevaṃ kho, vappa, evaṃ sammā vimuttacittassa bhikkhuno cha satatavihārā adhigatā honti. In the same way, a monk whose mind is rightly freed like this has achieved six consistent responses.
So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Seeing a sight with the eye, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, rememberful and aware.
Sotena saddaṃ sutvā … pe … Hearing a sound with the ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … pe … Smelling an odor with the nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … pe … Tasting a flavor with the tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … pe … Feeling a touch with the body …
manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Knowing a thought with the mind, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, rememberful and aware.
So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmī’ti pajānāti; jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmī’ti pajānāti; Feeling the end of the body approaching, they understand: ‘I feel the end of the body approaching.’ Feeling the end of life approaching, they understand: ‘I feel the end of life approaching.’
‘kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītī bhavissantī’ti pajānāti”. They understand: ‘When my body breaks up and my life has come to an end, everything that’s felt, being no longer relished, will become cool right here.’”


Evaṃ vutte, vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, Vappa the Sakyan, the disciple of the Jains, said to the Buddha:
“seyyathāpi, bhante, puriso udayatthiko assapaṇiyaṃ poseyya. “Sir, suppose there was a man who raised commercial horses for profit.
So udayañceva nādhigaccheyya, uttariñca kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assa. But he never made any profit, and instead just got weary and frustrated.
Evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, udayatthiko bāle nigaṇṭhe payirupāsiṃ. In the same way, I paid homage to those Jain fools for profit.
Svāhaṃ udayañceva nādhigacchiṃ, uttariñca kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī ahosiṃ. But I never made any profit, and instead just got weary and frustrated.
Esāhaṃ, bhante, ajjatagge yo me bālesu nigaṇṭhesu pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāhemi. From this day forth, any confidence I had in those Jain fools I sweep away as in a strong wind, or float away as down a swift stream.
Abhikkantaṃ, bhante … pe … upāsakaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. Excellent, sir! … From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


end of section [4.195 - AN 4.195 Vappa: With Vappa]

AN 4.196 Sāḷha: With Sāḷha

196. Sāḷhasutta 196. With Sāḷha
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Atha kho sāḷho ca licchavi abhayo ca licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sāḷho licchavi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Sāḷha and Abhaya the Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Santi, bhante, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā dvayena oghassa nittharaṇaṃ paññapenti— “There are, sir, some ascetics and brahmins who advocate crossing the flood by means of two things:
sīlavisuddhihetu ca tapojigucchāhetu ca. purification of ethics, and mortification in disgust of sin.
Idha, bhante, bhagavā kimāhā”ti? What does the Buddha say about this?”


“Sīlavisuddhiṃ kho ahaṃ, sāḷha, aññataraṃ sāmaññaṅganti vadāmi. “Sāḷha, purification of ethics is one of the factors of the ascetic life, I say.
Ye te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. But those ascetics and brahmins who teach mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and clinging to it—are incapable of crossing the flood.
Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparisuddhakāyasamācārā aparisuddhavacīsamācārā aparisuddhamanosamācārā aparisuddhājīvā, abhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. And those ascetics and brahmins whose behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is not pure are also incapable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.


Seyyathāpi, sāḷha, puriso nadiṃ taritukāmo tiṇhaṃ kuṭhāriṃ ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. Suppose a man who wanted to cross a river took a sharp axe into a wood.
So tattha passeyya mahatiṃ sālalaṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ navaṃ akukkuccakajātaṃ. There he’d see a large green sal tree, straight and young and flawlessly grown.
Tamenaṃ mūle chindeyya; He’d cut it down at the base,
mūle chetvā agge chindeyya; cut off the top,
agge chetvā sākhāpalāsaṃ suvisodhitaṃ visodheyya; and completely strip off the branches and foliage.
sākhāpalāsaṃ suvisodhitaṃ visodhetvā kuṭhārīhi taccheyya; Then he’d trim it with axes and
kuṭhārīhi tacchetvā vāsīhi taccheyya; machetes,
vāsīhi tacchetvā lekhaṇiyā likheyya; plane it,
lekhaṇiyā likhitvā pāsāṇaguḷena dhoveyya; and sand it with a rock.
pāsāṇaguḷena dhovetvā nadiṃ patāreyya. Finally, he’d launch out on the river.


Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sāḷha, What do you think, Sāḷha?
bhabbo nu kho so puriso nadiṃ taritun”ti? Is that man capable of crossing the river?”
“No hetaṃ, bhante”. “No, sir.
“Taṃ kissa hetu”? Why not?
“Asu hi, bhante, sālalaṭṭhi bahiddhā suparikammakatā anto avisuddhā. Because that green sal tree is well worked on the outside, but inside it’s still not cleared out.
Tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ—sālalaṭṭhi saṃsīdissati, puriso anayabyasanaṃ āpajjissatī”ti. I’d expect that green sal tree to sink, and the man to come to ruin.”


“Evamevaṃ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. “In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who teach mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and clinging to it—are incapable of crossing the flood.
Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparisuddhakāyasamācārā aparisuddhavacīsamācārā aparisuddhamanosamācārā aparisuddhājīvā, abhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. And those ascetics and brahmins whose behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is not pure are also incapable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.


Ye ca kho te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. But those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or clinging to it—are capable of crossing the flood.
Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā parisuddhakāyasamācārā parisuddhavacīsamācārā parisuddhamanosamācārā parisuddhājīvā, bhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. And those ascetics and brahmins whose behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is pure are also capable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.


Seyyathāpi, sāḷha, puriso nadiṃ taritukāmo tiṇhaṃ kuṭhāriṃ ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. Suppose a man who wanted to cross a river took a sharp axe into a wood.
So tattha passeyya mahatiṃ sālalaṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ navaṃ akukkuccakajātaṃ. There he’d see a large green sal tree, straight and young and flawlessly grown.
Tamenaṃ mūle chindeyya; He’d cut it down at the base,
mūle chinditvā agge chindeyya; cut off the top,
agge chinditvā sākhāpalāsaṃ suvisodhitaṃ visodheyya; and completely strip off the branches and foliage.
sākhāpalāsaṃ suvisodhitaṃ visodhetvā kuṭhārīhi taccheyya; Then he’d trim it with axes and
kuṭhārīhi tacchetvā vāsīhi taccheyya; machetes.
vāsīhi tacchetvā nikhādanaṃ ādāya anto suvisodhitaṃ visodheyya; Then he’d take a chisel and completely clear it out inside.
anto suvisodhitaṃ visodhetvā lekhaṇiyā likheyya; Then he’d plane it,
lekhaṇiyā likhitvā pāsāṇaguḷena dhoveyya; sand it with a rock,
pāsāṇaguḷena dhovetvā nāvaṃ kareyya; and make it into a boat.
nāvaṃ katvā phiyārittaṃ bandheyya; Finally he’d fix it with oars and rudder,
phiyārittaṃ bandhitvā nadiṃ patāreyya. and launch out on the river.


Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sāḷha, What do you think, Sāḷha?
bhabbo nu kho so puriso nadiṃ taritun”ti? Is that man capable of crossing the river?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.
“Taṃ kissa hetu”? Why is that?
“Asu hi, bhante, sālalaṭṭhi bahiddhā suparikammakatā, anto suvisuddhā nāvākatā phiyārittabaddhā. Because that green sal tree is well worked on the outside, cleared out on the inside, made into a boat, and fixed with oars and rudder.
Tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: I’d expect
‘nāvā na saṃsīdissati, puriso sotthinā pāraṃ gamissatī’”ti. that boat to not sink, and the man to safely make it to the far shore.”


“Evamevaṃ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. “In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or clinging to it—are capable of crossing the flood.
Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā parisuddhakāyasamācārā parisuddhavacīsamācārā parisuddhamanosamācārā parisuddhājīvā, bhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. And those ascetics and brahmins whose behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is pure are also capable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.
Seyyathāpi, sāḷha, yodhājīvo bahūni cepi kaṇḍacitrakāni jānāti; Suppose there was a warrior who knew lots of fancy archery tricks.
atha kho so tīhi ṭhānehi rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. It is only with these three factors that he becomes worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi tīhi? What three?
Dūrepātī ca, akkhaṇavedhī ca, mahato ca kāyassa padāletā. He’s a long-distance shooter, a marksman, and one who shatters large objects.


Seyyathāpi, sāḷha, yodhājīvo dūrepātī; Just as a warrior is a long-distance shooter,
evamevaṃ kho, sāḷha, ariyasāvako sammāsamādhi hoti. a noble-one's-disciple has right undistractible-lucidity.
Sammāsamādhi, sāḷha, ariyasāvako yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. A noble-one's-disciple with right undistractible-lucidity truly sees any kind of form at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near: all form—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’
Yā kāci vedanā … They truly see any kind of feeling …
yā kāci saññā … perception …
ye keci saṅkhārā … co-doings …
yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. consciousness at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; coarse or fine; inferior or superior; far or near, all consciousness—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’


Seyyathāpi, sāḷha, yodhājīvo akkhaṇavedhī; Just as a warrior is a marksman,
evamevaṃ kho, sāḷha, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti. a noble-one's-disciple has right view.
Sammādiṭṭhi, sāḷha, ariyasāvako ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. A noble-one's-disciple with right view truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.


Seyyathāpi, sāḷha, yodhājīvo mahato kāyassa padāletā; Just as a warrior shatters large objects,
evamevaṃ kho, sāḷha, ariyasāvako sammāvimutti hoti. a noble-one's-disciple has right freedom.
Sammāvimutti, sāḷha, ariyasāvako mahantaṃ avijjākkhandhaṃ padāletī”ti. A noble-one's-disciple with right freedom shatters the great mass of ignorance.”


end of section [4.196 - AN 4.196 Sāḷha: With Sāḷha]

AN 4.197 Mallikādevī: Queen Mallikā

197. Mallikādevīsutta 197. Queen Mallikā
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho mallikā devī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho mallikā devī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Queen Mallikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; “What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why in this life some females are ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking;
daliddā ca hoti appassakā appabhogā appesakkhā ca? and poor, with few assets and possessions; and insignificant?


Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; And why are some females ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking;
aḍḍhā ca hoti mahaddhanā mahābhogā mahesakkhā ca? but rich, affluent, wealthy, and illustrious?


Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; And why are some females attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty;
daliddā ca hoti appassakā appabhogā appesakkhā ca? but poor, with few assets and possessions; and insignificant?


Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā, aḍḍhā ca hoti mahaddhanā mahābhogā mahesakkhā cā”ti? And why are some females attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty; and rich, affluent, wealthy, and illustrious?”


“Idha, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. “Take a female who is irritable and bad-tempered.
Appampi vuttā samānā abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Even when criticized a little bit she loses her temper, becoming annoyed, hostile, and hard-hearted, and displaying annoyance, hate, and bitterness.
Sā na dātā hoti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. She doesn’t give to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting.
Issāmanikā kho pana hoti; And she’s jealous,
paralābhasakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāsu issati upadussati issaṃ bandhati. envying, resenting, and begrudging the possessions, honor, respect, reverence, homage, and veneration given to others.
Sā ce tato cutā itthattaṃ āgacchati, sā yattha yattha paccājāyati dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; If she comes back to this state of existence after passing away, wherever she is reborn she’s ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking;
daliddā ca hoti appassakā appabhogā appesakkhā ca. and poor, with few assets and possessions; and insignificant.


Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. Take another female who is irritable and bad-tempered. …
Appampi vuttā samānā abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti.
Sā dātā hoti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. But she does give to ascetics or brahmins …
Anissāmanikā kho pana hoti; And she’s not jealous …
paralābhasakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāsu na issati na upadussati na issaṃ bandhati.
Sā ce tato cutā itthattaṃ āgacchati, sā yattha yattha paccājāyati dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; If she comes back to this state of existence after passing away, wherever she is reborn she’s ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking;
aḍḍhā ca hoti mahaddhanā mahābhogā mahesakkhā ca. but rich, affluent, wealthy, and illustrious.


Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. Take another female who isn’t angry and bad-tempered. …
Bahumpi vuttā samānā nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti.
Sā na dātā hoti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. But she doesn’t give to ascetics or brahmins …
Issāmanikā kho pana hoti; And she’s jealous …
paralābhasakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāsu issati upadussati issaṃ bandhati.
Sā ce tato cutā itthattaṃ āgacchati, sā yattha yattha paccājāyati abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; If she comes back to this state of existence after passing away, wherever she is reborn she’s attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty;
daliddā ca hoti appassakā appabhogā appesakkhā ca. but poor, with few assets and possessions; and insignificant.


Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. Take another female who isn’t angry and bad-tempered. …
Bahumpi vuttā samānā nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti.
Sā dātā hoti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. She gives to ascetics and brahmins …
Anissāmanikā kho pana hoti; And she’s not jealous …
paralābhasakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāsu na issati na upadussati na issaṃ bandhati.
Sā ce tato cutā itthattaṃ āgacchati, sā yattha yattha paccājāyati abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; If she comes back to this state of existence after passing away, wherever she is reborn she’s attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty;
aḍḍhā ca hoti mahaddhanā mahābhogā mahesakkhā ca. and rich, affluent, wealthy, and illustrious.


Ayaṃ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; This is why are some females are ugly …
daliddā ca hoti appassakā appabhogā appesakkhā ca. and poor … and insignificant.
Ayaṃ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; And some females are ugly …
aḍḍhā ca hoti mahaddhanā mahābhogā mahesakkhā ca. but rich … and illustrious.
Ayaṃ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; And some females are attractive …
daliddā ca hoti appassakā appabhogā appesakkhā ca. but poor … and insignificant.
Ayaṃ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; And some females are attractive …
aḍḍhā ca hoti mahaddhanā mahābhogā mahesakkhā cā”ti. and rich … and illustrious.”


Evaṃ vutte, mallikā devī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When this was said, Queen Mallikā said to the Buddha:
“yā nūnāhaṃ, bhante, aññaṃ jātiṃ kodhanā ahosiṃ upāyāsabahulā, “Sir, in another life I must have been irritable and bad-tempered.
appampi vuttā samānā abhisajjiṃ kuppiṃ byāpajjiṃ patitthīyiṃ kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātvākāsiṃ, Even when lightly criticized I must have lost my temper, becoming annoyed, hostile, and hard-hearted, and displaying annoyance, hate, and bitterness.
sāhaṃ, bhante, etarahi dubbaṇṇā durūpā supāpikā dassanāya. For now I am ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking.


Yā nūnāhaṃ, bhante, aññaṃ jātiṃ dātā ahosiṃ samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ, sāhaṃ, bhante, etarahi aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā. In another life I must have given to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. For now I am rich, affluent, and wealthy.


Yā nūnāhaṃ, bhante, aññaṃ jātiṃ anissāmanikā ahosiṃ, paralābhasakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāsu na issiṃ na upadussiṃ na issaṃ bandhiṃ, sāhaṃ, bhante, etarahi mahesakkhā. In another life, I must not have been jealous, envying, resenting, and begrudging the possessions, honor, respect, reverence, homage, and veneration given to others. For now I am illustrious.
Santi kho pana, bhante, imasmiṃ rājakule khattiyakaññāpi brāhmaṇakaññāpi gahapatikaññāpi, tāsāhaṃ issarādhipaccaṃ kāremi. In this royal court I command maidens of the aristocrats, brahmins, and householders.
Esāhaṃ, bhante, ajjatagge akkodhanā bhavissāmi anupāyāsabahulā, So, sir, from this day forth I will not be angry and bad-tempered.
bahumpi vuttā samānā nābhisajjissāmi na kuppissāmi na byāpajjissāmi na patitthīyissāmi, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca na pātukarissāmi; Even when heavily criticized I won’t lose my temper, become annoyed, hostile, and hard-hearted, or display annoyance, hate, and bitterness.
dassāmi samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. I will give to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting.
Anissāmanikā bhavissāmi, paralābhasakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāsu na ississāmi na upadussissāmi na issaṃ bandhissāmi. I will not be jealous, envying, resenting, and begrudging the possessions, honor, respect, reverence, homage, and veneration given to others.
Abhikkantaṃ, bhante … pe … upāsikaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan”ti. Excellent, sir! … From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”


end of section [4.197 - AN 4.197 Mallikādevī: Queen Mallikā]

AN 4.198 Attantapa: Self-mortification

198. Attantapasutta 198. Self-mortification
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. “monks, these four people are found in the world.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?


Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. One person mortifies themselves, pursuing the practice of mortifying themselves.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. One person mortifies others, pursuing the practice of mortifying others.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo attantapo ca hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. One person mortifies themselves and others, pursuing the practice of mortifying themselves and others.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nevattantapo hoti nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. One person neither mortifies themselves nor others, pursuing the practice of not mortifying themselves or others.
So neva attantapo na parantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. They live without wishes in the present life, nirvana'd, cooled, experiencing pleasure, having become holy in themselves.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? And how does one person mortify themselves, pursuing the practice of mortifying themselves?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano naehibhaddantiko natiṭṭhabhaddantiko nābhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na nimantanaṃ sādiyati. It’s when someone goes naked, ignoring conventions. They lick their hands, and don’t come or wait when asked. They don’t consent to food brought to them, or food prepared on purpose for them, or an invitation for a meal.
So na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na kaḷopimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na eḷakamantaraṃ na daṇḍamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya na saṅkittīsu na yattha sā upaṭṭhito hoti na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ pivati. They don’t receive anything from a pot or bowl; or from someone who keeps sheep, or who has a weapon or a shovel in their home; or where a couple is eating; or where there is a woman who is pregnant, breastfeeding, or who has a man in her home; or where there’s a dog waiting or flies buzzing. They accept no fish or meat or liquor or wine, and drink no beer.
So ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko … pe … sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; They go to just one house for alms, taking just one mouthful, or two houses and two mouthfuls, up to seven houses and seven mouthfuls.
ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti … pe … sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti; They feed on one saucer a day, two saucers a day, up to seven saucers a day.
ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti dvāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti … pe … sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti. Iti evarūpaṃ aḍḍhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live pursuing the practice of eating food at set intervals.


So sākabhakkhopi hoti sāmākabhakkhopi hoti nīvārabhakkhopi hoti daddulabhakkhopi hoti haṭabhakkhopi hoti kaṇabhakkhopi hoti ācāmabhakkhopi hoti piññākabhakkhopi hoti tiṇabhakkhopi hoti gomayabhakkhopi hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāropi yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. They eat herbs, millet, wild rice, poor rice, water lettuce, rice bran, scum from boiling rice, sesame flour, grass, or cow dung. They survive on forest roots and fruits, or eating fallen fruit.


So sāṇānipi dhāreti masāṇānipi dhāreti chavadussānipi dhāreti paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti tirīṭānipi dhāreti ajinampi dhāreti ajinakkhipampi dhāreti kusacīrampi dhāreti vākacīrampi dhāreti phalakacīrampi dhāreti kesakambalampi dhāreti vāḷakambalampi dhāreti ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings.
kesamassulocakopi hoti kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto; They tear out hair and beard, pursuing this practice.
ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanappaṭikkhitto; They constantly stand, refusing seats.
ukkuṭikopi hoti ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto; They squat, committed to the endeavor of squatting.
kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti; They lie on a mat of thorns, making a mat of thorns their bed.
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. They pursue the practice of undistractible-lucidity in water three times a day, including the evening.
Iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. And so they live pursuing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. That’s how one person mortifies themselves, pursuing the practice of mortifying themselves.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? And how does one person mortify others, pursuing the practice of mortifying others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo orabbhiko hoti sūkariko sākuṇiko māgaviko luddo macchaghātako coro coraghātako goghātako bandhanāgāriko, ye vā panaññepi keci kurūrakammantā. It’s when a person is a slaughterer of sheep, pigs, poultry, or deer, a hunter or fisher, a bandit, an executioner, a butcher of cattle, a jailer, or has some other cruel livelihood.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. That’s how one person mortifies others, pursuing the practice of mortifying others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo ca hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? And how does one person mortify themselves and others, pursuing the practice of mortifying themselves and others?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo rājā vā hoti khattiyo muddhāvasitto, brāhmaṇo vā hoti mahāsālo. It’s when a person is an anointed king or a well-to-do brahmin.
So puratthimena nagarassa navaṃ santhāgāraṃ kārāpetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kharājinaṃ nivāsetvā sappitelena kāyaṃ abbhañjitvā magavisāṇena piṭṭhiṃ kaṇḍuvamāno navaṃ santhāgāraṃ pavisati, saddhiṃ mahesiyā brāhmaṇena ca purohitena. He has a new temple built to the east of the city. He shaves off his hair and beard, dresses in a rough antelope hide, and smears his body with ghee and oil. Scratching his back with antlers, he enters the temple with his chief queen and the brahmin high priest.
So tattha anantarahitāya bhūmiyā haritupalittāya seyyaṃ kappeti. There he lies on the bare ground strewn with grass.
Ekissāya gāviyā sarūpavacchāya yaṃ ekasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena rājā yāpeti; yaṃ dutiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena mahesī yāpeti; yaṃ tatiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena brāhmaṇo purohito yāpeti; yaṃ catutthasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena aggiṃ juhati; avasesena vacchako yāpeti. The king feeds on the milk from one teat of a cow that has a calf of the same color. The chief queen feeds on the milk from the second teat. The brahmin high priest feeds on the milk from the third teat. The milk from the fourth teat is offered to the flames. The calf feeds on the remainder.
So evamāha: He says:
‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. ‘Slaughter this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, rams, and horses for the sacrifice! Fell this many trees and reap this much grass for the sacrificial equipment!’
Yepissa te honti dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā tepi daṇḍatajjitā bhayatajjitā assumukhā rudamānā parikammāni karonti. His bondservants, workers, and staff do their jobs under threat of punishment and danger, weeping, with tearful faces.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo ca hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. That’s how one person mortifies themselves and others, pursuing the practice of mortifying themselves and others.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo hoti nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? And how does one person neither mortify themselves nor others, pursuing the practice of not mortifying themselves or others,
So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. living without wishes in the present life, nirvana'd, cooled, experiencing pleasure, having become holy in themselves?
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.
So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. He teaches Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And he reveals a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aññatarasmiṃ vā kule paccājāto. A householder hears that Dharma, or a householder’s child, or someone reborn in some good family.
So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. They gain faith in the Realized One,
So tena saddhāpaṭilābhena samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati: and reflect:
‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā; ‘Living in a house is cramped and dirty, but the life of one gone forth is wide open.
nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ; It’s not easy for someone living at home to lead the spiritual life utterly full and pure, like a polished shell.
yannūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyan’ti. Why don’t I shave off my hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness?’
So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. After some time they give up a large or small fortune, and a large or small family circle. They shave off hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness.


So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the monks. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of compassion for all living beings.
Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving.
Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī virato asaddhammā gāmadhammā. They give up unchastity. They are celibate, set apart, avoiding the common practice of sex.
Musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa. They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.
Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, na ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, na amutra vā sutvā imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya; iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā, sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā, samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. They give up divisive speech. They don’t repeat in one place what they heard in another so as to divide people against each other. Instead, they reconcile those who are divided, supporting unity, delighting in harmony, loving harmony, speaking words that promote harmony.
Pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti; yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. They give up harsh speech. They speak in a way that’s mellow, pleasing to the ear, lovely, going to the heart, polite, likable, and agreeable to the people.
Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī; nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. They give up talking nonsense. Their words are timely, true, and meaningful, in line with The Dharma and training. They say things at the right time which are valuable, reasonable, succinct, and beneficial.


So bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hoti. They refrain from injuring plants and seeds.
Ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. They eat in one part of the day, abstaining from eating at night and food at the wrong time.
Naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti. They refrain from dancing, singing, music, and seeing shows.
Mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. They refrain from beautifying and adorning themselves with garlands, fragrance, and makeup.
Uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti. They refrain from high and luxurious beds.
Jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. They refrain from receiving gold and money,
Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. raw grains,
Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. raw meat,
Itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. women and girls,
Dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. male and female bondservants,
Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. goats and sheep,
Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. chickens and pigs,
Hatthigavāssavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. elephants, cows, horses, and mares,
Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. and fields and land.
Dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti. They refrain from running errands and messages;
Kayavikkayā paṭivirato hoti. buying and selling;
Tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti. falsifying weights, metals, or measures;
Ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā paṭivirato hoti. bribery, fraud, cheating, and duplicity;
Chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosaālopasahasākārā paṭivirato hoti. mutilation, murder, abduction, banditry, plunder, and violence.


So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. They’re content with robes to look after the body and alms-food to look after the belly. Wherever they go, they set out taking only these things.
Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti, sapattabhārova ḍeti; They’re like a bird: wherever it flies, wings are its only burden.
evamevaṃ bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati. In the same way, a monk is content with robes to look after the body and alms-food to look after the belly. Wherever they go, they set out taking only these things.
So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When they have this entire spectrum of noble ethics, they experience a blameless happiness inside themselves.


So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Seeing a sight with the eyes, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. If the faculty of sight were left unrestrained, bad unskillful Dharmas of desire and aversion would become overwhelming. For this reason, they practice restraint, protecting the faculty of sight, and achieving restraint over it.
Sotena saddaṃ sutvā … Hearing a sound with the ears …
ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … Smelling an odor with the nose …
jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā … Tasting a flavor with the tongue …
kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … Feeling a touch with the body …
manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Knowing a thought with the mind, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. If the faculty of mind were left unrestrained, bad unskillful Dharmas of desire and aversion would become overwhelming. For this reason, they practice restraint, protecting the faculty of mind, and achieving restraint over it.
So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. When they have this noble sense restraint, they experience an unsullied pleasure inside themselves.


So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. They act with lucid-discerning when going out and coming back; when looking ahead and aside; when bending and extending the limbs; when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes; when eating, drinking, chewing, and tasting; when urinating and defecating; when walking, standing, sitting, sleeping, waking, speaking, and keeping silent.


So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato When they have this noble spectrum of ethics, this noble sense restraint, and this noble rememberfulness and lucid-discerning,
vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanappatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. they frequent a secluded lodging—a wilderness, the root of a tree, a hill, a ravine, a mountain cave, a charnel ground, a forest, the open air, a heap of straw.
So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. After the meal, they return from alms-round, sit down cross-legged with their body straight, and establish rememberfulness right there.
So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti. Giving up desire for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of desire, cleansing the mind of desire.
Byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti. Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of compassion for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will.
Thinamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti. Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, rememberful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.
Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti. Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse.
Vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti. Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful Dharmas, cleansing the mind of doubt.
So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe They give up these five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom.
vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, they enter and remain in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.


So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya … pe … When their mind has become undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi like this—purified, bright, spotless, rid of taints, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they extend it toward recollection of past lives …
sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya … pe … knowledge of the death and rebirth of sentient beings …
āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. knowledge of the ending of defilements.
So ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
‘Ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. They truly understand: ‘These are defilements’ … ‘This is the origin of defilements’ … ‘This is the cessation of defilements’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of defilements’.


Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati; Knowing and seeing like this, their mind is freed from the defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.
vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. When they’re freed, they know they’re freed.
‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. They understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo hoti nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. That’s how one person neither mortifies themselves nor others, pursuing the practice of not mortifying themselves or others,
So na attantapo na parantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. living without wishes in the present life, nirvana'd, cooled, experiencing pleasure, having become holy in themselves.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. These are the four people found in the world.”


end of section [4.198 - AN 4.198 Attantapa: Self-mortification]

AN 4.199 Taṇhā: Craving, the Weaver

199. Taṇhāsutta 199. Craving, the Weaver
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:
“taṇhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi jāliniṃ saritaṃ visaṭaṃ visattikaṃ, yāya ayaṃ loko uddhasto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto gulāguṇṭhikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. “monks, I will teach you about craving—the weaver, the migrant, the ubiquitous, the clinging. This world is choked by it, engulfed by it. It makes the world tangled like yarn, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, not escaping the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, taṇhā jālinī saritā visaṭā visattikā, yāya ayaṃ loko uddhasto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto gulāguṇṭhikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati? “And what is that craving …?
Aṭṭhārasa kho panimāni, bhikkhave, taṇhāvicaritāni ajjhattikassa upādāya, aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni bāhirassa upādāya. There are eighteen currents of craving that derive from the interior, and eighteen that derive from the exterior.


Katamāni aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni ajjhattikassa upādāya? What are the eighteen currents of craving that derive from the interior?
Asmīti, bhikkhave, sati itthasmīti hoti, evaṃsmīti hoti, aññathāsmīti hoti, asasmīti hoti, satasmīti hoti, santi hoti, itthaṃ santi hoti, evaṃ santi hoti, aññathā santi hoti, apihaṃ santi hoti, apihaṃ itthaṃ santi hoti, apihaṃ evaṃ santi hoti, apihaṃ aññathā santi hoti, bhavissanti hoti, itthaṃ bhavissanti hoti, evaṃ bhavissanti hoti, aññathā bhavissanti hoti. When there is the concept ‘I am’, there are the concepts ‘I am such’, ‘I am thus’, ‘I am otherwise’; ‘I am fleeting’, ‘I am lasting’; ‘mine’, ‘such is mine’, ‘thus is mine’, ‘otherwise is mine’; ‘also mine’, ‘such is also mine’, ‘thus is also mine’, ‘otherwise is also mine’; ‘I will be’, ‘I will be such’, ‘I will be thus’, ‘I will be otherwise’.
Imāni aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni ajjhattikassa upādāya. These are the eighteen currents of craving that derive from the interior.


Katamāni aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni bāhirassa upādāya? What are the eighteen currents of craving that derive from the exterior?
Imināsmīti, bhikkhave, sati iminā itthasmīti hoti, iminā evaṃsmīti hoti, iminā aññathāsmīti hoti, iminā asasmīti hoti, iminā satasmīti hoti, iminā santi hoti, iminā itthaṃ santi hoti, iminā evaṃ santi hoti, iminā aññathā santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ itthaṃ santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ evaṃ santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ aññathā santi hoti, iminā bhavissanti hoti, iminā itthaṃ bhavissanti hoti, iminā evaṃ bhavissanti hoti, iminā aññathā bhavissanti hoti. When there is the concept ‘I am because of this’, there are the concepts ‘I am such because of this’, ‘I am thus because of this’, ‘I am otherwise because of this’; ‘I am fleeting because of this’, ‘I am lasting because of this’; ‘mine because of this’, ‘such is mine because of this’, ‘thus is mine because of this’, ‘otherwise is mine because of this’; ‘also mine because of this’, ‘such is also mine because of this’, ‘thus is also mine because of this’, ‘otherwise is also mine because of this’; ‘I will be because of this’, ‘I will be such because of this’, ‘I will be thus because of this’, ‘I will be otherwise because of this’.
Imāni aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni bāhirassa upādāya. These are the eighteen currents of craving that derive from the exterior.


Iti aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni ajjhattikassa upādāya, aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni bāhirassa upādāya. So there are eighteen currents of craving that derive from the interior, and eighteen that derive from the exterior.
Imāni vuccanti, bhikkhave, chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni. These are called the thirty-six currents of craving.
Iti evarūpāni atītāni chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni, anāgatāni chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni, paccuppannāni chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni. Each of these pertain to the past, future, and present,
Evaṃ aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhāvicaritaṃ honti. making one hundred and eight currents of craving.


Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, taṇhā jālinī saritā visaṭā visattikā, yāya ayaṃ loko uddhasto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto guṇāguṇṭhikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattatī”ti. This is that craving—the weaver, the migrant, the ubiquitous, the clinging. This world is choked by it, engulfed by it. It makes the world tangled like yarn, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, not escaping the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration.”


AN 4.200 Pema: Love and Hate

200. Pemasutta 200. Love and Hate
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, pemāni jāyanti. “monks, these four things are born of love and hate.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?

Love is born of love, hate is born of love, love is born of hate, and hate is born of hate. Pemā pemaṃ jāyati, pemā doso jāyati, dosā pemaṃ jāyati, dosā doso jāyati.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, pemā pemaṃ jāyati? And how is love born of love?
Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalassa iṭṭho hoti kanto manāpo. It’s when someone likes, loves, and cares for a person.
Taṃ pare iṭṭhena kantena manāpena samudācaranti. Others treat that person with liking, love, and care.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo iṭṭho kanto manāpo, taṃ pare iṭṭhena kantena manāpena samudācarantī’ti. ‘These others like the person I like.’
So tesu pemaṃ janeti. And so love for them springs up.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pemā pemaṃ jāyati. That’s how love is born of love.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, pemā doso jāyati? And how is hate born of love?
Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalassa iṭṭho hoti kanto manāpo. It’s when someone likes, loves, and cares for a person.
Taṃ pare aniṭṭhena akantena amanāpena samudācaranti. Others treat that person with disliking, loathing, and detestation.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo iṭṭho kanto manāpo, taṃ pare aniṭṭhena akantena amanāpena samudācarantī’ti. ‘These others dislike the person I like.’
So tesu dosaṃ janeti. And so hate for them springs up.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pemā doso jāyati. That’s how hate is born of love.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, dosā pemaṃ jāyati? And how is love born of hate?
Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalassa aniṭṭho hoti akanto amanāpo. It’s when someone dislikes, loathes, and detests a person.
Taṃ pare aniṭṭhena akantena amanāpena samudācaranti. Others treat that person with disliking, loathing, and detestation.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo, taṃ pare aniṭṭhena akantena amanāpena samudācarantī’ti. ‘These others dislike the person I dislike.’
So tesu pemaṃ janeti. And so love for them springs up.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dosā pemaṃ jāyati. That’s how love is born of hate.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, dosā doso jāyati? And how is hate born of hate?
Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalassa aniṭṭho hoti akanto amanāpo. It’s when someone dislikes, loathes, and detests a person.
Taṃ pare iṭṭhena kantena manāpena samudācaranti. Others treat that person with liking, love, and care.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: They think:
‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo, taṃ pare iṭṭhena kantena manāpena samudācarantī’ti. ‘These others like the person I dislike.’
So tesu dosaṃ janeti. And so hate for them springs up.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dosā doso jāyati. That’s how hate is born of hate.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri pemāni jāyanti. These are the four things that are born of love and hate.


Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, A time comes when a monk … enters and remains in the first jhāna.
yampissa pemā pemaṃ jāyati tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti, yopissa pemā doso jāyati sopissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti, yampissa dosā pemaṃ jāyati tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti, yopissa dosā doso jāyati sopissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. At that time they have no love born of love, hate born of love, love born of hate, or hate born of hate.


Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, A time comes when a monk … enters and remains in the second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
yampissa pemā pemaṃ jāyati tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti, yopissa pemā doso jāyati sopissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti, yampissa dosā pemaṃ jāyati tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti, yopissa dosā doso jāyati sopissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. At that time they have no love born of love, hate born of love, love born of hate, or hate born of hate.


Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, yampissa pemā pemaṃ jāyati tampissa pahīnaṃ hoti ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṃkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ, yopissa pemā doso jāyati sopissa pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, A time comes when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
yampissa dosā pemaṃ jāyati tampissa pahīnaṃ hoti ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṃkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ, yopissa dosā doso jāyati sopissa pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. At that time any love born of love, hate born of love, love born of hate, or hate born of hate is given up, cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu neva usseneti na paṭiseneti na dhūpāyati na pajjalati na sampajjhāyati. This is called a monk who doesn’t draw close or push back or fume or ignite or burn up.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu usseneti? And how does a monk draw close?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ; It’s when a monk regards form as self, self as having form, form in self, or self in form.
vedanaṃ attato samanupassati, vedanāvantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā vedanaṃ, vedanāya vā attānaṃ; They regard feeling as self, self as having feeling, feeling in self, or self in feeling.
saññaṃ attato samanupassati, saññāvantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā saññaṃ, saññāya vā attānaṃ; They regard perception as self, self as having perception, perception in self, or self in perception.
saṅkhāre attato samanupassati, saṅkhāravantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā saṅkhāre, saṅkhāresu vā attānaṃ; They regard co-doings as self, self as having co-doings, co-doings in self, or self in co-doings.
viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. They regard consciousness as self, self as having consciousness, consciousness in self, or self in consciousness.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu usseneti. That’s how a monk draws close.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na usseneti? And how does a monk not draw close?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, na attani vā rūpaṃ, na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ; It’s when a monk doesn’t regard form as self, self as having form, form in self, or self in form.
na vedanaṃ attato samanupassati, na vedanāvantaṃ vā attānaṃ, na attani vā vedanaṃ, na vedanāya vā attānaṃ; They don’t regard feeling as self, self as having feeling, feeling in self, or self in feeling.
na saññaṃ attato samanupassati, na saññāvantaṃ vā attānaṃ, na attani vā saññaṃ, na saññāya vā attānaṃ; They don’t regard perception as self, self as having perception, perception in self, or self in perception.
na saṅkhāre attato samanupassati, na saṅkhāravantaṃ vā attānaṃ, na attani vā saṅkhāre, na saṅkhāresu vā attānaṃ; They don’t regard co-doings as self, self as having co-doings, co-doings in self, or self in co-doings.
na viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, na viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, na attani vā viññāṇaṃ, na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. They don’t regard consciousness as self, self as having consciousness, consciousness in self, or self in consciousness.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na usseneti. That’s how a monk doesn’t draw close.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭiseneti? And how does a monk push back?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosantaṃ paccakkosati, rosantaṃ paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṃ paṭibhaṇḍati. It’s when someone abuses, annoys, or argues with a monk, and the monk abuses, annoys, or argues back at them.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭiseneti. That’s how a monk pushes back.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭiseneti? And how does a monk not push back?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosantaṃ na paccakkosati, rosantaṃ na paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṃ na paṭibhaṇḍati. It’s when someone abuses, annoys, or argues with a monk, and the monk doesn’t abuse, annoy, or argue back at them.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭiseneti. That’s how a monk doesn’t push back.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhūpāyati? And how does a monk fume?
Asmīti, bhikkhave, sati itthasmīti hoti, evaṃsmīti hoti, aññathāsmīti hoti, asasmīti hoti, satasmīti hoti, santi hoti, itthaṃ santi hoti, evaṃ santi hoti, aññathā santi hoti, apihaṃ santi hoti, apihaṃ itthaṃ santi hoti, apihaṃ evaṃ santi hoti, apihaṃ aññathā santi hoti, bhavissanti hoti, itthaṃ bhavissanti hoti, evaṃ bhavissanti hoti, aññathā bhavissanti hoti. When there is the concept ‘I am’, there are the concepts ‘I am such’, ‘I am thus’, ‘I am otherwise’; ‘I am fleeting’, ‘I am lasting’; ‘mine’, ‘such is mine’, ‘thus is mine’, ‘otherwise is mine’; ‘also mine’, ‘such is also mine’, ‘thus is also mine’, ‘otherwise is also mine’; ‘I will be’, ‘I will be such’, ‘I will be thus’, ‘I will be otherwise’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhūpāyati. That’s how a monk fumes.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na dhūpāyati? And how does a monk not fume?
Asmīti, bhikkhave, asati itthasmīti na hoti, evaṃsmīti na hoti, aññathāsmīti na hoti, asasmīti na hoti, satasmīti na hoti, santi na hoti, itthaṃ santi na hoti, evaṃ santi na hoti, aññathā santi na hoti, apihaṃ santi na hoti, apihaṃ itthaṃ santi na hoti, apihaṃ evaṃ santi na hoti, apihaṃ aññathā santi na hoti, bhavissanti na hoti, itthaṃ bhavissanti na hoti, evaṃ bhavissanti na hoti, aññathā bhavissanti na hoti. When there is no concept ‘I am’, there are no concepts ‘I am such’, ‘I am thus’, ‘I am otherwise’; ‘I am fleeting’, ‘I am lasting’; ‘mine’, ‘such is mine’, ‘thus is mine’, ‘otherwise is mine’; ‘also mine’, ‘such is also mine’, ‘thus is also mine’, ‘otherwise is also mine’; ‘I will be’, ‘I will be such’, ‘I will be thus’, ‘I will be otherwise’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na dhūpāyati. That’s how a monk doesn’t fume.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pajjalati? And how is a monk ignited?
Iminā asmīti, bhikkhave, sati iminā itthasmīti hoti, iminā evaṃsmīti hoti, iminā aññathāsmīti hoti, iminā asasmīti hoti, iminā satasmīti hoti, iminā santi hoti, iminā itthaṃ santi hoti, iminā evaṃ santi hoti, iminā aññathā santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ itthaṃ santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ evaṃ santi hoti, iminā apihaṃ aññathā santi hoti, iminā bhavissanti hoti, iminā itthaṃ bhavissanti hoti, iminā evaṃ bhavissanti hoti, iminā aññathā bhavissanti hoti. When there is the concept ‘I am because of this’, there are the concepts ‘I am such because of this’, ‘I am thus because of this’, ‘I am otherwise because of this’; ‘I am fleeting because of this’, ‘I am lasting because of this’; ‘mine because of this’, ‘such is mine because of this’, ‘thus is mine because of this’, ‘otherwise is mine because of this’; ‘also mine because of this’, ‘such is also mine because of this’, ‘thus is also mine because of this’, ‘otherwise is also mine because of this’; ‘I will be because of this’, ‘I will be such because of this’, ‘I will be thus because of this’, ‘I will be otherwise because of this’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pajjalati. That’s how a monk is ignited.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na pajjalati? And how is a monk not ignited?
Iminā asmīti, bhikkhave, asati iminā itthasmīti na hoti, iminā evaṃsmīti na hoti, iminā aññathāsmīti na hoti, iminā asasmīti na hoti, iminā satasmīti na hoti, iminā santi na hoti, iminā itthaṃ santi na hoti, iminā evaṃ santi na hoti, iminā aññathā santi na hoti, iminā apihaṃ santi na hoti, iminā apihaṃ itthaṃ santi na hoti, iminā apihaṃ evaṃ santi na hoti, iminā apihaṃ aññathā santi na hoti, iminā bhavissanti na hoti, iminā itthaṃ bhavissanti na hoti, iminā evaṃ bhavissanti na hoti, iminā aññathā bhavissanti na hoti. When there is no concept ‘I am because of this’, there are no concepts ‘I am such because of this’, ‘I am thus because of this’, ‘I am otherwise because of this’; ‘I am fleeting because of this’, ‘I am lasting because of this’; ‘mine because of this’, ‘such is mine because of this’, ‘thus is mine because of this’, ‘otherwise is mine because of this’; ‘also mine because of this’, ‘such is also mine because of this’, ‘thus is also mine because of this’, ‘otherwise is also mine because of this’; ‘I will be because of this’, ‘I will be such because of this’, ‘I will be thus because of this’, ‘I will be otherwise because of this’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na pajjalati. That’s how a monk is not ignited.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajjhāyati? And how does a monk burn up?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno na hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. It’s when a monk hasn’t given up the conceit ‘I am’, cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajjhāyati. That’s how a monk is burned up.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na sampajjhāyati? And how does a monk not burn up?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. It’s when a monk has given up the conceit ‘I am’, cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na sampajjhāyatī”ti. That’s how a monk is not burned up.”


end of section [4..20.. - AN 4 vagga 20 Mahā: The Great Chapter]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 21 Sappurisa: A Good Person

    AN 4.201 - AN 4.201 Sikkhāpada: Training Rules
    AN 4.202 - AN 4.202 Assaddha: Faithless
    AN 4.203 - AN 4.203 Sattakamma: Seven Kinds of Deeds
    AN 4.204 - AN 4.204 Dasakamma: Ten Kinds of Deeds
    AN 4.205 - AN 4.205 Aṭṭhaṅgika: Eightfold
    AN 4.206 - AN 4.206 Dasamagga: The Path with Ten Factors
    AN 4.207 - AN 4.207 Paṭhamapāpadhamma: Bad Character (1st)
    AN 4.208 - AN 4.208 Dutiyapāpadhamma: Bad Character (2nd)
    AN 4.209 - AN 4.209 Tatiyapāpadhamma: Bad Character (3rd)
    AN 4.210 - AN 4.210 Catutthapāpadhamma: Bad Character (4th)

AN 4.201 Sikkhāpada: Training Rules

201. Sikkhāpadasutta 201. Training Rules
“Asappurisañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, asappurisena asappurisatarañca; “monks, I will teach you a bad person and a worse person,
sappurisañca, sappurisena sappurisatarañca. a good person and a better person.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? “And what is a bad person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, lies, and uses alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso. This is called a bad person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? And what is a worse person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātī hoti, parañca pāṇātipāte samādapeti; It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, lies, and uses alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. And they encourage others to do these things.
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, parañca adinnādāne samādapeti;
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti;
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, parañca musāvāde samādapeti;
attanā ca surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti, parañca surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāne samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro. This is called a worse person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappuriso? And what is a good person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or use alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappuriso. This is called a good person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro? And what is a better person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti; It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or use alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. And they encourage others to avoid these things.
attanā ca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, parañca musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro”ti. This is called a better person.”


AN 4.202 Assaddha: Faithless

202. Assaddhasutta 202. Faithless
“Asappurisañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, asappurisena asappurisatarañca; “monks, I will teach you a bad person and a worse person,
sappurisañca, sappurisena sappurisatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. a good person and a better person.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? And what is a bad person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. It’s someone who is faithless, shameless, imprudent, with little learning, lazy, unrememberful, and witless.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso. This is called a bad person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? And what is a worse person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca assaddho hoti, parañca assaddhiye samādapeti; It’s someone who is faithless, shameless, imprudent, with little learning, lazy, confused, and witless. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca ahiriko hoti, parañca ahirikatāya samādapeti;
attanā ca anottappī hoti, parañca anottappe samādapeti;
attanā ca appassuto hoti, parañca appassute samādapeti;
attanā ca kusīto hoti, parañca kosajje samādapeti;
attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti;
attanā ca duppañño hoti, parañca duppaññatāya samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro. This is called a worse person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappuriso? And what is a good person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, satimā hoti, paññavā hoti. It’s someone who is faithful, conscientious, prudent, learned, energetic, rememberful, and wise.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappuriso. This is called a good person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro? And what is a better person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca saddhāsampanno hoti, parañca saddhāsampadāya samādapeti; It’s someone who is personally accomplished in faith, conscience, prudence, learning, energy, rememberfulness, and wisdom. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca hirimā hoti, parañca hirimatāya samādapeti;
attanā ca ottappī hoti, parañca ottappe samādapeti;
attanā ca bahussuto hoti, parañca bāhusacce samādapeti;
attanā ca āraddhavīriyo hoti, parañca vīriyārambhe samādapeti;
attanā ca upaṭṭhitassati hoti, parañca satiupaṭṭhāne samādapeti;
attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti, parañca paññāsampadāya samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro”ti. This is called a better person.”


AN 4.203 Sattakamma: Seven Kinds of Deeds

203. Sattakammasutta 203. Seven Kinds of Deeds
“Asappurisañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, asappurisena asappurisatarañca; “monks, I will teach you a bad person and a worse person,
sappurisañca, sappurisena sappurisatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. a good person and a better person.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? And what is a bad person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti. It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, and uses speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso. This is called a bad person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? And what is a worse person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātī hoti, parañca pāṇātipāte samādapeti; It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, and uses speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they encourage others to do these things.
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, parañca adinnādāne samādapeti;
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti;
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, parañca musāvāde samādapeti;
attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, parañca pisuṇāya vācāya samādapeti;
attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, parañca pharusāya vācāya samādapeti;
attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, parañca samphappalāpe samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro. This is called a worse person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappuriso? And what is a good person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato, hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti. It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappuriso. This is called a good person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro? And what is a better person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti; It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they encourage others to avoid these things.
attanā ca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, parañca musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, parañca pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, parañca pharusāya vācāya veramaṇiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, parañca samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro”ti. This is called a better person.”


AN 4.204 Dasakamma: Ten Kinds of Deeds

204. Dasakammasutta 204. Ten Kinds of Deeds
“Asappurisañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, asappurisena asappurisatarañca; “monks, I will teach you a bad person and a worse person,
sappurisañca, sappurisena sappurisatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. a good person and a better person.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? And what is a bad person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti, abhijjhālu hoti, byāpannacitto hoti, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, and commits sexual misconduct. They use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re covetous, malicious, with wrong view.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso. This is called a bad person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? And what is a worse person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātī hoti, parañca pāṇātipāte samādapeti … pe … attanā ca abhijjhālu hoti, parañca abhijjhāya samādapeti; It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, and commits sexual misconduct. They use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. They’re covetous, malicious, with wrong view. And they encourage others to do these things.
attanā ca byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro. This is called a worse person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappuriso? And what is a good person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhiko hoti. It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappuriso. This is called a good person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro? And what is a better person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca anabhijjhālu hoti, parañca anabhijjhāya samādapeti; It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. They’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view. And they encourage others to do these things.
attanā ca abyāpannacitto hoti, parañca abyāpāde samādapeti;
attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro”ti. This is called a better person.”


AN 4.205 Aṭṭhaṅgika: Eightfold

205. Aṭṭhaṅgikasutta 205. Eightfold
“Asappurisañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, asappurisena asappurisatarañca; “monks, I will teach you a bad person and a worse person,
sappurisañca, sappurisena sappurisatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. a good person and a better person.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? And what is a bad person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, micchāsaṅkappo hoti, micchāvāco hoti, micchākammanto hoti, micchāājīvo hoti, micchāvāyāmo hoti, micchāsati hoti, micchāsamādhi hoti. It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, and wrong undistractible-lucidity.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso. This is called a bad person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? And what is a worse person?
Idha bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti; It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, and wrong undistractible-lucidity. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca micchāsaṅkappo hoti, parañca micchāsaṅkappe samādapeti;
attanā ca micchāvāco hoti, parañca micchāvācāya samādapeti;
attanā ca micchākammanto hoti, parañca micchākammante samādapeti;
attanā ca micchāājīvo hoti, parañca micchāājīve samādapeti;
attanā ca micchāvāyāmo hoti, parañca micchāvāyāme samādapeti;
attanā ca micchāsati hoti, parañca micchāsatiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca micchāsamādhi hoti, parañca micchāsamādhimhi samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro. This is called a worse person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappuriso? And what is a good person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammāsaṅkappo hoti, sammāvāco hoti, sammākammanto hoti, sammāājīvo hoti, sammāvāyāmo hoti, sammāsati hoti, sammāsamādhi hoti. It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, and right undistractible-lucidity.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappuriso. This is called a good person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro? And what is a better person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti; It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, and right undistractible-lucidity. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca sammāsaṅkappo hoti, parañca sammāsaṅkappe samādapeti;
attanā ca sammāvāco hoti, parañca sammāvācāya samādapeti;
attanā ca sammākammanto hoti, parañca sammākammante samādapeti;
attanā ca sammāājīvo hoti, parañca sammāājīve samādapeti;
attanā ca sammāvāyāmo hoti, parañca sammāvāyāme samādapeti;
attanā ca sammāsati hoti, parañca sammāsatiyā samādapeti;
attanā ca sammāsamādhi hoti, parañca sammāsamādhimhi samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro”ti. This is called a better person.”


AN 4.206 Dasamagga: The Path with Ten Factors

206. Dasamaggasutta 206. The Path with Ten Factors
“Asappurisañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, asappurisena asappurisatarañca; “monks, I will teach you a bad person and a worse person,
sappurisañca, sappurisena sappurisatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. a good person and a better person.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? And what is a bad person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko hoti … pe … micchāñāṇī hoti, micchāvimutti hoti. It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, wrong undistractible-lucidity, wrong knowledge, and wrong freedom.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso. This is called a bad person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? And what is a worse person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca micchāñāṇī hoti, parañca micchāñāṇe samādapeti; It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, wrong undistractible-lucidity, wrong knowledge, and wrong freedom. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca micchāvimutti hoti, parañca micchāvimuttiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro. This is called a worse person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappuriso? And what is a good person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammādiṭṭhiko hoti … pe … sammāñāṇī hoti, sammāvimutti hoti. It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, right undistractible-lucidity, right knowledge, and right freedom.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappuriso. This is called a good person.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro? And what is a better person?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca sammāñāṇī hoti, parañca sammāñāṇe samādapeti; It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, right undistractible-lucidity, right knowledge, and right freedom. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca sammāvimutti hoti, parañca sammāvimuttiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sappurisena sappurisataro”ti. This is called a better person.”


AN 4.207 Paṭhamapāpadhamma: Bad Character (1st)

207. Paṭhamapāpadhammasutta 207. Bad Character (1st)
“Pāpañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, pāpena pāpatarañca; “monks, I will teach you who’s bad and who’s worse,
kalyāṇañca, kalyāṇena kalyāṇatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. who’s good and who’s better.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpo? And who’s bad?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti … pe … micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, and commits sexual misconduct. They use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re covetous, malicious, with wrong view.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpo. This is called bad.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpena pāpataro? And who’s worse?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātī hoti, parañca pāṇātipāte samādapeti … pe … attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, and commits sexual misconduct. They use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. They’re covetous, malicious, with wrong view. And they encourage others to do these things.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpena pāpataro. This is called worse.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇo? And who’s good?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … sammādiṭṭhiko hoti. It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇo. This is called good.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇena kalyāṇataro? And who’s better?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. They’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view. And they encourage others to do these things.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇena kalyāṇataro”ti. This is called better.”


AN 4.208 Dutiyapāpadhamma: Bad Character (2nd)

208. Dutiyapāpadhammasutta 208. Bad Character (2nd)
“Pāpañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, pāpena pāpatarañca; “monks, I will teach you who’s bad and who’s worse,
kalyāṇañca, kalyāṇena kalyāṇatarañca. who’s good and who’s better.
Taṃ suṇātha … pe …


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpo? And who’s bad?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko hoti … pe … micchāñāṇī hoti, micchāvimutti hoti. It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, wrong undistractible-lucidity, wrong knowledge, and wrong freedom.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpo. This is called bad.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpena pāpataro? And who’s worse?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca micchāñāṇī hoti, parañca micchāñāṇe samādapeti; It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, wrong undistractible-lucidity, wrong knowledge, and wrong freedom. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca micchāvimutti hoti, parañca micchāvimuttiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpena pāpataro. This is called worse.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇo? And who’s good?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammādiṭṭhiko hoti … pe … sammāñāṇī hoti, sammāvimutti hoti. It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, right undistractible-lucidity, right knowledge, and right freedom.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇo. This is called good.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇena kalyāṇataro? And who’s better?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca sammāñāṇī hoti, parañca sammāñāṇe samādapeti; It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, right undistractible-lucidity, right knowledge, and right freedom. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca sammāvimutti hoti, parañca sammāvimuttiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇena kalyāṇataro”ti. This is called better.”


AN 4.209 Tatiyapāpadhamma: Bad Character (3rd)

209. Tatiyapāpadhammasutta 209. Bad Character (3rd)
“Pāpadhammañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, pāpadhammena pāpadhammatarañca; “monks, I will teach you bad character and worse character,
kalyāṇadhammañca, kalyāṇadhammena kalyāṇadhammatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. good character and better character.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpadhammo? And who has bad character?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti … pe … micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, and commits sexual misconduct. They use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re covetous, malicious, with wrong view.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpadhammo. This is called bad character.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpadhammena pāpadhammataro? And who has worse character?
Idha bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātī hoti, parañca pāṇātipāte samādapeti … pe … attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. It’s someone who kills living creatures, steals, and commits sexual misconduct. They use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. They’re covetous, malicious, with wrong view. And they encourage others to do these things.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpadhammena pāpadhammataro. This is called worse character.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammo? And who has good character?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … sammādiṭṭhiko hoti. It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammo. This is called good character.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammena kalyāṇadhammataro? And who has better character?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. It’s someone who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. They’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view. And they encourage others to do these things.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammena kalyāṇadhammataro”ti. This is called better character.”


AN 4.210 Catutthapāpadhamma: Bad Character (4th)

210. Catutthapāpadhammasutta 210. Bad Character (4th)
“Pāpadhammañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, pāpadhammena pāpadhammatarañca; “monks, I will teach you bad character and worse character,
kalyāṇadhammañca, kalyāṇadhammena kalyāṇadhammatarañca. Taṃ suṇātha … pe …. good character and better character.


“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpadhammo? And who has bad character?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko hoti … pe … micchāñāṇī hoti, micchāvimutti hoti. It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, wrong undistractible-lucidity, wrong knowledge, and wrong freedom.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpadhammo. This is called bad character.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, pāpadhammena pāpadhammataro? And who has worse character?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca micchāñāṇī hoti, parañca micchāñāṇe samādapeti; It’s someone who has wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, wrong undistractible-lucidity, wrong knowledge, and wrong freedom. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca micchāvimutti hoti, parañca micchāvimuttiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāpadhammena pāpadhammataro. This is called worse character.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammo? And who has good character?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sammādiṭṭhiko hoti … pe … sammāñāṇī hoti, sammāvimutti hoti. It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, right undistractible-lucidity, right knowledge, and right freedom.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammo. This is called good character.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammena kalyāṇadhammataro? And who has better character?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti … pe … attanā ca sammāñāṇī hoti, parañca sammāñāṇe samādapeti; It’s someone who has right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, right undistractible-lucidity, right knowledge, and right freedom. And they encourage others in these same qualities.
attanā ca sammāvimutti hoti, parañca sammāvimuttiyā samādapeti.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇadhammena kalyāṇadhammataro”ti. This is called better character.”


end of section [4..21.. - AN 4 vagga 21 Sappurisa: A Good Person]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 22 Parisā: Assembly

    AN 4.211 - AN 4.211 Parisā: Assembly
    AN 4.212 - AN 4.212 Diṭṭhi: View
    AN 4.213 - AN 4.213 Akataññutā: Ungrateful
    AN 4.214 - AN 4.214 Pāṇātipātī: Killing Living Creatures
    AN 4.215 - AN 4.215 Paṭhamamagga: Path (1st)
    AN 4.216 - AN 4.216 Dutiyamagga: Path (2nd)
    AN 4.217 - AN 4.217 Paṭhamavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (1st)
    AN 4.218 - AN 4.218 Dutiyavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (2nd)
    AN 4.219 - AN 4.219 Ahirika: Imprudence
    AN 4.220 - AN 4.220 Dussīla: Unethical

AN 4.211 Parisā: Assembly

211. Parisāsutta 211. Assembly
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, parisadūsanā. “monks, these four corrupt an assembly.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Bhikkhu, bhikkhave, dussīlo pāpadhammo parisadūsano; A monk, nun, layman, or laywoman who is unethical, of bad character.
bhikkhunī, bhikkhave, dussīlā pāpadhammā parisadūsanā;
upāsako, bhikkhave, dussīlo pāpadhammo parisadūsano;
upāsikā, bhikkhave, dussīlā pāpadhammā parisadūsanā.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro parisadūsanā. These are the four that corrupt an assembly.


Cattārome, bhikkhave, parisasobhanā. monks, these four beautify an assembly.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Bhikkhu, bhikkhave, sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo parisasobhano; A monk, nun, layman, or laywoman who is ethical, of good character.
bhikkhunī, bhikkhave, sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā parisasobhanā;
upāsako, bhikkhave, sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo parisasobhano;
upāsikā, bhikkhave, sīlavatī kalyāṇadhammā parisasobhanā.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro parisasobhanā”ti. These are the four that beautify an assembly.”


AN 4.212 Diṭṭhi: View

212. Diṭṭhisutta 212. View
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, micchādiṭṭhiyā— Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and wrong view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena, sammādiṭṭhiyā— Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and right view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.213 Akataññutā: Ungrateful

213. Akataññutāsutta 213. Ungrateful
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, akataññutā akataveditā— Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being ungrateful and thankless.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena, kataññutā kataveditā— Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being grateful and thankful.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.214 Pāṇātipātī: Killing Living Creatures

214. Pāṇātipātīsutta 214. Killing Living Creatures
… pe … Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti … pe … pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti. “Someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell. … They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie. … Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven. … They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or lie. …”


AN 4.215 Paṭhamamagga: Path (1st)

215. Paṭhamamaggasutta 215. Path (1st)
… pe … Micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, micchāsaṅkappo hoti, micchāvāco hoti, micchākammanto hoti … pe … sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammāsaṅkappo hoti, sammāvāco hoti, sammākammanto hoti. “Someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell. … wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action. … Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven. … right view, right thought, right speech, right action. …”


AN 4.216 Dutiyamagga: Path (2nd)

216. Dutiyamaggasutta 216. Path (2nd)
… pe … Micchāājīvo hoti, micchāvāyāmo hoti, micchāsati hoti, micchāsamādhi hoti … pe … sammāājīvo hoti, sammāvāyāmo hoti, sammāsati hoti, sammāsamādhi hoti. “Someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell. … wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, and wrong undistractible-lucidity. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven. … right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, and right undistractible-lucidity. …”


AN 4.217 Paṭhamavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (1st)

217. Paṭhamavohārapathasutta 217. Kinds of Expression (1st)
… pe … Adiṭṭhe diṭṭhavādī hoti, asute sutavādī hoti, amute mutavādī hoti, aviññāte viññātavādī hoti … pe … adiṭṭhe adiṭṭhavādī hoti, asute asutavādī hoti, amute amutavādī hoti, aviññāte aviññātavādī hoti. “Someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell. … They say they’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, but they haven’t. … Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven. … They say they haven’t seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, and they haven’t. …”


AN 4.218 Dutiyavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (2nd)

218. Dutiyavohārapathasutta 218. Kinds of Expression (2nd)
… pe … Diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavādī hoti, sute asutavādī hoti, mute amutavādī hoti, viññāte aviññātavādī hoti … pe … diṭṭhe diṭṭhavādī hoti, sute sutavādī hoti, mute mutavādī hoti, viññāte viññātavādī hoti. “Someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell. … They say they haven’t seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, but they have. … Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven. … They say they’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, and they have. …”


AN 4.219 Ahirika: Imprudence

219. Ahirikasutta 219. Imprudence
… pe … Assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti … pe … saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti. “Someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell. … They’re faithless, unethical, shameless, and imprudent. … Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven. … They’re faithful, ethical, conscientious, and prudent. …”


AN 4.220 Dussīla: Unethical

220. Dussīlasutta 220. Unethical
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, kusīto hoti, duppañño hoti— They’re faithless, unethical, lazy, and witless.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, paññavā hoti— They’re faithful, ethical, energetic, and wise.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


end of section [4..22.. - AN 4 vagga 22 Parisā: Assembly]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 23 Duccarita: Bad Conduct

    AN 4.221 - AN 4.221 Duccarita: Verbal Conduct
    AN 4.222 - AN 4.222 Diṭṭhi: View
    AN 4.223 - AN 4.223 Akataññutā: Ungrateful
    AN 4.224 - AN 4.224 Pāṇātipātī: Killing Living Creatures
    AN 4.225 - AN 4.225 Paṭhamamagga: Path (1st)
    AN 4.226 - AN 4.226 Dutiyamagga: Path (2nd)
    AN 4.227 - AN 4.227 Paṭhamavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (1st)
    AN 4.228 - AN 4.228 Dutiyavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (2nd)
    AN 4.229 - AN 4.229 Ahirika: Imprudence
    AN 4.230 - AN 4.230 Duppañña: Witless
    AN 4.231 - AN 4.231 Kavi: Poets

AN 4.221 Duccarita: Verbal Conduct

221. Duccaritasutta 221. Verbal Conduct
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, vacīduccaritāni. “monks, there are these four kinds of bad conduct by way of speech.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Musāvādo, pisuṇā vācā, pharusā vācā, samphappalāpo— Speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri vacīduccaritāni. These are the four kinds of bad conduct by way of speech.
Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, vacīsucaritāni. There are these four kinds of good conduct by way of speech.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Saccavācā, apisuṇā vācā, saṇhā vācā, mantavācā— Speech that’s true, harmonious, gentle, and thoughtful.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri vacīsucaritānī”ti. These are the four kinds of good conduct by way of speech.”


AN 4.222 Diṭṭhi: View

222. Diṭṭhisutta 222. View
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ; bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person has four dharmas they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, micchādiṭṭhiyā— Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and wrong view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. When a foolish, incompetent bad person has these four dharmas they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person has four dharmas they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena, sammādiṭṭhiyā— Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and right view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ; bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person has these four dharmas they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


AN 4.223 Akataññutā: Ungrateful

223. Akataññutāsutta 223. Ungrateful
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person has four dharmas they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, akataññutā akataveditā— Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being ungrateful and thankless.
imehi … pe … kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena kataññutākataveditā … pe …. An astute person … makes much merit. … Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being grateful and thankful. …”


AN 4.224 Pāṇātipātī: Killing Living Creatures

224. Pāṇātipātīsutta 224. Killing Living Creatures
… pe … Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti … pe … pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti … pe …. “A foolish person … makes much bad karma. … They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie. … An astute person … makes much merit. … They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or lie. …”


AN 4.225 Paṭhamamagga: Path (1st)

225. Paṭhamamaggasutta 225. Path (1st)
… pe … Micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, micchāsaṅkappo hoti, micchāvāco hoti, micchākammanto hoti … pe … sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammāsaṅkappo hoti, sammāvāco hoti, sammākammanto hoti … pe …. “A foolish person … makes much bad karma. … wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, wrong action. … An astute person … makes much merit. … right view, right thought, right speech, right action. …”


AN 4.226 Dutiyamagga: Path (2nd)

226. Dutiyamaggasutta 226. Path (2nd)
… pe … Micchāājīvo hoti, micchāvāyāmo hoti, micchāsati hoti, micchāsamādhi hoti … pe … sammāājīvo hoti, sammāvāyāmo hoti, sammāsati hoti, sammāsamādhi hoti … pe …. “A foolish person … makes much bad karma. … wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong rememberfulness, and wrong undistractible-lucidity. … An astute person … makes much merit. … right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, and right undistractible-lucidity. …”


AN 4.227 Paṭhamavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (1st)

227. Paṭhamavohārapathasutta 227. Kinds of Expression (1st)
… pe … Adiṭṭhe diṭṭhavādī hoti, asute sutavādī hoti, amute mutavādī hoti, aviññāte viññātavādī hoti … pe … adiṭṭhe adiṭṭhavādī hoti, asute asutavādī hoti, amute amutavādī hoti, aviññāte aviññātavādī hoti … pe …. “A foolish person … makes much bad karma. … They say they’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, but they haven’t. … An astute person … makes much merit. … They say they haven’t seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, and they haven’t. …”
Sattamaṃ.


AN 4.228 Dutiyavohārapatha: Kinds of Expression (2nd)

228. Dutiyavohārapathasutta 228. Kinds of Expression (2nd)
… pe … Diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavādī hoti, sute asutavādī hoti, mute amutavādī hoti, viññāte aviññātavādī hoti … pe … diṭṭhe diṭṭhavādī hoti, sute sutavādī hoti, mute mutavādī hoti, viññāte viññātavādī hoti … pe …. “A foolish person … makes much bad karma. … They say they haven’t seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, but they have. … An astute person … makes much merit. … They say they’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, and they have. …”


AN 4.229 Ahirika: Imprudence

229. Ahirikasutta 229. Imprudence
… pe … Assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti … pe … saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti … pe …. “A foolish person … makes much bad karma. … They’re faithless, unethical, shameless, and imprudent. … An astute person … makes much merit. … They’re faithful, ethical, conscientious, and prudent. …”


AN 4.230 Duppañña: Witless

230. Duppaññasutta 230. Witless
… pe … Assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, kusīto hoti, duppañño hoti … pe … saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, paññavā hoti— “A foolish person … makes much bad karma. … They’re faithless, unethical, lazy, and witless. … An astute person … makes much merit. … They’re faithful, ethical, energetic, and wise.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person has these four dharmas they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


AN 4.231 Kavi: Poets

231. Kavisutta 231. Poets
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, kavī. “monks, there are these four poets.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Cintākavi, sutakavi, atthakavi, paṭibhānakavi— A poet who thoughtfully composes their own work, a poet who repeats the oral transmission, a poet who educates, and a poet who improvises.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kavī”ti. These are the four poets.”


end of section [4..23.. - AN 4 vagga 23 Duccarita: Bad Conduct]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 24 Kamma: Deeds

    AN 4.232 - AN 4.232 Saṅkhitta: Deeds In Brief
    AN 4.233 - AN 4.233 Vitthāra: Deeds in Detail
    AN 4.234 - AN 4.234 Soṇakāyana: About Soṇakāyana
    AN 4.235 - AN 4.235 Paṭhamasikkhāpada: Training Rules (1st)
    AN 4.236 - AN 4.236 Dutiyasikkhāpada: Training Rules (2nd)
    AN 4.237 - AN 4.237 Ariyamagga: The Noble Path
    AN 4.238 - AN 4.238 Bojjhaṅga: Awakening Factors
    AN 4.239 - AN 4.239 Sāvajja: Blameworthy
    AN 4.240 - AN 4.240 Abyābajjha: Pleasing
    AN 4.241 - AN 4.241 Samaṇa: Ascetics
    AN 4.242 - AN 4.242 Sappurisānisaṃsa: Benefits of a Good Person

AN 4.232 Saṅkhitta: Deeds In Brief

232. Saṅkhittasutta 232. Deeds In Brief
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. “monks, I declare these four kinds of deeds, having realized them with my own insight.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ; There are dark deeds with dark results.
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ; There are bright deeds with bright results.
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ; There are dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results.
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. There are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four kinds of deeds that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.233 Vitthāra: Deeds in Detail

233. Vitthārasutta 233. Deeds in Detail
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. “monks, I declare these four kinds of deeds, having realized them with my own insight.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?


Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ; There are dark deeds with dark results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ; bright deeds with bright results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ; dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results; and
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ? And what are dark deeds with dark results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. It’s when someone makes hurtful co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind.
So sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Having made these co-doings, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,
Tamenaṃ sabyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ sabyābajjhā phassā phusanti. where hurtful contacts touch them.
So sabyābajjhehi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno sabyābajjhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati ekantadukkhaṃ, seyyathāpi sattā nerayikā. Touched by hurtful contacts, they experience hurtful feelings that are exclusively painful—like the beings in hell.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. These are called dark deeds with dark results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ? And what are bright deeds with bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. It’s when someone makes pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind.
So abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Having made these co-doings, they’re reborn in a pleasing world,
Tamenaṃ abyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ abyābajjhā phassā phusanti. where pleasing contacts touch them.
So abyābajjhehi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno abyābajjhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati ekantasukhaṃ, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Touched by pleasing contacts, they experience pleasing feelings that are exclusively happy—like the gods replete with glory.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. These are called bright deeds with bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ? And what are dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind.
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṃ upapajjati. Having made these co-doings, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,
Tamenaṃ sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ sabyābajjhāpi abyābajjhāpi phassā phusanti. where hurtful and pleasing contacts touch them.
So sabyābajjhehipi abyābajjhehipi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vedanaṃ vediyati vokiṇṇasukhadukkhaṃ, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Touched by both hurtful and pleasing contacts, they experience both hurtful and pleasing feelings that are a mixture of pleasure and pain—like humans, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. These are called dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? And what are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds?
Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā— It’s the intention to give up dark deeds with dark results, bright deeds with bright results, and both dark and bright deeds with both dark and bright results.
idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. These are called neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four kinds of deeds that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.234 Soṇakāyana: About Soṇakāyana

234. Soṇakāyanasutta 234. About Soṇakāyana
Atha kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Then Sikhāmoggallāna the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sikhāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:


“Purimāni, bho gotama, divasāni purimatarāni soṇakāyano māṇavo yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ etadavoca: “Master Gotama, a few days ago the student Soṇakāyana came to me and said:
‘samaṇo gotamo sabbakammānaṃ akiriyaṃ paññapeti, sabbakammānaṃ kho pana akiriyaṃ paññapento ucchedaṃ āha lokassa’— ‘The ascetic Gotama advocates not doing any deeds. So he teaches the annihilation of the world!’
kammasaccāyaṃ, bho, loko kammasamārambhaṭṭhāyī”ti. The world exists through deeds, and it remains because deeds are undertaken.”


“Dassanampi kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, soṇakāyanassa māṇavassa nābhijānāmi; “Brahmin, I can’t recall even seeing the student Soṇakāyana,
kuto panevarūpo kathāsallāpo. so how could we possibly have had such a discussion?
Cattārimāni, brāhmaṇa, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. I declare these four kinds of deeds, having realized them with my own insight.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?


Atthi, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ; There are dark deeds with dark results;
atthi, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ; bright deeds with bright results;
atthi, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ; dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results; and
atthi, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Katamañca, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ? < And what are the dark deeds with dark results?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. It’s when someone makes hurtful co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. …
So sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati.
Tamenaṃ sabyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ sabyābajjhā phassā phusanti.
So sabyābajjhehi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno sabyābajjhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati ekantadukkhaṃ, seyyathāpi sattā nerayikā. Touched by hurtful contacts, they experience hurtful feelings that are exclusively painful—like the beings in hell.
Idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. These are called dark deeds with dark results.


Katamañca, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ? And what are bright deeds with bright results?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. It’s when someone makes pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. …
So abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṃ vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṃ manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati.
Tamenaṃ abyābajjhaṃ lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ abyābajjhā phassā phusanti.
So abyābajjhehi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno abyābajjhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati ekantasukhaṃ, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Touched by pleasing contacts, they experience pleasing feelings that are exclusively happy—like the gods replete with glory.
Idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. These are called bright deeds with bright results.


Katamañca, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ? And what are dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results?
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. …
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṃ upapajjati.
Tamenaṃ sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṃ upapannaṃ samānaṃ sabyābajjhāpi abyābajjhāpi phassā phusanti.
So sabyābajjhehipi abyābajjhehipi phassehi phuṭṭho samāno sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vedanaṃ vediyati vokiṇṇasukhadukkhaṃ, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Touched by both hurtful and pleasing contacts, they experience both hurtful and pleasing feelings that are a mixture of pleasure and pain—like humans, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.
Idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. These are called dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results.


Katamañca, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? And what are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds?
Tatra, brāhmaṇa, yamidaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā— It’s the intention to give up dark deeds with dark results, bright deeds with bright results, and both dark and bright deeds with both dark and bright results.
idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. These are called neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Imāni kho, brāhmaṇa, cattāri kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four kinds of deeds that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.235 Paṭhamasikkhāpada: Training Rules (1st)

235. Paṭhamasikkhāpadasutta 235. Training Rules (1st)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. “monks, I declare these four kinds of deeds, having realized them with my own insight.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?


Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ; There are dark deeds with dark results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ; bright deeds with bright results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ; dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results; and
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ? And what are the dark deeds with dark results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. It’s when someone kills living creatures, steals, commits sexual misconduct, lies, and uses alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. These are called dark deeds with dark results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ? And what are bright deeds with bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or use alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. These are called bright deeds with bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ? And what are dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? And what are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds?
Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. It’s the intention to give up dark deeds with dark results, bright deeds with bright results, and both dark and bright deeds with both dark and bright results. These are called neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four kinds of deeds that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.236 Dutiyasikkhāpada: Training Rules (2nd)

236. Dutiyasikkhāpadasutta 236. Training Rules (2nd)
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. “monks, I declare these four kinds of deeds, having realized them with my own insight.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?


Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ; There are dark deeds with dark results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ; bright deeds with bright results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ; dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results; and
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ? And what are dark deeds with dark results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccena mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṃ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṃ uppāditaṃ hoti, saṃgho bhinno hoti. It's when someone murders their mother or father or a perfected one. They maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. Or they cause a schism in the Saṅgha.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. These are called dark deeds with dark results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ? And what are bright deeds with bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhi hoti. It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re content, kind-hearted, with right view.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. These are called bright deeds with bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ? And what are dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? And what are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds?
Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. It’s the intention to give up dark deeds with dark results, bright deeds with bright results, and both dark and bright deeds with both dark and bright results. These are called neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four kinds of deeds that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.237 Ariyamagga: The Noble Path

237. Ariyamaggasutta 237. The Noble Path
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. “monks, I declare these four kinds of deeds, having realized them with my own insight.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?


Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ; There are dark deeds with dark results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ; bright deeds with bright results;
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ; dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results; and
atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ? And what are dark deeds with dark results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. It’s when someone makes hurtful co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called dark deeds with dark results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ? And what are bright deeds with bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. It’s when someone makes pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called bright deeds with bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ? And what are dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? And what are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds?
Sammādiṭṭhi … pe … sammāsamādhi. Right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right rememberfulness, and right undistractible-lucidity.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. These are called neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four kinds of deeds that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.238 Bojjhaṅga: Awakening Factors

238. Bojjhaṅgasutta 238. Awakening Factors
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni … pe … kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ … pe … idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ. “monks, I declare these four kinds of deeds, having realized them with my own insight. ... And what are dark deeds with dark results? It’s when someone makes hurtful co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called dark deeds with dark results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ? And what are bright deeds with bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco abyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ. It’s when someone makes pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called bright deeds with bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ? And what are dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti … pe … idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ. It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing co-doings by way of body, speech, and mind. These are called dark and bright deeds with dark and bright results.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? And what are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds?
Satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pītisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo— The awakening factors of rememberfulness, investigation of Dharmas, energy, rapture, pacification, undistractible-lucidity, and equanimity.
idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. These are called neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī”ti. These are the four kinds of deeds that I declare, having realized them with my own insight.”


AN 4.239 Sāvajja: Blameworthy

239. Sāvajjasutta 239. Blameworthy
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena, sāvajjāya diṭṭhiyā— Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameworthy view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena, anavajjāya diṭṭhiyā— Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameless view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.240 Abyābajjha: Pleasing

240. Abyābajjhasutta 240. Pleasing
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Sabyābajjhena kāyakammena, sabyābajjhena vacīkammena, sabyābajjhena manokammena, sabyābajjhāya diṭṭhiyā— Hurtful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and hurtful view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Abyābajjhena kāyakammena, abyābajjhena vacīkammena, abyābajjhena manokammena, abyābajjhāya diṭṭhiyā— Pleasing deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and pleasing view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.241 Samaṇa: Ascetics

241. Samaṇasutta 241. Ascetics
“‘Idheva, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo; “‘Only here is there a true ascetic, here a second ascetic, here a third ascetic, and here a fourth ascetic.
suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññehī’ti— Other sects are empty of ascetics.’
evametaṃ, bhikkhave, sammā sīhanādaṃ nadatha. This, monks, is how you should rightly roar your lion’s roar.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo? And who is the first ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. It’s a monk who—with the ending of three fetters—is a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo. This is the first ascetic.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, dutiyo samaṇo? And who is the second ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. It’s a monk who—with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion—is a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo samaṇo. This is the second ascetic.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, tatiyo samaṇo? And who is the third ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. It’s a monk who—with the ending of the five lower fetters—is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samaṇo. This is the third ascetic.


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, catuttho samaṇo? And who is the fourth ascetic?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s a monk who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho samaṇo. This is the fourth ascetic.


‘Idheva, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo; ‘Only here is there a true ascetic, here a second ascetic, here a third ascetic, and here a fourth ascetic.
suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’ti— Other sects are empty of ascetics.’
evametaṃ, bhikkhave, sammā sīhanādaṃ nadathā”ti. This, monks, is how you should rightly roar your lion’s roar.”


AN 4.242 Sappurisānisaṃsa: Benefits of a Good Person

242. Sappurisānisaṃsasutta 242. Benefits of a Good Person
“Sappurisaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya cattāro ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā. “monks, you can expect four benefits from relying on a good person.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Ariyena sīlena vaḍḍhati, ariyena samādhinā vaḍḍhati, ariyāya paññāya vaḍḍhati, ariyāya vimuttiyā vaḍḍhati— Growth in noble ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, and freedom.
sappurisaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya ime cattāro ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. You can expect these four benefits from relying on a good person.”


end of section [4..24.. - AN 4 vagga 24 Kamma: Deeds]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 25 Āpattibhaya: Perils of Offenses

    AN 4.243 - AN 4.243 Saṅghabhedaka: Schism in the Saṅgha
    AN 4.244 - AN 4.244 Āpattibhaya: Perils of Offenses
    AN 4.245 - AN 4.245 Sikkhānisaṃsa: The Benefits of Training
    AN 4.246 - AN 4.246 Seyyā: Lying Postures
    AN 4.247 - AN 4.247 Thūpāraha: Worthy of a Monument
    AN 4.248 - AN 4.248 Paññāvuddhi: The Growth of Wisdom
    AN 4.249 - AN 4.249 Bahukāra: Very Helpful
    AN 4.250 - AN 4.250 Paṭhamavohāra: Expressions (1st)
    AN 4.251 - AN 4.251 Dutiyavohāra: Expressions (2nd)
    AN 4.252 - AN 4.252 Tatiyavohāra: Expressions (3rd)
    AN 4.253 - AN 4.253 Catutthavohāra: Expressions (4th)

AN 4.243 Saṅghabhedaka: Schism in the Saṅgha

243. Saṅghabhedakasutta 243. Schism in the Saṅgha
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“api nu taṃ, ānanda, adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasantan”ti? “Well, Ānanda, has that disciplinary issue been settled yet?”
“Kuto taṃ, bhante, adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamissati. “How could it be, sir?
Āyasmato, bhante, anuruddhassa bāhiyo nāma saddhivihāriko kevalakappaṃ saṃghabhedāya ṭhito. Venerable Anuruddha’s pupil Bāhiya remains entirely committed to creating a schism in the Saṅgha.
Tatrāyasmā anuruddho na ekavācikampi bhaṇitabbaṃ maññatī”ti. But Anuruddha doesn’t think to say a single word about it.”


“Kadā panānanda, anuruddho saṃghamajjhe adhikaraṇesu voyuñjati. “But Ānanda, since when has Anuruddha been involved in disciplinary issues in the midst of the Saṅgha?
Nanu, ānanda, yāni kānici adhikaraṇāni uppajjanti, sabbāni tāni tumhe ceva vūpasametha sāriputtamoggallānā ca. Shouldn’t you, together with Sāriputta and Moggallāna, settle all disciplinary issues that come up?


Cattārome, ānanda, atthavase sampassamāno pāpabhikkhu saṅghabhedena nandati. A bad monk sees four reasons to relish schism in the Saṅgha.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idhānanda, pāpabhikkhu dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto. Take an unethical monk, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, corrupt, and depraved.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: He thinks:
‘sace kho maṃ bhikkhū jānissanti— ‘Suppose the monks know that I’m a bad monk …
dussīlo pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujātoti, samaggā maṃ santā nāsessanti; If they’re in harmony, they’ll expel me,
vaggā pana maṃ na nāsessantī’ti. but if they’re divided they won’t.’
Idaṃ, ānanda, paṭhamaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno pāpabhikkhu saṅghabhedena nandati. A bad monk sees this as the first reason to relish schism in the Saṅgha.


Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, pāpabhikkhu micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato. Furthermore, a bad monk has wrong view, he’s attached to an extremist view.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: He thinks:
‘sace kho maṃ bhikkhū jānissanti— ‘Suppose the monks know that I have wrong view …
micchādiṭṭhiko antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgatoti, samaggā maṃ santā nāsessanti; If they’re in harmony they’ll expel me,
vaggā pana maṃ na nāsessantī’ti. but if they’re divided they won’t.’
Idaṃ, ānanda, dutiyaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno pāpabhikkhu saṅghabhedena nandati. A bad monk sees this as the second reason to relish schism in the Saṅgha.


Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, pāpabhikkhu micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti. Furthermore, a bad monk has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: He thinks:
‘sace kho maṃ bhikkhū jānissanti— ‘Suppose the monks know that I have wrong livelihood …
micchāājīvo micchāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappetīti, samaggā maṃ santā nāsessanti; If they’re in harmony they’ll expel me,
vaggā pana maṃ na nāsessantī’ti. but if they’re divided they won’t.’
Idaṃ, ānanda, tatiyaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno pāpabhikkhu saṃghabhedena nandati. A bad monk sees this as the third reason to relish schism in the Saṅgha.


Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, pāpabhikkhu lābhakāmo hoti sakkārakāmo anavaññattikāmo. Furthermore, a bad monk desires material possessions, honor, and admiration.
Tassa evaṃ hoti: He thinks:
‘sace kho maṃ bhikkhū jānissanti— ‘Suppose the monks know that I desire material possessions, honor, and admiration.
lābhakāmo sakkārakāmo anavaññattikāmoti, samaggā maṃ santā na sakkarissanti na garuṃ karissanti na mānessanti na pūjessanti; If they’re in harmony they won’t honor, respect, revere, or venerate me,
vaggā pana maṃ sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessantī’ti. but if they’re divided they will.’
Idaṃ, ānanda, catutthaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno pāpabhikkhu saṅghabhedena nandati. A bad monk sees this as the fourth reason to relish schism in the Saṅgha.
Ime kho, ānanda, cattāro atthavase sampassamāno pāpabhikkhu saṅghabhedena nandatī”ti. A bad monk sees these four reasons to relish schism in the Saṅgha.”


AN 4.244 Āpattibhaya: Perils of Offenses

244. Āpattibhayasutta 244. Perils of Offenses
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, āpattibhayāni. “monks, there are these four perils of offenses.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño dasseyyuṃ: Suppose they were to arrest a bandit, a criminal and present him to the king, saying:
‘ayaṃ te, deva, coro āgucārī. ‘Your Majesty, this is a bandit, a criminal.
Imassa devo daṇḍaṃ paṇetū’ti. May Your Majesty punish them!’
Tamenaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya: The king would say:
‘gacchatha, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindathā’ti. ‘Go, my men, and tie this man’s arms tightly behind his back with a strong rope. Shave his head and march him from street to street and square to square to the beating of a harsh drum. Then take him out the south gate and there, to the south of the city, chop off his head.’
Tamenaṃ rañño purisā daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindeyyuṃ. The king’s men would do as they were told.
Tatraññatarassa thalaṭṭhassa purisassa evamassa: Then a bystander might think:
‘pāpakaṃ vata, bho, ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ akāsi gārayhaṃ sīsacchejjaṃ. ‘This man must have done a truly bad and reprehensible deed, a capital offense.
Yatra hi nāma rañño purisā daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindissanti.
So vatassāhaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ na kareyyaṃ gārayhaṃ sīsacchejjan’ti. There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, a capital offense.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā evaṃ tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti pārājikesu dhammesu. In the same way, take any monk or nun who has set up such an acute perception of peril regarding expulsion offenses.
Tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ—anāpanno vā pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ na āpajjissati, āpanno vā pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ yathādhammaṃ paṭikarissati. It can be expected that if they haven’t committed an expulsion offense they won’t, and if they committed one they will deal with it properly.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṃ paridhāya kese pakiritvā musalaṃ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a club on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says:
‘ahaṃ, bhante, pāpakammaṃ akāsiṃ gārayhaṃ mosallaṃ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṃ karomī’ti. ‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. I submit to your pleasure.’
Tatraññatarassa thalaṭṭhassa purisassa evamassa: Then a bystander might think:
‘pāpakaṃ vata, bho, ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ akāsi gārayhaṃ mosallaṃ. ‘This man must have done a truly bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. …
Yatra hi nāma kāḷavatthaṃ paridhāya kese pakiritvā musalaṃ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vakkhati:
“ahaṃ, bhante, pāpakammaṃ akāsiṃ gārayhaṃ mosallaṃ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṃ karomī”ti.
So vatassāhaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ na kareyyaṃ gārayhaṃ mosallan’ti. There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā evaṃ tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti saṃghādisesesu dhammesu, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ—anāpanno vā saṃghādisesaṃ dhammaṃ na āpajjissati, āpanno vā saṃghādisesaṃ dhammaṃ yathādhammaṃ paṭikarissati. In the same way, take any monk or nun who has set up such an acute perception of peril regarding suspension offenses. It can be expected that if they haven’t committed a suspension offense they won’t, and if they committed one they will deal with it properly.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṃ paridhāya kese pakiritvā bhasmapuṭaṃ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a sack of ashes on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says:
‘ahaṃ, bhante, pāpakammaṃ akāsiṃ gārayhaṃ bhasmapuṭaṃ. ‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of a sack of ashes.
Yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṃ karomī’ti. I submit to your pleasure.’
Tatraññatarassa thalaṭṭhassa purisassa evamassa: Then a bystander might think:
‘pāpakaṃ vata, bho, ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ akāsi gārayhaṃ bhasmapuṭaṃ. ‘This man must have done a truly bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of a sack of ashes. …
Yatra hi nāma kāḷavatthaṃ paridhāya kese pakiritvā bhasmapuṭaṃ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vakkhati:
“ahaṃ, bhante, pāpakammaṃ akāsiṃ gārayhaṃ bhasmapuṭaṃ;
yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṃ karomī”ti.
So vatassāhaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ na kareyyaṃ gārayhaṃ bhasmapuṭan’ti. There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of a sack of ashes.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā evaṃ tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti pācittiyesu dhammesu, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ—anāpanno vā pācittiyaṃ dhammaṃ na āpajjissati, āpanno vā pācittiyaṃ dhammaṃ yathādhammaṃ paṭikarissati. In the same way, take any monk or nun who has set up such an acute perception of peril regarding redemption offenses. It can be expected that if they haven’t committed a redemption offense they won’t, and if they committed one they will deal with it properly.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṃ paridhāya kese pakiritvā mahājanakāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth and mess up his hair. Then he approaches a large crowd and says:
‘ahaṃ, bhante, pāpakammaṃ akāsiṃ gārayhaṃ upavajjaṃ. ‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of criticism.
Yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṃ karomī’ti. I submit to your pleasure.’
Tatraññatarassa thalaṭṭhassa purisassa evamassa: Then a bystander might think:
‘pāpakaṃ vata, bho, ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ akāsi gārayhaṃ upavajjaṃ. ‘This man must have done a truly bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of criticism. …
Yatra hi nāma kāḷavatthaṃ paridhāya kese pakiritvā mahājanakāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vakkhati:
“ahaṃ, bhante, pāpakammaṃ akāsiṃ gārayhaṃ upavajjaṃ;
yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṃ karomī”ti.
So vatassāhaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ na kareyyaṃ gārayhaṃ upavajjan’ti. There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of criticism.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā evaṃ tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti pāṭidesanīyesu dhammesu, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ—anāpanno vā pāṭidesanīyaṃ dhammaṃ na āpajjissati, āpanno vā pāṭidesanīyaṃ dhammaṃ yathādhammaṃ paṭikarissati. In the same way, take any monk or nun who has set up such an acute perception of peril regarding confession offenses. It can be expected that if they haven’t committed a confession offense they won’t, and if they committed one they will deal with it properly.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri āpattibhayānī”ti. These are the four perils of offenses.”


AN 4.245 Sikkhānisaṃsa: The Benefits of Training

245. Sikkhānisaṃsasutta 245. The Benefits of Training
“Sikkhānisaṃsamidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ vussati paññuttaraṃ vimuttisāraṃ satādhipateyyaṃ. “monks, living this spiritual life is benefited by training and overseen by wisdom; freedom is its heart, and rememberfulness is in charge.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, sikkhānisaṃsaṃ hoti? And how is it benefited by training?
Idha, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ ābhisamācārikā sikkhā paññattā appasannānaṃ pasādāya pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya. Firstly, I laid down for my disciples the training that deals with supplementary regulations in order to inspire confidence in those without it and to increase confidence in those who have it.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ ābhisamācārikā sikkhā paññattā appasannānaṃ pasādāya pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya tathā tathā so tassā sikkhāya akhaṇḍakārī hoti acchiddakārī asabalakārī akammāsakārī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. They undertake whatever supplementary regulations I have laid down, keeping them uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, and untainted.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ ādibrahmacariyikā sikkhā paññattā sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya. Furthermore, I laid down for my disciples the training that deals with the fundamentals of the spiritual life in order to rightly end suffering in every way.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ ādibrahmacariyikā sikkhā paññattā sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathā tathā so tassā sikkhāya akhaṇḍakārī hoti acchiddakārī asabalakārī akammāsakārī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. They undertake whatever training that deals with the fundamentals of the spiritual life I have laid down, keeping it uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, and untainted.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sikkhānisaṃsaṃ hoti. That’s how it’s benefited by training.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, paññuttaraṃ hoti? And how is it overseen by wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ dhammā desitā sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya. I taught the Dhamma to my disciples in order to rightly end suffering in every way.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ dhammā desitā sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathā tathāssa te dhammā paññāya samavekkhitā honti. They examine with wisdom any Dharmas I taught them.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paññuttaraṃ hoti. That’s how it’s overseen by wisdom.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, vimuttisāraṃ hoti? And how does it have freedom at its heart?
Idha, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ dhammā desitā sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya. I taught the Dhamma to my disciples in order to rightly end suffering in every way.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ dhammā desitā sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathā tathāssa te dhammā vimuttiyā phusitā honti. They experience through freedom any Dharmas I taught them.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, vimuttisāraṃ hoti. That’s how it has freedom at its heart.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, satādhipateyyaṃ hoti? And how is rememberfulness in charge?
‘Iti aparipūraṃ vā ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhaṃ paripūressāmi, paripūraṃ vā ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmī’ti—ajjhattaṃyeva sati sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. rememberfulness is well established in oneself: ‘In this way I’ll fulfill the training dealing with supplementary regulations, or support with wisdom in every situation the training dealing with supplementary regulations I’ve already fulfilled.’
‘Iti aparipūraṃ vā ādibrahmacariyikaṃ sikkhaṃ paripūressāmi, paripūraṃ vā ādibrahmacariyikaṃ sikkhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmī’ti—ajjhattaṃyeva sati sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. rememberfulness is well established in oneself: ‘In this way I’ll fulfill the training dealing with the fundamentals of the spiritual life, or support with wisdom in every situation the training dealing with the fundamentals of the spiritual life I’ve already fulfilled.’
‘Iti asamavekkhitaṃ vā dhammaṃ paññāya samavekkhissāmi, samavekkhitaṃ vā dhammaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmī’ti—ajjhattaṃyeva sati sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. rememberfulness is well established in oneself: ‘In this way I’ll examine with wisdom The Dharma that I haven’t yet examined, or support with wisdom in every situation The Dharma I’ve already examined.’
‘Iti aphusitaṃ vā dhammaṃ vimuttiyā phusissāmi, phusitaṃ vā dhammaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggahessāmī’ti—ajjhattaṃyeva sati sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. rememberfulness is well established in oneself: ‘In this way I’ll experience through freedom The Dharma that I haven’t yet experienced, or support with wisdom in every situation The Dharma I’ve already experienced.’
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, satādhipateyyaṃ hoti. That’s how rememberfulness is in charge.
‘Sikkhānisaṃsamidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ vussati paññuttaraṃ vimuttisāraṃ satādhipateyyan’ti, ‘Living this spiritual life is benefited by training and overseen by wisdom; freedom is its heart, and rememberfulness is in charge.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttan”ti. That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.”


AN 4.246 Seyyā: Lying Postures

246. Seyyāsutta 246. Lying Postures
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, seyyā. “monks, there are these four ways of lying down.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Petaseyyā, kāmabhogiseyyā, sīhaseyyā, tathāgataseyyā. The ways a corpse, a pleasure seeker, a lion, and a Realized One lie down.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, petaseyyā? And how does a corpse lie down?
Yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, petā uttānā senti; Corpses usually lie flat on their backs.
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, petaseyyā. This is called the way a corpse lies down.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, kāmabhogiseyyā? And how does a pleasure seeker lie down?
Yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, kāmabhogī vāmena passena senti; Pleasure seekers usually lie down on their left side.
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāmabhogiseyyā. This is called the way a pleasure seeker lies down.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sīhaseyyā? And how does a lion lie down?
Sīho, bhikkhave, migarājā dakkhiṇena passena seyyaṃ kappeti, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, antarasatthimhi naṅguṭṭhaṃ anupakkhipitvā. The lion, king of beasts, lies down on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other, with his tail tucked between his thighs.
So paṭibujjhitvā purimaṃ kāyaṃ abbhunnāmetvā pacchimaṃ kāyaṃ anuviloketi. When he wakes, he lifts his front quarters and checks his hind quarters.
Sace, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā kiñci passati kāyassa vikkhittaṃ vā visaṭaṃ vā, tena, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā anattamano hoti. If he sees that any part of his body is disordered or displaced, he is displeased.
Sace pana, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā na kiñci passati kāyassa vikkhittaṃ vā visaṭaṃ vā, tena, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā attamano hoti. But if he sees that no part of his body is disordered or displaced, he is pleased.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīhaseyyā. This is called the way a lion lies down.


Katamā ca, bhikkhave, tathāgataseyyā? And how does a Realized One lie down?
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato vivicceva kāmehi … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. It’s when a Realized One, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna … second jhāna … third jhāna … fourth jhāna.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, tathāgataseyyā. This is called the way a Realized One lies down.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso seyyā”ti. These are the four ways of lying down.”


AN 4.247 Thūpāraha: Worthy of a Monument

247. Thūpārahasutta 247. Worthy of a Monument
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, thūpārahā. “monks, these four are worthy of a monument.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekabuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatasāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho— A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; a Buddha awakened for themselves; a disciple of a Realized One; and a wheel-turning monarch.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro thūpārahā”ti. These four are worthy of a monument.”


AN 4.248 Paññāvuddhi: The Growth of Wisdom

248. Paññāvuddhisutta 248. The Growth of Wisdom
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā paññāvuddhiyā saṃvattanti. “monks, these four things lead to the growth of wisdom.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammasavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti— Associating with good people, listening to the true Dharma, proper attention, and practicing in line with The Dharma.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā paññāvuddhiyā saṃvattantī”ti. These four things lead to the growth of wisdom.”


AN 4.249 Bahukāra: Very Helpful

249. Bahukārasutta 249. Very Helpful
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā manussabhūtassa bahukārā honti. “monks, these four things are very helpful to a human being.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammasavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti— Associating with good people, listening to the true Dharma, proper attention, and practicing in line with The Dharma.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā manussabhūtassa bahukārā hontī”ti. These four things are very helpful to a human being.”


AN 4.250 Paṭhamavohāra: Expressions (1st)

250. Paṭhamavohārasutta 250. Expressions (1st)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, anariyavohārā. “monks, there are these four ignoble expressions.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Adiṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, asute sutavāditā, amute mutavāditā, aviññāte viññātavāditā— Saying you’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, but you haven’t.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro anariyavohārā”ti. These are the four ignoble expressions.”


AN 4.251 Dutiyavohāra: Expressions (2nd)

251. Dutiyavohārasutta 251. Expressions (2nd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, ariyavohārā. “monks, there are these four noble expressions.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Adiṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, asute asutavāditā, amute amutavāditā, aviññāte aviññātavāditā— Saying you haven’t seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, and you haven’t.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ariyavohārā”ti. These are the four noble expressions.”


AN 4.252 Tatiyavohāra: Expressions (3rd)

252. Tatiyavohārasutta 252. Expressions (3rd)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, anariyavohārā. “monks, there are these four ignoble expressions.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, sute asutavāditā, mute amutavāditā, viññāte aviññātavāditā— Saying you haven’t seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, and you have.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro anariyavohārā”ti. These are the four ignoble expressions.”


AN 4.253 Catutthavohāra: Expressions (4th)

253. Catutthavohārasutta 253. Expressions (4th)
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, ariyavohārā. “monks, there are these four noble expressions.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Diṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, sute sutavāditā, mute mutavāditā, viññāte viññātavāditā— Saying you’ve seen, heard, thought, or cognized something, and you have.
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ariyavohārā”ti. These are the four noble expressions.”


end of section [4..25.. - AN 4 vagga 25 Āpattibhaya: Perils of Offenses]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 26 Abhiññā: Insight

    AN 4.254 - AN 4.254 Abhiññā: Insight
    AN 4.255 - AN 4.255 Pariyesanā: Searches
    AN 4.256 - AN 4.256 Saṅgahavatthu: Ways of Being Inclusive
    AN 4.257 - AN 4.257 Mālukyaputta: With Māluṅkyaputta
    AN 4.258 - AN 4.258 Kula: Families
    AN 4.259 - AN 4.259 Paṭhamaājānīya: A Thoroughbred (1st)
    AN 4.260 - AN 4.260 Dutiyaājānīya: A Thoroughbred (2nd)
    AN 4.261 - AN 4.261 Bala: Powers
    AN 4.262 - AN 4.262 Arañña: Wilderness
    AN 4.263 - AN 4.263 Kamma: Deeds

AN 4.254 Abhiññā: Insight

254. Abhiññāsutta 254. Insight
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā. monks, there are these four things.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pariññeyyā; There are things that should be completely understood by direct knowledge.
atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā; There are things that should be given up by direct knowledge.
atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā; There are things that should be developed by direct knowledge.
atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā sacchikātabbā. There are things that should be realized by direct knowledge.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pariññeyyā? And what are the things that should be completely understood by direct knowledge?
Pañcupādānakkhandhā— The five grasping aggregates.
ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pariññeyyā. These are called the things that should be completely understood by direct knowledge.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? And what are the things that should be given up by direct knowledge?
Avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca— Ignorance and craving for continued existence.
ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā. These are called the things that should be given up by direct knowledge.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā? And what are the things that should be developed by direct knowledge?
Samatho ca vipassanā ca— Serenity and discernment.
ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā. These are called the things that should be developed by direct knowledge.


Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā sacchikātabbā? And what are the things that should be realized by direct knowledge?
Vijjā ca vimutti ca— Knowledge and freedom.
ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā sacchikātabbā. These are called the things that should be realized by direct knowledge.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā”ti. These are the four things.”


AN 4.255 Pariyesanā: Searches

255. Pariyesanāsutta 255. Searches
“Catasso imā, bhikkhave, anariyapariyesanā. “monks, there are these four ignoble searches.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhammaṃyeva pariyesati; Someone liable to grow old searches only for what grows old.
attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhammaṃyeva pariyesati; Someone liable to sickness searches only for what gets sick.
attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhammaṃyeva pariyesati; Someone liable to death searches only for what dies.
attanā saṅkilesadhammo samāno saṅkilesadhammaṃyeva pariyesati. Someone whose nature is defiled searches only for what is defiled.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso anariyapariyesanā. These are the four ignoble searches.


Catasso imā, bhikkhave, ariyapariyesanā. There are these four noble searches.
Katamā catasso? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati; Someone who is liable to grow old, knowing the drawback in what grows old, searches for the unaging supreme sanctuary, nirvana.
attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā abyādhiṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati; Someone who is liable to get sick, knowing the drawback in what gets sick, searches for the sickness-free supreme sanctuary, nirvana.
attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā amataṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati; Someone who is liable to die, knowing the drawback in what dies, searches for the deathless supreme sanctuary, nirvana.
attanā saṅkilesadhammo samāno saṅkilesadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asaṅkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati. Someone whose nature is defiled, knowing the drawback in what is defiled, searches for the undefiled supreme sanctuary, nirvana.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, catasso ariyapariyesanā”ti. These are the four noble searches.”


AN 4.256 Saṅgahavatthu: Ways of Being Inclusive

256. Saṅgahavatthusutta 256. Ways of Being Inclusive
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, saṅgahavatthūni. “monks, there are these four ways of being inclusive.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Dānaṃ, peyyavajjaṃ, atthacariyā, samānattatā— Giving, kind speech, taking care, and equality.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri saṅgahavatthūnī”ti. These are the four ways of being inclusive.”


AN 4.257 Mālukyaputta: With Māluṅkyaputta

257. Mālukyaputtasutta 257. With Māluṅkyaputta
Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu, yamahaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti. “Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, ardent, and resolute.”
“Ettha idāni, mālukyaputta, kiṃ dahare bhikkhū vakkhāma; “Well now, Māluṅkyaputta, what are we to say to the young monks,
yatra hi nāma tvaṃ jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako tathāgatassa saṃkhittena ovādaṃ yācasī”ti. when even an old man like you, elderly and senior, asks the Realized One for brief advice?”
“Desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ; desetu sugato saṃkhittena dhammaṃ. Appeva nāmāhaṃ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājāneyyaṃ; appeva nāmāhaṃ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assan”ti. “Sir, may the Buddha teach me the Dhamma in brief! May the Holy One teach me the Dhamma in brief! Hopefully I can understand the meaning of what the Buddha says! Hopefully I can be an heir of the Buddha's Dharma!”


“Cattārome, mālukyaputta, taṇhuppādā yattha bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. “Māluṅkyaputta, there are four things that give rise to craving in a monk.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Cīvarahetu vā, mālukyaputta, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. For the sake of robes,
Piṇḍapātahetu vā, mālukyaputta, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. alms-food,
Senāsanahetu vā, mālukyaputta, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. lodgings,
Itibhavābhavahetu vā, mālukyaputta, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. or rebirth in this or that state.
Ime kho, mālukyaputta, cattāro taṇhuppādā yattha bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati. These are the four things that give rise to craving in a monk.
Yato kho, mālukyaputta, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ayaṃ vuccati, mālukyaputta, ‘bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṃ, vivattayi saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’”ti. That craving is given up by a monk, cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. Then they’re called a monk who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering.”


Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. When Māluṅkyaputta had been given this advice by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.
Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Then Māluṅkyaputta, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, ardent, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which people from good families rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
“Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. He understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is no return to any state of existence.”
Aññataro ca panāyasmā mālukyaputto arahataṃ ahosīti. And Venerable Māluṅkyaputta became one of the perfected.


AN 4.258 Kula: Families

258. Kulasutta 258. Families
“Yāni kānici, bhikkhave, kulāni bhogesu mahattaṃ pattāni na ciraṭṭhitikāni bhavanti, sabbāni tāni catūhi ṭhānehi, etesaṃ vā aññatarena. “monks, when families don’t stay wealthy for long, it’s always for one or more of these four reasons.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Naṭṭhaṃ na gavesanti, jiṇṇaṃ na paṭisaṅkharonti, aparimitapānabhojanā honti, dussīlaṃ itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ādhipacce ṭhapenti. They don’t look for what’s lost; they don’t fix old things; they eat and drink too much; or they put an unethical woman or man in charge.
Yāni kānici, bhikkhave, kulāni bhogesu mahattaṃ pattāni na ciraṭṭhitikāni bhavanti, sabbāni tāni imehi catūhi ṭhānehi, etesaṃ vā aññatarena. When families don’t stay wealthy for long, it’s always for one or more of these four reasons.


Yāni kānici, bhikkhave, kulāni bhogesu mahattaṃ pattāni ciraṭṭhitikāni bhavanti, sabbāni tāni catūhi ṭhānehi, etesaṃ vā aññatarena. When families do stay wealthy for long, it’s always for one or more of these four reasons.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Naṭṭhaṃ gavesanti, jiṇṇaṃ paṭisaṅkharonti, parimitapānabhojanā honti, sīlavantaṃ itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ādhipacce ṭhapenti. They look for what’s lost; they fix old things; they eat and drink in moderation; and they put an ethical woman or man in charge.
Yāni kānici, bhikkhave, kulāni bhogesu mahattaṃ pattāni ciraṭṭhitikāni bhavanti, sabbāni tāni imehi catūhi ṭhānehi, etesaṃ vā aññatarenā”ti. When families do stay wealthy for long, it’s always for one or more of these four reasons.”


AN 4.259 Paṭhamaājānīya: A Thoroughbred (1st)

259. Paṭhamaājānīyasutta 259. A Thoroughbred (1st)
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. “monks, a fine royal thoroughbred with four factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred is beautiful, strong, fast, and well-proportioned.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. A fine royal thoroughbred with these four factors is worthy of a king. …


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with four factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. It’s when a monk is beautiful, strong, fast, and well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti? And how is a monk beautiful?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is beautiful.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti? And how is a monk strong?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is strong.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? And how is a monk fast?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. It’s when they truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is fast.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ārohapariṇāhasampanno hoti? And how is a monk well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. It’s when a monk receives robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ārohapariṇāhasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is well proportioned.


Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these four factors … is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 4.260 Dutiyaājānīya: A Thoroughbred (2nd)

260. Dutiyaājānīyasutta 260. A Thoroughbred (2nd)
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. “monks, a fine royal thoroughbred with four factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and considered a factor of kingship.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti, balasampanno ca, javasampanno ca, ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred is beautiful, strong, fast, and well-proportioned.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. A fine royal thoroughbred with these four factors is worthy of a king. …


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. In the same way, a monk with four factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti, balasampanno ca, javasampanno ca, ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. It’s when a monk is beautiful, strong, fast, and well proportioned.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti? And how is a monk beautiful?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti … pe … samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. It’s when a monk is ethical, restrained in the code of conduct, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is beautiful.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti? And how is a monk strong?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu balasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is strong.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? And how is a monk fast?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā … pe … sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. It’s when a monk realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is fast.


Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ārohapariṇāhasampanno hoti? And how is a monk well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. It’s when a monk receives robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ārohapariṇāhasampanno hoti. That’s how a monk is well proportioned.


Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. A monk with these four factors … is the supreme field of merit for the world.”


AN 4.261 Bala: Powers

261. Balasutta 261. Powers
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these four powers.
Katamāni cattāri? Which Four?
Vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ— The powers of energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balānī”ti. These are the four powers.”


AN 4.262 Arañña: Wilderness

262. Araññasutta 262. Wilderness
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. “monks, when a monk has four dharmas they’re not ready to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṃsāvitakkena, duppañño hoti jaḷo elamūgo— They have sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts; or they’re witless, dull, and stupid.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. When a monk has these four dharmas they’re not ready to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. When a monk has four dharmas they’re ready to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Nekkhammavitakkena, abyāpādavitakkena, avihiṃsāvitakkena, paññavā hoti ajaḷo anelamūgo— They have thoughts of renunciation, love, and kindness; and they’re wise, bright, and intelligent.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevitun”ti. When a monk has these four dharmas they’re ready to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.”


AN 4.263 Kamma: Deeds

263. Kammasutta 263. Deeds
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. “When a foolish, incompetent bad person has four dharmas they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena, sāvajjāya diṭṭhiyā— Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameworthy view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. When a foolish, incompetent bad person has these four dharmas they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much bad karma.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. When an astute, competent good person has four dharmas they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena, anavajjāya diṭṭhiyā— Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameless view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. When an astute, competent good person has these four dharmas they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they make much merit.”


end of section [4..26.. - AN 4 vagga 26 Abhiññā: Insight]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 27 Kammapatha: Ways of Performing Deeds

    AN 4.264 - AN 4.264 Pāṇātipātī: Killing Living Creatures
    AN 4.265 - AN 4.265 Adinnādāyī: Stealing
    AN 4.266 - AN 4.266 Micchācārī: Misconduct
    AN 4.267 - AN 4.267 Musāvādī: Lying
    AN 4.268 - AN 4.268 Pisuṇavācā: Divisive Speech
    AN 4.269 - AN 4.269 Pharusavācā: Harsh Speech
    AN 4.270 - AN 4.270 Samphappalāpa: Talking Nonsense
    AN 4.271 - AN 4.271 Abhijjhālu: Covetousness
    AN 4.272 - AN 4.272 Byāpannacitta: Ill Will
    AN 4.273 - AN 4.273 Micchādiṭṭhi: Wrong View

AN 4.264 Pāṇātipātī: Killing Living Creatures

264. Pāṇātipātīsutta 264. Killing Living Creatures
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Attanā ca pāṇātipātī hoti, parañca pāṇātipāte samādapeti, pāṇātipāte ca samanuñño hoti, pāṇātipātassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati— They themselves kill living creatures; they encourage others to kill living creatures; they approve of killing living creatures; and they praise killing living creatures.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Someone with these four dharmas is cast down to hell.


Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati— They don’t themselves kill living creatures; they encourage others to not kill living creatures; they approve of not killing living creatures; and they praise not killing living creatures.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


AN 4.265 Adinnādāyī: Stealing

265. Adinnādāyīsutta 265. Stealing
“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, someone with four dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi catūhi? Which Four?
Attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, parañca adinnādāne samādapeti, adinnādāne ca samanuñño hoti, adinnādānassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati— They themselves steal …
imehi kho … pe …. Someone with four dharmas is raised up to heaven. …


Attanā ca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, adinnādānā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti, adinnādānā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi kho, bhikkhave … pe …. They don’t themselves steal …


AN 4.266 Micchācārī: Misconduct

266. Micchācārīsutta 266. Misconduct
… pe … Attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti, kāmesumicchācāre ca samanuñño hoti, kāmesumicchācārassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi kho … pe …. … They themselves commit sexual misconduct …


Attanā ca kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi kho … pe …. They themselves don’t commit sexual misconduct …


AN 4.267 Musāvādī: Lying

267. Musāvādīsutta 267. Lying
… pe … Attanā ca musāvādī hoti, parañca musāvāde samādapeti, musāvāde ca samanuñño hoti, musāvādassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi kho … pe …. … They themselves lie …


Attanā ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, parañca musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, musāvādā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti, musāvādā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi … pe …. … They themselves don’t lie …


AN 4.268 Pisuṇavācā: Divisive Speech

268. Pisuṇavācāsutta 268. Divisive Speech
… pe … Attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, parañca pisuṇāya vācāya samādapeti, pisuṇāya vācāya ca samanuñño hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi … pe …. … They themselves speak divisively …


Attanā ca pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, parañca pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi … pe …. … They themselves don’t speak divisively …


AN 4.269 Pharusavācā: Harsh Speech

269. Pharusavācāsutta 269. Harsh Speech
… pe … Attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, parañca pharusāya vācāya samādapeti, pharusāya vācāya ca samanuñño hoti, pharusāya vācāya ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati … pe …. … They themselves speak harshly …


Attanā ca pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, parañca pharusāya vācāya veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi kho … pe …. … They themselves don’t speak harshly …


AN 4.270 Samphappalāpa: Talking Nonsense

270. Samphappalāpasutta 270. Talking Nonsense
… pe … Attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, parañca samphappalāpe samādapeti, samphappalāpe ca samanuñño hoti, samphappalāpassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi … pe …. … They themselves talk nonsense …


Attanā ca samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, parañca samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā ca samanuñño hoti, samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi kho, bhikkhave … pe …. … They themselves don’t talk nonsense …


AN 4.271 Abhijjhālu: Covetousness

271. Abhijjhālusutta 271. Covetousness
… pe … Attanā ca abhijjhālu hoti, parañca abhijjhāya samādapeti, abhijjhāya ca samanuñño hoti, abhijjhāya ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati … pe …. … They themselves are covetous …


Attanā ca anabhijjhālu hoti, parañca anabhijjhāya samādapeti, anabhijjhāya ca samanuñño hoti, anabhijjhāya ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi kho … pe …. … They themselves are content …


AN 4.272 Byāpannacitta: Ill Will

272. Byāpannacittasutta 272. Ill Will
… pe … Attanā ca byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, byāpāde ca samanuñño hoti, byāpādassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi … pe …. … They themselves have ill will …


Attanā ca abyāpannacitto hoti, parañca abyāpāde samādapeti, abyāpāde ca samanuñño hoti, abyāpādassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi … pe …. … They themselves have good will …


AN 4.273 Micchādiṭṭhi: Wrong View

273. Micchādiṭṭhisutta 273. Wrong View
… pe … Attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti, micchādiṭṭhiyā ca samanuñño hoti, micchādiṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati—imehi … pe …. … They themselves have wrong view …


Attanā ca sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca sammādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti, sammādiṭṭhiyā ca samanuñño hoti, sammādiṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati— They themselves have right view; they encourage others to have right view; they approve of right view; and they praise right view.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ saggeti. Someone with these four dharmas is raised up to heaven.”


end of section [4..27.. - AN 4 vagga 27 Kammapatha: Ways of Performing Deeds]
+

§ – AN 4 vagga 28 Rāgapeyyāla: Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed

    AN 4.274 - AN 4.274 Satipaṭṭhāna: rememberfulness Meditation
    AN 4.275 - AN 4.275 Sammappadhāna: Right Efforts
    AN 4.276 - AN 4.276 Iddhipāda: Bases of Psychic Power

AN 4.274 Satipaṭṭhāna: rememberfulness Meditation

274. Satipaṭṭhānasutta 274. rememberfulness Meditation
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā. “For insight into greed, four things should be developed.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; Firstly, a monk meditates by observing an aspect of the body—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
vedanāsu … pe … citte … pe … dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … mind … Dharmas—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. For insight into greed, these four things should be developed.”


AN 4.275 Sammappadhāna: Right Efforts

275. Sammappadhānasutta 275. Right Efforts
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā. “For insight into greed, four things should be developed.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; Firstly, a monk generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful Dharmas don’t arise.
uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya … pe … anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya … pe … uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. …so that unskillful Dharmas that have arisen are given up … so that skillful Dharmas arise … so that skillful Dharmas that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are fulfilled by development.
Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. For insight into greed, these four things should be developed.”


AN 4.276 Iddhipāda: Bases of Psychic Power

276. Iddhipādasutta 276. Bases of Psychic Power
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā. “For insight into greed, four things should be developed.
Katame cattāro? Which Four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti; It’s when a monk develops the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to enthusiasm, and active effort.
vīriyasamādhi … pe … cittasamādhi … pe … vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to energy … mental development … inquiry, and active effort.
Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. For insight into greed, these four things should be developed.”


277–​303. Pariññādisutta 277–303. Complete Understanding, Etc.
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya … pe … parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā … pe …. “For the complete understanding … finishing … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … letting go of greed, four things should be developed.”


304–783. 304–783.

“Bhikkhus, for direct knowledge … for full understanding … for the utter destruction … for the abandoning … for the destruction … for the vanishing … for the fading away … for the cessation … for the giving up … for the relinquishment of hatred … of delusion … of anger … of hostility … of denigration … of insolence … of envy … of miserliness … of deceitfulness … of craftiness … of obstinacy … of vehemence … of conceit … of arrogance … of intoxication … of heedlessness, these four things are to be developed. Which Four? (1) Here, a bhikkhu dwells contemplating the body in the body … (2) … feelings in feelings … (3) … mind in mind … (4) … dharma in dharma, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having removed longing and dejection in regard to the world. (1) Here, a bhikkhu generates desire for the non-arising of unarisen bad unwholesome states … (2) … for the abandoning of arisen bad unwholesome states … (3) … for the arising of unarisen wholesome states … (4) … for the maintenance of arisen wholesome states, for their non-decline, increase, expansion, and fulfillment by development; he makes an effort, arouses energy, applies his mind, and strives. (1) Here, a bhikkhu develops the basis for psychic potency that possesses concentration due to desire … (2) … that possesses concentration due to energy … (3) … that possesses concentration due to mind … (4) … that possesses concentration due to investigation and activities of striving. For the relinquishment of heedlessness, these four things are to be developed.” “Bhikkhus, for direct knowledge … for full understanding … for the utter destruction … for the abandoning … for the destruction … for the vanishing … for the fading away … for the cessation … for the giving up … for the relinquishment of hatred … of delusion … of anger … of hostility … of denigration … of insolence … of envy … of miserliness … of deceitfulness … of craftiness … of obstinacy … of vehemence … of conceit … of arrogance … of intoxication … of heedlessness, these four things are to be developed. Which Four? (1) Here, a bhikkhu dwells contemplating the body in the body … (2) … feelings in feelings … (3) … mind in mind … (4) … dharma in dharma, ardent, clearly comprehending, rememberful, having removed longing and dejection in regard to the world. (1) Here, a bhikkhu generates desire for the non-arising of unarisen bad unwholesome states … (2) … for the abandoning of arisen bad unwholesome states … (3) … for the arising of unarisen wholesome states … (4) … for the maintenance of arisen wholesome states, for their non-decline, increase, expansion, and fulfillment by development; he makes an effort, arouses energy, applies his mind, and strives. (1) Here, a bhikkhu develops the basis for psychic potency that possesses concentration due to desire … (2) … that possesses concentration due to energy … (3) … that possesses concentration due to mind … (4) … that possesses concentration due to investigation and activities of striving. For the relinquishment of heedlessness, these four things are to be developed.”

This is what the Blessed One said. Elated, those bhikkhus delighted in the Blessed One’s statement. This is what the Blessed One said. Elated, those bhikkhus delighted in the Blessed One’s statement.

The Book of the Fours is finished. The Book of the Fours is finished.


AN 5 all suttas

. .
pic for AN



Aṅguttara Nikāya 5 Numbered Discourses 5
(cst4) (derived from B. Sujato 2018/12)


+

§ – AN 5 vagga 1 Sekha-bala: Powers of a Trainee



AN 5.1 Saṅkhitta: In Brief

1. Saṅkhittasutta 1. In Brief
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “monks!”
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Venerable sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:


“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. “monks, there are these five powers of a trainee.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ— The powers of justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sekhabalāni. These are the five powers of a trainee.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, ottappabalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, vīriyabalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, paññābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. ‘We will have the trainee’s powers of justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”
Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Satisfied, the mendicants were happy with what the Buddha said. Satisfied, the monks were happy with what the Buddha said.
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

AN 5.2 Vitthata: In Detail

2. Vitthatasutta 2. In Detail
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. “monks, there are these five powers of a trainee.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. The powers of justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ? And what is the power of justifiable-trust?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has justifiable-trust in the Realized One’s awakening:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ. This is called the power of justifiable-trust.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, hirībalaṃ? And what is the power of conscience?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about having any bad, unskillful Dharmas.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, hirībalaṃ. This is called the power of conscience.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṃ? And what is the power of prudence?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to acquiring any bad, unskillful Dharmas.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṃ. This is called the power of prudence.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ? And what is the power of energy?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ. This is called the power of energy.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ? And what is the power of wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ. This is called the power of wisdom.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sekhabalāni. These are the five powers of a trainee.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena … ottappabalena … vīriyabalena … paññābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. ‘We will have the trainee’s powers of justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.’
That’s how you should train.” That’s how you should train.”
Evañhi kho, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. Evañhi kho, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti.

AN 5.3 Dukkha: Suffering

3. Dukkhasutta 3. Suffering
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. “monks, when a monk has five dharmas they live unhappily in the present life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, duppañño hoti. It’s when a monk is justifiable-trustless, shameless, imprudent, lazy, and witless.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. When a monk has these five dharmas they live unhappily in the present life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth.


Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā. When a monk has five dharmas they live happily in the present life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, paññavā hoti. It’s when a monk has justifiable-trust, conscientious, prudent, energetic, and wise.
When a mendicant has these five dharmas they live happily in the present life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.” When a monk has these five dharmas they live happily in the present life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti.

AN 5.4 Yathābhata: Cast Down

4. Yathābhatasutta 4. Cast Down
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. “monks, a monk with five dharmas is cast down to hell.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, duppañño hoti. It’s when a monk is justifiable-trustless, shameless, imprudent, lazy, and witless.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. A monk with these five dharmas is cast down to hell.


Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. A monk with five dharmas is raised up to heaven.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, paññavā hoti. It’s when a monk has justifiable-trust, conscientious, prudent, energetic, and wise.
A mendicant with these five dharmas is raised up to heaven.” A monk with these five dharmas is raised up to heaven.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge”ti.

AN 5.5 Sikkhā: Disrobing

5. Sikkhāsutta 5. Disrobing
“Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pañca sahadhammikā vādānupātā gārayhā ṭhānā āgacchanti. “monks, any monk or nun who rejects the training and returns to a lesser life deserves rebuke and criticism on five legitimate grounds in the present life.
Katame pañca? What five?
Saddhāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, hirīpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, ottappampi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyampi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, paññāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu. ‘You had no justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, or wisdom regarding skillful Dharmas.’
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime pañca sahadhammikā vādānupātā gārayhā ṭhānā āgacchanti. Any monk or nun who rejects the training and returns to a lesser life deserves rebuke and criticism on these five legitimate grounds in the present life.


Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṃsā ṭhānā āgacchanti. Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on five legitimate grounds in the present life.
Katame pañca? What five?
Saddhāpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, hirīpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, ottappampi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyampi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, paññāpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu. ‘You had justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful Dharmas.’
Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on these five legitimate grounds in the present life.” Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on these five legitimate grounds in the present life.”
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṃsā ṭhānā āgacchantī”ti. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṃsā ṭhānā āgacchantī”ti.

AN 5.6 Samāpatti: Becoming

6. Samāpattisutta 6. Becoming
“Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva saddhā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti kusalesu dhammesu. “monks, you don’t become unskillful as long as justifiable-trust is established in skillful Dharmas.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, saddhā antarahitā hoti, assaddhiyaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; But when justifiable-trust vanishes and justifiable-trustlessness takes over,
atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti. you become unskillful.


Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva hirī paccupaṭṭhitā hoti kusalesu dhammesu. You don’t become unskillful as long as conscience … prudence … energy … wisdom is established in skillful Dharmas.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, hirī antarahitā hoti, ahirikaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati;
atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.


Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva paññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti kusalesu dhammesu.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, paññā antarahitā hoti, duppaññā pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; But when wisdom vanishes and witlessness takes over,
you become unskillful.” you become unskillful.”
atha akusalassa samāpatti hotī”ti. atha akusalassa samāpatti hotī”ti.

AN 5.7 Kāma: Sensual Pleasures

7. Kāmasutta 7. Sensual Pleasures
“Yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, sattā kāmesu laḷitā. “monks, sentient beings are mostly charmed by sensual pleasures.
Asitabyābhaṅgiṃ, bhikkhave, kulaputto ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, ‘saddhāpabbajito kulaputto’ti alaṃvacanāya. When someone from a good family has abandoned the scythe and flail and gone forth from the lay life to homelessness, they’re qualified to be called ‘an justifiably-trustful renunciate from a good family’.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Labbhā, bhikkhave, yobbanena kāmā te ca kho yādisā vā tādisā vā. Because a youth can get sensual pleasures of this kind or that.
Ye ca, bhikkhave, hīnā kāmā ye ca majjhimā kāmā ye ca paṇītā kāmā, sabbe kāmā ‘kāmā’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Now, all sensual pleasures are just reckoned as ‘sensual pleasures’, regardless of whether they’re inferior, average, or superior.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako dhātiyā pamādamanvāya kaṭṭhaṃ vā kaṭhalaṃ vā mukhe āhareyya. Suppose there was a little baby boy who, because of his nurse’s negligence, puts a stick or stone in his mouth.
Tamenaṃ dhāti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ manasi kareyya; The nurse would very quickly notice
sīghaṃ sīghaṃ manasi karitvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ āhareyya. and try to take it out.
No ce sakkuṇeyya sīghaṃ sīghaṃ āharituṃ, vāmena hatthena sīsaṃ pariggahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena vaṅkaṅguliṃ karitvā salohitampi āhareyya. If that didn’t work, she’d cradle his head with her left hand, and take it out using a hooked finger of her right hand, even if it drew blood.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
‘Atthesā, bhikkhave, kumārassa vihesā; I admit she’d know, ‘This will distress the child,
nesā natthī’ti vadāmi. there’s no denying.’
Karaṇīyañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, dhātiyā atthakāmāya hitesiniyā anukampikāya, anukampaṃ upādāya. Still, it should be done by a nurse who wants what’s best for him, out of kindness and compassion.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, so kumāro vuddho hoti alaṃpañño, anapekkhā dāni, bhikkhave, dhāti tasmiṃ kumāre hoti: And when the boy has grown up and has enough sense, his nurse would not worry about him, thinking:
‘attagutto dāni kumāro nālaṃ pamādāyā’ti. ‘The boy can look after himself. He won’t be negligent.’


Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yāvakīvañca bhikkhuno saddhāya akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, paññāya akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anurakkhitabbo tāva me so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti. In the same way, I still need to look after a monk who hasn’t finished developing justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful Dharmas.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno saddhāya kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, paññāya kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anapekkho dānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, tasmiṃ bhikkhusmiṃ homi: But when a monk has finished developing justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful Dharmas, I think:
‘They can look after themselves. They won’t be negligent.’” ‘They can look after themselves. They won’t be negligent.’”
‘attagutto dāni bhikkhu nālaṃ pamādāyā’”ti. ‘attagutto dāni bhikkhu nālaṃ pamādāyā’”ti.

AN 5.8 Cavana: Failure

8. Cavanasutta 8. Failure
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. “monks, a monk with five dharmas fails, and doesn’t establish themselves in the true Dharma.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Assaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A monk who is justifiable-trustless …
Ahiriko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. shameless …
Anottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. imprudent …
Kusīto, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. lazy …
Duppañño, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. witless fails, and doesn’t establish themselves in the true Dharma.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A monk with these five dharmas fails, and doesn’t establish themselves in the true Dharma.


Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A monk with five dharmas doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true Dharma.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A monk who has justifiable-trust …
Hirīmā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. conscientious …
Ottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. prudent …
Āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. energetic …
Paññavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. wise doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true Dharma.
A mendicant with these five dharmas doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true teaching.” A monk with these five dharmas doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true Dharma.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme”ti.

AN 5.9 Paṭhamaagārava: Disrespect (1st)

9. Paṭhamaagāravasutta 9. Disrespect (1st)
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. “monks, a disrespectful and irreverent monk with five dharmas fails, and doesn’t establish themselves in the true Dharma.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Assaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A disrespectful and irreverent monk who is justifiable-trustless …
Ahiriko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. shameless …
Anottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. imprudent …
Kusīto, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. lazy …
Duppañño, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. witless fails, and doesn’t establish themselves in the true Dharma.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A disrespectful and irreverent monk with these five dharmas fails, and doesn’t establish themselves in the true Dharma.


Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A respectful and reverent monk with five dharmas doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true Dharma.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. A respectful and reverent monk who has justifiable-trust …
Hirīmā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. conscientious …
Ottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. prudent …
Āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. energetic …
Paññavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. wise doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true Dharma.
A respectful and reverent mendicant with these five dharmas doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true teaching.” A respectful and reverent monk with these five dharmas doesn’t fail, and establishes themselves in the true Dharma.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme”ti.

AN 5.10 Dutiyaagārava: Disrespect (2nd)

10. Dutiyaagāravasutta 10. Disrespect (2nd)
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. “monks, a disrespectful and irreverent monk with five dharmas can’t achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this Dharma and training.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Assaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. A disrespectful and irreverent monk who is justifiable-trustless …
Ahiriko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. shameless …
Anottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. imprudent …
Kusīto, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. lazy …
Duppañño, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. witless can’t achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this Dharma and training.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. A disrespectful and irreverent monk with these five dharmas can’t achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this Dharma and training.


Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. A respectful and reverent monk with five dharmas can achieve growth, improvement, and maturity in this Dharma and training.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. A respectful and reverent monk who has justifiable-trust …
Hirīmā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu … pe … ottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu … pe … āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu … pe … paññavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. conscientious … prudent … energetic … wise can achieve growth, improvement, and maturity in this Dharma and training.
A respectful and reverent mendicant with these five dharmas can achieve growth, improvement, and maturity in this teaching and training.” A respectful and reverent monk with these five dharmas can achieve growth, improvement, and maturity in this Dharma and training.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjitun”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjitun”ti.


end of section [5..1.. - AN 5 vagga 1 Sekha-bala: Powers of a Trainee]
+

§ – AN 5 vagga 2 Bala: Powers



AN 5.11 Ananussuta: Not Learned From Anyone Else

11. Ananussutasutta 11. Not Learned From Anyone Else
“Pubbāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ananussutesu dhammesu abhiññāvosānapāramippatto paṭijānāmi. “I claim to have attained perfection and consummation of insight regarding dharmas not learned before from another.
Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni, yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavatteti. The Realized One has five powers of a Realized One. With these he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the holy wheel.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ— The powers of justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
These are the five powers of a Realized One. With these he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the holy wheel.” These are the five powers of a Realized One. With these he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the holy wheel.”
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavattetī”ti. imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavattetī”ti.

AN 5.12 Kūṭa: Peak

12. Kūṭasutta 12. Peak
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. “monks, there are these five powers of a trainee.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ— The powers of justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sekhabalāni. These are the five powers of a trainee.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sekhabalānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ paññābalaṃ. Of these five powers of a trainee, the power of wisdom is the chief. It holds and binds everything together.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ kūṭaṃ. It’s like a bungalow. The roof-peak is the chief point, which holds and binds everything together.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ sekhabalānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ paññābalaṃ. In the same way, of these five powers of a trainee, the power of wisdom is the chief. It holds and binds everything together.


Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena … ottappabalena … vīriyabalena … paññābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. ‘We will have the trainee’s powers of justifiable-trust, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom.’
That’s how you should train.” That’s how you should train.”
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti.

AN 5.13 Saṅkhitta: In Brief

13. Saṅkhittasutta 13. In Brief
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these five powers.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ— The powers of justifiable-trust, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
These are the five powers.” These are the five powers.”
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca balānī”ti. imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca balānī”ti.

AN 5.14 Vitthata: In Detail

14. Vitthatasutta 14. In Detail
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these five powers.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. The powers of justifiable-trust, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ? And what is the power of justifiable-trust?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has justifiable-trust in the Realized One’s awakening:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ. This is called the power of justifiable-trust.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ? And what is the power of energy?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. It’s when a monk lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ. This is called the power of energy.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ? And what is the power of rememberfulness?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple is rememberful. They have utmost rememberfulness and alertness, and can remember and recall what was said and done long ago.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ. This is called the power of rememberfulness.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ? And what is the power of undistractible-lucidity?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; It’s when a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enters and remains in the first jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third jhāna, where they meditate with equanimous-observation, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure.’
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimous-observation and rememberfulness.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ. This is called the power of undistractible-lucidity.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ? And what is the power of wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ. This is called the power of wisdom.
These are the five powers.” These are the five powers.”
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca balānī”ti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca balānī”ti.

AN 5.15 Daṭṭhabba: Should Be Seen

15. Daṭṭhabbasutta 15. Should Be Seen
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these five powers.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. The powers of justifiable-trust, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
Kattha ca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? And where should the power of justifiable-trust be seen?
Catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu. In the four factors of stream-entry.
Ettha saddhābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Kattha ca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? And where should the power of energy be seen?
Catūsu sammappadhānesu. In the four right efforts.
Ettha vīriyabalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Kattha ca, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? And where should the power of rememberfulness be seen?
Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu. In the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation.
Ettha satibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Kattha ca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? And where should the power of undistractible-lucidity be seen?
Catūsu jhānesu. In the four jhānas.
Ettha samādhibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Kattha ca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? And where should the power of wisdom be seen?
Catūsu ariyasaccesu. In the four noble truths.
Ettha paññābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
These are the five powers.” These are the five powers.”
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca balānī”ti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca balānī”ti.

AN 5.16 Punakūṭa: The Peak, Again

16. Punakūṭasutta 16. The Peak, Again
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. “monks, there are these five powers.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ— The powers of justifiable-trust, energy, rememberfulness, undistractible-lucidity, and wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca balāni. These are the five powers.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ balānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ paññābalaṃ. Of these five powers, the power of wisdom is the chief. It holds and binds everything together.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ kūṭaṃ. It’s like a bungalow. The roof-peak is the chief point, which holds and binds everything together.
In the same way, of these five powers, the power of wisdom is the chief. It holds and binds everything together.” In the same way, of these five powers, the power of wisdom is the chief. It holds and binds everything together.”
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ paññābalan”ti. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ paññābalan”ti.

AN 5.17 Paṭhamahita: One’s Own Welfare

17. Paṭhamahitasutta 17. One’s Own Welfare
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. “monks, a monk with five dharmas is practicing for their own welfare, but not that of others.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; It’s when a monk is personally accomplished in ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. But they don’t encourage others in these dharmas.
attanā samādhisampanno hoti, no paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti;
attanā paññāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ paññāsampadāya samādapeti;
attanā vimuttisampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti;
attanā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti.
A mendicant with these five dharmas is practicing for their own welfare, but not that of others.” A monk with these five dharmas is practicing for their own welfare, but not that of others.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti.

AN 5.18 Dutiyahita: Welfare of Others (2nd)

18. Dutiyahitasutta 18. Welfare of Others (2nd)
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya. “monks, a monk with five dharmas is practicing for the welfare of others, but not their own.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā na sīlasampanno hoti, paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; It’s when a monk is not personally accomplished in ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, freedom, or the knowledge and vision of freedom. But they encourage others in these dharmas.
attanā na samādhisampanno hoti, paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti;
attanā na paññāsampanno hoti, paraṃ paññāsampadāya samādapeti;
attanā na vimuttisampanno hoti, paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti;
attanā na vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti, paraṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti.
A mendicant with these five dharmas is practicing for the welfare of others, but not their own.” A monk with these five dharmas is practicing for the welfare of others, but not their own.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāyā”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāyā”ti.

AN 5.19 Tatiyahita: The Welfare of Neither

19. Tatiyahitasutta 19. The Welfare of Neither
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. “monks, a monk with five dharmas is practicing neither for their own welfare, nor that of others.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā na sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; It’s when a monk is not personally accomplished in ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, freedom, or the knowledge and vision of freedom. Nor do they encourage others in these dharmas.
attanā na samādhisampanno hoti, no paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti;
attanā na paññāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ paññāsampadāya samādapeti;
attanā na vimuttisampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti;
attanā na vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti.
A mendicant with these five dharmas is practicing neither for their own welfare, nor that of others.” A monk with these five dharmas is practicing neither for their own welfare, nor that of others.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti.

AN 5.20 Catutthahita: The Welfare of Both

20. Catutthahitasutta 20. The Welfare of Both
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca. “monks, a monk with five dharmas is practicing for both their own welfare and that of others.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, parañca sīlasampadāya samādapeti; It’s when a monk is personally accomplished in ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. And they encourage others in these dharmas.
attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, parañca samādhisampadāya samādapeti, attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti, parañca paññāsampadāya samādapeti;
attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, parañca vimuttisampadāya samādapeti;
attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti, parañca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti.
A mendicant with these five dharmas is practicing both for their own welfare and that of others.” A monk with these five dharmas is practicing both for their own welfare and that of others.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā”ti.


end of section [5..2.. - AN 5 vagga 2 Bala: Powers]
+

§ – AN 5 vagga 3 Pañcaṅgika: With Five Factors



+

AN 5.21 Paṭhamaagārava: Disrespect (1st)

21. Paṭhamaagāravasutta 21. Disrespect (1st)
“So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso asabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “monks, it’s simply impossible for a disrespectful and irreverent monk with incompatible lifestyle to fulfill the practice dealing with supplementary regulations regarding their spiritual companions.
‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling the practice dealing with supplementary regulations, it’s impossible to fulfill the practice of a trainee.
‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sīlāni paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling the practice of a trainee, it’s impossible to fulfill ethics.
‘Sīlāni aparipūretvā sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling ethics, it’s impossible to fulfill right view.
‘Sammādiṭṭhiṃ aparipūretvā sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling right view, it’s impossible to fulfill right undistractible-lucidity.

(the opposite 5)

So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso sabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. But it is possible for a respectful and reverent monk with compatible lifestyle to fulfill the practice dealing with supplementary regulations regarding their spiritual companions.
‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Having fulfilled the practice dealing with supplementary regulations, it’s possible to fulfill the practice of a trainee.
‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sīlāni paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Having fulfilled the practice of a trainee, it’s possible to fulfill ethics.
‘Sīlāni paripūretvā sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Having fulfilled ethics, it’s possible to fulfill right view.
‘Sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūretvā sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. Having fulfilled right view, it’s possible to fulfill right undistractible-lucidity.”


+

AN 5.22 Dutiyaagārava: Disrespect (2nd)

22. Dutiyaagāravasutta 22. Disrespect (2nd)
“So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso asabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. “monks, it’s simply impossible for a disrespectful and irreverent monk with incompatible lifestyle to fulfill the practice dealing with supplementary regulations regarding their spiritual companions.
‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling the practice dealing with supplementary regulations, it’s impossible to fulfill the practice of a trainee.
‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling the practice of a trainee, it’s impossible to fulfill the entire spectrum of ethics.
‘Sīlakkhandhaṃ aparipūretvā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling the entire spectrum of ethics, it’s impossible to fulfill the entire spectrum of undistractible-lucidity.
‘Samādhikkhandhaṃ aparipūretvā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Without fulfilling the entire spectrum of undistractible-lucidity, it’s impossible to fulfill the entire spectrum of wisdom.

(the opposite 5)

So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso sabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. But it is possible for a respectful and reverent monk with compatible lifestyle to fulfill the practice dealing with supplementary regulations regarding their spiritual companions.
‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Having fulfilled the practice dealing with supplementary regulations, it’s possible to fulfill the practice of a trainee.
‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Having fulfilled the practice of a trainee, it’s possible to fulfill the entire spectrum of ethics.
‘Sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūretvā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Having fulfilled the entire spectrum of ethics, it’s possible to fulfill the entire spectrum of undistractible-lucidity.
Having fulfilled the entire spectrum of immersion, it’s possible to fulfill the entire spectrum of wisdom.” Having fulfilled the entire spectrum of undistractible-lucidity, it’s possible to fulfill the entire spectrum of wisdom.”
‘Samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūretvā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. ‘Samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūretvā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti.


+

AN 5.23 Upakkilesa: Corruptions

    AN 5.23 - AN 5.23 Upakkilesa: Corruptions
        AN 5.23.1 - (five corruptions of gold make it unworkable)
        AN 5.23.2 - (five corruptions of mind are the hindrances 5niv⛅)
        AN 5.23.3 - (six higher knowledges attainable 6ab ⚡☸)

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya. “monks, there are these five corruptions of gold. When gold is corrupted by these it’s not pliable, workable, or radiant, but is brittle and not completely ready for working.

§23.1 – (five corruptions of gold make it unworkable)

Katame pañca? What five?
Ayo, lohaṃ, tipu, sīsaṃ, sajjhaṃ— Iron, copper, tin, lead, and silver.
ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca jātarūpassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya. When gold is corrupted by these five corruptions it’s not pliable, workable, or radiant, but is brittle and not completely ready for working.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, jātarūpaṃ imehi pañcahi upakkilesehi vimuttaṃ hoti, taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ mudu ca kammaniyañca pabhassarañca na ca pabhaṅgu sammā upeti kammāya. But when gold is free of these five corruptions it becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and ready to be worked.
Yassā yassā ca piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya—tañcassa atthaṃ anubhoti. Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a ring, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland.

§23.2 – (five corruptions of mind are the hindrances5niv⛅)

Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcime cittassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ cittaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. In the same way, there are these five corruptions of the mind. When the mind is corrupted by these it’s not pliable, workable, or radiant. It’s brittle, and not completely undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi for the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Katame pañca? What five?
Kāmacchando, byāpādo, thinamiddhaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, vicikicchā— Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt.
ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca cittassa upakkilesā yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ cittaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. These are the five corruptions of the mind. When the mind is corrupted by these it’s not pliable, workable, or radiant. It’s brittle, and not completely undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi for the ending of asinine-inclinations.


§23.3 – (six higher knowledges attainable6ab ⚡☸)

Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, cittaṃ imehi pañcahi upakkilesehi vimuttaṃ hoti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ mudu ca kammaniyañca pabhassarañca na ca pabhaṅgu sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. But when the mind is free of these five corruptions it’s pliable, workable, and radiant. It’s not brittle, and is completely undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi for the ending of asinine-inclinations.
Yassa yassa ca abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You become capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which you extend the mind, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṃ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṃ; āvibhāvaṃ, tirobhāvaṃ; tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ kareyyaṃ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṃ parimajjeyyaṃ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power—multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unimpeded through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful, controlling the body as far as the Brahmā realm.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇeyyaṃ—dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’ti, If you wish: ‘With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, may I hear both kinds of sounds, human and divine, whether near or far.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajāneyyaṃ— If you wish: ‘May I understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with my mind.
sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, samohaṃ vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyyan’ti, May I understand mind with greed as “mind with greed”, and mind without greed as “mind without greed”; mind with hate as “mind with hate”, and mind without hate as “mind without hate”; mind with delusion as “mind with delusion”, and mind without delusion as “mind without delusion”; contracted mind as “contracted mind”, and scattered mind as “scattered mind”; expansive mind as “expansive mind”, and unexpansive mind as “unexpansive mind”; mind that is not supreme as “mind that is not supreme”, and mind that is supreme as “mind that is supreme”; mind undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi as “mind undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi”, and mind not undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi as “mind not undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi”; freed mind as “freed mind”, and unfreed mind as “unfreed mind”.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ, seyyathidaṃ—ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe—amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world evolving, many eons of the world contracting and evolving. May I remember: “There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.” May I recollect my many past lives, with features and details.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṃ—ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannāti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘May I realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.” You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.”
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane”ti. tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane”ti.


+

AN 5.24 Dussīla: Unethical

24. Dussīlasutta 24. Unethical
“Dussīlassa, bhikkhave, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; “monks, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for right undistractible-lucidity.
sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ; When there is no right undistractible-lucidity, one who lacks right undistractible-lucidity has destroyed a vital condition for true knowledge and vision.
yathābhūtañāṇadassane asati yathābhūtañāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; When there is no true knowledge and vision, one who lacks true knowledge and vision has destroyed a vital condition for disenchantment and dispassion.
nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ. When there is no disenchantment and dispassion, one who lacks disenchantment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage.
Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, pheggupi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, sāropi na pāripūriṃ gacchati; Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; In the same way, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for right undistractible-lucidity.
sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ; When there is no right undistractible-lucidity, one who lacks right undistractible-lucidity has destroyed a vital condition for true knowledge and vision.
yathābhūtañāṇadassane asati yathābhūtañāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; When there is no true knowledge and vision, one who lacks true knowledge and vision has destroyed a vital condition for disenchantment and dispassion.
nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ. When there is no disenchantment and dispassion, one who lacks disenchantment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.

(the opposite 5)

Sīlavato, bhikkhave, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; An ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for right undistractible-lucidity.
sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ; When there is right undistractible-lucidity, one who has fulfilled right undistractible-lucidity has fulfilled a vital condition for true knowledge and vision.
yathābhūtañāṇadassane sati yathābhūtañāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; When there is true knowledge and vision, one who has fulfilled true knowledge and vision has fulfilled a vital condition for disenchantment and dispassion.
nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ. When there is disenchantment and dispassion, one who has fulfilled disenchantment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi pāripūriṃ gacchati, pheggupi pāripūriṃ gacchati, sāropi pāripūriṃ gacchati; Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would all grow to fullness.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; In the same way, an ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for right undistractible-lucidity.
sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ; When there is right undistractible-lucidity, one who has fulfilled right undistractible-lucidity has fulfilled a vital condition for true knowledge and vision.
yathābhūtañāṇadassane sati yathābhūtañāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; When there is true knowledge and vision, one who has fulfilled true knowledge and vision has fulfilled a vital condition for disenchantment and dispassion.
When there is disillusionment and dispassion, one who has fulfilled disillusionment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.” When there is disenchantment and dispassion, one who has fulfilled disenchantment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.”
nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanan”ti. nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanan”ti.


AN 5.25 Anuggahita: Supported

25. Anuggahitasutta 25. Supported
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. “monks, when right view is supported by five factors it has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom as its fruit and benefit.


Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sīlānuggahitā ca hoti, sutānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacchānuggahitā ca hoti, samathānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassanānuggahitā ca hoti. It’s when right view is supported by ethics, learning, discussion, serenity, and discernment.
When right view is supported by these five factors it has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom as its fruit and benefit.” When right view is supported by these five factors it has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom as its fruit and benefit.”
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā cā”ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā cā”ti.


+

AN 5.26 Vimuttāyatana: Opportunities for Freedom

(2023 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍)
    AN 5.26 - AN 5.26 Vimuttāyatana: Opportunities for Freedom
        AN 5.26.1 - First jhāna possible while hearing live dhamma talk
            AN 5.26.1.7 - (refrain: 7sb☀️ → jhāna → arahantship)
        AN 5.26.2 - Giving a dhamma talk leads to himself getting jhāna
            AN 5.26.2.7 - (refrain: 7sb☀️ → jhāna → arahantship)
        AN 5.26.3 - Reciting memorized dhamma passage leads to jhāna
            AN 5.26.3.7 - (refrain: 7sb☀️ → jhāna → arahantship)
        AN 5.26.4 - first jhāna possible while thinking and pondering memorized dhamma
            AN 5.26.4.7 - (refrain: 7sb☀️ → jhāna → arahantship)
        AN 5.26.5 - No V&V, undirected samādhi into 2nd jhāna or higher
            AN 5.26.5.7 - (refrain: 7sb☀️ → jhāna → arahantship)

“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, vimuttāyatanāni yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti. “monks, there are these five opportunities for freedom. If a monk stays assiduous, ardent, and resolute at these times, their mind is freed, their asinine-inclinations are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary.
Katamāni pañca? What five?

+

§26.1 – First jhāna possible while hearing live dhamma talk

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī. Firstly, the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches Dhamma to a monk.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tassa bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. That monk feels inspired by the meaning and The Dharma in that Dhamma, no matter how the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches it.
Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Feeling inspired, joy springs up.

§1.7 – (refrain:7sb☀️→ jhāna → arahantship)



Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti. (1) This is the first opportunity for freedom. If a monk stays assiduous, ardent, and resolute at this time, their mind is freed, their asinine-inclinations are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary.

+

§26.2 – Giving a dhamma talk leads to himself getting jhāna

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor a respected spiritual companion teaches Dhamma to a monk. But the monk teaches Dhamma in detail to others as they learned and memorized it.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. That monk feels inspired by the meaning and The Dharma in that Dhamma, no matter how they teach it in detail to others as they learned and memorized it.
Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Feeling inspired, joy springs up.

§2.7 – (refrain:7sb☀️→ jhāna → arahantship)



Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti. (2) This is the second opportunity for freedom. …

+

§26.3 – Reciting memorized dhamma passage leads to jhāna

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor … the monk teaches Dhamma. But the monk recites The Dharma in detail as they learned and memorized it.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. That monk feels inspired by the meaning and The Dharma in that Dhamma, no matter how they recite it in detail as they learned and memorized it.
Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Feeling inspired, joy springs up.

§3.7 – (refrain:7sb☀️→ jhāna → arahantship)



Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino … pe … yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti. (3) This is the third opportunity for freedom. …

+

§26.4 – first jhāna possible while thinking and pondering memorized dhamma

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti; Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor … the monk teaches Dhamma … nor does the monk recite The Dharma.
api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. But the monk thinks about and considers The Dharma in their heart, examining it with the mind as they learned and memorized it.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. That monk feels inspired by the meaning and The Dharma in that Dhamma, no matter how they think about and consider it in their heart, examining it with the mind as they learned and memorized it.
Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Feeling inspired, joy springs up.

§4.7 – (refrain:7sb☀️→ jhāna → arahantship)



Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti. (4) This is the fourth opportunity for freedom. …

+

§26.5 – No V&V, undirected samādhi into 2nd jhāna or higher

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati; Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor … the monk teaches Dhamma … nor does the monk recite The Dharma … or think about it.
api ca khvassa aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. But a meditation subject as a basis of undistractible-lucidity is properly grasped, attended, borne in mind, and comprehended with wisdom.
Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. That monk feels inspired by the meaning and The Dharma in that Dhamma, no matter how a meditation subject as a basis of undistractible-lucidity is properly grasped, attended, borne in mind, and comprehended with wisdom.
Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Feeling inspired, joy springs up.

§5.7 – (refrain:7sb☀️→ jhāna → arahantship)



Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti. (5) This is the fifth opportunity for freedom. …


These are the five opportunities for freedom. If a mendicant stays diligent, keen, and resolute at these times, their mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they arrive the supreme sanctuary.” These are the five opportunities for freedom. If a monk stays assiduous, ardent, and resolute at these times, their mind is freed, their asinine-inclinations are ended, and they arrive the supreme sanctuary.”
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca vimuttāyatanāni yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī”ti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca vimuttāyatanāni yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī”ti.


AN 5.27 Samādhi: undistractible-lucidity

27. Samādhisutta 27. undistractible-lucidity
“Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha appamāṇaṃ nipakā patissatā. “monks, develop limitless undistractible-lucidity, disciplined and rememberful.
Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvayataṃ appamāṇaṃ nipakānaṃ patissatānaṃ pañca ñāṇāni paccattaññeva uppajjanti. When you develop limitless undistractible-lucidity, disciplined and rememberful, five knowledges arise for you personally.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
‘Ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho ceva āyatiñca sukhavipāko’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘This undistractible-lucidity is pleasureful now, and results in pleasure in the future.’ …
‘ayaṃ samādhi ariyo nirāmiso’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘This undistractible-lucidity is noble and spiritual.’ …
‘ayaṃ samādhi akāpurisasevito’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘This undistractible-lucidity is not cultivated by corrupt people.’ …
‘ayaṃ samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvādhigato, na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘This undistractible-lucidity is peaceful and sublime and pacified and unified, not held in place by forceful suppression.’ …
‘sato kho panāhaṃ imaṃ samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. ‘I rememberfully enter into and emerge from this undistractible-lucidity.’ …


Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha appamāṇaṃ nipakā patissatā. Develop limitless undistractible-lucidity, disciplined and rememberful.
When you develop limitless immersion, disciplined and mindful, these five knowledges arise for you personally.” When you develop limitless undistractible-lucidity, disciplined and rememberful, these five knowledges arise for you personally.”
Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvayataṃ appamāṇaṃ nipakānaṃ patissatānaṃ imāni pañca ñāṇāni paccattaññeva uppajjantī”ti. Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvayataṃ appamāṇaṃ nipakānaṃ patissatānaṃ imāni pañca ñāṇāni paccattaññeva uppajjantī”ti.


+

AN 5.28 Pañcaṅgika: [Noble Right Samādhi] With Five Factors

pic for POJ
    AN 5.28 - AN 5.28 Pañcaṅgika: [Noble Right Samādhi] With Five Factors
        AN 5.28.1 – (first jhāna j1🌘 ↔ Bathman simile)
        AN 5.28.2 - (2nd jhāna j2🌗 ↔ Lake fed by spring simile)
        AN 5.28.3 - (3rd jhāna j1🌘 ↔ Lotus pond simile)
        AN 5.28.4 - (4th jhāna j1🌘 ↔ Cloth simile)
        AN 5.28.5 – (Reviewing-sign ↔ one standing looking at one sitting)
        AN 5.28.10 - (similes for power of jhānic mind, jhāna battery being fully charged)
            AN 5.28.10.1 - (full jar of water, crow easily drinks)
            AN 5.28.10.2 - (full lotus pond of water)
            AN 5.28.10.3 - (essence of noble right samādhi: go wherever and whenever you want ↔ expert chariot driver)
        AN 5.28.16 - (STED 6 abhiñña: 6ab ⚡☸ higher knowledges)


“Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa bhāvanaṃ desessāmi. “monks, I will teach you how to develop noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors.
Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. “Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca: The Buddha said this:

§28.1 – (first jhānaj1🌘↔ Bathman simile)

“Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ariyassa pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa bhāvanā? “And how do you develop noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Firstly, a monk,
pic for POJ
🚫💑 vivicc’eva kāmehi
Judiciously-secluded from desire for five cords of sensual pleasures,
🚫😠 vivicca a-kusalehi dhammehi
Judiciously-secluded from unskillful ☸Dharmas,
(V&V💭) sa-vitakkaṃ sa-vicāraṃ
with directed-thought and evaluation [of those verbal ☸Dharma thoughts],
😁🙂 viveka-jaṃ pīti-sukhaṃ
with [mental] rapture and [physical] pleasure born from judicious-seclusion,
🌘 paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
he attains and lives in first jhāna.


So imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and pleasure born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and pleasure born of seclusion.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya. Sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharinī. It’s like when an expert bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; In the same way, a monk drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and pleasure born of seclusion.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and pleasure born of seclusion.
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ paṭhamā bhāvanā. (1) This is the first way to develop noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors.

§28.2 – (2nd jhānaj2🌗↔ Lake fed by spring simile)

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Furthermore,
pic for POJ
Vitakka-vicārānaṃ vūpasamā
with the subsiding of directed-thought and evaluation [of those verbal ☸Dharma thoughts],
ajjhattaṃ sam-pasādanaṃ
with internal purity and self-confidence,
🌄 cetaso ekodi-bhāvaṃ
his mind becomes singular in focus.
🚫(V&V💭) a-vitakkaṃ a-vicāraṃ
Without directed-thought and evaluation, [mental processing is now subverbal,]
🌄😁🙂 samādhi-jaṃ pīti-sukhaṃ
[mental] rapture and [physical] pleasure is born from undistractible-lucidity,
🌗 dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
he attains and lives in second jhāna.


So imameva kāyaṃ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, devo ca kālena kālaṃ sammā dhāraṃ nānuppaveccheyya. It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and no rainfall to replenish it from time to time.
Atha kho tamhāva udakarahadā sītā vāridhārā ubbhijjitvā tameva udakarahadaṃ sītena vārinā abhisandeyya parisandeyya paripūreyya paripphareyya; nāssa kiñci sabbāvato udakarahadassa sītena vārinā apphuṭaṃ assa. But the stream of cool water welling up in the lake drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads throughout the lake. There’s no part of the lake that’s not spread through with cool water.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; In the same way, a monk drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity.
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ dutiyā bhāvanā. (2) This is the second way to develop noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors.

§28.3 – (3rd jhānaj1🌘↔ Lotus pond simile)

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Furthermore,
pic for POJ
🚫😁 pītiyā ca virāgā
With [mental] rapture fading,
👁 upekkhako ca viharati
he lives equanimously observing [☸Dharmas with subverbal mental processing].
(S&S🐘💭) sato ca sam-pajāno,
remembering [and applying relevant ☸Dharma], he lucidly discerns.
🙂🚶 sukhañca kāyena paṭi-saṃ-vedeti,
He experiences pleasure with the [physical] body.
yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti —
The Noble Ones praise this [stage of jhāna in particular because they expect this to be the normal state of the average monk in all postures at all times]:
‘upekkhako satimā sukha-vihārī’ti
"He lives happily with pleasure, Equanimously observing and remembering [to engage in relevant ☸Dharma]."
🌖 tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
he attains and lives in third jhāna.


So imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with pleasure free of rapture.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with pleasure free of rapture.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni. It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater.
Tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni; From the tip to the root they’re drenched, steeped, filled, and soaked with cool water.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvataṃ uppalānaṃ vā padumānaṃ vā puṇḍarīkānaṃ vā sītena vārinā apphuṭaṃ assa. There’s no part of them that’s not spread through with cool water.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; In the same way, a monk drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with pleasure free of rapture.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with pleasure free of rapture.
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ tatiyā bhāvanā. (3) This is the third way to develop noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors.

§28.4 – (4th jhānaj1🌘↔ Cloth simile)

Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu Furthermore,
pic for POJ
sukhassa ca pahānā
With the abandoning of [physical] pleasure
dukkhassa ca pahānā
and pain,
pubbeva so-manassa-do-manassānaṃ atthaṅgamā
with the previous abandoning of elated and distressed mental states,
A-dukkham-a-sukhaṃ
experiencing [physical] sensations of neither pain nor pleasure,
👁🐘 Upekkhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ
his equanimous observation and his remembering [and application of relevant ☸Dharma] is purified.
🌕 catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati
he attains and lives in fourth jhāna.

pic for POJ
So imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti; They sit spreading their body through with pure bright mind.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with pure bright mind.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso odātena vatthena sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisinno assa; It’s like someone sitting wrapped from head to foot with white cloth.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa odātena vatthena apphuṭaṃ assa. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread over with white cloth.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti; In the same way, they sit spreading their body through with pure bright mind.
nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with pure bright mind.
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ catutthā bhāvanā. (4) This is the fourth way to develop noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors.

§28.5 – (Reviewing-sign ↔ one standing looking at one sitting)

pic for POJ
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. Furthermore, the meditation that is a basis for reviewing is properly grasped, attended, borne in mind, and comprehended with wisdom by a monk.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, aññova aññaṃ paccavekkheyya, ṭhito vā nisinnaṃ paccavekkheyya, nisinno vā nipannaṃ paccavekkheyya. It’s like when someone views someone else. Someone standing might view someone sitting, or someone sitting might view someone lying down.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. In the same way, the meditation that is a basis for reviewing is properly grasped, attended, borne in mind, and comprehended with wisdom by a monk.
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ pañcamā bhāvanā. (5) This is the fifth way to develop noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors.

+

§28.10 – (similes for power of jhānic mind, jhāna battery being fully charged)

Evaṃ bhāvite kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. When the noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors is cultivated in this way, a monk becomes capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which they extend the mind, in each and every case.

§10.1 – (full jar of water, crow easily drinks)

pic for POJ
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakamaṇiko ādhāre ṭhapito pūro udakassa samatittiko kākapeyyo. Suppose a water jar was placed on a stand, full to the brim so a crow could drink from it.
Tamenaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya, āgaccheyya udakan”ti? If a strong man was to tip it any which way, would water pour out?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”
“Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. “In the same way, when noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors is cultivated in this way, a monk becomes capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which they extend the mind, in each and every case.

§10.2 – (full lotus pond of water)

pic for POJ
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, same bhūmibhāge pokkharaṇī caturaṃsā ālibaddhā pūrā udakassa samatittikā kākapeyyā. Suppose there was a square, walled lotus pond on level ground, full to the brim so a crow could drink from it.
Tamenaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āliṃ muñceyya, āgaccheyya udakan”ti? If a strong man was to open the wall on any side, would water pour out?”
“Evaṃ, bhante”. “Yes, sir.”
“Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa … pe … sati sati āyatane. “In the same way, when noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors is cultivated in this way, a monk becomes capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which they extend the mind, in each and every case.

§10.3 – (essence of noble right samādhi: go wherever and whenever you want ↔ expert chariot driver)

pic for POJ
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready.
Tamenaṃ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiruhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṃ gahetvā yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. Then an expert horse trainer, a master charioteer, might mount the chariot, taking the reins in his right hand and goad in the left. He’d drive out and back wherever he wishes, whenever he wishes.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, In the same way, when noble right undistractible-lucidity with five factors is cultivated in this way,
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. a monk becomes capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which they extend the mind, in each and every case.

§28.16 – (STED 6 abhiñña:6ab ⚡☸higher knowledges)

So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṃ … pe … yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again … controlling the body as far as the Brahmā realm.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇeyyaṃ—dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’ti, If you wish: ‘With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, may I hear both kinds of sounds, human and divine, whether near or far.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajāneyyaṃ—sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ … vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ … samohaṃ vā cittaṃ … vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ … saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ … vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ … mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ … amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ … sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ … anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ … samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ … asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ … vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ … avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘May I understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with my mind. May I understand mind with greed as “mind with greed”, and mind without greed as “mind without greed”; mind with hate as “mind with hate”, and mind without hate as “mind without hate”; mind with delusion as “mind with delusion”, and mind without delusion as “mind without delusion”; contracted mind as “contracted mind”, and scattered mind as “scattered mind”; expansive mind as “expansive mind”, and unexpansive mind as “unexpansive mind”; mind that is not supreme as “mind that is not supreme”, and mind that is supreme as “mind that is supreme”; mind undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi as “mind undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi”, and mind not undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi as “mind not undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi”; freed mind as “freed mind”, and unfreed mind as “unfreed mind”.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ, seyyathidaṃ—ekampi jātiṃ, dvepi jātiyo … pe … iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena … pe … yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn according to their deeds.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti, If you wish: ‘May I realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.” You’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.”
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane”ti. tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane”ti.


end of section [5.28 - AN 5.28 Pañcaṅgika: [Noble Right Samādhi] With Five Factors]

AN 5.29 caṅkama: walking [with samādhi]

“pañc-ime, bhikkhave, "Monks, there are five
caṅkame ānisaṃsā. benefits to walking.
katame pañca? Which five?
addhānak-khamo hoti, (1) one develops patient endurance on extended journeys,
padhānak-khamo hoti, (2) one becomes capable of energetic exertion,
appābādho hoti, (3) one becomes free of disease,
asitaṃ pītaṃ khāyitaṃ sāyitaṃ (4) what one has eaten, drunk, consumed, and tasted
sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, is properly digested;
caṅkam-ādhigato samādhi (5) undistractible-lucidity attained while walking
ciraṭ-ṭhitiko hoti. is long lasting.
ime kho, bhikkhave, these indeed,
pañca caṅkame ānisaṃsā”ti. are five benefits to walking.


AN 5.30 Nāgita: With Nāgita

30. Nāgitasutta 30. With Nāgita
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​ So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ yena icchānaṅgalaṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of monks when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Icchānaṅgala.
Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. He stayed in a forest near Icchānaṅgala.
Assosuṃ kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā: The brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala heard:
“samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṃ anuppatto; icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. “It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala. He is staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala.
Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: He has this good reputation:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti’. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.
So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. He teaches Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And he reveals a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī”ti. It’s good to see such perfected ones.”
Atha kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya yena icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhaṃsu uccāsaddamahāsaddā. Then, when the night had passed, they took many different foods and went to the forest near Icchānaṅgala, where they stood outside the gates making a dreadful racket.


Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Now, at that time Venerable Nāgita was the Buddha’s attendant.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nāgitaṃ āmantesi: Then the Buddha said to Nāgita:
“ke pana kho, nāgita, uccāsaddamahāsaddā, kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope”ti? “Nāgita, who’s making that dreadful racket? You’d think it was fishermen hauling in a catch!”
“Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantaññeva uddissa bhikkhusaṃghañcā”ti. “Sir, it’s these brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala. They’ve brought many different foods, and they’re standing outside the gates wanting to offer it specially to the Buddha and the monk Saṅgha.”
“Māhaṃ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. “Nāgita, may I never become famous. May fame not come to me.
Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. There are those who can’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can.
So taṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyyā”ti. Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.”


“Adhivāsetu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, adhivāsetu sugato; “Sir, may the Blessed One please relent now! May the Holy One relent!
adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Now is the time for the Buddha to relent.
Yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati taṃninnāva gamissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Wherever the Buddha now goes, the brahmins and householders will incline the same way, as will the people of town and country.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, thullaphusitake deve vassante yathāninnaṃ udakāni pavattanti; It’s like when it rains heavily and the water flows downhill.
evamevaṃ kho, bhante, yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati, taṃninnāva gamissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. In the same way, wherever the Buddha now goes, the brahmins and householders will incline the same way, as will the people of town and country.
Taṃ kissa hetu? Why is that?
Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapaññāṇan”ti. Because of the Buddha’s ethics and wisdom.”


“Māhaṃ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. “Nāgita, may I never become famous. May fame not come to me.
Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. There are those who can’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can.
So taṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyya. Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.
Asitapītakhāyitasāyitassa kho, nāgita, uccārapassāvo— What you eat, drink, chew, and taste ends up as excrement and urine.
eso tassa nissando. This is its outcome.
Piyānaṃ kho, nāgita, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā— When loved ones decay and perish, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress arise.
eso tassa nissando. This is its outcome.
Asubhanimittānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa kho, nāgita, subhanimitte pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti— When you pursue meditation on the aspect of ugliness, revulsion at the aspect of beauty becomes stabilized.
eso tassa nissando. This is its outcome.
Chasu kho, nāgita, phassāyatanesu aniccānupassino viharato phasse pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti— When you meditate observing impermanence in the six fields of contact, revulsion at contact becomes stabilized.
eso tassa nissando. This is its outcome.
Pañcasu kho, nāgita, upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato upādāne pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti— When you meditate observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates, revulsion at grasping becomes stabilized.
This is its outcome.” This is its outcome.”
eso tassa nissando”ti. eso tassa nissando”ti.


end of section [5..3.. - AN 5 vagga 3 Pañcaṅgika: With Five Factors]
+

§ – AN 5 vagga 4 Sumana: (name of disciple)



AN 5.31 Sumana: With Sumanā

31. Sumanasutta 31. With Sumanā
Ekaṃ samayaṃ … pe … anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho sumanā rājakumārī pañcahi rathasatehi pañcahi rājakumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho sumanā rājakumārī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Princess Sumanā, escorted by five hundred chariots and five hundred royal maidens, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Idhassu, bhante, bhagavato dve sāvakā samasaddhā samasīlā samapaññā— “Sir, suppose there were two disciples equal in justifiable-trust, ethics, and wisdom.
eko dāyako, eko adāyako. One is a giver, one is not.
Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyuṃ. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Devabhūtānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇan”ti? When they have become gods, would there be any distinction or difference between them?”


“Siyā, sumane”ti bhagavā avoca: “There would be, Sumanā,” said the Buddha.
“yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ devabhūto samāno pañcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— “As a god, the one who was a giver would surpass the other in five respects:
dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena. divine lifespan, beauty, happiness, fame, and dominion.
Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ devabhūto samāno imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti”. As a god, the one who was a giver would surpass the other in these five respects.”


“Sace pana te, bhante, tato cutā itthattaṃ āgacchanti, manussabhūtānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇan”ti? “But sir, if they pass away from there and come back to this state of existence as human beings, would there still be any distinction or difference between them?”
“Siyā, sumane”ti bhagavā avoca: “There would be, Sumanā,” said the Buddha.
“yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ manussabhūto samāno pañcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— “As a human being, the one who was a giver would surpass the other in five respects:
mānusakena āyunā, mānusakena vaṇṇena, mānusakena sukhena, mānusakena yasena, mānusakena ādhipateyyena. human lifespan, beauty, happiness, fame, and dominion.
Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ manussabhūto samāno imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti”. As a human being, the one who was a giver would surpass the other in these five respects.”


“Sace pana te, bhante, ubho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, pabbajitānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇan”ti? “But sir, if they both go forth from the lay life to homelessness, would there still be any distinction or difference between them?”
“Siyā, sumane”ti bhagavā avoca: “There would be, Sumanā,” said the Buddha.
“yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ pabbajito samāno pañcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— “As a renunciate, the one who was a giver would surpass the other in five respects.
yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati appaṃ ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati appaṃ ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuñjati appaṃ ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjati appaṃ ayācito. They’d usually use only what they’ve been invited to accept—robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—rarely using them without invitation.
Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharati tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṃ kāyakammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṃ vacīkammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṃ manokammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpaṃyeva bahulaṃ upahāraṃ upaharanti appaṃ amanāpaṃ. When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually treat them agreeably by way of body, speech, and mind, rarely disagreeably.
Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ pabbajito samāno imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhātī”ti. As a renunciate, the one who was a giver would surpass the other in these five respects.”


“Sace pana te, bhante, ubho arahattaṃ pāpuṇanti, arahattappattānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇan”ti? “But sir, if they both attain perfection, as perfected ones would there still be any distinction or difference between them?”
“Ettha kho panesāhaṃ, sumane, na kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ vimuttiyā vimuttin”ti. “In that case, I say there is no difference between the freedom of one and the freedom of the other.”


“Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante. “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing!
Yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, alameva dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ puññāni kātuṃ; Just this much is quite enough to justify giving gifts and making merit.
yatra hi nāma devabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, manussabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni puññānī”ti. For merit is helpful for those who have become gods, human beings, and renunciates.”
“Evametaṃ, sumane. “That’s so true, Sumanā.
Alañhi, sumane, dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ puññāni kātuṃ. It’s quite enough to justify giving gifts and making merit.
Devabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, manussabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni puññānī”ti. For merit is helpful for those who have become gods, human beings, and renunciates.”


Idamavoca bhagavā. That is what the Buddha said.
Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā: Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say:

(verse)
“Yathāpi cando vimalo, “The moon so immaculate,
gacchaṃ ākāsadhātuyā; journeying across the dimension of space;
Sabbe tārāgaṇe loke, outshines with its radiance
ābhāya atirocati. all the world’s stars.


Tatheva sīlasampanno, So too, an justifiably-trustful individual,
saddho purisapuggalo; perfect in ethics,
Sabbe maccharino loke, outshines with their generosity
cāgena atirocati. all the world’s stingy people.


Yathāpi megho thanayaṃ, The thundering rain cloud,
vijjumālī satakkaku; its hundred peaks wreathed in lightning,
Thalaṃ ninnañca pūreti, pours down over the rich earth,
abhivassaṃ vasundharaṃ. soaking the plains and lowlands.


Evaṃ dassanasampanno, Even so, an astute person accomplished in vision,
sammāsambuddhasāvako; a disciple of the fully awakened Buddha,
Macchariṃ adhigaṇhāti, surpasses a mean person
pañcaṭhānehi paṇḍito. in five respects:


Āyunā yasasā ceva, long life and fame,
vaṇṇena ca sukhena ca; beauty and happiness.
Sa ve bhogaparibyūḷho, Blessed with riches,
pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. they depart to rejoice in heaven.”


end of section [5.31 - AN 5.31 Sumana: With Sumanā]

AN 5.32 Cundī: With Cundī

32. Cundīsutta 32. With Cundī
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Atha kho cundī rājakumārī pañcahi rathasatehi pañcahi ca kumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho cundī rājakumārī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Princess Cundī, escorted by five hundred chariots and five hundred royal maidens, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Amhākaṃ, bhante, bhātā cundo nāma rājakumāro, so evamāha: “Sir, my brother, Prince Cunda, says this:
‘yadeva so hoti itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatin’ti. ‘Take a woman or man who goes for refuge to the Buddha, The Dharma, and the Saṅgha, and doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or take alcoholic drinks that cause negligence. Only then do they get reborn in a good place, not a bad place, when their body breaks up, after death.’
Sāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ pucchāmi: And so I ask the Buddha:
‘kathaṃrūpe kho, bhante, satthari pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Sir, what kind of teacher should you have confidence in so as to be reborn in a good place, not a bad place, when the body breaks up, after death?
Kathaṃrūpe dhamme pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Sir, what kind of teaching should you have confidence in so as to be reborn in a good place, not a bad place, when the body breaks up, after death?
Kathaṃrūpe saṅghe pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Sir, what kind of Saṅgha should you have confidence in so as to be reborn in a good place, not a bad place, when the body breaks up, after death?
Kathaṃrūpesu sīlesu paripūrakārī kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatin’”ti? Sir, what kind of ethics should you fulfill so as to be reborn in a good place, not a bad place, when the body breaks up, after death?”


“Yāvatā, cundi, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññināsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. “Cundī, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception.
Ye kho, cundi, buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Those who have confidence in the Buddha have confidence in the best.
Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.


Yāvatā, cundi, dhammā saṅkhatā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati. The noble eightfold path is said to be the best of all conditioned things.
Ye, cundi, ariye aṭṭhaṅgike magge pasannā, agge te pasannā, agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Those who have confidence in the noble eightfold path have confidence in the best. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.


Yāvatā, cundi, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ— Fading away is said to be the best of all things whether conditioned or unconditioned.
madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭupacchedo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. That is, the quelling of vanity, the removing of thirst, the uprooting of clinging, the breaking of the round, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvana.
Ye kho, cundi, virāge dhamme pasannā, agge te pasannā. Those who have confidence in The Dharma of fading away have confidence in the best.
Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.


Yāvatā, cundi, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ— The Saṅgha of the Realized One’s disciples is said to be the best of all communities and groups.
cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.
Ye kho, cundi, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Those who have confidence in the Saṅgha have confidence in the best.
Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. Having confidence in the best, the result is the best.


Yāvatā, cundi, sīlāni, ariyakantāni sīlāni tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ— The ethical conduct loved by the noble ones is said to be the best of all ethics.
akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni. It is uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, untainted, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to undistractible-lucidity.
Ye kho, cundi, ariyakantesu sīlesu paripūrakārino, agge te paripūrakārino. Those who fulfill the ethics loved by the noble ones fulfill the best.
Agge kho pana paripūrakārīnaṃ aggo vipāko hotīti. Fulfilling the best, the result is the best.


Aggato ve pasannānaṃ, For those who, knowing the best teaching,
aggaṃ dhammaṃ vijānataṃ; base their confidence on the best—
Agge buddhe pasannānaṃ, confident in the best Awakened One,
dakkhiṇeyye anuttare. supremely worthy of a teacher’s offering;


Agge dhamme pasannānaṃ, confident in the best teaching,
virāgūpasame sukhe; the pleasure of fading and stilling;
Agge saṅghe pasannānaṃ, confident in the best Saṅgha,
puññakkhette anuttare. the supreme field of merit—


Aggasmiṃ dānaṃ dadataṃ, giving gifts to the best,
aggaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati; the best of merit grows:
Aggaṃ āyu ca vaṇṇo ca, the best lifespan, beauty,
yaso kitti sukhaṃ balaṃ. fame, reputation, happiness, and strength.


Aggassa dātā medhāvī, An intelligent person gives to the best,
aggadhammasamāhito; settled on the best teaching.
Devabhūto manusso vā, When they become a god or human,
aggappatto pamodatī”ti. they rejoice at reaching the best.”


AN 5.33 Uggaha: With Uggaha

33. Uggahasutta 33. With Uggaha
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Bhaddiya, in Jātiyā Wood.
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Uggaha, Meṇḍaka’s grandson, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya attacatuttho bhattan”ti. “Sir, may the Buddha please accept tomorrow’s meal from me, together with three other monks.”
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. The Buddha consented in silence.
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Then, knowing that the Buddha had accepted, Uggaha got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.


Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggahassa meṇḍakanattuno nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then when the night had passed, the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Uggaha’s home, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Then Uggaha served and satisfied the Buddha with his own hands with a variety of delicious foods.
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Uggaha sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: and said to him:
“imā me, bhante, kumāriyo patikulāni gamissanti. “Sir, these girls of mine will be going to their husbands’ families.
Ovadatu tāsaṃ, bhante, bhagavā; May the Buddha please advise
anusāsatu tāsaṃ, bhante, bhagavā, yaṃ tāsaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. and instruct them. It will be for their lasting welfare and happiness.”


Atha kho bhagavā tā kumāriyo etadavoca: Then the Buddha said to those girls:
“tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: “So, girls, you should train like this:
‘yassa vo mātāpitaro bhattuno dassanti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṃ upādāya, tassa bhavissāma pubbuṭṭhāyiniyo pacchānipātiniyo kiṃkārapaṭissāviniyo manāpacāriniyo piyavādiniyo’ti. ‘Our parents will give us to a husband wanting what’s best, out of kindness and compassion. We will get up before him and go to bed after him, and be obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely.’
Evañhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.


Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So, girls, you should train like this:
‘ye te bhattu garuno bhavissanti mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā, te sakkarissāma garuṃ karissāma mānessāma pūjessāma abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjessāmā’ti. ‘Those our husband respects—mother and father, ascetics and brahmins—we will honor, respect, revere, and venerate, and serve with a seat and a drink when they come as guests.’
Evañhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.


Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So, girls, you should train like this:
‘ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā, tattha dakkhā bhavissāma analasā, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgatā, alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātun’ti. ‘We will be skilled and tireless in doing domestic duties for our husband, such as knitting and sewing. We will have an understanding of how to go about things in order to complete and organize the work.’
Evañhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.


Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So, girls, you should train like this:
‘yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tesaṃ katañca katato jānissāma akatañca akatato jānissāma, gilānakānañca balābalaṃ jānissāma, khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṃsena saṃvibhajissāmā’ti. ‘We will know what work our husband’s domestic bondservants, workers, and staff have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. We will know who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. We will distribute to each a fair portion of various foods.’
Evañhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.


Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So, girls, you should train like this:
‘yaṃ bhattā āharissati dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā, taṃ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādessāma, tattha ca bhavissāma adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikāyo’ti. ‘We will ensure that any income our husbands earn is guarded and protected, whether money, grain, silver, or gold. We will not overspend, steal, waste, or lose it.’
Evañhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ. That’s how you should train.
Imehi kho, kumāriyo, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatīti. When they have these five dharmas, females—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in company with the Gods of the Loveable Group.


Yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, She’d never look down on her husband,
niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko; who’s always ardent to work hard,
Sabbakāmaharaṃ posaṃ, always looking after her,
bhattāraṃ nātimaññati. and bringing whatever she wants.


Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṃ, And a good woman never scolds her husband
issācārena rosaye; with jealous words.
Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, Being astute, she reveres
paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā. those respected by her husband.


Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, She gets up early, works tirelessly,
saṅgahitaparijjanā; and manages the domestic help.
Bhattu manāpaṃ carati, She’s loveable to her husband,
sambhataṃ anurakkhati. and preserves his wealth.


Yā evaṃ vattatī nārī, A lady who fulfills these duties
bhattuchandavasānugā; according to her husbands desire,
Manāpā nāma te devā, is reborn among the gods
yattha sā upapajjatī”ti. called ‘Loveable’.”


AN 5.34 Sīhasenāpati: With General Sīha

34. Sīhasenāpatisutta 34. With General Sīha
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“sakkā nu kho, bhante, bhagavā sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ paññāpetun”ti? “Sir, can you point out a fruit of giving that’s apparent in the present life?”


“Sakkā, sīhā”ti bhagavā avoca: “I can, Sīha,” said the Buddha.
“dāyako, sīha, dānapati bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo. “A giver, a donor is dear and beloved to many people.
Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ. This is a fruit of giving that’s apparent in the present life.


Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyakaṃ dānapatiṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti. Furthermore, good people associate with a giver.
Yampi, sīha, dāyakaṃ dānapatiṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ. This is another fruit of giving that’s apparent in the present life.


Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyakassa dānapatino kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Furthermore, a giver gains a good reputation.
Yampi, sīha, dāyakassa dānapatino kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ. This is another fruit of giving that’s apparent in the present life.


Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati—yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ—visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Furthermore, a giver enters any kind of assembly bold and assured, whether it’s an assembly of warrior-nobles, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.
Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati—yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ—visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ. This is another fruit of giving that’s apparent in the present life.


Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Furthermore, when a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati, idaṃ samparāyikaṃ dānaphalan”ti. This is a fruit of giving to do with lives to come.”


Evaṃ vutte, sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, General Sīha said to the Buddha:
“yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṃ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṃ petāni jānāmi. “When it comes to those four fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on justifiable-trust in the Buddha, for I know them too.
Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati bahuno janassa piyo manāpo. I’m a giver, a donor, and am dear and beloved to many people.
Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; maṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti. I’m a giver, and good people associate with me.
Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; mayhaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: ‘sīho senāpati dāyako kārako saṅghupaṭṭhāko’ti. I’m a giver, and I have this good reputation: ‘General Sīha gives, serves, and attends on the Saṅgha.’
Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamāmi—yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ—visārado upasaṅkamāmi amaṅkubhūto. I’m a giver, and I enter any kind of assembly bold and assured, whether it’s an assembly of warrior-nobles, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.
Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṃ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṃ petāni jānāmi. When it comes to these four fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on justifiable-trust in the Buddha, for I know them too.
Yañca kho maṃ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha: But when the Buddha says:
‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatī’ti, etāhaṃ na jānāmi; ettha ca panāhaṃ bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmī”ti. ‘When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ I don’t know this, so I have to rely on justifiable-trust in the Buddha.”
“Evametaṃ, sīha, evametaṃ, sīha. “That’s so true, Sīha! That’s so true!
Dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatīti. When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.


Dadaṃ piyo hoti bhajanti naṃ bahū, Giving, you’re loved and befriended by many people.
Kittiñca pappoti yaso ca vaḍḍhati; You get a good reputation, and your fame grows.
Amaṅkubhūto parisaṃ vigāhati, A generous man enters an assembly
Visārado hoti naro amaccharī. bold and assured.


Tasmā hi dānāni dadanti paṇḍitā, So an astute person, seeking happiness, would give gifts,
Vineyya maccheramalaṃ sukhesino; having driven out the stain of stinginess.
Te dīgharattaṃ tidive patiṭṭhitā, They live long in the threefold heaven,
Devānaṃ sahabyagatā ramanti te. enjoying the company of the gods.


Katāvakāsā katakusalā ito cutā, Having taken the opportunity to do good, when they pass from here
Sayaṃpabhā anuvicaranti nandanaṃ; they wander radiant in the Garden of Delight.
Te tattha nandanti ramanti modare, There they delight, rejoice, and enjoy themselves,
Samappitā kāmaguṇehi pañcahi; provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation.
Katvāna vākyaṃ asitassa tādino, Doing what the unattached, the poised one says,
Ramanti sagge sugatassa sāvakā”ti. disciples of the Holy One rejoice in heaven.”


AN 5.35 Dānānisaṃsa: The Benefits of Giving

35. Dānānisaṃsasutta 35. The Benefits of Giving
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, dāne ānisaṃsā. “monks, there are five benefits of giving.
Katame pañca? What five?
Bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo; A giver, a donor is dear and beloved by many people.
santo sappurisā bhajanti; Good people associate with them.
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; They get a good reputation.
gihidhammā anapagato hoti; They don’t neglect a layperson’s duties.
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca dāne ānisaṃsāti. These are the five benefits of giving.


Dadamāno piyo hoti, Giving, one is loved,
sataṃ dhammaṃ anukkamaṃ; and follows the way of the good.
Santo naṃ sadā bhajanti, The good, restrained spiritual practitioners
saññatā brahmacārayo. associate with you.


Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, They teach you the Dhamma
Sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ; that dispels all suffering.
Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhaññāya, Understanding this Dharma,
Parinibbāti anāsavo”ti. you’re nirvana'd without asinine-inclinations.”


AN 5.36 Kāladāna: Timely Gifts

36. Kāladānasutta 36. Timely Gifts
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, kāladānāni. “monks, there are these five timely gifts.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Āgantukassa dānaṃ deti; A gift to a visitor.
gamikassa dānaṃ deti; A gift to someone setting out on a journey.
gilānassa dānaṃ deti; A gift to someone who is sick.
dubbhikkhe dānaṃ deti; A gift at a time of famine.
yāni tāni navasassāni navaphalāni tāni paṭhamaṃ sīlavantesu patiṭṭhāpeti. Presenting the freshly harvested grains and fruits first to those who are ethical.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca kāladānānīti. These are the five timely gifts.


Kāle dadanti sappaññā, The wise give at the right time,
vadaññū vītamaccharā; being kind and rid of stinginess.
Kālena dinnaṃ ariyesu, A teacher’s offering at the right time
ujubhūtesu tādisu. to the noble ones, upright and poised,


Vippasannamanā tassa, given with a clear and confident mind,
vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā; is indeed abundant.
Ye tattha anumodanti, Those who rejoice at that,
veyyāvaccaṃ karonti vā; or do other services,
Na tena dakkhiṇā ūnā, don’t miss out on the offering;
tepi puññassa bhāgino. they too have a share in the merit.


Tasmā dade appaṭivānacitto, So you should give without holding back,
Yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ; where a gift is very fruitful.
Puññāni paralokasmiṃ, The good deeds of sentient beings
Patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti. support them in the next world.”


AN 5.37 Bhojana: Food

37. Bhojanasutta 37. Food
“Bhojanaṃ, bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ pañca ṭhānāni deti. “monks, when a giver gives food, they give the recipients five things.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ deti. Long life, beauty, happiness, strength, and inspiration.
Āyuṃ kho pana datvā āyussa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; Giving long life, they have long life as a god or human.
vaṇṇaṃ datvā vaṇṇassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; Giving beauty, they have beauty as a god or human.
sukhaṃ datvā sukhassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; Giving happiness, they have happiness as a god or human.
balaṃ datvā balassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; Giving strength, they have strength as a god or human.
paṭibhānaṃ datvā paṭibhānassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Giving inspiration, they have inspiration as a god or human.
Bhojanaṃ, bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ imāni pañca ṭhānāni detīti. When a giver gives food, they give the recipients five things.


Āyudo balado dhīro, A wise one is a giver of life, strength,
vaṇṇado paṭibhānado; beauty, and inspiration.
Sukhassa dātā medhāvī, An intelligent giver of happiness
sukhaṃ so adhigacchati. gains happiness in return.


Āyuṃ datvā balaṃ vaṇṇaṃ, Giving life, strength, beauty,
sukhañca paṭibhānakaṃ; happiness, and inspiration,
Dīghāyu yasavā hoti, they’re long-lived and famous
yattha yatthūpapajjatī”ti. wherever they’re reborn.”


AN 5.38 Saddha: Faith

38. Saddhasutta 38. justifiable-trust
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, saddhe kulaputte ānisaṃsā. “monks, an justifiably-trustful person from a good family gets five benefits.
Katame pañca? What five?
Ye te, bhikkhave, loke santo sappurisā te saddhaññeva paṭhamaṃ anukampantā anukampanti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; The good persons in the world show compassion first to the justifiably-trustful, not so much to the unjustifiably-trustful.
saddhaññeva paṭhamaṃ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkamanti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; They first approach the justifiably-trustful, not so much the unjustifiably-trustful.
saddhaññeva paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇhanti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; They first receive alms from the justifiably-trustful, not so much the unjustifiably-trustful.
saddhaññeva paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ desentā desenti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; They first teach Dhamma to the justifiably-trustful, not so much the unjustifiably-trustful.
saddho kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. When their body breaks up, after death, the justifiably-trustful are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca saddhe kulaputte ānisaṃsā. an justifiably-trustful person from a good family gets these five benefits.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe mahānigrodho samantā pakkhīnaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti; Suppose there was a great banyan tree at a level crossroads. It would become a refuge for birds from all around.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, saddho kulaputto bahuno janassa paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānanti. In the same way, an justifiably-trustful person from a good family becomes a refuge for many people—monks, nuns, laywomen, and laymen.


Sākhāpattaphalūpeto, With its branches, leaves, and fruit,
khandhimāva mahādumo; a great tree with its strong trunk,
Mūlavā phalasampanno, firmly-rooted and fruit-bearing,
patiṭṭhā hoti pakkhinaṃ. supports many birds.


Manorame āyatane, It’s a lovely place,
sevanti naṃ vihaṅgamā; frequented by the sky-soarers.
Chāyaṃ chāyatthikā yanti, Those that need shade go in the shade,
phalatthā phalabhojino. those that need fruit enjoy the fruit.


Tatheva sīlasampannaṃ, So too, an justifiably-trustful individual
saddhaṃ purisapuggalaṃ; is perfect in ethics,
Nivātavuttiṃ atthaddhaṃ, humble and kind,
sorataṃ sakhilaṃ muduṃ. sweet, friendly, and tender.


Vītarāgā vītadosā, Those free of greed, freed of hate,
vītamohā anāsavā; free of delusion, undefiled,
Puññakkhettāni lokasmiṃ, fields of merit for the world,
sevanti tādisaṃ naraṃ. associate with such a person.


Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, They teach them the Dhamma,
Sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ; that dispels all suffering.
Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhaññāya, Understanding this Dharma,
Parinibbāti anāsavo”ti. they’re nirvana'd without asinine-inclinations.”


AN 5.39 Putta: A Child

39. Puttasutta 39. A Child
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, ṭhānāni sampassantā mātāpitaro puttaṃ icchanti kule jāyamānaṃ. “monks, parents see five reasons to wish for the birth of a child in the family.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Bhato vā no bharissati; Since we looked after them, they’ll look after us.
kiccaṃ vā no karissati; They’ll do their duty for us.
kulavaṃso ciraṃ ṭhassati; The family traditions will last.
dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjissati; They’ll take care of the inheritance.
atha vā pana petānaṃ kālaṅkatānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassatīti. Or else when we have passed away they’ll give an offering on our behalf.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca ṭhānāni sampassantā mātāpitaro puttaṃ icchanti kule jāyamānanti. Parents see these five reasons to wish for the birth of a child in the family.


Pañca ṭhānāni sampassaṃ, Seeing five reasons,
puttaṃ icchanti paṇḍitā; astute people wish for a child.
Bhato vā no bharissati, Since we looked after them, they’ll look after us.
kiccaṃ vā no karissati. They’ll do their duty for us.


Kulavaṃso ciraṃ tiṭṭhe, The family traditions will last.
dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjati; They’ll take care of the inheritance.
Atha vā pana petānaṃ, Or else when we have passed away
dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassati. they’ll give an offering on our behalf.


Ṭhānānetāni sampassaṃ, Seeing these five reasons
puttaṃ icchanti paṇḍitā; astute people wish for a child.
Tasmā santo sappurisā, And so good people,
kataññū katavedino. grateful and thankful,


Bharanti mātāpitaro, look after their parents,
pubbe katamanussaraṃ; remembering what was done for them in the past.
Karonti nesaṃ kiccāni, They do for their parents,
yathā taṃ pubbakārinaṃ. as their parents did for them in the past.


Ovādakārī bhataposī, Following their advice, looking after those who raised them,
kulavaṃsaṃ ahāpayaṃ; the family traditions are not lost.
Saddho sīlena sampanno, justifiably-trustful, accomplished in ethics,
putto hoti pasaṃsiyo”ti. such a child is praiseworthy.”


AN 5.40 Mahāsālaputta: Great Sal Trees

40. Mahāsālaputtasutta 40. Great Sal Trees
“Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhanti. “monks, great sal trees grow in five ways supported by the Himalayas, the king of mountains.
Katamāhi pañcahi? What five?
Sākhāpattapalāsena vaḍḍhanti; The branches, leaves, and foliage;
tacena vaḍḍhanti; the bark;
papaṭikāya vaḍḍhanti; the shoots;
pheggunā vaḍḍhanti; the softwood;
sārena vaḍḍhanti. and the hardwood.
Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā imāhi pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhanti. Great sal trees grow in these five ways supported by the Himalayas, the king of mountains.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, saddhaṃ kulaputtaṃ nissāya antojano pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhati. In the same way, a family grows in five ways supported by a family head with justifiable-trust.
Katamāhi pañcahi? What five?
Saddhāya vaḍḍhati; justifiable-trust,
sīlena vaḍḍhati; ethics,
sutena vaḍḍhati; learning,
cāgena vaḍḍhati; generosity,
paññāya vaḍḍhati. and wisdom.
Saddhaṃ, bhikkhave, kulaputtaṃ nissāya antojano imāhi pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhatīti. A family grows in these five ways supported by a family head with justifiable-trust.


Yathā hi pabbato selo, Supported by the mountain crags
araññasmiṃ brahāvane; in the wilds, the formidable forest,
Taṃ rukkhā upanissāya, the tree grows
vaḍḍhante te vanappatī. to become lord of the forest.


Tatheva sīlasampannaṃ, So too, when the family head
Saddhaṃ kulaputtaṃ imaṃ; is ethical and justifiably-trustful,
Upanissāya vaḍḍhanti, supported by them, they grow:
Puttadārā ca bandhavā; children, partners, and kin,
Amaccā ñātisaṅghā ca, colleagues, relatives,
Ye cassa anujīvino. and those dependent for their livelihood.


Tyassa sīlavato sīlaṃ, Seeing the ethical conduct of the virtuous,
cāgaṃ sucaritāni ca; the generosity and good deeds,
Passamānānukubbanti, those who have discernment
ye bhavanti vicakkhaṇā. do likewise.


Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, Having practiced The Dharma here,
maggaṃ sugatigāminaṃ; the path that goes to a good place,
Nandino devalokasmiṃ, they delight in the heavenly realm,
modanti kāmakāmino”ti. enjoying all the pleasures they desire.”


end of section [5..4.. - AN 5 vagga 4 Sumana: (name of disciple)]
+

§ – AN 5 vagga 5 Muṇḍa-rāja: Munda the King



AN 5.41 Ādiya: Getting Rich

41. Ādiyasutta 41. Getting Rich
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“pañcime, gahapati, bhogānaṃ ādiyā. “Householder, there are these five reasons to get rich.
Katame pañca? What five?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati; Firstly, with his legitimate wealth—earned by his efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow—he makes himself happy and pleased, keeping himself properly happy.
mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati; He makes his mother and father happy …
puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. He makes his children, partners, bondservants, workers, and staff happy …
Ayaṃ paṭhamo bhogānaṃ ādiyo. This is the first reason to get rich.


Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he makes his friends and colleagues happy …
Ayaṃ dutiyo bhogānaṃ ādiyo. This is the second reason to get rich.


Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi yā tā honti āpadā— Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he protects himself against losses from such things as fire, water, kings, bandits, or unloved heirs.
aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato—
tathārūpāsu āpadāsu bhogehi pariyodhāya vattati, sotthiṃ attānaṃ karoti. He keeps himself safe.
Ayaṃ tatiyo bhogānaṃ ādiyo. This is the third reason to get rich.


Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi pañcabaliṃ kattā hoti. Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he makes five spirit-offerings:
Ñātibaliṃ, atithibaliṃ, pubbapetabaliṃ, rājabaliṃ, devatābaliṃ— to relatives, guests, ancestors, king, and deities.
ayaṃ catuttho bhogānaṃ ādiyo. This is the fourth reason to get rich.


Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā madappamādā paṭiviratā khantisoracce niviṭṭhā ekamattānaṃ damenti ekamattānaṃ samenti ekamattānaṃ parinibbāpenti, tathārūpesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he establishes an uplifting teacher’s offering for ascetics and brahmins—those who avoid intoxication and negligence, are settled in patience and gentleness, and who tame, calm, and extinguish themselves—that’s conducive to heaven, ripens in happiness, and leads to heaven.
Ayaṃ pañcamo bhogānaṃ ādiyo. This is the fifth reason to get rich.
Ime kho, gahapati, pañca bhogānaṃ ādiyā. These are the five reasons to get rich.


Tassa ce, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa ime pañca bhogānaṃ ādiye ādiyato bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, tassa evaṃ hoti: Now if the riches a noble-one's-disciple gets for these five reasons run out, he thinks:
‘ye vata bhogānaṃ ādiyā te cāhaṃ ādiyāmi bhogā ca me parikkhayaṃ gacchantī’ti. ‘So, the riches I have obtained for these reasons are running out.’
Itissa hoti avippaṭisāro. And so he has no regrets.
Tassa ce, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa ime pañca bhogānaṃ ādiye ādiyato bhogā abhivaḍḍhanti, tassa evaṃ hoti: But if the riches a noble-one's-disciple gets for these five reasons increase, he thinks:
‘ye vata bhogānaṃ ādiyā te cāhaṃ ādiyāmi bhogā ca me abhivaḍḍhantī’ti. ‘So, the riches I have obtained for these reasons are increasing.’
Itissa hoti ubhayeneva avippaṭisāroti. And so he has no regrets in both cases.


Bhuttā bhogā bhatā bhaccā, ‘I’ve enjoyed my wealth, supporting those who depend on me;
vitiṇṇā āpadāsu me; I’ve overcome losses;
Uddhaggā dakkhiṇā dinnā, I’ve given uplifting offerings to teachers;
atho pañcabalīkatā; and made the five spirit-offerings.
Upaṭṭhitā sīlavanto, I have looked after the ethical and
saññatā brahmacārayo. restrained spiritual practitioners.


Yadatthaṃ bhogaṃ iccheyya, I’ve achieved the purpose
paṇḍito gharamāvasaṃ; for which an astute lay person
So me attho anuppatto, wishes to gain wealth.
kataṃ ananutāpiyaṃ. I don’t regret what I’ve done.’


Etaṃ anussaraṃ macco, A mortal person who recollects this
ariyadhamme ṭhito naro; stands firm in The Dharma of the noble ones.
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, They’re praised in this life by the astute,
pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. and they depart to rejoice in heaven.”


AN 5.42 Sappurisa: A Good Person

42. Sappurisasutta 42. A Good Person
“Sappuriso, bhikkhave, kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; “monks, a good person is born in a family for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people.
mātāpitūnaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; For the benefit, welfare, and happiness of mother and father;
puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; children and partners;
dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; bondservants, workers, and staff;
mittāmaccānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; friends and colleagues;
samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti. and ascetics and brahmins.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; It’s like a great rain cloud, which nourishes all the crops for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people.
evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sappuriso kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; In the same way, a good person is born in a family for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people. …
mātāpitūnaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti;
puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti;
dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti;
mittāmaccānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti;
samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hotīti.


Hito bahunnaṃ paṭipajja bhoge, The gods protect one who is guarded by dharma,
Taṃ devatā rakkhati dhammaguttaṃ; who uses their wealth for the welfare of the many.
Bahussutaṃ sīlavatūpapannaṃ, One who is learned, with precepts and observances intact,
Dhamme ṭhitaṃ na vijahati kitti. and steady in dharma, doesn’t lose their reputation.


Dhammaṭṭhaṃ sīlasampannaṃ, Firm in dharma, accomplished in ethical conduct,
saccavādiṃ hirīmanaṃ; a speaker of truth, and conscientious,
Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva, like a coin of mountain gold:
ko taṃ ninditumarahati; who is worthy of criticizing them?
Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti, Even the gods praise them,
brahmunāpi pasaṃsito”ti. and by Brahmā, too, they’re praised.”


AN 5.43 Iṭṭha: Likable

43. Iṭṭhasutta 43. Likable
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:


“Pañcime, gahapati, dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. “Householder, these five things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable are hard to get in the world.
Katame pañca? What five?
Āyu, gahapati, iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; Long life,
vaṇṇo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; beauty,
sukhaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ dullabhaṃ lokasmiṃ; happiness,
yaso iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; fame,
saggā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. and heaven.
Ime kho, gahapati, pañca dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. These are the five things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable, but hard to get in the world.


Imesaṃ kho, gahapati, pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ na āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābhaṃ vadāmi. And I say that these five things are not got by praying or wishing for them.
Imesaṃ kho, gahapati, pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābho abhavissa, ko idha kena hāyetha? If they were, who would lack them?


Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako āyukāmo āyuṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā āyussa vāpi hetu. A noble-one's-disciple who wants to live long ought not pray for it, or delight in it, or pine for it.
Āyukāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena āyusaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Instead, they should practice the way that leads to long life.
Āyusaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā āyupaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. For by practicing that way they gain long life
So lābhī hoti āyussa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. as a god or a human being.


Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako vaṇṇakāmo vaṇṇaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā vaṇṇassa vāpi hetu. A noble-one's-disciple who wants to be beautiful ought not pray for it, or delight in it, or pine for it.
Vaṇṇakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena vaṇṇasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Instead, they should practice the way that leads to beauty.
Vaṇṇasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā vaṇṇapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. For by practicing that way they gain beauty
So lābhī hoti vaṇṇassa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. as a god or a human being.


Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako sukhakāmo sukhaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā sukhassa vāpi hetu. A noble-one's-disciple who wants to be happy ought not pray for it, or delight in it, or pine for it.
Sukhakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena sukhasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Instead, they should practice the way that leads to happiness.
Sukhasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā sukhapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. For by practicing that way they gain happiness
So lābhī hoti sukhassa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. as a god or a human being.


Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako yasakāmo yasaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā yasassa vāpi hetu. A noble-one's-disciple who wants to be famous ought not pray for it, or delight in it, or pine for it.
Yasakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena yasasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Instead, they should practice the way that leads to fame.
Yasasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā yasapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. For by practicing that way they gain fame
So lābhī hoti yasassa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. as a god or a human being.


Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako saggakāmo saggaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā saggānaṃ vāpi hetu. A noble-one's-disciple who wants to go to heaven ought not pray for it, or delight in it, or pine for it.
Saggakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena saggasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Instead, they should practice the way that leads to heaven.
Saggasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā saggapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. For by practicing that way they gain heaven,
So lābhī hoti saggānanti. they are one who gains the heavens.


Āyuṃ vaṇṇaṃ yasaṃ kittiṃ, For one who desires a continuous flow
Saggaṃ uccākulīnataṃ; of exceptional delights—
Ratiyo patthayānena, long life, beauty, fame and reputation,
Uḷārā aparāparā. heaven, and birth in an eminent family—


Appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, the astute praise assiduity
puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā; in making merit.
Appamatto ubho atthe, Being assiduous, an astute person
adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito. secures both benefits:


Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, the benefit in this life,
yo cattho samparāyiko; and in lives to come.
Atthābhisamayā dhīro, A wise one, comprehending the meaning,
paṇḍitoti pavuccatī”ti. is called ‘astute’.”


AN 5.44 Manāpadāyī: Agreeable

44. Manāpadāyīsutta 44. Agreeable
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Ugga of Vesālī, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggo gahapati vesāliko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then Ugga went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ: “Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpan’ti. ‘The giver of the agreeable gets the agreeable.’
Manāpaṃ me, bhante, sālapupphakaṃ khādanīyaṃ; My sal flower porridge is agreeable:
taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. may the Buddha please accept it from me out of compassion.”
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. So the Buddha accepted it out of compassion.


“Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ: “Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpan’ti. ‘The giver of the agreeable gets the agreeable.’
Manāpaṃ me, bhante, sampannakolakaṃ sūkaramaṃsaṃ; My pork with jujube is agreeable:
taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. may the Buddha please accept it from me out of compassion.”
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. So the Buddha accepted it out of compassion.


“Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpan’ti.
Manāpaṃ me, bhante, nibbattatelakaṃ nāliyasākaṃ; “… My fried vegetable stalks are agreeable:
taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. may the Buddha please accept them from me out of compassion.”
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. So the Buddha accepted them out of compassion.


“Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpan’ti.
Manāpo me, bhante, sālīnaṃ odano vicitakāḷako anekasūpo anekabyañjano; “… My boiled fine rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces is agreeable:
taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. may the Buddha please accept it from me out of compassion.”
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. So the Buddha accepted it out of compassion.


“Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpan’ti.
Manāpāni me, bhante, kāsikāni vatthāni; “… My cloths imported from Kāsī are agreeable:
tāni me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. may the Buddha please accept them from me out of compassion.”
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. So the Buddha accepted them out of compassion.


“Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpan’ti.
Manāpo me, bhante, pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. “… My couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends is agreeable.
Api ca, bhante, mayampetaṃ jānāma: But, sir, I know that
‘netaṃ bhagavato kappatī’ti. this is not proper for the Buddha.
Idaṃ me, bhante, candanaphalakaṃ agghati adhikasatasahassaṃ; However, this plank of sandalwood is worth over a thousand dollars.
taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā”ti. May the Buddha please accept it from me out of compassion.”
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. So the Buddha accepted it out of compassion.
Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ iminā anumodanīyena anumodi: And then the Buddha rejoiced with Ugga with these verses of appreciation:


“Manāpadāyī labhate manāpaṃ, “The giver of the agreeable gets the agreeable,
Yo ujjubhūtesu dadāti chandasā; enthusiastically giving clothing, bedding,
Acchādanaṃ sayanamannapānaṃ, food and drink, and various requisites
Nānāppakārāni ca paccayāni. to those of upright conduct.


Cattañca muttañca anuggahītaṃ, Knowing the perfected ones to be like a field
Khettūpame arahante viditvā; for what’s given, offered and not held back,
So duccajaṃ sappuriso cajitvā, a good person gives what’s hard to give:
Manāpadāyī labhate manāpan”ti. the giver of the agreeable gets the agreeable.”


Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ iminā anumodanīyena anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. And then the Buddha, having rejoiced with Ugga with these verses of appreciation, got up from his seat and left.


Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko aparena samayena kālamakāsi. Then after some time Ugga passed away,
Kālaṅkato ca uggo gahapati vesāliko aññataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapajji. and was reborn in a group of mind-made gods.
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At that time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho uggo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho uggaṃ devaputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca: Then, late at night, the glorious god Ugga, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“kacci te, ugga, yathādhippāyo”ti? “Ugga, I trust it is all you wished?”
“Taggha me, bhagavā, yathādhippāyo”ti. “Sir, it is indeed just as I wished.”
Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi: Then the Buddha addressed Ugga in verse:


“Manāpadāyī labhate manāpaṃ, “The giver of the agreeable gets the agreeable,
Aggassa dātā labhate punaggaṃ; the giver of the foremost gets the foremost,
Varassa dātā varalābhi hoti, the giver of the excellent gets the excellent,
Seṭṭhaṃ dado seṭṭhamupeti ṭhānaṃ. the giver of the best gets the best.


Yo aggadāyī varadāyī, A person who gives the foremost,
seṭṭhadāyī ca yo naro; the excellent, the best:
Dīghāyu yasavā hoti, they’re long-lived and famous
yattha yatthūpapajjatī”ti. wherever they’re reborn.”


end of section [5.44 - AN 5.44 Manāpadāyī: Agreeable]

AN 5.45 Puññābhisanda: Overflowing Merit

45. Puññābhisandasutta 45. Overflowing Merit
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. “monks, there are these five kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness.


Katame pañca? What five?
Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. When a monk enters and remains in a limitless undistractible-lucidity of heart while using a robe …


Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjamāno … pe … yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihāraṃ paribhuñjamāno … pe … yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mañcapīṭhaṃ paribhuñjamāno … pe …. alms-food … lodging … bed and chair …


Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. medicines and supplies for the sick, the overflowing of merit for the donor is limitless …
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. These are the five kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness, and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness, and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness.


Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, pañcahi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ: When a noble-one's-disciple has these five kinds of overflowing merit and goodness, it’s not easy to grasp how much merit they have by saying that
‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. this is the extent of their overflowing merit … that leads to happiness.
Atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit.


Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ: It’s like trying to grasp how much water is in the ocean. It’s not easy to say:
‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānīti vā; ‘This is how many gallons, how many hundreds, thousands, hundreds of thousands of gallons there are.’
atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati’. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of water.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ: In the same way, when a noble-one's-disciple has these five kinds of overflowing merit and goodness, it’s not easy to grasp how much merit they have:
‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. ‘This is how much this overflowing merit … leads to happiness.’
Atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit.


Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ, Hosts of people use the rivers,
Bahubheravaṃ ratnagaṇānamālayaṃ; and though the rivers are many,
Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean,
Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ. the cruel sea that’s home to precious gems.


Evaṃ naraṃ annadapānavatthadaṃ, So too, when a person gives food, drink, and clothes;
Seyyānisajjattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ; and they’re a giver of beds, seats, and mats—
Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ, the streams of merit reach that astute person,
Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgaran”ti. as the rivers bring their waters to the sea.”


AN 5.46 Sampadā: Success

46. Sampadāsutta 46. Success
“Pañcimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. “monks, there are five accomplishments.
Katamā pañca? What five?
Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, sutasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā— Accomplishment in justifiable-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.
imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca sampadā”ti. These are the five accomplishments.”


AN 5.47 Dhana: Wealth

47. Dhanasutta 47. Wealth
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, dhanāni. “monks, there are these five kinds of wealth.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Saddhādhanaṃ, sīladhanaṃ, sutadhanaṃ, cāgadhanaṃ, paññādhanaṃ. The wealth of justifiable-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, saddhādhanaṃ? And what is the wealth of justifiable-trust?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ: It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has justifiable-trust in the Realized One’s awakening:
‘itipi so bhagavā … pe … satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhādhanaṃ. This is called the wealth of justifiable-trust.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, sīladhanaṃ? And what is the wealth of ethics?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or take alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīladhanaṃ. This is called the wealth of ethics.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṃ? And what is the wealth of learning?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahussuto hoti … pe … diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdho. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These Dharmas are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s totally full and pure. They are very learned in such Dharmas, remembering them, reciting them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṃ. This is called the wealth of learning.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṃ? And what is the wealth of generosity?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṃ. This is called the wealth of generosity.


Katamañca, bhikkhave, paññādhanaṃ? And what is the wealth of wisdom?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. It’s when a noble-one's-disciple is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññādhanaṃ. This is called the wealth of wisdom.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca dhanānīti. These are the five kinds of wealth.


Yassa saddhā tathāgate, Whoever has justifiable-trust in the Realized One,
acalā suppatiṭṭhitā; unwavering and well established;
Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, whose ethical conduct is good,
ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ. praised and loved by the noble ones;


Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, who has confidence in the Saṅgha,
ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ; and correct view:
Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, they’re said to be prosperous,
amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ. their life is not in vain.


Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, So let the wise devote themselves
pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ; to justifiable-trust, ethical behaviour,
Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, confidence, and insight into The Dharma,
saraṃ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. remembering the instructions of the Buddhas.”


AN 5.48 Alabbhanīyaṭhāna: Things That Cannot Be Had

48. Alabbhanīyaṭhānasutta 48. Things That Cannot Be Had
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. “monks, there are five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. That someone liable to old age should not grow old.
‘Byādhidhammaṃ mā byādhīyī’ti … pe … ‘maraṇadhammaṃ mā mīyī’ti … ‘khayadhammaṃ mā khīyī’ti … ‘nassanadhammaṃ mā nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. That someone liable to sickness should not get sick. … That someone liable to death should not die. … That someone liable to ending should not end. … That someone liable to perishing should not perish. …


Assutavato, bhikkhave, puthujjanassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. An uneducated ordinary person has someone liable to old age who grows old.
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na iti paṭisañcikkhati: But they don’t reflect:
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn, they all have someone liable to old age who grows old.
Ahañceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to old age grows old, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to old age grows old, they sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: This is called
‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’. an uneducated ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, assutavato puthujjanassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati … pe … maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati … khayadhammaṃ khīyati … nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Furthermore, an uneducated ordinary person has someone liable to sickness … death … ending … perishing.
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na iti paṭisañcikkhati: But they don’t reflect:
‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to perishing who perishes. For as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn, they all have someone liable to perishing who perishes.
Ahañceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to perishing perishes, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to perishing perishes, they sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: This is called
‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’. an uneducated ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves.


Sutavato ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. An educated noble-one's-disciple has someone liable to old age who grows old.
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe iti paṭisañcikkhati: And they reflect:
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn, they all have someone liable to old age who grows old.
Ahañceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to old age grows old, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to old age grows old, they don’t sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: This is called
‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. an educated noble-one's-disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which uneducated ordinary people only mortify themselves.
Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti’. Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble-one's-disciple only extinguishes themselves.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati … pe … maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati … khayadhammaṃ khīyati … nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Furthermore, an educated noble-one's-disciple has someone liable to sickness… death … ending … perishing.
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe iti paṭisañcikkhati: And they reflect:
‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to perishing who perishes. For as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn, they all have someone liable to perishing who perishes.
Ahañceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to perishing perishes, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to perishing perishes, they don’t sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave: This is called
‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. an educated noble-one's-disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which uneducated ordinary people only mortify themselves.
Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpetī’ti. Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble-one's-disciple only extinguishes themselves.


Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasminti. These are the five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.


Na socanāya paridevanāya, Sorrowing and lamenting
Atthodha labbhā api appakopi; doesn’t do even a little bit of good.
Socantamenaṃ dukhitaṃ viditvā, When they know that you’re sad,
Paccatthikā attamanā bhavanti. your enemies are encouraged.


Yato ca kho paṇḍito āpadāsu, When an astute person doesn’t waver in the face of adversity,
Na vedhatī atthavinicchayaññū; as they’re able to distinguish what’s beneficial,
Paccatthikāssa dukhitā bhavanti, their enemies suffer,
Disvā mukhaṃ avikāraṃ purāṇaṃ. seeing that their normal expression doesn’t change.


Jappena mantena subhāsitena, Chants, recitations, fine sayings,
Anuppadānena paveṇiyā vā; charity or traditions:
Yathā yathā yattha labhetha atthaṃ, if by means of any such things you benefit,
Tathā tathā tattha parakkameyya. then by all means keep doing them.


Sace pajāneyya alabbhaneyyo, But if you understand that ‘this good thing
Mayāva aññena vā esa attho; can’t be had by me or by anyone else’,
Asocamāno adhivāsayeyya, you should accept it without sorrowing, thinking:
Kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī”ti. ‘The karma is strong. What can I do now?’”


end of section [5.48 - AN 5.48 Alabbhanīyaṭhāna: Things That Cannot Be Had]

AN 5.49 Kosala: The King of Kosala

49. Kosalasutta 49. The King of Kosala
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.


Tena kho pana samayena mallikā devī kālaṅkatā hoti.
Atha kho aññataro puriso yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa upakaṇṇake āroceti: Then a man went up to the king and whispered in his ear:
“mallikā devī, deva, kālaṅkatā”ti. “Your Majesty, Queen Mallikā has passed away.”
Evaṃ vutte, rājā pasenadi kosalo dukkhī dummano pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi. When this was said, King Pasenadi was miserable and sad. He sat with his shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say.


Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dukkhiṃ dummanaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca: Knowing this, the Buddha said to him:
“pañcimāni, mahārāja, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. “Great king, there are five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ … pe … na socanāya paridevanāya … pe … kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī”ti. That someone liable to old age should not grow old. … Sorrowing and lamenting doesn’t do even a little bit of good … ‘The karma is strong. What can I do now?’”


AN 5.50 Nārada: With Nārada

50. Nāradasutta 50. With Nārada
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. At one time Venerable Nārada was staying at Pāṭaliputta, in the Chicken Monastery.
Tena kho pana samayena muṇḍassa rañño bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā hoti piyā manāpā. Now at that time King Muṇḍa’s dear and beloved Queen Bhaddā had just passed away.
So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuñjati na kammantaṃ payojeti— And since that time, the king did not bathe, anoint himself, eat his meals, or apply himself to his work.
rattindivaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito. Day and night he brooded over Queen Bhaddā’s corpse.
Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṃ kosārakkhaṃ āmantesi: Then King Muṇḍa addressed his treasurer, Piyaka:
“tena hi, samma piyaka, bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjatha, yathā mayaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ cirataraṃ passeyyāmā”ti. “So, my good Piyaka, please place Queen Bhaddā’s corpse in an iron case filled with oil. Then close it up with another case, so that we can view Queen Bhaddā’s body even longer.”
“Evaṃ, devā”ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rañño paṭissutvā bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujji. “Yes, Your Majesty,” replied Piyaka the treasurer, and he did as the king instructed.


Atha kho piyakassa kosārakkhassa etadahosi: Then it occurred to Piyaka:
“imassa kho muṇḍassa rañño bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā piyā manāpā. “King Muṇḍa’s dear and beloved Queen Bhaddā has passed away.
So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuñjati na kammantaṃ payojeti— Since then the king does not bathe, anoint himself, eat his meals, or apply himself to his work.
rattindivaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito. Day and night he broods over Queen Bhaddā’s corpse.
Kaṃ nu kho muṇḍo rājā samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā payirupāseyya, yassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā”ti. Now, what ascetic or brahmin might the king pay homage to, whose teaching could help the king give up sorrow’s arrow?”


Atha kho piyakassa kosārakkhassa etadahosi: Then it occurred to Piyaka:
“ayaṃ kho āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. “This Venerable Nārada is staying in the Chicken Monastery at Pāṭaliputta.
Taṃ kho panāyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: He has this good reputation:
‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca’. ‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’
Yannūna muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā”ti. What if King Muṇḍa was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when he hears Nārada’s teaching, the king could give up sorrow’s arrow.”


Atha kho piyako kosārakkho yena muṇḍo rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca: Then Piyaka went to the king and said to him:
“ayaṃ kho, deva, āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. “Sire, this Venerable Nārada is staying in the Chicken Monastery at Pāṭaliputta.
Taṃ kho panāyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: He has this good reputation:
‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca’. ‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’
Yadi pana devo āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma devo āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā”ti. What if Your Majesty was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when you hear Nārada’s teaching, you could give up sorrow’s arrow.”
“Tena hi, samma piyaka, āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ paṭivedehi. “Well then, my good Piyaka, let Nārada know.
Kathañhi nāma mādiso samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā vijite vasantaṃ pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññeyyā”ti. For how could one such as I presume to visit an ascetic or brahmin in my realm without first letting them know?”
“Evaṃ, devā”ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rañño paṭissutvā yenāyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho piyako kosārakkho āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ etadavoca: “Yes, Your Majesty,” replied Piyaka the treasurer. He went to Nārada, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:


“Imassa, bhante, muṇḍassa rañño bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā piyā manāpā. “Sir, King Muṇḍa’s dear and beloved Queen Bhaddā has passed away.
So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuñjati na kammantaṃ payojeti— And since she passed away, the king has not bathed, anointed himself, eaten his meals, or got his business done.
rattindivaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito. Day and night he broods over Queen Bhaddā’s corpse.
Sādhu, bhante, āyasmā nārado muṇḍassa rañño tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā”ti. Sir, please teach the king so that, when he hears your teaching, he can give up sorrow’s arrow.”
“Yassadāni, piyaka, muṇḍo rājā kālaṃ maññatī”ti. “Please, Piyaka, let the king come when he likes.”


Atha kho piyako kosārakkho uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena muṇḍo rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca: Then Piyaka got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled Venerable Nārada, keeping him on his right, before going to the king and saying:
“katāvakāso kho, deva, āyasmatā nāradena. “Sire, the request for an audience with Venerable Nārada has been granted.
Yassadāni devo kālaṃ maññatī”ti. Please, Your Majesty, go at your convenience.”
“Tena hi, samma piyaka, bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpehī”ti. “Well then, my good Piyaka, harness the finest chariots.”
“Evaṃ, devā”ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rañño paṭissutvā bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca: “Yes, Your Majesty,” replied Piyaka the treasurer. He did so, then told the king:
“yuttāni kho te, deva, bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni. “Sire, the finest chariots are harnessed.
Yassadāni devo kālaṃ maññatī”ti. Please, Your Majesty, go at your convenience.”


Atha kho muṇḍo rājā bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi yena kukkuṭārāmo tena pāyāsi mahaccā rājānubhāvena āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ dassanāya. Then King Muṇḍa mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp to see Venerable Nārada at the Chicken Monastery.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova ārāmaṃ pāvisi. He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and entered the monastery on foot.
Atha kho muṇḍo rājā yena āyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ āyasmā nārado etadavoca: Then the king went up to Nārada, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Nārada said to him:


“Pañcimāni, mahārāja, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. “Great king, there are five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. That someone liable to old age should not grow old. …
‘Byādhidhammaṃ mā byādhīyī’ti … pe … ‘maraṇadhammaṃ mā mīyī’ti … ‘khayadhammaṃ mā khīyī’ti … ‘nassanadhammaṃ mā nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. That someone liable to sickness should not get sick. … That someone liable to death should not die. … That someone liable to ending should not end. … That someone liable to perishing should not perish. …


Assutavato, mahārāja, puthujjanassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. An uneducated ordinary person has someone liable to old age who grows old.
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na iti paṭisañcikkhati: But they don’t reflect on the nature of old age:
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For all sentient beings have someone liable to old age who grows old, as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn.
Ahañceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to old age grows old, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to old age grows old, they sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja: This is called
‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’. an uneducated ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves.


Puna caparaṃ, mahārāja, assutavato puthujjanassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati … pe … maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati … khayadhammaṃ khīyati … nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Furthermore, an uneducated ordinary person has someone liable to sickness … death … ending … perishing.
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na iti paṭisañcikkhati: But they don’t reflect on the nature of perishing:
‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to perishing who perishes. For all sentient beings have someone liable to perishing who perishes, as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn.
Ahañceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to perishing perishes, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to perishing perishes, they sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja: This is called
‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’. an uneducated ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves.


Sutavato ca kho, mahārāja, ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. An educated noble-one's-disciple has someone liable to old age who grows old.
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe iti paṭisañcikkhati: So they reflect on the nature of old age:
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For all sentient beings have someone liable to old age who grows old, as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn.
Ahañceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to old age grows old, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to old age grows old, they don’t sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja: This is called
‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. an educated noble-one's-disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which uneducated ordinary people only mortify themselves.
Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti’. Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble-one's-disciple only extinguishes themselves.


Puna caparaṃ, mahārāja, sutavato ariyasāvakassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati … pe … maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati … khayadhammaṃ khīyati … nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Furthermore, an educated noble-one's-disciple has someone liable to sickness… death … ending … perishing.
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe iti paṭisañcikkhati: So they reflect on the nature of perishing:
‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. ‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to perishing who perishes. For all sentient beings have someone liable to perishing who perishes, as long as sentient beings come and go, die and are reborn.
Ahañceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. If I were to sorrow and pine and lament, beating my breast and falling into confusion, just because someone liable to perishing perishes, I’d lose my appetite and my body would become ugly. My work wouldn’t get done, my enemies would be encouraged, and my friends would be dispirited.’
So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. And so, when someone liable to perishing perishes, they don’t sorrow and pine and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion.
Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja: This is called
‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. an educated noble-one's-disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which uneducated ordinary people only mortify themselves.
Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti’. Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble-one's-disciple only extinguishes themselves.


Imāni kho, mahārāja, pañca alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasminti. These are the five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.


Na socanāya paridevanāya, Sorrowing and lamenting
Atthodha labbhā api appakopi; doesn’t do even a little bit of good.
Socantamenaṃ dukhitaṃ viditvā, When they know that you’re sad,
Paccatthikā attamanā bhavanti. your enemies are encouraged.


Yato ca kho paṇḍito āpadāsu, When an astute person doesn’t waver in the face of adversity,
Na vedhatī atthavinicchayaññū; as they’re able to distinguish what’s beneficial,
Paccatthikāssa dukhitā bhavanti, their enemies suffer,
Disvā mukhaṃ avikāraṃ purāṇaṃ. seeing that their normal expression doesn’t change.


Jappena mantena subhāsitena, Chants, recitations, fine sayings,
Anuppadānena paveṇiyā vā; charity or traditions:
Yathā yathā yattha labhetha atthaṃ, if by means of any such things you benefit,
Tathā tathā tattha parakkameyya. then by all means keep doing them.


Sace pajāneyya alabbhaneyyo, But if you understand that ‘this good thing
Mayāva aññena vā esa attho; can’t be had by me or by anyone else’,
Asocamāno adhivāsayeyya, you should accept it without sorrowing, thinking:
Kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī”ti. ‘The karma is strong. What can I do now?’”


Evaṃ vutte, muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ etadavoca: When he said this, King Muṇḍa said to Venerable Nārada:
“ko nāmo ayaṃ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo”ti? “Sir, what is the name of this exposition of The Dharma?”
“Sokasallaharaṇo nāma ayaṃ, mahārāja, dhammapariyāyo”ti. “Great king, this exposition of The Dharma is called ‘Pulling Out Sorrow’s Arrow’.”
“Taggha, bhante, sokasallaharaṇo. “Indeed, sir, this is the pulling out of sorrow’s arrow!
Imañhi me, bhante, dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pahīnan”ti. Hearing this exposition of The Dharma, I’ve given up sorrow’s arrow.”


Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṃ kosārakkhaṃ āmantesi: Then King Muṇḍa addressed his treasurer, Piyaka:
“tena hi, samma piyaka, bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ jhāpetha; thūpañcassā karotha. “Well then, my good Piyaka, cremate Queen Bhaddā’s corpse and build a monument.
Ajjatagge dāni mayaṃ nhāyissāma ceva vilimpissāma bhattañca bhuñjissāma kammante ca payojessāmā”ti. From this day forth, I will bathe, anoint myself, eat my meals, and apply myself to my work.”


end of section [5..5.. - AN 5 vagga 5 Muṇḍa-rāja: Munda the King]
+

§ – AN 5 vagga 6 Nīvaraṇa: Hindrances



+

AN 5.51 Āvaraṇa: Obstacles

(2023 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍)
        AN 5.51.5 - (STED 5niv⛅)
        AN 5.51.6 - (under influence of 5niv, monk can’t see clearly)
        AN 5.51.7 - (simile of river getting split and losing power)
        AN 5.51.8 - (repeat: under influence of 5niv, monk can’t see clearly)
        AN 5.51.9 - (monk NOT under influence of 5niv can know and see)
        AN 5.51.10 - (simile: undispersed river is mighty)
        AN 5.51.11 - (repeat: monk NOT under influence of 5niv can know and see)

Evaṁ me sutaṁ—ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti. So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. There the Buddha addressed the monks, “monks!”

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this:

§51.5 – (STED5niv⛅)

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā paññāya dubbalīkaraṇā. Katame pañca? Kāmacchando, bhikkhave, āvaraṇo nīvaraṇo cetaso ajjhāruho paññāya dubbalīkaraṇo. Byāpādo, bhikkhave, āvaraṇo nīvaraṇo cetaso ajjhāruho paññāya dubbalīkaraṇo. Thinamiddhaṁ, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṁ nīvaraṇaṁ cetaso ajjhāruhaṁ paññāya dubbalīkaraṇaṁ. Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṁ nīvaraṇaṁ cetaso ajjhāruhaṁ paññāya dubbalīkaraṇaṁ. Vicikicchā, bhikkhave, āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā paññāya dubbalīkaraṇā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā paññāya dubbalīkaraṇā. “monks, there are these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. What five? Sensual desire … Ill will … Dullness and drowsiness … Restlessness and remorse … Doubt … These are the five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom.

§51.6 – (under influence of 5niv, monk can’t see clearly)

So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya paññāya dubbalāya attatthaṁ vā ñassati paratthaṁ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṁ vā ñassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikarissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Take a monk who has feeble and weak wisdom, not having given up these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. It’s quite impossible that they would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.

§51.7 – (simile of river getting split and losing power)

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī. Tassā puriso ubhato naṅgalamukhāni vivareyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, majjhe nadiyā soto vikkhitto visaṭo byādiṇṇo neva dūraṅgamo assa na sīghasoto na hārahārī. Suppose there was a mountain river that flowed swiftly, going far, carrying all before it. But then a man would open channels on both sides, so the mid-river current would be dispersed, spread out, and separated. The river would no longer flow swiftly, going far, carrying all before it.

§51.8 – (repeat: under influence of 5niv, monk can’t see clearly)

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya paññāya dubbalāya attatthaṁ vā ñassati paratthaṁ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṁ vā ñassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikarissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. In the same way, take a monk who has feeble and weak wisdom, not having given up these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. It’s quite impossible that they would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.

§51.9 – (monk NOT under influence of 5niv can know and see)

So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe pahāya, balavatiyā paññāya attatthaṁ vā ñassati paratthaṁ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṁ vā ñassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. Take a monk who has powerful wisdom, having given up these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. It’s quite possible that they would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.

§51.10 – (simile: undispersed river is mighty)

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī. Tassā puriso ubhato naṅgalamukhāni pidaheyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, majjhe nadiyā soto avikkhitto avisaṭo abyādiṇṇo dūraṅgamo ceva assa sīghasoto ca hārahārī ca. Suppose there was a mountain river that flowed swiftly, going far, carrying all before it. But then a man would close up the channels on both sides, so the mid-river current would not be dispersed, spread out, and separated. The river would keep flowing swiftly for a long way, carrying all before it.

§51.11 – (repeat: monk NOT under influence of 5niv can know and see)

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe pahāya, balavatiyā paññāya attatthaṁ vā ñassati paratthaṁ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṁ vā ñassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti. In the same way, take a monk who has powerful wisdom, having given up these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. It’s quite possible that they would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.”


AN 5.52 Akusalarāsi: A Heap of the Unskillful

52. Akusalarāsisutta 52. A Heap of the Unskillful
“Akusalarāsīti, bhikkhave, vadamāno pañca nīvaraṇe sammā vadamāno vadeyya. “monks, rightly speaking, you’d call the five hindrances a ‘heap of the unskillful’.
Kevalo hāyaṃ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi yadidaṃ pañca nīvaraṇā. For these five hindrances are entirely a heap of the unskillful.
Katame pañca? What five?
Kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ, byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ, thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ, vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ. The hindrances of sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt.
Akusalarāsīti, bhikkhave, vadamāno ime pañca nīvaraṇe sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Rightly speaking, you’d call these five hindrances a ‘heap of the unskillful’.
Kevalo hāyaṃ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi yadidaṃ pañca nīvaraṇā”ti. For these five hindrances are entirely a heap of the unskillful.”


AN 5.53 Padhāniyaṅga: Factors That Support Meditation

53. Padhāniyaṅgasutta 53. Factors That Support Meditation
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, padhāniyaṅgāni. “monks, there are these five factors that support meditation.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ: It’s when a monk has justifiable-trust in the Realized One’s awakening:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Appābādho hoti appātaṅko; They are rarely ill or unwell.
samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya; Their stomach digests well, being neither too hot nor too cold, but just right, and fit for meditation.
asaṭho hoti amāyāvī; They’re not devious or deceitful.
yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattā satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu; They reveal themselves honestly to the Teacher or sensible spiritual companions.
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. They’re wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca padhāniyaṅgānī”ti. These are the five factors that support meditation.”


AN 5.54 Samaya: Times Good for Meditation

54. Samayasutta 54. Times Good for Meditation
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, asamayā padhānāya. “monks, there are five times that are not good for meditation.
Katame pañca? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jiṇṇo hoti jarāyābhibhūto. Firstly, a monk is old, overcome with old age.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo asamayo padhānāya. This is the first time that’s not good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu byādhito hoti byādhinābhibhūto. Furthermore, a monk is sick, overcome by sickness.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo asamayo padhānāya. This is the second time that’s not good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na sukaraṃ uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Furthermore, there’s a famine, a bad harvest, so it’s hard to get alms-food, and not easy to keep going by collecting alms.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo asamayo padhānāya. This is the third time that’s not good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo, cakkasamārūḷhā jānapadā pariyāyanti. Furthermore, there’s peril from wild savages, and the countryfolk mount their vehicles and flee everywhere.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho asamayo padhānāya. This is the fourth time that’s not good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho bhinno hoti. Furthermore, there’s a schism in the Saṅgha.
Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne aññamaññaṃ akkosā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ paribhāsā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ parikkhepā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ pariccajā ca honti. When the Saṅgha is split, they abuse, insult, block, and reject each other.
Tattha appasannā ceva nappasīdanti, pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattaṃ hoti. This doesn’t inspire confidence in those without it, and it causes some with confidence to change their minds.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo asamayo padhānāya. This is the fifth time that’s not good for meditation.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca asamayā padhānāyāti. These are the five times that are not good for meditation.


Pañcime, bhikkhave, samayā padhānāya. There are five times that are good for meditation.
Katame pañca? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu daharo hoti yuvā susu kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā. Firstly, a monk is a youth, young, black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samayo padhānāya. This is the first time that’s good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appābādho hoti appātaṅko, samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Furthermore, they are rarely ill or unwell. Their stomach digests well, being neither too hot nor too cold, but just right, and fit for meditation.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo samayo padhānāya. This is the second time that’s good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, subhikkhaṃ hoti susassaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ, sukaraṃ uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Furthermore, there’s plenty of food, a good harvest, so it’s easy to get alms-food, and easy to keep going by collecting alms.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samayo padhānāya. This is the third time that’s good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, manussā samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti. Furthermore, people live in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, blending like milk and water, and regarding each other with kindly eyes.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho samayo padhānāya. This is the fourth time that’s good for meditation.


Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharati. Furthermore, the Saṅgha lives comfortably, in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, with one recitation.
Saṃghe kho pana, bhikkhave, samagge na ceva aññamaññaṃ akkosā honti, na ca aññamaññaṃ paribhāsā honti, na ca aññamaññaṃ parikkhepā honti, na ca aññamaññaṃ pariccajā honti. When the Saṅgha is in harmony, they don’t abuse, insult, block, or reject each other.
Tattha appasannā ceva pasīdanti, pasannānañca bhiyyobhāvo hoti. This inspires confidence in those without it, and increases confidence in those who have it.
Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo samayo padhānāya. This is the fifth time that’s good for meditation.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca samayā padhānāyā”ti. These are the five times that are good for meditation.”


AN 5.55 Mātāputta: Mother and Son

55. Mātāputtasutta 55. Mother and Son
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ ubho mātāputtā vassāvāsaṃ upagamiṃsu— Now, at that time a mother and son had both entered the rainy season residence at Sāvatthī,
bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca. as a monk and a nun.
Te aññamaññassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahesuṃ. They wanted to see each other often.
Mātāpi puttassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahosi; The mother wanted to see her son often,
puttopi mātaraṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmo ahosi. and the son his mother.
Tesaṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanā saṃsaggo ahosi. Seeing each other often, they became close.
Saṃsagge sati vissāso ahosi. Being so close, they became intimate.
Vissāse sati otāro ahosi. And being intimate, lust overcame them.
Te otiṇṇacittā sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu. With their minds swamped by lust, without rejecting the training and declaring their inability to continue, they had sex.


Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ: Then several monks went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“idha, bhante, sāvatthiyaṃ ubho mātāputtā vassāvāsaṃ upagamiṃsu—
bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca, te aññamaññassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahesuṃ, mātāpi puttassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahosi, puttopi mātaraṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmo ahosi.
Tesaṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanā saṃsaggo ahosi, saṃsagge sati vissāso ahosi, vissāse sati otāro ahosi, te otiṇṇacittā sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsū”ti.


“Kiṃ nu so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso maññati: “monks, how could that foolish man imagine that
‘na mātā putte sārajjati, putto vā pana mātarī’ti? a mother cannot lust for her son, or that a son cannot lust for his mother?
Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekarūpampi samanupassāmi evaṃ rajanīyaṃ evaṃ kamanīyaṃ evaṃ madanīyaṃ evaṃ bandhanīyaṃ evaṃ mucchanīyaṃ evaṃ antarāyakaraṃ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthirūpaṃ. Compared to the sight of a woman, I do not see a single sight that is so arousing, desirable, intoxicating, captivating, and stupefying, and such an obstacle to reaching the supreme sanctuary.
Itthirūpe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā ajjhosannā. Sentient beings are lustful, greedy, tied, stupefied, and attached to the sight of a woman.
Te dīgharattaṃ socanti itthirūpavasānugā. They sorrow for a long time under the sway of a woman’s sight.


Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekasaddampi … ekagandhampi … ekarasampi … ekaphoṭṭhabbampi samanupassāmi evaṃ rajanīyaṃ evaṃ kamanīyaṃ evaṃ madanīyaṃ evaṃ bandhanīyaṃ evaṃ mucchanīyaṃ evaṃ antarāyakaraṃ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthiphoṭṭhabbaṃ. Compared to the sound … smell … taste … touch of a woman, I do not see a single touch that is so arousing, desirable, intoxicating, captivating, and stupefying, and such an obstacle to reaching the supreme sanctuary.
Itthiphoṭṭhabbe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā ajjhosannā. Sentient beings are lustful, greedy, tied, stupefied, and attached to the touch of a woman.
Te dīgharattaṃ socanti itthiphoṭṭhabbavasānugā. They sorrow for a long time under the sway of a woman’s touch.


Itthī, bhikkhave, gacchantīpi purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati; When a woman walks, she occupies a man’s mind.
ṭhitāpi … pe … nisinnāpi … sayānāpi … hasantīpi … bhaṇantīpi … gāyantīpi … rodantīpi … ugghātitāpi … matāpi purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. When a woman stands … sits … lies down … laughs … speaks … sings … cries … is injured, she occupies a man’s mind. Even when a woman is dead, she occupies a man’s mind.
Yañhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: For if anyone should be rightly called ‘an all-round snare of Māra’, it’s females.
‘samantapāso mārassā’ti mātugāmaṃyeva sammā vadamāno vadeyya:
‘samantapāso mārassā’ti.


Sallape asihatthena, You might chat with someone who has knife in hand.
pisācenāpi sallape; You might even chat with a goblin.
Āsīvisampi āsīde, You might sit close by a viper,
yena daṭṭho na jīvati; whose bite would take your life.
Na tveva eko ekāya, But never should you chat
mātugāmena sallape. one on one with a female.


Muṭṭhassatiṃ tā bandhanti, They captivate the unrememberful
pekkhitena sitena ca; with a glance and a smile.
Athopi dunnivatthena, Or scantily clad,
mañjunā bhaṇitena ca; they speak charming words.
Neso jano svāsīsado, It’s not good to sit with such a person,
api ugghātito mato. even if she’s injured or dead.


Pañca kāmaguṇā ete, These five kinds of sensual stimulation
itthirūpasmiṃ dissare; are apparent in a woman’s body:
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, sights, sounds, tastes, smells,
phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā. and touches so delightful.


Tesaṃ kāmoghavūḷhānaṃ, Those swept away by the flood of sensual pleasures,
kāme aparijānataṃ; not comprehending them,
Kālaṃ gati bhavābhavaṃ, make their priority transmigration—
saṃsārasmiṃ purakkhatā. time and destination, life after life.


Ye ca kāme pariññāya, But those who completely understand sensual pleasures
caranti akutobhayā; live fearing nothing from any quarter.
Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, They are those in the world who’ve crossed over,
ye pattā āsavakkhayan”ti. having reached the ending of asinine-inclinations.”


AN 5.56 Upajjhāya: Mentor

56. Upajjhāyasutta 56. Mentor
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṃ upajjhāyaṃ etadavoca: Then a monk went up to his own mentor, and said:
“etarahi me, bhante, madhurakajāto ceva kāyo, disā ca me na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhañca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, atthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā”ti. “Now, sir, my body feels like it’s drugged. I’m disorientated, the Dharmas aren’t clear to me, and dullness and drowsiness fill my mind. I live the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the Dharmas.”


Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then that monk took his pupil to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“ayaṃ, bhante, bhikkhu evamāha: “Sir, this monk says this:
‘etarahi me, bhante, madhurakajāto ceva kāyo, disā ca maṃ na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca me nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhañca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, atthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’”ti. ‘Now, sir, my body feels like it’s drugged. I’m disorientated, the Dharmas aren’t clear to me, and dullness and drowsiness fill my mind. I live the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the Dharmas.’”


“Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhu, hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa, bhojane amattaññuno, jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttassa, avipassakassa kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ ananuyuttassa viharato, yaṃ madhurakajāto ceva kāyo hoti, disā cassa na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca taṃ nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhañcassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carati, hoti cassa dhammesu vicikicchā. “That’s how it is, monk, when your sense doors are unguarded, you eat too much, you’re not dedicated to wakefulness, you’re unable to discern skillful Dharmas, and you don’t pursue the development of the dharmas that lead to awakening in the evening and toward dawn. Your body feels like it’s drugged. You’re disorientated, the Dharmas aren’t clear to you, and dullness and drowsiness fill your mind. You live the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the Dharmas.
Tasmātiha te, bhikkhu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘indriyesu guttadvāro bhavissāmi, bhojane mattaññū, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto, vipassako kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyutto viharissāmī’ti. ‘I will guard my sense doors, eat in moderation, be dedicated to wakefulness, discern skillful Dharmas, and pursue the development of the dharmas that lead to awakening in the evening and toward dawn.’
Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. When that monk had been given this advice by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.
Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Then that monk, living alone, withdrawn, assiduous, ardent, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which people from good families rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
“Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. He understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is no return to any state of existence.”
Aññataro pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosi. And that monk became one of the perfected.


Atha kho so bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṃ upajjhāyaṃ etadavoca: When that monk had attained perfection, he went up to his own mentor, and said:
“etarahi me, bhante, na ceva madhurakajāto kāyo, disā ca me pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhañca me cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, natthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā”ti. “Now, sir, my body doesn’t feel like it’s drugged. I’m not disorientated, the Dharmas inspire me, and dullness and drowsiness don’t fill my mind. I live the spiritual life satisfied, and have no doubts about the Dharmas.”
Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: Then that monk took his pupil to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“ayaṃ, bhante, bhikkhu evamāha: “Sir, this monk says this:
‘etarahi me, bhante, na ceva madhurakajāto kāyo, disā ca me pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhañca me cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, natthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’”ti. ‘Now, sir, my body doesn’t feel like it’s drugged. I’m not disorientated, the Dharmas inspire me, and dullness and drowsiness don’t fill my mind. I live the spiritual life satisfied, and have no doubts about the Dharmas.’”


“Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhu, hoti indriyesu guttadvārassa, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṃ anuyuttassa, vipassakassa kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa viharato, yaṃ na ceva madhurakajāto kāyo hoti, disā cassa pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca taṃ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhañcassa cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carati, na cassa hoti dhammesu vicikicchā. “That’s how it is, monk, when your sense doors are guarded, you’re moderate in eating, you’re dedicated to wakefulness, you’re able to discern skillful Dharmas, and you pursue the development of the dharmas that lead to awakening in the evening and toward dawn. Your body doesn’t feel like it’s drugged. You’re not disorientated, the Dharmas inspire you, and dullness and drowsiness don’t fill your mind. You live the spiritual life satisfied, and have no doubts about the Dharmas.
Tasmātiha vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: So you should train like this:
‘indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā, vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā viharissāmā’ti. ‘We will guard our sense doors, eat in moderation, be dedicated to wakefulness, discern skillful Dharmas, and pursue the development of the dharmas that lead to awakening in the evening and toward dawn.’
Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. That’s how you should train.”


AN 5.57 Abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhāna: Subjects for Regular Reflection

57. Abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasutta 57. Subjects for Regular Reflection
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, ṭhānāni abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbāni itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. “monks, a woman or a man, a layperson or a renunciate should often reflect on these five subjects.
Katamāni pañca? What five?
‘Jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘I am liable to grow old, I am not exempt from old age.’ A woman or a man, a layperson or a renunciate should often reflect on this.
‘Byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘I am liable to get sick, I am not exempt from sickness.’ …
‘Maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘I am liable to die, I am not exempt from death.’ …
‘Sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘I must be parted and separated from all I hold dear and beloved.’ …
‘Kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo. ‘I am the owner of my deeds and heir to my deeds. Deeds are my womb, my relative, and my refuge.
Yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi—kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā— I shall be the heir of whatever deeds I do, whether good or bad.’
tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. A woman or a man, a layperson or a renunciate should often reflect on this.


Kiñca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? What is the advantage for a woman or a man, a layperson or a renunciate of often reflecting like this: ‘I am liable to grow old, I am not exempt from old age’?
Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ yobbane yobbanamado, yena madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. There are sentient beings who, intoxicated with the vanity of youth, do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo yobbane yobbanamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Reflecting often on this subject, they entirely give up the vanity of youth, or at least reduce it.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. This is the advantage for a woman or a man, a layperson or a renunciate of often reflecting like this: ‘I am liable to grow old, I am not exempt from old age’.


Kiñca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? What is the advantage of often reflecting like this: ‘I am liable to get sick, I am not exempt from sickness’?
Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ ārogye ārogyamado, yena madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. There are sentient beings who, drunk on the vanity of health, do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo ārogye ārogyamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Reflecting often on this subject, they entirely give up the vanity of health, or at least reduce it.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. This is the advantage of often reflecting like this: ‘I am liable to get sick, I am not exempt from sickness’.


Kiñca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? What is the advantage of often reflecting like this: ‘I am liable to die, I am not exempt from death’?
Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ jīvite jīvitamado, yena madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. There are sentient beings who, drunk on the vanity of life, do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo jīvite jīvitamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Reflecting often on this subject, they entirely give up the vanity of life, or at least reduce it.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. This is the advantage of often reflecting like this: ‘I am liable to die, I am not exempt from death’.


Kiñca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? What is the advantage of often reflecting like this: ‘I must be parted and separated from all I hold dear and beloved’?
Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ piyesu manāpesu yo chandarāgo yena rāgena rattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. There are sentient beings who, aroused by desire and lust for their dear and beloved, do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo piyesu manāpesu chandarāgo so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Reflecting often on this subject, they entirely give up desire and lust for their dear and beloved, or at least reduce it.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. This is the advantage of often reflecting like this: ‘I must be parted and separated from all I hold dear and beloved’.


Kiñca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi— What is the advantage of often reflecting like this: ‘I am the owner of my deeds and heir to my deeds. Deeds are my womb, my relative, and my refuge.
kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā—tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? I shall be the heir of whatever deeds I do, whether good or bad’?
Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. There are sentient beings who do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato sabbaso vā duccaritaṃ pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Reflecting often on this subject, they entirely give up bad conduct, or at least reduce it.
Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi— This is the advantage for a woman or a man, a layperson or a renunciate of often reflecting like this: ‘I am the owner of my deeds and heir to my deeds. Deeds are my womb, my relative, and my refuge.
kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā— I shall be the heir of whatever deeds I do, whether good or bad.’
tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.


Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: Then that noble-one's-disciple reflects:
‘na kho ahaññeveko jarādhammo jaraṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā jarādhammā jaraṃ anatītā’ti. ‘It’s not just me who is liable to grow old, not being exempt from old age. For all sentient beings grow old according to their nature, as long as they come and go, die and are reborn.’
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sañjāyati. When they reflect often on this subject, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


‘Na kho ahaññeveko byādhidhammo byādhiṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā byādhidhammā byādhiṃ anatītā’ti. ‘It’s not just me who is liable to get sick, not being exempt from sickness. For all sentient beings get sick according to their nature, as long as they come and go, die and are reborn.’
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sañjāyati. When they reflect often on this subject, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


‘Na kho ahaññeveko maraṇadhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā maraṇadhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā’ti. ‘It’s not just me who is liable to die, not being exempt from death. For all sentient beings die according to their nature, as long as they come and go, die and are reborn.’
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sañjāyati. When they reflect often on this subject, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


‘Na kho mayhevekassa sabbehi piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti. ‘It’s not just me who must be parted and separated from all I hold dear and beloved. For all sentient beings must be parted and separated from all they hold dear and beloved, as long as they come and go, die and are reborn.’
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sañjāyati. When they reflect often on this subject, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


‘Na kho ahaññeveko kammassako kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi—kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā—tassa dāyādo bhavissāmi; ‘It’s not just me who shall be the owner of my deeds and heir to my deeds.
atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā kammassakā kammadāyādā kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇā, yaṃ kammaṃ karissanti—kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā—tassa dāyādā bhavissantī’ti. For all sentient beings shall be the owners of their deeds and heirs to their deeds, as long as they come and go, die and are reborn.’
Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sañjāyati. When they reflect often on this subject, the path is born in them.
So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. They cultivate, develop, and make much of it.
Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhontīti. By doing so, they give up the fetters and eliminate the underlying tendencies.


Byādhidhammā jarādhammā, For others, sickness is natural,
atho maraṇadhammino; and so are old age and death.
Yathā dhammā tathā sattā, Though this is how their nature is,
jigucchanti puthujjanā. ordinary people feel disgusted.


Ahañce taṃ jiguccheyyaṃ, If I were to be disgusted
evaṃ dhammesu pāṇisu; with creatures whose nature is such,
Na metaṃ patirūpassa, it would not be appropriate for me,
mama evaṃ vihārino. since my life is just the same.


Sohaṃ evaṃ viharanto, Living in such a way,
ñatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhiṃ; I understood the reality without attachments.
Ārogye yobbanasmiñca, I mastered all vanities—
jīvitasmiñca ye madā. of health, of youth,


Sabbe made abhibhosmi, and even of life—
Nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato; seeing safety in renunciation.
Tassa me ahu ussāho, Zeal sprang up in me
Nibbānaṃ abhipassato. as I looked to nirvana.


Nāhaṃ bhabbo etarahi, Now I’m unable
Kāmāni paṭisevituṃ; to indulge in sensual pleasures;
Anivatti bhavissāmi, there’s no turning back,
Brahmacariyaparāyaṇo”ti. until the spiritual life is complete.”


end of section [5.57 - AN 5.57 Abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhāna: Subjects for Regular Reflection]

AN 5.58 Licchavikumāraka: The Licchavi Youths

58. Licchavikumārakasutta 58. The Licchavi Youths
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.
Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Then after the meal, on his return from alms-round, he plunged deep into the Great Wood and sat at the root of a tree for the day’s meditation.


Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā licchavikumārakā sajjāni dhanūni ādāya kukkurasaṅghaparivutā mahāvane anucaṅkamamānā anuvicaramānā addasu bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ; Now at that time several Licchavi youths took strung bows and, escorted by a pack of hounds, were going for a walk in the Great Wood when they saw the Buddha seated at the root of a tree.
disvāna sajjāni dhanūni nikkhipitvā kukkurasaṅghaṃ ekamantaṃ uyyojetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanti. When they saw him, they put down their strung bows, tied their hounds up to one side, and went up to him. They bowed and silently paid homage to the Buddha with joined palms.


Tena kho pana samayena mahānāmo licchavi mahāvane jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno addasa te licchavikumārake tuṇhībhūte tuṇhībhūte pañjalike bhagavantaṃ payirupāsante; Now at that time Mahānāma the Licchavi was going for a walk in the Great Wood when he saw those Licchavi youths silently paying homage to the Buddha with joined palms.
disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Seeing this, he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo licchavi udānaṃ udānesi: and spoke these words of inspiration:
“bhavissanti vajjī, bhavissanti vajjī”ti. “They will make it as Vajjis! They will make it as Vajjis!”


“Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, mahānāma, evaṃ vadesi: “But Mahānāma, why do you say that they will make it as Vajjis?”
‘bhavissanti vajjī, bhavissanti vajjī’”ti?
“Ime, bhante, licchavikumārakā caṇḍā pharusā apānubhā. “Sir, these Licchavi youths are violent, harsh, and brash.
Yānipi tāni kulesu paheṇakāni pahīyanti, ucchūti vā badarāti vā pūvāti vā modakāti vā saṅkulikāti vā, tāni vilumpitvā vilumpitvā khādanti; Whenever sweets are left out for families—sugar-cane, jujube fruits, pancakes, pies, or fritters—they filch them and eat them up.
kulitthīnampi kulakumārīnampi pacchāliyaṃ khipanti. And they hit women and girls of good families on their backs.
Te dānime tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsantī”ti. But now they’re silently paying homage to the Buddha with joined palms.”


“Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, kulaputtassa pañca dhammā saṃvijjanti—
yadi vā rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa, yadi vā senāya senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṃ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. “Mahānāma, you can expect only growth, not decline, when you find five dharmas in any son of a good family—whether he’s an anointed king, an appointed or hereditary official, an army general, a village chief, a guild chief, or a ruler of his own clan.


Katame pañca? What five?
Idha, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi mātāpitaro sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Firstly, a son of a good family uses his legitimate wealth—earned by his efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow—to honor, respect, esteem, and venerate his mother and father.
Tamenaṃ mātāpitaro sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti: Honored in this way, his mother and father love him with a good heart, wishing:
‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. ‘Live long! Stay alive for a long time!’
Mātāpitānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. When a son of good family is loved by his mother and father, you can expect only growth, not decline.


Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Furthermore, a son of a good family uses his legitimate wealth to honor, respect, esteem, and venerate his wives and children, bondservants, workers, and staff.
Tamenaṃ puttadāradāsakammakaraporisā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti: Honored in this way, his wives and children, bondservants, workers, and staff love him with a good heart, wishing:
‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. ‘Live long! Stay alive for a long time!’
Puttadāradāsakammakaraporisānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. When a son of good family is loved by his wives and children, bondservants, workers, and staff, you can expect only growth, not decline.


Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi khettakammantasāmantasabyohāre sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Furthermore, a son of a good family uses his legitimate wealth to honor, respect, esteem, and venerate those who work the neighboring fields, and those he does business with.
Tamenaṃ khettakammantasāmantasabyohārā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti: Honored in this way, those who work the neighboring fields, and those he does business with love him with a good heart, wishing:
‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. ‘Live long! Stay alive for a long time!’
Khettakammantasāmantasabyohārānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. When a son of good family is loved by those who work the neighboring fields, and those he does business with, you can expect only growth, not decline.


Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi yāvatā balipaṭiggāhikā devatā sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Furthermore, a son of a good family uses his legitimate wealth to honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the deities who receive spirit-offerings.
Tamenaṃ balipaṭiggāhikā devatā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti: Honored in this way, the deities who receive spirit-offerings love him with a good heart, wishing:
‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. ‘Live long! Stay alive for a long time!’
devatānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. When a son of good family is loved by the deities, you can expect only growth, not decline.


Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi samaṇabrāhmaṇe sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Furthermore, a son of a good family uses his legitimate wealth to honor, respect, esteem, and venerate ascetics and brahmins.
Tamenaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti: Honored in this way, ascetics and brahmins love him with a good heart, wishing:
‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. ‘Live long! Stay alive for a long time!’
Samaṇabrāhmaṇānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. When a son of good family is loved by ascetics and brahmins, you can expect only growth, not decline.


Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, kulaputtassa ime pañca dhammā saṃvijjanti— You can expect only growth, not decline, when you find these five dharmas in any son of a good family—
yadi vā rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa, yadi vā senāya senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṃ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānīti. whether he’s an anointed king, an appointed or hereditary official, an army general, a village chief, a guild chief, or a ruler of his own clan.


Mātāpitukiccakaro, He’s always dutiful to his mother and father,
puttadārahito sadā; and for the good of his wives and children.
Antojanassa atthāya, He looks after those in his household,
ye cassa anujīvino. and those dependent on him for their livelihood.


Ubhinnañceva atthāya, A kind and ethical person
Vadaññū hoti sīlavā; looks after the welfare of relatives—
Ñātīnaṃ pubbapetānaṃ, both those who have passed away,
Diṭṭhe dhamme ca jīvataṃ. and those alive at present.


Samaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ, While living at home, an astute person
devatānañca paṇḍito; uses legitimate means to give rise to joy
Vittisañjanano hoti, for ascetics, brahmins,
dhammena gharamāvasaṃ. and also the gods.


So karitvāna kalyāṇaṃ, Having done good,
pujjo hoti pasaṃsiyo; he’s venerable and praiseworthy.
Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, They praise him in this life,
pecca sagge pamodatī”ti. and he departs to rejoice in heaven.”


end of section [5.58 - AN 5.58 Licchavikumāraka: The Licchavi Youths]

AN 5.59 Paṭhamavuḍḍhapabbajita: Gone Forth When Old (1st)

59. Paṭhamavuḍḍhapabbajitasutta 59. Gone Forth When Old (1st)
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito. “monks, it’s hard to find someone gone forth when old who has five dharmas.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Dullabho, bhikkhave, vuḍḍhapabbajito nipuṇo, dullabho ākappasampanno, dullabho bahussuto, dullabho dhammakathiko, dullabho vinayadharo. It’s hard to find someone gone forth when old who is sophisticated, well-presented, and learned, who can teach Dhamma, and has memorized the texts on monastic training.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajitoti. It’s hard to find someone gone forth when old who has these five dharmas.”


AN 5.60 Dutiyavuḍḍhapabbajita: Gone Forth When Old (2nd)

60. Dutiyavuḍḍhapabbajitasutta 60. Gone Forth When Old (2nd)
Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito. “monks, it’s hard to find someone gone forth when old who has five dharmas.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Dullabho, bhikkhave, vuḍḍhapabbajito suvaco, dullabho suggahitaggāhī, dullabho padakkhiṇaggāhī, dullabho dhammakathiko, dullabho vinayadharo. It’s hard to find someone gone forth when old who is easy to admonish, retains what they learn, and learns respectfully, who can teach the Dhamma, and has memorized the texts on monastic training.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito”ti. It’s hard to find someone gone forth when old who has these five dharmas.”


end of section [5..6.. - AN 5 vagga 6 Nīvaraṇa: Hindrances]
+

§ – AN 5 vagga 7 Saññā: Perceptions



AN 5.61 Paṭhamasaññā: Perceptions (1st)

61. Paṭhamasaññāsutta 61. Perceptions (1st)
“Pañcimā, bhikkhave, saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. “monks, these five perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They culminate in the deathless and end with the deathless.
Katamā pañca? What five?
Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, ādīnavasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā— The perceptions of ugliness, death, drawbacks, repulsiveness of food, and dissatisfaction with the whole world.
imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti. These five perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They culminate in the deathless and end with the deathless.”


AN 5.62 Dutiyasaññā: Perceptions (2nd)

62. Dutiyasaññāsutta 62. Perceptions (2nd)
“Pañcimā, bhikkhave, saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. “monks, these five perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They culminate in the deathless and end with the deathless.
Katamā pañca? What five?
Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā— The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, death, repulsiveness of food, and dissatisfaction with the whole world.
imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti. These five perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They culminate in the deathless and end with the deathless.”


AN 5.63 Paṭhamavaḍḍhi: Growth (1st)

63. Paṭhamavaḍḍhisutta 63. Growth (1st)
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamāno ariyasāvako ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyī ca hoti varādāyī ca kāyassa. “monks, a male noble-one's-disciple who grows in five ways grows nobly, taking on what is essential and excellent in this life.
Katamāhi pañcahi? What five?
Saddhāya vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, sutena vaḍḍhati, cāgena vaḍḍhati, paññāya vaḍḍhati— He grows in justifiable-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.
imāhi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamāno ariyasāvako ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyī ca hoti varādāyī ca kāyassā”ti. A male noble-one's-disciple who grows in these five ways grows nobly, taking on what is essential and excellent in this life.


“Saddhāya sīlena ca yo pavaḍḍhati, He who grows in justifiable-trust and ethics,
Paññāya cāgena sutena cūbhayaṃ; wisdom, and both generosity and learning—
So tādiso sappuriso vicakkhaṇo, a good man such as he sees clearly,
Ādīyatī sāramidheva attano”ti. and takes on what is essential for himself in this life.”

AN 5.64 Dutiyavaḍḍhi: Growth (2nd)

64. Dutiyavaḍḍhisutta 64. Growth (2nd)
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassa. “monks, a female noble-one's-disciple who grows in five ways grows nobly, taking on what is essential and excellent in this life.
Katamāhi pañcahi? What five?
Saddhāya vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, sutena vaḍḍhati, cāgena vaḍḍhati, paññāya vaḍḍhati— She grows in justifiable-trust, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.
imāhi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassāti. A female noble-one's-disciple who grows in these five ways grows nobly, taking on what is essential and excellent in this life.


Saddhāya sīlena ca yā pavaḍḍhati, She who grows in justifiable-trust and ethics,
Paññāya cāgena sutena cūbhayaṃ; wisdom, and both generosity and learning—
Sā tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā, a virtuous laywoman such as she
Ādīyatī sāramidheva attano”ti. takes on what is essential for herself in this life.”


AN 5.65 Sākaccha: Discussion

65. Sākacchasutta 65. Discussion
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsākaccho sabrahmacārīnaṃ. “monks, a monk with five dharmas is fit to hold a discussion with their spiritual companions.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, sīlasampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; A monk is personally accomplished in ethics, and answers questions that come up when discussing accomplishment in ethics.
attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; They’re personally accomplished in undistractible-lucidity, and they answer questions that come up when discussing accomplishment in undistractible-lucidity.
attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti, paññāsampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; They’re personally accomplished in wisdom, and they answer questions that come up when discussing accomplishment in wisdom.
attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; They’re personally accomplished in freedom, and they answer questions that come up when discussing accomplishment in freedom.
attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti. They’re personally accomplished in the knowledge and vision of freedom, and they answer questions that come up when discussing accomplishment in the knowledge and vision of freedom.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsākaccho sabrahmacārīnan”ti. A monk with these five dharmas is fit to hold a discussion with their spiritual companions.”


AN 5.66 Sājīva: Sharing Life

66. Sājīvasutta 66. Sharing Life
“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīnaṃ. “monks, a monk with five dharmas is fit to share their life with their spiritual companions.
Katamehi pañcahi? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, sīlasampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; A monk is personally accomplished in ethics, and answers questions posed when discussing accomplishment in ethics.
attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; They’re personally accomplished in undistractible-lucidity, and they answer questions posed when discussing accomplishment in undistractible-lucidity.
attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti, paññāsampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; They’re personally accomplished in wisdom, and they answer questions posed when discussing accomplishment in wisdom.
attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti; They’re personally accomplished in freedom, and they answer questions posed when discussing accomplishment in freedom.
attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pañhaṃ byākattā hoti. They’re personally accomplished in the knowledge and vision of freedom, and they answer questions posed when discussing accomplishment in the knowledge and vision of freedom.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīnan”ti. A monk with these five dharmas is fit to share their life with their spiritual companions.”


AN 5.67 Paṭhamaiddhipāda: Bases of Psychic Power (1st)

67. Paṭhamaiddhipādasutta 67. Bases of Psychic Power (1st)
“Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā pañca dhamme bhāveti, pañca dhamme bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ— “monks, any monk or nun who develops and cultivates five dharmas can expect one of two results:
diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. enlightenment in the present life, or if there’s something left over, non-return.


Katame pañca? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, A monk develops the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to enthusiasm, and active effort …
vīriyasamādhi … pe … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to energy, and active effort …
cittasamādhi … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to mental development, and active effort …
vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to inquiry, and active effort.
ussoḷhiññeva pañcamiṃ. And the fifth is sheer vigor.
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime pañca dhamme bhāveti, ime pañca dhamme bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ— Any monk or nun who develops and cultivates these five dharmas can expect one of two results:
diṭṭheva dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā”ti. enlightenment in the present life, or if there’s something left over, non-return.”


AN 5.68 Dutiyaiddhipāda: Bases of Psychic Power (2nd)

68. Dutiyaiddhipādasutta 68. Bases of Psychic Power (2nd)
“Pubbevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno pañca dhamme bhāvesiṃ, pañca dhamme bahulīkāsiṃ. “monks, before my awakening—when I was still not awake but intent on awakening—I developed and cultivated five things.
Katame pañca? What five?
Chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāvesiṃ, vīriyasamādhi … cittasamādhi … vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāvesiṃ, ussoḷhiññeva pañcamiṃ. The basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to enthusiasm, and active effort … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to energy, and active effort … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to mental development, and active effort … the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to inquiry, and active effort. And the fifth is sheer vigor.
So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ ussoḷhipañcamānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, When I had developed and cultivated these five things, with vigor as fifth,
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati āyatane. I became capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which I extended the mind, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhiṃ: ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ … pe … yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyyan’ti, If I wished: ‘May I multiply myself and become one again … controlling the body as far as the Brahmā realm.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati āyatane. I was capable of realizing it, in each and every case.


So sace ākaṅkhiṃ … pe … ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti, If I wished: … ‘May I realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of asinine-inclinations.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati āyatane”ti. I was capable of realizing it, in each and every case.”


AN 5.69 Nibbidā: disenchantment

69. Nibbidāsutta 69. disenchantment
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti. “monks, these five things, when developed and cultivated, lead solely to disenchantment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and nirvana.


Katame pañca? What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. A monk meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsivenes